Skip to main content

Full text of "Zoological Journal"

See other formats 


Tass 
ce 


es 
a5! 
. 


th 


—-—_ 


en 


A AI Ls 


Pe fect oe 
a 


bs =a 
Lo 


yn 


Remar ko neie het atte’ op 
frontier frser pt. 6S 


_/&8e 
1830 


THE 


ZOOLOGICAL 
JOURNAL. 


VOL, NV: 


From 1832---1834. 


EDITED BY 


N. A. VIGORS, Ese., D.C.L., F.R., L., G.S., & M.R.ILA, 


WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF 


THOMAS BELL, Esq., F.R.&L.S. | Major-Gen. THOS. HARDWICKE 
E. T. BENNETT, Esq., F.L.S., Sec.Z.S,|_F-R«& LS. 
J.B, BICHENO,Esq,, FR. & LS. T. HORSFIELD, M.D., F.R. &L.S. 


Rev. W. KIRBY, A.M., F.R. &L.S. 

W. J. BRODERIP, Esq., F.R.S., &e.| 5 kid C. SOWERBY, Esq, F.LS. 
V.P.G.S, G. B. SOWERBY, F.L.S. 

J. G, CHILDREN, Esq., Sec. R.S., &c.| W. YARRELL, Esq., F.L.S. 


“i 
7, 


4 
“ 
Yi 


AL 4 


Wonvdon: 
Printed by E. J. Stirling, 29, Addle Street, Wood Street, Cheapside ; 


AND PUBLISHED BY G. B. SOWERBY, 50, GREAT RUSSELL STREET, BLOOMSBURY. 


1835, 


Lalla. £4 pet a dat t A - 
¥ ne 208 dM irk ST vn 
Plea x Boyes! 


iagendd eae ao vents a | a ibd: ea neh” 
; Disa thon it dugeelie TARE 09 


CONTRIBUTORS TO THE FIFTH VOLUME OF 
THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. 


Armin, W. O., Esq. 

Bancrort, E. N., M.D., Corr. Memb. Z.S., &c. 

Bett, THomas, Esq., F.R., L. & GS. 

Bennett, E. T., Esq., F.L.S., Sec. Z.S., &c. 

Benson, W. H., Esq., Bengal C.S. 

BERKELEY, Rev. M. J., A.M. 

BLACKWALL, JouN, Esq., F.L.S., &c. 

Bootn, Mr, W. B. 

BRIGHTWELL, T., Esq., F.L.S. 

Broverip, W. J., Esq., V.P.G. & Z.S., F.R. & L.S., &e. 

Brooke, Henry James, Esq., F.L. & G.S. 

BuckLanD, Rev. W., F.R., L. & G.S., Professor of Geology, &c. in 
the University of Oxford, 

Couuik, A,, Esq., FL.S. 

Davies, Mr. Jonn HENRY 

Gaprer, Dr. 

Goutp, Mr. Joun, F.L.S., &c. 

Grant, J., M.D. 

GuiLpiINnG, Rey. Lanspown, B.A., F.L., G. & W.S. 

Hauipay, A. H., Esq. 

HEINEKEN, C., M.D., &c. 


Horrman, G. H., Esq. 

Hoxzerton, T. H., Esq., M.R.C.S., &c. 
HorsFie.p, Toomas, M.D., F.R., & L.S., &e. 
Kine, Pari P., Capt. R.N., F.R.S., &e. 
Krrsy, Rev. W., M.A., F.R., L. & ZS. 

Lay, J. TRADESCANT, Esq. 

_ Lowe, Rev. R. T., B.A. 

Lyon, Capt., R.N. 

MacLeay, W.S., Esq., A.M., F.L.S., &e. 
SHore, Hon»!e- Captain 

Sowersy, G.B., F.L.S., &e. 

Strurcusury, Mr. Samuet, A.L.S. 
TEMPLETON, ROBERT, Esq. 

Verany, M. 

Vicons, N. A., Esq., D.C.L., FR. L. & G.S., &e. 
Werstwoop, J.0O., Esq., F.LS., &c. 

Woops, Henry, Esq., A.L.S., &c. 

YARRELL, WILLIAM, Esq., F.L. & Z.S. 


CONTENTS. 
No. XVII. May, 1829—February, 18530. 


Art. I. Extract of a Letter from Capt. Lyon, R.N., Corr. 
Member Z.S., §c., to a Friend in England, dated Gongo Soco, 
Brazil, 17th March, 1829 . RTC ONES, THES. 

Art. II. On a new Species of Antelope. at Henry Woops, 
Esq., A.L.S., F.Z.8., §e. Be ‘ 3 J 

Art. III. The Characters of Clinidium, a new genus of Tnaesee'é in 
the Order Coleoptera, with a Description of Clinidium 
Guildingii. By the Rev. Witu1aM Kirey, M..4., E.R., L., 
and Z.8., &c. 

Art. IV. Extracts from a Zoological wbatia! hept at Cappel 
Hall, near Manchester. ee JoHn BuackwaLL, Eszq., 
F.L.S., &c. 

Art. V. Notes on the faeces appearance of pen Animals 
examined after Death, in the Collection of the Zoological 
Society. By T. H. Hotserton, Esq., M.R.C.S., §c., and 
Wiiu1aM YArRELL, Esq., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Se. 

Art. VI. On the Céstrus of Mr. Bracy Clark. By w. s. 
MacLeay, Esq., 4.M., F.L.S., §c. In a Letter to the 
Editor aes heat aR 

Arr. VII. pabecahs on the Chitonide, “By the Rev. LANs- 
pown Guitpine, B.A., F.L.S., M.G. and W.S., fe. . 

Arr. VIII. Descriptions of a new genus of Hemiptera, and of a 

species of Hegeter. By C. Heineken, M.D., fc. Ina 
seit to the Editor Sede vik 

Art. IX. On Cermatia. By C. Head M. D. be ge. ; 

Arr. X. Description of two new Species of Buccinum from the 
English and Irish Seas. By W. J. BRODERIP, Esq., F.R.S., 
§c., Sec. GS, > wees shy 


Page 


10 


14 


18 


25 


35 
4] 


44 


CONTENTS. 


Art. XI. Observations on new or interesting Mollusca, contained, 
for the most part, in the Museum of the Zoological Society. 
By W.J. Broperip, Esq., F.R.S., §c., Sec. G.S., and G. B. 
POWEREY, P.fno., Be. ee ete wae et he. Se ie 

Art. XII. Observations upon Volvox Globator. Communicated 
by W. J. Bropertp, Esq., F.R.S., §c., Sec. GS. . 

Art, XIII. Observations upon the Genus of Coleopterous Insects, 
Ctenostoma of Klug, and its Species. By J,O. Westwoop, 
‘Esq., F.LS., Ge «+ wasp eee ae 

Art. XIV. Observations upon the M pile a Family of Cole- 
opterous Insects, with Characters of two new British Genera, 
separated therein. By J.O. Westwoop, Esq., F-L.S., Sc. 

Art. XV. Characters of the genus of Coleopterous Insects, 
Amydetes of Hoffmansegg, belonging to the Family Lampyri- 
de and Descriptions of two Species. By J. O. Westwoop, 
Esq.; F:L.S., Ge. =. aM Z : ‘ee 

Art. XVI. Descriptions of rietil Oriental Tailliacen ous In- 
sects, By THomas Horsrietp, M.D., F.R. and L.S., §¢ 

Art. XVII. Observations on the Fringilla Canaria, Sylvia Atri- 
capilla, and other Birds of Madeira. By C. HEINEKEN, 
M.D., §¢. pete eT hey aera er 

Art. XVIII. Remarks on some Miciicle sent Pinks Jamaica. By 
E. N. Bancrort, M.D., Corr. Mem. Z.S., §c.. . + - 

Notes on the Fishes referred to in the preceding 
Paper. By E. T. Bennett, Esq., F.L.S., §e. 

Art. XIX. Post Mortem Examination of a Female Orang Ou- 
tang. Ina Letter addressed by J. Grant, M.D., to the Se- 
cretary of the Zoological Society. . . . RNs 

Art, XX. On two new Genera of Testaceous Mialinats and ‘ei 
new species of the Genus Anatina, lately discovered at Port 
Jackson, New South Wales; in a Letter from Mr. SAMUEL 
Srurcupury, 4.L.S. . .. . : site 

Art. XXI. Notice of the Habits of Bulinus Lnatinesig By 
Mr. W. B. Bootu, communicated a W. J. BRoDERIP, sia Be 
E.R.S., §c., Sec. G.S. : ‘4 

Art. XXIl. On the occurrence of anew "British Warbler. “By 
Mr. Jonn Goutp. In a Letter to N, A. Vicors, Esq. 


Page 


46 


51 


53 


57 


62 


62 


91 


95 


« 11 


- 102 


CONTENTS. 
Page 
Arr. XXIII. Analytical Notices of Books. 

A Descriptive Catalogue of the Lepidopterous In- 
sects contained in the Museum of the Honourable East 
India Company, illustrated by coloured Figures of new 
Species, and of the Metamorphosis of Indian Lepido- 
ptera, &c. By Tuomas HorsFietp, M.D., F.R.S., 
L.S., and G.S., §c. Parts I. and II. sauce 7a . 104 

British Entomology, or Illustrations and tae, 
tions of the Genera of Insects found in Great Britain 
and Ireland. By Jonn Curtis, F.L.S. Vol. V. 
Aas, SE aE} ack ciet, F, yeh 8 eG, 

Histoire Naturelle des Mammiferes, avec rs Bone 
originales coloriées, dessinées d’ apres des Animaux vivans. 

Par MM. Grorrroy-SainT-HILAIRE et FREDERIC 
Cuvier. Livraison 59é@me. . . «2 2 - 114 
Voyage autour du Monde, pendant les Années 1822, 

1823, 1824, et 1825, faite par la corvette La Coquille. 
Partie Zoologique. Par MM. Lesson et GaRnor. 
Livraisonsi.—ati. » . . AME Aes RAO 

A Systematic Cataloque of Br atish Insects; being an 
Attempt to arrange all the hitherto discovered Indigenous 
Insects in accordance with their natural affinities. By 
J. F. Srepwens, FL. and Z.S., fc. . . . « + + 124 

Art. XXIV. Proceedings of Learned Societies on subjects con- 
nected with Zoology. 

Seopa MOBY We Mg cnet: nd a? oy, ae see e Le 

Tannen Societys. .o2 0 0 0 00) wie. sv 180 

Zoological Club of the Linnean Society. . . . 131 

Art. XXV. Scientific Notices. 

Notice respecting some species of Mammalia referred 
to by Mr. Vicors and Dr. HorsFietp in the XITIth 
No. of this Journal . . sirie - « 134 

Mutations of colour in cpl sat Con, i By 
J. TRADESCANT Lay, Esq. . . . . . . 141 

Instinct of Lepidopterous Insects. By Mr. Iisa 
Rm DAV UMM no oi ice fe, wee de wien, BAR 

Fauna of Madeira . . «s+ 2,0 \+ «+.» 148 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Page 

PLATE J[.—Antilope personata . . i Se eee a 
PiaTE IIl.—Fig. 1, 2, 3, 4. Clinidium Guildingii. haa Wis 5 
5. Cerascopus marginatus . . . .. .- . 40 

G6. Germatin.s 6.4.5: 21 ee Pence ee Pee 

PuatE III.—-Fig. 1, 2. Buccinumacuminatum . . . . . . 495 
3. -- fusiforme . . SVR TPS ee 

4, 5, 6. Chelyosoma Nocera sia, pecan 

PuaTe IV.—Fig.1. 1.a. Aconthea Apaturina . . . . . - 68 
2. PontiaThyria . . . nine ea Ase 


3. 3.4. Aconthea Cinytidl Ce, ALeete th. eee: 


CONTENTS. 


No. XVIII. February,—June, 1830. 


Page 
Arr. XXVI. Explanation of the Comparative Anatomy of the 
Thorax in Winged Insects, with a Review of the present state 
of the Nomenclature of its parts. By W. S. MacLeay, 
Esq., A.M., F.LS., ge... 2 . 145 
Arr. XXVIII. Additional Notice on the Gnas Cipiomys of am 
marest. By W.S. MacLeay, Esq., A.M., F.L.S., §c. . 179 
Arr. XXVIII. On the manner in which the Geometric Spiders 
construct their Nets. By Joun Buackwaut, Esq., ELS. 
ate eR eas en Oe. BR 
Art. XXIX. Observations on a newly-described Species of Swan. 
By Joun Brackwat., Esq., F.L.S., §e. 2 6. - « 189 
Arr. XXX. ikaccedeny Notices. By the late C, Henennen, 
PD Gti 5 2 . 191 
Art. XXXI. tpiabeditio on rr Cucagiede foes in “the 
District of Upper Canada extending between York and 
Lake Simcoe, with the view of illustrating their geographical 
distribution, as well as of describing some Species hitherto 
unnoticed. By Dr. GAPPER.. . . . 201 
Art. XXXII. On Conchology, regarded as a , distinet brash of 
Science. By Henry James Brooke, Esq., F.L.S., M.G.S., 
ee emer Aa Ween ols) My be. Go tbe 
Art. XXXIII. On the Affinities of the Genus Clinidium of 
Krrey. By J.O. Westwoon, EFsq., F.LS., &ce. . . . 218 


CONTENTS. 


Page 
ArT. XXXIV. On some particulars connected with the Natural 


History of the Kangaroo. By A. Cote, Esq., F.L.S., 
Corr. Memb. Z.S. In a Letter to N. A. Vicors, Esq., 
PRS: FES. ee ZS. | ss sy) 2 ko 8) ea 
Art. XXXV. Analytical Notices of Books. 
Untersuchungen weber die Bildung und Entwick- 
elung des Flusshrebses: von HEINRICH RATHKE. 
Researches on the Formation and Developement of 
the Crawfish . . . . ‘ SP Ae) se) 
Transactions of the hiikisin Society of London. 
Volume XVI. Part the Second. . . . . . « « 206 
ArT. XXXVI. Proceedings of Learned Societies on subjects con- 
nected with Zoology. : 
Linneen SOcioty 5 asic es ech tyoentAl at each. 200 
Art. XXXVII. Scientific Wotices. 
Note on the British Species of Caryophyllia. . . 268 
Notice on the Rev, L. Guinpine’s description of 
Ancylus. By the Rev, M.G. BERKELEY. . . . 269 
Notice relating to Mustela flaviqula, Bodd. By the 


Hon. Capt. SHORE. . . . . : , a 
Notice on some new Species of Birds By N. A. 
Vicors, Esq. . . sey sip 


Note on. Estrus, ‘By W. S. Migcaase ‘ian «oe 276 


Tas. 


Tas. 
Tas. 
TAB. 
TAB. 
Tas. 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Page 
V. and VI.—Figs. I. to X. Various parts of the Thorax of 
Polistes Billardieri, particularly re- 


Serre 00 Wt cache fen itis, 179 

XI. Nest of Polistes Billardiert 
V11.—Sorex Forsiert, Gapper .....-2-.e+e204., 201 
VIIl.—Sorex Talpoides, Gapper .....-++++ eee 202 
IX.—Arvicola Gapperi, nobis .. +. +. eee sevens 204 
X.—Cricetus Myoides, Gapper... 122+ eee seers 204 


XI.—Sciurus Leucotis, Gapper ose eee @ es oe @ oer ee 206 


‘y Pa aioe Bees .) i . 2 
Mec) ) Tata ; 
A a 
oF . 
PF ars. a 
Gane 


mm ; yen tgs ‘4 


rt, “oe oe iti anny Sei hag sk 
Rel ne er bee F | ae ae aaah 
E., Nladik Wee ‘se 


ae seyret ih id eae Jar : 
, ; bial +. stg el Ve Se 


a OR ye ee a ? 
2th dex Pine igeorn og Mipsate, pa ee 
Heddy i RRS aie? eat 
Fe RB. . ehinch eae , 
yy. Teatras wie. pe eda Lokal 
pts jg mn 6 Pot tak Sage nee 
. Srorberlehyeo mer ane eit ae B 


fF ae Red oy i «12 a 


re 


4 
< 


sei 


Bt eke Pe Me cha ‘A 
wer, ng re Pb Ee & ? 


Nips i 
’ 


i\} U ' | , 


{ 


CONTENTS. 


July, 1830.—September, 1831. 


Page 
Art. XXXVIII. Notice of anew Species of Herring. By W11- 
LIAM YARRELL, Esq., F.L. and Z.S. . . . - 277 
Arr. XXXIX. On the Genera Melampus, Pedipes dna " ae 
tella: with Experiments tending to demonstrate the real nature 
of the Respiratory Organs in these Mollusca. By the Rev. 
Rey Lew E,wBids Noa Ay Pre, . 280 
Arr. XL. On the internal structure of Haticoliis (Vitrina) 
Lamarchii. By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY... . . 305 
Art. XLI. On the Vitality of Toads enclosed in Stone asi. Wood. 
By the Rev. W. Buckuann, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., and 
Professor of Geology and papas in the University of 
i . 314 
Art. XLII. Descriptions of two species of Spviieatile: Natives of 
Madeira. In a Letter to the Editor, by the Rev. R. T. 
Lowe, B.A. TT ee es nite Ss) es eee 
Arr. XLIII. Note on the Miticlaciet eaviel, tL Faleo cinera~ 
rius, Mont.). By W, O. Aixin, Esq., in a Letter to the 


Bditer.- » « « Bidets! st 7 cay se « O23 
Arr. XLIV. Notice sur la Rains et dsription, Par M. 
VeRAMNY ... Sie . 325 


Art. XLV. Meairoctions upon the Eighteenth eaten: of the 
Zoological Journal. By J. O. Wesrwoon, Esq., F.L.S., 
Sec. . . . . . . . . . . . . . * . . . . 326 


CONTENTS. 
Page 
Art. XLVI. Description of a new Cowry and other Testacea, 
brought to England by the Rev. Archdeacon Scott. By W. 
J. Broperip, Esq., F.RS., F.LS., §c. V.P.G.S. . . 330 
Art. XLVII. Description of the Cirrhipeda, Conchifera and 
Mollusca, in a collection formed by the Officers of H.M.S. 
Adventure and Beagle employed between the years 1826 and 
1830 in surveying the Southern Coasis of South America, 
including the Straits of Magalhuens and the Coast of Tierra 
del Fuego. By Captain Puiuup P. Kine, RWV., F.R.S. 
§c. assisted by W. J. Broperip, Esq., F.RS., Fc... . 332 
Art. XLVIII. The characters of two new Dipterous Genera, with 
Indications of some generic subdivisions and several undescribed 
species of Dolichopide, By A. H. Hauipay, Esq. . . . 350 
Art. XLIX. Analytical Notices of Books 
Nova Acta Physico Medica Academie Cesaree 
Leopoldino-Caroline Nature Curiosorum. Tomus XIV. 
«. Bonne 1828) uh scishnet AeiMas.) So. se 
British Oology, being Illustrations of the Eggs of 
British Birds, with figures of each species. By W.C. 
Hewitson of Newcastle. 1831. Nos, 1.to6. . . 381 
Art. L. Scientific Notices. 
Appendix to the Notice of the Herring. . . . . « 382 
On the Metamorphosis of Decapodous Crustacea . . 383 
Note on Procellaria Anginho, Hein. and Proc. Bulverit, 
Selby and Sard... 2. +, 0, ey shcas a+ o> oy See 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Page 

PLATE XII.—Clupea Leachii . . . . oder ee ale : 
PiaTE XIII.—Fig. 1. to 5. Melampus acielia lar Ut Ant. ees 
6, 7. —m—exiguus . . . .. . 29] 

8. to 12. Pedipess Afra... . . 9. . . + 296 

13. to 18. Truncatellatruncatula . . . . 302 

PLATE XIV.—Cyprea Scottii . . . on Melies? KAmmme Fao 
Pirate XV.—Fig. 1. to 9. Orphnephila feta do ate ba et 3. OO 
10. Metatarsus of Plectropus . . . . . ib. 

11. and 12, Macherium Maritime. . . ib. 

13. Claw of the Larva of Common Lobster 382 


N.B. Part IV. of the Supplementary Plates is published at the same 
time as this XIXth Number of the Zoological Journal. 


Awe SLA Baterivvica of a nee Lopyon 
ae a Belen? 


1 ethene Bacall 
Sp the Alogi lahaiws, aiyith hash, 
| Jd 
i ON in Pi he 5. = 
1 ie weve "het pices aif the Vere ccty aay 
PP pitino > waledeem Soro oid 
ie) “; 


ty wei Teves Mf 
OS STATI: SD 


at 


Nerd ae V2, HOD Capa 
Aap, 70a 


bint hee 


eportnhy! + éndeebemnd a, 


F OL TWN. 


t ts lath Salen Meese 
5 weaihlig os Sorat hat Silage ge ps 


GaCoan of os : 
cad 7 has’ 
Le PRS; ge. 


Fees Ventas af 


Dapiepons Grane 4 
Serrot peters sans 


CONTENTS. 
No. XX. 1832—1834. 


Page 
Art. LI. Remarks on the nature of the Respiratory Organs in 
certain littoral Mollusca of Madera. By the Rev. R. T. 
gear ANT, ce Sa alee abate elt he ee . 485 
Art. LII. Description of a Genus of Reptilia of the family 
of Amphisbenide. By Tuomas Bett, Esq, F.R. § LS. 391 
Art. LIII. Description of a new Genus of Reptilia of the family 
Scincide. By Tuomas Bett, Esq., F.R. & L.S., §c. . . 393 
Art. LIV. On the Food and Habits of certain Insects. By 
T. BRIGHTWELL, Esq., F.L.S. 1.000 c2eeees oe 
Art.LV. On the Spiders of the Genus Dysdera, Latr., with the 
Description of anew allied Genus. By RopeRT TEMPLETON, 
Esq. Ina Letter to the Editor... 1... +. eee - « 400 
Art. LVI. Account of several Fishes and other Animals of 
Jamaica. By E.N. Bancrort, M.D. In a Letter to the 
DPNOR soa o-6 vie a Mareys Liaptte Ay aeabpeat ta! 3 eoeee se 409 
Art. LVII. Observations upon the Dentalium subulatum of 
Deshayes. By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY, 4. M. .... . 424 
Art. LVIII. Description of the Animals of Voluta denticulata, 
Mont., and Assiminia Grayana, Leach, By the Rev. M. J. 
SUR EEEN: Asbo rar ois beh ansvsiienenene Kine é, sie letememe 427 
Arr. LIX. A description of the anatomical structure of Cerithium 
Telescopium, Brug. By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY, 4.M., 
and G. Ti, HowwMan, Eqs oes 51 se at es + suse See 


CONTENTS. 


Page 
Art. LX. Insectorum Arachnoidumque novorum Decades duo, 
Auctore J.O. Westwoon, F.L.S., §c. .. 1.2.26.» 440 
ArT. LXI. On a remarkable sexual peculiarity exhibited by the 
Ear-wig, (Forficula auricularia, Linn.) By J. O. West- 


aed RG. POLLS, GOs vem erat sce le wee 8 te 454 
Art. LXII. On Pentatrematites orbicularis, acuta, and pentan- 
gularis, By G.B.Sowersy, F.L.S., §c. ......-. 456 


Art. LXIII. Conchological Notices ; chiefly relating to the Land 
and Fresh-water Shells of the Gangetic Provinces of Hin- 
doostan. By W. H. Benson, Eszq., of the Bengal Civ 
RUNES Elin ce 5 ain 5. ue Sew oO tapas Site eaei Jake (a: a) ieeeRenS 
Art. LXIV. Analytical Notices of Books. 
Naturgeschichte der Stiugethiere von Paraguay, Fe. 
The Natural History of the Mammalia of Paraguay. By 
Dr, J.R. RenecEr. Basel, 1830, 8vo. pp. xvi, and 394. 467 
Nova Acta Physico-medica Academie Casaree Leopoldi- 
no-Caroline Nature Curiosorum. Tomus xv.—Vratislavize 
6 ST SMA be arenes ape tle 7 chee . 472 
ART. LXV. Woitice of some recent Publications on the Chinchil- 
lide. By E. T. Bennett, Esq., F.L.S., Sec. Z.S..... 491 
ArT. LXVI. Scientific Notices... .... BR Nerina sa ne em 495 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Page 

PratE XVI.—Fig. 1. Anops Kingii . 391 
2. Lerista lineata A . 393 

Prate XVII.—Fig. 1—9. Dysdera Templetoni . . . . . 402 
10—18. Oonops pulcher . . . . . . 404 


PLATE XVIII.—Echeneis lunata . . . oe : 
PuraTE XIX.—Fig. 1. Larva of Corethra Slumicorete a. natu- 
ral size; 6. highly magnified 
2. Ditrupa subulata See 
3. Voluta dentieulata® yo) 0 .- va ene 
4, Assiminia Grayana 


. 413 


. 397 
. 427 


428 


. 429 
. 430 


5. Rissoa subumbilicata . . . . . 
Pirates XX, & XX[.—Details of Cerithium Telescopium . . . 437 
PrateE XXII.—Fig. 1. Metallyticus splendidus . . 442 
2. Strongyloderus serraticollis . 444 
3. Antenna of Tripetalocera ferruginea. . 444 
4, Cheilopogonus punctiger . . . . . 441 
5. Antenna of Ozocera interrupta . 449 
6. Deroploa parva... 2°... 2's Se 
7. Pentatoma verrucosa ° - 446 
8. Platydius subpurpurascens. . . . . 446 
9. Opistoplaytis Australasie . . . . . 447 
10—11. Gynoplistes nervosa . . . . 448 


12. Antenna ¢ of Gyn. variegata . . . 


445 


13, Antenna 9 of Gyn. variegata . . . 448 
14—15. Ptilogyna marginalis . . . . . 449 
16—17. Hemicteina gracilis . . . . . 450 
18. Antenna of Acronolepia . . . . 451 
19. Phoroncidia aculeala . . . .. . 453 


N.B. Part V. of the Supplementary Plates to this Journal is published 


at the same time as this 20' Part, 


ss stun’ 
i ry onal +S 
; a 


os 
ene LL OR 


11 oa cae 
if yes: oe 


4 . 
, ti eee a 


A 
* 
’ 
= 


if WO oe 


niger his: kes: 


7 = 


Hivesd ~f. De 
ice og teamistanls parla (yt oni yuesaaeesl qh i) de iV aag 
if be - 4 . : 7 : 
is . \ pr, Wye aul r Senhs, alt AF : 
5 ” +. cae - fe y F 


wee 
7 


CONTENTS OF THE THIRD PART 


OF THE 


SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES 


TO THE 


ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. 


Tas. XVI. bis. 
1. Bulinus hemastomus, young. 
2. Head of the animal of a full grown specimen of the same 
3. Egg of the same. 
4. Egg broken to show the perfectly formed Shell within. 
Vide Vol. I. pp. 131, 566, and Vol. II. p. 440. 


Tas. XVII. bes. 
Fig. 1, 2. Succinea Cuvierii. Vol. II. p. 443. 
3. The same with the animal magnified. 
4, A young Shell of the same, with its apparently stercoreous 
covering. 
5. Form of the under side of the foot. 
6. Helicina variabilis, with its animal, magnified. Vol. II. p, 443. 
7. Upper side of the front of the head. 
8. Under side of the foot. 
9. Operculum. 
10, 11, and 14. Three varieties of the natural size. 
12, 13. Two varieties, magnified. 


Tas. XVIII. 


Fig. 1. Modiola rhombea. Vol. III. p. 229. 
2. Animal of Serpula Arundo, Vol. III. p. 229. 
3. Animal of Serpula Filograna. Vol. III. p. 230. 


CONTENTS. 


Tas. XIX. 


Fig. 1. Voluta antiqua. Vol. II. p. 234. 
2. Cast of the same. 


Tas. XXI. 
Phyllostoma Jamaicense. Vol. III. p. 238, 


Tas. XXIII. 
Testudo Actinodes. Vol, III. p. 419. 


Tas. XXIV. 
Testudo Tentoria. Vol. III. p. 420. 


Tas. XXV. 
Testudo Pardalis. Vol. III. p. 420. 


Tas. XXVI. 


Fig. 1. to 6. Ancylus irroratus. Vol. III. p. 535. 
Fig. 7. to 9. radiatus. Vol. III. p. 536. 


Tas. XXVII. 


Fig. 1. Stenopus lividus, with its animal. Vol. III. p. 528. 
2. Length and diameter of the Shell. 
3. Shell magnified. 
4, Succinea Barbadensis. Vol. III. p. 532. 
5. and 6. Two views of the Shell, magnified. 
7.and 8. Ampullaria dubia, two views, with the animal. 
a. the operculum. Vol. III. p. 539. 


Tas. XXVIII. 


Fig. 1, 2,3. Paludina parvula. Vol. III. p. 537. 
4,5, 6,7. Ceratodes fasciatus. Vol. III. p. 539. 


CONTENTS. 


Tas. XXXI. 
Bulinus Labeo. Vol. IV. p. 222. 


Tas. XXXIV. 


Illustrations of the anatomical structure of the animal of Cy- 
clostoma elegans. Vol. IV. p. 278. 


Tas. XXXIX. 
Felis Nepalensis. Vol. IV. p. 382. 


Tas. XL. 


Fig. 1, 2. Bulinus bilabiatus. Vol. V. p. 49. 
Venus decorata. Vol. V. p. 49. 
Conus Solandri. Vol. V. p. 50. 
Conus cylindraceus. Vol. V. p. 51. 


Se st 


Tas. XLI. 


Fig. 1. Amydetes apicalis. Vol. V. p. 63. 

2. Vigorsii. Vol. V. p. 64. 

3. Ctenostoma Ichneumoneum. Vol. V. p. 56. 
4. Aderus Boleti. Vol. V. p. 61. 

5, 6. Euglenes oculatus g et 9. Vol. V. p. 61. 


7 a 


4 > i 


* 


‘ i frog ( 
' a) Pl he OF hie | 
» H =i i 
z td 
. ae; 7 5 ’ 
ei 
“ i 


by { re PPA te 


|, Tax BY 
yen Petite Peobinrgy bret en oe 


20 


a 7 Ne 
oF. / anats peri am a BS 0K ee 


> dowel | " 

Bn de: Arenas Veneliaibeonie, heat, Ng 

an 5 Maa hy a ty el 

M. aT a ee koe. Meo 
5 Fe peptone TOL TT pS 


EN 
His, %, 4. Payaiinn poeta. Vola. gi Ge 
oe a Se aa 


CONTENTS OF THE FOURTH PART 


OF THE 


SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES 


TO THE 


ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. 


Tas. XVI. 


Fig. 1. Chiton spiniferus. Vol. IIJ. p. 196. 
Coquimbensis. Vol. III. p. 197. 
Cumingii. Vol. III. p. 198. 
olivaceus. Vol. III. p. 199. 


pep 


Tas. XVIL. 


Fig. 1. Chiton granosus. Vol. III. p. 200. 
glauco-cinctus. Vol. III. p. 201. 
granulosus. Vol. III. p. 201. 
Peruvianus. Vol. III. p. 202. 
——disjunctus. Vol. III. p. 203. 
———elegans. Vol. III. p. 203. 
—lineolatus. Vol. IIT. p. 204. 
——Chilensis. Vol. III. p. 204. 


ad 


SNAASw 


Tas. XXIX. 
Anas Rafflesii. Vol. IV. p, 99. 


Tas. XXXV. 
Paradoxurus leucopus. Vol, IV. p. 304. 


CONTENTS. 


Tas. XXXVI. 
Osphromenus Olfax, or Goramy. Vol. IV. p. 310- 


Tas. XXXVIIT. 
Fig. 1. to 5. Helicolimax Lamarckii. Vol. IV. p. 343. 


Tas. XLII. 
Fig. 1. to 4. Myochama anomioides. Vol, V. p. 97. 


Tas. XLII. bis. , Sy 
Fig. 5, 6, 7 and 8. Cleidotherus Chamoides. Vol. V. p. 98. 


Tas. XLIV. 
Mustela flavigula.: Vol. V. p. 272. 


Tas. XLV. 
Carinaria Mediterranea. Vol. V. p. 325. 


Tas. XLVI. 


Fig. 1. Rhysodes exaratus. Vol. V. p. 215. 
2. Catogenus rufus. Vol. V. p. 221. 
For all the other references to this plate see Vol. V. p. p. 234, 235: 


TAB. XLVII. 


Fig. 1. Cucujus piceus? Vol. V. p. 225. 
2. unifasciatus ? Vol. V. p. 225. 
For all the other references to this plate see Vol. V. p. p. 235, 236. 


N.B. The XIXth Number of the Zoological Journal appears at the 
same time as this [Vth part of Supplementary plates. 


THE 


ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. 


January— May, 1829. 


Art. I. Extract of a Letter from Capt. Lyon, R.N., 
Corr. Member Z.S8., §c., to a Friend in England, dated 
Gongo Soco, Brazil, 17th March, 1829. 


I am too closely confined here, and too constantly occupied to attend 
much to Natural History, or any thing except the mines; but it may 
interest you to have an account of some young Humming Birds whose 
hatching and education I studiously attended, as the nest was made in a 
little orange bush by the side of a frequented walk in my garden. It 
was composed of the silky down of a plant, and covered with small flat 
pieces of yellow lichen. The first egg was laid January 26th, the 

* second on the 28th, and two little creatures like bees made their appear- 
ance on the morning of February 14th. As the young encreased in 
size, the mother built her nest higher and higher, ‘so that from 
having at first the form of figure 1, it became ultimately like figure 2 


Ly YAW 


“Y“nyip 
i Pp 


The old bird sat very close during a continuance of the heavy rain for 
several days and nights. The young remained blind until February 28th, 


Vou, V. 4 


74 


pies ‘Mr. Woods on a new Species of Antelope. 


and flew on the morning of March 7th without previous practice, as 
strong and swiftly as the mother, taking their first dart from the nest to a 
tree about 20 yards distant. 


Art. II. On a new Species of Antelope. By Henry 
Woops, Esq., 4.L.8., F.Z.8., &c. 


Antilope personata. Ant. cornibus acutis, sublunatis: corpore fuseo 
variato ; natibus disco albo ; facie fascia cana. 


Bompré-sox, Cape Colonists. 
[Tas. I.J 


Tue Antelope, of which a more detailed description was promised in 
the last number of the Journal, unfortunately died a few days after the 
accompanying figure was taken, which was within a week of its posses- 
sion by Mr. Cross, so that no opportunity has occurred either of studying 
its habits, or of correcting the drawing. Since its death it has, by the 
liberality of John Morgan, Esq., passed into the Museum of the Zoologi- 
cal Society; but for the reasons hereafter mentioned, little additional 
accuracy could be derived from the stuffed skin. 

This animal, which I have ventured to name Antilope personata, from 
the unusual marking of the face, is in appearance intermediate between 
the Genera Antilope and Capra, and might therefore appropriately be 
associated with the Chamois. It possesses the thick short body, and large 
head of the Goat, with all the influential characters of the true Antelope : 
the individual under consideration, however, it must be borne in mind, 
was very young, and how far its form, and even its colours and markings 
might alter when arrived at its full stature, which was reported by the 
person who brought it to this country to be little inferior to that of a Red 
Deer, we have yet to learn, as the species does not appear, as far as I have 
been able to discover, to be known to Zoologists. Having placed my 
drawing in the hands of Mr. Gray, I am happy to say that I have had my 
opinion of its novelty confirmed by Major H, Smith, to whose inspection 
that gentleman submitted it. 


*y 
Ar < me 
j 


“40% on 


A oological Vournal Vol. V,P1.1. 


TW Woads, delin 


al Journal Vol.V,P1.1. 


gic 


4 


Zoolo 


Lipp 


Ye 


VEZ 


i 


Mr. Woods on a new Species of Antelope. 3 


The native country of this Antelope is the vicinity of the Cape of Good 
Hope, where we may conclude that it is exceedingly rare, from its having 
escaped the notice of Barrow, Lichtenstein, Burchell, and other South 
African travellers: hence I have been able to gather no information re- 
specting its mode of life ; but it has evidently been seen sufficiently often 
to be recognized by the Dutch colonists, as they have given it an appel- 
lation. The following description is a precise transcript of notes taken 
during two visits to the animal whilst alive. 

Its size was that of a Goat, the body being about 2 feet anda half in 
length ; the head large; the neck (for an Antelope) short; the body 
thick-set, being very deep at the shoulders, between which was situated a 
small but well-defined hump, from which, no doubt, its vernacular name 
has been derived ; the legs long, slender, graceful, and deer-like. 

The head was much elongated from the horns to the muzzle; very 
wide from the frontal bone to the angle of the jaw, and suddenly tapering 
from the latter to the face, which becomes, in profile, narrow to the muz- 
zle; the frontal bone projected considerably ; the upper part of the 
nasal bones was concave ; they were then convex to their termination. 
The top and sides of the head, forehead, and round the eyes, were of a 
fulvous brown, a white crescent-formed streak extending from under each 
eye to the ear. . 

The horns were short, not exceeding 6 inches in length, round, black, 
smooth, excepting one annulus at the base, diverging laterally, and again 
converging slightly at their tips; in a profile view they were nearly 
straight, slanting backwards, their points being again slightly inclined 
forwards. 

The ears were very large, six inches and a half long, and pro- 
portionably broad ; on the outside they were of a dark dun or mouse~ 
colour, with the margins white, and the extreme tips black ; in the in- 
side grey, crossed by two broad black bands. 

The eyes were large, and of a chesnut-brown, their expression soft 
and ‘ gazelle-like :’ the suborbital sinuses were very small, but distinct. 

The singular marking of the face suggested the specific title, which I 
have imposed upon the animal. From between the horns arose a dark 
grey stripe, which was continued to the muzzle, its grey colour being pro- 
duced bya mottling of short black and white hair: at first it was nar- 

A2 


4 Mr. Woods on a new Species of Antelope. 


row; then expanded in a trifling degree ; again contracted, and, when 
level with the eyes, widened suddenly and proceeded, as a broad mask, to 
the nose, extending to the cheeks considerably, and on each side of the 
centre of the face: throughout its whole extent it was margined with 
deep brown ; a brown shade also mingled with the grey across the mid- 
dle of the mask, 

The nose was broad and dark grey, nearly black ; the muzzle hairy ; 
the lips brown, furnished with a few grey hairs. 

The neck and back were dull dark fawn-colour, a little freckled with 
yellowish brown ; the throat, chest, and abdomen, and the insides of the 
arms and thighs, of a very light Isabella, as were also the knees and el- 
bows. An indistinct grey stripe, caused by the presence of a few white 
hairs thinly scattered amongst the fawn-coloured fur, occupied the situa- 
tion of a dorsal line, on the lumbar regions. 

The sides were of a deep rich and glossy brown, which commenced 
at the breast, and passed, in an oblique line at its upper boundary, to the 
crupper, where it almost deepened to black : its lower margin extended 
half way down the upper arms, along the side of the belly, and down 
the outside of the thighs, nearly to the hocks. 

On the buttocks was situated a white oval disk, (similar to that of 
many of the American Deer,) which included the upper part of the tail: 
below the disk the tail terminated in long, coarse, scanty, black hairs, 
being altogether about 8 inches in length. ; 

The legs were of a beautiful pale reddish fawn-colour. The fur on 
the neck and shoulders was rough and long, but smooth and close on all 
other parts. 

The nearest similitude to the figure and general appearance of this 
species is possessed by the Vlacte Steenbok, nt. rufescens, Burchell, 
also a very rare animal having the same habitat, of which a specimen 
was presented to the British Museum, and figured and described in.Grif- 
fith’s Translation of the Régne Animal ;* but the two Antelopes differ 
in the following particulars. Although the direction of the horns, in profile, 
is similar in both, those of the 4nt. rufescens are parallel, and without 
the annulus; the mask on the face, and the hump on the shoulders, are 


* Griffith, Vol. LV, p. 249, and Synopsis, Sp. 839. 


Mr. Woods on a new Species of Antelope. 5 


wanting in that species ; the disk on the buttocks is not so circumscribed 
or so well defined as in Ant. personata ; the tail isa mere rudiment; 
and the general colour of the superior parts is bright fulvous red, with a 
cast of crimson. 

Upon seeing the preserved skin of the Bompté-bok, I was much struck 
with the alteration which had taken place in its appearance since its death, 
which brought forcibly to my mind Mr. Waterton’s humourous illustra- 
tion of the effect which stuffing usually has upon the skins of quadrupeds. 
I do not mention this circumstance as calling in question the ability of the 
operator at the Museum of the Zoological Society, whose reputation is 
well deserved, but with the hope of usefully supplying a hint to those 
who might be inclined to derive from such specimens generic or specific 
characters. In all cases some considerable distortions by partial shrink- 
ing and expansion will inevitably take place, and, unless a living specimen 
of the same species exist as a model, it is utterly impossible to preserve 
the true figure of an animal : for how can a correct form be assumed, the 
type of which is totally unknown ? This observation will be well borne 
out by the subjoined enumeration of the principal points of difference 
between the preserved skin and the living animal. 

The head in the former is much shortened ; the ears shrivelled to 
two-thirds of their original size, the internal black bars having lost the 
greater part of their colour ; the mask has likewise shrunk and become 
so pale as scarcely to present a prominent character. From the adoles- 
cence of the specimen, and the consequent great vascularity of the nuclei 
of the horns, their direction has so far changed, during the process of 
drying, that their tips do not at all incline forwards, and the horns them- 
selves, being very thin at their bases, have in shrinking nearly lost the 
annulus ; the neck is too long; the humeral hump has entirely dis- 
appeared; and the body is very much too thin, the skin either having 
shrunk, or been stuffed to the model of some other Antelope; finally, 
the whole of the colours are infinitely lighter and more obscure, having 
totally lost their richness and the evanescent purple hue, which so often 
and so beautifully appears on the fur of Ruminant animals, when seen in 
the vivid freshness of animation. 


6 Rev. W. Kirby on Clinidium. 


Art. HI. The Characters of Clinidium, a new genus of 
Insects in the Order Coleoptera, with a Description of 
Clinidium Guildingii. By the Rev. Witttam Kiresy, 
M.A., F.R., L., and Z.S., &c. 


THE remarkable insect, of which I now offer a description to the 
Editors of the Zoological Journal, inhabits St. Vincent’s, and was taken 
in a rotten tree, in the woods of Mount St. Andrew’s in that island, by 
the Rev. Lansdown Guilding, and sent me witha valuable collection of 
insects, by that indefatigable collector, accurate painter, and learned 
describer of the zoological treasures of the Caribbean Islands and Ocean. 

This insect, like the Pseudomorpha excrucians,* presents characters 
of several different and distant tribes, so that after a very close inspec 
tion, and diligent comparative investigation of its characters, I feel un- 
certain to what modern group, larger or smaller, to refer it. As the 
specimen received from Mr. Guilding was somewhat mutilated, and 
gummed down upon a piece of card so that Icould not examine the 
under side of it, I drew up as accurate a description of it as I could, 
and sent it to that gentleman under the name here given, requesting him 
to make a figure of it from his own specimens, and to furnish such fur- 
ther characters as they might supply him with. His observations, which 
I have now received, though they throw some further light upon the 
subject, do not yet enable me to decide upon the exact station of the 
insect. I shall begin by laying down the characters of the genus as far 
as I am, at present, enabled to ascertain them. 


Genus. CLINIDIUM.T 


Labrum punctiforme, minutum. 
Mandibule subforcipate. 
Mazille nondum investigate. 


* Kirby in Linn. Trans. xiv. 98,—t. iii. f. 3. 
+ From c\udt07’, a couch, from its form. 


~I 


Clinidium Guildingii described. 


Palpi articulo extimo elongato, acuto. 
maxillares 
labiales 


}nondum investigati. 


Labium nondum investigatum. 

Mentum latum, utrinque tumidum. 

Antenne moniliformes, undecim articulate : articulo primo basi subat- 
tenuato, apice sequentibus crassiori, reliquis subglobosis, extimo sub- 
acuminato. 

Corpus apterum. Caput pedunculatum, ex oblongo-subquadratum. 
Oculireticulati nulli. Spatium laterale, levigatum, nitidum, subquad- 
ratum pone antennas oculos representare videtur.* Prothorar ex 
oblongo subquadratus, marginatus, lateribus rotundatis, angulis ob- 
tusiusculis ; supra medio longitudinaliter profunde et laté canaliculatus, 
basi utrinqué longitudinaliter foveatus, ut in Harpalidis plurimis. Co- 
leoptra oblonga. Pedes breves, longitudine fere wquales: cubitis 
apice intus subemarginatis ; sinu pectinato, utrinque calcarato ?+ tibiis 
apice calcari triplici ;t tarsis brevibus, pentameris, unguiculatis : un- 
guiculis brevissimis simplicibus. Sterna complanata: prosterno anticé 
constricto posticé emarginato-bifido ;_ mesosterno posticé bilobo, lobis 
divaricatis ; metasterno quinquelatero, angulo umbilicum mesostethii 
spectante. 

From its pentamerous tarsi, the sculpture of its prothorax, its neck, 
and the tendency to a notch at the inner side of the extremity of the 
cubitus, one is led to suspect some approximation in the insect before us 
to some of the Harpalide, or some other group of Linné’s genus Cara- 
bus, but as Mr. Guilding has not yet been able to investigate the maxille 


* Mr. Guilding used a powerful Dollond’s achromatic microscope in the ex- 
amination of this insect, but even with this aid he could discover no lenses or 
reticulations in the space here supposed to represent the eyes. 

+ From Mr, Guilding’s figure, it seems as if the lower part of the pectinated 
notch terminated in a spur, as in the Harpalide, &ec. 1 cannot discover the 
pecten in my specimen, but there is something like the spur; being gummed 
down, however, I cannot speak with confidence. 

} I can see nothing of a triple spur in my specimen, but the gum may have 
obliterated it, Mr. Guilding thinks that the pecten and the spurs are used by 
the animal to make its way out of the tree it passed its first states in. 


8 Rev. W. Kirby on Clinidiuim. 


and ascertain whether the lower lobe is unguiform, and the upper palpi- 
form, which would decide the question, andas the other characters lead to 
other groups, it would be rash to affirm that it belongs to any of these 
tribes. Indeed its short, rather thick, legs, and its short tarsiare quite un- 
like these limbs in the predaceous Beetles, and shew that it is not swift 
of foot; if it has any eyes, likewise, which seems very doubtful, they 
are not prominent, as in the Eutrechina, and the antenne are quite dis- 
similar. 

Its aspect is that of a heteromerous beetle, belonging either to Latreille’s 
Melasoma, or his Taxicornes, but we soon discover a neck which would 
lead us to the Trachelides, of which, however, it exhibits no other cha- 
racter; and indeed when we examine the structure of its antenne, the 
terminal joint of its palpi, and its prothorax, we see clearly that it can 
belong to no tribe of that, as it now stands, artificial section. 

It exhibits also some general resemblance to the Rhynchophorous genus 
Brentus, which, I believe, isalsoa timber devourer, but it seems to me still 
nearer to Cucujus, Fab., as, for instance, Cuc. rufus, which has a pedun- 
culated head, and another North American species, which, like Clinidium, 
is pentamerous. It has not, however, the depressed body of Cucujus ; 
its head, prothorax, and antenne, differ, and no other coleopterous in- 
sect yet known, agrees with it in the absence of reticulated eyes : so that 
it is the only known individual that strictly verifies the old proverb, ‘ As 
“* blind as a beetle.”’ 

Till we know how itis circumstanced with respect to its maxille and 
palpi we cannot decide with confidence upon its natural station. 


CLINIDIUM GUILDINGII. 
Long. Corp. Lin. 3. 


Hab. in Insula Caribbea St. Vincent, in arbore putrescenti. 

Desc. Corpus lineare, supra partibus elevatis glaberrimis nitidissi 
mis, aterrimis ; depressis vero plerumque subtomentosis, opacis, sub- 
cinereis. Caput facie plagis elevatis septem ; intermedia rhomboidea, vel 
ex rhomboideo lanceolata, cum aliis duabus parvis triangularibus anterius 
ordinata ; lateralibus internis quadrato-oblongis, externis oculos simulan- 


" - es 
ya, "i o 
nat Me fag a i By ee 
"poet . aoe? ‘ r5 
dt A oe 4 a on 2 sy ” 
AG Vagus ai i ' Vass 
CAM A ¥ i “a ve) ware 
Ar? ‘ 
th TRA. wg 
Ls 4 . , 4] i 
yer y WM Wt. < . 


e ’ vy 3 
wit pe + ir Ad \y 


Zoological Journal Volsy, Pl, 


Clinidium Guiluingii described. 9 


tibus ?* trapezatis. Mentum latum, utrinqué tumidum. Gula tumida. 
Collum capite dimidio angustius.¢ Antenne robuste capite longiores : 
articulis transverso-subglobosis, coronula setularum cinctis. Prothorax 
oyalis, quasi pulvinatus. Elytra profundé suleata, vel porcata : porcis 
sex elevatis ; intermediis abbreviatis, duabus longioribus : apice connatis. 
Apex ipse et basis coleoptrorum apud suturam in foveam magnam et 
profundam excavati. Tarsi reliquo corpore minus nigri, subsetacei, 
subtds haud pulvillati, hirsutuli. .4bdomen ventre medio longitudinali- 
prominulo: segmento ultimo tuberculo nitido armato. SecA 0 

ar. 3. Atro-castaneum, calcaribus minoribus. An idem nuper decla- 
ratum ? f 


wy ie : + 
| Pehl ve 
Fig. 1 48 aerate A a nue se in ij 
> git very highly magnified. _ i i 
a, The space supposed to represent the eye. ‘4 
b. The pecten of the Cubitus. 1} ery Fis 
c. One of the triple spurs that arm the tibi a. ap Res 
Fig. 2. The under side of ditto. iy Si 


a. The prosternum. 

b. The mesosternum, 

c. The metasternum. 

d. The umbilicus. 

e. The eye-space. 
Fig. 3. The space supposed to represent the eye, very highly magnified. 
Fig. 4. The neck and part of the head as exhibited by the specimen 

sent to Barham. 
a. Part of the head, 
b. The neck. 


* It seems to me very doubtful whether this space, which occupies the sides 
of the head, both above and below, does really represent the eyes, its quadran- 
gular shape and levigated surface do not favour that idea, and it is too near the 
occiput. See Plate II, Fig. 2. e. and 3. 

+ Mr. Guilding, in the particulars he has added to my original description, 
and of which I have, in most cases, availed myself, describes the neck by the 
term latum, and his figure so represents it; but in my specimen it is not so 
wide, and rather longer in proportion, (Fig. 4.)so that it must either be a dis- 
tinct species, or perhaps the other sex. 


10 Mr. Blackwall’s Extracts from his Zoological Journal. 


Art. IV. Extracts from a Zoological Journal, kept at 
Crumpsall Hall, near Manchester. By Joun BLackwatt, 
Esq., F.L.S., &. 


Crumpsall Hall, July 1st, 1829. 
Sir, 
Not having any thing of greater interest to communicate at present, 
I transmit to you a few extracts from my journal ; requesting, that if they 
should be considered too trifling or unconnected to appear in your valua- 
ble publication, you will, without hesitation, commit them to the flames. 
Iam, Sir, with much respect, 
Your obedient Servant, 
Joun BLACKWALL. 


To N. A. Vigors, Esq., &c. §c. 


NIDIFICATION OF BIRDS. 


BirDs sometimes construct their nests in unusual situations, and occa- 
sionally modify their structure in order to adapt them to peculiar circum- 
stances. The following examples exhibit instances of departure from 
the ordinary rule, in these particulars. 

In the month of April, 1821, three pairs of Rooks built in some low 
Black Italian Poplars, growing in the back-yard attached to the residence 
of the late Miss Hall, situated in King-street, in a central part of the 
town of Manchester. Considering that they had to collect all their ma- 
terials in the country, the rapidity with which these birds proceeded in 
their undertaking was truly surprising: their nests were speedily com- 
pleted ; they deposited their eggs in them ; and, though they were fre- 
quently much disturbed by the eager curiosity of idle people who crowded 
about the premises, desirous to witness so extraordinary a sight, they ul- 
timately succeeded in rearing their young, and conveying them to a place 
of greater security. Inthe ensuing spring, the Rooks again visited their 
nest-trees, and began to repair their former habitations with great dili- 


Nidification of Birds. 11 


gence ; but the Jackdaws, which had commenced building in the steeples 
of St. Ann’s and St. Mary’s, two churches in the vicinity, pilfered the 
sticks they brought as fast as they were supplied, till, at last, the Rooks, 
wearied with fruitless exertions, deserted the spot, and sought a locality 
better adapted to their purposes, 

In the summer of 1823, a pair of Spotted Flycatchers built a nest ina 
sird-cage, which had been left, with the door open, suspended from the 
branch of an apple-tree, in the garden belonging to E. Turner, Esq., 
situated in the township of Crumpsall. In this nest the female laid three 
eggs, but forsook them in consequence of the repeated alarms she expe- 
rienved from the frequent visits of the younger branches of Mr. Turner’s 
family, who were attracted to the spot by the novelty and singularity of 
the occurrence. 

A pair of Chimney Swallows, in the summer of 1824, built a nest ina 
hole, from which a brick had fallen, under the eaves of a house at Crab- 
lane, in the chapelry of Blakeley. It consisted of a breastwork of mud, 
erected about two inches within the aperture, leaving a space for entrance, 
and the interior was lined with hay and feathers. The female deposited 
and incubated her eggs in this nest, and the nestlings, when about half 
grown, by their pressure against the breastwork of mud, broke it down 
entirely. The parent birds, without attempting to re-build the breast- 
work thus injured, immediately began to construct another, rather lower 
than the former one, quite at the entrance of the hole ; affording their 
young, by this sagacious proceeding, a more ample space than they en- 
joyed before, combined with a much greater degree of security. 

The familiarity of the Redbreast is a matter of almost daily observation 
to those who are engaged in rural pursuits. In the month of June, 1825, 
a pair of these birds built a nest in a small saw-pit, situated in Crumpsall. 
Soon after the female had begun to sit, the sawing of timber was com- 
menced at this pit, and, though the persons employed continued their 
noisy occupation close to the nest every day during the hatching of the 
eggs and the rearing of the young, yet the old birds performed their seve- 
ral parental offices to their progeny without interruption, and apparently 
without alarm. 

Ornithologists are aware that House Sparrows frequently deprive the 
House Martins of their nests, and, fitting up the interior after their own 


12 Mr. Blackwall’s Extracis from his Zoological Journal. 


manner, retain possession of them; but perhaps it is not so generally 
known, that they sometimes expel the Sand Martins from their subterra- 
neous retreats, at the farther extremities of which they construct nests, 
meagre in dimensions, and scanty in materials, when compared with the 
bulky fabrics which they build in trees, and under the eaves of houses, 
where they are less restricted in room. 

House Martins, before they retire in autumn, are sometimes observed 
to repair their nests ; and I have ascertained, by marking birds of this 
species, that they regularly return to their accustomed breeding haunts. 
It may be remarked also, that they occasionally assist each other in con- 
structing their nests, as I have had several opportunities of witnessing. 
The intelligence manifested by this species will amply repay the observer 
for the attention he may bestow upon its manners and economy. 

It is well known that the Yellow Bunting generally makes a very sub- 
stantial nest, yet, from some internal defect, (for there did not appear to 
be any in its external configuration,) a female of this species, in June 
last, deposited its eggs on the bare ground ; in which situation it sat upon 
them till they were hatched. It is evident that birds of the same species 
possess the constructive powers in very different degrees of perfection ; 
for, though the same style of architecture is usually adhered to, the nests 
of some individuals are finished in a manner greatly superior to those of 
others. In the instance before us, the requisite instinctive capacity ap- 
pears to have been wanting altogether, as it is known to be in the Goat- 
sucker, Cuckoo, Cow-pen bird, and some species of water-fowl. 


THE ROOSTING OF FIELDFARES. 


In the spring of the year 1812, which was cold and wet, being on a 
visit at a friend’s house, near Tamworth, in Staffordshire, I remarked 
that great numbers of Fieldfares prolonged their stay in that part of the 
country till the second week in May, which is considerably beyond their 
usual time of departure. At the close of day, they regularly assembled 
in an extensive wood in the neighbourhood, and roosted on the ground, 
among the withered grass and fern, under the trees and bushes. This 
fact tends to confirm the observation made by Mr. White, (Nat. Hist. of 
Selborne, Letter XX VII, addressed to T. Pennant, Esq.,) that Fieldfares, 
though they frequently perch during the day, always appear to roost on 


Made of Falcons taking their Prey. 13 


the ground : but a near relation of mine, to whom this species is familiarly 
known, assures me, that on moon-light nights, he has shot individuals 
with his air-gun, as they sat at roost on the naked branches of lofty trees. 
The practice of roosting on the ground, therefore, is not so invariable as 
Mr. White supposed it to be. 


FALCON AND PIGEON. 


Some of the larger species of Falcon may occasionally be seen flying 
over Manchester in pursuit of the Pigeons which are kept in that town. 
Several years since, I saw a fine Peregrine Falcon, so occupied, stoop at 
a Pigeon, which adroitly avoided the deadly blow by a dexterous turn; 
in a second attempt, however, the Falcon proved more fortunate, as it 
succeeded in carrying off its prey. Perceiving that it bore away its booty 
in the direction which I was pursuing, I kept a sharp look-out for it, and, 
at the distance of about a mile from the town, I observed it amusing itself 
with the quarry, by repeatedly rising with it toa great height in the air, 
letting it drop from this lofty elevation, and descending after it with asto- 
nishing velocity. Approaching as cautiously as I could, and seizing a 
favourable opportunity, I succeeded in frightening away the Falcon and 
securing the Pigeon, which was much mutilated; the head being sepa- 
rated from the body, which had been deeply pierced, in many places, by 
the sharp talons of the Falcon. Now, asthe manner in which birds of 
the Falcon tribe take their prey on the wing, has long been a subject of 
controversy among naturalists and sportsmen, who have variously conjec- 
tured that they inflict the fatal stroke with the beak, the breast, the wings, 
and the talons, my principal object in introducing the above anecdote is 
the explanation of this difficulty. In the present instance, it is evident, 
from the peculiarity of the situation, that the Falcon could not descend 
with its victim to the ground, as is usually the case, and this circumstance 
enabled me to ascertain with precision, the manner in which it effected 
its purpose. Stooping impetuously, it struck the Pigeon with great vio- 
lence on the neck with its beak, and keeping its hold, it raised its feet, 
and so transferred the prize to its talons, in order that it might impede its 
flight as little as possible, and, consequently, be more readily conveyed to 
a distance. Should it be objected, that the circumstances under which 
this Falcon seized its prey, might induce it to change its usual mode of 


14 Mr. Holberten’s and Mr. Yarrell’s 


attack ; I would reply, that it performed the feat with wonderful prompt- 
ness and dexterity, not at all in a manner to be expected from a novice. 
In short, there can scarcely be a doubt that the means employed were 
those to which it was impelled by its natural instinct. 


Art. V. Notes on the internal appearance of several 
Animals examined after Death, in the Collection of the 
Zoological Society. By'T. H. Hotserton, Esg., M.R.C.S., 
§c., and WittraM YarRRELL, Esq., F.LS., F.Z.S., &c. 


{Continued from Vol. IV, page 322.] 


Active Gipson. Hylobates agilis, F. Cuv. 


THE skeleton presented seven true, and six false ribs on each side, 
the last three floating. The upper and lower extremities incapable of 
the same degree of extension as in man, either at the elbows or knees, 
owing to strong fascial expansions of the flexor tendons passing in front 
of the elbow, and behind the knee joints, to be attached to the upper 
halves of the respective bones below these parts. 

The stomach was placed more longitudinally than in the human sub- 
ject, particularly from the cardiac orifice, the first two-thirds passing 
straight down the left side; the other third portion crossed directly over 
to the right, terminating in the duodenum, which soon passed again to- 
wards the spine, (not being placed so far to the right as in the human 
subject,) and enclosed the head of the pancreas. The coats of the sto- 
mach were remarkably and uniformly thick; the great omentum quite 
devoid of fat; no valvule conniventes, nor appendices epiploice. The 
large intestines were thrown into folds by three longitudinal bands, as in 
the human subject. A long glandular body of 2 inches and 2 in length 
and nearly + of an inch wide, placed in the folds of the mesentery, ap- 
peared to perform the office of the mesenteric glands. The attachments 


Notes in Comparative Anatomy. 15 


of the mesentery were much higher up than in the human subject. .The 
kidnies in situation, and the ureters in their passage, resembled the hu- 
man, the latter terminating in the upper part of each side of the blad- 
der. The spleen was situated like that of the human subject, and very 
similar in appearance. The vessels in Glisson’s capsule laid also simi- 
larly to those of the human subject. The Pancreas and Liver presented 
nothing remarkable, the small lobes of the latter were not quite so well 
defined as in man. Small intestines 5 feet 6 inches in length; appendix 
ceci vermiformis 2 inches; large intestines 18 inches, The rectum di- 
lated in the pelvis forming a pouch. Two bodies having the appearance 
of vesicule seminales, but very minute, the animal being young, occu- 
pied the usual situation, as did also the vasa deferentia. 


Diana Monkey. Simia Diana, Linn. 


Cercopithecus Diana, Geoff. 


Length from the mouth to the root of the tail 17 inches; of the tail 
itself 24 inches. Stomach a single cavity, small intestines 4 feet; no 
cecum ; large intestines 2 feet in length. This Monkey had appeared 
unusually dull and drowsy some days before death; the intestines were 
generally of large volume, the colon and rectum distended with the re- 
mains of food. A considerable quantity of water pervaded the cellular 
tissue of the lower extremities. 


WereEPER Monkey. Cebus Apella, Desm. 


Length from the nose to the root of the tail 10 inches, tail 11 inches; 
length of the whole intestinal canal 6 feet 10 inches. Kidnies inflamed, 
particularly that on the left side; lungs, liver, and intestines generally 
healthy. Bones of the extremities irregular in form, quite cartilaginous, 
and devoid of earthy deposition; those of the head perfectly soft and 
flexible, inferior maxillary bone the same. The cerebral and spinal 
nerves, when in a relaxed state, exhibited a spiral filament passing along 
their substance, which disappeared on tension. P. P. Mollinelli, who 
described this appearance, in 1775, seems to be the first anatomist who 
mentions this arrangement of the nervous filaments of the human sub- 
ject within their covering of the pia mater: they form small transverse, 


16 Mr. Holberton’s and Mr. Yarrell’s 


folds more or less obliquely angular, and were not inaptly compared, 
originally, to the rug of earth-worms, or the rings of the aspera arteria. 
See Elliotson’s Translation of Blumenbach’s Physiology, Section 212. 


Mexican Doe, young. Canis familiaris, var. Mericanus. 


Length from mouth to anus 13 inches; whole length of intestines 5 
feet 4 inches; cecum 2 inches, of the ordinary form. Dentition irre- 
gular and imperfect; no apparent cause of death. 


JerBoa. Dipus Sagitta, Gmel. 


When divested of its skin, the form of the head in this animal is 
peculiar. The upper surface of the cranium is nearly square; the mas- 
toid processes are unusually large, excavated, and their parietes diapha- 
nous. They occupy the whole space behind the zygomatic arch on 
either side, and extend beyond the occipital bones backwards, and even 
with the surface of each parietal bone upwards. From the anterior 
portion of the nasal bones to the occipital ridge was 1 inch ,°;; from the 
anterior surface of the malar bone to the back of the mastoid process of 
the same side 1,4;; the width of the head between the edges of each 
zygoma 1,%;; behind the zygomatic arches % of an inch; across the 
mastoid processes 1 inch; mastoid cells projecting backwards beyond the 
occipital surface 4 of an inch. 

The meatus aes directed backwards; the malar bones so deep 
in front that vision is confined to the lateral and backward directions. 
The masseter muscle, large, arising from the under edge of the zygoma and 
orbit, passes downwards and backwards to be inserted into the base, angle, 
and ascending plate of the inferior mazilla; raising, bringing forwards, 
and also giving a limited degree of lateral motion to the lower jaw. The 
muscle analogous to the temporal arising from the fossa in front of the 
orbit, passing under the zygoma, is inserted on the fore part and side 
of the lower jaw. The portio dura passed outside the muscle elevating 
the jaw, under the edge of the zygoma to the angle of the mouth to be 
distributed over both lips. The branches of the infra-orbital nerve were 
distributed in the usual manner. The reason for noticing these nerves 
was on account of their unusually large size. 


Notes in Comparative Anatomy. 17 


The flexors of the legs were not inserted by single tendons, but ended 
in a broad thin tendinous expansion which enveloped on either side the 
head of the gastrocnemius and all the flexors of the foot and toes, to be 
afterwards inserted into the whole length of the tibia, giving additional 
power to its own muscles as also to those covered by this fascia in its 
course. The capsules of the joints admitted great extension. Descrip- 
tions of two species of this genus having been given by Pallas in his 
“« Nove species quadrupedum e glirium ordine’’ with representations of 
a skeleton, stomach and cecum, it may be only necessary to add, that, 
the Jungs appeared of a more dense structure than usual; the stomach 
simple; liver of large size; small intestines 26 inches long; cecum 6 
inches, curved spirally; large intestines 18 inches: the animal measured 
from mouth to anus 6 inches. It was a female with very long uterine 
cornua. The ensiform cartilage terminated in a broad flattened extre- 
mity similar in shape to the same part in the Bobac, which comes next 
under consideration. 


Bosac. Arctomys Bobac, Gmel. 


Died from the effect of a very large abscess which formed between the 
skin and pectoral muscles, confined principally to the right side. The 
ensiform cartilage, united to the sternum by a narrow neck, had a thin 
expanded heart-shaped termination, to both lateral edges of which 
muscular fibres were attached. 

The heart had a glandular substance lying upon its sternal surface, 
which surrounded its base and the primitive vessels. Two portions then 
passed backwards in the thorax attached to each side of the dorsal verte- 
bre. There was an ossification of the thoracic aorta to the extent of an 
inch anda half. Length of the animal from the mouth to the root of the 
tail 15 inches. Stomach a single cavity; liver formed of two principal 
lobes, that on the right side subdivided into three minor ones; the form 
of the gall-bladder nearly circular; small intestines 5 feet 6 inches in 
length; cecum large, filled with faecal matter ; large intestines 2 feet 10 
inches. ‘The fibres of the pubic surface of the bladder had a longitudi- 
nal and somewhat curved direction ; upon the sacral surface the fibres of 
the upper half were transverse, on the inferior half they were curved 
similarly to those of the opposite side. 

Vou, V. B 


18 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Cistrus of Ur. B. Clark. 


MALABAR SQUIRREL. Sciurus maximus, Gmel. 

Length from mouth to anus 14 inches ; intestinal canal 13 feet. Sto- 
mach large in proportion to the size of the animal, triangular in shape, 
somewhat contracted at the cardiac extremity with a broad surface opposed 
to the right side ; the spleen very small, of the size of a goose-quill, and 
only 1 inchand a half long. y 


CRESTED PorcuPINE. Hystrix cristata, Linn. 
Extreme length from nose to anus 2 feet 4 inches. Small intestines, 
17 feet ; cecum, 18 inches ; large intestines, 4 feet. This animal was 
very fat. The cause of death was not ascertained. 


ALPINE Hare. Lepus variabilis, Pall. 

Length from mouth to anus 17 inches; the stomach showed an appa- 
rent division externally; internally the two different lining surfaces de- 
scribed by Sir E, Home were distinctly observable, that of the cardiac 
portion being the most vascular. Small intestines 7 feet in length; ce@- 
cum 16 inches; /arge intestines 3 feet 8 inches. General form and du- 
plicatures of the different viscera very similar to those of our common 
Hare, Lep. timidus. The animal appeared to have died from the effects 
of hydatids, which in considerable numbers pervaded the whole abdomi- 
nal cavity. 


Arr. VI. On the Uistrus of Mr. Bracy Clark. By W.S. 
MacLeay, Esq., 4.M., F.LS., &c. In a Letter to the 
Editor. 


My dear Vigors, 

Two reasons have hitherto prevented me from taking notice of 
Mr. B. Clark’s singular paper on Qistrus, independently of the con- 
sideration that for my part I confess I have little more to say on the 
subject. The first of these reasons is, that, from the difficulty of know- 
ing the particular conclusion at which he wishes to arrive, the paper 
in itself unanswerable. The second is, that Mr. Clark has most sapiently 
laid down the following law in the Linnean Transactions, viz. ‘ that identi- 
“« fying the descriptions of the ancients with the modern species of 
** natural history, should be avoided in the volumes of the Society.” 


Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Estrus of Mr. B. Clark. 19 


My crime in attempting to make out the ancient Cistrus is no doubt ac- 
cording to this rule very great; but I trust that I shall meet with some 
little mercy, as Mr. Clark himself led the way, by attempting in his 
first paper to identify the modern C&strus with that of the ancients, 
and as I have only followed, at a humble distance, the footsteps of this 
lawgiver. ; 

The argument indeed by which Mr. Clark quenches for ever any 
attempt to identify the animals described by the ancients, namely, that 
it leads to much unsatisfactory discussion, is most conclusive; and I 
really think, that as the identification of the species of modern authors 
likewise leads very often to unsatisfactory discussion, the council of the 
Linnean Society oughttoextend the bright idea which they have adopted,* 
and to prohibit the identification of all species whatsoever. The argu- 
ment holds equally good in both cases. 
~ Inorder to do full justice to what Mr. Clark calls his Reply, it may 
perhaps be necessary to repeat the statement to which he replies. Now 
the object of my unfortunate paper was to shew, first, that the Gistrus of 
the ancients, as described by them, was not a modern (strus; and 
secondly, that “ it is not indeed unlikely that some of the ancients should 
** have seen the perfect insects of the modern (Estrus flying about cattle, 
© and that they should have witnessed the extraordinary effects which 
** they produce, but, however this may be, they certainly appear to 
** have confounded such insects with the more common Tabani, for it is 
** the modern Tabanus, or some genus extremely near to it, that they 
“ haye always described as the Wstrus.” Such are my words. Now 
let us see how they are replied to. 

When I heard that Mr. Clark had read a paper to prove me in the 
wrong, I rather foolishly imagined, that, as the question under discussion 
was the @strus of the ancient Greeks, I should be overwhelmed with a 
host of new passages from ancient authors. But Mr. Clark holds such 
weapons in sovereign contempt, and annihilates my paper with only three 


* We must here observe, that we do not acquiesce in the conclusion 
apparently drawn above, that the editors of a paper “ adopt the ideas” of the 
authour. For our own parts, we consider the authour alone responsible for 
the opinions or expressions contained in the papers which we publish. Ed. 


B2 


20 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Estrus of Mr. B. Clark. 


passages, and those all from modern writers,* viz. one from Shakspeare, 
who therein says, that the brize annoys the herd more than the tiger ; one 
from Thomson, who says that when thus annoyed, they scour the plain and 
cut various other unseemly capers; and lastly one from an old play, the 
author of which proposes to plant a brize, by way of spur, into some 
nameless part of some inactive and nameless gentleman. These three 
English passages form a main body of evidence, that, according to Mr. 
Clark, most decidedly prove the (Estrus of Aristotle to be that of Lin- 
nus. I may, therefore, take less notice of the light skirmishers which 
appear on the field to support the same cause, in the shape of passages 
from the Lachesis Lapponica of Linneus, one of which says, that in 
Lapland the (Estrus of the Reindeer has an egg like a white mustard 
seed, and another that the Reindeer stop short and remain motionless on 
the sight of their peculiar tormentor. The appositeness of these quotations 
to the subject in question is not very manifest, but I suppose the mode of 
reasoning from them is as follows: if the egg of the Lapland Cistrus be 
like a white mustard seed, and if the Reindeer in Lapland stop short, ergo 
the (Estrus of Aristotle must be that of Bracy Clark, and the Oxen in 
Greece on being tormented by their (istrus do not stop short. 

Mr. Clark says that Linneus, Vallisneri, Reaumur, and, though last, 
not least, Bracy Clark, hold the opinion that the Gistrus of the ancients 
is the Cistrus bovis of Linneus; and he therefore pronounces Ray, 
Olivier, Latreille, and Kirby to be heretics, nay, even Aristotle, Alian, 
and Pliny themselves to know nothing about the matter, if they have dared 
to write otherwise than as he would have them. It is right, however, for 
Mr. Clark’s glory, to assign him the full force of this argumentum ad 
verecundiam, for Linneus having changed his opinion once with respect 
to the ancient (Estrus, might, if he had lived, have changed it again. 


* Itis true Mr. Clark repeats the hackneyed passage from Virgil, but it is 
for the sole purpose of unfolding from it the following “ curious discovery,” 
which is thus solemnly imparted to the Public, through the medium of the 
Linnean Transactions. Alluding ‘to the words “ Cui nomen Asilo Roma- 
“num est, (stron Graii vertere vocantes;” Mr. Clark says, ‘“* From 
“¢ this admirable description, it is clearly manifest that Asilus was the Roman 
« name for the fly which agitates the cattle; and it is equally clear, that @sétrus 
“ was the Greek name for it,” 


Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the @strus of Mr. B. Clark. 23 


As for Vallisneri, he knew about as much of entomology as he did of 
steam-boats; and Reaumur* expresses himself in doubt as to the Greek 
(Estrus. Consequently, the only opinion that remains at once valuable 
and decisive on the subject is that of Mr. Clark. It is, in short, Bracy 
Clark solus, versus Ray, Olivier, Latreille, and Kirby; nay, even versus 
the ancients themselves, if they have the impudence to contradict-him. 
The question indeed is concerning the ’O:spoc of the ancients; but this 
-is of the very slightest consequence, for says this diffident logician, “ if 
*« Aristotle, Alian or Pliny described the insect which they called istrus 
** with spotted wings, or with a trunk or proboscis, they knew nothing 
“* at all about the true Cistrus bovis.’ I beg leave to inform Mr. Clark 
that he has most thoroughly convicted these ancients of ignorance, for 
although they have not audaciously proceeded so far in their guilt as to 
verify quite his worst suspicions, and to describe their (Estrus as having 
spotted wings, these ignorant philosophers, to their shame be it said, nay, 
-even AEschylus himself, although he is one of those poets whom Mr. Clark 
considers as better authority on a scientific question than any philo- 
sopher, have all, as I have shewn, described their Gistrus as having a 
proboscis. What follows then? Why, that although we wish to ascer- 
tain what Aristotle, Elian, Pliny, and Aischylus, considered an (Estrus, 
those ignorant philosophers, and that still more inexcusable poet, knew 
nothing at all about their own insect, the accurate knowledge of which 
is the snug and sole property of Mr. Bracy Clark. His “ practical 
** pursuits’’ and his “ curious discoveries,’’ entitle him, and him alone, 
to decide the question as to the true Gistrus of the ancients. 

Indeed, upon Mr. Clark’s profession depends a great deal of the 
argument; for if, says he, ‘‘ MacLeay or Latreille had been as much among 
** cattle on the heaths, as my pursuits have led me, they would have 
** long since obtained a practical acquaintance with the effects produced 
“ by these insects, and would not have been led to suppose that the 


* Reaumur mentions the subject as a doubtful one, Vol. 1V, p.540. He 
seems to make a distinction between the Qstrus and Asilus of the ancients, 
and merely appropriates the latter name to the G?strus bovis, because Vallisneri 
had done it before him. ‘*M. Vallisneri veut que ce nom soit donné a notre 
“‘mouche. Aussi l’ appellerai-je volontiers en Frangois.” Such are his words. 


22 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Hstrus of Mr. B. Clark. 


* Tabani, Conopses,* or Culices, were the object of poetic description.’’ 
M. Latreille, I dare say, has witnessed these practical effects, that is, a 
Cow dancing a hornpipe witha Gadfly, and I am sure, so have I; but no 
matter, I shall only hint, that as the “ practical pursuits” of Aristotle and 
other ancients did not much lead them among cattle on the heaths, this 
may have probably been also the cause of their being so shamefully igno- 
rant of their own meaning. 

Mr. Clark talks of his “ curious discoveries’”’ on this singular tribe of 
insects. Now, the reason why I committed the heinous fault of over- 
looking this gentleman in my paper, was, that I conceived these “ disco- 
veries,’”” when correct, to have been already discovered by others, and 
found these ‘ discoveries,”” when his own, to be almost always in direct 
opposition to the fact. In the paper before us, there are, however, some 
truly curious and original discoveries, and I shall state them at length, in 
order that Mr. Clark may no longer complain of my overlooking him.+ 

First Discovery.—Mr. Clark finds that there is a scoundrelly set of 


* As to “ Conopses,” I never heard of their existence before, and certainly 
never mentioned the names in my paper either of these new animals, or of 
Culices, as being the Gstri of the ancients. I ought to plead guilty, however, 
to the accusation that I have been led to suppose that a Culex has been the 
object of poetic description. If Mr. Clark be not too old to go toschool, he 
will find so too. 

+ By far the most accurate and laborious work that has yet appeared on the 
genus Csirus, is that of Johannes Leonardus Fischer, published at Leipsic, in 
1787. This gentleman gives a Synopsis Specierum, and a correct and detailed 
account of the natural history and anatomy of @str. ovis, Gistr. bovis, and their 
respective larve. And yet this Mr. Bracy Clark, who talks of his curious 
discoveries, published many years afterwards a work on Gstrus, wherein he 
describes two or three new species with such abominable names as veterinus 
and salutiferus ; pirates from Monuffet and Reaumur, the history of (strus equi ; 
describes the pupa of @strus for its larva, which it appears that he does not 
even yet know; gives an anatomy of both pupa and perfect insect that would 
equally answer for that of a Whale; and finally makes a new genus, of which 
to this day he does not know the true character, and names it in direct defiance 
of every Linnean rule. Such is Mr. Clark’s paper on the Bots of Horses, and 
yet it is indisputably the best paper that the old Linnean School ever published 
on Zoology in England. IT allude not of course to Mr. Kirby’s papers, because 
he belongs to an infinitely superior class of Naturalists. 


Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Gstrus of Mr. B. Clark. 23 


flies composed of Tabani, “ Conopses,’’ Asili, and Culices, which have 
all spotted wings, and of which the three first have lately taken to the 
filthy habit of “ sweat sucking.’ Our worthy “ Naturalist,’’ however, is 
still in doubt whether Culices suck.* 

Second Discovery.—A new tribe of animals called ‘ Conopses,” 
which, having so classical a name, were no doubt also known to the 
ancients, and I hope when Mr. Clark describes them in the next volume 
of the Linnean Transactions, he will also identify them. So far as I am 
concerned, I assure him there will be no disagreeable discussion on the 
subject, although some ignorant innovators are very likely to change the 
name as being too near to kwyw7ec. 

Third Discovery. —‘‘ (Estri are like ichneumon flies, which deposit 
“< their eggs on the sides of caterpillars of Lepidoptera, and then hatch- 
“‘ ing, perforate their skins and live on the parenchyma.’’ Now, I 
do say, that of all this gentleman’s “curious discoveries,’’ this is the 
most curious, that ichneumon flies, in order to perforate caterpillars, 
walk out of the eggs which they themselves have laid. 

Fourth Discovery.—The testimonies of the ancients with respect 
to CEstrus militate against each other, according to Mr, Clark. I only 
trust that, when the members of that Linnean Council which so acutely 
distinguished the merits of Mr. Clark’s paper, are re-elected, they will 
allow him to shew how, 

Fifth Discovery.—The greater part of Mr. Clark’s paper is taken 
up with shewing that the presence of an strus bovis has a greater 
influence on an Ox than that of a Tabanus.t Iam not aware of any 


* What in the nameof heaven has put “‘ Conopses,’’ Asili, and Culices, into 
this learned Theban’s head? The ancients knew but too well the Culices to 
take them for QGistri. The Asili are insectivorous insects, and the Conopes, 
which I suppose he means, are, in their larva state, parasitical upon Humble Bees, 
and, in their perfect state, perfectly harmless. The Conops calcitrans of Linneus, 
is, indeed, an insect that sucks blood, (not sweat, as I know by sad experience 
both here and in Europe,) but this species was some fifty years ago separated 
from the genus by Geoffroy and Degeer under the name of Stomorys. 

+ I have already said that the ancients as well as the moderns, such for 
instance as the author quoted by Archdeacon Nares, may all have confounded 
the Brize with the (2strus when flying. The fact is, we inherit this confusion 


24 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the CEstrus of Mr. B. Clark. 


person having ever disputed this; but the contrary assertion is here to my 
mind most valiantly combated, upon the principle, I suppose, that the 
truth cannot be too often told. 

Sixth Discovery.—Mr. Clark had in his first paper stated that the 
(Estr. bovis, according to his own experience, makes no noise; but not- 
withstanding one might have thought that his “ practical pursuits on 
‘* heaths” entitled him to decide this weighty matter, it appears that a 
farm-yard friend of his has still more ‘ practical pursuits,” for he by 
standing among dung once heard some noise, and Mr. Clark accordingly 
discovers the truth and abandons his own experience. Hence we learn, 
on Mr. Clark’s own authority, that his friend in the farm-yard is still a 
better judge of poetic description than himself. Virgil’s words “ asper, 
“© acerba sonans”’ are certainly rather difficult to surmount if the insect 
be a silent one. 

Seventh Discovery.—Mr. Clark has just discovered that “ Gstrus 
“< bovis has no aculeus or weapon of infliction in the abdomen.’’ Very 
new and ingenious indeed! He appears to have formerly thought it 
hymenopterous. But as of all Diptera it is the least provided witha 
sting in the mouth, some people will perhaps fancy that Mr. Clark is here 
arguing against himself, since if he be right, and the @strus have no 
sting; and if the (Zstrus of the ancients be described by the poets as 
oévsopoc and be said by the philosophers éyeuv cevrpov ioxupdy jornpévov 
rov séparoc, why then the innocent Gistrus of Mr. Clark cannot be their 
insect. 

However, the cream of consistency is to come. In p. 404, Mr. Clark 
comes to the conclusion that the fly of Aristotle, Elian, and Pliny, 
“© may have been a Tabanus or an Asilus, a Conops, or a Culex, or any 
‘ other with spotted wings;”’* and in p. 409 he arrives without any new 
argument, but with equal confidence, at the diametrically opposite con- 
clusion, “ that the G¥strus of the ancients could have been no Tabanus.”’ 


as to the name from the Saxons; the Germans still confounding the Bremse 
and the Breme. But in the time of Mouffet the Brize was the Hematopota 
pluvialis, and the Burrell-flye or Whame was the @strus equi. 

* How precise and scientific! particularly when not one of the ancients 


makes mention of spotted wings. 


Rey. L. Guilding’s Observations on the Chitonide. 25 


Ohe! jam satis! His arguments and his mode of using them are, I will 
admit, of such an extraordinary nature, as fully to entitle him to come not 
only to the two extreme conclusions, but also to five hundred intermediate 
ones. Still, as it is rather puzzling to guess Mr. Clark’s real decision, I 
trust the Council of the Linnean Society will either allow him to append 
a supplement, stating which of the two opposite conclusions is his final 
opinion, or that they will have the condescension to state, for the good of 
the Society at large, what they conceived to be his real sentiments when 
they ordered the paper to be printed. I repeat that the paper is so truly 
original in natural history, classical lore, style, and orthography, that I 
find it impossible to answer it. I may humbly venture to deny, however, 
the accuracy of Mr. Clark’s assertion, that I ever expressed or even enter- 
tained a wish to change the name of the genus Mstrus. 

I would here ask a question, most important to the future interests of 
the Linnean Society. Is it not advisable for the Council to alter their 
present plan, and to insist upon the person to whom a paper is referred, 
making a written report upon the manner in which any opinion is 
supported ? Similar reports are made on all papers given in to the French 
Institute. The critic’s personal reputation being then at stake, the 
Council at large might be sure that no paper would be unjustly condemned 
or stupidly lauded. 

Eyer, my dear Vigors, 
most truly your’s 
W. S, MacLzay. 


Arr. VII. Observations on the Chitonide. By the Rev. 
Lanspown Guitpine, B.A., F.L.S., IG. & WS, &e. 


Tribus. PoLYPLAKIPHORA, Blainv.* 
Fam. Chitonide, Gray, Guilding. 


Animalia ceca, hermaphrodita? plantivora ? 
Corpus ovato-elongatum ; apicibus equalibus, rotundatis: disci ver- 
tice nunc longitudinaliter subcarinato, nunc rotundato-subdepresso. 


* Locum melius demonstravit Cuvierius, 


26 Rev. L. Guilding’s Observations 


Lorica dorsalis, caleareo-testacea, in globum convolvenda (animali 
avulso) : cujus 

Scuta (vel tequle) octo, seepius denudata, raro minutissima, nonnun- 
quam obtecta, (in monstrosis 6 vel 7 ? ?): sepius transversa, marginibus 
omnibus vel plerisque deorsum imbricatis, lateribus declivatis. Scutum 
primum sepius semicirculare, margine antico symmetricé crenato, postico 
simplici: scufa intermedia contracta, plerumque transversa, margine 
antico immerso, lobato-alato, alis sepe medio fissis; margine postico 
subtus subcostato, lateribus alarumque sinu sepe fissurato-denticulatis : 
scutum extremum posticé crenatum, aleque integre: scuta omnia infra 
levia, lineis puncturarum notata propter insertionem musculorum innume- 
rabilium. Areola dorsalis angulato-transversa, nunc distincta nunc obsoleta: 
peripheriz stria impressa. teste incrementum nonnunquam demonstrat. 

Zona (vel cingulum) continua, carnosa, sepius crassa, cartilagineo- 
muscularis, corpus totum obtegens, latitudine et vestura multum varians, 
margine ipso ciliato, subtus planato, ossiculis creberrimis scabriuscula 
ad arctiorem adhesionem. Sepe in canales zona contrahitur ad aque 
receptionem, et stercoris ejectionem. 

Palhiwm (verum) indistinctum, continuum, tenue, agglutinatum, con- 
tractum, vix ac ne vix quidem margine liberum, branchia pedem et 
caput omnino circumdans. 

Pes maximus carnosus, fere longitudine corporis. Solea complanata 
adheesiva. 

Caput sessile magnum, cecum, pileo latissimo obvelatum, margine 
tenui libero, et posticé in angulos extenso loco tentaculorum. Tentacula 
nulla. ; 

Os infra, extensile, /abris plicatilibus crassis, carnosis. 

Lingua brevissima, apice lobata. 

Velum tenue, extensile, loco mandibule superioris. 

Trachyderma* (organum edendi et manducandi) tracheeforme, denti- 
culatum, membranaceum, fere longitudine abdominis, posticé in @so- 
phagum tubo-canaliformem semiclausum productum, anticé in alas duas 
extensum, que apices Stagoniorum+ vesiciformium arcté tegunt. Mem- 


* A rpaxic asper, et déppa cutis. 
+ Siagonia, a ovaydévioy pars maxille, 


on the Chitonide. 27 


brana tota interné serie duplici dentium molarium minutorum, innume- 
rabilium, transyersorum, oppositorum, munita: seriebus ad palatum 
denticulatum recedentibus, postice gradatim mollibus : dentibus omnibus 
tendinibus obliquis parallelis impulsis. bdominis viscera profundé 
immersa, loricaque defensa. 

Intestinum gracile,, corpore multoties longius, miré convolutum. 
Ovarium maximum, dorsale. 

Ventriculus magnus. 

Anus posticus, supra pedis extremitatem, sepe tubiformis. 

Branchie nude, lineares, elongate, utrinque in medio fossule pro- 
fundee lateris site : sepius longitudine pedis, nonnunquam abbreviate. 
Lobi acuminato-digitiformes, line’ media lineolisque transversis crebris 
signate, apice seepe decumbentes. 

Structuram Poli et Cuvierius (nomina veneranda) bene demonstra- 
yerunt. Vide Cuv. Mem., &c., sur les Mollusques. 


SYNOPSIS GENERUM. 


1. Chiton, Linn. (a greca voce yirev tunica). Lorica scutis maxi- 
mis imbricatis transversis nudis. Zona (vel ligamentum continuum peri- 
pheriz) tenuior, coriacea, lata, squamulosa, vel squamis conformibus 
subovatis distinctis alternatim (ut in piscibus) dimidiato-imbricatis vestita. 


* Zonda distincté squamosa. 
+ Disco subcarinato: areola transverso-marginali distincta. Exemp. 
Chiton squamosus, Sowerb., Gen. f. 2. Ch. Capensis, Gray, &c. 
++ Disco subrotundato, levi: areola angulata obsoleté. Ex. Chiton 
marmoratus, Blainv. 
** Zona exillimé reticulata. Ch. levis, Lowe, Zool. Journ. 


***7ona levigata. Ch. marginatus, Linn. Trans, VIII, p. 21, t. 1, 
f. 2. Ch. latus, Lowe. 


2. Acanthopleura, Guild. (Etym. cxcavOa spina, et mAevpdy latus.) 
Lorica precedentis. Zona crassa, carnosa, spinosa, spinulosa, crinita, 


28 Rev. L. Guilding’s Observations 


vel scabra: spinis laxé insertis; nunc varie longitudinis raris, nunc 
confertis. Pagina inferior ossiculis distincté scabra. Peripheria ciliata. 


* Zona spinosa. Chiton spinosus, Sow., Gen. f. 1. 
** Zona spinulosa. Ch. Carmichaelis, Gray, Spicil. 
*** Zona granulosa. Ch. asellus, Lowe, Zool. Jour. 
**** Zona rugoso-granulosa. Ch. aselloides, Lowe. 
***** Zona crinita. Ch. crinitus, Wood, Ind. 
*##*** Zona villosi. Ch. Peruvianus, Frembly. 
¥**#x*** Zona farinosa. Ch. cinereus, Lowe. 


3. Phakellopleura, Guild. (a pdxedXoc fasciculus, et rAsvpdy latus.) 
Lorice scuta minora. Zona crassa, carnosa, lata, serie unica fasciculorum 
elongatorum spiculorum ornata: spicula sericeo-vitrea, acuformia, nunc 
conferta, mox expanso-radiantia, urentia. Peripheria distincté ciliata, 
Pes latus. Ex. Ch. fascicularis, Sow., gen. f. 3. 


4, Chitonellus, Lam. (Chitonis diminutivum.) Lorice scuta mini- 
ma, contracta, feré abscondita: ale magne nonnunquam sagittate. 
Zona valdé crassa, carnosa, fere denudata, vel scabriuscula, peripheria& 
ciliata. Pleura punctis spiraculiformibus perforata. 

* Animal larviforme. Scuta szepius disjuncta, branchie abbreviate, 
pes contracta ? Ch. levis, Blainv. Ch. larviformis, Burrow. Ch. 
striatus, Sow. 

** Animal brevius, subovatum. Scuta approximata, pes latus. Pori 

zone valdé distincti spinulis cincti. 

Chitonellus latus, Guilding. 

Ch. scutis cretaceis, disco lateribusque fusco fasciatis: lateribus gra- 
nulato-scabris : zona sordidé flavida ? peripheria pallida. 

Long. corporis 1 unc. Vidi mortuum at illesum. 

Habitat in brevibus Antillarum rarus. 


5. Cryptoconchus, Blainy., Burrow, (Nunquam vidi,). (a cpirrw 
occulto, et «éyxn concha.) Lorice scuta mediocria, utrinque dentata, 


on the Chitonide. 29 


zona tomentosa obyelata, omnino tecta. Zona (in utroque scuto) fissura 
porisque duobus tubulosis lateralibus signata: supra scutum anticum 
poriquatuor. Branchie abbreviate. 

Ex. Ch. porosus, Burrow. 

Has divisiones subgenericas non omnes egomet vidi, at lubenter recepi. 
Squame et sculptura semper oculis armatis examinande. 


These animals frequent the rocks and stones of the sea-coast, and are 
distributed nearly over the whole globe. Many of the species are con- 
stantly under water, while others ascend above low or even high water- 
mark, spending the day exposed to the hottest sun, or selecting a rest- 
ing-place which is only occasionally moistened by the rude and restless 
surf, In Chitonellus and Cryptoconchus there are certain minute organs 
on the zone, which bear a strong resemblance to the spiracula of the 
annulose animals. From their habit of quitting the watery element, like 
many of the Turbinide, I once supposed that the organs for the aeration 
of the circulating fluid might be of a compound nature, (pulmono-bran- 
chiati.) It is, however, far more probable (as in the case of some Crus- 
taceous* genera which I am now investigating,) that this process is capa- 
ble of a diurnal or a temporary interruption, or that the branchie, so 
long as they are kept moist, and shielded from atmospheric influence, 
may perform their functions, though much more slowly. 

The species are very numerous, but involved in the greatest confusion. 
As De Blainville has remarked, ‘* Leur séparation en petits groupes na- 
** turels est assez difficile, nous ne doutons cependant pas qu’on y paryi- 
** enne, si l’on peut réussir a étudier a la fois et compiétement les ani- 
«* maux et les coquilles.” From the great variation in their colouring, 
and the liability of the older shells to become corroded and decorticated 
by atmospheric exposure, the action of salt water, or the blows of roll- 
ing stones, while the spines and other appendages of the zone, are worn 


* In the decapod short-tailed Crustacea which reside at the bottom of the 
ocean, the foramina which admit the water to the branchie are very large: in 
the genera which dwell long on land they are contracted. These curious open- 
ings, seated at the base of the arms, and closed with a moveable operculiform 


ciliated janua, 1 have termed portule. 


30 Rey. L. Guilding’s Observations 


down or lost, the species are not easily described. There can be no 
doubt of the necessity of always giving magnified figures and careful de- 
tails of these animals. An uncoloured outline is also desirable, to shew . 
the peculiar carving of the valves. We might add, with advantage, a 
profile of the back, and highly magnified figures of the scales, spines, 
and countless ossicula which beset the inferior adhering surface of the 
zone, which, added to atmospheric pressure, protect them so effectually 
from the violent washing of the surf, and the attacks of their countless 
enemies. The smaller species in particular, without careful line engrav- 
ings (made with the specimens in sight), it will be difficult to distinguish. 
Where it is necessary to avoid expense, one half only of the figure might 
be coloured, while the other might be left to shew the striz and verruce 
with which the valves are commonly adorned. It would be of great ad- 
vantage if outlines of the valves, deprived of their connecting ligament, 
could be also given: the teeth, fissures, and punctures for muscular in- 
sertion vary much in the different species, and should be always noticed. 
Two specimens of each should be sacrificed for this purpose. If left to 
putrefy in water, or if boiled sufficiently, the fleshy parts are easily se- 
parated, and the valves, well cleaned and scraped, may then be gummed 
in their proper order, with a small interval, on card either white or par- 
tially blackened : one of the sets being reversed. With these should be 
preserved a portion of the detached scales or spines, with a thin slice 
from the inferior surface of the zone, that they may be submitted to the 
microscope. 

They seem to feed entirely by night. Though they remain stationary 
during the day, when disturbed they will often creep away with a slow 
and equal pace, often sliding side-ways, and creeping under the rocks 
and stones for concealment. If accidentally reversed, they soon recover 
their position, by violently contorting and undulating the zone; and for 
defence they sometimes (when detached) roll themselves up like the wood- 
lice. Some of the larger kinds, especially of Acanthopleura, are eagerly 
devoured by the lower orders in the West Indies, who have the folly to 
call them beef: the thick fleshy foot is cut away from the living animal, 
and swallowed raw, while the viscera are rejected. We have here a 
large pale Chiton, which is said to be poisonous. 

The zone of the Acanthopleure is often beset with fuci, while the 


on the Chitonide. 31 


scales of Chiton, from their more constant motion, rarely afford a rest- 
ing-place to the Serpule and other bodies which are so often dispersed 
over the broad and solid scuta. The Zoologist, while he takes the size 
and leading characters of the species from full-grown specimens, will 
do well to colour from young ones, which are commonly free from any 
incrustations or injuries. I have observed that some species, of which it 
is commonly impossible to find specimens not corroded and spoiled, are 
in certain localities beautifully perfect, and that many species are altoge= 
ther local, and confined to particular coasts and reefs. 

In the 10th number of the Zoological Journal, p. 193, Mr. Frembly 
has given some of the most interesting observations which have ever been 
made on these animals. His mode of killing them, however, is very 
faulty, and would lead to the loss of the greater part of the specimens. 
Their beauty will in all cases depend on the mode in which they are cap- 
tured and killed. The finest specimens will of course be those which 
are preserved in spirit, and exhibit no contraction of the zone. I have, 
however, been able to dry the whole animal with so great success, that 
specimens long preserved can scarcely be distinguished from living ones. 
The capture of them, from the violence of the surf, I have sometimes 
found a dangerous occupation, the waves having nearly carried me from 
the rocks, The Naturalist should choose the hour of lowest tide on a 
calm day, and go prepared with a blunt, round-pointed dinner-kmife, a 
few negro calabashes, or a small keg with a smooth interior, and sus- 
pended bya string. These should be half filled with sea-water. Speci- 
mens found on smooth stones may, with little force, be slided off into the 
keg to the sides of which they will immediately attach themselves in their 
natural position. If they are found on rough coral, or uneven rock, the 
knife must be suddenly inserted under the zone, and the animal turned 
up: or if the coral be soft, asmall chisel may be forced under the spot 
occupied, and the animal secured without injury. The adhesion, which 
is slight when they are undisturbed, on the slightest alarm becomes so 
great, that they cannot, when on hard rocks, be secured without lacerating 
the sides. By the time they are carried home, all will have attached 
themselves to the wooden vessel, and the cold water having been poured 
out, scalding water must be suddenly dashed on them, and not poured 
gently through a tea-kettle, Few will fall or bend their bodies : as soon 


32 Rev. L. Guilding’s Observations 


as the water cools they are to be thrown into strong clear spirit for a few 
days. The flesh is on no account to be removed ; but before being placed 
to dry, the animals are to be for a moment immersed in spirit, saturated 
with corrosive sublimate, which insures their safety. They are now to 
be placed in rows according to their height, and boards or weights of 
any kind placed on them till they are dry: or they may be pressed be- 
tween the leaves of an old useless folio volume, the bent specimens being 
laid in the central groove, which, as it is closed, will restore the natural 
attitude : when freed from extraneous bodies, they may be gummed on 
card of various colors, and the natural tints are easily brought out bya 
brush moistened with pure oil. Nothing can exceed the simplicity of 
this plan, or the beauty of the specimens which are thus prepared and 
secured from the attacks of insect enemies and air. Mr. Frembly’s plan of 
suffering them to die gradually in a covered box is subject to great objec- 
tions. Even in this sultry climate they will live many days, and will 
require to be often watched : they crowd on the backs of each other for 
the sake of moisture and coolness, and putridity at last often advances 
before the animals can be secured. 

There is another plan of destroying the Mollusca, to which I must call 
the attention of Zoologists. The examination of Bivalves is attended 
with the greatest difticulty, from the impossibility, in many cases, of open- 
ing the valves without rudely cutting asunder the adductorial muscles or 
breaking the shell at the risk of injuring the inhabitant, or waiting till its 
death, when it is commonly in a state unfit for examination. I have found 
that many Acephala, which in a damp cellar would survive for weeks, 
die in a single night if left in stale sea-water, with their valves open, and 
the animal well extended. Sea-water, when exposed to the sun and 
stale, in a very short time is fatal to the Mollusca, Crustacea, and other 
marine creatures: while it has the advantages of not causing them to 
throw off their limbs in the agonies of death, or to shorten their retractile 
organs. Of course the observer will not omit to keep them for a time in 
water perfectly fresh, and carefully attend to their habits while they con- 
tinue in health and vigour. 

Another plan I have long practised with great success for Land 
Mollusca, and Mr. Gray informs me he has followed it at the British 
Museum, A glass, or other vessel, with a ground or perfectly even 


on the Chitonide. 33 


top, is to be filled with fresh water to overflowing, and the animals 
thrown into it: they are to be covered over with flat even glass, and in 
this prison-house they are suffocated and destroyed, the organs remaining 
extended in their natural attitudes. It is better to use separate glasses, 
as the animals,* if placed together, by crawling over each other, often 
in fright retract their organs; and they are to be kept as still as possible. 
When quite dead, they are to be thrown, without loss of time, into 
weak, and afterwards stronger spirit: some are to be preserved naked, 
while the shells of others may be retained, the spire being perforated or 
cracked, for the admission of the antiseptic fluid to the spiral turns of the 
abdomen. It does not, however, so well answer for the Ampullariade, 
and those genera which possess branchiz as well as a respiratory cavity 
(Respiratorium.) On these it would be advisable to try the shock of an 
electric battery. Veritine are destroyed with great difficulty: some 
which were even kept close in salt water seemed to have the power of 
purifying it, and rendering it fit for respiration, while many large air- 
bubbles were generated in the glass. Some power of this kind would 
be very valuable to those species which inhabit maritime ponds, the wa- 
ters of which, nearly dried up at certain seasons, must be stagnant and 
unwholesome. 

The marine univalves, if kept still in separate vessels thus covered, 
will die in their natural attitudes, though not without some exceptions, 
which the zoologist will be taught by experience. All, however, are 
liable to deceive the operator. Although lying reversed, and apparently 
lifeless, many, when thrown into spirit, will possess sufficient muscular 
power to withdraw within the shell, when suddenly stimulated by the 
ardent spirit. It would be safer to pour off gently the stale sea-water, 
and to have bviling water dashed on them, to secure the success of the 
operation. 

Many of the minuter shells, as soon as the animal has been described, 
are to be thrown into spirit, and the operculum in situ may be observed 


* In warm countries, if the smaller Land Mollusca are captured at a distance 
from home, they should be placed in tin boxes, with only damp leaves, and 
all water carefully poured out: without this precaution, the steam generated 
during the night will be fatal to the captives, 


Vou. V. c 


34 Rev. L. Guilding’s Observations on the Chitonide. 


at leisure. If the existence of the operculum is doubiful, or the animal 
has withdrawn itself from sight, a specimen may be fractured and suf- 
fered to rot m spring water, when the putrid mass must be carefully 
washed and examined in a watch-glass. By these means I have detected 
the spurious operculum in species which I believed possessed it, but in 
which it could not, in the common way, be detected after the most pa- 
tient examination. In Colombella it is sometimes so minute as to require 
a sharp eye, or even a magnifier, before it can be found. In such cases 
itis indeed spurious, or only the rudiment of the organ, which may be 
more perfectly developed in other species, or in kindred genera, which 
from their economy require an ampler shield against the attacks of 
enemies. 

We are apt, however, to make use of this word spurious without suffi- 
cient consideration. We should recollect, when wondering at the small- 
ness or weakness of the horny opercula of some Mollusca, that the spe- 
cies which possess such either live under the sand, reside in safety on the 
coasts, or quit the waters when they are not feeding, the shell being held 
down close to the rocks by a dried mucous secretion, as in some Turb?- 
nide, or by the mere adhesion of the foot, as in Purpura, &c. The 
operculum, which in many cases would not close the expanded aperture, 
is only brought into use in cases of great peril, when the hold of the 
adhesive foot is loosened, the’ vessels are emptied of mucus, the various 
secretions, or the poisonous or coloured fluidsby which the enemy is to be 
driven back or baffled, and the animal retires into the narrower whorls, 
for which alone the operculum is fitted. When the operculum is per- 
fectly solid and testaceous, we may be sure that its possessor commonly 
resides in places where it is subject to the sudden attacks of dangerous 
pursuers. Here it will be of ample size, and capable of closing the 
larger and exterior whorl. The structure and composition of this organ 
indicates the habits of the inhabitant in so many cases, that its value in 
generic characters is far greater than many are willing to allow. 

Before concluding these notes on the Chitonide, I cannot refrain from 
again referring to the complex and wonderful organs of the mouth for com- 
minuting the food. The Palato-cesophagal membrane, when the animal is 
plunged into boiling water, is easily detached, and forms a beautiful and in- 
teresting object for the microscope. The anterior termination is expanded 


Dr. Heineken’s Description of Cerascopus. 35 


into a denticulate palate, while the broad naked ale are reflected over the 
singular organs which supply the place of the under jaw of the Mamma- 
lia. The inferior portion is folded into a haif-closed tube, resembling 
the trachea of birds, from the two lines of external sloping parallel ten- - 
dons, which give motion to each molar tooth-like process, as they are set 
in action to grind the food and pass it into the stomach. The tongue is 
minute, lobate at the tip, and terminates this singular organ, to which 
the name of Trachyderma is now given. We easily see why the termi- 
nation is not closed into a perfect tube, as this structure would have in- 
terfered with the necessary degree of motion required for the teeth. In 
other Mollusca the organs I have called Siagonia, from their use, are 
often quadrate cartilaginous bodies; here they are represented by two 
large elongate bladders, composed of a white tough skin, and most tightly 
distended with a transparent fluid, so as to give them almost the strength 
of cartilage. Their bases are distant, while the apices are brought toge- 
ther under the alate processes of the palate, and set in motion by an ap- 
paratus of strong and numerous muscles, as we see in the very satisfactory 
outlines given by Cuvier. 

I hope soon to have opportunities of publishing, in some work or 
other, figures of the many beautiful species which inhabit the Caribean 
Sea. 


St. Vincent, May 1, 1829. 


Anv. VIL. Descriptions of anew genus of Hemiptera, and of 
a species of Hegeter. By C. Huinuxen, M.D., &c. Ina 
Letter to the Editor. 


To THE EprTor OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL, 
Sir, 

Tue first of the two following insects appears to me to have been 
hitherto undescribed, and to constitute an intermediate genus between 
Ploiaria and the section Ploteres of the “Genera, &c.’’ of Latreille; 
and the second to be a new species of his genus Hegeter. As, however, 

c 2 


36 Dr. Heineken’s Description of Cerascopus. 


my means of reference are very limited, and as it is several years since I 
have seen any collection of insects, excepting a very small and local one 
of my own, I may be deceived; in that case the details which I have 
given, will, perhaps, compensate for the failure of my attempt to con- 
tribute something new. 
Tam, Sir, 
Your obedient Servant, 

Funchal, Madeira, C,. HEINEKEN, M. D. 

25th April, 1829. 


Order. Hemiptera. 

Section. Heteroptera, (Kirby, Leach.) 
Family. Geocorise, (Latreille.) 
Tribe. Nudicolles, (Latreille.) 
Genus. Cerascopus, (nobis.) 


Corpus elongato-clavatum, membranaceum. Elyira aleque nulle. 
Caput elongato-ovatum, bilobatum. Ocelli nulli. Antenne cor- 
poris saltem longitudine, geniculate, filiformes (articulo 1mo aliis 
longiore et arcuato) ante oculos, et supra lineam ab iis usque ad 
rostri originem ductam, inserte. Rostrum articulo secundo mediove 
aliis plané breviore, Thorax elongatus, inzqualis, bipartitus. 
Pedes antici raptorii coxis elongatis, intermedii et postici (quorum 
hi longiores) longissimi, graciles, filiformes. 4bdomen clavatum, 
depressum, segmentis falsis. Genitalia exserta. 


Cerascopus marginatus. ' 

Length about four lines. Colour dingy yellowish brown, interspersed 
with umber, Legs and antenne of the latter colour with pallid articula- 
tions. Thighs and tibie of raptorious legs spotted with umber, and two in- 
terrupted central and one marginal line of the same on the abdomen, which 
is depressed above with an elevated margin and six false segments; 
smooth, entire, slightly convex, and of a pale yellow colour, beneath. 
Eyes black. Head divided into two unequal lobes, by a transverse de- 
pression between the eyes. First joint of antenne as long (or nearly) 
as the two next, and bowed forwards; fourth somewhat the shortest, and 
suddenly tapering toa fine conical point. Thorax unequally divided by 


Dr. Heineken’s Description of Cerascopus. 37 


a constriction and depression just before the second pair of legs: 
posterior division elongate and irregular in figure and surface, im conse- 
quence of the articulations of the legs; anterior rather linear and 
giving origin to the raptorious legs at its anterior extremity. Tarsi of 
the latter gradually and finely pointed, and slightly curved inwards, and 
together with the tibie received into a groove between two rows of spines 
and a strong prominent curved spur at their termination on the thighs. 
Second joint of the tarsi of the other legs shortest, and third longest. 
Three joints in all, with two curved, simple, exserted terminal claws. 

Genitalia 2 in statu quiescente adeo compressa ut vix investigari 
queant ; nec in coitu observare contigit. 

Genitalia 3 distincta, extantia, antrorsum sursumque flexa. Penis 
membranaceus, pellucidus, truncatus, inter crura prehensorum (quorum 
duo laterales appositi, alter inferior posticus) exsertus. De cottu, 
semel tantum viso, tam ob brevissimum spatium temporis quo peractum 
est, quam ob difficilem observandi rationem (insectis vase vitreo inclusis), 
hee tantum quoad partes observata sunt: scilicet, cruribus prehensorum 
expansis vel divaricantibus, penem deinde extensum fuisse; interea, pedi- 
bus raptoriis feminze utrisque ab alterutro maris comprehensis, thoracem 
ejus amplexus corpusque incurvans, coitur. Alio tempore fefellit marem 
spes pedes raptorios femine comprehendendi; illa itaque evasit. 
Illaquidem semper invita, idcirco nonnihil periculirespicere marem videtur; 
quippe post coitum sese invicem vitant, nec (ut semel ambobus in vase 
relictis) aliquando femina marem necare recusat. Coitum cum femina 
gravida semel a mare inceptum vidi, sed infelici casu: ex hoc patet, 
marem nisi experiendo femine affectus nescire. Quarta circiter hebdo- 
mada post coitum, 2 ponit ova, ovalia, albida, pellucida, vasi adhereéntia, 
dispersa, numero incerta, larvis decimam post diem exclusis: impregna- 
tione una ad tres quatuorve ovorum depositiones sufficiente. Meta- 
morphosis nulla aut valdé indistincta. 

The insect is found from March to December (seldom if ever during 
the intermediate months) stalking on the walls of rooms, and almost 
invariably after dusk; those in confinement are more or less torpid 
during the day. The motion when the pace is quickened, or when about 
to take prey, is more elastic and librating (if the term be allowable) than 
tremulous and vibratory, so that it cannot be strictly called tipulous; it 


38 Dr. Heineken’s Description of Cerascopus. 


resembles the poising motion of a rope-dancer more than any thing else. 
The antenne are invariably used (bent to a certain angle) for touching 
the prey, and measuring its distance apparently, before it is seized. 1 
never Saw a fly taken by it without this previous operation, and once, when 
one was dropped close to the insect, they were bent at a more acute angle 
than usual, and the stroke failed; retreating alittle, the angle was in- 
creased, and the fly taken. They are always ina state of slow up and 
down motion, and are used as tactors and explorers upon all occasions ; 
touching either another animal or one uf the same species with a leg 
accidentally seems to be hardly perceived, but the imstant an antenna 
comes in contact with any thing, the insect suddenly darts back. They 
seem ina great degree too to supply the place of sight, which I suspect, 
although the eyes are of proportionate size, to be but limited, for after 
remaining quietly within a moderate sphere of vision from one of its own 
species, it starts off as though suddenly alarmed, upon the slightest 
contact. I have removed both from several individuals, and never saw 
them attempt to seize any thing afterwards. They invariably died, and I 
should say not from the mutilation, but the privation of food. When 
only one is removed, in some instances that which remains is clumsily 
made use of, but seldom efficaciously. Death sooner or later is the con- 
sequence, the abdomen is shrivelled and collapsed from lack of nourish- 
ment, the animal continuing as active as one with entire antenne, but either 
deprived of, or refusing food. The legs are not deciduous, and I have 
never seen a limb reproduced; this however, has not been fairly tried. 
It is the most unsparing and indiscriminate destroyer and devourer of its 
own species that I have ever met with. Spiders will kill, but rarely if 
ever suck, one another and their mates; but I have never succeeded by 
keeping all other food from them, (and the trial has been made frequently 
and for long periods) in inducing them to kill their own offspring, or 
indeed the very young of another of their own species; but a female 
Cerascopus killed and sucked a companion of the same sex, her own mate, 
and, after only a few days’ fast, her own young, andsucked her own eggs!~ 
They generally appear early in March, and I have now (April) one begin- 
ning to lay. Two summers ago one receiyed the male in July, laid four 
batches of eggs at nearly eyual periods between that time and November, 
and died, although used to confinement and well fed, early in December. 


Dr. Heineken’s Deseripiion of Cerascopus. 39 


The only family of Latreille’s “« Genera, &c.”” which will admit this 
insect isthe second, Cimicides. From the section Ploteres it is excluded 
by its habits (which are strictly those.of a land and in-door animal), its 
claws, antenne and rostrum. From the section /canthille, every thing 
is exclusive : and it can only be admitted within that of Reduwvinz by a little 
accommodation. This section contains four genera, viz. Vabis, Reduvius, 
Zelus and Ploiaria, In Nabis the body is “conico-ovate,”’ the legs “ not 
“* long,” the core “ short,’’ the insertion of the antenne is “ beneath,”’ 
and the first joint of the rostrum is “ not longer than the second.” — In 
Reduvius there are the additional discrepancies of the second joini of the 
rostrum “the longest,’ and the presence of “ ocedli.”” Of Zelus and 
Ploiaria, no generic characters are given; I therefore conclude that they 
are amenable to those of their predecessor Reduwus, but in the “ His- 
** toire Naturelle, &c.’’ the distinguishing character of Zelus is ‘ pattes 
* simples, ni ravisseuses, ni trés-courtes,’’ and the Ploiaria there have 
* le corps long et étroit,’’ ‘de petits yeux lisses,’’ and ‘le corselet 
** assez plat en dessus se rétrécissant et diminuant d’ épaisseur de son 
** bord postérieur a celui de devant.’” When therefore, in addition to all 
this, it is excluded for equally good reasons from the numerous genera, 
either invented or adopted by Leach, which Samouelle has given; and 
possesses the peculiarities of not even the rudiments (as far as I can 
ascertain) of elytra or wings, of a bowed first joint to the antenne, of 
using these members as tactors, measurers and explorers, of the second 
joint of the rostrum being palpably the shortest, and of exserted and com- 
plicated organs of generation ; I hope, that even in this genus-making age, 
I shall be held justified in offering my small “‘ sum of more, to that which 
* had too much.” Two genera (Holoptile and Pétalocheire) are given 
in the “ Familles Nat. &c.”” with which I am perfectly unacquainted ; 
should our insect belong to either of them, the name which I have 
intended as a generic, may easily be converted into a specific one. 
The details which I have added can in neither case do harm. * 


* Dr. Heineken’s insect cannot be an Holvptilus, Lepel. and Serv., the 
antenne in that genus being only three-jointed, with the last two joints fea- 
thered with long hairs ; nor a Petalocheirus, Pal. de Beauvoir, in which the 
body is not linear, the legs of only moderate length, and the anterior tibie 
dilated into the form of a shield. Its nearest relation is to Ploiaria, in which 


40 Dr. Heineken’s Description of Hegeter Webbianus. 


Tas. II. Fig.5. A Female. It is somewhat magnified, and the thighs are 
proportionally rather too short. The Male has a narrower 
abdomen, and the sexual organs bent upwards and for- 
wards. The Young differ only in being more linear, 
smaller, lighter in colour and less distinctly marked. 
The false segments are also obsolete, or nearly so. 


HeGeETER. (Latreille, Genera, &c. vol. 2, p. 156.) 

Heg. Webbianus. (nob.) 

Ater, obscurus ; labro, palporum maxillarium antennarumque apicibus 
fuscis; capite thoraceque leevibus impunctatis ; thorace postice subsinwato 
et ad latera posticéque eviter marginato, angulis acutis; scutello lineari 
transverso ; elytris basi et externé marginatis, obsoletissimé subsulcatis. 
Longitudine 44 lineis. 

Habitat in Insula Nivaria. 

The above insect was sent to me a few weeks back from Teneriffe, by 
my friend Mr. Webb, (after whom I propose, should it prove new, to 
name it), but | have not yet learnt any particulars of its habits. It is so 
precisely in every respect a Hegeter of Latreille, that it would be useless 
either to figure or minutely describe it. Indeed excepting in size (44 
instead of 84 lines), in having the grooves of the elytra but just dis- 
cernible, in the e/ytra diminishing more gradually in width towards the 
thorax, and in the latter being subsinuated behind, and less palpably 
marginated, it approximates so nearly to his Heg. striatus, that, with the 
addition of the few words in italics, the specific character given above is 
verbatim that of the striatus in the “Genera, &c.’”’ And as I conclude 
the latter, both from its having led to the formation of the genus, and from 
Lamarck designating it “ Akis Hegeter,”’ to be the only known hic 
I have ventured ours in addition. 


genus the Rev. Mr. Kirby, to whom the description and figure have been 
submitted, is disposed to place it. ‘If you examine,” he says “the true 
“« Ploiaria vagabunda, you will find that it has a bilobed head as in fig. 5. @. 
“and that the antenne, rostrum, and fore legs, are precisely similar. In fact 
“ there is no prominent difference except that the Madeira species is apterous.” 
Ed. 


Dr. Heineken on Cermatia. 4] 


Note on the Hegeter Webbianus. By the Rev. W. Kirsy. 


I have great doubts whether this insect is distinct from Heg. striatus. 
Latreille gives Teneriffe as its habitat, and describes the elytra as 
subsulcata, which indicates that they are slightly furrowed. I have a 
specimen from Madeira only six lines long, which brings it near Mr. 
Webb’s specimens, and the thorax is subsinuated behind ; so that there 
remains scarcely any distinction except that of size, now reduced, and 
that the elytra instead of subsulcata are obsoletissimé subsulcata, which 
may be casual. 


Art. 1X. On Cermalia. By C. Heineken, 44.D., &c. 


LATREILLE cautions the entomological aspirant against making even a 
species (“‘méme une espéce’’), “‘ sans y avoir mirement refléchi ;”? but 
as I am not aware that equal forbearance is either expected or requisite in 
the unmaking process, I may perhaps be allowed the attempt, even though 
itshould appear that I have not “ maturely”’ considered the subject : a 
condition much more easily fulfilled to our own content, than tothe satis- 
faction of others. 

In the third volume of the Zoological Miscellany, page 38, is a de- 
scription of the Cermatia livida, and No. 136 is the plate of the same. 
Madeira is given for its habitat, and as in the course of several years, and 
amongst some dozens of specimens either seen or preserved by me, (they 
are common in our houses,) not even a variety has occurred, I think I 
need not hesitate in saying that we have only one species of Cermatia, 
and consequently that the Cermatia livida of Dr. Leach is that one. 

Fig. a of the accompanying Plate [Tas. II. fig. 6.] is our Cermatia when 
alive, and it will readily be conceived that I was nota little puzzled to recon- 
cile it with either the description or figure in the Miscellany. However, 
upon examining some which had been for a length of time preserved in 
spirits, and then exposed to the air for a few hours, as suppose Dr. Leach’s 
tohave been before the drawing was made, I found them as represented by 
Fig. b ; and as they then agreed with the description, and corresponded 


42 Dr. Heincken on Cermatia. 


with the figure (which I suspect to be far from an accurate one) at least 
as well as that description did, I felt perfectly satisfied ; and although Dr. 
Leach hinted a suspicion that his Cerm. livida and the Scolopendra cole- 
optrata of Linnzus might be the same, yet as he appeared unable to de- 
termine the matter, I thought it by no means probable that I should suc- 
ceed, and therefore took the negative for granted. Happening, however, 
a short time since to meet with a new species in Risso’s “‘ Histoire Natu- 
* relle,’”? &c. Vol. V. p. 153, which he had named Cermatia vartegata, 
and finding that ours answered to its description, I was led to prosecute 
the inquiry ; and the result is, (as T hope to prove,) that the Scolopendra 
coleoptrata of Linneus,—the Seutigera longipes and coleoptrata of 
Lamarck,—the Scut. araneoides of Latreille,—the Cermatia livida of 
Leach, and the Cerm. variegata of Risso, are one and the same, and 
identical with ours. 

As Ihave not any of the works referred to by Lamarck and Latreille, 
I am obliged to adopt one of their species as a standard, and by identify- 
ing ours with that species, to assume its correspondence with the syno- 
nyms. I shall take Latreille’s Seut. araneordes. 

In his “‘ Histoire Naturelle,’? &c. Vol. VII, p. 86, &c. he says, “ Les 
** palpes maxillaires sunt longs et épineux’”’—“ le corps a, outre les pe- 
<< tits anneaux dont je viens de parler, sept autres recouverts chacun en 
“< dessus d’une plaque bien terminée dans les contours, comme un petit 
‘* bouclier, presque carrée, avec le bord postérieur arrondi aux angles, 
“ échancré au milieu, et ayant dans ce sinus une petite fissure, dont les 
** bords étant un peu relevés semblent representer une espéce de stigmate,”” 
&e. &c, &c.—* Les trois premiéres plaques, a commencer par la téte, 
** sont un peu plus courtes et la quatriéme est la plus longue. Linneus 
“< et Pallas en comptent huit. Je crois que la huitiéme doit étre censée 
« faire partie de l’espéce de petite queue qui resulte des segments termi- 
‘¢ naux sans pattes.””—“* Les pattes sont beaucoup plus longues que dans 
“< ces insectes (les Scolopendres) et par la figure de leurs articles se rap- 
« prochent de celles des Faucheurs, &c. &c. Les six derniéres paires, et 
“ surtout les terminales, sont plus longues que les huit premiéres, &c. 
«* Les tarses sont fort longs, composés d’une infinite d’articles se roulant 
<* sur eux-mémes a leur extrémité,”’? &c. &e.—** On trouve la S. arane- 
“* oide dans Jes maisons.’’—This I am aware is his generic description, 


Dr. Heineken on Cermatiu. 43 


-but as it appears to have been taken from a single species, (the Scol. co- 
‘leoptrata of Linneus), and is so minute, I have selected such parts as 
more especially elucidate the species, of which his essential characters are 
the following—* 14 paires de pattes ; corps jaune roussatre, avec trois 
“© lignes d’un noir bleuatre le long du dos, et des fascies de la méme cou- 
‘* leur sur les cuisses.”” In the ‘* Genera Crustac.,’’ &c. Vol. I, p. 77, 
published subsequently to the Histoire, he says, “* Pedibus triginta ; cor- 
* pore rufo-flavescente, lineis longitudinalibus pedumque fasciis cceru- 
*€ Jeo-nigris :’” and whoever compares these descriptions with Fig. a, 
will at once, I think, agree that ours is the Seut. araneoides of Latreille. 
The following is the list of synonyms in the “ Genera: “ Scutigére 
“ araneoide Lat., Hist. Vol. VII, p. 88.—Scolopendra coleoptrata, 
“ Linn., Syst. Nat. ed. 13, Vol. I, pars 2, pag. 3015.—La Scolopendre 
“ 4 28 pattes, Geoff., Hist. des insect. Vol. Il, p. 675.—Jvlus araneoi- 
*« des, Pall., Spic. Zool. fase. 9, tab. 4, fig. 16.—Scolopendra coleop- 
“ trata, Fab., Entom. Syst. Vol. If, p. 389, and Panz., Faun. insect. 
* Germ. fasc. 50, fig. 12.”” The synonyms given by Lamarck (Ani- 
maux sans Vertébres, Vol. V, p. 29,) of his Seut. longipes, are, Scolo- 
pendre a 28 pattes, Geoff., Vol. II, p. 675, No. 2, and Julus araneoi- 
des ? Pall., Spic. Zool. 9, p. 85, t. 4, f. 16: and of his Scut. coleop- 
trata, Scolopendra coleoptrata, Panz., fasc. 50, i. 12, clearly identifying 
his two species with Latreille’s araneotdes. Dr. Leach’s essential cha- 
racters ate, “* Corpore livido ; pedibus luteis:”’ ‘ few, and far between,”’ 
it is true, but sufficient when backed by the habitat, to leave no doubt as 
to its being our Fig. b. ‘ Corpore flavescente, glauco ; dorso lineis 
** tribus longitudinalibus purpureo-nigris, una centrali, duabus lateralibus 
** e maculis constantibus ; antennis croceis, pallidis ; pedibus flavescenti- 
** glaucis, violascenti annulatis; oculis atris,’’ are the very words in 
which I should have thought that I had happily described our Fig. a. They 
are Risso’s description of his Cerm. variegata. 1 should perhaps have 
added, incisuris (scutellorum marginibus) pallidis; but as Dr. Leach has 
not noticed them in his description, although they are shewn in the figure, 
and as Latreille only says in the generic characters, “les bords semblent 
“ representer une espéce de stigmate,’’ I conclude, either that Risso 
overlooked them in his species, or considered them of no consequence ; 
that they really are immaterial, or that they are strictly generic marks. 


44 Mr. Broderip’s Description of two 


That Lamarck’s Scut. longipes and coleoptrata and Latreille’s Scut. 
araneoides are the same, is evident from the correspondence of their sy- 
nonyms. Liatreille himself considers his Scut. araneoides and Linnzeus’s 
Scol. coleoptrata as identical, and adopts araneoides, “le nom spécifique 
«« de Linneus rentrant dans celui du genre ;’’ and a comparison of the 
different descriptions with the figures, cannot fail to shew that ours is the 
Scut. araneoides, livida, and variegata of their respective authors. I 
suspect, from its omission in the ‘ Genera,” that Latreille considers 
the longicornis of his “ Histoire,’ synonymous with the araneoides ; 
and as Lamarck says of his longicornis, “est elle vraiment distincte de 
«* la précédente ?’’ (the longipes/ it may perhaps turn out, after all, that 
there is only one well-known and established species of Scutigera, namely, 
the Scolopendra coleoptrata of Linnzus. 

Funchal, Madeira, Feb. 10, 1829. 


P.S. Iam indebted to a friend for the drawings, and I mention this 
because, in addition to their being better than my own would have been, 
he is not interested either in the branch of science to which they refer, 
or the subject of discussion which they are intended to elucidate ; his 
pencil is therefore more likely to have been unprejudiced. Fig. 6. was 
sketched from the same animal as Fig. a., but coloured from one which 
had been long in spirits and afterwards exposed to the air for two or 
three hours. 


\ 


Art. X. Description of two new Species of Buccinum from 
the English and Irish Seas. By W. J. Broperip, Esq, 
F.RS., §c., Sec. G.S. 


BuccINUM ACUMINATUM. 


B. testa conico-subulatd, albd, anfractibus 10, ultimo angulato, striis 
elevatis intermediisque minoribus annulosis et granulosis ; epider- 
mide fuscd ; columella uniplicatd ; sulco basali et canali_magnis ; 
long. unc. 4775, lat. 2. . , 

Hab. in Oceano Britannico. 


Mus. Sowerby. 


’ 


j 
Tei 


a 


9 \ ? F . 
i sh S AA al ‘ 
; alt! OT ane 


\ Ny 


Miva 


cal Jowmnal VoL.V, Pi. 


Bs i 
S) Wer t\ 

q Gas 
e MEAL 
N \ i 


new species of Buccinum. A! 


Tas. Ill. fig. 1, 2 

Shell white, or brownish-white, of a conical-subulate shape, tapering 
gradually from the angle of the body-whorl to the acuminated apex. 
The whole of the ten whorls are ringed with elevated strie, which, toge- 
ther with those which are intermediate and less elevated, have a granular 
appearance. The epidermis is brown. The mouth is milk-white, with 
the edge of the lip a little reflected, and the pillar strongly marked with 
one plait in the advanced stage of growth. ‘The basal furrow is deep, 
and the canal large. 

This fine and interesting addition to our British Mollusca was dredged 
off Torquay by a fisherman, in a boat wherein was Viscount Kilcoursie, 
the late proprietor of the shell. In its outline it approaches to Terebra. 
It is very different from B. glaciale, with which species it was con- 
founded by some of those who had an opportunity of seeing the shell in 
Lord Kilcoursie’s cabinet. The animal was alive when it was brought 
into the boat, and it is very much to be regretted that it was not pre- 
served with the operculum. 

I have seen two other specimens of this shell, One much younger, 
in which the angle of the body-whorl is not yet developed, and the plait 
on the pillar is only just beginning to appear; though the other charac- 
ters are as clearly marked as they are in the figured specimen. The 
other, a very young shell, is much distorted by a mal-formation of the 
whorls at the suture ; but the general contour and character of the spe- 
cies is preserved. 


BuCcCINUM FUSIFORME. 


B. testd ovato-oblongd, fusiformi, albd, anfractibus 7 ventricosis, lon- 
gitudinaliter creberrimé costatis et transversim striatis, costis sub- 
granulosis ; columellé levi; long. 14, lat. 2, une. 

Hab. in Mari Hibernico. 


Mus. Bennett, J. Sowerby. ; 

Tas. Ill. fig. 3. “" 

‘Shell ovate-oblong, fusiform, white: whorls seven, venttipon, with 
numerous Jongitudinal subgranulose ribs, crossed by frequent transverse 
striae. The ribs cease upon the lower part of the body-whorl, leaving 
the base simply striated transversely. The pillar is smooth. The speci- 
men from which the description was taken was found by Mr, J, Hum- 


46 Mr. Broderip and Mr. G. B. Sowerby on Mollusca. 


phreys, near Cork. 1 have before me another individual of larger size 
(one inch Z long. and about Z of an inch broad), but it is very much 
worn. This last came from the collection of Mr. Bennett. The species 
approaches in general appearance to some of those Fusi which have a 
short canal. 


Art. XI. Observations on new or interesting Mollusca, con- 
tained, for the most part, in the Museum of the Zoological 
Society. By W.J.Broperip, Esg., F.R.S., &e., Sec. 
G.S., and G. B. Sowxrsy, F.L.S., &c. 


(Continued from Vol. IY. p. 379.) 


Group. 
Tunicata. 
Family. 
Genus. 
CHELYOSOMA. 


Corpus sessile, fixum testa coriaced superné diviso-laminatd indutum. 
Orificia conica, utrumque valvulis 6 trigonis clausum. 


Specific Character. 
Cuetyosoma MacLEAyYANum. 
Ch. elongato-ovatum, basi afficum, superné planum, octopartitum, 
laminis striatis, ovifictis prominentibus. 
Hab. in Oceano Arctico, saxis adherens. 
Taz. III. fig. 4, 5, 6. 

This extraordinary inhabitant of the Arctic Seas appears to differ from 
any of the Tunicata already described. It comes nearest to those Mol- 
lusca which form Mr. MacLezay’s group Tethya, but there are no traces of 
tentacula surrounding the branchial orifice. From the Thalida it differs, 
inasmuch as the mantle seems to adhere to the orifices only, and, instead 
of a simple valvule, each orifice of Chelyosoma is furnished with a 
complicated one. From the Ascidide, the only simple and fixed fa- 
mily of the Tethya, according to MacLeay, it differs, inasmuch as both 
its orifices are surrounded by six valves, instead of being quadrifid. 


Mr. Broderip and Mr. G. B. Sowerby on Mollusca. 47 


Having thus endeavoured to shew the necessity of establishing a new 
genus at least, if not a new family, let us proceed to describe the animal. 
There were four specimens, one of which was sacrificed to the inquiry ; 
but decomposition was so far advanced that the ovaries and other viscera 
were nearly reduced to a shapeless pulp, and we could only trace those 
parts of the internal structure, which we proceed to lay before our 
readers.* The mantle appears to adhere only to the orifices, each of 
which consists of six triangular valvules. Each valvule is furnished 
with a set of muscular fibres, adhering at one end to the inner surface of 
the tunic (not of the mantle) and at the other ‘extremity to a small. pa- 
pillary process on the valvule. These muscles appear to be the agents for 
opening and shutting the valvules. Besides this set of muscular fibres 
and within them there is another set, which passes laterally from one 
papilla to another, forming a sphincter, the base of which is hexagonal. 
[Tas. Ill. fig. 6.] There are other strong subcutaneous muscular fibres, 
passing from the edge of the upper part of the tunic to that of the lower, 
and also from the edge of each of the coriaceous plates which form the 
upper surface. These appear to be intended to give the animal the power 
of dilatation and contraction. Externally, the animal is of an oblong 
cup-shape, adhering by coriaceous processes from the lower part of the 
cup. The upper surface, which is flat, consists of eight coriaceous, 
somewhat horny, angular plates. One of these is placed between the 
two orifices, and, in four specimens which were examined, this was of an 
hexagonal shape, the sides coming in contact with the orificial valvules 
being lunated. The plates are so disposed that the branchial orifice is 
surrounded by three plates, and the anal orifice by four, besides that 
which is intermediate and abuts upon both. The three plates near the 
branchial orifice are much larger than the four which are near to the anal 
orifice. Each of the plates is marked with three or four elevated strie, 
parallel to the sides of the plate, and near to them, leaving an area in 


* The decomposition, which prevented any thing like an accurate demon- 
stration of the ovaries and other viscera, was, apparently, occasioned by the 
spirit in which the specimen was preserved not having sufficiently penetrated 
to the internal parts. This is mentioned, in order to draw the attention of col- 
lectors to the necessity of puncturing the external integuments, muscular coats, 
&e. of such animals as are plunged entire into spirit, in order that it may 
reach and preserve the viscera. 


48 Mr. Broderip and Mr. G. B. Sowerby on Mollusca. 


the centre, and bearing a striking general resemblance to the external 
plates of a Land-tortoise’s shell. The orifices are very small, and are 
surrounded by six triangular valvules, each transversely striated, and 
when shut, rising from the surrounding surface in the form of a cone. 
The lower or cup-like part is formed of a coriaceous substance, with 
slight traces of separation into plates, but without internal muscular 
fibre. In one specimen only there were two irregular somewhat horny 
plates at the external base of the cup, but not so strongly marked as the 
upper plates. These lower plates were not to be observed in another 
specimen which was removed for the purpose of examination from the 
stone to which it was fixed. 

The learned and accurate anatomical observations on the natural 
group of Tunicata, by William Sharpe MacLeay, Esq., (Linn. Trans. 
Vol. XIV. p. 527.) have done so much in elucidation of the hitherto 
obscure structure of many of these animals, that the specific name above 
recorded is but a small tribute to the author of such a valuable 


memoir. 


DENTALIUM FILOSUM. 


D. testd gracili, tenuz, albd, filis octo longitudinalibus, striis transversis 
ereberrimis ; long. 2,5; poll. lat. =%; poll. 
Hab. ad littora maris ad Tennasserim. 


Distinguished from D. octogonwm, by its much more slender shape, 
and its thinner shell ; instead of the eight angles of that species, it has 
eight distinct, raised, longitudinal threads, Three specimens of this fine 
species were lately brought to England by Mr. Hay, who himself picked 
them up on the coast of Tennasserim. 


CyYTHEREA PLANULATA. 


C. testa trigond, depressiusculd, subequilaterali ; angulis inferioribus 
rotundatis ; pallidée flavicante, radiis numerosis fuscescentibus ; 
intus albidd, fusco-violaceo varid ; dente postico remoto ; long. 15°F 
poll. lat. 7; poll. alt. 1,5 poll. 

Hab. in littoribus Oceani Pacifici, prope Mazatlan. 


A pretty species of Cytherea, which has so much of the general ap- 


Mr. Broderip and Mr. G. B. Sowerby on Mollusoa. 49 


pearance of a Mactra, that it might at first sight be easily mistaken for 
one. In form it is triangular, nearly equilateral, and somewhat de- 
pressed; its base and lower angles are rounded ; it is of a pale yellowish 
colour, with many diverging fuscous rays: within it is white, varied with 
brownish violet, and its posterior cardinal tooth is unusually remote. 


VENUS DECORATA. 
[Tas. Supp. xu. f. 3.] 


V.. testd cordato-trigond, latere postico productiore, albd, liris longt- 
tudinalibus crenulatis sulcisque radiantibus decussatis granulosd, 
margine crenulato. 

Habitat ? 


This highly decorated shell (the only specimen we have seen) bears 
some resemblance in its outward ornament to Arca gradata. It was 
brought home in the Blossom. In Mr. Sowerby’s collection. 


BULINUS BILABIATUS. 
[Tas. Supe. xu. f. 1, 2.] 


B. testd acuminato-ovali, anfractibus 5, (ultimo ad basin angulato) 
costis elevatis obliquis distantibus, pallide fuscd ; aperturd auricu- 
lari, peristomate reflexo, sinuoso, pone labium lamellifero ; colu- 
melld obtuse uniplicata. 

Hab. in Brasilia. 


We have placed this extraordinary shell under the genus Bulinus, 
being unwilling to add to the list of generic names till we are compelled 
todoso. But the species is so intermediate in its character between the 
Auricule and the Bulini, that it might be referred to either with little 
violence. The mouth of the shell, as well as its general appearance, 
is unlike that of any of the Testacea which we have seen. Ata little 
distance behind the reflected lip rises a shelly plate, which in an earlier 
state of its existence appears to have formed the right side of the aper- 
ture. We have only seen two specimens; but both of these have the 
same formation which does not seem to be accidental. In the collections 
of Mr. Bland and Mr. Sowerby. 

Both specimens appear to have suffered by exposure to the weather. 

Vou. V. D 


50 Mr. Broderip and Mr. G. B. Sowerby on Mollusca. 


CycLosToMA RAFFLESII. 


C. testd spird depressiusculd, anfractibus quatuor rotundatis, superné 
striatis, carinis 4 ad 6; umbilico magno; aperturd orbiculari, 
peristomate reflexo; long. 1,85 poll. lat. 2 poll. 

Hab. in Sumatra. 


The first specimens we saw of this fine Cyclostoma were brought to 
England by Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles, in honour of whom we have 
named the species. Its upper side is of a fine chestnut colour, prettily 
varied with white. In its very young state it is quite destitute of the 
keels, but has only close-set transverse strie: the reflected lip is some- 
times of a light orange brown colour. 


CycLOSTOMA PERDIX. 


C. testé spird depressiusculd, acuminata, anfractibus quatuor, leviter 
striatis ; carind. medid, etate obliteratd ; aperturd ampld, peristo- 
mate reflexo ; wmbilico mediocri ; long. 3%; poll. lat. 13%; poll. 

Hab. in Tennasserim. 


A very elegant species, of which a single specimen was brought to 
England by Mr. Hay, who found it alive in Tennasserim, not far from 
the shore. It is of a dark chestnut colour, mottled with white, and 
there isa sutural band of chestnut articulated with white. We have met 
with other specimens which show that the keel, which is always sharper 
in the young shell than when at its full growth, is sometimes not deve- 
loped at an early period. 


Conus SOLANDRI. 
[Tas. Supp. XL. f. 4.] 


C. testa cylindraceo-turbinatd, subcoronatd, striis transversis frequen- 
tibus, basalibus granulosis, fulvd, fascid mediéd albd, castaneo 
maculatd et punctatd ; spird mediocri, striatd. 

Hab, ad Taheite. 


The specimens of this pretty Cone, which were brought home in the 
Endeavour, are in a very bad state, the points of the spires being ground 
off, apparently for the purpose of stringing them. They are labelled, 
« Otaheite,”’ in Dr. Solander’s hand-writing. Our specimen, which is 
in high perfection, was brought home in the Blossom ; but we know not 
where it was found. In Mr. Sowerby’s collection. 


Mr. Stokes’ Observations on Volvor Glohator. 451 


CoNnUS CYLINDRACEUS.* 
[Tas. Supp. xu. f. 5.] 


C. testa cylindraceo-fusiformi, levigatd, transversim leviter striatd, 
striis inferioribus fortioribus, granulosis ; spird rotundato-pyra- 
midatd, mucronatd ; colore pallidé fulvo, albo vario. 

Habitat ? 

A single specimen of this curious Cone has come to our hands ; it was 
brought by the Blossom. In its outline it approaches nearest to C. mi- 
tratus of Lam., and bears a great resemblance toa Terebellum. It 
is of a pale fulvous colour, having two transverse rows of very irregular 
white blotches, and several distant and irregular longitudinal white 


stripes. 
(To be continued.) ~ 


Arr. XII. Observations upon Volvox Globator. Communi- 
cated by W. J. Broveriv, Esq, F.R.S., &c., Sec. G.S. 


I have received from Mr. Stokes the following remarks upon Volvox 
Globator, which will, I think, be interesting to Naturalists. 

On the 10th of August, 1828, while observing some aquatic 
animalcules under a microscope, his attention was particularly attracted 
by a specimen of Volyox Globator of larger size than usual, and remark- 
able’ as containing four distinct green globules within it. These, on 
examination, appeared to be young ones, perfectly formed and quite in 
contact with each other. 


* In reference toa shell, named by us Conus interruptus, in the 4th volume 
of this Journal, page 379, we have to observe, that soon after the publi- 
cation of that number we found a very different shel! figured under the same 
name, but without any description, in the Supplement to Mr, Wood’s Index 
Testaceologicus. Upon examining an individual furnished by Mrs. Mawe 
(from whose cabinet the shell figured by Mr. Wood is said to have been taken) 
we have no hesitation in stating our opinion that it is only a variety of Conus 
nebulosus of Solander and Lamarck, Our Conus interruptus may, therefore, 
as it appears to us, retain its name. 

D2 


§2 Mr. Stokes’ Observations on Volvox Globator. 


Their spines were clearly developed, and appeared more closely set 
than in the specimens usually met with; and this circumstance, connected 
with their darker colour, suggests the idea, that the outer membrane or 
integument of the animal is distended as it increases in size. The parent 
animal was unusually large and transparent, and almost colourless, as if 
by distention, and the spines were proportionately more distant so as to 
confirm this supposition : its motion was much more languid than usual. 

After a time the glass, containing this individual, was removed in order 
to place other objects under the microscope. It was soon however 
remarked, that two of the small ones were separated and moving 
about in the glass, which was in consequence immediately replaced for 
observation, The larger Volvox now shewed an opening or laceration on 
one side, which was always hindmost as the animalcule moved; and its 
shape was as here represented. 


NO 


The other two small ones soon passed through the opening, when they 
immediately moved freely in the usual manner of these animalcules, and 
with a rapidity strongly contrasted to the languid motion of the parent, 
which continued to move as before, and its transparency was such, that it 
was not possible to definethe edge of the lacerated part between the spines. 
The closest attention and variation of the light did not detect any 
appearance whatever of internal organization. After an hour had elapsed 
the observations were discontinued, but during that period the motion 
was uninterrupted, and there did not appear any tendency in the lacerated 
part to collapse or alter its form. On examining many individuals which 
contained young ones of different sizes, it appeared that the young pro- 
ceeded from points on the internal surface, to which, as in other 
gemmiparous animals, they remained attached while continuing to grow. 


The number of young varied in different individuals, from two to five. 
W. J.B. 


Mr. Westwood on the Genus Ctenostoma. 53 


Arr. XIII. Observations upon the Genus of Coleopterous 
Insects, Ctenostoma of Klug, and its Species. By J. O. 
Westwoop, Bsq., I’. L.S., §¢. 


Order. COLEOPTERA. 

Fam. CIcINDELIDZ. 

Genus. Ctenostoma. Klug, Latr., Dej. 
Caris. Fischer. Collyris, p. Fabr. 


Tue principal generic characters of this group have been detailed by 
Dejean, in his Species General, &c., Vol. I. p. 152, and by Klug in the 
Berlin Transactions. The following observations principally suggested by 
the possession of the sexes of one of the species may however be added. 

The upper lip (labrum) of the female is more advanced in front than 
that of the male, and is furnished with a small tooth at each side, and 
three in front, the centre one of which is almost obliterated in the 
male. ‘he figure of the upper lip of Ct. trinotatum, given by Fischer 
in his Genera, Tab,1, f. 8, is very incorrect. 

Fischer and Latreille describe these insects as apterous, and Klug as 
being furnished with moderate sized wings. Dejean (haying only a sin- 
gle specimen of each of the three species) states his unwillingness to 
sacrifice them to verify the fact. Without, however, injuring my speci- 
mens, I have discovered that the the males are furnished with wings, 
about two-thirds of the size of the elytra, unfolded, and with two diagonal 
nerves, and that the wings of the female are not above half the size of 
those of the male, 

The legs of the male are rather longer and larger than those of the 
female, In both sexes the four posterior femora and tibie are com- 
pressed (especially the hinder pair), so that when seen sideways they 
appear much stronger and thicker than when seen from above. The 
anterior tarsi of the male have the first three joints dilated and thickly 
clothed beneath with short hairs; the third joint being produced obliquely 
and flatly on the inside. The tarsi of the female are quite simple. 
Jn the Iconographie des Coléoptéres d’ Europe, t. I. f. 2, the penultimate 
joint of the four posterior tarsi of Ct, trinotatum 2 is represented bilobed. 
Klug’s figure of Ct, rugosum (which is drawn from a female) represents 


54 Mr. Westwood on the Genus Ctenostome. 


the penultimate joint of the anterior, as well as of one of the intermediate, 
and of one of the posterior, tarsi, as bilobed. This joint, however, in 
all the legs is simple in both sexes of Ct. ichneumoneum; and also, f 
imagine, in all theotherspecies, else Dejean would doubtless have noticed it. 

The elytra of the male are elongated and rounded at the tips, whilst 
those of the female are less elongated, and truncated so as nearly to form 
three slight teeth. This character therefore, in this species at least, is a 
sexual and not a specific one. 

The penultimate segment of the abdomen of the male is emarginated 
beneath; the last segment in the females is long and pointed at the tip, 
and there are two lateral lobes above, united apparently on their inner 
surface. 

With reference to the geographical distribution of insects, it may be: 
mentioned that the genus Ctenostoma appears to represent in South 
America (of which all the species are natives) the Asiatic genus Colliuris. 

I am happy in having come to the possession of the sexes of one of 
the species of this rare and interesting genus, and in being consequently 
enabled to illustrate it with the sexual characters given above, and to 
correct the specific characters of the same species given by Dejean. 

Ct. ichneumoneum. Dej., Species General, &c. v. 2. Suppl. p. 436. 2 


, Guerin, Iconogr. du Régne Animal, Insectes. pl. 3. 

fig. 3. 

Ct. nigro-subeneum, nitidum, elytris punctatis basi subtransversim rugosis, 
macula media transversa apiceque flavis. 


Long. Corp. g et 9, lin. 53. 

Habitat in Brasilia. In Mus. Dejean, nostr. g et 9. 

This is a very distinct species. The sexes are of equal size, and their 
general specific characters are precisely similar, except as before and 
after mentioned. The antenne are brownish black, with the first three 
joints yellowish brown, their upper surface being black. The surface of 
the head is nearly flat in front, and punctured, especially between and 
behind the eyes, and has upon its surface several rugosities forming two 
longitudinal channels between the eyes, and terminating behind them 
in a semicircular transverse ridge, behind which the head is narrower, 
smooth, and shining. The colour of the head, trophi and thorax is 
shining black, slightly bronzed ; the latter is highly polished and impune 
tate, and formed as in Ct. trinotatum, as described by Dejean; the elytra 


Mr. Westwood on the Genus Ctenostoma. DD 


are long, very narrow at the base, and increasing nearly to the tip. 
Dejean says of the elytra of his insect, “leur extrémité est échancrée et 
‘< n’est pas prolongée,”’ evidently from an inspection of the female. The 
variation in the formation of the elytra of the sexes I have detailed 
above. They are of the same colour as the head, and covered with punc- 
tures, especially at the base, where these occasionally unite together and 
form a few transverse ridges. These have one transverse, pale yellow 
fascia behind the centre, slightly interrupted at the suture, and the apex is 
of a more obscure yellow colour ; the slender margin of the elytra is pale 
brown. The legs are black bronzed, with the base of the four posterior 
femora pale yellowish brown. All the parts of the body have long 
delicate hairs scattered sparingly over them. 

The sexes of this species now in my collection were the only two. 
individuals contained in a large collection of Brazilian insects lately 
arrived in England. “ Trouvée’’ according to Dejean “< dans les environs 
«© de Rio Janeiro, dans un bois trés-touffu. Elle se tient sur les branches des 
* arbres et court avec beaucoup d’agilité.’’ The species differs from Ct. 
formicarium, Colliuris formicarium, Fab., in having the apex of the 
elytra pale ; and from Ct. trinotatum in wanting the pale spot at the base 
of the elytra. Its situation in the genus may be seen by the following 


Synopsis Specierum. 
1. Ct. formicarium, elytris macula media transversa flava. 
2. Ct. ichneumoneum, elytris macula media transversa apiceque flavis. 
3. Ct. bifasciatum, elytris posticé levigatis, fascia anticd medidque 
transversa flavis.* 
4. Ct. trinotatum, elytris macula baseos, mediaque transversa apice- 
que flavis. 


* This new species of M. Dejean (Icon. des Col. d’Eur., 2d Edit., Vol. I. p. 
55, pl. 6,f. 5.) might, from the coloured figures, be regarded as the insect 
figured under the name of C, formicarium in the first edition of the Co- 
leoptéres d’Europe (there being, as I have observed below, some doubt as to 
the identity of that species and the insect described by the German and Russian 
entomologists under the name of trinototum), As, however, Dejean himself 
gives this asa new species, without any reference to former figures and descrip- 
tions, it must doubtless be considered as distinct, and the above question still 
remains unsettled, 


56 Mr. Westwood on the Genus ‘Ctenostomus. 


5. Ct. rugosum, elytris posticé levigatis, macula baseos apiceque 
laté pallidis. 

From Sturm’s figure and Dejean’s description of this last insect, it is 
evident that the central fascia and the apical spot are united. It may also 
be noticed that Klug’s specific character of Ct. trinotatum, is not 
sufficiently explicit, as it will also apply to Ct. ichneumoneum. Dejean, 
however, has corrected it and indeed Klug’s specific detailed description 
appears exact. 

From the variation in the description of the markings of Ct. trinotatum 
in the different authors, I think it not improbable (if the descriptions and 
figures be faithful) that two distinct species are confounded; since, from 
Klug’s description, and Fischer’s figure, it appears that the base itself 
of the elytra is pale yellow, while Dejean’s description and figure in the 
Iconographie des Coléoptéres, t. 2, f. 1, represent the basal spot as a 
distinct fascia « pres de la base.’ If my supposition, which is not an 
improbable one, be correct, Fischer and Klug’s insect will retain the 
name of trinotatum, and it will be specifically characterized as above by 
its * macula baseos;”” and it will be necessary to give a new name to 
the insect described and figured in the French works, 


Description of the Figures, (all more or less magnified. ) 
Tas. SUPP. XLI. 
Fig. 3. Ctenostoma ichneumoneum, Dej., 3 
a. .Labrum of the male. 
6. Ditto of the female. 
e. Apex of the elytra of the male. 
d. Ditto of the female. 
e. Underside of the terminal joints of the abdomen of the male. 
f. 


Ditto ditto of the female. 
g- Anterior tarsus of the male. 
h. Ditto of the female. 


i. Posterior part of the thorax and its appendages, and abdo- 
men of the male, with one of the elytra opened to shew 
the size of the wing. 

k. Head of either sex, shewing the relative size of the palpi 


Mr. Westwood on the Notoride. 57 


Arr. XIV. Observations upon the Notoxide, a Family of 
Coleopterous Insects, with Characters of two new British 
Genera separated therein. By J. O. Wesrwoop, Esq., 
PLS Ges 


Order. COLEOPTERA, 
Fam. Notoxip#,* mihi. 
(Heteromera, Div. Trachelides, Fam. Anthicites, Latr.) 


Ir has already been thought necessary to separate several insects from 
the extensive genus Votorus, established by Geoffroy and Olivier, /_An- 
thicus, Payk., Fabr., Gyll, &c., Cucullus, Latr., Régne Animal), and ac- 
cordingly the name of Anthicus has been generically restricted to those 
species which in form resemble the true Notoxt (Not. Monoceros, &c.) 
but do not possess the cornuted thorax of those species. Anthicus po- 
pulneus (figured by Panzer) has been formed into the genus Xylophilus, 
and Latreille (Fam. Nat. 383.) observes that it has the appearance of 
the Bruchide, having the posterior thighs incrassated, the second joint 
of the antenne small, the third long and thickened at the tip, and the 
remainder shorter than the preceding, and thick. In the Régne Animal 
another genus, Steropes,t is established in the family, in which the an- 
tenn terminate in three very long joints. In addition to these I have 
thought it expedient to propose the two others characterized below, founded 
upon species varying very considerably in form and characters from the 
other groups. 


Genus. ADERUS,t mihi, G. N. 


Char. Gen. Corpus subovatum. 
Caput transversum, inflexum, thorace latius, posticé in collun: 
non productum, ocu/is magnis prominulis lateralibus. 


* My reasons for forming the family name from Notowus, are stated in the 
fourth volume of this work, p.4. 

+ Had Latreille forgotten that at p, 240 there is also a genus Sterope ? 

t From a, privativum, Acpy, collum; in consequence of the head not being 
produced behind into a neck, 


58 Mr. Westwood on the Notoxide. 


Antenne corporedimidio breviores, articulo 1mo. magno, 2do. 
3oque minoribus, 4to. et reliquis magnitudine et longitu- 
dine articuli primi, ultimo acuto. 

Palpi maxillares articulo ultimo magno securiformi (majo- 
res quam in Anthico.) 

Palpi \abiales clavati. 

Thorax feré quadratus subdepressus. 

Scutellum minutum rotundatum. 

Elytra elongata, posticé dilatata, subdepressa, thorace la- 
tiora. 

Femora et tibie simplices. 

Tarsi articulo penultimo bilobato, 

The type of the present genus, which was described by Marsham as a. 
Lytta, and which is the only species in the genus, departs considerably 
from the appearance of the Anthici, especially in the shape of the head 
and thorax and the simple thighs, although its principal characters will 
bring it near those insects. The smallness of the second and third joints. 
of the antenne appears to be a striking character. 

Sp.un. Boleti. Ad. testaceo-ferrugineus, subtilissimé punctulatissimus 
tenuissimé sericeo-pubescens, capite obscuriori, oculis nigris , 
abdomine fusco, elytris in quibusdam partibus quasi fric- 
tione denudatis, thorace posticé transversim impresso. 

Tas. Supp. XLt. fig. 4. 9 ? 
Syn. Lytta Boleti, Marsham, Ent. Brit. p. 486. 
Aderus Boleti, Steph., Catal. 
Habitat in foliis Quercis. Captus, Septembre ineunti, 1826, 
prope Ensham, Oxoniz. 
In Mus. Curtis, Kirby, Stephens, nostr. 
Long Corp. lin. 14. 

This species is undoubtedly the Lytta Boleti of Marsham: my friend 
Mr. Stephens having allowed me to compare it with the identical specimen 
described by that author, with which it perfectly agrees. This exami- 
nation enables me to correct his description of the colour of the head, 
which he states to be black, The head of the insect is, however, dark 
ferruginous brown, with large black eyes. It does not appear to be no- 
ticed by the continental writers, since Marsham’s reference to the Wotoxus 


Euglenes pygmeus. 59 


calycinus of Panzer is decidedly incorrect, that species being (according 
to Schonherr, and confirmed by Panzer’s figure) merely a variety of An- 
thicus floralis, which is a true Anthicus, and congenerous with Anth. an- 
therinus, which I take to be the type of that group. The Aderus Boleti 
may perhaps be the Wotoxus melanocephalus of Panzer,* notwithstanding 
Gyllenhal gives that insect as the female of Anthicus (Euglenes mihi) 
pygmeus as after mentioned, considering also the Anthicus ferrugineus 
of Paykull to be synonymous with the Wot. melanocephalus. It is certainly 
not the Anthicus ( Xylophilus) populneus (with which it agrees in colour), 
that species differing essentially from the Aderus Boleti in its generic 
characters, especially in those of the antenne and hind legs. 

Marsham says of his Lytta Boleti, ‘* Habitat in Boleto velutino. Larva 
** et Imago simul semper adsunt.’’ 

I beat two specimens of this interesting insect in the month: of 
September, 1826, from the oak near Ensham, in Oxfordshire; they 
ran about quickly, although not with the vivacity of the Anthici, having, 
indeed, somewhat the appearance of an Anobium. Mr. Stephens has 
since met with several specimens at Ripley, all agreeing in colour and 
geueral appearance, although I noticed that the legs and antenne of one 
of the smallest specimens were longer than in the others ; the basal joints 
of the latter organs were however similarly shaped, and I think it there- 
fore not improbable that this might be the male, and the others females. 


Genus. EuGLEenes,t mihi, G. N. 
Char. Gen, Corpus elongatum subdepressum. 

Caput magnum, transversum, deflexum, thorace latius, ocu/is 
masculis maximis in fronte fere conniventibus, profundé 
punctatis ; femineis mediocribus lateralibus, 

“Antenne subtus oculos insert; mascule fere longitudine 
corporis, filiformes, subtus seu intus subserrate, articulo 


* This is very doubtful, since, I think, that if it were the case, Gyllenhal 
would not have omitted all notice of the peculiar formation of the basal joints 
of the antennz in his description of that insect, and which he states to agree 
with the ferale of oculatus. 

+ From Ed, bene, and yAnvy, pupilla, oculus; from the singularly large eyes 
in the males, 


60 Mr. Westwood on the Notowide. 


Imo. crasso, 2do, brevi, ultimo elongato subcylindrico, 
apice obliqué truncato; feminez crassiuscule vix dimidio 
corporis longioribus, ad apicem crassioribus, articulis mo. 
et 2do. crassis, ultimo magno cylindrico. 

Palpi articulo ultimo dilatato subsecuriformi. 

Thorax brevis fere quadratus, posticé paullo latior. 

Elytrathorace latiora,depressa, elongata (preesertim mascula.) 

Pedes simplices longiusculi, femoribus posticis (presertim 
feemineis) paullo crassioribus. 

Tars? articulo penultimo bilobato. 


The above characters are drawn from insects receding still farther 
from the true type of this family than the Jderus, more especially in 
the singular structure of the eyes and antenne which vary in the 
sexes; in fact, the peculiar formation of the latter organs gives the 
males of these insects, when magnified, somewhat the appearance of Calo- 
pus serraticornis, between which and Euglenes, it is, indeed, probable 
thata nearer than analogical resemblance may exist. 

Gyllenhal gives the two following species, (which from the similarity 
in formation are referable to the same subgenus,) although it may per- 
haps be doubted whether, as that author has indeed surmised, they may 
not eventually prove identical. 

Species 1. Cerambya pygmeus, De Geer, (Anthicus pygmeus, Gyl- 
lenhal); the female of which, according to the latter author, is the Vo- 
toxus melanocephalus of Panzer. 

Species 2. Anthicus oculatus, Paykull, the female of which is without 
a doubt the Lytta nigricollis of Marsham, a name which must sink into a 
synonym, Paykull’s name having the priority. Marsham’s Lytta nigricollis 
was, I believe, unique as British in Mr. Kirby’s cabinet until last July, 
when numerous specimens of both sexes were beaten out of a whitethorn 
bush at Windsor, by Messrs, Griesbach and Waterhouse; thereby 
confirming the correctness of Gyllenhal’s views as to the identity of the 
sexes, and also that the female is the Lytta nigricollis of Marsham; its 
specific character, which is applicable to both sexes, is 

Euglenes oculatus, Eugl. niger punctatissimus, tenuiter pubescens, 
antennis pedibus elytrisque testaceo-fuscis, his interdum ad apicem obscu- 
rioribus; thorace posticé transyersim impresso, 


Euglenes pygmaeus. 61 


Long. Corp. g lin. 13. 9 lin. |. 
Tas. Supp. x11. fig. 5. g fig. 6. 2. 
My specimen of the male is rather larger than the female. 


Description of the Figures. 

Fig. 4. Aderus Boleti, magnified. 

a. The head, seen infront. a. Antenna magnified. 
Fig. 5. Euglenes oculatus. ¢ 

a. Head seen in front to shew the size of the eyes, and inser~ 

tion of the antenne. 

Fig. 6. Idem. 2 

a. Head seen in front, shewing the smaller eyes. a. Antenne. 


P.S. Latreille, in the new Edition of the Régne Animal, t. v, p. 73, 
has removed the genera Rhaebus and Xylophilus from the Notoxide, 
and has placed them immediately after Bruchus, with the observations, 
« Les Rhébes (Rhaebus) de Fischer se distinguent des Bruches par leurs 
«« elytres flexibles, et les crochets bifides de leurs tarses. 

« Les Xylophiles (Xylophilus) de Bonelli s’en éloignent par leurs 
«* palpes terminés en massue.”” 

The Anthici populneus, oculatus and pygmeus of Gyllenhal are all 
stated (but incorrectly, vide supra) to be the types of the latter genus, 
which I cannot but think has much more affinity with Anthicus than with 
Bruchus. 


62 Mr. Westwood’s Characters of Amyietes. 


Arr. XV. Characters of the genus of Coleopterous Insects, 
Amydetes of Hoffmansegg, belonging to the Family Lampy- 
ride, and Descriptions of two Species. By J.O.Wustwoon, 
Esq., F.E.S., &c. 


Order. COLEOPTERA. 
Fam. LAMPYRID®. 


(Pentamera, Div. Serricornes, Fam. Sternoxi, Latr.) 
Genus. AMYDETES, Hoff. 


Char. Gen. Corpus elongatum, depressum. 

Caput parvum, sub thorace omnino absconditum, oculis 
magnis lateralibus. ' 

Antenne \ongiores articulis 37, articulo Imo. majori, 2do 
brevi, 3tio. et reliquis brevibus, singulo (in maribustantum?) 
ramulum elongatum apice compressum intus emittente. 

Palpi breves articulo ultimo subsecuriformi. , 

Thorax semiorbicularis marginibus reflexis, angulis posticis 
acutis. 

Scutellum mediocre postic? rotundatum. 

Elytra lineari-elongata depressa mollia, (lineis 4 aut 5 
elevatis fere obsoletis,) abdomine longiora. 

Pedes breves inermes. 

Tarsi articulo 4to minuto bilobato. 

The establishment of genera which appear more closely to connect 
families already nearly allied, (although not of so great interest as the 
establishment of such as Wycteribia, Stylops, &c. connecting groups 
apparently more distant) cannot but be regarded with attention by 
the entomologist, as, tending to confirm the remark of Linneus, that 
** Natura non facit saltus.”’ 

The two insects, which] am about to describe, would, were the an- 
tenne broken off, be placed with the elongated Lampyrides, such as 
Lamp. noctiluca, &c., to the general habit of which they very nearly 
approach. The antenne, however, of such exotic Lampyrides as I have 
examined, are not above eleven jointed, and in each joint there is only one 
point from which the flabella arise; for, in those species, Lamp. Latreillii 


Mr. Westwood’s Characters of Amydetes. 63 


Kirby, &c. the antenne of which are biflabellate, the flabella on each side 

arise from the same part of the joint, and not (as in the dipterous genus 

Ctenophora) from various distances from the base of various jomts. In 

the two species of my new genus, however, the antenne have upwards of 

thirty-five joints, the first and second alone being without pectinations, 
thus pointing the way tothe genus Rhipicera, one species of which, from 

New Holland, Mr. Kirby describes as having upwards of thirty pectina- 

tions in the antenne. The genus has doubtless a near affinity with 

Phengodes, and was separated by Hoffmansegg from the Lampyrides in 

the same paper in which he established that group. The generic cha- 

racters given by him were by no means sufficiently detailed, and I have 
therefore attempted to supply the deficiency. And indeed in regarding 
the following insects as belonging to this genus, it is proper to state, that 

Illiger describes the antenne as having ‘ mehr als vierzig Gliedern.”’ 

We may presume that the female when discovered will be found to 
possess simple antenne. 

The student will find some interesting observations upon the singular 
anomaly of certain insects possessing more or less than the usual number 
of joints in the antenne, in Dalman’s Analecta Entomologica, under the 
genus Polytomus, and also in Kirby and Spence, Vol. III. 321 and 519. 

Sp. 1. Apicalis. Am. testaceus crebré punctulatus subpubescens, 

elytrorum apice fusco. 

Amydetes apicalis, Germar, Insect Sp. nov. p. 67. _ 

Tas. Supp. x11. fig. 1. 

Long. Corp. lin. 4. 

Habitat in Brasilia. In Mus. Dom. Haworth, nostr. 

Descr. Caput fuscum, oculis nigris, ore fulvo. Antenne articulis 1mo. 
2doque flavis, reliquis fusco-testaceis. Thorax flavo-testaceus disco 
elevato obscuriori, Scutellum testaceum. Elytra tenuiter pubescen- 
tia, in utroque lineis 4 elevatis longitudinalibus, fere obsoletis. 
Corpus subtis fuscum; abdomen segmentis ultimis let? flavis. 
Pedes diluté fuscescentes. 

The only two specimens which I have yet seen of this insect are males, 
one is in Mr. Haworth’s cabinet, and the other in my own. I had 
originally named the insect in my MSS. after that gentleman as a slight 
return for the many entomological favours which I have received from 
him, and through whose kindness my own collection has been enriched 


64 Mr. Westwood’s Characters of Amydetes. 


with this interesting insect; but I find it has since been described by 
Germar, 

Species 2. Vigorsiiz. Am. fuscus crebre punctulatus pubescens, 
thoracis elytrorumque marginibus testaceis. 


Tas. Supp. x1. fig. 2. 

Long. Corp. lin. 6. 

Habitat in America meridionali. Peru. Humboldt. 

In Mus. Dom. Vigors. 

Desc. Caput fuscum oculis magnis nigris, antenne pedesque fuscescentes. 
Thorax fuscus marginibus testaceis. Scutellum testaceum. Elytra 
pubescentia, lineis 4 ut in priori, fusca marginibus suturaque testaceis. 
Corpus subtus ut in priori. 

This insect is considerably larger than 4m. apicalis, and is differently 
coloured. Tam informed that it was brought from Peru by the celebrated 
Humboldt ; it is now in the Cabinet of Mr. Vigors, who has kindly 
allowed me to give it as an accompaniment to my own species. Mr. 
Vigors also possesses a specirsen brought from Brazil by Wm. Swainson, 
Esq. 

It appears to me that this species differs materially from the Lampyris 
plumicornis, Latr., (Humb. Voy. 1, 156, pl. xvi. f. 4,) not only in the 
more obscure colouring of the latter species, but also in its habitat, 
Latreille’s specimen having been taken by Humboldt near Valladolid, in 


Mexico. 
Description of the Figures. 
Fig. 1. Amydetes apicalis, magn. 
2. Amydetes Vigorsti, magn. 


A. Head seen in front. 

a. One of the flabella of the antenne seen sideways. 
6. Maxillary palpus. 

B. Anterior tarsus. 


Dr. Horsfield’s Descriptions, &c. 65 


Arr. XVI. Descriptions of several Oriental Lepidopterous 
Insects. By Tuomas Horsriero, W.D., F.R. and 
L.S., Se. 


Genus AconTuEa, Horsf. Descr. Cat. of the Lepidopterous Insects in 
the Museum of the East India Company. Part II. 


PapiLionis species, Linn. Papuim® species, Fabr. 
Nympuatis species, Latr. 


Character of the Genus. 

Larva chilopodomorphous, linear, lengthened, provided on each 
side with ten long, attenuated, spreading, brachiform appendages 
of nearly equal length, consisting of a mid-rib and lateral beards, 
decreasing in length towards the extremity, and imitating the struc- 
ture of a very delicate plume, being armed with a terminal spike, 
composed of dense whorls of short robust spines. Feet agreeing 
in number with those of the other larve of this tribe; short minute 
and entirely concealed by the lateral appendages. 
~ Chrysalis short, angular, attenuated at both ends, with two sides even, 
and the third gently swelled and rounded; consisting of two unequal 
pyramidal portions, the terminal being longest, and provided with two 
points, while the angles are armed with a few short spines, which are 
more robust at the union of the two pyramids: the longitudinal and 
transverse ridges ornamented with a delicate golden streak. 

Perfect Insect: Antenne of very great length, slender, filiform at the 
base, beyond the middle very gradually incrassated to a long cylindrical 
abruptly terminated, slightly curved capitulum. 

Palpi of moderate length, slightly projecting beyond the head; 
second joint greatly lengthened and increasing in breadth exteriorly ; 
third joint minute. 

Proboscis of moderate length, robust, compressed towards the ex- 
tremity and provided with delicate lateral, spreading ciliz. 

Wings: anterior pair somewhat triangular, with a lengthened boldly 
curved costal and somewhat excavated posterior margin; hinder pair 
rounded, very slightly attenuated, obtuse, repand or slightly notched. 

Vor. V. E 


66 Dr. Horsfield’s Descriptions of 


Feet: anterior with tarsi differently constructed in the sexes; in the 
male consisting of a single elongated, attenuated joint, covered with a 
dense uniform down; in the female with five joints of equal dimensions 
as to breadth, but diversified in length, the first greatly lengthened, the 
three remaining short, the last abruptly terminated, with several spines 
along the edge of the three extreme joints. 

OBsERVATION. The detailed description of this genus being reserved 
for the third part of my Catalogue of the Lepidopterous Insects contained 
in the Museum of the East India Company, I have in this place merely 
enumerated the essential peculiarities. The larva and chrysalis of 4con- 
thea primaria, one of the typical species, are figured on the eighth plate 
in the second part of the same work, where also the antenna, palpi, 
proboscis and feet are represented in detail; and in referring the reader 
to the illustrations which I have given of the larva and chrysalis of this 
very singular genus, it is very satisfactory to me to be enabled to state, 
that it has also been observed by General Hardwicke on the Continent of 
India. This accurate observer has confirmed the details I have given, in 
all points; and he has, with his accustomed liberality, communicated 
to me his drawings. These exhibit the larva in three different points 
of view; that of the under side is particularly interesting, as it supplies a 
deficiency in my own series. The feet, although very minute, are 
distinctly exhibited ; they agree in number and disposition with all other 
diurnal Lepidoptera. The pupa likewise, figured by General Hardwicke, 
resembles in every peculiarity that which I observed in Java. 

In the second part of the work above cited, two species of ACONTHEA 
are figured on plate v.; the Aconthea Lubentina, being the Papilio 
Lubentina of Cramer, and a new species from Java, named Aconthea 
Alankara, My immediate object in this communication, is, to add the 
description of a new species, the Aconthea Apaturina, which, though 
not part of my collection, is, as far as has been ascertained, an oriental 
species, departing slightly from the typical form; and to illustrate an 
obscure species, the 4conth. cocytina indicated indeed by Fabricius, but 
not sufficiently discriminated from its neighbours in the series. 

The metamorphosis of ACONTHEA is very remarkable, and strikingly 
illustrates the analogy which exists between the forms of the individuals of 
the class of Ametabola, and the larve of diurnal Lepidoptera. The 


Oriental Lepidopterous Insects. 67 


nearest representative of our genus, among the Ametabola, with which I 
am acquainted is Scutigera. This annulose animal, although disposed in 
the Chilopodomorphous, is close to its union with the Thysanuriform 
stirps: and Aconthea, in the series of Lepidoptera, follows immediately 
after Biblis and Limenitis, leading gradually to Apatura. These state- 
ments, which will be more fully illustrated in another place, accord with 
the arrangement of the series given in the Synoptic table of the stirpes 
of the first tribe of the Lepidoptera. See Horsf. Descr. Cat. &c. 61. 


ACONTHEA COCYTINA. 
Tas. iv, fig. 3, 3, a. 

Ale supri nigricanti-fusce nitore obsoleto eneo lavate, ared costali 
pallidiore Iituris transversis dimidiatis variegatd ; antice fascia 
marginali latd ad apicem sensim attenuatd, postice dimidio apicali 
omni cerulescenti-griseis argenteo pulverulentis strigd extimd atrd 
niveo fimbriatd cinctis: subtus dilute corticine limbis saturatior?- 
bus ochraceis; antice in regione anali basin versus striolis quinque 
atris interiortbus brevioribus rectis exterioribus flecuosis. (Exp. 
alar. unc. 24.) 


Papilio N. Cocyta. Fab., Ent. Syst. em. tom, 3. pars. 1. p. 127. 
No. 388. . 

Nymphalis? Cocyta. MM. Latr. et Godt., Enc. Méth, Hist. Nat. 
IX. 382. 

In selecting this insect for the present memoir, my principal object has 
been to contribute, as far as Iam able, to the illustration of a doubtful 
Fabrician species. A few explanatory remarks are therefore required. 
The first indication of our insect isin the Mantissa Insectorum, vol. 2, p. 29. 
After describing a lepidopterous insect found in Siam, from the Banksian 
Museum, with the name of Cocytus among the Papiliones Danai festivi, 
Fabricius adds the following note: ‘ Simillimum ex India Orientali 
* misit Dom, Lund: at alis dentatis margineque alarum postico cceru- 
* lescente, vix tamen distinctum.’’ In the Entomologia Syst. emend. &c. 
vol. 3, p. 127, we find an insect from the Museum of M. Lund, agreeing with 
the individual concisely indicated in the note of the Mantissa ; but it is 
there raised to the rank of a species arranged among the Nymphales, and 

gE 2 


68 Dr. Horsfield’s Descriptions of 


referred to Jones’s drawings with the name of Papilio Cocyta: the very 
concise specific character has nothing but the following remark for its 
illustration : “affinis certe P. Bella at differt alis haud falcatis, — 
et dentatis.” Now it appears from the preceding details that our insec 
should have rather been compared with P. Coc, ytus, with which it its 
originally associated. ‘This oversight of Fabricius has called forth a very 
severe censure from the authors of the Encyclopédie. ary 

The description of the P. Wymphalis Cocyta of Fabricius, itch 3 is 
now offered with the name of Aconthea Cocytina, has been made from 
individuals brought by Sir Stamford Raffles from Sumatra. The name 
has been modified in order to prevent a collision with the insect disco- 
vered in Siam, to which the name Cocytus was applied among the Danai 
festivi. The Banksian cabinet of insects, so frequently cited by Fabricius, 
and now deposited in the Museum of the Linnean Society, still contains 
the individual from which the description of the P..Cocytus appears to 
have been made. The specimen, although in an indifferent state of 
preservation, exhibits the peculiarities of this species, the most promi- 
nent of which are the falcate wings, and the posterior brown band on the 
under surface of the fore wings: but my object is not at present to 
illustrate the Papilio Cocytus of Fabricius; I trust however, that the 
preceding details, with the figure accompanying them, will procure a place 
for the Aconthea Cocytina in the systematic catalogues. 


ACONTHEA APATURINA. 
Tas. tv, fig. 1; l,a 
Ale supra nigre, antice serie duplici marginali arcuque costali pune= 
torum alborum, lunulis insuper duabus anguli apicalis interioris 
punctoque solitario ad medium cost@ sito corulescentibus; postice 
faseid laté saturaté azured versus angulum @nalem exteriorem 
attenuatd, strigisque duabus macularibus: margin po arallelis, 
alterd exteriore ex striolis albis alterd. intertore ex lis oblongis 
atris conflatd: subtis fusce, antice notis marginalibus paging 
superioris signate, fasctisque insuper duabus parallelis abbreviatis 
in area mediana dispositis ; postice strigé requlari nived limbate, 
maculisque atris pagine superiorts inscripte anali didymd reliquis 


Zoological Jounal VolsV.PLIV, 


Oriental Lepidopterous Insects. 69 


oblongis; serie insuper interiore punctorum minutorum, arcu 
denique obsoleto discoidali fusco cano adnato. (Exp. alar. unc. 25.) 


The native place of this species, is, as far as I have ascertained, the 
Island of Java, but itdoes not form part of my own collection, The 
peculiarities of our insect, as far as regards habit and outline, are indicated 
by the name: according to my views, it stands in the series near the 
confines of the genus Apatura, The antenne agree in form with 
Aconthea, but they are slightly abbreviated. The external character is 
likewise intermediate; the colouring imitates that of Apatura Lasinassa, 
while the abbreviated transverse bands are more peculiarly a charac- 
teristic of the individuals of Aconthea. I have endeavoured, in the 
description, to represent every essential particular of its markings. 


PontiA THYRIA. 
Tas. Iv, fig. 2. 


Ale integerrime subconcolores dilute rubre, nervis fuscis: antice 
elongato-trigone ; postice rotundate. (Exp. alar. 2 unc. 7.) 


Pieris Thyria, MM. Latr. et Godt., Enc. Méth. Hist. Nat. IX. p. 147. 

With the preceding concise character this species is noticed for the 
first time in the Encyclopédie. Its native place is the Island of Java. 
Three specimens have come under my observation; two of these, a male 
and a female, form part of the Museum at the India House; a third was 
presented to my private collection, by Mr. G. B. Sowerby. In the 
prosecution of my Descriptive Catalogue it will be disposed in a separate 
section, with several other Javanese and Asiatic species. The anterior 

‘wings in the individuals of this section are elongate-triangular, somewhat 
acuminate, with an uniform posterior margin, giving a decided aie 
to the wing. 

The male, in our insect, is distinguished by a more rich and saturated 
colour above, by very prominent blackish nervures, and by a very faint 
posterior border. In the female, both wings have a distinct broad black- 
ish posterior border, and the anterior pair has besides a band of the same 
colour near the outer apical angle, passing obliquely from the middle of 
the costa towards the margin, being succeeded by several indistinct ares. 


70 Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, fe. 


The tint in the female is less brilliant, Underneath, both pairs have a 
saturated sulphureous-orange colour, which assumes an obscure vermil- 
lion tint in the medial and basal areas of the forewings. In the female, 
the surface is variegated by the transmission of the marks of the upper 
side, and by grayish irrorations towards the margins. The thorax in both 
sexes is clothed above with a greenish, and underneath with a yellowish 
down: the body is blackish above, and gray underneath, 


a ae ee dle TE Se te 


Arr. XVII. Observations on the Fringilla Canaria, Syl- 
via Atricapilla, and other Birds of Madeira. By C. He1- 
NEKEN, M.D., &c. 


HAPPENING to meet with “ Starke’s Elements of Natural History” a 
short time ago, I observed that his specific character of the Fringilla 
Canaria was, word for word, the erroneous* one of the 12th Edition of 
Linnzus’s Systema Nature ; and, as I suppose, from Mr. Starke’s work 
being very recent, and professedly a compilation, that the best authorities 
are had recourse to, I conclude that a more accurate description is not 
to be met with, and therefore offer the following :— 


Fringilla, (Ulig.) Sect. 1. Laticones, (Temm.) 
Fring. Canaria, 
Fring. butyracea, (Linn,) $ 
Adult male.—Irides dark brown. Upper mandible fuscous, sides and 
tip darker ; lower livid flesh-colour. Legs brownish flesh-colour. Front, 
brows, line below the eyes, chin, throat, (extending backwards and 
forming an indistinct, imperfect collar with the slight shade on the nu- 
cha, ) breast, rump, and lesser wing-coverts greenish-yellow : scapulars, 
and larger coverts deeply shaded with the same ; nucha and back (a tinge 


* I say “erroneous,” because never having heard a doubt about our bird 
being the true Fring. Canaria, I assume that it is so, and consequently that 
“ F. rostro corporeque albo-flavicante, rectricibus remigibusque virescentibus, 
* rostro albido,” (Linn, 12¢h Ed. Vol. I. p. 321.) can only apply to one of its 
numerous varieties, 


Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, §c. 71 


only on the latter) similarly, but very slightly shaded. ° Abdomen, as far 
as the legs, golden-yellow: vent, under tail-coverts, thighs, and sides, 
dirty white, the latter with large longitudinal brown spots. Vertex, oc- 
ciput, cheeks, back, larger wing-coverts, scapulars, and upper tail- 
coverts brown-ash, with a longitudinal brown spot down each feather ; 
indistinct, small, and light-coloured on the head, &c., large, dark, and 
defined on the other parts. Remiges, tertiaries, and tail-feathers brown- 
black, with pale brown-ash edges: the external margin of the first four 
or five remiges white, of the rest pale greenish-yellow. Length 5}, 
breadth 9 inches. Bill about 4 lines. Weight about 40z. Tail (which 
is forked) 2 inches 4 lines. Tarsus about 8 lines. 

Adult female.—General plumage more dingy and indistinct ; rump 
only greenish-yellow, with a tinge of the same round the eyes, and on 
the throat, breast, and wing-coverts. 


Variety $ (¢?) General plumage more grey ; colouring more in- 
clining to green: somewhat larger; song the same, Its produce with 
the tame bird stronger. 

Young male.—Like the female, but with the legs brown-black, and 
the lower mandible darker. 

Young female.—No yellowish or greenish colouring. 

Habitat. Universal.* It builds in thick bushy high shrubs and trees, 
with roots, moss, feathers, hair, &c.; pairs in February; lays from 4 
to 6 pale blue eggs, and hatches five times (not unfrequently six) in a 
season. It is very familiar, haunting and breeding in gardens about the 
city. It is a delightful songster, with, beyond doubt, much of the night- 
ingale’s and sky-lark’s, but none of the wood-lark’s song, although three or 
four sky-larks in confinement in Funchal are the only examples of any 
of these three birds in the island, and notwithstanding the general opi- 
nion, that such notes are the result of education in the Canary: it is in 
full song about nine months in the year. I have heard one sing on the 
wing and passing from one tree to another at some distance, and am told 


* Wherever this is stated, I wish it to be understood as applying to the south 
side of the island only, although in most instances (I believe in this) it might 
be extended to the north. Of the latter, in consequence of ill health, I know 
little or nothing from personal observation, 


72 Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, sc. 


that during the pairing season this is very common. Each flock has its own 
song, and from individuals in the same garden differing considerably, I 
suspect that of each nest varies more or less. After the breeding season 
they flock along with linnets, goldfinches, &c. and are then seldom seen 
in gardens. The moult takes place in August and September... An old 
bird caught and put into a cage will sometimes sing almost immediately, 
but seldom lives longer than the second year in confinement. The young 
from the nest are difficult to rear, dying generally at the first moult. 
They cross readily with the domesticated variety, and the progeny are 
larger, stronger, better breeders, and, to my taste, better songsters also 
than the latter ; but a pure wild song from an island Canary at liberty, in 
full throat, and in a part of the country so distant from the haunts of 
men that it is quite unsophisticated, is unequalled, in its kind, by any 
thing I have ever heard in the way of bird-music. 

In the 12th Edition of Linneus (Holmie, 1766.) Vol. I. p. 321, I find, 
‘¢ Fringilla butyracea. 

F. virens, superciliis pectore abdomineque flavis, remigibus primori- 
bus margine exteriore albis.—Chloris indica, Edw. av. 84, t. 84. Briss. 
av. 3, p. 195. 

Habitat in Madera: 

Similis Loxie butyracee, sed rostrum minus,”’ 
and as it appears to me to be clearly the same bird, although I acknow- 
ledge that I should not by choice call ours “ virens,”’ I have adopted it as 
a synonym, to the exclusion of his Fring. Canaria, and its numerous 
progeny, which must be spurious if ours be true. The reasons for ven- 
turing on such a liberty are, that ‘¢ virens’’ is not less applicable to it, than 
‘* grisea’ at the next page is to Fring. Petronia, or ‘ testacea’” a little 
further forwards to Motacilla Atricapilla; that in other respects his 
description answers precisely ; that he gives “* Madera’’ as its sole and 
decided habitat ; that we have no other bird either at all approaching to 
green,* or answering in the most distant manner to his description ; and 


* The Fring. Chloris is only blown to us occasionally and accidentally, and 
then only by twos and threes, and is never known to remain or build on the 
island. Two which a friend tricd to rear died, and in the course of several 
years I have met with only one specimen. Were I to enumerate all the birds 
common in Europe which are seen but seldom, if ever, here, a tolerably long 


Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, ¥c. 73 


that his having made a distinct species of it is so readily accounted for, by 
his having no doubt about the legitimacy of its representative. If ‘those 
« of authority” in such matters admit that I have established my point, 
it follows that the Linnean Fring. Canaria must be expunged, and the 
Fring. butyracea ‘substituted for it. If they do not, I shall only mutter 
for my inward satisfaction, “‘ bastards and else,’’ over their Catalogue, 
and rest perfectly satisfied with having at all events unmade a 
Fring. Canaria by converting it into a Fring. butyracea; for the 
identity of the two species, call them by what name you will, is quite 
beyond all cavil. That the error has existed so long is owing partly to 
the injudicious preference too frequently given to bulky, faithless “¢ trans- 
lations,’ “* compilations,” and ‘improvements,’ forsooth! over ori- 
ginal works, Gmelin’s 13th Edition of Linnzus, as it is called, I have 
had the good fortune never to be burdened with, but in an evil hour a 
kind friend bestowed upon me the seven ponderous tomes of that kindred 
spirit, Turton. In this work, Vol. I, p. 559, the habitat is altered from 
«© Madeira’’ to “ India,’ and it is added, ‘* Bill and legs brown, 44 
“ inches long, sings finely.’’ All this is done without one word in 
explanation. Anact of forgery* on an illustrious name, is, in fact, 


list might be made; the following, however, almost as extensively spread as 
man himself, are unknown to us :---the Raven, Crow, Cuckoo, Daw, Magpie, 
Sparrow (both house and hedge), Pheasant, Thrush, Sky-lark, and Nightingale. 
There are several others which do not occur to me at the moment, 

* Whoever translates or revises an original work, and does not honestly 
point out every deviation from the text; and whatever compiler introduces, or 
alters, a word in a sentence marked as a quotation; is guilty of a literary fraud. 
In the last Number (XVI.) of the Zoological Journal, Mr. Bennett has restored 

a Linnean species (Mus Barbarus), which either Gmelin’s conceit or his in- 
stinctive propensity towards the erroneous (an obliquity by no means unusual 
with this sort of gentry) had for years excluded. 

The first time I opened Mr. Starke’s work, was at the Anobium pertinaa, 
which he gives as Latreille’s, putting at the end of the description (which is 
between inverted commas) “ Lat, Gen. 1, 276.”” Now the “ Genera” (Ed. 1806.) 
does not contain a description of the Anob. pertinaw: neither, to prevent all 

_ subterfuge, is it a correct quotation of any description of any Anobium, in any 
of Latreille’s works. In birds too, (these occurred accidentally, for I have 
not examined half a dozen in the two volumes,) that of the Anthus rufescens, 


74 Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, &c. 


committed, and one of deliberate deceit on the reader. Whether Gmelin 
has lent his aid in this instance Iam ignorant: it is most probable that 
he has : I trust that the sin rests with him and not with one whose original 
works of late have gone far to secure him from the obloquy which would 
attach to a mere compiler.* The synonyms given by Linneus haye, 


although professing by the usual signs to be a quotation from Temminck, is 
not only abridged, but garbled as far as it goes. It is really high time that 
such things were put a stop to, and the remedy is one of easy and universal 
application. Only let societies, bodies, and individuals of weight in science, 
make and abide by a determination to quote and admit as authorities, original 
works alone, or well-established faithful translations, and our grocers and 
cheesemongers will soon know as much of “ Natural History” as many of its 
would-be expounders. Pretenders are a pest in every thing: in science a curse 
secondary only to the food which nourishes them in the shape of ‘‘ Catechisms,” 
« Pocket-books,” ‘‘ Conversations,’ and, when a great name is to be shewn 
up, “a butterfly on a wheel,” for their edification, volumes of nameless bulk. 
I have objected to the alteration of a “ single word,” and I do so because such 
an alteration in one of Latreille’s descriptions, that of the Calosoma sericeum, for 
example, would convert it (there are other differences, but not in the identical 
description to which I refer) into the Cal. Madere: the one abundant, the 
other, as far as I know, never found here. I would even go so far asa letter, 
and however much it may remind the reader of “ In the name of the prophet 
“ figs!” when he sees “ Elophilus Lat., Helophilus Leach,” in all the circum- 
stance of generic pomp in “‘ Samouelle’s Useful Compendium,” yet if the one 
has thought it worth his while to make so insignificant an addition as an aspi- 
rate, a mere “ windy suspiration of forced breath,” establishing what may be 
called, without offence I hope, “‘ Leach’s genus H.”, the other was quite right 
in marking the distinction. Fabricius has called a butterfly, peculiar to this 
island I believe, Xiphia: were my classical sensitiveness so far to get the bet- 
ter of my common sense, as to induce me to add an s to it, I might be pitied ; 
but if I then quote it as his, I state the thing which is not, and deserve blame: 
besides, too, as ‘‘ to write and read comes by nature,’’ according to honest 
Dogberry, it is but a pitiful thing, after all, to make a display of a natural 
gift at another’s expence. 


* Dr. Heineken is right in his conjecture. Gmelin is answerable for this 
deviation from the original authority,and Dr. Turton, who placed too implicit 
a reliance on one who did not deserve it, has here translated faithfully the so 
called thirteenth edition of the Systema Nature, omitting only the Cape of Good 
Hope as an additional habitat of the Fringilla butyracea.—Ed. 


Variety of the Sylvia atricapilla. 75 


I suspect, also had their influence in obscuring the species, and if it 
were not too adventurous, I would almost doubt, either their accuracy, 
or that of the habitat given by Edwards and Brisson ; for it is highly im- 
probable that the Canary should have existed so long as a native of India 
without being recognized. Of course, any person having access to the 
identical birds figured or described by these writers, or possessing a spe- 
cimen of the Chloris indica, actually found in India, can easily set this 
question at rest : it being clearly understood that I only pretend to iden- 
tify our bird with Linneus’s description, declining all responsibility re- 
specting either the individual from which it was taken, or the synonyms 
to which it is referred ; and that nothing short of a direct comparison 
between his specimen and my description, will satisfy me of their being 
distinct species. 


We have a male variety of the Sylvia atricapilla, Lath. (Black-cap : 
Tinto negro*) which I have never met with before, or seen described. 
It is called “ Tinto negro de capello”’ (Black-cap, with a hood or cowl), 
is a somewhat larger, and coarser bird than the common one; its gene- 
ral plumage more sombre and olivaceous ; and the black, instead of be- 
ing confined to the head, extends as low as the shoulders behind, and 
loses itself gradually on the breast before (see Fig. 2). In habit, ceco- 
nomy, and song, it is precisely similar. Satisfied with the universal opi- 
nion, that it was merely a variety, I took no trouble to proye the fact, 
but as a friend visiting here last winter seemed much inclined to doubt it, 
I have taken some pains to investigate the matter, and the following are 
the results. 

It is rare, for although the ordinary one is as common in our gardens 
(even in the midst of the town) as the hedge-sparrow in those of Eng- 


* Bowdich, under the name of “ Intinegro,” (“ Tontinegra,” from “ Ton- 
“ tigo,” occiput, and “ negro” black, is the original name,) calls this (our com- 
mon one, not the variety) “anew species of nightingale; but whoever reads 
his description will perceive that he is describing, as far as he goes, the Mot. 
and Sylv, Atricapilla of authors, To set the matter at rest, however, without 
waste of words, my sketch (1) of our common g T. negro, is copied from 
Bewick’s figure of that found in England, It is by no means one of his hap- 
piest efforts, but will answer the purpose of identifying the two birds, 


76 Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, &c. 


land, I have never seen above a dozen either at large or in confinement. 
I have never seen or heard of a female example, and it is universally 
asserted that such never occurs. A friend who keeps and pays a good deal 
of attention to birds, once saw a Capello cock and common hen tending 
the same nest, but as he had no object in doing so at the time, he did 
not take the trouble of ascertaining the contents of the nest, or of pursuing 
the matter further. Two years ago I had a bird of this variety, which I 
have since ascertained was bought by the person from whom I obtained 
it of a country boy, in the nest, along with a common cock: nothing 
was known of the parents, or the rest of the young, if there were any. 
A short time back, hearing that a neighbour had one, I sent for it to look 
at; he being aware that I had no intention of becoming a purchaser, and 
indeed having no desire to dispose of the bird, being also rather too 
knowing in such matters to be easily deceived, may, I think, be thoroughly 
depended upon. He states that last year (1828), a common cock and 
hen Tinto negro built a nest in his garden ; that four young ones were 
hatched, one of which died so young that nothing could be ascertained, 
another proved a common hen, a third acommon cock, and this of the 
Capello variety. Ido not hesitate, therefore, to give it as a variety pe- 
euliar to the male. 

This is the only warbler worth noticing for its song which we have, 
and it amply makes amends for the absence of most of the others. I 
suspect that in this genial climate it is much superior to any of its own 
species in a northerly latitude, and inferior only to the Nightingale; and 
if ‘ the wild sweetness of its note’? used to bring to the placid mind of 
the enviable old naturalist of Selbourne, lines which he has almost im- 
proved by slightly mis-quoting, how often has it not here 


Lad 


spoke 
“ Of a dear quiet home afar,” 


to those whose only home has been the grave. Humboldt mentions in 
his ‘* Personal Narrative,”’ a bird at Teneriffe, called ‘* Capirdte,”’ stat- 
ing that he ‘ had never seen it sufficiently near to know to what family 
‘© it belongs,” and adding (from hearsay, of course) that “ no effort has 
“* been able to tame it,”? and that, ‘ it is unknown in Europe.’ Now, 
from ‘ Capirdte” in Portuguese (although probably a Spanish word 
also) meaning “a hood,” and from the kind of impression which its 


Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, &c. 77 


melody made upon the traveller, I have very little doubt about its iden- 
tity with our Tinto negro, and consequently with the European Black- 
cap; for of course the assertion that he knew it not, even of a Humboldt, 
when following the confession that he ‘had never seen it near,’’ is 
worth nothing. Here it is most easily tamed, and becomes more docile 
than any other cage-bird; but seldom attains to the melody which it 
pours out when at large, and is always unhealthy in confinement. The 
Jatter arises from the custom of feeding it (an insectivorous bird) entirely 
on fruit, and bread and milk; and it is for this matter o’fact reason, I 
fear, and not the more elevated one of “ liberty bemg sacred to his soul !’” 
(‘Personal Narrative’) that it dies at Teneriffe. 


The Woodcock, /Scolopar rusticola, Linn.,) which is admitted by all 
not even to be a variety of the European species, is permanent, and 
breeds here; and had not the latter fact, like that of the variety of the 
Tinto negro, been occasionally called in question, I should have rested 
satisfied with its notoriety. Two years ago I sawa bird just fledged, which 
Twas told had been taken from a Woodcock’s nest. It answered to all 
the essential characters of the species, but as I never before saw so-young 
a bird of any of the genus, and as the only reason given for the identity 
of the nest was simply “‘ because it was so,” the valeat quantum of this 
evidence will not, perhaps, amount to much, ‘although it more than sa- 
tisfied me. Woodcocks are brought about for sale as commonly in July 
as in December.* There is no sudden increase or decrease in their num- 
bers. Forty years ago they were unknown here. One was then acci- 
dentally met with in the South, and afterwards abundance in the North 
of the island, where they were for many years plentiful, and since that 
time have never disappeared. But the best evidence is that of an old 
sportsman, who has in several instances found nests with three eggs (the 


* There areno game laws, All descriptions of animals not domesticated 
are looked upon by the cultivators as “ fruges consumere nati,’’? and knocked 
on the head in all ways, and at all seasons, without ceremony: the wonder 
therefore is, not that we have:so few, but that any should remain in sucha 
purgatory. Nightingales were attempted to be introduced’some thirty years 
ago, and heavenly they would have been in such a climate: it is said not to 
have suited them, but I shrewdly suspect they were all made into pies. 


78 Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, &c. 


colour blueish, spotted with dark grey, size that of Pigeons’), and says 
that a boy once brought him one with five young ones, which he replaced 
in the nest, that they soon began to call, and that the old one immedi- 
ately made her appearance ; that in shooting he has frequently raised the 
old bird, and heard the young ones among the brushwood call to her ; 
and that he believes they hatch twice, if not thrice, in the course of the 
season. 

Whether the first visit of these birds to the island was accidental or 
voluntary, and whether their remaining stationary be from choice or 
necessity, it equally proves that migration is not the result of such a 
blind, brute instinct as some would have it to be; for allowing in this 
instance both the first arrival and subsequent detention to be the result of 
necessity, the same cannot be the case with the Swift, which is equally a 
fixture, with its more than ample requisites for the most extensive trans- 
portation. The Swallow and Snipe are said to be periodical visitors, and 
the reason both for the stationary habits of the former bird, and the mi- 
gratory of the latter two, is very readily to be found, I suspect, in one 
common cause, namely, food. The Woodcock finds its food about 
spring-heads, the margins of little mountain-rills, water-courses, &c. 
These are neither dried up here during our hottest summers, nor frozen 
in the severest winters. The Swift preys on insects universally, but 
throughout the summer on a moth which abounds so on our most parched 
and sterile sierras, that what with the insects and the birds the place 
seems all alive. The Snipe requires a tolerable quantity of poachy, 
moist, decomposing soil, for the production of its food, and this, even 
in the winter, is both scarce and very local, while at other times there is 
not a square yard in the whole island; and the Swallow requires insects 
which are found only over streams, and something approaching to rivers, 
which we make but a sorry figure in at the wettest of seasons, and are en- 
tirely without six months in the twelve. 


The Quail (Perdix Coturnix, Lath.,) isthe identical European spe- 
cies. It is stationary and not polygamous ; it pairs like the Partridge ; 
lays from fourteen to sixteen eggs ; has three or four broods in the sea- 
son ; and is found in bevies of a dozen or more, until the young are well 


Dr. Heineken on Fringilla Canaria, &c. 79 


able to shift for themselves. A single pair will, in a favorable season, 
sometimes hatch above forty young ones. 


Buffon says that the Fringilla Petronia “ has no habitin common with 
** the House-sparrow.”” Here it completely supplies the place of the 
latter, builds under eaves, frequents corn and poultry-yards, keeps the 
whole place alive with its chirping, and is frequently met with in gar- 
dens in the city and towns, though seldom, if ever, seen in the public 
streets. It at the same time flocks and partially removes periodically, 
and numbers are always to be found living and breeding in trees, rocks, 
&c., far from all habitations. 

Funchal, Madeira, 6th September, 1829. 


Explanation of the Plate. 


Fiz.1. Tinto negro—— g. 2. Tinto negro de Capello 3. 


80 Dr. Bancroft on some Animals of Jamaica. 


Art. XVIII. Remarks on some Animals sent from Jamaica. 
By E.N. Bancrorr, M.D., Corr. Mem. Z.S., &c. 


TO THE EDITOR OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. 


July 30th, 1829. 
Sir, 


I HAVE already written to you on the 27th inst., to acknowledge the 
receipt of your two letters, dated the 23d August last, and to acquaint 
you that the Jamaica Society had shipped on board the brig Mars, 
Hoseason, a small barrel containing the genital organs of a second Manta, 
(vide Zool, Journ. IV, 449.) alluded to in my letter of the 13th October, 
which I have since been led to suspect was a male, and not a female, as 
had then been supposed.* I was obliged to close my letter on Monday 
last, in very great haste, and omitted to inclose the drawings of the parts 
of that Manta; but I shall inclose them in this, with some sketches of my 
own, to be presently noticed. I now beg leave to acquaint you that I send 
you, for the Zoological Society, a chip box, a small flat oval keg, and a 
small phial, by the Barque Highbury, Capt. Pearce, and that these pack- 
ages contain, inter alia, the following objects of Natural History, viz. 

1. Aspecies of Procellaria (not your Thalassidroma), which is per- 


* In the letter here referred to, Dr. Bancroft states, ‘ I had been led to sup- 
pose that the Manta we sent last year was a male, and the second a female, 


a 


a 
~ 


in consequence of the accounts given to me by some of our surgical practi- 
tioners here, who had taken the trouble of opening both subjects. I was, 


a 
. 


a 


however, soon after led to doubt of their knowledge of comparative anatomy, 
« and to suspect that they must have mistaken the sexes: ocherwise there would 


~ 


be a singular deviation in the Mantas from the structure believed to be com- 


” 
~ 


mon throughout the Ray family, in which the males alone are furnished with 
“« a sub-cylindrical process from the side of each ventral fin next to the tail, a 


n 
~ 


deviation that I consider as most improbable. But, to show that the error 
“* was not originally mine, and that I was led into it, Iinclose two drawings 
of the parts in the second Manta, made by the gentlemen to whom I have 
alluded, in which is represented what they thought was the vagina. 


a 


“ 


Dr. Bancroft on some Animals of Jamaica. 81 


haps new, as J find no description in the books we have here that agrees 
with its characters. I had drawn up an account of these to be read at 
one of our meetings here; but as I send you the original (in but sorry 
preservation, yet as I received it) I do not presume to transmit my paper 
to your Society, knowing how much better the subject will be treated and 
illustrated by your home naturalists. 

2. It is accompanied in the box, by a specimen of Scyllarus occiden- 
talis, Fab., which here and elsewhere is accounted rare, and may not be 
in your Society’s collection. Iam very sorry that this too is in an imper- 
fect state. I originally rubbed it thoroughly with arsenical soap ; and 
afterwards, in endeavouring to wash this off, and to diminish a part of 
its dirty or muddy look (which however is its natural appearance) I 
broke off one of its legs, and one of its antenne. These I secured at 
the time, and they are sent along with it in the box. But I find that an 
ignorant careless servant has since broken off another leg (which is also 
sent), and done some other slight damage. I can therefore only say that 
I will endeavour to send you a more perfect specimen, both of this and of 
the Procellaria. In regard to the latter, I may state that, although not rare, 
it is with difficulty found, since it burrows only in crevices on the tops of 
our highest mountains, scarcely accessible. The individual now sent 
was hunted by a terrier dog from a hole on the summit of the Blue Moun- 
tain Peak, on the 17th of March last, and, as I am told, uttered the 
most piteous cries, like those of a child, while being dragged forth. 
These birds are found in some number on that spot, and individuals have 
sometimes gone thither to hunt them, They probably resort thither 
chiefly in their breeding season, and are very seldom seen flying except 
in the evening, when it is supposed that they proceed to sea. As they 
frequent this island, and have not been observed elsewhere, the species, 
if new, might be called Proc. Jamaicensis. 

3. A species of Lamarck’s genus Loligo, which is doubtless the Sepra 
mentioned with unpardonable looseness by Dr. Brown, in his Natura 
History of Jamaica, p. 386, so as to forbid all subsequent notice of it by 
naturalists. He says that it is “* furnished with a great number of ten- 
* tacula of different sizes and forms,’* and this he deemed sufficient ! It 
differs in its form and in certain characters from all the species described 
in Lamarck’s Animaux sans vertébres, and other recent works, and seems 

Vor. V. F 


82 Dr. Bancroft on some Animals of Jamaica. 


to be strictly a nondescript, except quoad Dom, Brown ut supra. Here 
it is called ‘* Quib,’’ and is seldom met with or eaten; but I learn that 
it is esteemed a great luxury at the Havafia, where they call it Calamar. 
It seems to me to be the more interesting as connecting Loligo with La- 
marck’s genus Sepia, having its “* nageoire’’ nearly the whole length of 
the sac, as in Sepia, but not the opake calcareous bone of the latter ; 
being furnished with a delicate transparent cartilage in its stead, a sample 
of which is sent in the box. Ikept it in brine for a good while, which 
has caused it to shrink, and has somewhat altered the shape and size of 
its fin. .I therefore send you a memorandum I drew in pencil of its out- 
ward form, which is quite correct as to its dimensions, being drawn of 
the natural size. The salt, and the inky fluid of the animal together, 
have changed its greyish hue to a purplish one. 

4. A species of Shark, which some of our fishermen call Nurse, and 
which is said to grow to the length of seven or eight fect. ‘This is the 
only individual of the kind I have met with. Believing it to differ from 
every species I could find any description of, and considering it as the 
link between Cuvier’s sub-genera Carcharias and Scyllium, I had made 
drawings of it, and a statement of its characters, also for our Society. 
But I gladly avail myself of the present opportunity of sending the spe- 
cimen to your Zoological Society, as lindulge the hope that Mr. Ben- 
nett will be induced to bestow his attention on it, and do it a degree of 
justice which it could not receive from me, with means too so limited as 
to information. Were the title of Squalus ocellatus not pre-occupied, 
this might suit it: Squal. Argus may answer in its stead. 

5. A-small specimen of Squalus Zygena, which I venture to send, 
because individuals of this size may not readily be found in European 
Musea ; and because, if Mr. Bennett should have derived his knowledge 
of the species only from books or from dried specimens, he may per- 
ceive how very incorrectly its features have been represented, especially 
as to the shape of its head, which has been always represented at right 
angles with the body, and the situation of the eyes, always drawn as 
protruding greatly from the side of the lateral processes. It has, besides, 
been incorrectly described, e. g. by Gmelin (in Turton’s edition of Lin- 
nus) and the writer of the article Squalus, in Rees’s Cyclopedia, who have 
assigned to it temporal orifices, which it has not. I consider that a good 


Dr. Bancroft on some Animals of Jamaica. 83 


figure and an exact description of this fish are desiderata, which I hope 
now to see supplied in the Zoological Journal ; and I trust that the liberty 
I take will be excused, when I suggest that, with a creature of this ex- 
traordinary formation, a front view, and a side view, would be very 
useful in order to convey a just idea of its peculiarities. In the Sharks, 
too, I consider that a representation of the under surface is not less in- 
structive than in the Rays. I inclose a memorandum I took in pencil, of 
the form of the head, and position and appearance of the eyes, while the 
fish was quite fresh: it is of the natural size, and may assist in the draw- 
ing to be made. 

6. A series of ovarian sacculi, connected by a membranous cord, that 
was found not long ago near one of the wharfs of this city. I have not 
yet been able to ascertain by what animal it was deposited. J had a 
similar specimen lately, but shorter and rather smaller, which I kept for 
several weeks in water, without its exhibiting the slightest tendency to 
putrefaction. During my short absence in May last, the sacculi sepa- 
rated at their edges, and the ova escaped, and appear afterwards to have 
become decomposed into particles so minute as to have eluded observa- 
tion when the water was occasionally changed. To prevent a similar 
accident with the present specimen, I put it into rum. 

7. The tail of a small specimen of Rata Sloanii (Cuvier) which I 
send, because it has its sting perfect, and this the fishermen are not easily 
prevailed on to allow to remain. This species is here called the ‘¢ Sting- 
ray,’’ and, when so small as the specimen to which this tail belonged, 
“* Maid.” I had the fish put into water to macerate previously to its 
being put into spirit; but the servant neglected it, and, notwithstanding 
his assertions of its not being putrid, when at last I ordered it to be 

brought to me, the body was quite gone. I will send you another spe-~ 
cimen as soon as I can, and in the mean time I inclose an unfinished 
sketch I took (of the natural size), showing its form and features. Com- 
pare this with the figure of Sloane, pl. 246, f. 1, and you will see the 
excessive distortion represented in the latter, which I know not how to 
account for, except by supposing that it was drawn by a careless ignorant 
artist, from a dried specimen, in which all the softer parts had shrivelled 
up, and to which he thought it necessary to add all the monstrosity of 
feature in the head that his fancy could invent. Ina paper in the box 

F 2 


84 Dr. Bancroft on some Animals of Jamaica. 


you will find the curious membranaceous coverings of its upper and lower 
lip; as I could detect nothing like teeth in the fish (notwithstanding the 
** dents menues, serrées en quinconce’’ assigned by Cuvier to his sub- 
genus Pastenague) I regard the hard granulations on them as its substitutes 
for teeth, 

8. A fish (about nine inches long) called here Butter-fish, but not 
noticed by Brown, nor described by any Ichthyologist, so far as I can 
discover, It falls under Cuvier’s sub-genus Serranus of the Percoid 
family. I wish it may preserve a portion of its colours, which, particu- 
larly over the head, opercuda, and middle of the body, are of a full 
bright scarlet, changing into a rose-colour over the abdomen. Its con- 
trast with the black dots, especially with those of them that are ocellated, 
give ita very handsome, alniost splendid, appearance. 

9. A specimen of Brown’s Gar-fish (p. 443.), which both he and 
other naturalists have chosen to refer to Hsox Belone, though it is differ- 
ent from that species, Its teeth are not black; its back not black (but 
dark green) ; the inside of the mouth not purple ; belly not flat ; dor- 
sal and anal fins very different in form from those represented in Shaw’s 
and Bonnaterre’s figures, and the caudal still moré so. Eyes also not 
round, as to iris and pupils, as in these two figures, but ovate; and there 
is a peculiarity in the form of the iris, which sends forth a rounded pro- 
cess covering a part of the upper circle of the pupil, a8 if this were 
emarginate. I consider this species therefore as almost a nondescript. 

10. A small specimen of Brown’s Piper, Esoxr Brasiliensis, in which, 
if it preserve its characters through the voyage, you will perceive two 
marked features, unnoticed by Brown, first, in the bright flame-colour 
which tips the apex of its lower jaw; and secondly, in the full-bodied 
silver stripe extending horizontally along the ‘middle of the body, from 
the operculum to the tail, one-tenth of an inch broad. 

11. A specimen of a Salmo that I cannot find described any where, 
but which has a good deal of relation to the Smelt, in its sub-semitrans- 
parency, and some of its other characters, and still more to Salmo fe- 
tens, except that its head is the reverse of ** truncated.” 

12. Aspecimen of our White Grunt, Bloch’s Anthias formosus. If 
it keep its colours, you will see how very differently it is striped from the 
representations in Shaw, Vol. IV. of Gen. Zoology, pl. 64, p. 439, and 
in other works. 


ae 


Dr. Bancroft on some Animals of Jamaica. 85 


- [come now to another class of animals, for which I hope that I may 
invoke the aid of Mr. Bell: I mean, that of Reptiles. Dr. Brown has 
mentioned only three kinds of Snake here, but there are more in the 
island than he knew of. I have been endeavouring to obtain some of each 
kind, and I now send three sorts, all I have yet succeeded in getting. 
They are as follow :— 

13. Two specimens of Brown’s Coluber, No. 2. He has spoken of 
itas “‘yery slender,’’ but this is wrong; itis the tail only that is so, and 
itis remarkably long, as compared with its body. Brown’s description 
being imperfect, a new one is much wanted, and if it come from Mr. 
Bell, and if a figure may accompany it (and the other Snakes I now 
send), drawn with the accuracy, elegance, and mastery of hand that 
mark the figure of Dryinus auratus, in the 2d Vol. of the Zoological 
Journal, I shall be most happy in having sent the specimens where such 
justice shall be done to them. I send in a small paper, here inclosed, 
some of its scales; near the apex of each of the dorsal ones will be ob- 
served a faint minute dot, a peculiarity I do not recollect to have seen 
noticed by any naturalist as to the scales of Ophidia. 

14. Two specimens also of our Whip-snake, which, I presume, will 
come under Mr. Bell’s sub-genus Leptophis.. I cannot but think that it 
is yet undescribed, and there is another peculiarity in its dorsal scales, 
that they are likewise dotted near their apices; but bi-punctated. Some 
of the loose scales are in a paper in the box. As both Dryinus and 
Leptophis have been separated from the Colubres, there seems wanting 
some explanation concerning the caudal scutella, which in the figure just 
mentioned of Dryinus auratus, are drawn as single, instead of double, 
as usual among the Colubres. My Whip-snake has its scutella double. 
_ The specimens come from St. Mary’s Parish. 

15. A specimen of a Snake caught in the woods not long ago, and 
accounted to be very rare here, and very poisonous also ; but this is an 
error, as I have examined its mouth, and besides the usual structure as 
to the palatine and maxillary ranges of innocuous teeth, I have extracted 
three of those which, were it poisonous, would be fangs, and they are 
imperforate. These teeth are inclosed in a paper within the box. This 
Snake seems to fall under Daudin and Cuvier’s sub-genus Eryx. 

~ 16. A specimen of Anolius, not uncommon about Kingston. It is 


86 Mr. Bennett on some lishes from Jamaica. 


neither Brown’s Lacerta, No. 7, nor his No. 8, as I conceive. Three 
of its eggs, as I suppose them to be, are sent in the phial. 

17. In the phial are some specimens of a native Leech of this island, 
clearly nondescript. They are slightly shrunk from the action of the 
spirit, but they never, I believe, grow larger than the present ones were 
originally. 1 put into spirit some individuals bearing ova on their abdo- 
men ; and some others in which, there having been no moisture, the 
young were adhering to the belly, which they continued to do for some 
days. This species appears to be destitute of teeth, since none have ever 
incised my skin, in any trial J made with them. 

18, Three specimens of Brown’s Cancer, No. 1, taken from some 
Mangrove Oysters, There are besides, in the phial, some of our Wood- 
Ants, and other things not worth particular mention. 

As I have proceeded with this letter (currente calamo) I have felt 
almost vexed at the length to which it was extending; and therefore I will 
not now add to it, except to say that I have no hesitation in acceding to 
the offer you have made to me of giving my paper on the Manta a place 
in your Journal, but I wish to have a few alterations previously made, 
and these I will send you very shortly. 


I have the honour to be, Sir, 
Your very obedient and humble Servant, 
E. N. BANCROFT. 


Notes on the Fishes referred to in the preceding Paper. By 
E. T. Bennett, Esq., F.L.8., §c. 


Tue Shark, numbered 4, evidently belongs to the aberrant section 
distinguished by M. Cuvier in his genus Scyllium, as having the anal 
fin placed farther back than the second dorsal, the temporal orifices very 
small, the fifth branchial opening frequently concealed in the fourth, and 
the lobules of the nostrils generally so prolonged as to resemble beards. 
All of these characters, except the latter, are possessed by the specimen 
transmitted with Dr. Bancroft’s communication. The length of it is 
about one foot, and its colour (in spirit) is brownish above, and some=. 
what fawn-coloured beneath, marked on both surfaces, over the whole 


Mr. Bennett on some Fishes from Jamaica. 87 


of the body and the fins, by small black rounded spots, not closely set, 
and somewhat regular in their distribution. It agrees well with the figure 
given by Parra, t. xxxiv., f. 2., on which was founded Schneider’s Squa- 
lus punctatus, Syst. Ichth. p. 134, erroneously placed in his section * B. 
 Foraminibus temporum carentes,”’ &c. The only differences worthy 
of notice are, that in Parra’s figure the branchial openings are placed 
wholly in front of, and not partly above, the pectoral fins ; and that these 
openings are all exhibited as distinct, whereas the fifth is partially con- 
cealed in the fourth. Parra’s specimen appears to have been even smaller 
than that of Dr. Bancroft, “tan pequefio como que se sacé del vientre 
** desu madre ;”’ and he states that he describes so young an individual 
because he could not obtain any of larger growth. According to him, 
** El color de todo el es cenicento, sembrado de varias machas negras 
** redondas que lo hermosean mucho.’ It is called Gata by the Spani- 
ards of Havaiia. 

A remark made by M. Broussonnet will account for the apparent diffi- 
culty, but more probably the absolute impossibility, of procuring indivi- 
duals possessing the characters of the Squalus punctatus, Schn., of larger 
size than those obtained by Parra and by Dr. Bancroft. M. Cuvier regards 
this species as identical with the Barbillon of Broussonnet ; and this opi- 
nion is almost unquestionably correct. Now Broussonnet states expressly 
that in his species, the young, while not exceeding one foot in length, 
exhibit small, round, black spots, which are not found on the larger 
individuals, some of which attain the length of five feet. On the des- 
cription of the Barbillon given by Broussonnet is founded the Squalus 
eirratus, Gmel., which is properly placed by Schneider in the section 
possessing temporal orifices. The location by the latter of the Sq. punc- 

~tatus among those Sharks in which these openings are wanting, may 
readily be accounted for by the extreme minuteness of the orifices, 
which in our specimen could not be detected without mach difficulty, and. 
into which the point of an anatomical blowpipe could not be introduced. 
By some oversight M. Cuvier refers the Barbillon of Broussonnet to 
the Squalus barbatus, Gmel., instead of the Sq. cirratus, Ej. The 
Sq. barbatus is founded on the description of the Barbu of Broussonnet, 
a very distinct species from a totally different locality. 
To the same species with the one under consideration, for which the 


88 Mr. Bennett on some Fishes from Jamaica. 


name of Scyllium cirratum will of course be used, M. Cuvier also 
refers the Squale pointillé of Lacépéde. Such an association would have 
been impossible to any one who did not enjoy the opportunity of ex- 
amining the specimen described and figured by M. Lacépéde, The 
words of that authour, at variance even with his figure, are diametrically 
opposed in every particular, except the relative position of the fins, to 
the appearances exhibited by perfect specimens of the fish, which, 
according to M. Cuvier, formed the subject of his description. 

5. Is the Zygena Malleus of M. Valenciennes, to whom we are 
indebted for an excellent Monograph of the genus, published in the 
Memoires du Museum d’ Histoire Naturelle. M. Valenciennes has pointed 
out four well defined species, which he has carefully described, He 
has also given representations of the upper and under surfaces of the 
head in each species. We have therefore here a standard production 
to which recourse may be had. In the Zyg. Malleus the head 
is more produced on the sides than in the other species; its front is 
nearly straight, with a notch on each side near the nostrils; and the 
nostrils are situated very near the outer angle of the head. M. Valen- 
ciennes mentions as its habitats, the coasts of France, the Mediterranean, 
and Brasil; to these may now be added the West Indian Seas. 

8. is the Serranus Ouatalibi, Cuv. and Val., recently described in the 
Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, II, 381. It was figured by Parra, t. v. 
f. 2, and with f. 1. of the same plate, constituted in Schneider’s System 
aspecies of Bodianus, under the name of Guativere. The fish repre- 
sentedinthe latter figure, is distinguished by MM. Cuvier and Valenciennes 
as the Serranus Guativere, solely on the authority of Parra, no speci- 
men of it having yet reached them. 

9. isthe Belone Carribea of M. Le Sueur, by whom it and several 
other species were first distinguished from the common European Belone, 
in the Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, ii. 
127. It is known by the equality of its mandibles; the greater prolon- 
gation backwards of its dorsal than of its anal fin ; the greater length of 
the lower lobe of its caudal fin; the flattened form of some of the rays 
of the fins; and several other peculiarities which distinguish it from 
the rest of the genus. 

10. Notwithstanding the assistance afforded to us by M. Le Sueur, in 


Mr. Bennett on some Fishes from Jamaica. 89 


his description of several species of Hemirhamphus, Cuv., forming part 
of the paper just quoted, there is some difficulty in determining the pre- 
sent fish. It can be neither of the West Indian species there mentioned, 
for, with a body four times the length of the lower mandible, it has dor- 
sal and anal fins of equal length. In these particulars, in the silvery 
band along the side, and in the relative length of the pectoral fins (one 
half) to the lower jaw, it agrees with the Hem. erythrorhynchus, Le S.; 
the name of which, although no mention is made of such a marking, 
would appear to indicate the existence of some red on the beak, perhaps 
confined to the tip, as pointed out by Dr. Bancroft. But the upper 
mandible in our fish is certainly not ‘ about the length of the diameter 
** of the eye,”’ scarcely exceeding one half of that diameter ; the num- 
ber of fin-rays is somewhat different, being D. 15, A. 16, instead of 
D. 16, A. 18; and the locality is perfectly distinct, M. Le Sueur’s Hem. 
erythrorhynchus having been obtained by him and M. Péron, in the East 
Indian Seas. These differences induce me to regard Dr. Bancroft’s fish 
as distinct from all those of M. Le Sueur. It is evidently the “‘ Orphie 
*« de Rio-Janeiro, Esox dorso monopterygio, rostro apice coccineo, 
** linea laterali lata, argentea,’? &c. of Commerson’s MSS. as quoted 
by Lacépéde ; in whose Histoire Naturelle des Poissons it forms part of 
his Esoxr Gambarur, a medley composed of this western species, of the 
Hem. marginatus from the Red Sea, and perhaps of a third. With it, 
however, is not associated by M. Lacépéde the Esox Brasiliensis, Linn., 
as stated by M, Le Sueur ; who must also be in error in regarding one of 
his West Indian species as the Esox marginatus, Forsk. 

I trust that Dr. Bancroft’s exertions will enable him to procure speci- 
mens of the other western Hemiramphi for comparison ; and should the 
present prove to be distinct, as I apprehend it will, I would propose for 
it the trivial name of apicalis. 

ll. This fish is referable to the sub-genus Saurus, Cuv., and is cer- 
tainly nearly related to the Salmo fetens, Linn. Without extensively 
consulting specimens, it would be impossible to determine any species of 
a group so comparatively numerous, and mostly differing from each other 
only in particulars requiring close examination. 

12. Tothe species figured by Bloch, t»b. cccxxutt (copied in Shaw’s 
General Zoology), the fish transmitted by Dr. Bancroft cannot be referred. 
It differs in its markings totally, as that gentleman remarks, from Bloch’s 


90 Mr. Bennett on some Fishes from Jamaica. 


Anthias formosus, the Hemulon elegans, Cuy. MSS., for, instead of 
the longitudinal vitte we have here numerous oblique lines. This cha- 
racter distinguishes it equally from every other described species with 
which I am acquainted of the genus Hemulon, recently proposed among 
the Sparide by M. Cuvier, with the single exception of his Hem. hete- 
rodon, the Diabase rayé de jaune of M. Desmarest. In this latter there 
are, however, three vitte along each side of the back, which are wanting 
in our fish, the oblique lines being continued in it to the base of the 
dorsal fin. I would therefore propose to characterize it as a new species. 

Diasasis oBLiquatus. Diab. flavescens, capite vittis ceruleis duo- 
decim, corpore linets ceruleis obliquis numerosis. 

D. 42. P15. Via. As. 16. 

On a yellowish, somewhat fuscous, ground, (perhaps altered by the 
spirit in which the specimen has been immersed for about three months, ) 
the markings are pale blue, in numerous wtte: those on the head and 
opercula, which are somewhat broader, and more deeply coloured than 
those of the body, are nearly longitudinal, about twelve in number : those 
of the body are oblique, directed upwards and backwards. The latter 
are formed by lines passing across the middle of each scale, and are con- 
sequently numerous, not less than sixteen or seventeen being crossed by 
a line drawn from the junction of the spinous and soft portions of the 
dorsal fin to the belly in front of the anus. On the tail, behind the dor- 
sal and anal fins, the markings become longitudinal, in about nine rows. 
The fins, especially in their scaly soft portions, are more fuscous than 
the body : into these the markings do not extend. The lateral line, 
deflected opposite to the extremity of the dorsal fin, is yellow, and is 
accompanied below by a blue line; a similar line, but more indistinct, 
passes along its upper edge. The caudal fin is forked; the spines of the 
dorsal are filamentous. 

The front and the extreme teeth in each jaw, especially in the upper, 
are longer and stronger than the others, and are somewhat hooked ; a 
variance from the generic mark ‘dents en velours’’ indicated by M. 
Cuvier. His characters may perhaps be erroneous in this respect, or the 
structure may be peculiar to the present species, the only one of the 
genus I have yet examined. 

In this description I have omitted several points which form part of the 
generic marks indicated by M. Cuvier, whose name’ for the genus’ (/He- 


QU ES = 


Dr. J. Grant on the Anatomy of an Orang Outang. 91° 


mtulon ) should give way to the prior claim of that of Diabasis proposed 
by M. Desmarest. Itisto be feared, however, that in sucha case the 
weight of M. Cuvier’s authority will bear down all opposition, and that 
even the principles of nomenclature, if he persists in retaining the ap- 
pellation he has proposed, will in vain be urged against one who has 


engaged in his favour the gratitude of every ichthyologist. 
E.) T...Ba 


Art, XIX. Post Mortem Examination of a Female Orang 
Outang. In a Letter addressed by J. Grant, M.D., to the 
Secretary of the Zoological Society. 


Sir, 

In the latter part of the year 1828, an Orang Outang that passed for 
a female and was supposed to be about three years of age, was pre- 
sented to Mr. Swinton, of Calcutta. She was sent from Singapore, where 
she had lived for some time, and was, in all probability, a native of 
Borneo. 

She was of a mild, docile, and melancholy disposition, and had been 
taught to walk in the erect posture, which she was very fond of assum- 
ing of her own accord. 

Although reputed a female, some doubts arose respecting the sex of the 
animal. At length, after as careful an examination as the restlessness 
and timidity of the creature would permit of, the great probability of her 
being a female was generally concurred in. 

There was no appearance of either vulva or labia, and at the first 
glance it was not surprising that the animal should be by some mistaken 
for a male, for a small flaccid pents-like body, about an inch in length, 
was visible under the pubes. This being found imperforate, and devoid 
of any appearance of scrotum, or testes, was pronounced a clitoris. On 
raising it, or pushing it to one side, a small aperture was observed near 
its root, capable of admitting the end of a crow-quill, and through 
which the urine passed, but whether this aperture was the urethra itself, 
or a common passage behind which was the proper urethra and vagina, 


92 Dr. J. Grant on the Anatomy of an Orang Outang. 


could not be determined while the animal was alive. But the impression 
was, that this animal was a proper female, with her genital parts imper- 
fectly developed. 

Having premised so much, I come now to the illness and death of the 
animal, In January last, the creature became much emaciated, appeared 
to suffer considerably, and to be very sensible of cold. Accordingly, 
about the end of that month, it was sent for medical treatment to my 
friend Mr. Breton, with whom she remained about three weeks, until she 
died, on the 14th of February. I have been favoured by Mr. Breton with 
the following particulars of her illness. ‘‘ On my first examining the 
“* animal, it appeared to me that its lungs were affected ; since it had acough 
‘«* which was sometimes violent, difficulty of breathing, fever attended 
“* with a very quick pulse, loss of appetite, and costiveness. The cough 
“* at night was generally violent at intervals, but during the day it was less 
‘so. The animal coughed and moaned at times like a human being. It 
“* never expectorated in the smallest degree. It seemed to feel the effects 
“ of cold air, and it remained in a recumbent posture under a blanket in 
“* a room in the early part of the mornings, and in the evenings. Every 
** now and then it would of itself go out in the sun, remain there a little 
‘«* while, and then return to its bed and cover itself with the blanket. 
“* Every day, till within a day or two of its death, it partook of plantain, 
“* milk, and some plain sweet cakes. It never at any time seemed op- 
“« pressed by thirst. Its skin, whilst the fever continued, was hot, but 
** the heat was not very considerable. The fever intermitted, but the 
‘* intermissions were never at regular periods. At times the animal re- 
*« mained without fever a whole day, at other times the fever continued 
** two or three days without intermission. No cold fit was ever observed. 
‘* The paroxysms came on invariably with heat, and while under its 
** effects, the poor animal manifested anxiety and uneasiness. It sel- 
** dom had a natural motion. Stools were procured by enemas given 
** every other day. Purges were attempted to be given, but a sufficient 
‘* quantity could not be forced down the throat so as to produce any sen- 
«* sible effect. Doses of half a grain of tartar emetic were mixed with 
“* milk, and this the animal drank of itself, but without any effect. 
‘* Sometimes it appeared lively, at other times very dull and languid, and’ 
** in this state it continued and languished until it died.”’ 


Dr. J. Grant on the Anatomy of an Orang Outang. 93 


Mr. Breton, Dr. Adam, and myself examined the body a few hours 
after death, and as there was an anxious wish to preserve the remains as 
much as circumstances would permit, for the purpose of being sent to 
the Zoological Society, a minute dissection would have been inconsistent 
with this object. The examination that took place was therefore cursory, 
and had more particular reference to the discovery of the cause of death 
and the solution of doubts respecting the generative system of the animal. 
.\ In opening the cavity of the abdomen, the parietes were found much 
thinner than in the human species; the colour of the skin in the line of 
incision was of a rather deep blue, and the skin itself was strong and 
thick compared with that of other varieties of Simie. The stomach, 
liver, caput cecum coli, and bowels generally bore a strong resemblance 
to the human, both individually and in relative position. A serous 
effusion had taken place in the peritoneal sac, and the stomach was dis- 
tended with air. The caput cecum was filled with indurated foeces, and 
attached to the caput was, as in man, an appendicula vermiformis about 
four inches long. The pylorus was remarkably well defined, with the 
same strong resemblance to the human as that possessed by other organs. 
The duodenum also was formed as in man. 

In his valuable work on Comparative Anatomy, Sir Everard Home 
states, that, in a long-tailed Monkey the intestines were very nearly the 
same as in man, and that thére was an appendicula ceci of a pyramidal 
form, and about half an inch long. In another Monkey, the appendi- 
cula ceci, it is stated in the same work, was entirely wanting ; in a 
large black Monkey (quere Gibbon) it was found three inches long ; and 
in the Baboon it was wanting. Dr. Adam a few days before had exa- 
mined a Lungoor (Simia Entellus, Dufresne,) which had no vermiform 
appendicle to the caput cecum nor proper pylorus. In the animal under 
consideration, as already mentioned, the pylorus was well marked, and 
there was an appendicula vermiformis. 

The whole of the abdominal viscera were more or less in a morbid 
state, there being tuberculous macula on the liver, and tubercles in the 
spleen, stomach, omentum, mesentery, &c.: the tubercles when cut into 
exhibited a whitish cheesy structure. The spleen was one mass of tu- 
berculous disease, and was found strongly adhering to the stomach and 
parietes of the abdomen. Near the inferior part of the stomach, point- 


94 Dr. J. Grant on the Anatomy of an Orang Outang. 


ing more to the right, a very small supplementary spleen existed. The 
liver, though covered with tuberculous macule, when cut into exhibited 
in its interior no tubercles. The mesenteric glands were also filled with 
the same cheesy substance mentioned above, and one large mass was in 
a state of partial suppuration. 

The cavity of the thorax, generally speaking, was in an equally dis- 
eased state with that of the abdomen. A purulent serous effusion had 
taken place, with adhesion of the lungs, more especially the left lobe, to 
the thoracic parietes. On cutting into the left lobe, it was found con- 
verted into a mass of cheesy tubercles, but no suppuration had taken 
place ; the appearance of the right lobe was similar, but the disorgani- 
zation was less in degree. The heart was sound, 

On the whole, from the appearances manifested on examination, it 
was obvious that the Orang Outang had died from the effects of general 
inflammation of the thoracic and abdominal viscera, but whether this had 
commenced with the abdominal or thoracic is not easy to determine. The 
brain was not examined. 

On examination of the sexual organs of the Orang Outang, some dif- 
ficulty arose in duly ascertaining them, on account of the minuteness of 
some of the parts. On introducing a director into the external meatus 
beneath the root of the clitoris (which, as already stated, was only large 
enough to admit the end of a crow-quill) an incision was carefully made 
down the perineum. On thus laying open the external meatus, two ori- 
fices or canals were discovered, the upper one of which quite under the 
root of the clitoris was found to be the urethra, and was large enough 
to admit a small bougie or probe into the bladder. The lower aperture 
or orifice of the vagina was large enough to admit a common-sized pen- 
cil. The canal was about an inch and a half long, evidently dilatable, 
and of the diameter (undilated) of a common pencil-case. A blunt 
probe introduced into it was felt with the finger in the pelvis, where it 
met resistance from the os tince of a small uterus, which it required 
minute search to find; but the existence of which, with its fallopian 
tubes and ovaries was satisfactorily demonstrated ; thus the question of 
the creature’s sex was set at rest. 

The pectoral air-sacs or membranous bags peculiar to the Orang spe- 
cies, and communicating with the larynx, were found very distinct, but 


—— Oe 


Mr. S. Stutchbury on two new genera of Mollusca. 95 


these have already been so accurately described by other observers that 
it is unnecessary further to notice them. 

_ L would suggest to the Zoological Society a careful dissection of the 
right arm, as it appeared to us, upon the hurried examination made of 
the left arm of the animal, that it possesses a sterno-hwmeral muscle not 
to be found in man. The pectoro-laryngeal sacs and this muscle were 
the only striking instances of departure from the human model which we 
observed. The muscle in question appeared to rise fleshy from the 
upper part of the sternum, proceeding in a straight line to be inserted 
into the humerus upon its external surface, and a little below the neck of 
the bone. Its action would seem to be, to roll the humerus, and to 
bring the arms across the body, thus helping the animal to take hold in 
climbing, &c. 


J. GRANT. 
Calcutta, March 1829. 


Arr. XX. On two new Genera of Testaceous Mollusca, 
and five new Species of the Genus Anatina, lately dis- 
covered at Port Jackson, New South Wales ; in a Letter 
Jrom Mr. Samvuxt Sturcasury, A.L.S. 


TO THE CONDUCTORS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. 


Gentlemen, 


Amonc a parcel of shells just received from Port Jackson, New South 
Wales, two, which appear to have been hitherto undescribed, have 
particularly interested me. ‘Their peculiar characters prevent their 
admission into any of the genera yet known, without giving greater lati- 
tude to established limits than would, I think, be consistent with the true 
interests of science. Although they both possess an internal testaceous 
appendage to the hinge, characteristic of the shells placed by Lamarck 
in his genus Anatina, (though not mentioned by him,) it will surely be 
allowed that the habits and economy of an animal having the power of 
locomotion must differ so widely from those which have not, that the 


96 Mr. S. Stutchbury on two new genera of Mollusca. 


fact of the shells under notice being constantly attached, did there exist 
no other difference, would itself be a sufficient reason for regarding them 
as distinct from Anatina. Under these circumstances, I have thrown to- 
gether such observations as will point out their distinguishing peculiarities 
until further information may confirm the propriety of continuing them as 
genera, or enable us to ascertain their true affinities, and correct situation 
in the system. The first I propose to call 


Myocnama.* 


Testa inequivalvis adherens. Valva affixa dentibus duobus margi- 
nalibus, divaricatis, ad umbonem disjunctis, foveold trigond interme- 
did alteram testacee appendicis extremitatem, cartilagine corned con- 
nexam, excipiente. Valva libera dentibus duobus inequalibus, 
parvis, divaricatis, alterd appendicis extremitate foveole intermedia 
ansertd. Umbones valve libere interne, alterius externée, recurvi. 
Impressiones musculares due, orbiculares, distantes, laterales. 
Impressio muscularis pallit sinu brevi, lato. Ligamentum tenue, 
externum. 


At first sight this shell might be passed over as an Anomia, but it may 
readily be distinguished by examining the attached valve, which will 
be found to be destitute of the foramen; from Cleidotherus it differs 
in wanting the conical tooth of the hinge, as well as in the shape of the 
muscular impressions, in having a sinus in the muscular impression of 
the mantle, and in the attached valve being the smaller. The following 
characters will at once distinguish it from every other genus. Shell inz-_ 
quivalve, adhering ; the attached valve with two unequal diverging mar- 
ginal teeth, separated at the umbo bya triangular pit, in which one end 
of a testaceous appendage is inserted and connected by a horny cartilage ; 
the free valve with two unequal, small diverging teeth, close under the 
umbo, in which is inserted the other end of the testaceous appendage. 
The umbo of the free valve is curved inwards, that of the fixed valve 
outwards. Muscular impressions two, nearly orbicular, distant, lateral. 
There is a short broad sinus in the muscular impression of the mantle. 


* From the circumstance of the Shell thus named connecting in itself some 
of the characters of the Myarie and Chamacee, 


Myochama.—Cleidotherus. 97 


MyocHAMA ANOMIOIDES. 
Tas. Supp. xt. f. 1, 2, 3, 4. 


M. testd rosed, tenui, fragili, costis prominentibus radiantibus dichoto- 
mis ; valvd liberd valde converd ; wmbone extra apicem valve altere 
producto ; epidermide tenut, pellucidd ; long. 13, lat. , alt. 3. 


Shell rose-coloured, thin, fragile, ornamented by prominent radiating 
dichotomous ribs. Free valve extremely convex, the umbo projecting 
beyond the apex of the other. Epidermis thin and transparent. 

The shell described above adheres to a smooth species of Pectunculus ; 
some specimens are attached to Trigonia* pectinata, in which case the 
natural ribs are crossed by others still more prominent, corresponding 
with those of the shell on which they have grown, 


CLEIDOTHERUS.t 


Testa sulmargaritacea, inequivalvis, adherens. Cardo, dente conico 
in valvd liberd, in fossulam alterius valve inserto, claviculd testaced 
elongatd recurvd, cartilagine connexd, et in cicatrict profundd infra 
utrumque umbonem insertd. Impressiones musculares, in utrdque 
valvd due, laterales, antica prelonga, postica sub-orbicularis. Im- 
pressio muscularis palliz integra. Ligamentum externum. 


Shell somewhat pearly, inequivalve, adhering. Hinge with a small 
conical tooth in the free valve, fitting into a corresponding pit in the 
attached valve. A testaceous, elongated, curved clavicle, connected by 
cartilage, is inserted in a deep cicatrix under each umbo. Muscular 
impressions two, lateral, the anterior lingulate, the posterior suborbicu- 
lar. Muscular impression of the mantle entire. Ligament external.t 


* It may not be thought irrelevant to mention that Trigonia must be re- 
moved from the situation Lamarck has given it, between the Arcacee and 
Naiades, to the Cardiacee ; having seen the living animal, I am convinced it 
bears the nearest affinity to that family. 

+ From the Clavicle in the hinge. 

t Since this Article was sent to press, it has been ascertained that De Roissy 
has named and characterized this remarkable genus, though evidently from 
incomplete specimens, He has called it in French “ Camostrée’’ a name so 

Vou. V. G 


98 Mr. S. Stutehbury on two new generu of Mollusca. 


In general contour, this shell has so greata similitude to Chama, that 
without opening it there would be no hesitation in pronouncing it of that 
genus, belonging to Lamarck’s division, ‘‘ Crochets tournant de droit a 
** gauche.’’ Its internal differences.are given in the generic description. 
The species I characterise as follows :— 


CLEIDOTHZRUS CHAMOIDES. 
Tas. Supp. xxi. f. 5, 6,7, 8. 


C. testd involutd, rufa, interne subviridi sub-margaritaced ; valvd 


dextrd majore profundd, latere antico adherente; latere convexo 


clavicule sulcato. 


Shell involute, brownish red, internally of a greenish pearly lustre, 
attached by the anterior side of the right valve, which is of great depth; 
left valve but slightly convex ; the clavicular appendage with a groove on 
the convex side. 

My specimens being destitute of colour, the figure has been taken by 
G. B. Sowerby, jun., from one in his father’s collection, which he found 
among the stores of thelate Mr. Humphreys, but which, not having the clavi- 
cular appendage, had been laid aside, until more perfect specimens should 
decide its true characters. Mine were found attached to sand-stone rocks 
by T. Young, Esq., R. N., together with an Aspergillum (perhaps agglu- 
timans of Lamarck), some Chame, &c. while searching near the entrance 
of Port Jackson, pointed out to him as the spot where I discovered, in 
1286, the first living Clavagelle. 


The five following shells bear so close an analogy to Myochama, that 
believing the four last'to be inedited, I am induced to give specific de- 
scriptions of them, adding them to the genus Anatina. I must, however, 
premise, that the spoon-shaped teeth mentioned by Lamarck are absent 
in each, but they possess the moveable appendage to the hinge, found in 
most, if not all the shells placed in that genus by him. 


entirely inapplicable that I hesitate not to retain the appellation of Cleido- 
therus, by which I had designated it. There is nothing in the shell to con- 
nect it with Ostreu. 


New Species of Anatina. 99 


ANATINA BREVIS. 
Tas. Supp. xurm. f. 1, 2. 


A. testé plano-converd, sub-triangulari, transversim striatd, valvd dex- 
ird convexd, costis duabus depressis, transversim lamellosis, supra 
extremitatem posticam positis ; valvd alterd subconcavd, margine 
dorsali inflexo et in sulcwm alterius valve inserto: cardine cartila- 
gine internd trigond et appendice testaced intermedia : umbonibus 
postice reflexis: impressionibus muscularibus distantibus, laterali- 
bus: impressione pallii sinu lunari; long. +8, lat. #5, alt. $$. 


Shell plano-convex, subtriangular, transversely striated. Right valve 
conyex, with two depressed transversely lamellated ribs upon the posterior 
extremity. Left valve slightly concave, dorsal margin inflected, and in- 
serted into asulcus in the opposite valve. Hinge with an internal trian- 
gular cartilage, and a supervening small shelly piece. Umbo reflected 
posteriorly.* Two distant muscular impressions ; a lunate sinus in the 
impression of the mantle. 

A figure of this shell was given by Mr. G. B’ Sowerby, in his Appen- 
dix to my Sale Catalogue as Pandora brevis, the cardinal appendage 
being overlooked by him, or (which is more probable) it was lost before 
he had the shell. 


ANATINA PANDORIFORMIS. 
Tas. Supp. xuitt. f. 3, 4. 


A. testé plano-converd, subovatd, striis transversis distantibus ; valvd 
dextré convexd, extremitate posticd carinatd truncatd ; valvd alterd 
subconcavd : cardine appendice pland fossulis cardinalibus cartila- 
gine adherente; lined depressd subobsoletd, internd, ab umbone 

' versus marginem inferiorem oblique decurrente ; long. 3%, lat. 5, 
alt. zy. : 


Shell plano-convex, subovate, with transverse distant strie. Right 
valve convex, the posterior extremity carinated and truncated ; left valve 
slightly concave. Hinge with a flat testaceous piece attached by cartilage 


* Contrary to every other genus examined, applying the term posterior to 
the side where the siphons are situated. 


a 2 


100 Mr. S. Stutchbury on two new genera of Mollusca. 


to the cardinal pits: a nearly obsolete depressed line obliquely crossing 
the internal disk of each valve, from the umbones to the inferior margin. 


ANATINA CRASSA, 
Tas. Supp. xxim. f. 5, 6. 

A. testd crassd, subtrigond, inequivalvi, transversim costatd; valvd 
sinistrd convexiusculd, latere postico utriusque valve carinato ; de- 
pressione levi, cordatd, ad latus posticum umbonum ; impressioni- 
bus muscularibus profundis ; long. =8;, lat. 3,, alt. 755. 

Shell thick, subtriangular, inzequivalve, transversely ribbed ; left valve 
but slightly convex, posterior side of both valves carinated, with a 
smooth cordate depression on the same side of the umbones ; muscular 
impressions deep. Although the smallest species we have seen, it is 
probably the thickest of the genus. 


ANATINA OVALIS. 
Tas. Supp. xu. f. 7, 8. 

A. testd inequivalvi, tenui, pellucida ; latere postico brevi, truncato ; 
valvd dextrd convexd, margine superiore sulcatd, marginem inflecum 
alterius valve recipiente ; valvd sinistrd convexiusculd ; cartilagine 
cardinis internd, obliqud, elongatd : impressione pallii sinu magno ; 
long. 5, lat. 3,, alt. +8,. - 

Shell inzequivalve, thin, pellucid, posterior side truncated ; right valve 
convex, superior margin sulcated, receiving the inflected edge of the 
other valve ; left valve slightly convex. Hinge with an oblique elon- 
gate internal cartilage. Sinus of the impression of the mantle large. 
Now in the cabinet of Michael Bland, Esq. 


ANATINA ELONGATA. 
Tas. Supp. xi. f. 9, 10. 
A. testd transversim elongatd, inequivalvi, pellucidd ; sinu impressio- 
ms muscularis pallit versus latus anticum elongato; long. ;°, lat. 
ty alt. 3. 


Shell transversely elongate, inequivalve, pellucid, sinus of the im- 


| 


Habits of Bulinus hemastomus. 101 


pression of the mantle elongated towards the anterior side. In Mr. 
Sowerby’s possession. 
Should the foregoing notices be deemed of sufficient interest to deserve 
a place in the Zoological Journal, I shall feel honoured by their inser- 
tion, and remain, ‘ 
Gentlemen, 
With great respect, 
Your obedient Servant, 
SAMUEL STUTCHBURY. 


33, Theobald’s Road. 


Art. XXI. Notice of the Habits of Bulinus hemastomus. 
By Mr. W.B. Boovrn, communicated by W. J. Broperir, 
Esq., F.R.S., &c.,Sec. GS. 


I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. Sabine, Secretary of the Horti- 
cultural Society, for the following interesting Note on the habits of a 
specimen of Bulinus hemastomus,* which lived for more than a year 
in a hot-house in the Society’s garden at Chiswick. The soft parts had 
suffered materially from the cause which occasioned the death of the ani- 
mal; but the general condition of those parts, and of the shell, indi- 
cated the best health at the time when an unfortunate accident deprived 
it of life. The specimen, which was of the usual full-grown size, has 
been presented to the Zoological Society by the hands of Mr. Sabine. 
The Note was written at Chiswick, by Mr. W. B. Booth. 

W. J. BRODERIP, 


London, Dec. 1829. 


Nore.—It was brought from Rio, in October, 1828, by Mr. William 
McCulloch, then gardener to the Right Honourable Robert Gordon, and 


* Bulimus hemastomus, Scopoli. Bulimus oblongus, Brug. Bulla oblonga, 
Chemn, Helix oblonga, Mull., Gmel., and Daudeb, Turbo hemastomus, Gmel. 


102 Mr. Gould on a new British Warbler. 


presented by him to the Horticultural Society. At first it appeared rather 
sickly, but after it had been kept in the hot-house for some time, it re- 
covered, and began to move about. It cannot now be correctly ascer- 


tained when it produced the first egg, but it was very shortly after its: 


arrival. I should think about the beginning of November. This egg 
was sent, by the desire of Mr. Sabine, to the Zoological Society. About 
the same time this year, it produced a second egg, and three weeks after- 
wards, a third ;* the latter was unfortunately broken by the animal itself, 
but the former is still in preservation. It fed upon lettuces and the tender 
leaves of cabbages ; the former seemed to be its favourite food. Sometimes 
it would devour two large lettuces, and then remain for days afterwards 
without touching food, or moving from its place, except when cold 
water was sprinkled upon it. During the day it was usually in a dormant 
state, in the shade : but towards the evening, when the house was moist 
and warm, it would spread itself out, and move from one part to another. 
It seemed to like moisture, and I haye no doubt that it might have been 
preserved for years, if it had not been accidentally killed. On Satur- 
day last it was at the end of the house where the fire comes in, and 
ventured too far upon the hot bricks after they had been watered. In 
the morning it was found fixed to them, and quite dead. 

W. B. Boots. 


Art. XXII. On the occurrence of a new British Warbler. 
By Mx. Joun Gourn. In a Letter to N. A. Vicors, Esq. 


Sir, 


I HOPE to be excused the liberty I have taken in thus addressing to 
you, in the form of a letter, the following short account of the occur- 
rence of a European bird, which, as far as I am acquainted, is new to 
the British Fauna. 


When we consider that European ornithologists have enumerated in 


* These eggs were as large, and appeared to be as fully developed, as those 
produced by the animal in its native country. Two representations of these 
eggs are given in Tab. Suppl. xv, bis. f. 3, 4. Wis ae 


\ 


| 
: 


Mr. Gould on a new British Warbler. 103 


their systematic catalogues more than one hundred birds unknown to 
our own shores, it may appear surprising that researches in this class are 
not more frequently rewarded with new objects, their power of flight, 
and extent of migration being duly appreciated. Many rare birds pro- 
bably escape unnoticed, others unknown, and some unrecorded. 

The foliage of our extensive woods and thick hedgerows affords imper- 
vious shelter to the smaller summer ‘visitors, and it is to one of the nu- 
merous family of the Warblers, whose habits confine them to such 
localities, that I now refer. 

This bird was shot at Kilburn, on the 25th of October, by my friend, 
Mr. Frederick Bond, who has kindly allowed me to make any comment 
I may think proper. It was at first believed to be a variety of the Red- 


‘start; but on closer investigation a comparison was instituted by which 


the real difference was ascertained ; the individual proving to be the 
black Redtail of Latham’s Synopsis, Vol. IV., page 486, Sp. 16; the 
Sylvia Tithys of the same author’s Ind. Orn., Voi. II, page 512, Sp. 16; 
and the Bec-fin rouge-queue of M. Temminck’s Manuel d’Ornithologie, 
Vol. I, p. 218. It is correctly figured (under the latter name, though 
with the wrong Latin appellation of Sylvia suecica) in Werner’s Atlas 
des Oiseaux d’ Europe, which is intended as an illustration of the Manuel 
just quoted. 

The length of this bird is 52 inches. Its beak black ; the head, back, 
and neck dusky slate-colour ; the chin and abdomen somewhat lighter ; 
the upper and under tail-coverts chestnut ; the wing-primaries dusky, 
their edges ash-colour, and shafts black ; the two middle tail-feathers 
dusky black, and all the others chestnut. 

Adult males of this species have the general plumage of the body 
darker, and the chestnut-coloured parts more bright. 

This bird appears to be found over an extensive portion of the north 
of Europe, but according to M. Temminck is only occasionally seen in 
Holland. It is at once distinguished from our Redstart by its dark breast 
and under parts, the whole of which in our well-known Sylvia Pheni- 
curus are of a bright chestnut. 

I avail myself of this opportunity to notice the occurrence of a third 
specimen of the Plectrophanes Lapponica, a species described by Mr. 
Selby, in the 15th volume of the Transactions of the Linnean Society 


104 Analytical Notices of Books. 


of London. This fresh example of the Emberiza calcarata of M. Tem- 
minck was taken by a bird-catcher, in September, 1828, in the vicinity 
of London, and its plumage so nearly corresponds with the description 
given by Mr. Selby, at page 158 of the volume of the Transactions re- 
ferred to, as to make any additional remarks unnecessary. 
I have the honour to be, 
Your obedient humble Servant, 

Joun GouLp. 

33, Bruton Street. 


Art. XXIII. Analytical Notices of Books. 


A Descriptive Catalogue of the Lepidopterous Insects contained in the ° 


Museum of the Honourable East India Company, illustrated by co- 
loured Figures of new Species, and of the Metamorphosis of Indian 
Lepidoptera, §c. By Tuomas Horsrretp, M.D., F.R.S., L.S., 
and G.S., §c. Ato., Parts I. and II. 


In a previous notice of this important Work, in which we confined 
ourselves to an analytical exposition of the views advanced by Dr. Hors- 
field in his Introductory Remarks, we gave an outline of the general 
arrangement of the Lepidoptera propounded by the authour, enume- 
rated the tribes into which he regarded the order as naturally divisibie, 
and explained the characters of each of the stirpes composing the first 
tribe, that of Papilionide. Having been induced by the novel and in- 
teresting nature of the views which we had then to notice to extend our 
analysis to a greater length than usual, we were compelled to defer that 
portion of it which contained the commencement of the descriptions of 
the genera and species of Lepidopterous Insects deposited in the East 
India Company’s Collection. The Second Part of the Descriptive Ca- 
talogue having now appeared, we resume our analysis at the point where 
our previous notice terminated. 


Dr. Horsfield’s Lepidopterous Insects of India. 105 


After giving a character of the order, accompanied by some observa- 
tions on the important assistance to be derived in arrangement from the 
study of the metamorphosis, Dr. Horsfield thus characterises the Papi- 
lionide: “ Larva pedibus sedecim, elongata, cylindrica, tarda ; capite 
“< globoso retractili ; exserto, a corpore disjuncto. Chrysalis nuda, an- 
“* gulata, posticé alligata, sed vario modo suspensa ; in Stirpe Anopluri- 
“* formi subfolliculata levis, et Lepidopterorum aliquorum nocturnorum 
“chrysalidi similis. Imago: Antenne multiarticulate, basi graciles, 
* apice crassiores plerumque capitulate aut clavate, in paucis filiformes 
“« vel subsetacee vel apice graciliore uncinato. Ale insecto sedente erecte, 
** inferiores retinaculo nullo. In Stirpe Anopluriformi ale postice tantim 
“ erecte vel suberecte. Tibia postice plerumque apice solo calcarato. 
* Volatus diurnus.’”? This character is succeeded bya Synoptic Table ot 
the stirpes of the Papilionide, which exhibits at one view, with refer- 
ence to each stirps, 1. the analogies borne by it to the genera of 
Ametabola, MacL.; 2. its characters as derived from the metamorphosis ; 
3. its characters as derived from the perfect insect; 4. its synonyms; and 
5. the genera comprehended in it, these latter being distinguished into 
normal and aberrant. ‘The characters of the stirpes here given corres- 
ponding essentially with those contained in the Introduction, it is un- 
necessary for us to repeat the outline of them which we formerly gave 
at pages 122, 123, and 124, of our fourth volume. 

Commencing his descriptions with the Vermiform stirps, Dr. Horsfield 
again characterises its Jarva and pupa. Owing to the want of sufficient 
materials, he expresses his inability to proceed to the subdivision of this 
group into families so as clearly to define them. He states, however, that 
the genera Petavia, Polyommatus, Lycena, Thecla, and Myrina, are 
respectively representatives of so many families, the precise limits of 
which can only be determined by accurate and extensive investigation. 
Examples of each of the genera above enumerated, and of two others 
belonging to this stirps, are contained in the collection. 

In the genus Polyommatus, a new subgenus is distinguished under the 
name of PrrnEcops, by its “ wings somewhat elongated ; hinder wings 
** entire, regularly rounded, and elliptical.’’ Its representative in India 
is the Pith. Hylax, the Hesperia R. Hylax of Fabricius, of which a 
figure is given. The same form exists in Europe in the Pith. Alsus, 


106 Analytical Notices of Books. 


Lysimon, Pheretes, and Damon. Of Potyommatus, strictly so called, 
with the “* margins of the hinder wings at the anal extremity angular,. 
** and produced to a short point,”? two new species are described, the 
Pol. Akasa and Pol. Puspa, which may be respectively regarded as the 
Eastern analogues of the European Pol. 4rgiolus and Pol. Arion. The 
latter forms a natural transition, by its markings and habit, to the follow-. 
ing genus. 

Lycena is distinguished from Polyommatus primarily by its larva, 
which in the latter genus is regularly rounded or cylindrico-gibbous, and 
in the former is more oblong and impressed at the sides. The only other 
mark of distinction between the genera is the form and_ habit of the 
wings of the perfect insect. Of Lycena seventeen species exist in the 
collection, five of which are described.as new. They are distributed into 
four sections founded, for convenience of reference, on artificial cha- 
racters. 

Of Thecla two prominent types of form have been determined, chiefly 
by the minute examination of the tars in both sexes, which Dr. Hors- 
field has pursued more closely and. extensively than any other ohseryer. 
The character obtained from the structure of the feet has been confirmed 
by that of the antenne; and THxEcta, strictly so called, is therefore 
characierized in the following terms: “ Antenne capitulo cylindrico-ovali, 
** utrinque manifesté attenuato; farsi pedum anticorum maris articulo 
** solitario, cylindrico, ungue incurvo haud exserto.’’ In the insects of 
this group, the hinder wings are furnished with’an anal appendage, and 
a single tail. The Jarva of the only Indian species in which the meta- 
morphosis was observed, is linear-oblong, depresso-scutate, and fur- 
nished with tufts of short bristles arranged in transverse rows at the seg- 
ments. Of the nine species of this subgenus contained in the collection, 
five are now described for the first time. The subgenus AMBLYPODIA is 
distinguished by its “ Antenne é basi usque ad apicem sensim incrassate, 
** capitulo haud distincto ; tarsi pedum anticorum in mare articulo soli- 
** tario inermi obtusissimo, superficie verticali abrupté terminato.”’ Its 
larva corresponds in form with that of Thecla, but is covered entirely 
with short, delicate, solitary hairs; in one species, Amb/ypodia Longi- 
nus, Horsf., Hesperia R. Longinus, Fab,, it is aberrant in form, being 
distended anteriorly, excavated at the sides, contracted behind, and 


Dr. Horsfield’s Lepidopterous Insects of India. 107 


throughout transversely swelled at the segments. This subgenus is di- 
vided into the following sections, distinguished by the appendages of the 
hinder wings: 1. “Cauda solitaria obliqué divergente, cum appendiculo 
** anali elongato connat4,”’ illustrated by mblypodia Narana, a new 
species; 2. ‘ Caudis duabus distantibus exteriore minore, appendiculo 
‘< anali abbreviato,”’ also illustrated by a new species, Ambl. Vivarna; 
3. “ Caudis tribus, intermedia elongata, lateralibus minimis dentifor- 
‘¢ mibus, appendiculo anali brevi,’’ of which four described species, 
including the Papiliones P. R. Apidanus and Centaurus, Fab., are in the 
collection ; 4. “ Cauda solitarid longissima, appendiculo anali lineari 
“* subelongato,’’ a single new species, 4mbl. Sugriva, resembling in 
its markings the insects of the previous section, but approaching in its 
form to the true Thecle ; and 5. “‘ Caudis duabus mediocribus subeequa- 
* libus, dente marginali conspicuo, appendiculo anali rotundato pro- 
** dueto;’’ of this section ten species are described, five of which ap- 
pear to have been previously unnoticed. 

Of. Myrina two species are described. The first of these, Myr. Ra- 
vindra, Horsf., belongs to a section “ Alis posticis caudis tribus, inter- 
*« media longissima, interiore mediocri, exteriore brevi denti marginali 
‘“* adherente,’”’ and preserves, in the paiting of its lower surface, an 
affinity to tae individuals of Amblypodia, although in essential charace 
ters it rigidly agrees with Myrina, The second, Myrina Jafra, Latr: 
and Godt., is referred to another section of the genus, ‘ Alis posticis 
** caudis duabus denteque marginali prominulo; cauda exteriore longis- 
** sim4, interiore mediocri.”’ 

Loxura, a new genus proposed by Dr. Horsfield, agrees in. various 
particulars with Myrina. But its antenne are short, strict, more evi- 
dently incrassated towards the point, and provided at the terminal joints 
with more distinct bristles: its palpi are proportionally much longer, be- 
ing full half the length of the antenne : its head is comparatively nar- 
row, and the eyes prominent: its hinder wings are lengthened and-regu- 
larly attenuated to a narrow anal extremity; the anal appendage is 
angular, with a lateral projection, and an abrupt posterior termination ; 
and they have a single tail, which passes off in an oblique direction. 
According to Dr. Horsfield’s views, it stands in the series of the Papilio- 
nid@ near the confines of the Vermiform and Chilognathiform stirpes. Its 


108 Analytical Notices of Books. 


immediate relation to Myrina will be readily conceived from the agree- 
ment of their principal characters, the distinctions between them being 
chiefly derived from differences in the proportional length of parts. In 
external habit it resembles Colias, a group referred to the Chilognathiform 
stirps ; the colour is spread over the surface in the same manner, and 
varies but little in the sexes; the margins are similar, and the metallic 
irrorations existingin Myrina are no longer observable ; the markings 
underneath likewise are simple. The form of the hinder wings and the 
direction of the tail indicate also an affinity to Gonepteryz ; but this re- 
semblance, being founded entirely on an artificial character, is not in- 
sisted on. The insectsin the East India Company’s collection referred 
to this genus are the Lorura Atymnus, (Papilio P. R. Atymnus, Fab.,) 
and a new species, Lorura Pita. 

Another new genus, PHZDRA, is proposed by Dr. Horsfield as a kind 
of appendix to the Vermiform stzrps, in which its true position is not at 
present satisfactorily ascertained. Its metamorphosis is yet unknown ; 
and the perfect insects referred to it possess a complication of characters, 
partaking of several genera, besides certain peculiarities of their own. 
In the structure of their antenne they agree, upon the whole, with Loz- 
ura; and the palpi, although shorter than in that genus, are constructed 
on the same plan : in the anterior feet of the male they resemble the in- 
dividuals of Thecla, strictly so called; but they differ from all the spe- 
cies of that genus and of Lyczna in the pulverulent covering of the under 
side of their wings, in their markings, and in the abrupt termination of 
the hinder pair. The first species enumerated, the Phedra Terricola, 
Horsf., (Hesperia R. Phedrus, 3, and Hesp. R. A’sopus, 2, Fab.,) 
was arranged by MM. Latreille and Godart in their fourth great subdivi- 
sion of the genus Polyommatus, comprising those with entire or slightly 
dentate wings; but although several of the insects of that section resem- 
ble it in the colour of the upper surface, they have nothing of the pecu- 
liarity which distinguishes the under side, and are all essentially different 
in ageneric point of view. A second species is the Phedra insularis, 
Horsf., which differs from the preceding, not merely in marking, but 
also in the form of its hinder wings, indicating a sectional division in this 
small group. In Ph. Terricola these organs are broad and obtuse, with 
an abrupt regularly transverse posterior margin, gradually rounded to- 


Dr. Horsfield’s Lepidopterous Insects of Indiu. 109 


wards the outer apical angle: in Ph. insularis they are gradually atte- 
nuated towards the anal region, with a slightly rounded inner apical 
angle, 

Having now arrived at the conclusion of the descriptions of the insects 
referred by Dr. Horsfield to the Vermiform stirps of Papiltonide, we 
here again suspend for the present our analysis of his valuable work ; 
deeming it better to defer our notice of those of the Chilognathiform 
stirps until the account of them, which is only commenced in the second 
Part, shall be completed. We shall then attempt to give a connected 
view of the whole of that great subdivision of the tribe, so far as it is 
illustrated by the East India Company’s collection. To repeat our ad- 
miration of the beauty of the plates, the correctness of the figures, the 
nicety of the dissections, and the extent of the illustrations of the meta- 
morphosis would be unnecessary. Far superior in scientific value to any 
which have yet been devoted to exotic insects, these illustrations are un- 
equalled even by the most finished of those works in which the authours 
have applied themselves solely to subjects indigenous to the countries in 
which their publications were proceeded with, and where every facility 
for acquiring full information was consequently at all times in their power. 
To the extent, the accuracy, and the minuteness of the details conveyed 
in the text an almost equal praise is due. In the latter point even an 
exceeding is perhaps to be remarked, and this is particularly striking in 
that form of expressing the character of an insect which is usually re- 
garded as indicative of its specific difference ; it is here carried in many 
instances to the length of an extremely minute description. The labo- 
rious diligence of the authour is indeed every where remarkable. Each 
species is described with accuracy and precision from the materials in his 
immediate custody, and the extent and nature of these materials are in 
each instance specified: reference is made to other cabinets in which 
some of the insects are contained, especially to the very large collection 
of Papiliones, (Linn.), possessed by Mr. Haworth, and to the Banksian 
Cabinet, which now belongs to the Linnean Society, and which is most 
instructive on account of the names having been affixed to the specimens 
by Fabricius himself; the works of previous writers are referred to, and 
correct synonyms are thus obtained, while their errors are occasionally 
corrected ; insects which have been before confounded together are ac- 


110 Analytical Notices of Books. 


curately discriminated : the essential differences between closely approxi- 
mating species are pointed out : and the subject is, in short, investigated 
in all its branches with a precision, and to an extent which can scarcely 
be surpassed. 


British Entomology, or Illustrations and Descriptions of the Genera 
of Insects found in Great Britain and Ireland. By Joun Curtis, 
F.L.S. Vol. V. [Nos. xtrx—tzx.] 


In the fifth volume of his illustrations of the genera of our native In- 
sects, Mr. Curtis has fully maintamed the high character for beauty and 
correctness of delineation which we have held to be deservedly due to 
the four which have preceded it. He has also been no less successful in 
furnishing to the entomological student at least an equal share of novel 
information as to the objects of his pursuits with that contained in his 
earlier volumes. Of the forty-eight insects which occupy the plates - 
before us, six only have been previously figured in British works; and 
no less than twenty-four, one half of the whole number, have been for 
the first time represented. Many of these are new as regards the spe- 
cies, and one of them presents a form which had not before been noticed 
by entomological writers. 

This new form belongs to the family of Staphylinide, and is limited, 
so far as our present knowledge extends, to a single species, probably 
the Evesthetus eneopiceus of Mr. Kirby’s manuscripts. Mr. Curtis ap- 
plies to it the name of Synromium. It is nearly allied in form to the 
genus Proteinus, Latr., but is distinguished by its shorter elytra, which 
leave seven segments of the abdomen uncovered, as well as by its very 
differently formed palpi. Of the other Coleopterous genera, Pierosti- 
chus, Colymbetes, Heterocerus, Berosus, Micropeplus, and Telephorus, 
are illustrated by figures and descriptions of new species ; and a third 
British species of Berosus is characterized, which had not previously been 
described. Of Dromius, Clytus, and Orchesia, the species selected 
for representation are new to this country. The only Newropterous insect 
figured is alsonew: it is the Hemerobius fimbriatus. The seven Hy- 
menopterous genera illustrated are extremely prolific in novelty ; no less 


y 


Curtis’ British Entomology. lil 


than five of them, Ichnewmon, Pimpla, Anomalon, Dryinus, and Os- 
mia, being represented by new species. Of the latter genus a second 
new species is indicated; and of Dryinus no fewer than five others are 
described. 
But the most interesting plate of the volume is that which illustrates 
the Strepsiptera by figures and dissections of a new species of Stylops, 
named, in honour of its discoverer, Stylops Dalii. Opportunities of 
examining insects of this order are so extremely rare, that entomologists 
are still at a loss with respect to many points, even of their external 
structure. Some of these have received considerable elucidation on the 
present occasion, and we are therefore induced to extract entire Mr. 
Curtis’s description of Stylops, the only genus of the order that has yet 
occurred in this country. ‘‘ Antenne inserted between the eyes, near the 
** crown of the head, membranous, perforated or punctured, composed 
of six joints, the basal one somewhat cup-shaped ; second very short, 
“* transverse ; third produced on the internal side into a dilated hollow 
*« lobe, extending beyond the fifth joint ; fourth large, subclavate ; fifth 
“« smaller, subovate ; sixth as long, ovate, compressed. Labrum and 
** Mandibles wanting ? Pharynz visible. Mazille arising between the 
* eyes, very remote at their base, conniving, long, slender, lanceolate, 
** andhorny. Palpi arising close to the maville, large and robust, 
** membranous, indistinctly pubescent, biarticulate, basal joint subconi- 
** form ; second attached to the oblique apex of the first, oblong, some- 
“« what truncated obliquely. Mentum very obscure. Labium and 
** Palpi none. Head sessile, very broad and short, producing a large 
** triangular lobe in the centre. Eyes very remote, lateral, globose, 
** composed of numerous hexagons. Prothorar and Mesothorax very 
* short rings, not so broad as the head. .Wetathorax very large and 
** long, divided diagonally into four portions, and dilated yery much on 
** each side, producing a large Seutellum projecting over the Abdomen, 
* which is small, soft, and composed of eight or nine joints, terminated 
* by an incurved Oviduct ? Anterior wings short and narrow, attached 
* to the sides of the mesothorazx, subcoriaceous, pubescent, thickened at 
*« the costa and inflated at the apex. Posterior wings attached to the 
* metathorax, folded longitudinally when at rest, and meeting over the 
** body, very large and membranous, the costa thickened, the nervures 


112 Analytical Notices of Books. 


“* very fine. Legs alike, four anterior approximating, first pair attached 
“ to the antepectus, second pair to the medipectus ; third pair very re- 
** mote, attached to the extremity of the postpectus. Coxe, four an- 
“ terior very large. Tibie not spined. Tarsi composed of four joints 
“* surrounded by a pubescent membrane, basal joint the largest, terminal 
“* the smallest, and notched at the apex. Claws none. Larve inha- 
“© biting the abdomens of living Andrene, the heads being exserted be- 
«* tween the segments. Pupe inhabiting the same situations.”’ 

In the accompanying Plate are given various views of this singular in- 
sect, and also figures of the larva, both detached from the bee in which 
it dwells, and as it appears from between the segments of the abdomen 
of the Andrena. The pupa is also figured, which differs in several 
remarkable particulars from the darva, and had entirely escaped the 
notice of previous observers. The dissections of the mouth are laboured, 
but, owing probably to the minuteness of the subject, Mr. Curtis pro- 
fesses his inability to determine whether the organs internal to the palpi 
are mandibles or maxille: the palpi themselves he believes to be biar- 
ticulate. The third joint of the antenne seems to be merely excentric, 
being produced considerably on its inner side, so as to give to the whole 
organ the appearance of being forked. The curious anterior appendages 
of the alary trunk are shown, by its separation into the segments of which 
it is composed, to be attached to the mesothorax, and consequently to be 
truely anterior wings or elytra. No mention whatever is made, nor do 
the figures indicate the existence, of the Prébalanciers of M. Latreille : 
organs which we believe to have been founded on some misconception on 
the part of that great entomologist. 

The species figured is distinguished by the minuteness of the second 
joint of the antenna, the small size of the second joint of the palpi, and 
the differently formed wings. It appears, from Mr. Dale’s information, 
to have been far from uncommon in Dorsetshire during the spring of 
1828, no less than five species of Andrena being infested with it, and 
every specimen taken of one, the And. barbilabris, having contained 
either its larve, pupe, or eruvie. Itis active, and even when running 
up and down a young shoot, has its elytra as well as its wings in conti- 
nual motion, and makes a buzz nearly as loud as that of a Sesia, twisting 
about its rather long tail, which it turns up like a Staphylinus. Two bees 


Curtis’ British Entomology. 113 


confined under a glass, gave birth, if the expression may be allowed, to 
two Stylopes, and immediately before the latter were produced appeared, 
according to Mr. Dale, quite mad. The confinement together being 
continued, the bees seemed uneasy, and went up towards the Stylopes, 
but evidently with caution, as if to fight, and, moving their antenne 
in the direction of their enemies, retreated. Once the bee seemed to 
make an attempt to seize the Stylops, but the latter mounted on the 
body of its victim, and with its wings still and half erect kept its seat 
firmly, notwithstanding the efforts which were made to dislodge so an- 
noying a rider. The hole left in the tail of the bee when the Stylops 
escapes is large, and closes up after a time. 

Among the twelve Lepidopterous genera illustrated, four are proposed 
as new. These are, 1. CuisiocAMPA, under which are comprehended 
the Bombyces processionea, Crategi, Neustria, and castrensis ; the latter 
being figured in illustration: 2. SPERANZA, a Phaleenidous group, re- 
markably characterized by a protuberance at the base of the upper wings 
of the males, and distinguished from Alcis by the equal size of the two 
sexes, and the simple hinder tibie, and from Bupalus and Fidonia by 
the want of pectinations towards the apex of the antenne ; it is illus- 
trated by a new species, and the Phalena limbaria is referred to it: 3. 
MELIA, a new genus of Pyralide, offering so remarkable av analogy in 
habit to Lithosia as to have induced Fabricius to unite its typica_ species, 
Melia socia, with that group; it is regarded by Mr. Curtis as connecting 
Galeria with Chilo, a genus recently separated from Crambus, and is 
illustrated by a new species, a second British species, previously un- 
described, being also referred to it: 4. AMPHISA, a Tortricidous group, 
the type of which is the Amph. pectinana recently discovered in Britain, 
and illustrated by a new species, Amph. Walkerana. The genus Pen- 
thophera is added to our native list by the discovery of a new species, 
which is here represented ; and the species of Depressaria figured is also 
new. A double illustration of Hipparchia is given for the purpose of 
introducing the only two British species of the genus remaining unfigured 
in English works, the Hipp. Hero and Hipp. Arcanius, the latter of 
which is unique as a native production. 

Two plates of Diptera and one of Hemiptera are also included in the 
volume. 

Vou, V. HW 


114 Analytical Notices of Books. 


To the preceding notice we may add that Mr. Curtis has recently com- 
menced the publication, in separate sheets, of “4A Guide to an Arrange- 
** ment of British Insects; being a Catalogue of all the named species 
‘* hitherto discovered in Great Britain and Ireland.’ Its object is to 
furnish a compact list for the purpose of being carried in the pocket or 
transmitted to correspondents, so as to ascertain at one view the insects 
which are possessed by the student, and those which are desiderata to 
him. It may also be cut up to form labels for cabinets ; and may be 
made use of as a systematic Index to the British Entomology. 


Histoire Naturelle des Mammiferes, avec des Fiqures originales coloriées, 
dessinées d’apres des Animauz vivans. Par MM. GEOFFROY-SAINT- 
HILaireE ef FREDERIC Cuvier. Livraison 59 éme. 


In the present number, nearly the concluding one, of this splendid 
work, the species of Mammalia illustrated are the Patas a Bandeau 
blanc; the Jacchus CEdipus, Geoff.; the Pedetes Capensis, Ill.; the Sci- 
urus ferrugineus, n.s.; the Ecureutl de la Californie; and a Delphi- 
nus designated as No. 4. The text referring to the latter two animals 
does not accompany the figures ; the Jacchus and Pedetes have been long 
well known to naturalists ; and our notice is therefore limited to the Patas 
and the new Squirrel. 

The Patas a bandeau blanc appears hitherto to have been noticed by 
Buffon and Daubenton alone, whose account of it extends no further than 
to point out the single difference indicated by its name as existing between 
it and the Patas a bandeau noir, which is generally known as the Simia 
rubra of Linneus. But the former animal differs from that with the 
black frontlet, not only in this particular but also in several others of at 
least equal importance. The redness of the fur of its upper surface is 
less intense, and has more of an orange tinge; this colour does not 
extend along the outside of the anterior limbs, nor along the tibie, these 
parts being grey like the under surface ; and each thigh is marked by a 
whitish spot just beneath the base of the tail, There are no black whis- 
kers on the lips, and, instead of the black band crossing the forehead, a 
line of black hairs passes obliquely from each temple to unite with the 
corresponding line of the opposite side upon the middle of the head, at 


— = 


ee” 


Lesson and Garnot, Foyage de la Coquille. 115 


about an equal distance from the forehead and the verter. Except in 
these respects the two animals are perfectly similar in appearance, in 
proportions, and in manners. The differences between them have yet 
been ascertained on only a single individual of the Patas a bandeau 
blane, which appears to be extremely rare, and M. F. Cuvier therefore 
expresses some uncertainty as to their value; nor does he venture to de- 
cide, although he looks upon these as equalling in importance the dis- 
tinetions between the Callitriche and other nearly allied Cercopitheci, 
whether they should be regarded as characteristic of a species, or merely 
as indicative of a strongly marked variety. 

The Sciurus ferrugineus is a native of the Peninsula of Hindoostan. 
It somewhat exceeds in size the common Squirrel of Europe, and is sub= 
ject to some variation in its colours. It is usually of a brilliant golden 
chesnut, which is rather lighter on the under surface than above; the 
toes are covered with black hairs, and the whiskers are also black. The 
ears are not tipped with tufts of hair. The long hairs are most numerous 
on the back and sides, and clothe the tail completely; and the woolly 
hairs are in very small quantity in every part of the body. In the indi- 
vidual figured, from a drawing by M. Duvaucel, the long tuft of hairs at 
the tip of the tail is white; a variety in colour which appears to be 
merely accidental. 


Voyage autour du Monde, pendant les Années 1822, 1823, 1824, et 
1825, faite par la corvette La Coquille. Partie Zoologique. Par 
MM. Lesson etGarnot. Livraisons 1.—vii. 


On the gratitude of zoologists the government of France possesses no 
‘slight claims for the liberality with which its influence is exerted in pro- 
moting the advancement of the science which hey cultivate. Not to 
mention the Museum and the Menagerie which it has created in Paris, 
and which have been rendered by its continued support during a series 
of years almost the centre of zoological knowledge, especial thanks are 
due for the attention which has been directed under its authority in all 
the recent voyages of discovery to the acquisition of subjects from the 
animal kingdom, and of information respecting them. Qualified persons 
H 2 


116 Analytical Notices of Books. 


have been selected, chiefly as surgeons of the vessels employed, and 
encouragement has been afforded to them, not merely while engaged in 
the voyage, but also after their return to their native land, where their 
first care has been to publish, under the auspices of the government, the 
zoological results of the expedition. Of those obtained from the voyage 
of M. Freycinet we have lately had occasion to speak : and we have now 
before us an equally splendid work with the one edited on that occasion 
by MM. Quoy and Gaimard. The present is devoted to the zoological 
results of the voyage round the world performed between the years 1822 
and 1825, by the ship La Coquille, under the command of M. Duper- 
rey. For the collection of these we are indebted to MM. Lesson and 
Garnot, the surgeons to the expedition, and itis under their superin- 
tendence, and especially, we believe, under that of the former, that they 
are now in course of publication. A somewhat full analysis may be 
allowed of such a work, which, owing to its extent and the ccnsequent 
expense of its acquisition, will be confined to a very few libraries. 
Passing over entirely the first chapter, which is devoted to general re- 
marks on the Islands of the South Seas, and on the varieties of the human 
race which inhabit them, (although many curious particulars and much 
interesting information are contained in it,) we arrive at the general re- 
marks on some Mammalia. These occupy the second chapter, and are 
far from numerous. They are arranged in the order of the places at 
which the expedition made its short and hurried rests. In the forests of 
Brasil neither Agoutis nor Armadilloes were met with, although these 
animals were said by the inhabitants to be abundant; but the Cebus Ca- 
pucinus was seen in great numbers. The Falkland Islands, affording 
from the absence of wood but little shelter to terrestrial animals, offer 
few except the domestic races imported thither by Europeans, which 
have become naturalized and wild. The horses and pigs are plentiful, 
and rabbits are abundant; but the oxen are few in number, suffering 
continually from the chase of the sailors of the vessels engaged in the 
South Sea fishery. The Canis antarcticus was seen only once. On the 
western coast of South America few Mammalia were seen excepting 
Cetacea and Seals. In Chili the red Coati, some Armadilloes, anda Cat, 
probably the Jaguarondi, were the only quadrupeds observed, with the 
exception of the Dog, which is noticed as appearing to form a distinct 


Lesson and Garnot, Voyage de la Coquille. 117 


species approaching to the Wolf by its size, its long and coarse hair, its 
straight large ears, and its lengthened muzzle. In Peru the greater num- 
ber of the Dogs belong to the hairless or Egyptian variety ; a species of 
Arvicola was also noticed common ; and a Gerbillus was said to be fre- 
quently met with in the neighbourhood of Piura, of which no specimen 
could be procured. In the South Sea Islands the only quadrupeds are 
the Rat, a second large species of Mus, the Dog, and the Hog: the 
latter is of the Siamese breed, and is frequently allowed to run wild in 
the woods, in which circumstances its tusks become developed. 
None ot the domestic animals attempted to be introduced by the mission- 
aries have succeeded except the Goats, which seem capaple of being 
acclimated with moderate care within the tropics. In the Island of 
Oualan the Pteropus Keraudreni, Temm., and the Norway Rat were 
observed; and in New Ireland, teeth of the Babyrusa were obtained, 
as was also the Phalangista cavifrons, Temm. In Waigiou, one of 
the Philippine Islands, the Phalangista maculata, Temm., was extremely 
plentiful, and another Marsupial animal, apparently an undescribed spe- 
cies, of the size of a rat with grey hair and a very slender muzzle, called 
Kalubu by the natives, was obtained, although subsequently lost by 
shipwreck off the Cape of Good Hope. A large species of Deer has 
multiplied in Bourou, one of the Moluccas, to a great extent; and the 
Pteropus edulis, the flesh of which is delicate, is met with in abundance 
in the woods. Here also exists in the interior the remarkable Babyrusa, 
no specimen of which was procured; but several individuals were sub- 
sequently seen in Java. whither they had been brought by the Governor 
with the intention of sending them to Holland: they died on the voyage, 
and their skins were not preserved. Hence the museums of Europe were 
still without specimens of this interesting animal, even up to the period 
when M. Gaimard despatched, from the voyage in which he is now 
engaged, a living individual to the Paris Menagerie. In the description 
given there is little additional information to that derived from Valentyn : 
the skin is hard, wrinkled, and forming folds, with only a few scattered 
hairs, and has some resemblance to that of the Tapir. It is very common 
in the marshes of the interior of Bourou, in the territory of the Alfou- 
tous. New Guinea furnished the voyagers with a new species of Sus; 
and they once saw a Galeopithecus or large Pteromys. The Dog of New 


118 Analytical Notices of Books. 


Guinea closely resembles that of New Holland, and is identical with 
that of New Ireland. At Java the Felis melas, Pér. and Les., was seen. 
It is common there, and is said to be ferocious and much dreaded. It is 
employed in the punishment of slaves guilty of certain crimes; and in 
state ceremonies, in which the lives of individuals are frequently sacri- 
ficed for the gratification of their rulers. In New Zealand only the Hog, 
the Australian Dog, and the Rat, were observed. At Sidney, the large 
Kanguroo was seen only in a domesticated state: the Kangurus Ualaba- 
tus, Less. and Garn., was brought to market in abundance, and some- 
times also the Hypsiprymnus White, Quoy and Gaim. The Dasyurus 
Maugei was seen in captivity. No opportunity occurred of seeing a 
living Ornithorhynchus, although these animals are said to bestill common 
on the banks of the Fish River at Newcastle, and in Campbell and 
Macquarrie Rivers. The colonists assured the travellers that the Orni- 
thorynchi are oviparous; and Mr. Murdoch, superintendant of the farm 
of Emeu-plains, affirmed positively that he had seen the eggs, two in 
number, and of the size of those of ahen. A living Echidna Hystric 
was obtained, which had been kept for two months by a convict, who fed 
it on vegetables. It lived for about three months on board the vessel, 
refusing equally pulse, insects, meat, and soup, and taking nothing but 
water, which it lapped greedily. On arriving at the Isle of France, ants 
and worms were procured for it, but without avail: it, however, took 
with pleasure the milk of the cocoa-nut. Shortly afterwards it died, 
having probably been poisoned by some arsenical soup. Its manners in 
its captivity were particularly noticed by M. Garnot, who describes them 
with some detail, having evidently taken great interest in watching his 
curious pet. The animals of the Isle of France are said to have been 
chiefly imported either from Madagascar or from Java. From the latter 
came the Macacus Sinicus, Geoff.; from the former, the Tenrees. 
Two species of Lemur were procured, which died on the passage. 
Such is an outline of the zoological diary of the voyage, so far as relates 
to the Mammalia. 

In the third chapter we are presented with descriptions of the new 
species of Mammalia which were collected by the expedition; and 
of these, with only one or two exceptions, figures are given in the 
accompanying Atlas of plates. The Vespertilio Bonariensis, ‘ auriculis 


——_ —_ 


Lesson and Garnot, Voyage de la Coquille. 119 


*« brevibus et ovalibus: membranis rubro-nigris ; interfemorali villosa, 
“ infra nuda : pilis tergi luteis, pruinosisque, abdominis brunneo-luteis, 
** rostri croceis,’’ is remarkable for the variety of colours which decorate 
its fur. Its length is twenty lines, that of its tail fifteen, and extent of 
its expanded wings eight inches. As in the Vesp. nigrita, Gmel., two 
incisor teeth are deficient in its upper jaw. It differs from the Vesp. 
lastwrus, a North American species, which it seems to represent in 
nearly the same latitudes in the southern part of the New World, in 
being larger, in its members being proportionally more developed, in its 
tail being proportionally one half longer, and in the variety of its co- 
lour, that of the New York Bat being uniformly throughout of a bright 
reddish brown. 

The Otaria molossina is referred to the genus Platyrhynchus of M. 
Fréd. Cuvier, and is stated to be synonymous with the Loup marin of 
Pagés and the Lion de mer of Pernetty. It isthus characterized : “ pilis 
*¢ brunneo -fuscis concoloribus, omnino brevibus ; membrorum extremis 
* nigris : unguibus anterioribus nullis; tribus extensis, necnon robustis, 
** posterioribus. Segmentis membranaceis et lobatis quinque. Pilis 
*« superioris labri rigidis, levigatis, transversé complanatis.”” The in- 
cisors of the upper jaw are divided by a deep groove into two lobes, a 
character which is assigned by M. F. Cuvier to his Arctocephali, but the 
distinction between these and the Platyrhynchi appears to MM. Lesson 
and Garnot not to be sufficiently precise; and the mass of characters con- 
nect their new species with the latter group. The male Otaria molos- 
sina has much affinity to the Otaria jubata, Desm., but differs not merely 
in the complete absence of a mane, but also in the proportions of its 
parts and in size. It is nearly five feet in length, and its circumference 
at the aville is nearly three feet. It inhabits the Falkland Islands and 


the Coast of Chili, as far as Valdivia and La Concepcion. In the for- 


mer locality it is an object of pursuit to the individuals engaged in the 
South Sea fishery. The Seals most sought after are stated to be the Sea 
Lions, Phoca proboscidea, Pér., the Maned Seals, Otaria molossina and 
Ot. jubata : and the Fur Seals, Otaria ursina, Desm. The latter espe- 
cially has been of late years productive of large profits, but the animals 
seem now to be becoming scarce. Other species, some of which appear 
to be yet unknown to science, are also the objects of a considerable 
commerce, 


120 Analytical Notices of Books. 


To the Phalangista maculata, Desm., are referred specimens of a 
Couscous which the authours had once regarded as the type of a new spe- 
cies, and to which they had given the name of Cuscus chrysocephalus. 
These differ from the individuals previously known by their large size, 
their almost entirely woolly fur, and their colours. They possess the 
small additional false molar in each jaw, which is generally indicative of 
immaturity in the genus to which they belong. But notwithstanding this, 
which, in conjunction with their size, would appear to indicate that they 
were the young of a larger animal than the Cuscus maculatus, MM. Les- 
son and Garnot regard them as belonging to that species, of which they 
consider the specimen figured and described by them to be an individual 
in its complete developement, and ina fine state of fur. It is placed in 
a section of the genus Cuscus, Lacép., * Auriculis brevibus, non dis- 
‘* tinctis, intis pilosis,’? and is thus characterized, ‘* Cuscus major, 
** corpore lanuginoso subalbido, supra maculis aterrimis sparso. Cauda 
** prehensili rubra, tuberculos4. Faciei pilis aureo-fulvis : extremitatibus 
‘© supra brunneo-fuscis.”’ Its length to the root of the tail is twenty-five 
inches, and that of the tail twenty inches, eleven inches of the latter being 
naked : the former dimension, it may be remarked, exceeding in an in- 
dividual with immature dentary characters by no less than seven inches and 
a half that of M. Temminck’s largest adult specimen of his Phalangzsta 
maculata. From the anatomical observations appended we learn that the 
sternum is extremely narrow, being in fact only a slip for the attachment 
of the cartilages of the ribs : the stomach, which is reniform, occupies the 
whole of the epigastric region extending a little into the left hypochon- 
drium; the pyloric valve is thick and fleshy; the duodenwm forms a 
single curve in front of the vertebre ; the small intestines, about nine 
feet and a half in length, join the rectum perpendicularly; and the 
cecumis large, with a vermiform appendage seventeen or eighteen inches 
in length : the liver is divided into five unequal lobes, two of them being 
much larger than the others, and notched; the gall-bladder is large, 
elongated, and placed between the large right lobe and the third in size, 
by which it is hidden: the spleen is small, elongated, and somewhat 
triangular: the kidneys are small, and resemble those of the human 
subject: and the penis is placed behind the scrotum, its glans terminat- 
ing in a pointed prolongation. 

A second species of Cuscus belonging to the same section with the 


Lesson and Garnot, Voyage de la Coquille. 121 


Cusc. maculatus is the Cuscus macrourus, n.s., ‘* corpore griseo, pilis 
** longioribus nigris, et maculis sparsis brunneis. Capite fulvo, gula 
** auriculisque albis. Cauda robusté, longiore, cinerea. Abdomine 
** albido. Manibus pedibusque nigrescentibus.’’ In fur it resembles 
some of the protean varieties of the preceding species, and approaches 
nearly to the Phalangista Quoy, Quoy and Gaim., which MM. Lesson 
and Garnot are disposed to refer to the Cuscus maculatus. But charac- 
ters fully sufficient to authorise its separation are afforded by its size, two- 
thirds smaller than that of the species just mentioned, its teeth being at 
the same time those of an adult animal ; by the form of its head, which 
has no concavity in its profile; and by the developement of its tail com- 
pared with its other proportions. The length of its body is twelve inches 
and a half; that of its tail seventeen inches, of which scarcely seven 
inches are naked. 

To a second section of the genus Cuscus, ‘ Auriculis distinctis, intis 
** nudis,” is referred a third species described and figured as the Cuseus 
albus, “ pilis in universum subalbis ; vitta dorsali longitudinalique fulva. 
‘* Auribus intis nudis, extra pilosis.” It comprehends the Phalangiste 
alba and rubra, Geoff., being synonymous with the Didelphis orientalis, 
Linn., and the Phal. cavifrons, Temm. 

Under the name of Kangurus Ualabatus, MM. Lesson and Garnot give 
adescription of the Kang. bicolor of the Vélins du Muséum, the Kang. 
Brunii, Desm., remarking that the species indicated by these names is 
not the Didelphis Bruni of Gmelin, with the character of which it by 
no means accords. The latter animal, for which the name of Kangurus 
veterum is provisionally proposed, was a native of the burning climate 
of the Moluccas and of the northern part of New Guinea, while the 
Oualabat, mistaken for it by M. Desmarest, inhabits in great profusion 
the temperate neighbourhood of Sydney in New South Wales. The cha- 
racter of the species is thus given; ‘ pilis supra brunneis, infra fulvis. 
* Cauda longissim4, ore, manibus, pedibus, et caude parte superiore, 
“ aterrimis. Genis griseis ; auricularum pilis inferioribus croceis ;’? and 
the description of it, contained in the Mammalogie of M. Desmarest 
under the name of Kang. Brunii, is praised as correct. An animal obtained 
by the expedition in New Guinea is stated to have been very probably the 
lost Didelphis Brunii, the Pelandoc or Aroe Rabbit, It was called by 


122 Analytical Notices of Books. 


the natives at Dorery’s Harbour, Podin. Its external characters were 
those of the Australian Kanguroos, from which it differed in the propor- 
tions of its members. Its size was that of the hare ; its ears shorter in 
proportion than in the other Kanguroos; its head rounded, with the 
muzzle not so slender as that of the Oualabat; its neck also less slender ; 
its anterior limbs more elongated, and stronger; its posterior members 
shorter and thicker ; and its tail one-third shorter. Its fur was of a 
uniform brown above, passing into grey on the under surface. The ani- 
mal thus described suddenly disappeared from the vessel at the end of a 
few weeks, having probably fallen ito the sea; so that no further par- 
ticulars respecting it could be obtained beyond those furnished by the 
notes taken during its stay on board. 

The Bathyergus Hottentotus, “ minor ; pilis supra brunneo-griseis 
** concoloribus, subter cinereis: cauda brevi, plana, pilis ciliatis ac- 
* cincta,”’ differs from the Bath. Capensis, Desm., by its smaller size, 
its length being only four inches and a half from the end of the nose to 
the base of the tail. Its colour affords another ground of distinction, 
being nearly uniform, lighter on the under surface and on the feet, and 
exhibiting none of the white spots on the face and head which are re- 
marked in the Bath. Capensis. Jn this latter respect it agrees with the 
Bath. Ludwigii described by Dr. Smith, at page 439 of our fourth vo- 
lume, with which, notwithstanding its smaller size, and the somewhat 
different tints of the fur, the animal brought home by MM. Lesson and 
Garnot has evidently much in common. 

A description is given, unaccompanied by a figure, of the Lepus 
Magellanicus, “ pilis omnino atro-violaceis, albis passim  sparsis: 
“* auriculis fuscis, capite brevioribus; macula alba naso, (interstitio 
** narium,) mento, gule, frontique.”’ It is of the size and form of 
the Wild Rabbit; but the Baron Cuvier agrees with M. Lesson in regard- 
ing it asa distinct species. Its markings are clear and uniform, and its 
ears are shorter than the head. It takes up its residence, in small families, 
in the midst of numerous other Rabbits, whose appearance is perfectly 
that of the wild European race, with which they agree also in habits. 

The Sus Papuensis, ‘‘ corpore gracili; sacculo molli sub qeulos 
* nullo; dentibus caninis haud aliislongioribus. Setis supra brunneo- 
** fuscis, infra albis, atro annulatis. Cauda brevissima,’’ differs from 


EO 


Lesson and Garnot, Voyage de la Coguille. 128 


the common species in various particulars, and especially in the disposi- 
tion and number of its teeth, These in the iudividual examined were 
only thirty-six in number, whereas in the Sus Scrofa they are forty-four ; 
in the Sus Papuensis they may, however, amount to forty, as it seemed 
probable, from the appearances observed behind the last molar of each 
jaw, that the rudiments of a sixth molar were contained within the bone. 
The tusks, as noticed in the specific character, are not longer than the 
other teeth, and their sockets, although higher, are not directed out- 
wards. The absence of these formidable organs, some resemblance in 
form, and the shortness of the tail, indicate, aceording to MM. Lesson 
and Garnot, the passage from the genus Sus to the Peccaries. But there 
is no organ analogous to the dorsal gland of the latter animals, nor is 
there any unpleasant odour ; each foot also possesses four hoofs. Its 
length is three feet, and its height nineteen or twenty inches, It is very 
common in the forests of New Guinea, and furnishes an agreeable ali- 
ment. ’ 
Numerous Cetacea were observed during the voyage, and remarks on 
these form the subject of the fourth chapter. Many of them were pro- 
cured for examination, and among these were several species of Delphi-~ 
nus altogether new to science, and others hitherto imperfectly understood. 
Near the Falkland Islands was obtained the Delphinus bivittatus, a new 
species with the upper parts of a deep shining black, and the under parts 
white, aad marked along each side by a broad satiny white stripe, which 
is interrupted, and becomes broader, opposite to the dorsal fin. In se- 
veral parts of the South Seas occurred the species described by Lacépéde 
and Desmarest as the Delph. Peronii, the Delph. leucoramphus of the 
able naturalist whose name is commemorated in its trivial appellation. 
Owing to the absence of the dorsal fin, this animal is necessarily referable 
to the genus Delphinapterus. It is nearly six feet long, and has thirty- 
nine teeth on each side of either jaw. The Delph. albigena of MM. 
Quoy and Gaimard, suspected by these authours to be a variety of their 
Delph, cruciger, was also observed in the same seas, and proves, accord- 
ing to MM. Lesson and Garnot, to be a distinct species, to which they 
give the name of Delph. superciliosus, In the Bay of La Concepcion, 
on the coast of Chili, exists in great numbers another new species, Delph. 
lunatus, of a light fulvous brown above, which gradually melts into the 


124 Analyticul Notices of Books. 


white of the under surface, and marked in front of the dorsal fin by a 
brown crescent. Between Java and Borneo was procured another new 
species, Delph. Malayanus, of a uniformly cinereous colour. Several 
other species which appeared to be new, including the Delph. minimus, 
the Delph. maculatus, and the Delph. leucocephalus, were observed 
sufficiently to enable the voyagers briefly to describe them, but no speci- 
mens could be obtained, and no figures are consequently given; but 
representations of the whole of the others enumerated above are con- 
tained in the Atlas of Plates. 

With the Mammalia we terminate for the present our analysis, pro- 
posing to resume it when the text shall have proceeded so far as to enable 
us to give in one article a sufficient view of the whole of the ornitho- 
logical department of the work. The text now before us embraces only 
general remarks on the ornithology of the several places at which the 
expedition rested, and does not descend to particulars as to the new 
species and forras which were observed. Many of these are extremely 
interesting, as is evident from the beautiful representations of them con- 
tained in the accompanying Atlas. 


A Systematic Catalogue of British Insects ; being an Attempt to arrange 
all the hitherto discovered Indigenous Insects in accordance with their 
natural affinities. By J. F.StepuEns, F.L. and Z.8., §c. 8vo. 
pp. xxxiv, 416 and 388. 


In this enumeration of the species of indigenous Insects, Mr. Stephens 
has furnished us with a condensed view of the results of his entomological 
labours during nearly twenty years devoted sedulously to their collection 
and examination. At the period when his enquiries commenced the 
most extensive lists of British insects in which all the orders were in- 
cluded, were those contained in Berkenhout’s Synopsis, in Stewart’s 
Elements of Natural History, in Mr. Donovan’s expensively illustrated 
Natural History of British Insects, and in the indications of Dr. Turton’s 
English edition of the System of Linneus. In the latter alone did the 
number of species pointed out as natives of this country approach to even 
one-fourth of that contained in the present catalogue. We had, how- 


Stephens’ Catalogue of British Insects. 125 


ever, on two separate orders, and on one large group, works of superior 
merit and research. Mr. Marsham had given to us a Species of British 
Coleoptera, the commencement of an Entomologia Britannica, which 
proceeded no farther than its first volume ; Mr. Haworth had published 
about three-fourths of the British species of Lepidoptera ; and the Rey. 
W. Kirby had, in his Monographia Apum Angliz, almost exhausted, in 
every point of view except that of affixing names to his subdivisions, the 
very extensive subject of the British species of Bees. To these must be 
added Monographs of a few, and but a very few, genera, chiefly of 
Coleoptera, and a correct idea will be obtained of the total amount about 
twenty years since of our information as regarded this extensive depart- 
ment of our native Fauna. The Diptera, exceeding even the Lepidop- 
tera in number of species; the great mass of Hymenoptera, at least of 
equal extent ; the Trichoptera, even now an almost unknown subject ; 
the Veuroptera; the Hemiptera, &c.; may be said to have been at that 
time almost utterly untouched. 

But since that period a more active spirit of enquiry has existed, and 
investigation has been both better and more extensively directed to the 
acquisition of information on this interesting subject, although until 
within the last few years but little has been published respecting it. Of 
the entomologists whose names have been previously mentioned, the Rev. 
Mr. Kirby and Mr. Haworth have continued the pursuits in which they 
had already distinguished themselves ; the latter has completed his Lepi- 
doptera Britannica, and the former has given a monograph of a large 
genus of Coleoptera, and had also prepared an almost equally complete 
account of the species of the extensive family of Staphylinide, of 
which, in geographical distribution, these islands seem, as Mr. Kirby 
has himself remarked, to be the metropolis. Mr. Spence, the excellent 
colleague of Mr. Kirby in the Introduction to Entomology, has also given 
a monograph of one interesting group. Two families of Coleoptera, 
almost utterly unknown to entomologists at the period first alluded to, 
have been admirably illustrated both by the pencil and the pen of Mr. 
Denny, and the two species known to Marsham have been increased to 
upwards of forty, partly by his exertions, but principally by those of Dr. 
Leach. The published labours of the distinguished zoologist just men- 
tioned are limited, as regards our present subject, to a few monographs, 


126 Analytical Notices of Books. 


and give but a faint idea of the extent of his investigations, which em- 
braced the whole series of British Insects. Of this ample evidence is 
afforded by the cabinet which he formed, and which is now in the British 
Museum, and by his manuscript catalogues and descriptions. Both the 
one and the others were at all times open to the enquiring student, and 
from them much assistance was derived by Mr. Samouelle in the pre- 
paration of his Entomologist’s Useful Compendium, a work which first 
brought the British naturalist acquainted with the views of continental 
writers as applicable to our native insects. In it was also embodied a list 
of species indigenous to this country, which far exceeded any that had 
been previously published. The views of the modern school of ento- 
mology, more especially as they relate to the illustration of those subdi- 
visions which are now regarded as genera, have been rendered yet more 
familiar to us by the British Entomology of Mr. Curtis, a work still in 
progress, but of which six volumes are already completed, embracing 
figures and descriptions of nearly three hundred. genera, and describing 
or indicating about two thousand species. Of this, and of Mr. Stephens’ 
Illustrations of British Entomology, we have already spoken in previous 
articles in terms of merited praise, and to both these valuable contribu- 
tions to our native Fauna we trust that we shall frequently hereafter have 
occasion to advert. 

The brief sketch of the progress of British Entomology {which we 
have thus hastily traced can scarcely be regarded as misplaced in a notice 
of a work, the publication of which unquestionably forms an epoch in 
the history of the science among us. Gratifymg as it is to witness the 
rapid strides which are making towards the acquisition of a complete body 
of information respecting the animal inhabitants of our native country, 
the feeling partakes somewhat of national pride when we see the most 
numerous class among them illustrated, as in the present instance, with an 
accuracy unequalled in any other land. No local list of insects at all 
comparable with the present in number of species is elsewhere to be 
found, and there are but few works even of a general nature which ex- 
ceed it in this respect. It consequently becomes, although professedly 
local in its object, a work of general interest to entomologists of all 
countries, to whom it will recommend itself as eminently useful, not 
merely as an enumeration of species, but also on account of the extent 


ke 


Stephens’ Catalogue of British Insects. 127 


of itssynonymy, which bears the impression of having been throughout 
collated with the greatest care. 

Those who have not attended to the subject, and those also who are 
not acquainted with the extent of several of the collections at present in 
London, will be surprised at the announcement that very nearly ten thou- 
sand distinct races of insects are known to exist in the British Islands. 
The mass of these is contained in four orders; upwards of three thou- 
sand being Coleopterous ; the Hymenoptera exceeding two thousand in 
number; the Lepidoptera amounting nearly to two thousand ; and the 
Diptera being more than two thousand six hundred. To furnish a com- 
plete list of the whole of these is Mr. Stephens’ primary object, and this 
he has effectually done throughout the whole series, with the exception 
of a few instances among the Hymenoptera and Hemiptera, where he has 
contented himself with merely indicating the number of undescribed species 
in some of the groups, deeming it unnecessary to affix names where the 
plan of his work did not admit of his pointing out either the distinguish- 
ing marks, or even the immediate affinities of the insects. Each species 
is referred to the genus to which it belongs, the groups of modern au- 
thours having been freely and almost universally adopted. In his sub- 
division Mr. Stephens has gone beyond the writers of France and Ger- 
many, in whose works up to the time of his publication he shows himself 
thoroughly versed, and has named and indicated many new groups in 
each of the orders ; the total number of genera employed by him amount- 
ing to fourteen hundred and forty, giving on an average somewhat more 
than seven species to a genus. In indicating the synonymy of these 
groups, of the families, and of the orders, the proper plan is pursued of 
pointing out whether the correspondence between each of them and those 
of the authours quoted is partial merely, or complete, and whether the 
authour referred to has actually described the group or merely adopted 
thename of it. The synonymy of the species is also so arranged as to 
convey much information, showing at a glance whether the insect has 
been described by the authour quoted, or whether the information given 
by him respecting it is limited to an indication of some particulars re- 
lating to its locality, habits, &c. 

These useful indications and many others which give to the work a 
value far beyond that of a mere catalogue, are conveyed by marks usually 


128 Analytical Notices of Books. 


employed in printing, and occupying no available space: the mass of 
information contained in them is therefore imparted to the reader without 
detracting from the appearance of the pages or adding to the bulk of the 
volume. Thus we are enabled to judge of the sufficiency of the mate- 
rials at Mr. Stephens’ disposal, by the stops affixed to each species, 
which are so used as to shew whether the insect has never been seen by 
the authour, or has been seen by him in cabinets only, or has been seen 
by him alive, or has been actually captured by him in his entomological 
excursions. Those species of which he possesses foreign specimens 
alone have their peculiar mark, and another mark is affixed to such as 
are not in his own collection: in the latter instance he points out the 
cabinets in which each is contained, indicating whether he has, or has 
not, seen them in the places referred to. A mark is employed to distin- 
guish such species as have occurred within the metropolitan district, so 
as to form within the general list an Entomologia Londinensis of much 
service to the collector whose excursions are limited to the neighbour- 
hood of the capital. Doubtful species are so marked, and are properly 
placed in immediate succession to those of which they may eventually prove 
to be merely varieties: and every insect is referred to which has on any 
authority whatever, been stated to be a native of the British Isles. 
Among these the doubtful native is distinguished from those exotic insects 
which can only have found their way into the British list by mistake. 
The value to the student of such various information need not be insisted 
on, and in conveying it so fully and in so accessible a form, Mr. Stephens 
has discharged, with the greatest credit to himself, a task which will 
secure for him the thanks of every British entomologist. 

On the arrangement of the larger groups propounded in the present 
work we need offer no remarks, its great object, as we conceive it, being 
the elucidation of species and synonymy, a point of view in which its 
utility is incontestable. 


Zoological Proceedings of Societies. 129 


Arr. XXIV. Proceedings of Learned Societies on sulyects 
connected with Zoology. 


ROYAL SOCIETY. 


April 30, 1829.—A paper was read On the Respiration of Birds : 
by Messrs. W. Allen, F.R.S,, and W. Hasledine Pepys, F.R.S. 

The enquiries of the authours on human respiration, and on that of 
the Guinea-pig (Cavia Cobaya,) of which the details were communi- 
cated to the Royal Society in former papers, are here extended to the 
respiration of Birds, Pigeons were the subjects of these experiments, 
and the same apparatus was employed as the one used for the Guinea- 
pig, described in the Philosophical Transactions for 1809. 

The object of the first experiment was to ascertain the changes which 
take place in atmospheric air when breathed by a bird in the most natural 
manner. For this purpose a Pigeon was placed in a glass vessel contain- 
ing about sixty-two cubic inches of air, and communicating with two 
gasometers, one of which supplied from time to time fresh quantities of 
air, and the other received portions which became vitiated by respiration. 
The experiment lasted sixty-nine minutes, and was productive of no in- 
jury to the bird, except a slight appearance of uneasiness whenever the 
supply of air was not sufficiently rapid. On examining the air at the 
end of the experiment, no alteration had taken place either in the total 
volume of air or the proportion of azote which it contained ; the only 
perceptible change being the substitution of a certain quantity of carbo- 
nic acid for an equal yolume of oxygen gas, amounting to about half a 
eubic inch per minute, and being equivalent to the addition of ninety- 
six grains of carbon in twenty-four hours. 

Two experiments were made on the respiration of oxygen gas, ob- 
tained from chlorate of potash, and containing in the one case two, and 
in the other only one, per cent. of azote. Under these circumstances it 
was found that the volume of the gas was unaltered, and that a similar 
quantity of oxygen gas had been abstracted, but that a much smaller 
quantity of carbonic acid had been formed than in the last experiment, 
the remaining portion being made up by azotic gas which had been given 

Vou. V. 1 


130 Zoological Proceedings of Societies. 


out from the lungs of the bird, and the volume of which was just equal 
to that of the oxygen absorbed. The bird was somewhat disturbed dur- 
ing the experiment, but recovered immediately and perfectly on being 
released from its confinement. 

In the fourth experiment, in which a Pigeon was made to respire a 
mixture of oxygen and hydrogen with a small proportion of azote (the 
oxygen being in the same proportion as in common air), it was found that 
there was no loss of oxygen; but that a quantity of hydrogen disappeared, 
and was replaced by an equal volume of azote. The authours observe, 
that birds have a quicker circulation of blood than other animals; and 
also, that they are more sensible to the stimulating effects of oxygen. 


LINNEAN SOCIETY. 


April 7, 1829.—Mr. Brookes exhibited a living specimen of Lacerta 
ocellaia from St. Michael’s. 

May 25.—At the anniversary meeting, Edward, Lord Stanley, was 
re-elected President ; Edward Forster, Esq., Treasurer; J. E. Bicheno, 
Esq., Secretary; and R. Taylor, Esq., Under Secretary; and Thomas, 
Marquis of Bath, W. J. Broderip, Esq., R. E. Grant, M. D., J. Lindley, 
Esq., and N. Wallich, M.D., were elected Members of the Council 
for the year ensuing. 

June 2 & 16. A paper was read On the Organs of Voice in Birds: 
by W. Yarrell, Esq, F. L.S., &c. 

The authour, pursuing his enquiries into the structure of the trachee 
of birds, describes in the present communication the muscles by the action 
of which the varied powers of the vocal organs of birds are governed. 
Their organs of voice consist of four parts: the glottis, or superior 
larynx, the tube of the trachea, the inferior larynx, and the bronchie. 
Great differences exist in the relative length of tube; and short trachee 
are found to produce shrill notes, as in singing birds, while long ones 
produce loud and harsher sounds, as in the wading and swimming birds. 
Strong, broad cartilaginous rings give loud and monotonous voices, and 
slender rings with large spaces between admit variety of tone. Some 
of these varieties result from the dilatation and contraction of the mem~ 


Zoological Club of the Linnean Society. 131 


brana tympaniformis, and from the power of altering the length of the 
bronchie. 

The muscles of the inferior larynx vary in number from one pair to 
five. They are least complex in the Falconide, some of the Insessores, 
and nearly the whole of the Rasores, Grallatores, and Natatores. In 
the Psittacide they are more complex, consisting of three pairs, a num- 
ber which is not met with in any other family of birds. They attain the 
extreme number of five in the Corvi, starlings, larks, thrushes, finches, 
warblers, swallows, &c. 


Z)JOLOGICAL CLUB OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY, 


May 12, 1829.—A paper On the Organs of Voice in Birds: by W. 
Yarrell, Esq., F.L.S., was read by the authour, who subsequently illus- 
trated the subject by references to numerous drawings which he exhibited 
to the meeting. A discussion ensued in which the Chairman, Mr. 
Brookes, and Mr. Yarrell took part. 

May 26.—Mr. Yarrell exhibited, for the Rev. L. Jenyns, F.L.S., a 
specimen of Plecotus barbastellus, recently taken in Cambridgeshire, and 
stated that this was the second instance recorded of its occurrence in 
England. 

June 9.—The Rev. W. Kirby exhibited drawings of numerous Insects 
intended for publication in the forthcoming Fauna of North America. 
Among them were types of several new genera of Coleoptera, and also a 
new species of Procerus, a genus hitherto confined to the old Continent. 

A paper On Luminous Insects : by R. Chambers, Esq., F.L.S., was 
read by the authour. 

June 23.—Mr. Yarrell exhibited numerous drawings and preparations 
of the trachee of Birds, for the purpose of illustrating his paper “ On 
the Organs of Voice,” which was read at the meeting of May 12. He 
explained them to the members present at some length, pointing out the 
most simple form, and proceeding to the more complex. 

November 24.—Mr. Leadbeater exhibited specimens of several spe- 
cies of Psittacide, which he believed to be new to science. Among 

12 


132 Zoological Proceedings of Societies. 


them were two undescribed species of Platycercus, Vig. Mr. Leadbeater 
stated his intention of describing these birds at an early opportunity. 
He also exhibited a specimen of the Chlamydosaurus Kingui, Gray, 
recently brought from Melville Island. 

Mr. Yarrel!, on behalf of Mr. Gould, exhibited a specimen of a 
Warbler, new to the British Fauna, which had been shot at Kilburn, in 
the month of October. 

This specimen was represented to be the Black Red-tail of Latham’s 
Synopsis ; the Sylvia Tithys of the same author’s Index Ornithologicus ; 
and the Bec fin rouge-queue of M. Temminck. Its more ordinary locality 
was stated to be the northern part of Europe. 

Mr. Yarrell also exhibited a specimen of the Plectrophanes Lapponica 
of Meyer, the Emberiza calcarata of Temminck, which had been taken 
in a net by a bird-catcher near London, late im the autumn. Two spe- 
cimens of this bird .also taken in England formed the subject of a paper 
by Mr. Selby in the 15th volume of the Transactions of the Linnean 
Society. The present specimen was the third example recorded of the 
occurrence of the bird in this country. 

Mr. Yarrell, on his own part, exhibited the breast-bones and trachee 
of a male and female Wild Swan killed in England, which differed in 
several points from the anatomical distinctions known to exist in the 
Hooper, parts of which were also shewn in comparison. 

The new species was stated to be nearly one-third less than the Hooper 
in size, yet the insertion of the trachea within the sternum was. much 
deeper in the new one, with this remarkable difference, that the convo- 
luted tube of the windpipe, after passing vertically through the whole 
length of the keel, took then a horizontal direction, and occupied the 
posterior flattened portion of the sternwm, a conformation which had 
never been found by Mr. Yarrell in the oldest male Hoopers. The tube of 
the trachea in the new species was shewn by comparison to be of smaller 
calibre, and the bronchie less than half the length of the same parts in 
the Hooper. Extracts from Hearne’s Voyages, and the Philosophical 
Transactions, were referred to, shewing that both species were known 
in North America, the smaller sort being more rare than the large. 

Mr. Yarrell did not propose any term for this hitherto unnamed spe- 


a a 


Zoological Club of the Linnean Society. 133 


cies, being at present engaged in a correspondence on the subject for the 
purpose of acquiring additional information.* 

Vov. 30.—At a special meeting, held for the purpose of determining 
as to the expediency of discontinuing the meetings, it was 

Resolved unanimously, 
That the Meetings of this Club be discontinued. 
It was subsequently 

Resolved unanimously, 

That the Thanks of the Club are due to the Council of the Linnean 
Society of London for the use of the Society’s Rooms, in which the 
members have passed many happy evenings during the last six years, in 
promoting in one of its most extensive departments, the object for which 
the Society was instituted. 

The Chairman, N. A. Vigors, Esq., delivered an Address on the pro- 
gress of Zoology in Great Britain during the past year, and on the 
present state and prospects of the science, which was ordered to be 
printed for distribution among the members of the Linnean Society. 


* Mr. Yarrell, having ‘since obtained four specimens in addition to those he 
previously possessed, has more recently entered fully into the differences exist- 
ing between the Hooper and the new species of Swan noticed above, for which 
he has proposed, ina Paper read before the Linnean Society, the name of Cygnus 
Bewickii, The most marked distinctions are in the anatomical structure of the 
sternum, and of the trachea and its appendages. The external distinctions are 
indicated by the following specific churacters of the allied species, which are 
given in the paper alluded to:— 

Cygnus ferus. Cygn. rostro semicylindrico atro basi lateribusque (his ultra 
nares) flavis; corpore albo; rectricibus 20; pedibus nigris. 

Cygnus Bewickii. Cygn. rostro semicylindrico atro, basi aurantiac4 ; corpore 
albo; rectricibus 18; pedibus nigris. 


134 Scientific Notices. 


Art. XXV._ Scientific Notices. 


Notice respecting some Species of Mammalia referred to by Mr. Viaors 
and Dr. HorsFIExD in the XILIth No. of this Journal. 


Ir is with extreme reluctance that Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield ob- 
trude themselves upon the readers of this Journal, in vindication of a 
Paper inserted by them in a former number, and which has been com- 
mented upon, in a somewhat unusual mode of criticism, by one of the 
writers in the ‘* Bulletin des Sciences Naturelles.”’ 

As the professed object of that work, as far at least as relates to Zoo- 
logy, is to give a succinct account of the various publications in that 
science, as they issue from the press; and as the usual practice adopted 
by the contributors to it is to notice the labours of contemporary authours 
with fidelity, but without note or comment; any deviation from this 
practice at once challenges observation. When such a deviation from 
the beaten track is accompanied on the part of the writer by a total 
misrepresentation of the objects of the work which he undertakes to 
notice, it seems to originate in motives which demand a still closer in- 
quiry. It is this view of the case which has induced Mr. Vigors and Dr. 
Horsfield to refer to the criticisms contained in the “ Bulletin,’’ and thus 
invest them with an importance which belongs neither to the subject 
itself, nor to the writer who has forced them into this contest. 

In the 13th number of this Journal these gentlemen made some obser- 
vations upon four species of Mammalia, contained in the collection of 
the Zoological Society. Of these one alone was considered and described 
by them asa previously unnoticed species. The remaining three were 
spoken of as either having been considered varieties, or the young of 
described species, or likely to be so considered. The fact of their being 
species was held out as problematical, and the attention of naturalists 
was expressly called to the point for the purpose of ascertaining this fact 
by the only actual proof which cases of this nature will admit of. In 
the face, nevertheless, of this explicit statement of their intentions, the 
writers are misrepresented in the “ Bulletin,”’ as having described these 


Pile a 


if oe oe 


Scientific Notices. 135 


animals as decided species. The animals, without having been seen by 
the critick, are asserted by him to have long been well known and described. 
And the authours themselves are dismissed with the no very conciliatory 
imputation of having attempted to palm upon the world “ nominal spe- 
cies’? and ‘ pretended novelties.’ 

How far M. Lesson, the avowed writer of this extraordinary comment, 
has made good his assertions may be collected from the following details. 

The first animal referred to by Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield, [Vol. IV, 
p- 107.] was represented by them as having been hitherto considered one 
of the varieties of the Szmia Lar of naturalists, the Homo Lar of Linneus. 
It was declared to accord with some of the previous descriptions of that 
species, and more particularly with some of the best representations 
given of it in plates. They suggested the propriety of separating speci- 
fically this reputed variety, which was strongly marked by the hands and 
feet being white, while the rest of the body was black, from that equally 
strongly marked variety in which the entire animal was of the latter 
colour. In this proposed separation they assumed the entirely black 
variety to be the type of the Linnean species Lar ; and they suggested 
the name of albimana for the white-handed animal, in case of its being 
ascertained to be a distinct species. 

That they had some grounds for making this provisional separation, 
and that in so doing they did not lay themselves open to the imputation 
of wantonly creating nominal species, may be inferred from the fact, that 
a year subsequently to the publication of their suggestions, M. Geoffroy 
St. Hilaire proposed the very same separation between these animals ;** 
reversing, however, the mode of naming them, by assuming the white- 
handed variety as the type of the Linnean Lar, and describing the black- 
handed variety, with a well-meaning and well-merited compliment, under 
the specifick name of Rafflesit. 

In cases of this nature where an original observer first points out the 
specifick difference between reputed varieties of a species, the privilege 
is usually and naturally accorded him of selecting the variety to which 
the old name is to be retained. He of course looks to the description of 
the first imposer of the name, and endeavours to discover which of the 


* Cours de |’Hist, Nat. des Mammiferes, 7me legon, p, 33. 


136 Scientific Notices. 


varieties best accords with that description. Now in selecting the type 
of the Linnean Lar, Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield considered that the 
black-handed species agreed, the more accurately of the two, with the 
deseription of Linnzeus; who, referring to the individual which was the 
representative of his Homo Lar, makes no mention of the white hands, 
and at the same time quotes the figure of Buffon, in which the white 


hands are apparent, with a mark of doubt. Subsequent writers also to . 


Linneus have taken the same view of the subject as Mr. Vigors and Dr. 
Horsfield ; although others of equal authority have assumed a different 
type. For M. Lesson’s satisfaction, it will be sufficient to select from 
among the former two names which he will not be backward in acknow- 
ledging as of ample authority on such points. The first is that of M. 
Cuvier, who having made the white-handed variety the type of the Lin- 
nean Lar in the first edition of his “ Régne Animal,” gives in his 
second and corrected edition the entirely black species as the type ;—the 
second is that of M. Lesson himself, who in his ‘“‘ Manuel de Mammalo- 
gie”’ expressly describes the Hylobates Lar as “ entiérement noir.” On 
the whole, the writers in the Zoological Journal cannot but consider that, 
as the first distinguishers of the two species, they possessed the privilege 
of selecting the type; and, that, in the exercise of this privilege they 
added to it the weight of some authority. 

Trivial, however, is the end obtained in all such questions of nomen- 
clature :—trivial, unless, as in the present instance, it affords an oppor- 
tunity of performing an act of courtesy, or paying a tribute to well- 
merited reputation. And it is with much gratification that Mr. Vigors 
and Dr. Horsfield take advantage of the opportunity now placed within 
their reach of according to the well-established merits of M. Geoffroy 
St. Hilaire the privilege which is theirs only by the humble claim of 
priority. Their feelings are indeed as much interested in this case, as their 
sense of what is due to his distinguished character. In the name which that 
gentleman has imposed upon one of the species, he has made an appeal 
which cannot be resisted. And it is with no common satisfaction that 
they yield their own names to those of M. Geoffroy St. Hilaire; their 
Hylobates albimana merging into his Hyl. Lar; and their Lar into his 
Hyl. Rafflesii. 

But what they thus willingly concede to the merits of this veteran in 


Scientific Notices. 137 


science, they utterly deny to the pretensions of M. Lesson. It is strange 
to observe in the very page where this writer passes his judgment so 
dogmatically upon the labours of his fellow naturalists, how much he 
exposes his want of qualifications asa judge. From him asa voyager, 
and a voyager in the countries where these animals abound, some elu- 
cidation might have been expected of their economy, and of their 
specifick characters, hitherto so little understood. But he has left con- 
fusion worse confounded. The very animal which comes next in affinity 
to the two which are now before us, he has represented as belonging to 
two totally distinct species. In the ‘* Manuel de Mammalogie”’ he as- 
serts that the Hylobates agilis “is the Simia Lar of Sir Rafies.’’* 
In the page of the “ Bulletin” before us, he pronounces, with equal 
confidence, that the same animal “is evidently the Ungka puti of Sir 
Raffles.’ In this last assertion he happens to be correct. And 
he owes this chance to his having been set right in the very Paper 
which he attacks, and by the same authours upon whom he so dogmati- 
cally animadverts.—Hinc ille lacryme.—But he has not the grace to 
acknowledge the correction. He gives his information as emanating 
from himself. Both his contradictory assertions stand forward with the 
support of the same dictatorial language and pomp of authority. And 
the mystified student of the Quadrumana hesitates in dismay to which he 
shall give credit of these rival “‘ Sir Oracles” of the “‘ Manuel’? and the 
** Bulletin.” 

The second animal of which mention is made by Mr. Vigors and Dr. 
Horsfield is one which they represented as closely allied to the Simia 
nasica of Linneus, if not the young of that species. Here again they 
merely suggested the specifick difference between the animals alluded to, 
and called the attention of naturalists to the determination of the point. 
They even went so far as to assign their reasons for bringing into notice so 
doubtful a point ;—* considering,” as they aver, ‘that they will add 


* “ Gibbon agile, Hyl. agilis, F. Cuv. C’est le Simia Lar de Sir Raffles.” 
Man, de Mamm, p. 31. 

+ “L’ Ungka puti de Sir Raffles est evidemment le Wou-wou de M. F. Cuvier, 
“ ou VHyl. agilis.” Bulletin des Sciences Naturelles, Mars 1829, p. 454. It 
is to be borne in mind that Sir Stamford Raffles’s Simia Lar, or Ungka etam of 
the Malays, is the Hyl. Rafflesii of M. Geoff, St. Hilaire, and that his Ungka 
puti, is the true Hyl. agilis, 


138 Scientific Notices. 


** as important a fact to science, even if these animals should prove to 
‘* be the young and adult of the same species, by demonstrating the change 
** that takes place in the animal at different stages of life, as if these 
“* differences, according to their own supposition, should be found to be 
“* specifick.’” p. 110. Notwithstanding the explicitness with which 
they imagined they had expressed themselves on this point, they find 
their problematical species enrolled by M. Lesson among their other 
** nominal species,’ and ‘ pretended novelties.’? With an originality 
truly edifying when the foregoing passage is taken into consideration, M. 
Lesson suggests as a new and brilliant idea, proper to himself, the doubt, 
whether one species may not be the young of the other /—But it would be 
an act of injustice to this writer to conceal the fact that he has brought 
other weapons to his aid in this ‘* encounter of wits”? besides mere con- 
jecture. M. Lesson, it appears, has added to his other accomplishments a 
proficiency in the art of logick. Such also we may remember was the 
case with Aristotle, the first naturalist in every sense of the word, whose 
works we have on record, In imitation of his great prototype, our modern 
Stagyrite calls the powers of syllogism to his aid. He argues in form that 
** en bonne logique’’ we may as well create species among the lords of the 
creation themselves in consequence of the variation in the longitude of their 
noses, as among the aforesaid monkies. Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield, 
although thus convicted of breaking the head of Aristotle, have yet paid 
some attention to his favourite art. They were aware that it would have 
been as inconsistent with the rules of fair reasoning to institute species 
among monkies from the length of their noses, as among certain animals, 
which for obvious reasons shall at present be nameless, from the length 
of their ears ;—they knew, in fact, that other characters besides these 
evanescent proportions were necessary to discriminate between the qua- 
drumanous as well as the solipede animal. And they dwelt upon such 
characters accordingly. ‘* The claims of our animal to a separate speci- 
“ fick title, rest chiefly npon the nose and facial angle’’—* from the 
*« difference in the shape of the nose, and more particularly from the 
“« difference in the facial angle.””—* With so great a disproportion be- 
** tween the facial angles of both animals,’’ &c.—Other minour points 
of difference are also introduced, although not insisted upon ; but the 
character aboye mentioned is one on which the writers in the Journal, 


Scientific Notices. 139 


foolishly perhaps, imagined that some stress might be laid, as having 
been often introduced in the present family as a sufficient foundation 
even for generick distinction. The words quoted above, although not 
very difficult, it is hoped, to be understood, have thus been translated 
by this faithful chronicler of the labours of his contemporaries. 
*« L’espéce que ces auteurs nomment Wasalis recurvus,—a pour 
“ tout caractere distinctif d’avoir le nez retroussé.’’ The writers, 
although they did not study their logick on the same form with M. Lesson, 
can yet tell him what name in the language of the schools that species 
of sophism bears, which puts false premises into the mouth of an oppo- 
nent, and from such alone deduces its conclusion. They can equally 
suggest the name by which, in the language of honourable men, that mode 
of animadversion is designated, which misquotes and mutilates the words 
of a fellow labourer in science, perverts his meaning, suppresses his object, 
and attempts to produce from such perverted statements an impression to 
his disadvantage. 

The third animal referred to by Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield, and 
asserted by M. Lesson to be a “ pretended novelty,’ affords, in this 
judgment of the critick, a striking instance of that flippancy by which 
writers of a certain class decide upon what they have no means of ascer- 
taining. Those authours had an animal before them which bore a close 
resemblance to that group of the Lemuride which includes the flat 
fronted species allied to Nycticebus, Geoff., but having a lengthened tail 
which the animals of that genus do not possess. It differed also from the 
group in having four incisor teeth below, and nails more allied to those 
of the Monkeys than of the Lemurs. From the strong affinities it 
exhibited, the writers conjectured that it might belong to the genus 
Cheirogaleus of M. Geoffroy, which had been indicated by M. Commer- 
son, but not definitely distinguished either by him or succeeding writers. 
They announced that the animal agreed with the general description of 
M. Geoffroy: but not having had the opportunity of entering into the 
details, they promised a more accurate examination and report upon a 
subject which held out, as they conceived, no little interest. This task 
the modest critick of the “ Bulletin’ has taken out of their hands. 
Without having seen the animal, the only means of coming to a just or 
indeed any conclusion on such points, or conceding the smallest credit 


140 Scientific Notices. 


to those who did see it, he pronounces it at once “ to be the Maki nain 
of M. F, Cuvier.””—As it happens, he might with about equal justice 
have pronounced it ‘to be an Alligator.’ 

The fact is, as Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield now upon closer inquiry 
conceive, that they were wrong in their original conjecture. At the time 
of publishing their observations, they had no clue to the habitat of the 
animal, and they had no means of examining a peculiar form of South 
America, which had been characterized by M. Cuvier in the “ Régne 
‘* Animal,” under the name of Wocthora, and to which they now have 
reason to suspect their animal belongs. They are indebted to their friend 
Mr. Bennett for turning their attention to this point, and, from his infor- 
mation they are inclined to conclude that the species is one of those 
from Brazil, lately characterized by M. Spix. Such is the course of our 
knowledge on such points. Doubt leads to conjecture; and conjecture 
terminates sometimes in truth, frequently in errour. But even such 
errour is not without its use. In the present instance it has afforded a 
clue to that beautiful affinity which so intimately connects the two families 
before us. The doubt has ascertained the point of contact. The animal 
stands intermediate between the groups. The locality may perhaps 
afford an artificial le by which it may be restricted to either. But in 
the comprehensive view of the philosophick inquirer into nature it will 
equally be a Lemur among the Monkeys, or a Monkey among the 
Lemurs. 

The fourth, and to the high satisfaction of the writers, the last, animal 
described by Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield is aspecies of Squzrrel, which 
they named after the discoverer. This M. Lesson asserts to be the Seiurus 
Prevostii of M. Desmarest. It is true, he admits, that the flanks of 
the latter animal are yellow, while those of the former are white. But 
we all know, as he continues to syllogise, how nearly allied white is to yel- 
low:—therefore the two animals are the same :—Q. E. D.—The writers 
have ever been in the habit of considering that a false or an imperfect 
description of an animal is, in the eye of the naturalist, no description 
at all. If M. Desmarest was wrong in ascribing a character to an 
animal to which it had no claim, his name and description fall to the 
ground, If he was correct in the characters he ascribed to it, then the two 
animals are distinct ;—distinct, at least, until proof establishes the fact that 


Scientific Notices. 14] 


the differences arise merely from accidental and varying causes. M. 
Lesson’s logick, which seems to be of the same school as that employed 
in the before mentioned affair of the noses, will not be admitted as con- 
clusive in such cases. Fact, and fact only, not random assertions, must 
decide the case. This mode of dictation, founded on such logick, has 
not yet become the statute law of Zoology. When it is established as such, 
Mr. Vigors and Dr. Horsfield will make any admission that is asked of 
them.—They will admit their Sciwrus Rafflesi to be M. Desmarest’s 
Sciurus Prevostii; black to be white; or M. Lesson to be a Linneus. 
Until however that happy epoch dawns upon Natural History, they beg 
leave to entertain their doubts upon such points. 


Mutations of Colour in Sepia and Coryphena. 


One of the flattened kind of Sepia, brought me by an Indian at Ouhu, 
interested my attention by the nut-brown spots with which the gelatinous 
surface was sprinkled, as they continued for some hours after the death 
of the animal to disappear and re-appear alternately, like a pigment 
when first thrown upon a mucilaginous medium ; as for example, in 
marbling paper upon a decoction of aniseed. This made me think that 
the colouring matter floats ina mucous fluid, corresponding in position 
to the rete mucosum of other animals; and by its atomic attraction col- 
lected itself into circular spots. 

Wherever the skin was touched a number of minute specks immedi- 
ately followed the impression, occasioned, as I conjectured, by the mu- 
cous matter which before concealed the pigments being pressed away, 
and thus leaving it free to obey the laws just alluded to. 

This remark will help us to understand something of the process by 
which those admired mutations of colour in the dying Coryphena are 
brought to pass : supposing the death of the animal to alter the condition 
of the mucus, the contained pigment will, of course, alter its arrange- 
ment, and admitting the undulatory nature of the propagation of light, 
all the various alterations of colour may be accounted for by having re- 


course to the theory of Huygens, as expounded and illustrated by Dr. 
Young and Mr. Herschel. - ie ly 2 


142 Scientific Notices. 


Instinct of Lepidopterous Insects. 


Philosophical Society, Portsmouth. 
My dear Sir, 


It has been asserted by entomologists that the males of the Lepidopte- 
rous Insects are guided to the females by a peculiar instinct, so that an 
unimpregnated female being carried in a wire cage along the hedges and 
other haunts of this tribe, will attract the males of that species so that they 
may be easily captured. 

I have never had an opportunity of trying this experiment; but the fol- 
lowing fact which has lately fallen under my observation leaves me noroom 
to doubt the correctness of the assertion, as it proves the existence and 
exhibits the operation of this instinct in a very remarkable manner. 

Being engaged in adding the British Insects to the Collection of the 
Portsmouth Philosophical Society, I had procured a variety of larve, 
(the insects thus obtained being generally in a better condition than those 
taken by the net). They in due time passed into the pupa, and the first 
which emerged was a female Sphinx Convolvuli. On going into my study 
in the evening I found it fluttering on the floor : on lifting it up, it ran up 
my coat, and several times round the collar, before I could place it in safety. 
I went from thence immediately into my garden to shut some hot-bed 
lights, where I was occupied about ten minutes ; from thence again to 
my study, where I found that two fine males of the Sph. Convolwuli had, 
whilst in the garden, attached themselves to the collar of my coat, where 
the female had previously been. 

After this, another female of the same species haying been produced, 
three males found their way into my study down the chimney, there being 
no other mode by which they could obtain entrance, and one of them fell 
into a vase standing under it where he was captured. A few days after, 
two females of the Phalena Salicis emerged: on the same evening I saw 
several of that species fluttering against the window, and on opening it 
six males rushed in and instantly sought the females. 

I state these facts just as they occurred. They are certainly curious, 
and go to prove that the unimpregnated female emits an odour percepti- 
ble to the delicate organs of the males at a great distance, who thus 


Scientific Notices. 143 


attracted are stimulated to overcome every obstacle in the way of the 
fulfilment of the great law of nature. After the female has been im- 
pregnated, this effect appears to cease. 

Precisely similar circumstanccs took place with the Phalena neustria, 
the males presenting themselves at the window. 

Iam, &e. 
Joun Henry Davies, 
Curator Museum, 
Portsmouth Phil. Soc. 

G. B. Sowerby, Esq., London. 


Fauna of the Island of Madeira. 


The Rey. R. T. Lowe, B.A., late Travelling Bachelor from the Uni- 
versity of Cambridge, to whom we have been indebted for several Papers 
on the Mollusca, is preparing for publication a ‘ Prodromus Faune et 
Flore Maderensis, or Collections for a Natural History of the Animal 
and Vegetable Productions of Madeira and the adjacent Islands.’’ In 
collecting the materials for this work the authour has enjoyed all the 
opportunities afforded by a lengthened residence in the country, the 
natural productions of which he has undertaken to illustrate. 


: z ‘ fr . ' 
: ; | 
: { t ser - 
‘ : “= 5 agit 
« 
e . 
‘ ; : 
S25, 
to 
A P y wid 


THE 


ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. 


February—June, 1830. 


Art. XXVI. Explanation of the Comparative Anatomy of 
the Thorax in Winged Insects, with a Review of the present 
state of the Nomenclature of its parts. By W.S, Mac- 
Leay, Esq., 4.M., F.LS., &€. 


My dear Vigors, 

The enclosed in fact belongs to the Third Part of the “‘ Hore Entomo- 
logice,” entitled “An Analytical Essay on the Developement of Annu- 
« lose Forms ;’’ * but as the receipt of some of the late publications from 
England makes me sorry that errors should acquire strength by not being 


* It has been thought that this Essay is to be confined to the description of 
the structure of Larve. My intention, however, is, that it should embrace the 
developement of the whole Annulose Structure, whether in the Larva, Pupa, 
or Imago state. To those friends who have of late urged me to give a second 
edition of the first volume of the “‘ Hore Entomologice,’’ I take the opportunity 
of saying, that this will probably never be done, at least.under the same form ; 
—a form, which, however convenient for the purpose of making known the 
results of my various investigations in the shape of Essays, is not such as I 
would choose, were I to state those investigations a second time to the ento- 
mological world, For instance, the First Part of the “ Hore Entomologice,” 
although it led the way to the researches explained in the Second Part, ought 
hereafter, in fact, to follow them, The form of the work, however, is too 
convenient to be abandoned by a naturalist whose other occupations will only 
permit his making, from time to time, detached Essays; and this must be my 
only apology for intending to continue a work, of which the first volume is in 
so few hands, and of which a second edition will probably never be published, 

Vou. V. K 


146 + Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the 


counteracted in time, and as you ask me for such a paper, I hope what 
I now send will answer your purposes. 
Yours ever most truly, 
W. S. MacLeay. 


Havana, 2nd October, 1829. 


I find it impossible to give, according to the present state of the science 
in England, any satisfactory description of insects, without making some 
previous observations on their anatomical nomenclature. My object now 
therefore is to explain to entomologists a few of the principles by which 
I shall be guided in my future descriptions. 

Eight years have elapsed since the second part of the “« Hore Entomo- 
logice’’ was published. In this work I gave incidentally an outline of the 
theory of comparative anatomy so far as it related to the subkingdom of 
Annulosa, and as it was known at the time. Since then indeed three 
works have appeared, all treating of this most difficult subject with more 
or less philosophical rigour and critical acumen, but all three apparently 
having very different objects in view. 

The first of these in point of patient labour are the very ingenious and 
detailed memoirs of M. Chabrier on the Anatomy of the Organs of Flight 
in various Insects, which were published in the ‘ Mémoires du Muséum 
** d’ Histoire Naturelle.” The object of these memoirs is not to givea 
strictly comparative view of the anatomy, so much as to shew the internal 
and external structure of the various organs that have an influence on the 
flight of insects, This isa work therefore rather important for the infor- 
mation it affords as to facts, than for the generalization of them. 

Immediately afterwards M. Audouin published in the first volume of 
the “ Annales des Sciences Naturelles’’* the first part of his “ Recherches 
* Anatomiques sur le Thorax des Animaux Articulés, et celui des Insectes 
“« Hexapodes en particulier,” which researches he announced it to be his 
intention to continue in the same Journal. They had long before been 
laid on the table of the Institute, indeed previously to the appearance of 
M. Chabrier’s Mémoires, and had been most favorably reported on by 
M. Cuvier as the president of a commission appointed to examine them.t 


* Published in 1824, 
+ See Rapport fait A ’Académie des Sciences de Paris dans la Séance du 


Thorax in winged Insects. 147 


From what I have seen of this work, which for some reason or other has 
been interrupted, * there is enough to shew that its author possesses one 
of those generalizing minds which can stamp a value on the most trivial 
observation by the philosophical manner in which they link it with 
others so as to form a complete whole. Such persons indeed are said to 
make natural history too abstruse and difficult, but it will only be so to 
the indolent; and the holy friars of natural history can continue to amuse 
themselves with Linneus, or if they please with Goldsmith, nothing being 
required of them but to learn not to interfere with others who attempt to 
know a little more than themselves. M. Audouin’s Researches are as 
strictly those of a naturalist as the Mémoires of M. Chabrier are those of a 
physiologist. Both works are admirable in their way, and must make 
any person who studies the subject most anxious for their continuation. 
The last work in point of date is the third volume of Messrs. Kirby and 
Spence’s Introduction, t a work perhaps not quite so original as those 
mentioned above, but certainly most creditable to its author,t who treats 
therein of the external anatomy of insects at great length, and gives a 
tolerably able nomenclature of parts. The merits of my venerable 
friend’s work, however, are unfortunately shaded by an almost total 
neglect of generalization, and by an obvious ambition to change the 


“‘ Lundi 19 Fevrier 1821, par M. Le Baron Cuvier, sur un Ouvrage de M. 
“ Victor Audouin ayant pour titre “‘ Recherches Anatomiques sur le Thoraa, &c.”’ 
The several parts of the Thorax are described, figured, and named in this 
Report, which must of course establish the date of M. Audouin’s Nomencla- 
ture. 

* In expressing myself thus, allowance must be made for the uncertainty 
and delay with which I obtain works of science in Cuba. It is possible that 
M, Audouin has followed up his Researches on the Anatomy of the Insect Ske- 
leton without my being aware of it. 

+ The last two volumes of this useful work were published in 1826. The 
chapter on Orismology, in the fourth volume, is more particularly valuable, and 
making allowance for the nomenclature of parts, deserves the special attention 
of entomological students, 

1 See the Preface to the concluding volumes of the work, from which it appears 
that we must attribute the labour of the latter volumes in a more especial mans 
ner to the learned author of the “ Monographia Apum Anglia.” 

K 2 


148 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of' the 


whole of our received anatomical nomenclature.* Mr. Kirby’s object 
indeed is apparently to distinguish organs instead of tracing their varia- 
tion; and thus, so far from generalizing, he has even invented new names 
for the same organs as they occur in different insects. How far this 
may be necessary in the present state of our science it is not for me to 
say: but it is very sure that an elementary work on comparative anatomy 
ought to reduce the number of terms as much as possible, as well on ac- 
count of promoting the philosophy of the science as of facilitating a study, 
the great objection to which now is the multitude of its technical 
terms. The most serious objection, nevertheless, to Mr. Kirby’s nomen- 
clature is the violent change of universally received names of parts with- 
out any sufficient reason,t nay, often for some fanciful § or even errone- 
ous cause||. If such innovations are to be sanctioned, all our classical 


* M. Audouin only gives names to parts that were not named before. This 
author is quoted once ina note of the Introduction to Entomology, but it is 
only in order to blame him fora fault of which I cannot understand how he 
should have been guilty. 

+ As for instance, where tegmina on the authority of Iliger, elytra, and 
hemelytra, are assigned as different names to the ale superiores of Insects as 
they eccur in different orders. There was so much inconvenience before with 
the two words elytra and ale superiores to signify the same organs, that it 
certainly did not require to be doubled. But this extraordinary ambition to 
burden the science with new words reigns, unfortunately, throughout a work, 
that is in many other respects highly meritorious, 

{ Thus we have promuscis substituted for rostrum, which, to say the least, 
is any thing but an improvement. 

§ Thus we have manus for tarsus on the supposed authority of Moses, and 
a host of similar instances. It is worthy of observation, that if any of the six 
feet of Scarabeus alacer deserve the name of hands, it must be the posterior 
pair of feet, so far as their office is concerned. How different is this from M. 
Audouin, who in inventing the name trochantine for a piece never before 
named, regrets that he is obliged to use a word taken from buman anatomy. 

|| Such as nasus for clypeus. Were the clypeus proved to be the organ of 
scent, there would even still be no necessity for changing an universally re- 
ceived name that gives rise to no erroneous idea; and this is more than can be 
said for the proposed alteration. There issome reason to imagine that the 
organs of smélling are in the head, but none whatever for their being in the 
clypeus. In Musca, indeed, it may be urged that they are above the clypeus, 


Thorax in winged Insects. 149 


entomological works will be unintelligible to persons commencing the 
science; and our worthy author must really have the goodness to print 
new editions, adapted to his own nomenclature, of all previous entomo- 
logical books, before he can expect us to adopt some of his terms. For 
my part I cannot adopt arbitrary changes, and I think I have so far a 
right to follow my own opinion on this particular head, inasmuch as I 
have always most strictly adhered to the anatomical nomenclature of 
others, and in the case of a paper on the Wings of Diptera was even in- 
duced to defer its publication, in order that Mr. Kirby’s work, which was 
understood to be about to give a complete nomenclature of parts, might not 
be interfered with, and unnecessary trouble thereby given to the student. 
The only use of the nomenclature of parts is as an instrument enabling us 
to understand the structure of the animal with the least possible difficulty ; 
but this its use must cease and confusion never end, if every person is to 
be privileged to alter received anatomical terms for the mere gratification 
of his fancy. To change a received generic name without adequate cause 
is mischievous enough, but how much more so to alter words used in 
comparative description, and thus to deprive us of the power of intelli- 
gibly comparing. 

Much of Mr. Kirby’s nomenclature is, however, very good : and we can, 
I think, recognize considerable traces of that admirable tact for observa- 
tion which distinguished him in his “ Monographia Apum Anglie.”’ He 
has described several parts not before named, or at least imperfectly 
designated, When these his names are the first that have been applied 


which circumstance will perhaps be scarcely more satisfactory to those who are 
always hunting for comparisons with the human subject, than if they were 
placed in the insect’s abdomen, The fact is, that nothing whatever has as yet 
been proved on the subject, as the reader of Mr. Kirby’s Chapter on the Senses 
of Insects, in his fourth volume, will most readily perceive; as yet there is 
nothing but presumption, and it is really proceeding with too great haste to 
expect us to abandon the use of the word clypeus, while the seat of the sense 
of smelling remains at least coram judice. But this is scarcely the place for 
such discussion, which I shall resume ata proper opportunity. I shall only 
say, that in any case I see not a shadow of necessity for abandoning the old 
word clypeus. 


150 =Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the 


tothe organs they denote, and are compatible moreover with what ought 
to be our grand object in anatomy, namely, legitimate generalization (and 
not fanciful comparisons with the human subject), I shall of course have 
pleasure in adopting them. In some few cases indeed our venerable 
countryman’s nomenclature may be preferred for purposes of concise de- 
scription to that of M. Audouin, although for the philosophical view of 
the subject M. Audouin’s terms can scarcely with safety be altered, and 
have moreover the universally acknowledged right of priority. Thus, if 
I may be permitted by such naturalists as most properly insist on the 
right of those who give the first name, I would in the description of spe- 
cies prefer the use of Mr. Kirby’s terms prosternum, mesosternum and 
metasternum ; although to give a proper understanding of the compara- 
tive anatomy of insects, I would for the same parts use M. Audouin’s 
otherwise less convenientterms sternum of the prothorax, sternum of the 
mesothorax, and sternum of the metathorax. The nature and object of 
the present paper, however, preclude me from saying more on the subject 
of the “‘ Introduction to Entomology” ; this work being evidently, by its 
laying so much stress on differences, rather suited to some artificial system 
than to the study of the natural one, which depends on generalization. I 
shall therefore commence the present review of the Theory of Compara- 
tive Anatomy in Insects by repeating that M. Audouin’s Researches have 
so far the right of priority, and above all of philosophical criticism, as to 
justify me in pursuing the path he has pointed out. J am not, however, 
disposed to be a servile follower, and where I differ from him I shall have 
no hesitation whatever in pointing out the reasons for my dissent. 

It will be recollected by the readers of the “* Hore Entomologice”’ that I 
was inclined in that work to adopt the theory that every annulose animal * 
has a tendency to be decapod, or more properly to have five pairs of tho- 
racic appendages answering to the five thoracic segments. I also assigned 
my reasons for believing that although the typical number of segments in 
the body of an annulose animal might be fifteen, yet that the most general 
number of segments in the body ought to be considered as thirteen, the 
number in caterpillars and other larve : and I ventured to hint that all 
winged insects, I might have said all Annulosa, may be resolved into this 


* This theory, however, is only partially correct. 


a 


Thorax in winged Insects. 151 


Jast number of segments. I even stated some strong arguments for think- 
ing that the Ametabola and Arachnida might be reduced to the annulose 
type of form. Such was the state of the subject when I left it. Inow 
therefore proceed to M. Audouin’s general theory of the insect skeleton, 
which is the same precisely as mine, although, from his taking no notice 
of my work in the *‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles,” I must suppose he 
never saw it. Bya cautious process of induction he says that he has 
arrived at the following important conclusions, viz. 

Ist. That the skeleton of annulose animals is formed of a determinate 
number of parts, which are either distinct or confluent, as may be, but 
which exist generally in all. 

2ndly. That in some cases a part will be diminished, or even will 
disappear, while in others the same piece will undergo an extraordinary 
developement. 

3rdly. That the developement of one piece exerts an inverse influence 
on the contiguous pieces, whence arise the principal differences so much 
relied upon in classification. 

With respect to these three results I may observe, that they are in 
perfect accord with the “Hore Entomologice.”’ I had already in that work 
stated the determinate number of primary segments to which the Verte- 
bral Axis of all annulose animals tended, and as to M. Audouin’s second 
conclusion, it is nothing more than another mode of expressing the 
maxim of variation as applied to organs. His two leading observations, 
therefore, that the skeleton of Crustacea and Arachnida only differs from 
that of Winged Insects by the mode in which their segments are developed, 
and that the nnulosa generally only differ from each other in the deve- 
lopement of the same parts in each, or in the confluence or separation of 
these parts, are neither of them new, any more than the reduction of the 
larva and perfect insect to the same general law of structure. Where we 
differ is, as to the mode in which this reduction may be made, and I 
confess, after haying bestowed some attention on the subject, that I am 
inclined now to prefer the explanation given by M. Audouin. Our 
leading principles are, however, nearly the same, and in fact, as the 
study of the natural system is founded on the maxim of variation,* so that 


* The maxim of variation, a8 applied to the arrangement of the animal 


152 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the 


of Philosophical Comparative Anatomy is founded on the maxim of the 
various organs undergoing different degrees of developement in different 
animals. 

It is well known that certain Ametabola, instead of getting wings, 
acquire an additional number of segments to their body, but it is not so 
well understood, that the contiguous class of Crustacea have generally a 
tendency to adopt a typical number* of segments. These typical seg- 
ments, for example, are all distinct in Squilla among Crustacea, and 
are most confluent in the neighbouring class of Arachnida, Not only 
the several segments which compose the head in Squzlla, become conflu- 
ent in Arachnida, but sometimes the whole head with the body.t But 


kingdom, must be carefully distinguished from the mere comparison of organs. 
The latter is the Principe des Connexions of Geotfroy-St.-Hilaire, which many 
centuries ago Aristotle explained and described under the name of the Arrange- 
ment of Organs kar’avadoyrav. The comparison of animals is one thing, and 
the comparison of their organs is another. The last is the province of the 
comparative anatomist, who is not always, as we know, versed in the first, 
whith is the province of the naturalist. The naturalist, on tlre other hand, 
cannot compare animals together without some degree of comparison of their 
organs. If Geoffroy, therefore, arrived at the first idea of his Principe des 
Connewions by inspiration, ashe tells us, (Phil. Anat. p. 30.), we are certainly 
justified in believing that Aristotle must also have been inspired before him. 

* This number of segments I have stated in the “‘ Hore Entomologice,” to be 
fifteen, allowing three for the head, and twelve, as usual, for the body; but 
there is good reason to believe, as I shall hereafter shew, that even Crustacea 
may be reduced to the ordinary number of primary segments, which is thirteen, 
The segments of the head, which are sometimes three, but typically four, are 
therefore of course, only to be considered as secondary. 

+ Mr. Kirby, from having through life devoted his attention to winged in- 
sects, has, in his “Introduction to Entomology,” remained, with respect to the 
Aptera of Linnzus, pretty much where the learned Swede left that most hete- 
rogeneous group. Like Linneus, he divides them according to their number 
of feet, and in one respect, as to the distinction of the head from the thorax, 
he is even behind Linnzus, who pointed out this distinction, although perhaps 
inan improper way. It is to be hoped that our indefatigable countryman will 
take up the study of this important branch of Entomology with his usual 
energy, and not leave the pages which relate to the Aptera of Linneus so much 


Thorax in winged Insects. 153 


Ishall take another opportunity of discussing the external structure of 
the 4rachnida, which remains as yet quite unknown. Ishall merely 
now state that the 4caride are those in which the segments of the body 
are most condensed or confluent, as the Macrourous Crustacea are those 
Annulosa which appear in the imago state to offer the greatest regular 
developement. A Scolopendra offers a construction which goes appa- 
rently beyond the regular type, and thus such Ametabola are in zoology 
natural monsters.* The larve of winged insects have in general thir- 
teen segments, indeed I know at present of no one exception. A cater- 
pillar, for instance, has a head, three segments for the thorax, and nine 
for the abdomen. The first three thoracic segments carry feet; the seg- 
ment immediately following, or the fifth of the thirteen, (which, as I 
conceive, may in general be accounted to belong to the abdomen of in- 
sects,) rarely possesses locomotive appendages,t+ but the next segment to 
this, that is the sixth segment (reckoning the head as one), is supplied 
with them in certain larve, such as those of some Tenthredinide, which 
have twenty-two feet. The last seven abdominal segments very often 
one or other carry spurious feet; and on the other hand, the body may be 
quite vermiform,+ that is without any feet whatever, as we know from 
looking at the larve of certain Hymenoptera, Coleoptera, and Diptera. 


behind the rest of his work. Scarcely a word, for instance, is said respecting 
the class of Crustacea, and yet some account of their forms appears absolutely 
necessary in an Introduction to Entomology. 

* Understanding well that every one of the thirteen primary segments of an 
insect, when at the perfection of developement, is divisible, as will be shewn 
in the following pages, into four minor segments, we get fifty-two segments 
for an insect that is perfectly regularly developed, and this is the maximum 
number in Chilognatha. The Chilopoda have only about half this number of 
segments, owing to their primary segments in general being only about half as 
much developed as those of the Julide. 

+ In Crustacea, however, the fifth segment of the thirteen very commonly 
carries feet, or locomotive appendages, 

t In the “ Hore Entomologice” 1 followed the three greatest naturalists that 
England has produced, Ray, Willughby, and Lister, in placing certain Vermes 
among the Annulosa, A minute and careful examination of this subject has 
convinced me of the accuracy of this mode of viewing nature. 


154 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the 


From such facts we come to the conclusion that every one of the twelve 
segments composing the body ofa larva, I may say of an annulose animal, 
can carry instruments of locomotion or can be without feet, but that in 
caterpillars there are only six true feet, two to each of the three thoracic 
segments, Supposing true feet to be those of the imago, the last con- 
clusion may also be arrived at by dissecting any caterpillar just when it 
is about to change to the chrysalis state. 

The perfect winged insect in like manner consists of thirteen primary 
segments, although often, owing to peculiar necessities of individual strue- 
ture, two or more of these are confluent, as often occurs in the analogous 
vertebral axis of Vertebrata.* It may easily therefore be shewn that the 
differences which have been pointed out in respect to the number of seg- 
ments in perfect insects result more often from imperfect study or un- 
practised examination on the part of the person describing than from any 
real anomaly in the animal described.t This truth will be evident to any 
entomologist who takes the trouble of comparing the perfect insect with 
the pupa and this again with the larva. By means of the pupa we may 
always learn how the thirteen segments of the larva are disposed of in the 
perfect insect. Let any large beetle be taken, for instance one of the 
Dynastide or Prionide; at first sight it seems to have no more than 
eleven segments to the vertebral axis, but on more accurate examination, 
and particularly on comparing it with the pupa, we discover that in reality 
it has thirteen, that is, the number of the larva. This comparison must 
be attended to by all who wish to obtain correct ideas of the structure of 
an insect; and the error which has vitiated Mr. Kirby’s description of the 
thorax and abdomen, and which has induced him to describe so many dif- 
ferences which do not in reality exist, arises from his not having 
sufficiently studied the larva, and particularly the pupa state of insects. 
If my worthy friend however has erred in failing to generalize, my own 


* The number of vertebre, however, in the axis of the Vertebrata has a 
much greater tendency to vary than the number in the vertebral axis of Annu- 
losa. So far, as well as in being more complicated, the skeleton of the Annu- 
losa is superior to that of the Vertebrata. 

+ I may here give, as an example, my own observation on the abdomen of 
an Oryctes, as mentioned in “‘ Hore Entomologice,” Vol. 1, p. 412. 


Thorax in winged Insects. 155 


generalization of the anatomical structure of the Annulosa, as given in the 
** Hore Entomologice,’’* was perhaps too much founded on an idea of 
M. Latreille, and one of my principal objects now is to correct some mis- 
takes which I have detected in what J formerly advanced, although with 
doubt, upon this very difficult question. 

Every annulose animal, even including the Myriapoda, whose appa- 
rent departure from the normal structure of Annulosa I shall elsewhere 
explain, may be resolved into thirteen primary vertebral segments, which 
are thus disposed, one for the head + three for the thorax, and nine for the 
abdomen. In certain cases, however, one or two of these abdominal 
segments may be found intimately connected with the thorax, so that the 
thorax may be said to consist of five segments. Itis on this view of the 
subject thata Squilla may be said to consist of thirteen primary segments, 
that is allowing four secondary ones for the head, five very small primary 
ones for the thorax, and seven for the abdomen.t On this view also a 
Scorpion consists of a true and distinct head with twelve other primary 
segments. Galeodes has the same normal structure, that is, a large head 


* See Hore Ent., Vol.I. p. 412, where I have hinted the possibility of what 
Mr. Kirby calls the Alitrunk being composed of four segments of the larva. 
The test, however, which I then proposed, has since led me to a very different 
conclusion. 

+ The three or four secondary segments of the head can be reduced to one ; 
or, which is the same thing, the head can in all Annulosa be shewn to be com- 
posed of four segments or regions, when perfectly developed. For the present 
I shall only refer to the following words of M. Audouin. “ L’entothorax 
“ n’existe pas seulement dans le thorax; on le retrouve dans la téte, et il de- 
“ vient un moyen assez certain pour démontrer que celle-ci est composée de 
“ plusieurs segmens.”” See Ann. des Sc. Nat., Vol.1. p. 125. 

t Perhaps, indeed, Crustacea may be said to differ from all other perfect 
Annulosa, inasmuch as the first two segments of the abdomen in other Annu- 
losa often in this class become thoracic, carry true feet, and leave only seven 
segments for the true abdomen. As to the head, the truth is, that when fully 
developed, it is composed of a tergum and a pectus (here called a facies and a 
subfacies ), like one of the three primary segments of the thorax. In the head 
of a Squilla we may observe four series in the facies, which clearly answer to 
the prascutum, scutum, scutellum, and vostscutellum of a mesothoraa. 


156 Mr, W. S. MacLeay on ihe Anatomy of the 


and a body consisting of twelve segments. It follows of course that the 
first pair of feet, as they are called in all octopod Arachnida, whether 
spiders, scorpions or mites, are nothing else than the labial palpi of 
winged insects.* This is, itis true, a novel mode of viewing Crustacea 
and Arachnida, but as it leads to some most curious results, I shall prove 
its accuracy at afuture opportunity, and shew in what the variations from 
this type really consist. My business at present must be with winged in- 
sects, in which the same rule not only holds good but is typical. 

Let us observe a Phasma, where the female is apterous and the male 
winged. In many females of this genus we may perceive the rudiments 
of the wings, and consequently the inspection of a female will point out 
to us the structure of the male, considering this last as a perfect winged 
insect. Well then the female Phasma shews nine abdominal segments, 
three thoracic anda head. The females of certain Blatte are apterous, 
and in the island of Cuba there is a large insect of this genus to be found 
under stones in woods, whose four wings are formed, but so short and 
truncated as to render the possessor incapable of flight. Such insects 
will also prove a winged Blatta to be composed of the abovementioned 
thirteen segments. The same results are derived from the examination 
of the larve and females of Drilus and Lampyris. It is true that some 
of the abdominal segments become more or less confluent in certain in- 


* A careful study of the very curious and distinct order of Arachnida, and 
in particular of the genera Mygale, Scorpio, Phryne, Galeodes, Gonyleptes, 
and Chelifer, ina live state, has convinced me that M. Latreille’s idea of these 
insects being supplied with antenne is correct. Another certain character of 
the class is to have the labial palpi converted into a pair of feet which are ge- 
nerally of the same form as the six true feet. Mr. Kirby’s ingenuity detected 
(see Int. to Ent. Vol. IV., p. 387.) what are commonly called the first pair of 
feet in Scorpions and Spiders, to represent the palpi of winged insects ; but he 
appears to consider then) as the maxillary palpi, whereas they in reality repre~ 
sent the labial. A still greater mistake, indeed an unaccountable one in a per- 
son of his science, has been his not perceiving that the same rule holds good 
in the Acaride, and his placing these most evident Arachnida with hexapod 
Ametabola, to which they have no earthly relation, unless perhaps it be that of 
aslight, and a very slight, affinity of transultation. 


Thorax in winged Insects. 157 


sects, particularly of the analogous orders Hymenoptera and Diptera. 
But a little study of their structures will point out the nature of such 
aberrations, and I repeat that the above is the most correct mode of view- 
ing an insect. Even coleopterous Annulosa, such as a Curculio or Ce- 
rambyx, * may be reduced to the same law of structure, the posterior 
abdominal segments of their larve being converted more or less into 
parts of the organs of generation. One of the most beautiful facts that 
the study of comparative anatomy presents us with, is the delight Nature 
appears to take in working as it were with a given quantity of material, 
while she nevertheless produces an infinite variety of forms. 

The developement of the various segments of the body of annulose 
animals forms another consideration, and a most important one. If the 
developement of each segment be tolerably uniform, we have the great 
majority of worms and larve. If, on the contrary, the developement of 
the thirteen segments be irregular, we have the majority of perfect insects, 
Arachnida, and Crustacea. In general we may add, that if any one of 
the three principal parts of the body be greatly developed, the general 
size being given by the full grown larva, then one or both of the remain- 
ing parts must be proportionably small in the perfect insect. This in- 
deed clearly amounts to a truism: and therefore, taking the size of the 
larva as a limit, we cannot be surprised that the head and abdomen of an 
Evania, for instance, are so small when the developement of its thorax is 
so great. 

The object of my present investigation shall be the thorax + of a winged 
insect. It is here that M. Audouin has particularly distinguished himself 


* I have not alluded in the text to Mr. Kirby’s tables, given pp. 703 and 704 
of his third volume, or to his previous description of the abdomen in insects, 
because in some cases they are founded on imperfect examination, and in others 
on that deficiency of generalization which I cannot help thinking the learned 
author was solicitous should characterize his work. 

+ Fabriciusin his “Philosophia Entomologica’ has called this part the truncus, 
an expression which implies the whole body without the head and limbs. Being 
thus objectionable, the term seems never very generally to have come into use; 
and in fact becomes quite unnecessary if we divide the thoraw into prothoraz, 
mesothorax, and metathoraxz, M. Audouin, therefore, has discarded it as use- 
less as well as objectionable. See Ann. des Sciences Naturelles, Vol. 1. p. 119. 


158 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the 


and been most original. He divides the thoraz into three parts, protho- 
rax, mesothurax and metathorax, and each of these into two external 
parts /pectus and tergum) and one internal, the furca, and each of the 
two external parts he divides again into analogous smaller parts, thus : 


ANALYSIS OF THE THORAX. 


ft Prescutum 
Scutum 
Scutellum 
Postscutellum 
PROTHORAX Sternum 


Episterna 
Peorus ¢,)e 4 « 


TERGUM 


Epimera 
Furca called Antefurca 
Prescutum 
Scutum * 
Scutellum 
THORAX Postscutellum 
or MESOTHORAX Paraptera 
Truncus, Fab. Popa: aa 
pisterna 
imera 
Furca called Medifurca 
Prescutum 
Scutum 
Scutellum 
Postscutellum 
METATHORAX Paraptera 
PEcTus uit 
pisterna 
Epimera 
Furca called Postfurca 


TERGUM 


TERGUM 


The above is a table of M. Audouin’s theory. Now it being well 
known that the developement of one part or segment exerts an inverse 
influence on those which are contiguous, it follows that if the prothorax 
be developed in the perfect insect, then the third segment or mesothorax 


* I have reason to suspect that this scutum of the mesothoraw is resolvable 
into three pieces, when at its maximum of developement, as in certain Hymen- 
optera, such as Chalcis, &c. I shall attempt to prove this afterwards. 


Thorax in winged Insects. 159 


will be proportionably small, as in Coleoptera; and if, on the other 
hand, the mesothorax be much developed, we have the prothorax small, 
as in Hymenoptera and Diptera. From these principles it follows that 
the mesothorax of a beetle is to be considered as composed of the third 
segment of the larva evanescent, while the metathorax consists of the 
fourth segment of the larva developed. But these two segments have 
each a pair of wings as well as of feet, which shews an exceeding power 
of developement in the third and fourth segments of a winged insect. 

It must not be imagined that the pieces of the thorax mentioned in the 
above table are all present and distinct in every insect. Pieces of the 
thorax may disappear by being evanescent, owing to the great develope- 
ment of the contiguous segments, or by being confluent, or soldered to- 
gether with the next adjoining pieces.* To know the pieces which are 
thus lost, it might be thought that on comparing the larva with the per- 
fect insect the position of the stigmata ought to afford some clue, but in 
truth these are unsafe guides, as it is well known that the situation of the 
stigmata in the perfect insect varies very generally and considerably 
from what it was in the larva. 

The prothorax of a beetle is not always so complex in its structure as 
the mesothorax and metathorax, some of the pieces of the tergum being 
almost always evanescent. The tergum of the prothorax seems most 
ordinarily in winged insects to consist of half the number of pieces that 
compose the terga of the mesothorax and metathorax, taking all three at 
their maximum of developement. In other words, the tergum of the 
prothorax in general appears to consist of only two pieces. But looking 
at Orthopterous genera, such as Locusta or Gryllus, or at certain Annu- 
losa, where the tergum of the prothorax undergoes its maximum deve- 
lopement, we can discover all its four divisions. In Coleoptera, if one 
or two of the pieces be not evanescent, they are at least all confluent, so 
as to form one conspicuous segment, which is the thorax of Linnzus and 
Fabricius. In certain genera of this order, however, the typical compo- 
sition of the tergum of the prothorax is more or less distinct; the only 


* The Hymenopterous genus Cryptocerus and several other Ants will suffi- 
ciently shew how the pieces of the thorax may be completely soldered together 
almost into one mass. 


160 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the 


tolerably general rule being that the excessive developement of the ter- 
gum exerts an inverse influence on that of the pectus.* 


OF THE PROTHORAX. 


The prothorax of any insect at its maximum of developement consists 
then of the following pieces, viz. four tergal, which, when confluent, 
form what ought in all future descriptions of Coleoptera, according to the 
principles of MM. Chabrier, Audouin, and Kirby, to be no longer called 
the thorax, but the prothorax :+ and six pectoral pieces, which form by 
their connexion one piece that may in all future descriptions be called, as 
by Mr. Kirby, the antepectus. The four tergal pieces may be detected 
in certain Orthoptera; and the six pectoral pieces are the sternum, the 
antefurca, two episterna, and two epimera, the four latter being lateral 
pieces. 

1. The sternum of the prethorax is well known; it is an essential 
part, rarely if ever evanescent, and is called the prosternum by Kirby. 

2. The antefurca of Kirby, which is by Audouin called the entothorax 
of the prothorax, is also essential but internal. It is described by Kirby, 
vol. 3. p. 586. 

3. The episterna of the prothorax are two lateral pieces that are sup- 
ported by the prosternum, and which may be seen well developed in a 
Dytiscus. They, as well as the epimera, are confounded by Mr. Kirby 
with the prosternum.§ 


* Thus the pectus of the prothorax in large Locuste and Grylli is very small, 
owing to the developement of the tergum being at its maximum. 

+ The student who wishes to learn the structure of the prothorax, must refer 
to M. Audouin, the analysis given in the “ Introduction to Entomology” being 
very far from correct, 

{ The three sternums are often found to be more or less confluent with their 
respective epimera and episterna. Owing to the developement of the tergum, 
the pectus in Hymenoptera is exceedingly diminished. But were each of the 
sternums at its maximum of developement, it would also be found to consist 
of four pieces like a tergum. This is the case in Iulide, and is more or less 
apparent in other Annulosa. For instance, the pectus of the prothorax in 
Squilla has a presternum, sternum, sternellum, and poststernum. 

§ The pleure of M. Audouin, or ore of Mr. Kirby, appear to be the inflexed 


Thorax in winged Insects. 161 


4, The epimera of the prothorax are not in general so much developed 
as the episterna, but may be known by being often inferiorly situated, 
and always in some connexion with the coxe. M. Audouin has ob- 
served that they often articulate with the coxze by means of a small inter- 
vening piece which he calls the trochantine. This piece is similar to 
the trochanter, which terminates the coxa at its other end. 

I may here observe that when the stigmata of the prothoraz, or any 
other thoracic stigmata, are surrounded by asmall horny piece, M. Au- 
douin calls this the peritremas* 


Or THE MESOTHORAX. 


The mesothorax of an insect has, when at its maximum of develope- 
ment, four pieces to the tergum (which is the mesothorax of Kirby) and 
eight to the pectus (which is the medipectus of Kirby). 

The four superior or tergal pieces of the mesothorax are the prescu- 
tum, scutum, scutellum and postscutellum,+ so named according to their 
order from the head of the insect. 

1. The prescutum is the anterior, as its name denotes. It is the pro- 
phragma of Kirby. 

2. The seutum is a very important piece, often greatly developed, and, 
according to M. Audouin,§ always articulating with the bones of the 


or lateral margin of the prothoraz, where this is terminated by the episternum 
and epimeron, “La réunion de l’episternum, du paraptére et de l’epimére 
“ constitue les flancs.’”? The only names that are useful, however, are those 
which denote the pieces of the thorax; all others only burden the science, It 
is just as clear, for instance, to talk of the side of the prothorar as of its 
pleura or ora, 

* Very possibly the pnystega of Kirby is Audouin’s peritrema of the meso- 
thorax, 

+ It ison this account that when a sternum is at its maximum of develope- 
ment I name its four pieces, presternum, sternum, sternellum, and poststernum. 

f See Int. to Ent., Tab. 22, fig. 8. h’. 

§ Iam inclined to differ with M. Audouin on this head, and think that the 
scutum does not directly articulate with the wing, but by the intervention of 
two lateral pieces, which I would call the parapsides. These are in general 
soldered together with the scutum, but in many Hymenoptera, such as Chalcis, 
&c,, they are particularly distinct. 

Von, V. L 


162. Mr. W.S. MacLeay on ihe Anatomy of the 


wing where these exist. It is called the dorsolum by Kirby,* having 
been previously called dorsum by Chabrier. 

3. The scutel/wm is that part the external appearance of which is com- 
monly so called by entomologists. 

4. The postscutellum is a piece almost always completely concealed 
in the interior of the thorax, sometimes confluent with the inner face of 
this so as to be confounded with it, and sometimes being free. It is called 
Srenum by Mr. Kirby,+ but this naturalist only knew it in certain orders. 

The above four pieces when united form the tergum of the mesothorax. 

The ezght inferior or pectoral pieces of the mesothorax are the meso- 
sternum, K., medifurca, K., two episterna, 4., two epimera, A., and 
two paraptera, A.; the six latter pieces being lateral and the paraptera 
often so situated as to appear to belong to the tergum. 

1. The mesosternum is exactly to the mesothorax what the prosternum 
is to the prothorax. It is therefore called by Audouin the sternum of the 
mesothorax.§ 

2. The medifurca is well explained by Kirby.|| It is to the meso- 
thorax what the antefurca is to the prothorax. Therefore Audouin calls 
it the entothorax of the mesothoraa. 

3. The episterna are two pieces exactly analogous to those of the pro- 
thorax, and have in general similar relative positions, 

4, The epimera are exactly analogous to those of the prothorax, and 
have likewise similar relative positions. 

5. The paraptera are two lateral pieces having a relation to the 
wings. They are usually supported by the episternum, but in general 
are little developed or are even evanescent. Their situation is always near 
the wing, of which indeed they more properly form part.) 


* See Int. to Ent. Tab. 22, fig. 8. 7’. The scutum of the mesothorax in cer- 
tain Hymenopterous Insects requires further examination than I can give it in 
this paper, and I shall therefore return to the subject at some future opportu- 
nity. 

+ See Int. to Ent., Tab. 22, fig. 8. x’. 

{ See Int, to Ent., Tab. 22, fig. 8. /’. 

§ See Ann. des Sc. Nat., Tom. 1, pl. 8. 


|| See Int. to Ent., Vol. III. p. 587, Tab. 22, fig. 6. M. Cuvier calls it ‘la 


«* piéce en forme d’y grec.” 
Q In Hymenoptera the parapteron is generally above the wing; in Coleop- 


Thorax in winged Insects. 163 


The above eight pieces form the pectus of the mesothorax or medi- 
pectus of Kirby. _ It is difficult to ascertain, from his not separating them 
in his plates, whether the six last mentioned pieces, viz. the episterna, 
epimera and paraptera, have been clearly distinguished by Kirby ; but if 
they have been so, then perhaps the episterna of the mesothorax will be 
the peristethia of Kirby and the epimera his scapularia. The pleure of 
the mesothorax, so called by Audouin, are the union of the episternum, 
parapteron and epimeron. 


Or THE METATHORAX. 


The metathorax of an insect has also, when at its maximum of deve- 
lopement, four pieces to the tergum and eight to the pectus. 

The four superior or tergal pieces of the metathorax are, as in the 
mesothorax, the prescutum, scutum, scutellum, and postscutellum. 

1. The prescutum of the metathorax, like that of the mesothorax, is 
sometimes internal.* In Hymenoptera, however, it is a most conspi- 
cuous piece with many insects. / 

2. The scutwm is sometimes divided into two parts, as in Dytiscus, 
and sometimes connected, as in Lucanus.t+ 

3. The scutellum is the next piece of the metathorax and is composed 
of the postscutellum and postfrenum of Kirby ; this naturalist having 
mistaken the side processes of the scutellum for separate pieces { on ac- 
count of the channel which divides them longitudinally. 


tera generally below. It is a piece which “ se prolonge quelquefois inférieure- 
“ ment le long du bord antérieur de l’episternum, ou bien, devenant libre, passe 
“ au devant de Vaile et se place méme accidentellement au-dessus.’”? On this 
account M, Audouin changed its name from hypopteron to parapteron. In 
Hymenoptera it may often be said to belong to the tergum, and in Coleoptera to 
the pectus. 

* See Ann. des Sciences Nat., Tom. 1, tab, 8. Mr, Kirby calls this piece the 
mesophragma when it occurs in Coleoptera; but in Hymenoptera, he calls it the 
postdorsolum, as will be seen by comparing his figures. 

+ See Int, to Ent. tab. 8. This piece in Coleoptera is Kirby’s postdorsolum ; 
in Hymenoptera he does not appear to have detected it. 

t The metapnystega of Kirby may possibly be the same as Audouin’s peri- 
trema of the Metathorax. 

L2 


164 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the 


4, The postscutellum of the metathorax corresponds with the meta- 
phragma of Kirby. 

The above four pieces form the te7zqum. 

The eight inferior or pectoral pieces of the metathorax are, as in the 
mesothorax, the metasternum, the postfurca, two episterna, two epi- 
mera, and two paraptera, the six last being lateral and the paraptera very 
rarely developed, and often so placed as to appear to belong to the tergum. 

1. The metasternum of Audouin is very different from that of Kirby, 
the latter being a most heterogeneous composition,* not only often com- 
prising the true metasternum, episterna, and epimera, but sometimes 
even confounding all these with the trochanter and cox of the posterior 
legs. What this gentleman calls the bifid mucro of the metathorax in 
Dytiscus, is in reality the termination of the two coxe. The true meta- 
sternum therefore must be studied in the beautiful figures of Audouin, as 
well as the episterna, epimera, and paraptera where they exist. 

2. The postfurca has been described by me under one of its most 
remarkable forms, that of the letter Y, and has been figured by Mr. Kirby 
pl. 22, fig. 5, bt. bf. bt. 

3. The episterna of the metathorax, which possibly are what Kirby 
calls parapleure : 

4, The epimera: 

5. And the paraptera: all hold situations in the metathorax analogous 
to those of the pieces’ so named in the pectus of the mesothorax. In some 
orders, however, the paraptera are so situated as to appear to belong to the 
tergum. 


Hence we observe that the thorax of an insect, when greatly developed, 
is composed of thirty-four pieces, ten to the prothorax, and twelve to the 
mesothorax and metathorax respectively. Or, if we reckon the four pieces 
of the tergum, with the sternum and furca of the pectus, to be each divisi- 
ble into two by the middle longitudinal suture, as in fact they are, the 
thorax is composed of fifty-two pieces! So complex is the organization 
of the thorax in winged insects. This, however, I say, is a great deve- 


* Mesostethium seems, with Mr, Kirby, to be sometimes the name given to 
the episterna and sometimes to part of the metasternum. 


Thorax in winged Insects. 165 


lopement with respect to the number of pieces, for the developement of 
any one or more of them, in point of size, will occasion the neighbouring 
ones more or less to diminish, and even to disappear. 

The antefurca, medifurca, and postfurca compose one internal whole 
that Audouin calls the entothorax, and Kirby, following M. Chabrier, the 
endosternum. The entothorax sometimes extends into the head of 4n- 
nulosa and sometimes into the abdomen. In the thorax it is composed of 
six pieces, and serves to keep the cesophagus and intestine in situ. 

Now to apply the foregoing remarks to some particular cases of struc- 
ture. The difference betweena Trichius and a Cetonia, or between a 
Goliathus of America and a Goliathus of Africa, is that in the latter of 
the two the epimeron of the mesothorax is remarkably developed. The 
difference between an Athyreus and @ Geotrupes is that the scutellum of 
the mesothorax is remarkably developed in the latter: but the greatest 
developement of this piece among Coleoptera is in the genus Macraspis. 
The great developement of the prothorax in some Coleoptera, as Gnoma, 
and in certain Orthoptera, as Locusta, occasions the mesothorax to be less 
developed in proportion. If, as in Phasma, the prothorax be small, then 
the mesothorax is excessively great, and this latter part takes its greatest 
developement in the Hymenoptera, Trichoptera, Lepidoptera, and Dip- 
tera. M. Audouin observes, that if an insect (such as a Carabus, or as 
Coleoptera in general) be eminently a walker, the pectus of the thorax is 
most developed ; and if another, such as a moth, or Lepidoptera in gene- 
ral, be eminently a flier, then the tergum of the thorax is most developed. 
But this observation must be cautiously adopted; for the tergum of the 
thorax is excessively developed in some insects eminently walkers, as 
for instance, a female Phasma, which is apterous. 

Owing to the great developement of the mesothorax in Hymenoptera 
the prothorax is diminished in size, but not to the degree that Mr. Kirby 
supposes. I agree most decidedly with MM. Audouin and Bennett * in 
thinking that the collar belongs to the prothorax, and shall now attempt 


® The entomological student ought particularly to refer to what my learned 
friend, E. T. Bennett, Esq., says on this subject in his excellent Epitome of 
M. Chabrier’s Observations on the Anatomy of the Thorax in Insects, Zool, 
Journal, Vol. I. p. 392. 


166 Mr. W. 8. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the 


to prove it. Mr, Kirby is undoubtedly wrong in imagining it to belong 
to the mesothorax, but perhaps not so much in urging that this piece is 
without a representative in Coleoptera, It would however be contrary to 
every rule of generalization to suppose that the Hymenoptera could have 
any piece peculiar to themselves.* Nature, as I before said, works in 
inferior groups with a given quantity of materials. I have already 
shewn the tergum of the prothorax to be, at its maximum of develope- 
ment, composed of four pieces, If these four pieces should be nearly 
equally developed we have a Locusta. If the prescutum and scutum 
should be greatly developed the other two pieces will disappear, and we 
shall have the generality of Coleoptera ; while, on the other hand, if the 
scutellum or postscutellum should be developed considerably, then the 
other pieces will disappear, and we shall have an Hymenopterous insect. 
Now certainly more than one piece exists in the tergum of the prothorax 
of Hymenoptera. Vor the prescutum and scutum of the prothorax, i.e. 
the pieces which represent what is vulgarly called the thorax of the Cole- 
optera, do not entirely disappear in Hymenoptera as Mr. Kirby says,t 
since on passing the point of a scalpel under the fore legs of a common 
Wasp, and so breaking off the prothorax with the head, we shall per- 
ceive the ring of the prothorax complete, although it is only represented 
by the ligamentous membrane which connects the two epimera.§ This 


* See Int. to Ent, Vol. IL, p. 549. This notion is borrowed from Chabrier, 
who, however, does not go so far as Mr. Kirby, and fancy that it belongs to 
the mesothorax, His words are, ‘la piéce supérieure du prothorax ou le 
*¢*collier,’? 

+ Asa corollary from this, it follows that the Coleoptera which come near- 
est to the Hymenoptera, are those, the prescutum of whose prothorax is most 
evanescent, and whose seutellum of the same is most developed. 

{ See Int. to Ent, Vol. IIL. p. 535, 

§ There is one insect, however, which makes me rather doubt whether the 
structure of the Hymenopterous thorax may not be still nearer to that of Co- 
leoptera than is stated above, IT allude to the Agaon paradowum of Dalman, If 
this author’s figures be correct, then that most singular Hymenopterous Insect 
has the thorax of a Coleopterous one, the prothorax being exceedingly deve- 
loped, and the rest of the thorax proportionably small. There is, perhaps, 
little doubt of Latreille being right in making the Chalcide come the nearest 
to the Strepsiptera, Xenos being almost an Hymenopterous genus. 


a> 


Thorax in winged Insects. 167 


Mr. Kirby has most correctly observed, as well as that it is the evanes- 
cence at last of this small membrane and the junction of the sides of the 
antepectus, or more accurately speaking, the connection of the epimera 
of the prothorax, which forms the singular necks of Xiphydria and 
Fenus. These two Hymenopterous genera, so far from being nearest to 
Coleoptera in structure of the thorax, are the farthest from them, as they 
present no vestige of the prescutum and scutum of the prothorax what- 
ever. 

Mr. Kirby, with his usual acuteness observes, that there is no meso- 
thoracic prescutum, or as he terms it, no prophragma in front of the 
collare, (which, by the way, there ought to be, on the supposition of its 
belonging to the mesothorax,) but one behind it. This is an incontro- 
vertible argument to shew that the collare belongs to the prothorax.* I 
conceive the collare therefore to represent the third piece of the tergum 
of the prothorax in Locusta, which piece is perhaps evanescent in the 
generality of Coleoptera. This view of the matter will satisfactorily ex- 
plain all the difficulties which have been so ably brought together in the 
Introduction to Entomology, and the collare shall hereafter be always 
termed by me the scutellum of the prothorax.t 

But to understand better what precedes, and to have some notion of 
the construction of an Hymenopterous insect, let us take a Polistes.t 


* I know not exactly how Mr. Kirby would argue, and scarcely what he 
alludes to, when he says that the collare is not separated in any way from the 
mesothorax in a“ Neuter Mutilla.” He forgets that in Apterous Hymenoptera 
all the pieces of the thorax are sometimes soldered together into one mass, His 
argument drawn from Xylocopa proves nothing more than that, in this genus 
of Bees, the narrow collare is excessively developed laterally, as in other Hy- 
menoptera it is developed longitudinally. 

4+ According to M. Audouin it is the scutum of the prothorax. 

t My insect is perhaps the most common Wasp in Cuba, where it builds a 
nest of 7 or 8 vertical cells, under the eaves of houses, or any place where it 
may be sheltered from rain. Its nest is composed of the ordinary papyraceous 
substance, and of the form und size of Tap. vi. fig. x1. It is consequently 
rather a solitary wasp, rarely more than three perfect insects being seen 


about a nest, But, on the other hand, in a convenient situation, these 


little nests may be seen studded together in great frequency. As far as 
the vague descriptions of Fabricius will allow me to judge I believe it to be 


168 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the 


M. Audouin has already most admirably explained the construction of 
the thorax in Coleoptera in his dissections of Dytiscus. Let us therefore, 
I repeat, take a Polistes. It will be easily comprehended from what I 
have said that the tergum of the prothorax will be found exceedingly 
diminished, and the tergum of the mesothorax, being so much developed, 
must present all the four pieces of which it ought to consist. 


1. Or tHe TERGUM OF THE PROTHORAX. 


In Polistes we observe the prescutum and scutum to be evanescent ; 
the latter being represented only by a ligamentous membrane.* The 
prescutum possibly is the evanescent portion that passes into the head 
and forms its upper junction with the thorax. 

The scutellwm, called collare + by Kirby, is considerably developed, 
offering a vestige behind of the postscutellum.t The scutellum may be 
separated with ease, as in most other Hymenopterous insects from the 
mesothorax ; but as these insects are essentially fliers, this piece of the 
prothorax is employed to add strength to the mesothorax in its support of 
the upper wings. In Ants therefore, and other Hymenoptera essentially 
walkers, it comes readily enough off with the fore feet, as it should do, 


the Polistes Billardieri of his ‘‘ Systema Piezatorum.”? However this may be, 1 
will describe the thorax of my insect according to the nomenclature here pro- 
posed. 

PROTHORAX scutello flayo posticé emarginato, lobis mesothoracis scutum 
amplectentibus, lateribus deflexis subtriangularibus; pectoris flavi sterno pos- 
ticé obscuro, anticé marginibus lateralibus ferrugineis. 

MEsoTHORAX scuto subpentagono ferrugineo, scutelloque parallelogramico 
flavo, sterno ferrugineo margine utrinque flavo, episternis epimeris parapte- 
risque flavis. - 

METATHORAX prescuto subsemicirculari flavo, scutelli striati flavi margine 
anteriori canalique longitudinali ferrugineis, postscutello parapterisque flavis, 
episternis metasternoque ferrugineis, epimeris flavis ad juncturam metasterni 
ferrugineis, 

The whole length of the Insect is nearly ¥ of an inch, and of the thorax 
alone 3, 

The above mode of describing the Thorax appears absolutely necessary when 
species approach very near each other in their colouring and marks, as Wasps, &c, 


* Fig. 2 and fig. 3, A. B. + Fig. 2and fig, 3, C. t Fig. 2, D. 


Thorax in winged Insects. 169 


Mr. Kirby’s “ most powerful argument’ for the collare not belonging to 
the prothorax is the fact that in Vespa and certain other insects, where the 
mesothorax is excessively developed, there is both a prothorax (meaning 
thereby a scutum) anda collare.* And so there would be in the pro- 
thorax of every winged insect, if perfectly developed, as may be learned 
from the prothorax of a Gryllus, or the study of M. Audouin’s observations. 
Therefore this ‘* powerful argument”’ cuts the wrong way. 

In Polistes the scutellum of the prothorax is emarginate, offering a large 
sinus in the middle, which embraces two sides of the sub-pentagonal 
scutum of the mesothorax. 


2. OFTHE TERGUM OF THE MESOTHORAX. 


1. The prescutum of the mesothorax is the first piece that comes 
under our notice.t Under the name of prophragma it is mentioned by 
Kirby as existing in Hymenoptera, and so separating, as it ought to do, 
the collare from the scutum of the mesothorax. It is an internal and 
vertical piece.t 

2. The scutum, whether the collar be apparent or not, is therefore the 
second piece of the mesothorax.§ It appears externally joined to the 
collare, the sides of which embrace it. It is, as Mr. Kirby observes, ex- 
cessively developed in Hymenoptera, and forms indeed the most con- 
spicuous piece of the thorax.|| 

3. The scutellum of the mesothorax, the third piece,{{ and also 
externally conspicuous in our Polistes, follows the scutum.** It is the 
postdorsum of M. Chabrier. 


* From this remark it would appear that Mr. Kirby is not aware that the 
prothorax is a compound piece as well as the mesothorax and metathorax. 

+ Fig. 4 and fig. 5, E, t See Int. to Ent. Vol. II. p. 549. 

§ Fig. 4 and fig, 5, F. 

|| By looking at some Hymenoptera, where this piece is most developed, it 
would almost seem to be composed of three confluent pieces, the two lateral 
yet requiring aname, I suspect, however, not having yet dissected a Chalcis 
carefully, that these last pieces are a third pair of paraptera, possibly those be- 
longing to the prothorax, pushed out of their proper place. 

q Fig, 4 and fig. 5, G. 

** On the subject of this piece, Mr. Kirby gives his only citation of M. 


170 Mr. W. S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the 


4, The postscutellum of the mesothorax is a very remarkabie 
piece in Hymenoptera, from being in general well developed in point of 
size. It is an internal and concealed piece, running under the tergum of 
the metathorax and parallel to the medipectus. It is, I believe, an essen- 
tial character of this order that the postscutellum shall be separated from 
the scutellum except by two lateral processes. In Polistes the former 
piece is of a triangular, concave shape, the base of the triangle facing the 
scutellum and being connected with it at the angles.* Mr. Kirby does 
not appear to have noticed this important piece, as his frena in Hymen- 
optera appear to be the paraptera, so that the fraena, according to him, 
in Coleoptera (where it is the true postscutellum,) and his frena in Hy- 
menoptera, are totally distinct pieces! Our author has been led into 
this singular mistake apparently by never having dissected the thorax, 
and indeed it is rather a delicate operation to separate the metathorax 
from the mesothorax. The best mode is to make one transverse incision 
behind the scutellum and another slanting upwards under the middle pair 
of feet to meet the former, but so as not to communicate with it about 
the wings. By then breaking off the two pieces we shall have the meso- 
thorax and metathorax properly separated, that is, the upper wings with 
the mesothorax and the under with the metathorax. 


Audouin, and charges him with confounding the scutum of the mesothorax with 
the scutellum, but to what work of M. Audouin he refers Iam not aware. I 
think there must be some mistake, as the whole theory, as well as observations, 
of M. Audouin, go to separate them. M. Chabrier, Mem. du Mus., Vol. VIII. 
p. 61, says of this piece, “Ses bras semblent tendre sans cesse a s’échapper 
“en glissant des piéces entre lesquelles ils sont situés; et l’extremité de 
« chaque bras est pourvue de languettes internes qui sont tout a fait couvertes 
« par les intégumens.”’ 

* It is of the same shape in Xylocopa, and has the same kind of insertion. 
See Chabrier in Mem. du Mus. d’ Hist. Nat. Vol. VIII. tab. 4, fig. 9, where this 
piece is admirably figured, and called the costal. M. Chabrier is aware that 
it belongs to the vertebral axis, for he says, “ Je crois que ces piéces supéri- 
“ eures du trone y compris /e costal peuvent etre considerées comme des ver- 
“ ¢ébres.” The manner in which this piece articulates with the arms of the 
scutellum of the mesothorax, and with the vectiform bone of the wing ought 
to be studied in the Mémoires of MM. Juriue and Chabrier. For a figure of the 
piece in Polistes, see fig. 4, ©. See also Bennett in Zool. Journal, Vol. I.p. 397. 


Thorax in winged Insects. 171 


5. The paraptera of the mesothorax are two small suborbicular pieces 
situated immediately above the rudimentary bones of the wing, and being 
at this point free, are bounded by the base of the wing below and by 
the scutum of the mesothorax above.* 


3. Or THE TERGUM OF THE METATHORAX. 


An Hymenopterous Insect, provided as it is with under wings and 
posterior feet, ought to have the tergum of the metathorax well deve- 
loped, and accordingly we find its four pieces all distinct. 

1. The prescutum of the metathorax is in Polistes transverse, and in 
immediate connexion with the scutellum of the mesothorax except at the 
angles: having, as we have shewn, displaced the postscutellum of the 
mesothorax, which is only connected with the said scutellum at the an- 
gles. The manner in which this curious process takes place can only be 
completely understood on a dissection of the parts. It isthe postdorso- 
lum of Kirby, t only that this naturalist makes the posterior point of it 
correspond with that part in Coleoptera which is the centre of the scutel- 
lum of the metathorax.t 

2. The scutum of the metathorax is in Polistes internal and con- 
cealed, taking a vertical direction so as to form a septum.§ It still, how- 
ever, preserves the essential character of the part, that of articulating with 
the wings. Externally indeed there is nothing apparent of it but the 
margin or edge, which is the line that separates the prescutum of the 
metathord from the scutellum of the same. Internally however it is more 


* Fig. 9, T. 

+ And demi-ceinture of M. Chabrier. See Int.to Ent. pl. rm. fig. 11. 2’, 
where, in fact, if Mr. Kirby had been inclined to generalize, it ought to have 
been called by him the mesophragma. In my drawings of Polistes it is fig. 5, 
H. «In some species of Formicidz this piece, as well as the scutum, is evanes- 
cent, owing to the great developement of the scutellum of the mesothorax. 

{ It is this mistake which has caused the whole description of the metatho- 
rax in Mr. Kirby’s work to be so inaccurate. 

§ M. Chabrier does not seem to have clearly detected this piece, I have re- 
presented it as it occurs in Polistes, fig. 6,1, where it is seen from the interior, 
It is not, however, always of this form in Hymenoptera, nor always concealed ; 
for in some genera, as for instance, in Pepsis, Fab,, it is externally as consp i- 


cuous as the prascutum of the metathorax. 


172 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the 


developed, and preserves much the same form that it has in many Coleop- 
tera. In Polistes the form somewhat resembles two quadrants, the radii 
of which are joined together at their respective curves. The external 
margin of this piece may possibly be what Mr. Kirby callsthe postfrenum 
of Hymenoptera,* and its internal developement may be perhaps his 
mesophragma ; although, to judge from his mesophragma as it exists in 
Hymenoptera, he does not seem to have viewed it internally, where he 
would have found the scutum to be a very essential piece. 

3. The scwtellum of the metathorax comes next after the scutum, to 
the anterior margin of which it is joined, so as to present the external ap- 
pearance of immediately following the prescutum, while thescutum takes 
its vertical direction as aseptum. In Hymenoptera this in general is ob- 
liquely striated, and a very large and conspicuous piece.t As in Coleop- 
tera, it often consists of two large convex pannels,+ joined together by a 
channel, which however in this orderis more or less evanescent. This 
channel of connexion Mr. Kirby does not notice in his figures of Hymen- 
optera, although, according to his nomenclature, and taking a Coleopte- 
rous insect for type, it ought to be his postscutellum. His postscutellum 
in Hymenoptera, however, is little more than the central posterior point 
of the prescutum of the metathorax, that is, of his postdorsolum.§ 

4. The postscutellum of the metathorax in our insect is elevated, sub- 
triangular with the corners rounded off, and having in the middle an ele- 
vation of a horse-shoe form, in which are three apertures, the central one 
being a longitudinal slit, called by Kirby the trochlea,|| and. throuzh 


* What this author calls the postfrenum in Coleoptera belongs to an entirely 
different piece, namely, the scutellum of the metathorax. 

+ In Polistes the metathoracic stigmata (7) are situated at the anterior ex- 
ternal angles of this piece, which is represented fig. 5, K. 

} The two pannels of this piece in Coleoptera are called by Mr. Kirby post- 
frena, and its connecting channel in the same order is his postscutellum. 

§ See Int, to Ent., Vol. IlI., p. 572. 

|| I have adopted this nomenclature, although my readers must feel that this 
story of the pulley depends more on Mr. Kirby’s imagination than on any thing 
in nature. Mr. Kirby seems to think that he is the first who has noticed this 
curious structure of the metathorax of a wasp. If he refers, however, to M. 
Chabrier’s excellent Memoir, Mém. du Mus., Vol. Ill., p, 53, he will find the 


Thorax in winged Insects. 173 


which passes a ligament which this author calls the funiculus, and which 
serves, as he correctly says, to support the abdomen. The two lateral 
apertures are false, being formed above by the two horny lobes of the 
interior of the horse-shoe, and below by the membrane which forms one 
side of the passage for the intestines from the thorax to the abdomen. 
The aperture of the thorax which forms this passage is best seen by turn- 
ing up the metathorax, when it will.be observed to be terminated by a 
lozenge-formed section laterally widest, having the trochlea in front, the 
two sockets for the legs at the sides, and the passage for the intestines in 
the middle. 

5. The paraptera are small trapezoidal pieces which intervene be- 
tween the prscutum of the metathorax and the sockets of the under 
wings. In general the paraptera belong to the pectus; but as in our 
insect they are situated above the wings, I have thought it best to describe 
them in this place.* 


Or THE PECTUS. 


The order of Hymenoptera is in general so essentially flying that the 
tergum of the whole thorax undergoes, as we have seen, a very great de~ 
velopement, which of course occasions the pectus to be very little deve- 
loped as to size, except in Ants and other tribes which are essentially 
walkers. This part of our investigation therefore will be proportionably 
difficult, although I think the excellent principles of M. Audouin will 
enable us to surmount the difficulty. 


1. OF THE PEcTUS OF THE PROTHORAX. 


The pectus is diminished in size, as I have said, owing to the great de- 
velopement of the mesothorax. But typically it ought to consist of six 
pieces, viz. 

1, The sternum of the prothorax in Polistes is narrow, and I know 
no better way of describing its shape than as resembling a sand glass 
placed on an escutcheon.t According to Mr. Kirby’s definition, the 


whole matter perfectly explained without the intervention of either wheels or 
pullies. Ihave represented the postscutellum of Polistes in figures 5 and 7. 
* Fig. 5, O. + Fig. 8, U. 


174 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the 


“ prosternum’’ is a “ longitudinal or other elevation of the antepectus 
** between the fore-feet.”” I conceive therefore that he gives the name 
of prosternum only to that part of the sternum of the prothorax in a 
Polistes which resembles the escutcheon, and that he would call all the 
rest part of the antepectus. 

2. The antefurca is considerably developed, the middle process be- 
ing connected with the sternum and the lateral process with the epimeron ; 
the interval forming part of the acetabula of the fore feet.* 

_ 3. The two episterna are each very large, and occupy great part of 
the antepectus. These pieces, together with the epimera, form the ante- 
pectus of Kirby, who has not distinguished. between them.T 

4. Ths two epimera are situated above the antepectus, are smaller 
than the episterna, on which they rest, and are connected together above 
by a ligamentous membrane, which is the representative of the horny 
shield of the prothorax in Coleoptera. 


2. OF THE PECTUS OF THE MESOTHORAX. 


1, The sternum of the mesothorax is large and broad, occupying the 
whole front of the medipectus except for a small space at the two upper 
angles. It is therefore somewhat of a quadrate form.§ The peristethium 
of Kirby in Hymenoptera is the fore part of the sternum, this author not 
dissecting the pieces according to their sutures,|| and therefore confining 
the name of mesosternum to only that part of the sternum of the meso- 
thorax which is between the legs. 

2. The medifurca is very beautiful, exactly resembling the Greek 
letter Y with its arms joined by a cross line. 

3. The episterna of the mesothorax are two sub-triangular pieces, the 
three sides of which are bounded by the collare or scutellum of the pro- 
thorax, the sternum and the epimeron of the mesothorax.** The wings 
are inserted at one of the angles of these lateral sub-triangular pieces, 


* Fig. 8, Z. + Fig. 8, I. 

{ Fig. 8, A. § Fig. 9, Q. 

|| It may be proper, however, to observe, that although the pieces are here 
confluent, each pectus contains typically four pieces to its sternum. 

q Fig. 9, Y. ** Fig. 9, S. 


Thorax in winged Insects. 175 


which have not been distinguished by Mr. Kirby. Between the episterna 
and the squamulz is a small piece called by M. Chabrier the clavicle. It 
is not, however, the clavicula of Mr. Kirby. As however it, like the 
squamula, does not properly belong to the thorax, being a rudimentary 
bone of the wing, I shall not say more of it until I come to treat of the 
Comparative Anatomy of the Wings of Insects in a future paper.* 

4. The epimera of the mesothorax are two sub-quadrangular pieces. 
Three of thesides of an epimeron are bounded by the episternum of the 
mesothorax in front, by the mesosternum below, and by the pectus of the 
metathorax behind; the upper side being bounded by the rudimentary 
bones of the wing and by part of that lateral process of the postscutellum 
of the mesothorax which joins the scutellum of the same. In my draw- 
ing of the medipectus I have carefully avoided representing any part of 
the postscutellum, because it belongs to the tergum. The point of junc- 
tion, however, with the epimeron is marked.t Mr. Kirby has noticed 
the epimera when he very correctly states that ‘in Vespa asmall sub- 
* triangular piece just below the base of the upper wing is probably 
“ analogous to the scapularia in Coleoptera ;” scapularia being appa- 
rently his name for the epimera of the mesothorax. 


3. OF THE PECTUS OF THE METATHORAX. 


This consists of the usual parts, but I cannot here pretend to make 
Mr. Kirby’s nomenclature harmonize with M. Audouin’s. I shall there- 
fore describe the parts in the usual way. 

1. The metasternum is subquadrate, carinated above, and having a 
small slit below in the middle. The anterior angles are elevated. It is 
a very conspicuous piece, yet Mr. Kirby denies its existence.} 

2. The postfurca is composed of two branches, which run off from 
a strong base to meet the junction of the metasternum with its episterna.§ 

3. The episterna are two sub-triangular pieces, each situated close 


* The first pair of stigmata are situated between the collar and the clavicles 
of M. Chabrier. See fig. 1, y. 

+ Fig. 9, R. 

t Fig. 5and10, P. Also see Int, to Ent,, Vol. IIL, p. 383. 

§ Fig. 10, W. 


i176 Mr. W.S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the 


to the stigmata of the scutellum of the metathorax.* Perhaps these are 
Mr. Kirby’s parapleure. 

4, The epimera are large, connecting the scutellum with the meta- 
sternum, and passing from the episternum to the postscutellum.t Mr. 
Kirby seems only to have noticed these pieces under the peculiar form 
they adopt iu Tettigonia, where he calls them opercula.t 


Applying the above philosophical nomenclature to certain insects, which 
have hitherto been considered anomalous, we shall get some remarkable 
results. Let us take, for instance, Stylops Melitte.§ We find the puz~ 
zling appendages to the scutum of the mesothorax to be true elytra, and 
that consequently the only wings the insect possesses are the under wings, 
the paraptera of which are enormously developed as well as the epimera 
of the metathorax. This insect, in fact, ceases to be so very extraor- 
dinary.|| 

Having now detailed this symmetrical theory of the thorax, I may 
apprize the reader that my future descriptions shall be adapted to it. M. 
Jurine, in his valuable paper on the wings of Hymenoptera, says their 
thorax is composed of thirty-six pieces. Considering, however, the 
clavicle of M, Chabrier and the squamula to belong to the wing, there 
are only the follcwing pieces according to Audouin, viz. 


© Fig. 5and 10, N. + Fig. 5 and 10, M. 
t See “‘ Rapport fait a l’Acad. des Sciences, &c., 19 Février, 1821.” p. 7. 


§ Having no specimen of the Stylops with me, I am here alluding to Mr. 
Bauer’s figure of it in the Linnean Transactions, and allowance ought accord- 
ingly to be made for my not here speaking from actual dissection. From M. 
Jurine’s beautiful dissections of Xenos Vesparum it appears that the Strepsiptera 
differ from each other considerably in structure, 


|| In the same way Evania ceases to have its abdomen very singularly situ- 
ated on this explanation of its anatomy, The scutellum and postscutellum of 
the metathorax in this genus being confluent, and the postscutellum, never- 
theless, excessively developed, the abdomen appears inserted on the back of 
the insect. Itis, however, in its proper place. 


Thorax in winged Insects. 177 


Tergum of Prothorax . . . . 4 
Pectus of Prothorax . . . . 6 
Tergum of Mesothorax*. . . 4 
Parapterany igonmctana ie henl sind 
Pectus of Mesothorax. . . . 6 
Tergum of Metathorax . . . 4 
Raraptera.nosja «plishui. | spiireoines h2 
Pectus of Metathorax . . . 6 

Total . 34 


which, if the simple pieces, as sternum, scutellum, &c. be reckoned as 
composed of two, joined by the medial line, will make 52 pieces com- 
posing the thorax.t Of these Mr. Kirby does not describe much more 
than 20, and yet uses about 40 different words for them in his nomencla- 
ture of the parts of the thorax. On the other hand, the nomenclature 
given in this paper, and which J have borrowed from M. Audouin with 


* If lam right as to the separate existence of the lateral pieces of the scus 
tum of the mesothorax, which I call parapsides, then, of course, the tergum 
of the mesothorax is composed of six pieces, four longitudinal, and two late- 
ral. These last two pieces may be occasionally detected separate in the other 
orders, but in all they are very usually confluent with the scutum of the me- 
sothorax, so as to form one piece with it. Vestiges of the separation, however, 
occur even in Polistes, Scolia, &c., and they become perfectly distinct in Chal- 
cis, &e., although in the neighbouring genus Leucospis, they are completely 
confluent. Perhaps the parapsides are the two pieces which, added to M. 
Audouin’s, complete the number which M. Jurine assigns to the thorax, M. 
Jurine had studied the subject too deeply not to have had good reasons for giv- 
ing this number of pieces to the thorax, although, unfortunately, his lamented 
death prevented him from naming them. 

+ Considering the sternum at its maximum of developement, which I believe 
it never is in Hymenoptera, it will consist of four transverse segments which, 
when divided by the medial line, will make the whole number of pieces in the 
thorax mount up to about 72. But I do not believe that ever this whole num- 
ber of pieces can appear together in any insect, because the developement of 
one will cause one or more of its contiguous ones to disappear. 


Vou, V. M 


178 Mr. W. 8S. MacLeay on the Anatomy of the 


little variation, not only gives a complete philosophical and harmonious 
view of the construction of the thorax, but reduces the number of words 
used to express 52 pieces to 11; surely a most important consideration 
when itis borne in mind how great an obstacle to the study of natural his- 
tory isa cumbersome load of anatomical words. I shall always endea- 
vour to proceed on similar principles of symmetry and condensation in 
my future papers where I may have to investigate the anatomy of the 
head, wings, abdomen, and legs. In the mean time, if on no other 
ground than that of priority, I indulge strong hopes that Mr. Kirby will, 
in a new edition of his useful Introduction, see the advantage of returning 
to M. Audouin’s nomenclature of the parts of the thorax, while Mr. West- 
wood, or some other of our acute entomologists, will throw light on the 
structure of our British Insects by subjecting the different genera to the 
above kind of comparative scrutiny. No greater'service can be rendered 
to entomology, the field of discovery here proposed being as untrodden as 
it is vast. 


GENERAL EXPLANATION OF PLATES V. & VI. 


PROTHORAX. MESOTHORAX., METATHORAX. 
A&B ake Se E Prescutum internal H Prescutum 
Scutum F Scutum I Scutum 
If Parapsides (vestiges 
C Scutellum (alias) of the) 
Collare G Scutellum K_ Scutellum 
D  Postscutellum 
internal © Postscutellum inter- 
nal L_ Postscutellum 
A Epimeron R_ Epimeron M_ Epimeron 
Episternum S Episternum N Episternum 
T Parapteron O Parapteron 
U Sternum Q Sternum P Sternum 
a Squamula, Lat. 6 Socket of under wing 
é Clavicula, Chab. & Funiculus, Kird, 
y Stigma a Stigina 
8 Socketofupper wing yz Trochlea, Kirb. 
V’ Middle leg 6 Articulation of abdomen 
oa Sockets of posterior thighs 
V_ Posterior leg 


Z% Antefurca, Kirb. Y Medifurca, Kirb. W Postfurca, Kirb. 
X Part of abdomen 


| Zoological Journal Vol .V.PLY, 


Fig IN 


yi: igh ame SRS Bae. ee 
’ Zoolovicnl Journal Vol:VzP1V1, e 


BIg. V 


LEE af 


44 : 
SS 


Thorax in winged Insects. 179 


Fig. I. Sketch of a profile view of the Mesothorax and Metathorax of 
an Hymenopterous Insect. 
N.B. The line marked thus ~~~ denotes the division between 
the Mesothorax and Metathorax. 
Fig. II. Outline of the Tergum of an Hymenopterous Insect as seen 
externally and in a front view. 
Fig. Il]. Tergum of Prothorax in Polistes Billardieri, Fab. 
* Front view seen a little obliquely. 
+ Side view. 
Fig. IV. Tergum of Mesothorax in Polistes Billardiert, Fab. 
* Front view, which shews vestiges of the sutures which 
separate the Parapsides from the Scutum. 
+ Side view. 
Fig. V. Tergum of Metathorax in Polistes Billardieri, Fab. 
* Front view. 
+ Side view of the whole of the Metathorax. 
Fig. VI. Scutum of Metathorax in the same insect, 
Fig. VII. Termination of Metathorax to shew the four different apertures, 
viz. the Trochlea, the Articulation of the Abdomen, and the 
Sockets of the two posterior Legs. 
Fig. VIII. Pectus of the Prothorax in Polistes Billardieri, Fab. 
* Front view with parts separated. 
+ Side view with the parts separated. 
Fig. IX. Pectus of the Mesothorax in Polistes Billardiert, Fab. 
* Front view with the parts separated. 
+ Side view with the parts separated. 
Fig. X. Pectus of the Metathorax in the same insect, front view. 


Arr. XXVII. Additional Notice on the Genus Capromys of 
Desmarest. By W. S. MacLeay, Esq., M.A., F.L.S., 
&c. 


In my Paper on the genus Capromys of Desmarest, there are two 
typographical mistakes; the Spanish name for the troublesome Pulex 
M 2 


180 Mr. W. S. MacLeay’s Additional Notes on Capromys. 


penetrans being Wigua, and the British West India name for it being the 
Chigoe or Jigger. I beg to state also, that I have lately met with Dr. 
Poeppig’s Paper on Capromys, printed in the Philadelphia Transactions, 
by which it appears that this gentleman had forestalled several of my 
remarks. The perusal of his observations, moreover, makes me think 
that the animal described by Mr. Say as Isodon pilorides, is not the Mo- 
huy of Oviedo, but only some variety of the Capromys Fournieri, or the 
Hutia Congo. Isodon pilorides of Say will therefore be, as Dr. 
Poeppig thinks, only a synonym of Cap. Fournieri, Desm.; and Capro- 
mys prehensilis will be the true scientific name (as assigned by Dr. Poep- 
pig) of the Mohuy, or Hutia Carabali.. This matter would doubtless 
have been cleared up long ago, had the five animals I sent you alive in 
the Aurora Frigate, Capt. Austin, arrived safe; for you have a ready ac- 
cess to books, that in this out-of-the-way place I can only expect to see 
by the merest accident. 

I doubt much whether the Hutia Carabali has a tail so prehensile as 
Dr. Poeppig describes. I have seen a negro catch one by its long tail, 
and then swinging it, completely prevent it from being able to turn and 
bite him. The animal seemed indeed to be helpless when thus suspended 
by the tail. It is astonishing the force with which these Hutias will cling 
by their claws to the hollow of a tree. I have seen one, rather than let 
go his hold, allow a negro who had caught him by the tail to pull it off. 
Both the Capromys Fournieri and C. prehensilis are very paztial to ca- 
terpillars and chrysalids, but I observe they do not care much for sapro- 
phagous larvee, such as those of Dynastide, &c. They will also eat dried 
grass or hay. Their favourite food, however, in their native woods, is 
the bitter wild orange which has fallen to the ground, and so become de- 
composed. Atnight, which is their period of activity, they descend to 
eat these rotten oranges, and any other fruits or seeds that may have 
fallen. The Hutias are so plentiful in some districts of this island, that 
it isno uncommon thing to maintain the whole of the negroes on an In- 
genio, or sugar estate, with them as their principal or only animal food. 


Mr. Blackwall on Geometric Spiders. 181 


Arr. XXVIII. On the manner in which the Geometric Spi- 
ders construct their Nets. By Joun Bracxwatt, Esq., 
FLLS., &c. 


Few animals of solitary habits are endowed with more extraordinary 
instincts than Spiders. The ardent affection for their offspring so strik- 
ingly manifested by some species; the exquisite skill displayed by many 
in fabricating silken cocoons to contain their eggs, and in the construc- 
tion of their habitations; the highly curious contrivances by means of 
which others traverse the regions of air, or descend beneath the surface 
of water; and the various stratagems had recourse to by all in eluding 
their numerous enemies and in securing their living prey, are eminently 
calculated to attract the attention and elicit the admiration of every per- 
son who has a mind alive to the wonderful physiological phenomena 
exhibited by the inferior orders of animated beings. But interesting as 
the general economy of this remarkable tribe of animals is, and well 
deserving of more minute investigation than has hitherto been bestowed 
upon it, on the present occasion I purpose to limit my observations to 
the manner in which seyeral British species of geometric Spiders con- 
struct their snares. 

By the elegance of their symmetrical structure and their extreme deli- 
cacy of texture, the nets of these uneducated geometricians never fail to 
excite astonishment, even in the most thoughtless observer, and the pen 
of the natural historian has been frequently employed in describing the 
singular process by which they are formed. Among the various authors 
whose works I have consulted, Messrs. Kirby and and Spence have given 
the most circumstantial account of this process in their comprehensive 
and excellent Introduction to Entomology ;* I shall, therefore, avail my- 
self of what these gentlemen have done, without reserve, introducing 
such particulars in addition as haye resulted from my own researches, 
and attempting to solve a few of those difficulties which they have left 
without explanation. 

The geometric Spiders usually suspend their nets in an oblique or 
nearly vertical position, fixing them to trees, shrubs, plants, buildings, &c. 


* Vol. L, Letter XII. 


182 Mr. Blackwall on the Construction of the 


in places where the insects they prey upon abound. After selecting a 
suitable situation for her purpose, the Spider’s first operation, in most in- 
stances, is to enclose an area, the figure of which appears to be a matter 
of indifference, with lines of her ownspinning. This is effected by pro- 
ceeding along the objects immediately surrounding the space destined to 
be occupied by the net, and attaching to several points, by pressing the 
spinners against them, a line drawn out after her in her transit from one 
to another. These marginal lines she strengthens with a few additional 
ones, and finally gives them the requisite degree of tension by applying 
to them in different directions numerous smaller threads. Having thus 
completed the foundations of her snare, in the next place she commences 
to fill up the outline. Fixing a thread to one of the boundary lines, along 
which she walks, she guides the filament produced in her progress with 
one of her hind feet, that it may not touch in any part and adhere pre- 
maturely; and crossing over to the opposite side, she there attaches it 
firmly by applying her spinners. To the middle of this diagonal thread, 
which is to form the centre of the net, she fixes asecond, which in like 
manner she conveys and fastens to another part of the lines encompass- 
ing the area. Along this last-formed thread she returns, drawing out 
another after her, which, as she does not employ any means to keep it 
distinct, becomes connected with that on which she is advancing, and is 
ultimately glued by its extremity to the centre of the net. In this man- 
ner, but without observing any regularity in the order of her progression, 
she forms about twenty or thirty radii, composed of double lines, diverg- 
ing from the centre to the circumference, and giving the net the appear- 
ance of awheel. She then proceeds to the centre, turns herself round, 
and pulls each radius with her feet to ascertain its strength, breaking such 
as seem defective and replacing them by others. Her next proceeding is 
to produce, round the centre of the net, a spiral line extending thence to 
the circumference, and intersecting the radii, to which she attaches it by 
pressing her spinners against them. This spiral line, a few of the more 
central circumvolutions of which are much nearer to each other than are 
those removed to a greater distance from that point, serves as a temporary 
scaffolding for the Spider to walk over, and also to keep the radii properly 
stretched during her succeeding operations. It, together with the radii 
and marginal lines, is composed of unadhesive silk; but a spiral line has 


Nets of Geometric Spiders 183 


now to be spun from the circumference around the centre, which may be 
regarded as constituting the most important part of the snare. It con- 
sists of a fine thread closely studded with minute dew-like globules, easily 
separable from each other by extending the elastic filament on which 
they are arranged. They are, in fact, globules of viscid gum, as is proved 
by their adhering to the finger and retaining dust thrown upon the net, 
while the unadhesive radii and exterior threads remain unsoiled. These 
viscid threads alone retain the insects which fly into the net, and as they 
lose their adhesive property by the action of the air, it is requisite that 
they should be frequently renewed, a process not neglected by the Spi- 
der, which evinces a perfect consciousness of its necessity. Placing her- 
self at the circumference of the net, and fastening her viscid thread to the 
end of one of the radii, the Spider walks up that radius towards the cen- 
tre, till she comes in contact with the last produced circumyolution of the 
unadhesive spiral line, along which she passes to the adjoining radius, 
drawing out the thread in her transit with the claws of the hind leg 
nearest to the circumference. She then transfers the thread to the claws 
of the other hind leg, and passing down the radius at which she has just 
arrived towards the circumference, she places the foot of the hind leg 
previously employed in drawing out the thread, on that point in the ra- 
dius to which her filament is to be attached, and bringing the spinners to 
the spot there makes it secure. The precise place in each radius at 
which to fix the thread, is always ascertained by the situation of the foot 
of the hind leg, and this is determined by touching with the feet of those 
legs nearest the circumference, the marginal line, or, when the structure 
of the net is further advanced, the last-formed circumyolution of the viscid 
spiral line. As this last line approaches the several circumvolutions of 
the unadhesive spiral line, the Spider bites them away, being sensible 
that they are no longer of any use to her, and this fact explains why they 
are never seen intermixed with the circumyolutions of the former in 
finished nets. The viscid spiral line, whose circumyolutions are nearly 
equidistant, being separated by a space of one or two lines, is thus pro- 
duced till it extends to the most proximate circumvolutions of the unadhe- 
sive spiral line, which occupying the central part of the net are suffered 
to remain ; it is then discontinued, and the Spider making choice of some 
retired spot in the vicinity, there constructs a cell in which she may con- 


184 Mr. Blackwall on the Construction of the 


ceal herself from observation. From the centre of the net to this retreat 
she spins a line of communication, composed of several threads united 
together throughout their entire length, the vibrations of which speedily 
inform her of the capture of her prey; and here her labours terminate. 
Such is the process, with some slight modifications now to be noticed, 
employed by the geometric Spiders in the formation of their snares. One 
species generally converts a radius into the line of communication between 
the net and its retreat, instead of spinning a separate line for that pur- 
pose ; and this peculiar appropriation, whether the radius be in the plane 
of the snare, or whether it be withdrawn from that plane, as is frequently 
the case, imparts an unfinished appearance to the net, as it prevents the 
spider from giving her viscid line a spiral form, though this is sometimes 
attempted with a greater or less degree of success. No sooner does the 
Spider arrive at one of the radii adjacent to that in connection with her 
cell, than she returns, traversing the frame-work of her snare till she 
arrives at the adjoining radius on the opposite side, when she again re- 
traces her steps, and thus oscillating between the two, spins a number of 
curved viscid lines, or arcs of circles, diminishing in length from the 
circumference of the net towards the centre. Dr. Lister, who has figured 
and described this species in his Treatise de Araneis, fig. X. p. 47-8, was 
well acquainted with this peculiarity so common in the structure of its 
snare, but he has fallen into the error of supposing that it occurs invari- 
ably, as appears from the following passage cited from his work. ‘* Rete 
“ amplum & elegantissimum tendit : illud autem in eo perpetuum & sin- 
“* gulare est, nimirdm é radiis unicum maculis utringque nudari, idque é 
** centro reticuli ad ejus usque circumferentiam ; qui feré ad aliquam in 
‘¢ pariete rimulam aut alibi, ubi animal tuté totum diem latet, porrigitur : 
“© atque hic radius ei velut scala est, per quem ascendat descendatque.”’ 
The learned authors of the Introduction to Entomology, in treating 
upon the construction of the nets of geometric Spiders, (for their remarks, 
though limited to the proceedings of an individual for the convenience of 
description, seem intended to apply to all,) state that the Spider always 
leaves a vacant interval round the smallest first spun circles that are 
nearest the centre, but for what purpose they are unable to conjecture ; 
and that lastly, she bites away the small cotton-like tuft that united all the 
radii at the centre of the net, and in the circular opening resulting from 


Nets of Geometric Spiders. 185 


this procedure she takes her station and watches for her prey. In this 
account I recognize the proceedings of one only among several species of 
geometric Spiders with which I am acquainted. As far as my own obser- 
vations extend, it never, like the last species, converts a radius into a line 
of communication with its retreat; and when it occupies the aperture in 
the centre of its snare, a thread from its spinners is generally connected 
with the innermost circumvolution of the unadhesive spiral line, by means 
of which it quickly lowers itself to the ground when suddenly disturbed. 
But there are other species which rarely, if ever, leave a vacant interval 
round that portion of the unadhesive spiral line allowed to remain near 
the centre of the net; neither do they form an opening at the centre, 
which almost invariably is left entire. 

The reason why the viscid spiral line is not continued to the centre of 
the net is obvious, for by this arrangement the Spider is enabled to super- 
intend her toils without incurring the risk of being entangled in them. 
The species referred to by Messrs. Kirby and Spence as always leaving a 
vacant interval round the smallest first spun circles that are nearest the 
centre of her net, produces fewer of these small circles than any other 
Spider that has fallen under my notice; consequently, if the viscid line 
were prolonged till it made a near approximation to them, the unadhesive 
lines about the centre would be too closely circumscribed, and the Spider 
would be subjected to great inconvenience. 

Hitherto I have supposed the Spider to form her snare in places evi- 
dently easy of access to her; but it is not unusual to see nets fixed to 
objects between which it is quite impossible that a communication can 
have been established by any process alluded to above; between distant 
plants, for example, growing in water. ‘* Here then,” as the authors of 
the Introduction to Entomology observe, ‘a difficulty occurs. How 
« does the Spider contrive to extend her main line, which is often many 
*« feet in length, across inaccessible openings of this description ?”? To 
this curious fact my attention has long been directed, and I have thoroughly 
satisfied myself, by observation and experiment, that in such instances 
Spiders invariably avail themselves of currents of air, by which their lines 
are sometimes conveyed to a surprising distance. 

If the geometric Spiders be placed on twigs set upright in glazed 
earthen-ware vessels with perpendicular sides, containing a sufficient 


186 Mr. Blackwall on the Construction of the 


quantity of water completely to immerse their bases, the Spiders, thus 
insulated, use every means in their power to effect an escape; all their 
efforts, however, uniformly prove unavailing in a still atmosphere ; never- 
theless, when exposed to a current of air, or when gently blown upon 
with the breath, they immediately turn the abdomen in the direction of 
the breeze, and emit from the spinning apparatus some of their liquid 
gum, which being carried out ina line by the current, becomes connected 
with some object in the vicinity. This the Spider ascertains by pulling 
at it with her feet, and drawing it in till it is sufficiently tense, she gums 
it fast to the twig, and passing along it speedily regains her liberty. 
Now, that the same means are frequently resorted to by Spiders in their 
natural haunts, for the purposes of changing their situation and fixing the 
foundations of their snares, I have repeatedly observed. 1am aware that 
in the Introduction to Entomology an objection has been urged against 
the explanation of the difficulty here insisted upon. “ If,’’ say the 


learned authors, “‘ the position of the main line be thus determined by — 


“ce 


the accidental influence of the wind, we might expect to see these nets 
arranged with great irregularity, and crossing each other in every direc- 
tion; yet it is the fact, that however closely crowded they may be, 
they constantly appear to be placed not by accident but design, com- 
monly running parallel with each other at right angles with the points 
of support, and never interfering.’”’ In favourable weather, it is well 
known, that the geometric Spiders usually begin to construct their nets 
soon after the close of day, and as similar processes must be influenced 
in a like manner by the simultaneous operation of the same cause, the 
lines of individuals carried out by a current of air till they become at- 
tached to some distant object, will be all parallel or nearly so. This 
regularity, therefore, instead of militating against the opinion maintained 
above, appears to me to furnish a powerful argument in support of it. 
Sometimes the geometric Spiders suspend their nets in places not 
entirely surrounded by objects to which, in the first instance, they can 
proceed and attach their boundary lines. In such cases their operations 
are deserving of attention. After spinning a few radii, which are fixed 
to several distant points most accessible to her, the Spider fastens a thread 
to one of them, gluing it to that extremity which is farthest from the 
centre of her net, Along this radius she walks, drawing out the thread 


«“ 


Nets of Geometric Spiders. 187 


after her, and guiding it with one of her hind feet, till she reaches its 
point of union with one of the adjoining radii: on to this radius she 
steps, and passing along it to the other extremity, there makes fast her 
thread; by this simple process connecting with marginal lines distant 
objects between which no direct communication previously existed. 

In the formation of their nets Spiders are regulated chiefly by the 
sense of touch, which they possess in high perfection. This is rendered 
extremely probable by the general tenor of their proceedings ; for ex- 
ample, they ascertain when they have the full complement of radii by 
approaching the centre of the net, which is their common point of union, 
and touching each in succession with the feet, supplying deficiencies 
wherever they are perceived; and I have already remarked, which greatly 
tends to confirm this opinion, that they generally construct their snares 
in the night. The fact, however, is established beyond dispute by the fol- 
lowing circumstance. I have repeatedly confined Spiders in glass jars 
placed in situations absolutely impervious to light, and yet during their 
captivity they have produced perfect nets of admirable workmanship. 

Spiders were supposed by Dr. Lister* to be able to retract their 
threads within the abdomen ; and whoever minutely observes the geome- 
tricians when fabricating their silken snares, will be almost induced to 
entertain the same belief. The viscid line produced in the Spider’s 
transit from one radius to another, is sometimes drawn out to a much 
greater extent than is necessary to connect the two, yet on approaching 
the point at which it is to be attached, it appears rapidly to re-enter the 
spinners, till it is reduced to the exact length required. This optical 
illusion, for such it is, is occasioned by the extreme elasticity of the thread, 
which may be extended several inches by the application of a slight 
force, and on its removal will contract into a minute globule of almost 
inappreciable dimensions. The viscid line alone possesses this property 
in a remarkable degree, (the radii and marginal lines being almost desti- 
tute of it,) by which it is adapted to the frequent and rapid changes in 
distance that take place among the radii when the net is agitated by winds 
or other disturbing forces ; and by which the insects that fly against it 
are more completely entangled than they otherwise could be, without 


* De Araneis, p. 8. 


188 Mr. Blackwall on the Construction, &c. 


doing extensive injury to the frame-work of the snare. How this viscid 
line is fabricated is at present unknown. An examination of its struc- 
ture, and of the apparatus by which it is produced would furnish interest- 
ing employment for the microscope. 

In order to determine whether objects entangled in their toils are ani- 
mate or inanimate, the geometric Spiders pull with their feet the radii 
immediately in connection with that part of the snare in which they are 
suspended, and suddenly letting go their hold, produce by this means a 
vibratory motion in the net which seldom fails to excite to action such 
insects as are ensnared. Guided by the struggles of her prey, the Spider 
runs along the most contiguous radius to seize her victim, avoiding any 
contact with the viscid line as much as possible, and drawing out after her 
a thread attached to one of the lines near the centre of her net, which 
serves to facilitate her return. 

I regret that fam unable to particularize those species of Spiders which 
have been more especially the objects of the preceding observations and 
experiments; but so little has been accomplished in this interesting 
branch of zoology by British faunists since the time of Lister, that hitherto 
all my attempts to determine some of them have proved ineffectual. 

Previously to giving my remarks publicity, I would gladly have availed 
myself of the labours of our continental neighbours in this department of 
natural history, but this would have been attended with considerable in- 
convenience and much delay, and I am well informed that the works of 
M. Walckenaer, who is regarded as the highest authority on this subject, 
are out of print, and cannot be procured either in London or Paris.* A 
book descriptive of British Spiders, if ably conducted, and accompanied 
with accurately coloured engravings illustrative of species, would, I do 
not doubt, be very favourably received by the naturalists of this kingdom. 
That such a publication should still be a desideratum in the country which 
has produced a Ray, a Lister and a Willughby is a humiliating reflection. 


* M. Walckenaer has commenced, in the Faune Frangaise, (a work now in 
progress,) a history of the spiders which inhabit France, This will probably 
include the greater number of the British species. —Eb. 


Mr. Blackwall on the Cygnus Bewickii. 189 


Art. XXIX. Observations on a newly-described Species of 
Swan. By Joun Biacxwatt, Esg., F.L.S., &c. 


Tue London Literary Gazette, published on the 23rd of January, 
contains the following notice, under the head “ Linnean Society,’ pages 
56, 57. Another interesting communication, from the pen of William 
“ Yarrell, Esq., F.L.S., &c., was also read; it was on a new species of 
* Wild Swan, taken in England, and hitherto confounded with the 
‘ Hooper. The scientific author in this paper observed, that European 
** naturalists had as yet admitted but one Wild Swan in their systematic 
* catalogues; repeated dissections, however, convinced him of the ex- 
‘« istence of a second species, ‘The new Swan was represented as one- 
‘* third smaller than the Hooper, but very similar to that well-known 
‘« bird in its external characters. In their internal structure they were 
*< stated to be decidedly different; and the comparative anatomy of both 
‘« was detailed at some length. A preserved bird of both species, and 
“« several prepared parts of each, as well as numerous drawings, were on 
«« the table, in illustration of the subject. The various anatomical pecu- 
** liarities of this new species were considered highly interesting, and the 


* proofs of distinction conclusive.” 

From an examination of the various specimens of Swans contained in 
the Manchester Museum, two of whichare Whistling Swans, or Hoopers, 
one in mature and the other in immature plumage, and a third is of the 
kind so recently described by Mr. Yarrell, I have, for several years past, 
strongly suspected that there are two distinct species of the genus Cygnus 
which occasionally visit this country. But, notwithstanding the compara- 
tively small size of the last-mentioned bird, its more clumsy figure, and 
the snowy whiteness of its plumage, which indicates maturity, its general 
appearance bears so striking a resemblance to that of the Hooper, that I 
hesitated to announce it as a new species previously to my having made 
myself acquainted in some measure with its habits and internal organiza- 
tion, no opportunity of investigating which had hitherto presented itself. 

My attention has again been directed to this interesting subject, and 
my former suspicion corroborated, by a remarkable circumstance that 


190 Mr. Blackwall on the Cygnus Bewickit. 


lately occurred in the neighbourhood in which [ reside. About half-past 
eight on the morning of the 10th of December, 1829, a flock of twenty- 
nine Swans, mistaken by many persons who saw them for wild geese, 
was flying over the township of Crumpsall, at an elevation not exceeding 
fifty yards above the surface of the earth. They flew in a line, taking a 
northerly direction, and their loud calls, for they were very clamorous 
when on wing, might be heard to a considerable distance, I afterwards 
learned that they alighted on an extensive reservoir near Middleton, 
where they were shot at, and an individual had one of its wings so severely 
injured that it was disabled from accompanying its companions in their 
retreat. 

A short time since I had an opportunity of seeing this bird, which was 
then living, and resembled the rest of the flock with which it had been 
associated, and found, as I had anticipated, that it was precisely similar 
to the small Swan preserved in the Museum at Manchester, which, I 
should state, was purchased in the fish-market in that town, about five or 
six years ago. 

Twenty-nine of these birds congregated together, without a single 
Whistling Swan among them, isa fact so decisive of the distinctness of 
this species, especially when taken in connection with those external 
characters in which it differs from the Hooper, that I should no longer 
have deferred to describe it as a new bird to ornithologists, had I not been 
anticipated by Mr. Yarrell. " 

Of the habits and manners of this species little could be ascertained 
from a brief inspection of a wounded individual; I may remark, however, 
that when on the water, it had somewhat the air and appearance of a 
Goose, carrying the neck straight and erect, and being almost wholly 
devoid of that grace and majesty by which the Mute Swan is so advan- 
tageously distinguished. It appeared to be a shy and timid bird, and 
could only be approached near by stratagem, when it intimated its appre- 
hension by uttering its call. It carefully avoided the society of a Mute 
Swan which was on the same piece of water. 

As far as I can form an opinion from the concise abstract of Mr. Yar- 
rell’s researches relative to the bird in question, with which this article is 
introduced, it appears to me that the conclusion at which that gentleman 
has arrived is deduced principally from anatomical facts. If I am correct 


Dr. Heineken’s Entomological Notices. 191 


in my surmise, he will, in all probability, regard this communication, 
which, by the addition of novel and important evidence, tends more com- 
pletely to establish his views, as forming an interesting supplement to his 


paper. 


ADDITIONAL OBSERVATIONS ON Mr. YARRELL’S NEWLY-DESCRIBED 
SPECIES OF SWAN. 


On the 28th of February, at half-past ten A. M., seventy-three Swans, 
of the species recently described by W. Yarrell, Esq., as distinct from the 
Hooper, and named by that distinguished naturalist Cygnus Bewichii, were 
observed flying over Crumpsall in a south-easterly direction, at a con- 
siderable elevation. They flew abreast, forming an extensive line, like 
those seen on the 10th of December, 1829; like them too they were 
mistaken for wild geese by most persons who saw them with whom I had 
an opportunity of conversing on the subject, but their superior size, the 
whiteness of their plumage, their black feet, easily distinguished as they 
passed overhead, and their reiterated calls, which first directed my atten- 
tion to them, were so strikingly characteristic, that skilful ornithologists 
could not be deceived with regard to the genus to which they belonged. 

That these birds were not Hoopers may be safely inferred from their 
great inferiority in point of size. Now the circumstance of the small 
Swans associating together in large numbers, unaccompanied by Hoopers, 
the only known species with which they could be confounded by 
naturalists, and the difference, pointed out by Mr. Yarrell, in their inter- 
nal structure, are facts which completely establish their specific dis- 
tinctness. 


“Aer. XXX. Entomological Notices. By the late C. 
Heineken, M.D., &c. 


In the Ist vol. of the 2nd edition of the “ Introduction to Entomology,” 
p- 361, it is stated that the female Lycosa “ feeds her young until their 
first moult,’”’ and as it struck me that the difficulties of supplying with 


192 Dr. Heineken’s Entomological Notices. 


food so numerous and minute a progeny would be very great, 1 was 
anxious to ascertain the mode in which it would be accomplished. On 
the 10th August, 1827, a female Lycosa of a large, (an inch from man- 
dibles to anus,) and to me new, species, which had long been kept con- 
fined for other purposes, hatched a sac of eggs, and was soon completely 
covered with young. The cage was so constructed that they could leave 
it and returnat all times, but that she could not. She had been, (as be- 
fore stated,) long accustomed to the confinement and mode of feeding, and 
from these circumstances, as well as not belonging to the class of web- 
making Spiders, imprisonment seemed to interfere but little with her 
natural habits. A fly was putin (the Spider having been fedas usual on 
the preceding day); I watched until the whole was consumed. Not a 
young one ever left its station on the mother, or seemed at all interested 
in what was going forward. 15th. The young have never yet been seen 
to quit the mother: she has been fed as usual, but in no instance have 
they participated in the prey, altered their situations, or appeared in the 
least excited while she was engaged with it. 2lst. In every respect the 
same. 25th (15 days from their birth). The young have quitted the 
mother and escaped from the cage. 

To establish the fact of their having derived no nourishment in any 
way from the parent during this period, I separated acolony on the 12th 
and put them in a glass, with nothing more substantial than air to feed 
upon. On the 24th, a lens could not detect any difference in size and - 
appearance between these and those which had been left with the mother. 
After this period they began to die, and on the 31st one was seen preying 
on another. Eventually one only remained, but I believe that many more 
perished from starvation than by their fellow-prisoners. 

If [supposed that the “ I have more than once been gratified by a 
« sight of this interesting spectacle,” &c. &c., (which concludes Messrs. 
Kirby and Spence’s account of the Lycosa, ) applied to the mode of feed- 
ing the young (of which there is no mention), and not exclusively to thes 
** clustering about her,’ aoe is especially noticed,) I should feel 
bound in common courtesy to speak very diffidently about the opposite 
result of my experiment, and in common justice to allow every reason- 
able deduction from it on account of its having been a solitary one, (in 
consequence of the difficulty of procuring the spider during the breeding 


3 


Habits of Spiders as regards their Young. 193 


Season), and made upon animals in an unnatural state ; but as, from the 
way in which it is given, it looks m e a general assertion than the 
result of personal observation, I suspect that like many of its class it will 
prove an erroneous one, and that protection is all for which they stand 
indebted to the parent. 

It appears to me that in Spiders the following gradation is in a great 
measure followed. viz. a 

Ist. Those which pay no regard to the cocoons when deposited, and 
desert both them andthe web altogether as soon as the number is com- 
pleted: e.g. Epeira Cacti,* or the Aranea fasciata, Fab. 

2nd. Those which remain in the web, but take no notice of the cocoon 
after it is deposited: e.g. Epeira fasciata, Walck. 

3rd. Those which remain near the cocoon until it hatches, but pay no 
attention to the young: e.g. Epetra castrensis,* &c. 

4th. Those which sit upon the cocoon: e.g. Clubiona, Salticus, &c. 

5th. Those which carry it under the belly when they move, and after- 


wards fix it on the web and partly hold it by their fore legs: e.g. The- 


ridion inflatum.* 
6th. Those which carry it between the mandibles and never quit it 


“until it hatches: e. g. Pholcus phalangioides ; and _ 


7th. Those which carry it always at the anus, and protect the young 
for a certain period: e. g. Lycosa. ; 

This latter, as far as my observations go, is the extent to whieh paren- 
tal affection, as some innocently call it, has carried Spiders ; and although 
a gentleman, in one of the late Numbers of the Zoological Journal, pos- 
sesses a Baucis and Philemon as exemplars of his “ Loves of the Spiders,” 
and seems to hint that the time may not be far distant when the “ etiam 
« in amoribus seva”? may be proved a gross libel upon the lady, yet I 
fear that the matron-like qualities of a dry nurse will even then remain 
* aconsummation to be wished for.’”? By the bye, I suspect that. al- 

ough in that instance the dalliance seemed to last a most unreasonable 
ime, yet that she must either, in the quaint phraseology of old White, 


* As I have never been able to procure the work of M. Walckenaer, and have 
no fuller guide to species than Latreille’s Histoire &c,, I have been obliged ta 
give pro tempore names, by way of distinction. 

Vou. V. N 


a 
194 Dr. Heineken’s Entomological Notices. 


have had an overweening stock of *‘ curiosity to satisfy,’ or that he was 
somewhat of a novice in the “art of love;’’ for although I have never 
succeeded in detecting a pair in the rapturous embrace, yet I have con- 
stantly found males dead in the morning which had been introduced into 
the same cages with females over night. In one instance last summer I 
found a pair, (Epeira Cacti,) on opposite sides of the same web, but 
within a few inches of each other; after waiting until my patience was 
exhausted, I removed them into a large jar containing the branch of a 
plant: in the morning a.hind leg was all which the unfortunate swain 
had left, to “* prate of his whereabout!’’ About the same time, a male 
and female Epeira calophylla, in separate cells on the same orange leaf, 
were confined in the same manner; theirs turned out a complete Char- 
lotte and Werter affair; she was dead and he survived her but an hour! 
However, to be serious. [am aware that being in confinement not one 
of my experiments on this head is worth any thing. The matter is still 
sub judice, and can only be set at rest by that most useful of all classes of 
naturalists, the out of door one. Froma number of experiments which 
it would be tiresome and needless to detail, and which are but of very 
moderate vulue from ill health having obliged me to make them upon 
individuals in confinement, it appears, ]st. That all young Spiders can, 
and that many even in a state of nature probably do, live for the first 
fortnight without nourishment. 2ndly. That they all combine, and act 
in unison and harmony for a certain period, whether confined or at large, 
this law applying even to different species when confined together. 
3rdly. That mothers during this period respect the lives, not only of their 
own progeny, but of that of others. 4thly. That afterwards a bellum 
internecinum without regard to age or relationship is waged; and 5thly. 
That although the settling of preliminaries may be indefinitely prolonged, 
yet that the act once accomplished, the truce is ipso facto at an end, and 
*< sauve qui peut”’ is the termination of their amours. "7 


Having opened the ‘ Introduction to Entomology,’’ (a book which it 
is not always easy to close again) I see that at page 56 of the same volume 
and edition, the authors, in their enthusiasm to answer the ‘ objections 
“« to Entomology,”’ have rather unwittingly armed against themselves a 


% 


Capacity for Pain in Insects. 195 


champion, who, although in himself a host, never dreamt, I suspect, of 
buckling on his armour in so weak a cause. They (Messrs. Kirby and 
Spence) say, “ But this inference that insects are not indued with the 
** same sense of pain as the higher orders of animals, is reduced to cer- 
“* tainty when we attend to the facts which insects every day present to 
“* us, proving that the very converse of our great poet’s conclusion, 


“‘ the poor beetle that we tread upon” 


** In corporal sufferance finds a pang as great 
‘© As when a giant dies,” o 


‘© must be regarded as nearer the truth.”’ Now, under correction, “ our 
‘* great poet’’ never for a moment intended to conclude, or to lead others 
to the conclusion, that insects are indued with as high a sense of pain as 
men. He spoke exclusively of the physical, or, to use his own word, 


“ corporal” pain of dying. He said, though in other words, ‘it is 
« 


« 


evident to your senses that the corporal pain is little or nothing to a 


* crushed insect; it would be no greater to a giant as suddenly anni- 


‘ hilated; therefore it is trifling in both cases, and all the extra suffering 
*< (the only real suffering in fact) of the man is mental.’’ His authority 
might therefore with propriety be used to prove that physical pain was 
much less severe in all animals than is generally supposed, (and which I 
have no doubt that it is,) but after reading the former part of the quotation, 


** Dar’st thou die? 
« The pain of death is most in apprehension, — 
** And the poor beetle,” &c. &c.* 


¥ 


* There are few instances of a more complete perversion of the meaning by 

a partial quotation of a sentence, than occurs in this passage of Shakspeare. 
The object of the fair pleader being to encourage her brother steadfastly to en- 
counter death, would scarcely have been forwarded by depicting that consum- 
_# mation as attended with great corporal sufferance, Yet such is the effect of the 
omission of the context. It is curious too to observe the zeal with whick. en- 
tomologists especially have again and again defended themselves against an 
assertion which reflects not upon them, and which ignorance alone could apply 
tothem, Naturalists and the vulgar alone have misunderstood the bearing 
of the passage: the commentators have seen it in its proper light, as explained 
above by Dr. Heineken; and Mr. Douce expressly remarks, ‘‘ The meaning is 


N 2 


4 
\ 


196 Dr. Heineken’s Entomological Notices. 


no one will, I think, accuse him of lending his sanction to the mawkish 
cant of those puling sentimentalists, who 


“ Compound for sins they are inclin’d to 
** By damning those they have no mind to,” 


and while they either directly or indirectly encourage the emasculation 
(neither a pleasant nor a painless operation I take it) of whole races of 
animals, from the Mammalia downwards, the crimping of cod, skinning 
of eels, boiling of lobsters and roasting of geese alive! for the mere grati- 
fication of a sensual appetite; and the impaling of worms, embowelling 
of frogs, “ playing with’’* trouts, &c. &c. for the most contemptible of 
all amusements; are ready to faint oyer a legless fly, orto ‘< die of a rose 
“ in aromatic pain.” Whether Shakspeare supposed mutilation to be 
equally painful to the one as to the other, he gives us no opportunity of 
judging, but from his general truth to nature we havea right to infer that 
he did not. Pope, the poet of art, might for the mere gingle write 
«¢ Why has not man a microscopic eye >”? and with as much sense reply 
‘© For this plain reason, man is nota fly;”’ (although the former has the 
most truly microscopic organ of vision of any animal, and the latter a 
very imperfect one,) because no one ever supposed him to have known 
better; because he was a great deal too learned in perfumes and curling 
papers to condescend to such trifles as those of natural science; and be- 
cause the best poem he ever wrote was the most artificial one that ever 
was written: but Shakspeare both knew better and wrote better. 


As I happen to be just now in a critical humor, and as I only follow 
their example both in its indulgence and in the subject upon which J am 
exercising it, I would for a moment turn to p. 392 of the same volume, 
where Messrs. Kirby and Spence have quoted “ shard-born beetle’’ as 
Shakspeare’s, and wishing to see a little deeper into the millstone than 
‘* the commentators,’ have added in a note, “it might have thrown 


« —fear is the principal sensation in death, which has no pain; and the giant, 
« when he dies, feels no greater pain than the beetle.’—E. T. B. 

* That is, drowning a miserable animal by degrees, with a barbed hook in 
his vitals by way of a soother, and a line constantly tugging at it to remind 
him of its presence. 


- 


Signification of Shard. 197 


** some weight into the scale of those who contend for the orthography 
“ above (born) and that the meaning of shard in this place is dung, if 
“ they had been aware that the beetle (Scarabeus stercorarius) is actu~ 
*¢ ally born amongst dung and nowhere else, and that no beetle which 
** makes a hum in flying can with propriety be said, as Dr. Johnson has 
‘* interpreted the epithet in his Dictionary, ‘to be born amongst broken 
*« stones or pots.” They also state, on the authority of Mr. MacLeay, that 
* sharn is the common name of cow-dung in the north, and that there- 
** fore Shakspeare probably wrote sharn-born”’ In Antony and Cleo- 
patra, when they are talking about the love of Lepidus for Cesar and 
Antony, Agrippa says, “ Both he loves,’ to which Enobarbus adds, 
“« They are his shards and he their beetle.’? Now as Shakspeare would 
hardly cali the same thing sharn invone place and shard in another, and 
as it is clear that sharn, that is, cow-dung, in the mouth of Enobarbus 
would be palpable nonsense, and shard as a beetle’s birth-place in Mac- 
beth, and its wing-covers in Antony and Cleopatra would be even a worse 
jumble than “ broken stones and pots,’”’ I am really almost bold enough 
to doubt whether the idea of either dung or crockery ever entered his 
imagination. The original meaning of the word shard, namely, “a 
“* broken piece of tile or earthern vessel’ (see Bailey’s Etymological 
Dictionary) having, in all probability, before his time, suggested its ap- 
plication to the wing-covers of beetles, in the same way as its Latin 
synonym, testa, had been applied to the covering of shell-fish, &c.; for 
there is not the shadow of an authority, I believe, for supposing that 
shard, in its most extended sense, ever did or could mean dung : and to 
substitute sharn for it, merely because it has that meaning in a part of the 
kingdom with which he was unacquainted, appears to me to be rather a 
greater liberty that “* we petty men’”’ ought to allow ourselves,* 

* On the meaning of the word shard, there is so much to be said, that we protest 
against opening the pages of the Zoological Journal to the discussion of its pre- 
cise value in every instance in which it has been used, That scales and dung 
were both included in its significations, admits of no doubt. Shakspeare has 
himself used it with at least two different meanings. In its primitive sense, that 
given by Bailey, “a broken piece of tile or earthern vessel,” (potsherd of the 
English translations of the Bible,) it is used in Hamlet: the Priest says of Ophe- 
lia, “ Shards, flints, and pebbles, should be thrown on her.”’ Here it can scarcely 


198 Dr. Heineken’s Entomological Notices. 


In the Jast (16th) number of this Journal is a paper by Mr. MacLeay 
on the Ceratitis citriperda, and although he has not given a detailed 
description of it, yet from the figure and the statement of its ‘ having 
been seen on some oranges in the market-place of Funchal,’”’ I have 


be supposed to mean either the elytra of beetles, or dung. That shards signified 
scales, is shown by a passage in Gower, who speaks of “a dragon—whose 
“« shardes shynen as the sonne.” If we admit, and the sense appears to require 
it, that by shards in the passage quoted above from Antony and Cleopatra, 
Shakspeare meant scaly wings, or elyéra, we have here a second meaning. A 
third instance of its use by Shakspeare occurs in Cymbeline, where it is said, 
“« we find The sharded beetle in a safer hold Than is the full-winged eagle.” 
Here the epithet applied to the beetle may also mean covered by elytra, as op- 
posed to the full wings of the eagle; and such is the interpretation given to it 
by Steevens, Malone, Holt White, and Archdeacon Nares. But in this in- 
stance it is also possible that a third signification may attach to it, that given 
by Tollet; that the “ sharded beetle means the beetle lodged in dung,” its hum- 
ble earthly abode “ being opposed to the lofty eyry of the eagle.’’ The proofs 
adduced by Tollet that shard signifies dung, (cowshard, according to him, be- 
ing the word generally used in the north of Staffordshire for cow-dung), are 
from A polite Palace of Pettie his Pleasure, &e. ‘‘ The humble-bee taketh no 
“ scorn to lodge in a cow’s foul shard:”’ and from Bacon’s Natural History, ‘Turf 
“and peat and cow-shards, are cheap fuels, and last long.’’ To these Mr. Holt 
White adds, from Dryden’s Hind and Panther, “ Such souls as shards produce, 
“ such beetle things,” a quotation bearing very closely upon the subject. A 
corresponding quotation to that adduced from Bacon is to be met within A true 
report of Capteine Frobisher his last voyage, ke., where it is said inthe Orkneys 
that “They are destitute of wood, their fire is turffes and cowe-shardes.”’ In 
Ben Jonson’s Tale of a Tub, one of the characters exclaims, “ Marry a cow- 
“ shard!” In the opinion of Archdeacon Nares, this meaning is derived from 
the preceding one, “ Cow-shards,” he says, ‘appear to mean only the hard 
“« scales of dried cow-dung.”’ 

That it was unnecessary for the purpose of obtaining the signifieation dung 
to change the orthography from shard to sharn, is shown by the previous quo- 
tations. Authc-ity for the latter, and closely applying to our subject, is, how- 
ever, to be met with in A briefe Discourse of the Spanish State, quoted by Mr. 
Holt White, ‘“ Hew that nation, rising like the beetle from the cowshern, hurt- 
“ leth against all things.” Still more apposite, although scarcely likely to be 
met with, unless by a naturalist, is the ‘ Searabeus stercorarius vel fimarius, 
* a dung Beetle, or Sharnbug” of Merrett’s Pinax, page 201.—E. T. B. 


Se 


oA 


Ceratitis citriperda.—Blaps obtusa. 199 


no doubt that an insect which I had hoped might prove a new species of 
Latreille’s Tephritis (and a pair of which I sent to him a short time back) 
will turn out to be the same. In the colours, nervures, and marks of the 
wings, and the sexual appendages of clavated horns, it precisely corre- 
sponds with the figure. 

I first observed it at rest, as though basking, and with the wings ex- 
panded, on the leaves of some thick shrubs, in the garden of the English 
church. In the surrounding gardens were orange, lemon, and other 
fruit-trees, but not in that where I found it, and which it was afterwards 
in the habit of frequenting. “It had the manners and appearance of an 
insect of very confined locomotive powers and activity, and I have sel- 
dom seen it upon the wing further than passing from one shrub to another, 
and never upon flowers, or with the attitude and appearance of one 
either eating or searching after food. Ishould infer, therefore, as well 
as from the general habit, if that be not too empirical, that it is short- 
lived and eats little or nothing in its perfect state. 

The insect is by no means uncommon with us, and I have subsequently 


taken it on the orange-tree, and many others. On the 14th of February, 


, I find, by referring to a note-book, that “‘ several were hatched 
** from pup@ found in a decayed lemon.’ I have also a distinct recol- 
lection of having hatched them from peaches,* but as I cannot find the 
circumstance mentioned, I must leave it to future investigation. The 
principal object I have in mentioning the insect now, is to induce others 
to look for it in other fruits besides the orange, to which I suspect it will 
prove not to be confined. I am looking anxiously for Mr. ce by 
promised details. I trust that now he has turned his attention t 
the interesting group to which it belongs will be well elucidated. 


— 
Mr. Curtis, I see, (British Entomology, No. 148) gives as Blaps ob- 
tusa, Fab., Bl. similis, Lat., and Bl. lethifera, Marsh, an insect which, 


from his own shewing, cannot, I think, be the first of the three, and 
answers only indifferently in figure to the second, In his figure and de- 


* Six or eight which I have of a variety, (smaller and paler, but differing in 
no other respect,) were certainly not hatched from oranges. 


200 Dr. Heineken’s Entomological Notices. 


scription the elytra are mucronate ; now Fabricius, in the Supplement to 
the Entomologia Systematica says, ‘ elytra nullo modo acuminata.”’ La- 
treille too, in the “‘ Histoire, &c.,’’ when he considered the Bl, similis as 
a variety only of the Bl. mortisaga, says, ‘ peut-étre est-ce le Blaps ob- 
** tus de Fabr.?”’ but in the “ Genera, &c.’’ a more recent work, and 
in which he establishes it as a species, he is silent about its being syno- 
nymous with the Bl. obtus« of Fabricius. Mr. Curtis appears to me 
also to be in error about the sexual distinctions. He says that the elytra 
are mucronate, ‘‘ especially in the males, in which sex there is a fasci- 
** cule of hair at the base of the second:abdominal joint beneath.” In 
some dozens of specimens (for it is abundant here) those with a tuft of 
hair had also mucronated elytra; and as one not having either of these 
peculiarities protruded the penis when dropt into boiling water, I have 
kept it as a better proof than many dissections could afford, that the con- 
trary is the case, and that the prolonged elytra and tuft of hair are female 
peculiarities. Messrs. Kirby and Spence say of the Blapside generally, 
‘* elytra mucronate in the females,’’ but neither they nor any other 
writer besides Mr. Curtis mention, as far as I am aware, the tuft of hair. 
The Blaps gages, and its small variety, which Latreille considers 
Blaps mortisaga, Herbst, have it in one sex also. 


Cc. HEINEKEN, M.D. 
Funchal, Madeira, 8th August, 1829. 


P.S. As I conclude that a poetical licence will not always be allow- 
able with the Zoological Journal, I will avail myself a little further of 
the present, to ask what birds Shakspeare means in ‘A Midsummer 
Night’s Dream,” by “ russet-pated Choughs, many in sort.””—The bird 
now, I believe, commonly called “ Chough’? (Pyrrhocorax graculus, 
Temm.) is not russet-pated ; neither are the Pie, Daw, Hooded Crow, 
&c., and vet it is evident by the succeeding line, ‘‘ Rising and cawing,” 
&c. that the birds he referred to belonged to this group. ‘‘ Many in 
“© sort,”’* too, would either imply variety of plumage, or several spe- 
cies : now both Fleming and Bewick give only one species ef Chough, 
and the only variety of consequence consists, I believe, in the bill and 
legs of the young being black instead of red. C. H. 


® Many in sort means nothing more than many in company. Of the conti- 
nual use of sort in this sense, scores of instances could be adduced,—E. ‘T. B. 


. 
.. % / 
¢ J 
4 
€ : 
< , 
° , f 
A U 
. ‘ 
an 
7 
’ 
, 


% 
te my 
(ees 
ae ‘a 
% A ye rn 
# “Bee 
‘ My =| a ~ JW 
~~ No ay 


“HAC Td AS 184, PUMA, pearPapooy, 


NOG d neuron | reerene S Oe 


ee — = 
- < eee a 


* 


r 


Dr. Gapper on the Mammalia of Upper Canada. 201 


Art. XXXI. Observations on the Quadrupeds found in the 
District of Upper Canada extending between York and 
Lake Simcoe, with the view of illustrating their geographi- 
cal distribution, as well as of describing some Species hi- 


therto mas Dr. Gaprer. 


The sign * denotes that I have seen but imperfect specimens; ** that I have 
only been told of the existence of the species. The numbers prefixed refer 
to Dr. Richardson’s ‘‘ Fauna Boreali- Americana,” 


(1.) Vespertilio pruinosus (Say.)* Hoary Bat. 
(2.) subulatus (Say.) Say’s Bat. 
The most common Bat in the home district. It agrees exactly with 


Dr. Richardson’s description ; the measurement is nearly the same. 
| Sorex Forsteri (Richardson.) Tas. vit. Forster’s Shrewmouse, 
‘The first upper grinder is certainly larger, not smaller, than the two 
next; in other respects Dr. Richardson’s description of the dentition 
agrees exactly.t The length of the head and body is 2} inches : that of 
the tail rather more than 14 inch. Two specimens weighed 42 grains each. 
The tail is square, and rather largest in the middle. The colour of all 
the upper parts is nearly a middle tint of burnt umber ; the under parts 

are light yellowish brown ; the feet are rather darker than the belly. 
This little animal is very common in this district, and J have fre- 
quently found it frozen on the surface of the snow in the beech and 
maple woods. ‘The only two specimens which I could procure in a good 


+ If Dr, Richardson’s description of the dentition of Sor. Forsteri be correct 
with respect to the first upper grinder being smaller than the two following 
ones, this must be, I should think, a distinct species, but as that tooth is the 
largest in all other species which I have examined, I am inclined to think that 
it is a mis-print. The length of the tail also differs, but as the Doctor says 
that his description was made from at prepared specimen, this may arise from 
shrinking in drying, 


202 Dr. Gapper on the Mammalia of Upper Canada. 


state, had been drowned in a well. A very small Shrew is said to be 
found in the more southern settlements on Lake Erie, which is most pro- 
bably the same species. 

Sorex talpoides (nobis.) Mole-like Shrew. 

Shrew with a round tail, about as long as the head ; short furry ears ; 
eyes very small, and surrounded with a naked skin; upper parts dark 
greyish brown ; under parts the same tint, but = 


TAB. VIII. , 


Dental formula, intermediary incisors 2, lateral incisors $-3, cheek- 
teeth 4=4=32. The teeth are brown, except the parts immediately above 
the roots; the upper intermediary incisors have a semicircular notch be- 
hind ; the second lower lateral incisor is the largest, the next two are 
much smaller, and the fifth is the smallest of all; they all have a small 
lobe on their inner side ; the lower intermediary incisors are crenated on 
their upper edge. 

The muzzle is rather shorter, and the fnce more conical than those of 
most Shrews ; the nose is rather broad, the eye i is very small, and sur- 
rounded by a naked skin; the ear is short, furry, and completely hid; 
the fore feet are rather wide, and furnished with pretty strong nails, and 
a slight fringe of stiff hairs on the outer edge of the metacarpus only ; the 
hind feet are small and weak ; the tail is round, scaly, and hairy. The 
fur, for the greatest part of its length, is bluish grey, the tips only being 
bistre brown, so that the grey shows through; the feet are light bistre 
brown, and the nails white, “iow @ yi 

Length from the nose to the insertion of the tail 4anches ; of the tail 
full 1 inch. i) 

This Shrew is common in the district, and appears to prefer marshy 
places. The drawing was taken from a living specimen caught in an old 
overflowed cellar ; it was a female. 

(6.)  Scalops Canadensis (Cuvier.)** Shrew Mole. 

(8.) Ursus Americanus (Pallas.) American Black Bear. 

(11.) Procyon Lotor (Cuvier.) The Racoon. 

(14.) Putorius vulgaris (Cuvier.)** Common Weasel. 

(15.) erminea (Cuvier.) The Ermine. . 

(16.) Vison (Richardson.) The Vison or Minx. 

The measurement of my specimen, when recent, from the nose to the 


- 
at 
‘ 
. 
vad oa 
‘ 
» 
~ ‘ 
\ . “ 
) 
’ —s 
A 4 
oy hs 
aL + 4 
* 
- 


ee 
rere 


eo 


“ 
_ »' 
* 


‘ 


v 
Dr. Gapper on the Mammalia of Upper Canada. 203 


insertion of the tail, 12 inches; of the tail itself 6 inches. It was a 
female, and its stomach contained the half-digested remains of a frog. 
There are two stuffed specimens of a larger species of Mink preserved 
in the Museum at New York: perhaps this may be M. Cuvier’s Mustela 
Vison, since the Baron could hardly have overlooked the character which 
led him to devise the genus Mustela. 
(17.) Mustela Martes (Linn.) The Pine Marten. 
The ae Marten ay common about Bristol, and I have seen many 
specimens, al! differing from the Canadian animal in the patch of yel- 
low on the throat being uniform in colour and figure; whereas in the 
Canadian Pine Martens the patch is irregular in shape, and spotted with 
brown, the head is also grey and fox-like. There is a Marten described 
in Silliman’s Journal as the Fox-like Marten, and those in this district 
appear to belong to that species or variety, for it must be granted that 
individuals are to be found approaching very near our species in the 
particulars above noticed, 
(18.) Mustela Canadensis (Linn.) The Fisher or Pekan. 
Length from the nose to the insertion of the tail 19} inches; of the 
tail 155 inches. The specimen was a female. 
(19.) (Mephitis) Americana.** The Skunk. 
(20.) Lutra Canadensis (Sabine.)* Canada Otter. 
(22. A.) Canis Lupus griseus.* The gray Wolf. 
(26.) Canis (Vulpes) fulvus (Desmarest.) The American Fox. 
(26. y.) argentatus (Desmarest.) Black or Silver Fox. 
(30.) Felis Canadensis (Geoffroy.)** Canada Lynx. 
(33.) Caston fiber (Linn.) The Beaver. 
Now very rare, though their old embankments are to be still seen on 
most streams. ee 
(34.) Fiber zibethicus (Cuvier.) The Musk-rat or Musquash. 
(35.) Arvicola riparius (Ord ?) Bank Meadow Mouse. 
Length of the head and body 5} inches ; of the tail 2 inches. This is 
the most common Mouse in the fields of Upper Canada, making shallow 
‘ burrows under every fallen tree, and also under rails, hay-ricks, &c., and 
in the winter beneath the snow. The female makes her nest of grass, 
under logs. It frequents also the barns. 


* 
204 Dr. Gapper on the Mammalia of Upper Canada. 


Arvicola Gapperi.t 

Meadow Mouse, with a tail more than half the length of the body ; short 
rounded ears ; the back and upper part of the head chestnut; sides and face 
yellowish brown; belly yellowish white ; chin and throat ash-coloured. 


TAB. IX. 

This Mouse is common on the steep banks of streams in the woods, 
burrowing like the former ; it is very fond of meat, and annoys the trapper 
by eating the baits set for the Marten, and by throwing the traps. 

It is about 4 inches long from the tip of the nose to the insertion of 
the tail; the tail itself 12 inch. The head is moderately large, and the 
nose on a line with the teeth: certainly it is not sharp-nosed like Dr. 
Richardson’s Arv. Noveboracensis, the only species which at all agrees 
with it ; the feet are whitish. I have caught several, all agreeing in colour, 
size, &e.t 

Mus decumanus (Linn.)* The Brown Rat. 

Introduced. Only found in the warehouses near Lake Ontario. 

Mus Musculus (Linn.)* The common Mouse. 

Introduced. Very common all over the country. A great many are 
frozen to death in the barns, where the native mice live in perfect security. 

Cricetus myoides (nobis.) Mouse-like Hamster. 

Hamster with a tail longer than the body; large eyes and ears ; upper 
half of the body mixed black and light reddish or yellowish brown ; 
lower half pure white. 

a TAB, X. 

Dental formula, incisors 2, canines 2, cheek-teeth 33. The cheek- 
teeth have long roots, and are crowned with several little blunt tubercles 
and convoluted ridges of enamel. It measures 32 inches from the tip of 
the nose to the insertion of the tail; the tail itself 3+ inches. The nose 


+ Dr. Gapper having left this new species unnamed, we take the opportu- 
nity of designating it by the name of the discoverer.—ED. 


{ Dr. Richardson to whom Dr. Gapper’s MS. has been communicated, 
remarks, “ this Arvicola differs from my Arv. Noveboracensis, in having more 
“ conspicuous ears, and is probably the animal Rafinesque named Novebora- 
“ censis ; but as his description is insufficient for correct discrimination, a new 
“ name had better be given to Dr. Gapper’s animal.—J. R.” 


PILIEX, 


D> 


Zoolovical Journal ,Vol.y. 


Zo olosi eal Jowrnal Vol.V.PLX. 


== 


\ 


i 


yy he 
wt SS 


Dr. Gapper on the Mummalia of Upper Canada. 205 


is sharp, and projects more than two lines beyond the incisors ; the eyes 
are large and prominent ; the ears large and ovate ; the cheek-pouches, 
when distended, reach to the ear ; the tail is scaly and hairy; the legs 
and feet are stout. 

The fur consists of hairs either entirely black, or trpped with yellow- 
ish or reddish brown ; the black hairs are the longest, and predominate 
on the back and top of the head ; there is generally a blackish spot at the 
roots of the whiskers, and a whitish one before the ear. The whiskers 
are very long, some black, others white. The under parts, including the 
legs, are pure white. 

This animal bears a considerable resemblance in form and colour to 
Dr. Richardson’s Mus. leucopus, which it rather exceeds in size; but the 
very evident cheek pouches distinguish it generically from Dr. Richard- 
son’s new species. 

This pretty little Hamster is very common in all the district, climbing 
trees with facility, and making a nest of thistle-down in their hollows, 
either towards the top or at the root ; it is quite a pattern of industry and 
fore-thought, for, although it lays up a winter store of full half a peck 
of corn or other seeds, it nevertheless runs about in search'of food all 
the winter, following the cattle track, and picking the undigested corn 
out of their dung, regardless of deep snow or severe frost. It frequently 
makes its nest in barns amongst the hay, where it also lays up its store. 

(46.) Meriones Labradorius (Richardson.) Jumping Mouse. 

' The female makes a nest of grass ; my specimen had made her’s under 
the sod in a furrow, and had five young ones; she measured 32 inches 
from the nose to the insertion of the tail; the tail itself 5 inches. 

(47.) Arctomys Empetra (Schreb.) Quebec Marmot. Ground 
Hog of the settlers. 

This animal is solitary in its habits, and makes its burrow in dry sand- 
barks. It is not uncommon. 

(57.) Sciurus Lysteri (Ray.) Chipmunk of the settlers. 

Very common. It is constantly seen running on the rail-fences, and 
hiding among brush-wood, uttering a peculiar squeak when started ; 
if hunted it runs up trees, but soon endeavours to descend, and by mak- 
ing a great spring, tries to reach the ground and escape to its burrow. 

(59.) Sciurus Hudsonius (Pennant.) The Chickaree Red Squirrel. 

It has no cheek-pouches, though placed by M, Cuvier in the division 


~t 


206 Dr. Gapper on the Mammalia of Upper Canada. 


furnished with these organs. The pencil of hair on the ears of winter 
specimens is more distinct than it is represented in Dr. Richardson’s 
plate, and the black line on the sides is always more or less distinct ; 
probably these differences are owing to the fur never becoming so long 
in these latitudes. 

(60.) Sctwrus niger (Linn.) The Black Squirrel. 

I have generally found them to measure from the tip of the nose to the 
insertion of the tail rather less than a foot; the tail itself 13 inches. They 

_ are most commonly entirely black, but I have shot several with patches of 
light brown on the belly, each hair ringed with black ; in other specimens, 
still more rare, with the whole under parts of this colour, and with many of 
the hairs on the back and tail ringed with yellowish white. The ears of 
the Black Squirrel are covered with adpressed hairs in the summer, but 
in the winter those on the upper side are lengthened so as to over-top the » 
ear about half an inch. It is found in all the settled parts, varying, 
according to my observation, only as stated above. I have shot many 
dozens of them. It makes its nest in hollow trees, filling the cavity with 
thistle-down, in which warm material it buries itself when it retires to 
rest. 

I have observed the recent tracks of these Squirrels made in the snow 
during the severest weather, but they do not seem to remain long at a 
time out of their nest during inclement weather. 

Sciurus leucotis (nobis.) White-eared Squirrel. 

Grey Squirrel with a tail rather longer than the head and body; white 
.ears ; the upper parts varied with a mixture of white, black, and ochry ; 
' under parts greyish white ; tail edged with white. 

TAB, XI. 

This Squirrel measures, from the nose to the insertion of the tail 12 
inches ; the tail itself 13. The fur has little lustre, and is slightly erisped- 
The hairs on the upper parts and tail are all annulated with ochre and 
black, or black and white ; on the head, and a broad stripe along the back, 
the tips are ochry ; on the cheeks, a stripe on the sides next the white of 
the belly, and on the upper part of the foot, excepting the toes, the hair 
is almost entirely ochry ; on the rest of the sides, limbs, and outside the 
tail the hairs are mostly tipped with white ; the under parts are entirely 
greyish white ; round the eyes and back part of the ears they are pure 


} 
| 
| 


Mr. Brooke on Conchology, regarded as a Science. 207 


white ; in front and at the tips of the ears they are ochry ; in the winter 
the fur is about half an inch longer than the tips of the ears, forming a 
kind of pencil; in summer these hairs are short and adpressed both on 
the ears and round the eyes, giving these parts rather a light ash-colour 
than pure white.t+ 

This Squirrel is not common in the district. I have seen them in 


New York, and a grey Squirrel is said to be more common in the 
more southern settlements of Canada, and to be very like that which I 
have described. The size of the Sciwrus magnicaudatus, as given by 
authors, is very different, as well as the proportion of the body and tail, 
and the fur of the only specimen of the Carolina Squirrels which I have 
seen, is very unlike this, and the ears are of the same colour as the back. 

Pteromys volucella. Common Flying Squirrel. 

Head and body nearly six inches, tail rather more than four. 

(68.) Lepus Americanus (Erxleben.) American Hare. 

Feet large in proportion to the size of the animal. 

(77.) Cervus leucurus (Douglas.)* Long-tailed Deer. 


Nore. 

For the representation of the five new species of Mammalia, described 
in the preceding paper, the proprietors have to acknowledge their 
obligations to Dr. Gapper who has kindly given to them the use of 
the plates which he had prepared for another work. With equal libera- 
lity Dr. Gapper has presented to the Bristol Museum specimens of each 
of the new species above referred to. 


Art. XXXII. On Conchology, regarded as a distinct branch 
of Science. By Henry James Brooke, Esg., F.L.S., 
M.G.S., &c. 


Tue attention of naturalists having been recently drawn to the general 
subject of systematic classification, the editors of the Zoological Journal 


+ “ This animal seems to belong to some of the varieties, as they have bcen 
“ termed, of the Sciurus cinereus, but I think the shape of its ears is a sufficient 
“ mark to distinguish it from the live ones in the Zoological Museum.—J. R.” 


208 Mr. Brooke on Conchology, regarded as a Science. 


will perhaps afford space for a few remarks on what is properly termed 
Conchology—the description and classification of shells. 

This branch of natural science appears to have been involved by some 
late writers in very considerable and very unnecessary obscurity and con- 
fusion, by an attempt to render it dependent upon the anatomical and 
physiological characters of the animals by which shells are produced, 
and by so confusing the descriptions of the animals and the shells, as 
frequently to render it extremely difficult for a reader to discover to which 
the descriptions relate. 

The language too in which these descriptions are given, and which is 
generally derived from the characters of the shells alone, presents another 
source of great confusion whenever by implication the description can 
be supposed to have reference to animals. It is also obvious that a 
description of shells, founded upon the characters of the animal inha- 
bitants, cannot even now be given in reference to very many recent 
species, and can never be applied to fossil shells whose animals are 
entirely unknown. . ; 

This attempt to identify shells with animals, or animals with shells, 
seems to have arisen from what will, on more mature consideration, 
appear to be mistaken views of the real objects of Conchology when 
regarded as a science. 

That a study of the names and distinguishing characters of shells, 
for the sole purpose of collecting and arranging them in a cabinet, has 
little to do with science, and is not one of the highest exercises of 
intelligence, will be readily allowed; but as long as even this trivial and 
unimportant pursuit affords occupation and amusement to many whose 
attention might otherwise be devoted to less rational and less innocent 
objects, this restricted study of shells deserves to be encouraged; and 
particularly when it is recollected, that if it were not for those who are 
merely shell collectors, and who are accustomed to pay such prices for 
very perfect, or new specimens, as tempt mariners and other travellers 
to collect and preserve them, it is probable that comparatively few of 
those objects would ever be brought within the reach of the scientific 
naturalist. But it will not be disputed that the ultimate purpose of Con- 
chology, regarded as a branch of natural science, is to illustrate the 
natural history of shell-bearing animals in their perfect state, that is, of 


Mr. Brooke on Conchology regarded as a Science. 209 


the animal and shell conjointly. This, however, is not to be done by 
describing a shell, and calling it an animal, nor by imperfectly describ- 
ing an animal of which very little may be known, and denoting it by the 
name which hasbeen previously given to the shell that covers it—a name, 
as Monodonta, almost generally derived from some character of the shell 
alone. 

If the animal inhabitants of all known shells were known, a classifi- 
cation of those animals with appropriate generic and specific names, 
according to the method adopted by Poli, would supply what might pro- 
perly be termed “ An Account of Molluscous Animals ;”” but even in 
this case it would be important to the naturalist to have the shells also 
accurately studied, and perhaps separately named and described, in such 
manner as might best exhibit their peculiar relations to the characters 
and habits of their respective animals. And if there should be found 
some inconvenience in having two sets of names and a double classifica- 
tion, this would be more than compensated by the increased perspicuity 
of the method. 

But if it would be useful to possess this double classification where the 
animals are known, it becomes strictly necessary to keep the two systems 
distinct, in order that one of them should embrace the fossil shells. 

The proper study of shells may indeed not unaptly be considered 
analogous to that of the skeletons of the higher classes of animals, and 
may be regarded as the comparative anatomy of the molluscous inhabit- 
ants; and if it were so pursued, those who study shells alone, might, 
without the fear of being regarded as triflers, confess themselves to be 
conchologists, and might thus assert their title to a place in the ranks of 
science, on account of the additions they might, by induction, supply to 
the present scanty knowledge of the shell-bearing animals. 

A few extracts will now be given from some of our latest writers on 
these subjects, to shew the unsettled state of opinion upon even the first 
principles of the method of treating this branch of natural history. 

Montagu, in his *Testacea Britannica,”’ published in 1803, (Introduction, 
page 27,) says, “ The Ascidia is rather a numerous genus’ (of animals,) 
** is found to inhabit Pholas, Solen, some of the Mya, Mactra, and 
* probably part of other bivalve Testacea: many species of the genus 
* Ascidia are Mollusca’ —the term Mollusca is here applied to’ animals 

Vou. V. o 


210 Mr. Brooke on Conchology regarded as a Science. 


destitute of shells. And as Pholas, Solen, Mya, Mactra, are some of 
his genera of shells, he evidently adopts the Linnean principle of esta- 
blishing a classification and nomenclature of shells distinct from, and in- 
dependent of, that of the animal inhabitants. 

In 1822 a work was published by the Rev. Dr. Fleming, entitled, 
“« The Philosophy of Zoology, or a General View of the Structure, Func- 
tions, and Classification of Animals.” And in 1828 the Ist volume 
appeared of ‘ a History of British Animals,’’ by the same author, exhi- 
biting a systematical arrangement of their genera and species. 

At page 406 of the first of these works, Dr. Fleming says, ‘the cha~ 
“* vacters furnished by the skin and its appendices are extensively em- 
<* ployed in the systematical arrangement of molluscous animals. Nearly 
** all those characters which distinguish the species, and many of those 
** on which genera are established, are derived from the form of the shell, 
*« the tentacula, or the colour.” If this be really so, that the form of 
the shell may supply both the generic and specific characters of the ani- 
mal, the study of shells alone becomes even more important than it has 
been already supposed. It will, however, appear afterwards that the 
very reverse of this process is recommended in a later work. 

The subject is again adverted to by Dr. Fleming, at page 430 of the 
same volume, where he says, ‘ enough is known of the animals of Spi- 
‘* rula and Nautilus to furnish some hints for those who are fond of elassi- 
*¢ fying animals from their analogies.” A passage which seems to imply 
dissent on the part of the author from the method of classing these ani- 
mals from their analogies rather than from their shells ; a dissent, how- 
ever, from the only principle upon which, it would appear, a correct 
classification of animals can be established. 

It is from this conflict of first principles, and the practical conse- 
quences to which it has given rise, that the ambiguity and uncertainty 
are produced which meet the conchological student at every stage of his 
enquiry. If, for example, he turns to the division Cochleade of Dr. 
Fleming’s British Animals, (page 255,) he observes that the first genus is 
named Cyclostoma, and which hence would appear to beananimal. But 
he has perhaps seen a shell so named, and he is therefore at a loss to know 
whether the term Cyclostoma implies an animal or a shell. To satisfy 
his doubts he turns to the description of this genus, and he there finds 


Mr. Brooke on Conchology regarded as a Science. 211 


that the species Cyclostoma elegans is. the same as is described in. Monta 
gu’s ‘‘ Testacea Britannica,’ as Turbo elegans. He accordingly turns to 
Montagu’s work, and finds that Turbo is a shell, and that the animal 
inhabitant is stated to be a Limazx. He discovers also that the name Cy- 
clostoma was given to the shell in question from the circular form of its 
aperture, a character to which Dr. Fleming does not allude ;_ but this dis- 
covery brings with it a new embarrassment, for the second species of Dr. 
Fleming’s Cyclostoma is described as having an ovate mouth. 

He turns over the remaining pages of Dr. Fleming’s descriptive cha- 
racters without feeling his difficulties much removed: on the contrary, 
they are frequently increased by the numerous typographical errors with 
which the volume abounds, (and which will doubtless be corrected in an- 
other edition,) as well as by the occasional inattention of the learned 
author—as where he describes the shed/s belonging to the animals of the 
first division of the Siphonida, page 408, as having the beaks obsolete ; 
the first genus of that division, Mytilus, as having the beaks acute ; and 
the first species of Mytilus as having the beaks blunt. 

The enquiries of the student not having been satisfied elsewhere, he 

now refers himself to Mr. Sowerby’s ‘‘Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells,” 
and here he is again doomed to disappointment ;_ for notwithstanding the 
practice of accurate observation which is evinced by the descriptions con- 
tained in Mr. Sowerby’s work, and the occasional influence of his better 
judgment in shaking off the trammels with which his subject has been 
surrounded, he allows himself too frequently to be influenced by the 
reigning notion, that in his descriptions of shells he must always appear 
to think and talk about molluscous animals. 

Under the genus Pullastra, Mr. Sowerby implies, that it is the habits 
of the animals which ought to be the foundation of the genera of shells. 
If the habits of the animals be not here taken to mean the shells them- 
selves, it is evident that no genus of fossil shells can ever be established, 

The title of Mr. Sowerby’s work is the ‘* Genera of Recent and Fossil 
Shells,” yet under the genus Magilus he speaks “ of giving the genera of 
** all animals whose habitations have usually been called shells,” and 
under this view he will doubtless include the Hermit Crab. 

Under Melanopsis, Mr. Sowerby quotes from M. de Férussac, The 
“* genus Melanopsis is one of the most interesting of molluscous animals” : 

02 


212 Mr. Brooke on Conchology regarded as a Science. 


yet a few lines further on, he has the expression, ‘* The shedls which 
** form this genus,’ &c. Is, it may be asked, Melanopsis an animal 
ora shell, or both ? and is not the name derived from the shell ? 

Under Catophragmus Mr. Sowerby alludes to ‘ correct first princi- 
ples’”’—he, however, states that these “‘ are only to be obtained by 
* the study of the Mollusca which form and inhabit shells,” ** yet (he 
* says) the shells themselves may in most cases be regarded as indicating 
*¢ many of the more important facts in connection with the history of 


“ 


ec 


n 


their animal inhabitants, and may consequently be generally consi- 
* dered as sufficient to demonstrate characters strong enough for the 
establishment of genera.’’ But genera of what ? animals or shells ? 
If of animals, they do not properly belong to Mr. Sowerby’s work on 
shells, and if of shells, the passage means no more than that genera of 
shells may be established upon the characters of shells alone. The re- 
mark that genera of animals form no part of Mr. Sowerby’s work is 
strongly enforced by himself, under the genus Dentalium, where he says, 
“* whatever may be the nature of their animals, we are engaged to give 
© an account of shells alone.” And the genus /nostoma affords an in- 
stance of the establishment of a new genus from the form of the shell 
alone, where the animal is supposed to resemble that of Helix. The 
consequence of thinking about animals while writing about shells, is the 
occasional production of observations which could not otherwise have 
been made; as, for example, the quotation from Lamarck, under the 
genus Cassis, “ that the shel/s live in the sea ata distance from the 
«© shores, and upon sandy bottoms, where they bury themselves in the 
«« sand.” And under Achatina Mr. Sowerby speaks of shells of differ- 
ent characters and habits. 

It is not obvious what is intended to be implied by the phrase habits 
of shells, if it be not their colours and their epidermis, (the latter of 
which, it may be observed, is frequently a very loose habit,) unless in- 
deed the practice of burying themselves be termed a habit, to which we 
are perhaps indebted for the preservation of the numerous fossil speci- 
mens that now exist, and which may be conceived to have formerly prac- 
tised self-interment more or less profoundly, in all the then subjacent 
beds of seas and lakes. 


A similar want of precision in the use of terms connected with this 


“ec 


Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 218 


branch of science may be observed in the title of a new work recently 
advertised by Mr. Children and Mr. Gray, which professes to be “ An 
Introduction to the Study of Recent and Fossil Shells, and the Animals 
which inhabit them,”’ a title which clearly cannot be verified by the work 
itself, in relation to fossil shells. 

But enough has been said to shew the entirely unsettled state both of 
the opinions and language of recent authors on shells and their inhabitants, 
and to evince the necessity of establishing some more precise and definite 
system of conchology, upon principles which, if shells are still to be 
considered worth preserving and receiving names, should be immediately 
derived from the shells themselves. 

It is well known that a system of conchology, or a method of classing 
shells, has been proposed by M. de Blainville, but adapted in some de- 
gree to the classification of the animals. He has, however, introduced 
two distinctive characters, the operculum and the epidermis, both of 
which, from the unfrequency of their continuance with the shell, must 
generally become unavailable. There has also been a purely concholo- 
gical work produced by a Danish naturalist, Mr. Schumacher, which has 
no reference to the mol/uscous animals. An analysis of this work 
would not render the pages of the Zoological Journal less generally inte- 
resting than they are at present, and might afford some useful hints to 
Mr. Sowerby in preparing his promised work on the Species of Shells. 


a rr 


Art. XXXIII. On the Affinities of the Genus Clinidium of 
Kirsy. By J.O. Westwoon, Esg., F.L.S., Sc. 


WHEN we contemplate the immense number of insects already sup- 
posed to be contained in our cabinets, estimated by Mr, MacLeay to 
amount at least to 100,000, and when we are aware that it is the opinion 
of some eminent authors that this number is but one-fourth part of the 
Species actually in existence, (an opinion which appears to be well 
founded, from the number of new species which the arrival of every col- 
lection adds to our store,) the remarks which the entomologist occasionally 


214. =Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidiuni. 


hears from those, but little interested in the subject, about the endless 
bounds of the Science, &c. may not perhaps be wondered at, although 
they are to be regretted, as it is not to be doubted that they have repeat- 
edly tended to deter many a Tyro from proceeding in the science. To those, 
however, who are more deeply versed in the subject, the increase of our 
knowledge of new species either of insects, or of any other group of 
beings, is an object of the most lively interest; and to none more so than 
to those whose more immediate object is the discovery of affinities, and 
the consequent developement of the natural system, employed in the 
creation and distribution, not only of the insect tribes, but also of every 
branch of the organized creation; and hence every new insect added to 
our collection, ‘ which of itself,’ as Mr. MacLeay observes, in the An- 
nulosa Javanica, ‘* scarcely raises a thought in our minds beyond what 
‘* may originate in its splendour of colour, or its eccentricity of form, 
*< becomes absolutely important when described in reference to its fel- 
‘* lows.”’ 

I have been led into these remarks by the interesting observations of 
Mr. Kirby, contained in his communication upon the new genus Clini- 
dium, published in the last number of this Journal. The insect forming 
that genus is represented by Mr. Kirby to present characters of several dif- 
ferent and distant tribes, so that after a very close inspection, and diligent 
comparative investigation of its characters, he states that he feels uncer- 
tain to what modern group, larger or smaller, to refer it. 

The object of the present paper is to offer some observations upon its 
affinities and analogies; but knowing, asI do, the extreme hazard at- 
tending the promulgation of opinions upon the situation of objects which 
so well illustrate Latreille’s remark upon Stylops Melitte, ‘ Animal ani- 
‘* mum excrucians,”’ I must rely upon the indulgence of the more ad- 
vanced student towards the following pages. It will be seen, however, 
that I have endeavoured to depend as little as possible upon my own indivi- 
dual opinions, contenting myself rather with collecting the observations 
of authors who have preceded me. And should it perchance be objected 
that this paper describes no new object, I confidently trust that the inte- 
rest which must necessarily attach to the opinions of the celebrated men 
whose works I have quoted, (more especially as the objects of these 
opinions belong to tribes which materially disturb the tarsal system of 


Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 215 


Colecptera, ) and the attempt which I have made to render the structure of 
already described insects more fully known, will be held a sufficient re= 
compence for the want of novelty. 

In tracing affinities, perhaps, no organs are of such essential import- 
ance as the trophi, and it is consequently to be regretted, that as Mr. 
Kirby’s specimen of 

CLINIDIUM GUILDINGII. 
was not dissected, some of the most material parts of the mouth remain 
uninvestigated. I beg, however, to call the student’s attention to the 
characters given by Mr. Kirby of the mandibles, terminal joint of the 
maxillary palpi, and especially the “‘ Mentum latum, utrinque tumi- 
“* dum,” and the delineation of this latter organ in Plate II. fig. 2.. The 
apterous body which is not depressed, the apparent want of reticulated 
eyes, and the levigated spaces regarded by Mr. Kirby as their répresenta- 
tives, the formation of the tips of the tibie, and the pentamerous tarsi, are 
also characters which the student willnot failto consider worthy of attention: 

After the observations of Mr. Kirby on its want of affinity with the 
families referred to in his paper, it was with pleasure that I received an 
insect from Germany, singularly enough on the very day on which the 
account of the Clinidiwm Guildingii was published, which, even upon a’ 
casual examination, appears to bear so great an affinity to that insect, 
that I have little doubt that the time is not long passed when they would 
both have been even considered referable to the same genus. It is equally - 
singular that the situation of the former insect has hitherto equally’ 
been matter of doubt with the authors who have noticed it. 

The insect to which I refer is the 

RHYSODES EXARATUS, 

Tas. Supp. xvi, fig. 1. 
The | genus was proposed (but not described) by Latreille, and adopted 
by Illiger, Gyllenhal, Sturm, and other authors ; but it was reserved for 
Dalman to give in the Analecta Entomologica, p. 93, an elaborate and 
detailed account of the interesting insect composing the genus. This de- 
escription being unaccompanied by any figure, and the insect not having: 
been elsewhere figured,* I feel convinced that a representation of it will. 
not be considered an uninteresting accompaniment to Mr. Kirby’s figure 
of Clinidium. There are, however, certain material characters not suffi- 

* See Note A, 


216 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 


ciently detailed by Dalman, which I was naturally anxious to investigate, 
and I did not hesitate to sacrifice my single specimen of the insect, in 
order to render its description more complete. I shall, therefore, in the 
first place, endeavour to supply this deficiency, and then to point out the 
chief characters in which this genus and Clinidiwm resemble or differ from 
each other. 

Amongst the characters omitted by Dalman, were those of the trophi, 
the following being the only description given by him of them, ‘ Os 
** durum, et adeo occultatum ut ejus partes in exsiccatis vix enucleande. 
“« Caput subtus planum mento punctato, flavo-pubescente, antic? sinua- 
** to, lobo medio acuto; Os mandibulis brevibus, palpisque retractis, 
“* occultatis ; (palpi flavescentes articulo apicali elliptico nudo’’:—and 
Latreille merely gives the following description of the trophi in the 4th 
Volume of the new edition of the Régne Animal, p. 487, “‘ Les mandi- 
** bules sont, a ce qu’il m’a paru, rétrécies et presque tricuspidées a 
“« leur extremité. Le menton est corné, trés grand, en forme de bou- 
“ clier, terminé supérieurement par trois dents ou pointes. Les palpes 
‘¢ sont fort courts.’ 

Upon a careful examination and dissection of my specimen, I find the 
following noticeable characters. The posterior angles of the head are 
rounded—the eyes are oval, lateral, not very large, placed behind 
the insertion of the antennz, and distinctly reticulated. On a casual 
view of the insect, it is not improbable that the two large raised 
Jateral and posterior smooth parts of the head might easily be mistaken 
for eyes, and [ am rather inclined to think that Mr. Guilding has consi- 
dered the parts similarly situated in Clinidium as the eyes, more especi- 
ally as Mr. Kirby’s observations leave the matter in doubt. The labrum 
is very minute, and semicircular, with the front slightly produced, and 
with a short bristle arising on each side in front (Ibid, fig. 1. B.) The 
mandibles are very minute, being longer than broad, and tridentate at 
the tips (Ibid. C.) The remaining parts of the mouth are very minute and 
membranaceous, and are hidden beneath the large mentum. The mazille 
ate broad at the base, with the apex produced into a narrow long lobe, 
acute at its tip; the maxillary palpi are four-jointed, the first and third 
joints short, the second about twice as long as the preceding, and rather 
thickened in the middle, the last joint twice the length of the second, and 
gradually acute to the tip (Ibid. D.) This last joint is occasionally seen 


Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 217 


beyond the mentum. The lower lip is attached to the inside of the 
mentum, and is very minute and triangular; the palpi are rather long, 
and composed of three joints of nearly equal length, the first of which 
is slender, the second rather thicker at the tip, and the third the thickest, 
especially in the middle, with the tip acute (Ibid. E.) The mentum is 
very large and horny, and occupies the whole of the under side of the 
head ; its front is produced into three points, the medial being the most 
advanced ; it is covered on the outside with punctures (Ibid. A.), and is 
fleshy on the inside where the lower lip and maxille are attached to it. 

The anterior angles of the thorax are rounded, and the place of the 
insertion of the head is narrower than at its base, although, as Dalman 
observes, the base is narrower than the front part of the thorax. 

The femora of all the degs are thickened ; the tip, however, of each 
is slenderer, being hollowed beneath to receive the slightly incrassated 
base of the tibiz in the manner represented in fig. 1, K. and L. 

The tips of the four posterior tibie are slightly clothed with hairs on 
the inside, and are rather thicker than the rest of the joint. They are also 
furnished with two spines of unequal length on the inside, so that when 
the legis laterally observed, the tip of the tibia appears to be emargi- 
nate (Ibid. fig. I.) The tip of the cubiti or anterior tibiz is, however, 
different, having the inner edge produced at the tip, both above and be- 
low, into a bent obtuse spine, below each of which there is a much 
smaller spine, and the surface between these spines thus appears both 
above and below to be emarginate and ciliated (Ibid. F. G, and H.) The 
formation of these parts is not satisfactorily detailed in the account of 
Clinidium, 


Having thus endeavoured to supply the description of the characters 
omitted by Dalman, I now proceed to trace the various points of resem- 
blance and disagreement between the two genera. 

If we regard general appearance or habit, as well as size, we are im- 
mediately struck with the resemblance between the insects; indeed it is 
even carried so far as to exist in the singular sculpturing of the head and 
thorax. 

If we regard natural habits, we find them similar, Dalman describing 
the Rhysodes as collected in numbers by Paykull “ in ligno putrido abie- 


218 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 


*© tis;’? and Mr. Kirby describing the Clinidiwm as taken in a rotten tree. 
Or if we direct our attention to structure, we find the same formation of 
antenne and labrum, the same long and acute terminal joint of the 
maxillary palpi and minuteness of mandibles, maxille, labium, and la- 
bial palpi, the same subdepressed body, the similar neck, the same 
shortness of legs, apparently the same spinosity at the tip of the tibie, 
and the same number of joints in the tarsi. 

Such are the chief resemblances, constituting a very intimate affinity; 
but there are numerous points of disagreement, although not of such 
material importance, between the two genera. 

Their geographical distribution is distinct, Clinidium being an inhabit- 
ant of the tropical regions of the islands of the New World, whilst Rhy- 
sodes appears to be distributed throughout the southern half of Europe, 
the habitats given by Dalman being ** Warnaus Blekingie,”’ Tauria, the 
Croatic Alps; ‘* et ut Americee Borealis—an recte >—communicavit Dom. 
“© Sturm.” In addition to which list M. Lefebvre has captured it in pro- 
fusion in Sicily, and Latreille informs us that M. Léon Dufour has disco- 
vered it in the Pyrenees. 

We also find a material variation in the formation of the mentum, 
which in Clinidiwm (notwithstanding the inability under which Mr. Kirby 
laboured to state the formation of the trophi so accurately as he could 
have wished) is described as being “ latum, utrinque tumidum,’’* whilst 
in Rhysodes it is flat and “ anticé sinuatum lobo medio acuto,”’ forming, 
in fact, the under side of the head, as represented fig. 1, A. The presence 
of reticulated eyes in Rhysodes is also a distinguishing character, if these 
organs be really wanting in Clinidium ; upon which question I must beg 
to refer the student to the observations of Mr. Kirby and those suggested 
above. Jn their general outline also, there is a considerable difference, 


* It is material, for the purpose of tracing the affinities subsequently stated, 
to notice this formation ; and a question may arise whether this tumidity is not, 
in fact, the bilobed production of the anterior part of the under side of the 
head, and whether the lower lip and its appendages do not arise between the two 
lobes as in Passandra, &c, Should, however, the mentum be transverse, and 
merely swelled on each side, this circumstance of itself evidently shows an 
approximation to the swelled bilobed formation of the under side of the head 
in those genera. 


Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 219 


the head, thorax, and elytra respectively being oblong-quadrate in Cii- 
nidium, while in Rhysodes they are oblong-ovate. The sculpturing of 
the thorax is also distinct in the two genera, the lateral channels in 
Clinidium occupying only the basal angles, whilst in my specimen of 
Rhysodes they run parallel with the entire lateral margin. Dalman, 
however, describes these “ Sulci laterales’’ of Rhysodes as being ‘ basi 
“© dilatati latissimi, antrorsum angustati, ultra thoracis medium in puncta 
‘ impressa desinentes,”’ although in my specimen they are of the entire 
length of the thorax, as represented in my figure. The striation of the 
elytra is also distinct, there being in each elytron of Rhysodes, “ Strie 
** octo impresse, regulariter et profundé punctate, suturales ad apicem 
‘* usque continue, intermediz ante apicem a ruga obliqua ? cum striolé 
‘* punctata interrupte; interstitia angusta convexa levissima impunctata;’” 
whilst in Clinidiwm the elytra are described by Mr. Kirby as being ‘pro- 
“* funde sulcata vel porcata, porcis sex elevatis ; intermediis abbreviatis, 
** duabus longioribus apice connatis; apex ipse et basis coleoptrorum 
“* apud suturam in foveam magnam et profundam excavati.”” And last, 
but not least, Clinidium is apterous, and Rhysodes furnished with folded 
wings. 


Having thus, I trust, satisfactorily established the intimate connexion 
of these two genera, I now proceed to trace their joint affinities and ana- 
logies ; and in order to do this satisfactorily, I shall, in the first place, 
state the opinions of Dalman, Latreille, and Kirby upon the subject. 

With regard to Rhysodes, the original location appears to have been: 
amongst the Terediles, being placed by Dejean, in his Catalogue des Co- 
léoptéres, p. 40, between Oupes and Ptilinus. Dalman, however, in 
the Analecta Entomologica, disproves this location, observing, ‘ Certe 
“ peculiare genus, nec facile in ulla familia not& pentamerorum ponen- 
‘dum. Insectum primo intuitu habitum fere profert Colydii vel Lycti, 
“* sed tarsorum numerus et antennarum forma nimis distant.” Latreille, 
in the Familles Naturelles, p. 354, in again placing this genus with Cu- 
pes amongst the Ptinide, observes, in corroboration of Dalman’s re- 
marks, “ Ce dernier genre (Rhysodes), quoique pentamére, semble appar- 
“ tenir plus naturellement a la famille des Xylophages ou a celle des 
** Platysomes,”” (Cucujide); and yet the same author, in the second edi- 
tion of the Régne Animal, Vol. IV., p. 487, still retains it in the same 


220 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 


situation with the remark, “‘ Nonobstant le nombre des articles des tar~ 
** ses, ce genre parait se rapprocher des Cucujes et méme de certains 
‘* Brentes a trompe courte dans les deux sexes. Les habitudes sont les 
‘© mémes que celles des Xylophages.”’ 

With regard to Clinidium, Mr. Kirby states, that *‘¢ it exhibits also 
‘* some general resemblance to the Rhynchophorous genus Brentus, which 
** T believe is also.a timber devourer, but it seems to me still nearer. to 
** Cucujus, Fab., as for instance, Cuc. rufus, which has a pedunculated 
«« head, and another North American species, which, like Clinidium, is 
‘** pentamerous.’’ 

The observations of Mr. Kirby upon its supposed relationship with the 
other families mentioned by him, may, I think, be passed over in silence, 
that acute entomologist having himself clearly shewn that they can 
scarcely be regarded otherwise than as analogies. Its supposed affinity 
to Brentus having also been noticed by Latreille, in reference to the 
affinities of Rhysodes, is worthy of peculiar mention, but this, I must 
admit, appears to me to be extremely slight, and also not to be regarded 
otherwise than as an analogous resemblance. 

Hence I think we may take it for granted that we ought to look for the 
immediate affinities of these insects amongst the Cucujide and the fami- 
lies which are allied to that group; andas the affinity of Rhysodes with 
Colydium or Lyctus, or the family Xylophages of Latreille, is not very 
immediate, as may be perceived from the observation of Dalman quoted 
above, we must. consequently direct our attention to the Cucujide, and 
the only characters which would separate the insects in question from 
that family, as defined by Latreille, appear to be the pentamerous tarsi, 
and the less depressed form of the body, since in almost every other 
respect, if we consider either their structure or habits, they will be found 
to agree, and even in regard to the tarsi, (as Mr. Kirby has shewn, and 
as I hope even more satisfactorily to prove,) this difference does not, in 
fact, exist; with regard also to the less depressed form of the body, I 
cannot consider this a character of sufficient importance to allow a sepa- 
ration of insects otherwise intimately allied ; indeed it can only be re- 
garded as indicative of the approach towards the more cylindric form of 
the allied families. Still, however, it must be admitted, that this affinity 
is not of that nature which might be termed immediate, but that there 
are evidently some links in the chain yet to be supplied. 


Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 221 


For the purpose; however, of tracing this affinity more minutely, I 
shall now proceed to an investigation of the characters of several of the 
insects comprized in the family Cucujide, which, from the interest ex- 
cited by an examination of many of their organs, must be considered as 
peculiarly worthy the attention of the entomologist. 

I shall commence this investigation with the Cucujus rufus, in conse- 
quence of its being the species supposed by Mr. Kirby to be the most 
nearly allied to Clinidium. This insect and several others of a similar 
formation, vary so materially from the true Cucuji, in many of their 
essential characters, as fully to warrant their separation and establish- 
ment as a distinct genus, which I propose to name, in allusion to the 
formation of the under side of the head, 


CaTOGENUS.* 
Type of the Genus Cucujus rufus, Fab., Oliv. 
Tas. Supp. XLVI, fig. 2. 


Labrum minutissimum, transversum. A and C. 

Mandibule valide, subtriangulares, porrecte, extus rotundate, intus 
dentibus tribus obtusiusculis, apice unidentato. A. 

Mazille minute, plane, subtriangulares, lobo superiori majori, in- 
tegro, angustato, ciliato, inferiori minuto. Palpi 4-articulati, in lobum 
dorsalem inserti, lobo superiori longiores, articulis tribus basalibus lon- 
gitudine subzequalibus, sed sensim crassioribus, articulo ultimo majori, 
elongato, apice subacuto. D. 

Mentum brevissimum, transversum, anticé paullo angustius. E. 

Labium bifidum, laciniis linearibus, angustis, divaricatis, ciliatis ;— 
palpi in labium lateraliter inserti, et laciniis ejus paullo longiores, arti- 
culo Imo tenuissimo elongato, 2do brevi et paullo crassiori, 3tio 1mi lon- 
gitudine, arcuato, apice subacuto. E. and F. 

Antenne moniliformes, capitis thoracisque longitudine, articulis sub- 
equalibus (2do minori.) A. 

Corpus depressum lineari-quadratum. 

Caput subquadratum, depressum, angulis rotundatis, anticé clypeo 


* Kdrw (subtus) and yévug (gena.) 


222 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium 


parvo paullulum producto, (C.) et posticé collo brevi instructum—genis 
subtus utrinque rotundato-productis,* maxillarum basin tegentibus. B. 

Oculi parvi, laterales, reticulati, A. 

Thorax oblongo-quadratus, planus, capitis latitudinem equans sed lon- 
gitudinem ejus superans, basi vix angustiori, angulis acutis. 

Elytra oblongo-quadrata, linearia, plana, lateribus deflexis, thoracis 
latitudine, 

Pedes breves, longitudine fere equales, femoribus crassis, tibiis ad 
apicem crassis, et trispinosis, éarsis fere tibiarum longitudine, articulis 
5 simplicibus, 1mo. paullo minori, unguibus minutis. 


Of the characters detailed above, the most interesting, with reference 
to the affinities of the genus and its separation from Cucujus, are the 
flatness and very oblong shape of the body, the formation of the antennz 
and trophi, the anterior production of the lateral parts of the under side 
of the head, and the five-jointed tarsi. 

If the general formation of the antenne, palpi, and legs are compared, 
we are immediately struck with the resemblance between this genus and 
the two preceding. 

Of this genus, which appears to be the American type of form, in 
addition to the Cuc. rufus, Fab., the cabinet of the British Museum con- 
tains two, and that of the Rev. F. W. Hope, three other distinct species, 


Most intimately allied to the last genus is an insect received by Mr. 
Hope from Dr. Klug under the name of Isocerus carinatus, Klug, (MSS.?) 
an inhabitant of the Cape of Good Hope. This generic name (it having 
been employed by Tlliger to designate the genus Parandra, and conse- 
quently sinking into a synonym of that name, and also being still em- 
ployed by Megerle and Dejean for a genus of Blapside) Mr, Hope pro- 


poses to change to 
ANISOCERUS. 


In addition to the geographical distinction between this genus and the 
last, a slight examination enables me merely to state that it also appears 
to differ in being considerably longer in proportion, and not quite so flat 
in the thorax and elytra. 


* This formation is perceivable, but*in a much less developed state, in Scau- 
eus and Eurychora, Vide Kirby and Spence, Int, to Ent. Vol. III. p. 489. 


Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 223 


In the produced formation of the underside of the head the two genera 
are, however, alike, as also apparently in their trophi. I was not, how- 
ever, able either to examine those organs or the tarsi so accurately as I 
could have wished. 


Of the other genera, hitherto placed in the family Cucujtde, the 

nearest approach to the two preceding groups is made by 
PASSANDRA, 

founded by Dalman in the Appendix to the 3rd volume of Schénherr’s 
Synonymia Insectorum, p. 146, and figured in Tab. 6, fig. 3 of that 
work. On its affinities Dalman merely remarked, “‘ Statura sublinearis, 
“« depressa, et facies fere Passali.”’ Latreille, in the Familles Naturelles, 
p- 398, correctly places the genus, without any remark upon its indivi- 
dual characters, in his family Platysomes (Cucujipes.) There is, how- 
ever, the following interesting observation made in that work upon that 
family, “ Ces Coléoptéres, ainsi que les Trogosites et les Prostomis 
** (Megagnathus), se rapprochent sous quelques rapports des Lucanides.”’ 
The chief of these “ rapports’’ appear to me to consist in the pentame- 
rous tarsi and general character and habits of the insects; and in the for- 
mation of the labium and maxille of Rhysodes, as well as in the charac- 
ters of Passandra, other and much greater resemblances are discoverable. 

In the new edition of the Régne Animal, Vol. V. p. 101, Latreille 
has, however, altered the situation of the genus Passandra, and has in- 
cluded it in his third division of the Xylophages, placing it as the last 
genus after the Trogositarii, with the remark, ‘“ Ces insectes sont évi- 
«* demment le passage de cette famille (Trogosite) 4 la suivante (Cu- 
** cuji or Platysomes). Ils ne different méme des Platysomes que par leurs 
« antennes.”’ It is evident that Latreille here alludes to the increased size 
of the last joint of the latter organs, fig. 3, C. In every other respect, 
not only in general formation, but also in the similarity of structure of 
the under side of the head, (which I have figured in Tax. Supp. xiv. fig. 
3, A,) it will be perceived, that a most intimate connexion exists between 
this genus and the two preceding, and the description of the trophi given 
by Dalman tends to confirm this affinity. If Latreille, however, was 
anxious to shew the affinity between his Trogositarii and Cucujipes, there 
are other and much more satisfactory links (as I shall subsequently en- 
deavour to prove) to establish the connexion, than the mere incrassation 


224 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 


of the terminal joint of the antenne. It will also be seen, (notwithstand- 
ing Dalman expressly says, ‘* Tarsi omnes exacté 4-articulati, absque 
“« rudimento nodi basilaris in articulo unguiculari, subtis ciliati non vero 
** spongiosi,’’) from the fig. 3, D, that there is a rudimental basal 
joint in these organs which will also further exhibit their affinity with the 
genus Catogenus. Dalman was evidently led into this error from an idea 
that if any rudimental joint actually existed it would be the fourth, as 
in Parandra and the Longicornes, and not the basal joint. 

Of this genus there are four species contained in the cabinet of the 
British Museum ; and Messrs. Hope and Children have respectively spe- 
cimens of another species, which the former gentleman received from 
Dr. Klug, under the name of Pass. vittata. 

The species all agree in being less depressed than either Cucujus or 
Catogenus, and also in having the elytra but partially striated, the disk 
of each being smooth and shining. 


The next genus to which I beg to call the student’s attention is that of 


Denpropuacts, Gyll., 


chiefly on account of its approaching the preceding genera not only in 
its elongate form but also in having the ‘tarsorum articulus primus mi- 
** nutus, inferus,’”? Gyll. 

As Gyllenhal has not stated that the underside of the head of this genus 
is produced as in the preceding, we may conclude that it is formed as 
in the subsequent genera.* Still if we notice the similarity in 
the structure of the trophi themselves, (especially the maxille and 
maxillary palpi, and the labium and its appendages,) in Catogenus, 
Uleiota and Cucujus, we shall soon be convinced of the real approxi- 
mation between the genera, notwithstanding the variation in the structure 
of the underside of the head. 

The typeof the genus Dendrophagus is the European species, crenatus ; 
but the British Museum cabinet contains three species (arranged under 
Brontes,) one of which is a remarkable insect. 


Although differing in its elongated form and shorter antennz, yet in 
the majority of its characters, and more especially in the formation of 


* See Note B. 


Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 225 


the trophi as described by Gyllenhal, Ins. Suec. 2, p. xiv., this genus 
most nearly approximates to 
UtetoTa, Latr. / Brontes, Fabr.) 

the type of which is the Br. flavipes of Fabricius. This genus is cha- 
racterized by the length of its antenne, (the second joint of which is 
inserted upon the side rather than the apex of the preceding joint, 
Tab. Supp. xxv, fig. 4, A), the acuteness of the last joint of its palpi 
(ibid. D. & E.), and its labium, which is merely emarginate in front, E. 
The male of the typical species presents a remarkable character in having 
the outer side of the mandibles armed with a strong bent hornlike process 
considerably advanced in front of those organs, (Ibid. C.). I do not find, 
from the description of this species, that the antenne of the female are 
shorter than those of the male; had they been so, Latreille would 
doubtless have mentioned the circumstance. 

To this genus evidently belongs an insect, considerably larger than the 
Ul. flavipes, brought by Dr. Horsfield from Java, and now contained in 
the Museum of the East India Company. Mr. Hope also possesses the 
same species from New South Wales. The British Museum Cabinet 
contains another species allied to Ul. flavipes. 


It will not be considered necessary for me further to mention the obvi- 

ous affinity between the last genus and 

Cucusus, Fab., 

which, as a genus, is characterized by Latreille by the comparative short- 
ness of its moniliform antenne (Tab. Supp. xxv1, fig. 5, A.), depressed 
body, truncate palpi (Ibid. D. and E.), and bifid abiwm (Ibid. E.) Such, 
indeed, are the characters presented by the large typical species, Cuc. de- 
pressus (sanguinolentus, Linn.,) and clavipes; but the genus, as at present 
constituted, comprises several distinct forms, to some of which I propose 
to advert. 

There is, however, another character connected with the typical 
species, namely, the real formation of the tarsi, which has escaped the 
notice of Latreille, notwithstanding he has, in the first edition of the 
Régne Animal, expressly characterized the tarsi as having all the joints 
entire, whilst, as belonging to insects placed by him in his division Tetra- 
mera, it is evident that he must have regarded them as only four-jointed- 

Vor. V. P 


226 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 


The accurate examinations and descriptions of Gyllenhal throw, howe- 
ver, some light upon the formation of these organs, and accordingly we 
find the following observation in the Addenda to the first volume of the 
Insecta Suec., Vol. II. p. 6, (misprinted 4.) ‘* Secundum observationes 
«© Cl. Dom. Schénherr, in Act. Holm. 1809. pag. 52, et sequ. plurime 
“© species Generis Cucuji tarsos gerunt omnes 5-articulatos, ideoque heic 
‘* [Pentamera] inseratur Familia 9-10: ma Cucujipes.” This reference 
being unfortunately incorrect, I have not been able to make that use of 
Schénherr’s observations which I could have wished ; and in the charac- 
ters which Gyllenhal has given of the genus, we find ‘* Tarsuum articulus 
‘* primus minutus inferus stipuliformis,’’ with the additional observation 
upon Cuc. depressus, “In altero sexu, forte masculo, tarsi postici tantum 
*¢ 4-articulati, primo minuto stipuliformi, secundo elongato cylindrico, 
** tertio brevi sub-bilobo, quarto unguiculari longo clavato.”’ 

In my specimen of Cuc. depressus the joints of the tarsi are exactly as 
represented in fig. 5, F, G and H. Regarding; therefore, the last observa- 
tion of Gyllenhal to be correct, we are led to consider that in all other 
respects a similar formation of organs (including, of course, the antenne) 
is observed in the sexes, since, if this had not been the case, Gyllenhal 
would most certainly have apprized us of the differences. The compa- 
rative smallness of the second joint, and the very slight incrassation of 
the last three joints of the antenne of this species will be perceived in 
fig. 5, A. 

In the British species Cuc. dermestoides, which is well figured by Pan- 
zer, 3, B, there are several peculiarities of formation, which distinguish 
it from Cuc. depressus. In shape it is more oblong. The hinder angles 
of the head are not so much produced. Its antenne are shorter, with 
the second joint nearly as large as the third, the eighth small, and the 
three following incrassated, (Tab Supp. xv1, fig. 6, A.) The mentum is 
different, the anterior margin being pointed in the middle (Ibid. E.), and 
the last joint of themaxillary and labial palpi, although truncate at the 
tips, is not obconic (Ibid. C. and D.) According to Gyllenhal, however, 
the posterior tarsi vary according to the sex, as in Cuc. depressus, and as 
no other variation is noticed by that author, we may conclude that the 
antenne do not vary in the sexes. Upon the affinities of this insect 
Gyllenhal observes, * Antennarum et scutelli structura, ut et articulorum 


Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 227 


‘* tarsuum yariatio secundum sexum, affinitatem cum Genere Cryptophagi 
‘* produnt, sed instrumenta cibaria, et statura corporis deplanata, bene 
** distinguunt.”’ 

Cucujus muticus, Fab., appears to agree with the preceding in the 
formation of its essential organs, although the sides of the thorax are not 
denticulated. In another small British species, (Tab. Supp. xvi. fig. 1.), 
nearly allied to the Cuc. dermestoides, (which Mr. Stephens has named in 
his Catalogue, Cuc. testaceus, Pk., Fab., and Gyll., but which appears 
to me rather to be the Cuc. piceus, Oliv. and Latr. Hist. Nat. 11, 256, 4.) 
the antenne are formed as in Cuc. dermestoides, the labrum is, however, 
much larger than in that species, and semicircular (Ibid. fig. 1, A.), and 
the terminal joint of all the palpi is but very slightly truncate, being al- 
most acute (Ibid. C. and D.), the abium is entire (D.) This species 
(which I received from Mr. Ingpen, who procured it from the decayed 
part of an old elm-tree, in Wiltshire, in the month of December,) al- 
though agreeing with Gyllenhal’s description of the form of the head, 
antenne, and form and striation of the elytra of Cuc. testaceus, appears 
to be too darkly coloured for the description of that species, being 
rufo-castaneous rather than rufo-testaceous, and Gyllenhal says of the 
thorax of Cuc. testaceus, “ sub-quadratus—angulis posticis parum pro- 
‘* minulis,” whereas in my insect, the sides of the thorax are slightly 
denticulated at the base, although agreeing in other respects with Gyllen- 
hal’s description. 

In the breadth of its body and in its more developed labrum, the Cucu-~ 
jus monilis, Fab., Pk., and Gyll., (Cue. bipustulatus, Hellw., Latr., Pz., 
Cuc. bimaculatus, Oliv., Latr.,) appears to recede from the typical form of 
the genus. In the specimens which I have seen of this insect, the antenne 
have the last three joints thickened ; they therefore appear to be the var. a. 
of this species, described by Gyllenhal ; but I very much question whe- 
ther they are, as he supposes, males, since, notwithstanding its greater 
size, I should be induced to regard his var. b, ‘ antennis filiformibus, di- 
** midio corpore longioribus—articulis ultimis non crassioribus, sed elon- 
** gatis cylindricis,’’ as the male of the species. 

In the Exotic Cabinet of the British Museum, are several specimens of 
a small pale testaceous species, with the thorax subquadrate, named by 
Dr. Leach, “ Cucujus monilis, H. testaceus, Pk.’ This is a British spe- 

Pp 2 


228 Mr. Westwood on the dffinities of Clinidium. 


cies, and has been taken by Mr. Stephens, as well as received by him 
from Mr. Griffin. It is not, however, contained in his Systematic Cata- 
logue. The specimens, although agreeing in size, vary (as in the last 
species) in the formation of the antenne, which in some individuals (most 
probably males) are very long, slender, and filiform,* whilst in others 
they are much shorter, with the three apical joints incrassated. These 
last I conceive to be females. 

Of a similar formation with the latter specimens are two insects con- 
tained in the cabinet of Mr. Stephens, and in his Systematic Catalogue 
named ‘ Ulciota monilicornis, Marsh. MSS.”’ The Brontes pallens of 
Fabricius (which Mr. Stephens doubtingly regards as a synonym of this 
species) is, however, considered by the German and French entomologists 
asa variety of Ul. flavipes, and consequently a much larger insect. 

The remaining insect of this genus which I shall mention, isa small pale 
fulvo-testaceous species (Tab. Supp. xLv1. fig. 2.), which was captured 
under the bark of a Horn-beam tree, in Hainault Forest, by Mr. Bydder, and 
which is now in my cabinet ; I am not aware of any other British speci- 
men, nor do I find it described, unless it be the Cue. unifasciatus of La- 
treille, (Hist. Nat. 11, 256.) The head is as large as the thorax, and has 
several emarginations on its anterior margin; the /abrum is large, and 
rounded in front (Ibid. fig. 3, A.), the antenne are longer than the head 
and thorax (Ibid. E.), the first joint larger than the second, which is also 
a little larger than the third, the remaining joints gradually increase 
in length and thickness to the last joint, which is as large as the basal 
joint, andacute at the tip. The trophi (Ibid. B, C, and D,) considerably 
resemble those of the Wiltshire species, Cuc. piceus? The thorax is almost 
quadrate, with a very fine depressed line running parallel with each la~ 
teral margin, which is entire: it is very slightly narrower behind than 
infront. The elytra are not broader, but about twice the length of the 
thorax, with several rows of minute punctures, which are more distinct 
near the apex ; there is also a deeper stria near the lateral and sutural 


* The insect specifically named testaceus by Fabricius, was placed by him 
in his genus Brontes, and as the supposed males of the specimens above men- 
tioned have long antennz (as in that genus), I am induced to consider that they, 
and not the Wiltshire specimens, are the true festacews. 


Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 229 


margin of each, and they are deflexed at the sides ; also in the centre of 
each, there is an obscurely defined brown spot. 

Such are the characters of several of the insects comprised in the genus 
Cucujus ; and while on the one hand their affinity to Uleiota, Dendro- 
phagus, &c. is evident, their relationship with the Trogositarii is no less 
intimate on the other, whether we regard the general habit, or the pre- 
valent structure of the trophi and other essential organs. Thus if the 
incrassation of the terminal joints of the antenne be considered a charac- 
teristic of the latter family, we find several of the smaller Cucwji exhi- 
biting the same structure. If we compare the dissections of Trogosita 
given by Sturm, in his Deutchsland’s Fauna, with those of Uleiota and 
Cucujus, but little general variation will be perceived, and even in respect 
to the formation of the tarsi, we find Gyllenhal (Ins. Suec., 1,73,) describ- 
ing them in Trogosita as being all five-jointed, ‘ articulo primo parvo 
** retracto, preesertim in posticis.”” We also find, at the same place, the 
following interesting observation, ‘* Antennarum articulis extimis 
“* majoribus, uno latere productis, ut et statura corporis, aliquatenus ad 
** Platyceros accedit hoc genus; proprie tamen pectinate dici nequeunt 
** antenne; apud D. Latreille, una cum genere exotico, Parandra dicto, 
** peculiarem constituit familiam, cui nomen “ Trogositarios”’ addidit. 
** Species due alice Suecane,a D. Paykull huc relate, ad sectionem secun- 
‘* dam, tarsis posticis 4-articulatis, pertinent.” 

We subsequently, however, find Gyllenhal inclined to doubt the affi- 
nity of Trogosita with the Lucanide ; and the situation in which he pro- 
poses in his second volume to place it, is the family Cucujipes, thus at 
once establishing the affinity; ‘ Genus Trogosita forte aptius in hac fami- 
“ lia collocandum, quam apud Lucanideos.”’ 

Mr. Stephens also, in his Systematic Catalogue, places it in the family 
Cucujide, but far removed from the remainder of Latreille’s Xy/lophagi. 
Although the opinion of the latter author upon the aftinity of the Cucu- 
Jipes with the Trogositarii, may be seen in the following observations 
upon the former family, which he says “ se rapproche de la précédente”’ 
(Trogositarii amongst the Xylophagi) “ quant 4 l’anatomie intérieure, 
*€ aux tarses, dont les articles sont tous entiers, et quant aux habitudes,’’* 


* Regne Aniinal, 2nd edition, Vol. V, p. 101. 


230 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 


yet that author has always regarded Trogosita as forming, with other ge~ 
nera, a portion of his artificial group Xylophagi ; indeed, of the pro- 
priety of, at least, considering (with Latreille) Trogostta as the type of a 
group of genera, (although we may perhaps doubt its affinity with many 
other of his Xylophagi,) the student will be at once convinced, on com- 
paring the figures of the trophi of Trogosita and Megagnathus given by 
Sturm, and Mr. Curtis’s dissections of Cicones and Bitoma ; to which lat- 
ter genera I may add, from actual dissection, Synchita, Cerylon, Rhyzo- 
phagus, Monotoma, Nemosoma, and probably Lyctus.* 

’ Perhaps the singular genus 


MEGAGNATHUS 


ought to be considered as the stepping-stone between the two families, 
since in many important respects it appears to be allied to the insect con- 
sidered above as the Cucujus unifasciatus ; and we find the mawille of 
this genus (which is admirably figured, with its dissections, by Sturm, in his 
Deutchsland’s Fauna) furnished with two processes,as in Cucujus,although 
the interior one is not unguiform as in some of the species of that genus. 
The parts of the mouth are, however, considerably more elongated. There 
is a portion of the structure of this insect, which it is somewhat singular 
Sturm should have omitted to figure, namely, the extraordinary prolonga- 
tion of the under sides of the head, (Tab. Supp. xvi. fig. 4.) which 
is evidently a modification of the formation of the same parts in Catogenus 


and Passandra. The last three joints of the antenne of Megagnathus 
are rather larger than the others. 


TROGOSITA, 


as at present constituted, (like Cucujus,) comprises several distinct forma- 
tions. Thus, in Tr. Caraboides, the joints of the antenne gradually in- 
crease in size to the tips ; the mandibles are trigonate and notched at the 
apex, the mawille are furnished with a single process,t the labium is 
nearly quadrate, and with the front margin entire. I haye already no- 


* See Note D. 


+ I say a single process, because the inner one appears to be only rudimen- 
tal, “ Basilari et interno saltem minimo, vix distinguendo, non prominulo,” 
Latr. Gen. Cr, &e., Vol. III. p, 22, Note. 


Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium, 231 


ticed the formation of the tarsi of this species. Again in Trogosite vi- 
rescens, cerulea, and enea, which are proportionably much longer 
insects, and which, as their names import, are much more brilliantly 
coloured than the rest of the genus, the head is almost square, with three 
emarginations in front (Tab. Supp. XLvu. fig. 6.), the Jabrum is transverse, 
and slightly emarginated in front (Ibid. fig. 6.), the jaws are long, exserted, 
and acute at the tips (Ibid. fig. 6.), the last three joints of the antenne are 
much larger than the preceding (Ibid. fig. 6.), the mazille are long, and 
with one process only (Ibid. fig. 5, B.), the last joint of the maxillary palpi is 
nearly cylindric, and transversely truncate (Ibid. B.), the mentum is formed 
as in Trogosita Mauritanica, the labium is long, and its anterior half is 
divided into two divaricating lobes, which are ciliated, (Ibid. C.) The 
palpi are three-jointed, and affixed to long scapes united together, and 
their terminal joint is truncate, (Ibid. fig. 5,C.) The margins of the thorax 
are slightly notched in the centre, (Ibid. fig. 6.) the legs are longer than in 
Tr. Mauritanica, and the tarsi are only four-jointed, the three basal 
joints equally short, and the last joint as long as the three preceding, 
with a short style furnished at the tip with two diverging bristles between 
the two strong claws, (Ibid. E. and F.) These characters will, I have no 
doubt, be considered sufficiently strong to warrant my proposing the 
establishment of the insects exhibiting them, into a distinct genus, which 
I propose to name, from the divided labiwm, 
TEMNOSCHEILA.* 

In addition to the preceding, I have noticed several other forms of 
Trogosita in the cabinets of our entomologists, especially in that of the 
Rev. Mr. Hope. 

In order to render this paper as complete as possible, I now beg leave 
to add a few remarks upon the two remaining genera, which have been 
occasionally considered to belong to the family Cucujide, namely, Pa- 
randra and Hemipeplus. The observations which I shall have occasion 
to quote upon the genus i 

ParANpRA, Latr. (Isocerus, Illiger.) 
will perhaps be thought more generally interesting than any of the pre-~ 
ceding, in consequence of their shewing to us the recorded opinion of 


* Vepvo scindo et xeiAog labiuin, 


232 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 


Latreille upon the tarsal system, which we have been taught to consider 
as regarded by that distinguished entomologist as a perfectly natural one. 
The genus was established in the Histoire Naturelle, &c. Vol. XI, p. 

. 252, and inserted in the family Cucujipes, and the following extract will 
assist the student, not only in acquiring a knowledge of some of its pe- 
culiar characters, but also in noticing the first arguments of Latreille in 
favour of its situation amongst the Tetramera, “‘ Parandra. La seule espéce 
** connue de ce genre resemble singulitrement, au premier coup d’ceil, 
aun Lucane, soit par la forme du corps, soit par l’avancement des 
mandibules. La méme analogie se retrouve aussi dans d’autres parties 


“ce 
6c 
** de la bouche, telles que les machoires qui sont également alongées et 
“ linéaires; mais la Parandre lisse n’a que quatre articles aux tarses et ses 
antennes sont filiformes et entiérement grenues. L’avant dernier article 
de ces insectes est un peu bifide, pour recevoir un petit renflement qui 
** est a la base du dernier. Ce renflement semble former un petit arti- 
** cle, et c’est ce qui en a imposé 4 De Geer qui lui en a donné cinq ; 
les Capricornes ont leur derniére piéce des tarses conformée de la méme 
maniére et cependant, de l’aveu de tous les entomologistes, ces insectes 
n’ont que quatre piéces a ces parties. La forme de ce dernier article 
des tarses des Parandres, leurs palpes filiformes, la saillie de leurs 
mandibules, leur corps assez epais quoique déprimé, sont des caractéres 
qui eloignent ce genre de ceux de Cucuje et d’Uléiote de la méme fa- 
“© mille.” 

In the ‘* Genera Custaceorum,” &c. Vol. TIL. p. 26, we find the follow- 
ing note at the foot of the Cucujipes, Genus nostrum Parandra familie 
“* sequenti inscribam,”’ and the genus is then described at p. 28, amongst 
the Prionii, with the following ‘ Observatio. Instrumentis cibariis 
** genus Lucanis affine, habitu vero et antennis Trogositis, Cucujis, Prio- 
** niis, proximum. Forsan per Xylophagos Cucujipes ad Prioniorum 
‘* familiam transeundum, deinde a Cerambycinis ad Chrysomelinas ; sub- 
“* sequerentur Erotylene, Coccinellide, Diaperiales, Pimeliarie ; Rhyn- 
‘* chophori in extremo positi Coleopteris fines statuerent.”” 

In the Considerations Generales, p. 228, the first edition of the Régne 
Animal, Vol. Ill. p. 339, and the Familles Naturelles, p. 398, the genus 
is again inserted in the Cucujipes, but in the new edition of the Réegne 
Animal we find it forming the first of the Prionii (the first tribe of 


“e 


“ce 


“sé 


“ce 


se 


“cc 


6c“ 


ce 


Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 233 


the family Longicornes) and among the characters given of this family 
we find, “le dessous des trois premiérs articles des tarses garni de 
“* brosses, les second et troisitme en cceur, le quatriéme profondement 
** bilobé,* et un petit renflement ou nodule, simulant un article, 4 l’ori- 
“© gine du dernier ;”’ with the following note upon this last character, 
‘* Les parandres ressemblent parfaitement, sous ce rapport, aux longi- 
“* cornes, et si l’on considérait ce petit nceud comme un veritable article, 
* non seulement cette famille, mais la suivante, appartiendraient a la sec- 
*< tion des pentaméres. II peut bien représenter le quatriéme article de 
*€ ceux-ci; mais, attendu qu’il n’a point demouvement propre, il est censé 
** faire partie du suivant.’”” The characters of the family also include 
** La languette (labium), portée par un menton court et transversal, est 
© ordinairement membraneuse en forme de cceur, échancrée ou bifide, 
* cornée et en segment de cercle trés court et transversal dans d’autres 
«* (Parandrie)’’. 

In the characters which he has given of the genus, after pointing out 
the resemblances between it and the Prionii, we notice the following 
distinguishing characters, “‘ Languette cornée, en forme de segment de 
** cercle trés court, transversal, sans échancrure ni lobes,’’ and “ Tarses, 
«< dont le pénultiéme article légérement bilobé, et dont le dernier, nota- 
** blement plus long que les précédents pris ensemble, offre, entre ses 
** crochets, un petit appendice, avec deux soies au bout.’’+ 

This last character is an interesting one, since it is also found consi- 
derably developed in the Lucanide. It may also be observed in a very 
minute state in Cucujus depressus, and in Spondylis buprestoides (which 
Latreille has overlooked, Régne Animal, Vol. V. p. 106, &c.) but not in 
Prionus coriarius, although there is a very minute rudimentary lobe 
between its claws. But there are other characters than those noticed as 
above by Latreille, either separating this genus from the Prionide, or 
shewing its approach to the Lucanide. The body is smooth and polished, 
the first three joints of the tarsi are cylindric, and not clothed beneath 
with ‘* brosses,” having only a few hairs scattered over them (Tab. Supp. 


* Latreille has here evidently fallen into an error, the first and second joiits 
being “en cceur,” and the third “ profondement bilobé.” 
+ Sec Note E, 


234 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 


xLvil. fig. 7, D.),the third joint being but slightly bilobed. The mentum is 
very short, and transversely linear, and completely concealing the labium 
and mazille, which are densely clothed with hair in front, (Ibid. A.) The 
species are peculiar to America. 

Still, however, the general, as well as essential, characters of the genus 
approach so near to those of Spondylis, (Tab. Supp. xivt. fig. 8, A BC DE 
andF’,) that we cannot regard the latter otherwise than as the connecting link 
between Parandra and Prionus, and that the situation given by Latreille, 
in his last work, to these genera, is the correct one. How are we, how- 
ever, to regard all these resemblances between this genus as well as some 
of the preceding and Lucanus ? are they not too striking and important 
to be considered merely as analogies ? and would it be unnatural to re- 
gard this genus as the osculant one between Lucanus among the Lamel- 
licornes, and Spondylis and Prionus amongst the Longicornes ? we find 
the two great groups similar in their herbivorous habits, and also similar 
in comprizing the giants of the order to which they belong.* 


HEmIPEp us, Latr. 


appears to have been first noticed, without any characters, in the Fa- 
milles Naturelles, where it was placed as the last genus in the family 
Cucujide. In the second edition of the Régne Animal, Vol. V. p. 53, 
however, we find the genu$ removed, and doubtingly placed in the La- 
griaires. The characters are there detailed, which appear to be very sin- 
gular. The genus is established, ‘ Sur un insecte trouve en Ecosse, dans 
** une boutique,’’ forwarded to Latreille by Dr. Leach. 


Description of the Figures. 


Tas. Supp. XLVI. 


Fig. 1. Rhysodes exaratus, highly showing the large men- 
magnified, the natural tum, and the situation 
length indicated by the line of the eyes. 
at the side, B. The labrum. 

A. The under side of the head C, The mandible, 


* See Note C. 


Fig, 2, 


Fig. 3. 


Fig. 1. 


Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 


D. The maxilla and pal- 
pus. 

E. The labium and palpi. 

F, The cubitus, or anterior 
tibia and anterior tar- 
sus, seen from above. 

G. Thesameseen from below. 

H. The same seen from the 
side, 

I. The posterior leg. 

K. Part of ditto, shewing the 
excavated tip of the fe- 
mur. 

L. The same seen from with- 
in, 

M. The apex of the hind ti- 
bia and tarsus. 

N. Under side of the trunk. 

Catogenus rufus. 

A. The head seen from 
above, with one mandi- 
ble opened to shew its 
formation, 

B, Thesame seen from below. 

C. The clypeus and labrum. 

D. The maxilla and palpus. 

E. The mentum, labium, and 
palpi seen from beneath. 

F, The same seen from with- 
in, 

G. The base of one of the 
elytra. 

H. One of the legs. 

I. The base of the thorax. 

Details of Passandra vittata, 

A. The under side of the head. 


Fig. 4. 


Fig. 5. 


Fig. 6. 


235 


B. The tip of the maxillary 
palpus. 

C. The last two joints of the 
antenna. 

D. The tip of the tibia and 
tarsus. 

Details of Uleiota flavipes 8 « 

A. The head seen from be- 
neath, 

B. The clypeus and labrum. 

C, The mandible. 

D. The maxilla and palpus. 

E. The mentum, labium, and 
palpi. 

F. One of the tarsi. 

Details of Cucujus depressus. 

A. The head and thorax from 
above, 

B. The head from beneath. 

C. The clypeus and labrum, 

D. The maxilla and palpus. 

E. The mentum, labium, and 
palpi. 

F, The anterior tarsus. 

G, The posterior ditto. 

H. The claws and style. 

Details of Cucujus dermestoi- 

des. 

A, The head seen from below. 

B, The clypeus, labrum, and 
mandibles. 

C, The maxillary palpus. 

D. The last joint of the labial 
palpus. 

E. The mentum. 

F, One of the tarsi. 


Tas, Supp, XLvil. 


Cucujus piceus ? magnified. 
A. The labrum. 

B. The mandible, 

C, The maxilla and palpus, 


D, The labium and _ palpi 
(mentum not satisfac- 
torily examined.) 


236 Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium. 


Fig. 2. Cucujus unifasciatus? mag- Fig.6. The headand thorax of ditto, 


nifiec. seen from above. 
Fig. 3. Details of ditto. Fig. 7. Details of Parandra. 
A. The labrum. A. The under side of the head. 
B. The mandible. B. The maxillary palpus, 
C. The maxilla and palpus. C. The labial palpus, 
D. The labium and palpus D. The tarsus, 
seen from within. Fig. 8. Details of Spond;lis Bupres- 
E. The antenna. toides. 
F. The leg. A. The under side of the head. 
Fig. 4. Under side of the head of B. The maxilla. 
Megagnathus mandibularis, C. The mentum, labium, and 
greatly magnified. one of the labial palpi 
Fig. 5. Temnoscheila enea. (the other removed) to 
A. The undersideofthe head. shew the situation of the 
B, The maxilla and palpus. maxilla and palpus. 
C. The mentum, labium and D. The tarsus seen fromabove. 
palpi. E. The same seen sideways. 
D. The under side of the F. The last three joints of 
trunk. ditto more highly mag- 
E. The tarsus, nified. 


F. The claws and style. 


Nore A. 


i find that Ahrens has figured an apparently distinct species of the genus 
Rhysodes, (under the name of Rk. Europeus,) in his Faun, Ins. Eur. fase. 6, f. 1. 
In consequence of this work being of considerable rarity, and the figures but 
indifferently executed, I have not thought it necessary to suppress my figure. 

Gyllenhal mentions the Rhys. exaratus in the Appendix to the 3rd Vol. of his 
Insecta Suecica, p, 720, “ quod forte proprii generis, Cucujis quodammodoaffine,”” 
and considers the Ips monilis of Olivier to be congencrous. In the 4th Volume 
of the same work, p. 332, he has described the insect, and states that the palpi 
are all filiform, ‘‘ articulo ultimo elongato lanceolato,” and that the mawille 
are “ brevissimz, apice setose.” 


Nore B. 


Having examined the structure of the under side of the head of a specimen 
of Dendrophagus crenatus, recently received from Germany, I find that it very 
nearly resembles that of Uleiota favipes. ‘The anterior tarsi exhibit the rudi- 
ment of a basal joint. 


Mr. Westwood on the Affinities of Clinidium — 237 


The genus was established by Schénherr in the Kongl. Vetensk. nya Acad. 
Hand]. for 1809; and in the same paper, (which is written in Swedish and con- 
sequently unintelligible to me,) are contained his observations upon the 
structure of the tarsi of the Cucuji. 


Note C. 


Since the preceding observations upon a supposed connexion between the 
Lucanidgz and Prionide were penned, I have casually examined a most interest- 
ing insect, contained in the Rafflesian cabinet, which serves most satisfactorily 
to connect the two families. Its general appearance is that of a Prionus, with 
short trigonate advanced mandibles, and moderately long antenne; but the 
latter, on a closer examination, are decidedly those of one of the Lucanide, 
the basal joint is scarcely longer than the third, and a slight elbowing of the 
antenne is observed at the second joint, the last three joints are not longer than 
the precediny joints, and very slightly produced on the inside, giving these 
organs the appearance of being almost setaccous. The joints of the ¢arsi are 
cylindric, but the insect is heteromerous! 


Nore D. 


In addition to the affinities of the Cucujide mentioned above, I have en- 
deavoured to prove, in a paper upon the singular family Pausside, which I 
have presented to the Linnean Society, that the former family may perhaps be 
considered as having the greatest affinity with the Pausside, particularly when 
we notice the depressed bodies, the formation of the antenne, and especially 
the pentamerous, or rather subpentamerous, farsi of several of the genera in 
each family. It is by means of such genera as Rhysodes, Clinidium, Catogenus, 
&c., that I consider the connexion may be traced, although many links remain 
to be discovered. 


Note E. 


There is a valuable paper, by Gyllenhal, upon the genus Parandra, Latr., 
inserted in the Kongl. Vetensk. nya Acad. Handl. for 1817, in which the 
author has noticed the structure of the tarsi in the insects included in it, and 
has described four species. 


288 Mr. Collie on the Natural History of the Kangaroo. 


Art. XXXIV. On some particulars connected with: the 
Natural History of the Kangaroo. By A. Corrie, Esq., 
F.L.S., Corr. Memb. Z. 8. Ina Letter toN. A. Vicors, 
Esq., F.R.S., F.L.S., &c., Sec. Z. 8. 


H. M. Sloop Sulphur, 
Cockburn Sound, Western Australia, 
26th January, 1830. 
My dear Sir, 

As so much has recently been done to illustrate the history of the 
very peculiar mode of generation in the Kangaroo, the following observa- 
tions on this subject may not be unacceptable: I had not the pleasure of 
seeing Mr. Morgan’s paper before leaving England, and I therefore do not 
know precisely how far these observations will be found to coincide with 
his. 

Buache, or Garden Island, which forms the best side of Cockburn, is 
covered, in addition to its trees, with a thick underwood and low shrubs, 
which are penetrated with some difficulty. Among these, a small species 
of Kangaroo, perhaps the Didelphis Bruni of Gmelin, and what is said 
to be the Wallabee or Bush Kangaroo of Sydney, is found in very great 
numbers. The males weigh about 14lbs., and the females considerably 
less. It is brownish above, and greyish beneath. 

In the months of July and August last, I had an opportunity of seeing 
several females with their young (one to each) of that season, so far ad- 
vanced as to be nearly in a state fit for living independent of the mother. 
They were nearly half the height and length of the mother, and tolerably 
covered with hair. One teat only of the four was in any instance enlarged, 
and it was only at the base of this that the lacteal gland could be felt. 

From that time to the present, I have occasionally looked at the abdo- 
minal sac, and found it empty, dry, and exceedingly contracted, with, 
however, the enlarged papilla and very perceptible gland at its base, the 
former certainly much shortened, and the latter a little diminished. More 
recently, my attention was very closely directed to this subject, and on 
the 23rd instant, I was informed, to my no small delight, that a Kangaroo 


Mr. Collie on the Natural History of the Kangaroo. 239 


had been caught with its little young in the sac at the teat. This young 
one, which has not obviously increased since, is of nearly the size of the 
last and half the middle joint of one’s little finger; its integuments of a 
flesh colour, and so transparent as to permit the higher coloured vessels 
and viscera to shine through them; whilst all its extremities seem com- 
pletely formed, and its muscular power is fully testified by its evident 
efforts in sucking, during which it puts every part of its body into action. 
According to the testimony of the person who preserved the mother with 
this little one for me, the latter by no means passes the whole of its time 
with the lacteal papilla in its mouth, but has been remarked, more than 
once, without having holdof it. It has even been wholly removed from 
the sac to the person’s hand, and has always attached itself anew to the 
teat. Yesterday, on again looking at it, I gently pressed, with the tip of 
my finger, the head of the little one away from the teat of which it 
had hold, and continued pressing a little more strongly for the space of a 
minute altogether, when the teat that had been stretched to more than an 
inch, came out of the young one’s mouth, and shewed a small circular 
enlargement at its tip, well adapting it for being retained by the mouth of 
the sucker. The opening of the mouth seemed closed in on both sides, and 
only sufficiently open in front to admit the slender papilla. After this I 
placed the extremity of the teat close to the mouth of the young, and held 
it there for a short time without perceiving any decided effort to get hold 
of it anew, when I allowed the sac to close and put the mother into her 
place of security. An hour afterwards the young was observed still 
unattached, but in about two hours ithad hold of the teat and was 
actively employed sucking. On examining the sac of another Kangaroo 
I found a still smaller young one in it than the preceding. This one is 
about one half larger than the body of the common Wasp, (Vespa vul- 
garis). Its extremities, even to its toes, are evidently developed, and its 
skin is still more transparent than the before mentioned. The papilla to 
which it is attached, and from which its body hangs suspended without any 
other support than the hold which it has of the papilla, (a position into which 
I purposely placed it,) is, like the young, delicate, smooth and purplish, 
exhibiting a high degree of vascularity, and is about ,7; of an inch long. 
The gland, however, at its base is very little enlarged, so little indeed as to 
be scarcely perceptible ; whilst that at the base of another papilla which 


240 Mr. Collie on the Natural History of the Kangaroo. 


is larger than this one, of a pale unvascular appearance, and circularly 
corrugated, is large and firm. This appears to be the teat and gland which 
afforded the milk to the young of last season, not yet restored to its wonted 
size, 

An officer of H. M. S. Success at present here, observed a Kangaroo 
in the act of parturition. When the foetus was expelled from the vagina 
per anum, the mother was lying partly on one side and partly on her 
back, resting against the side of the cage where she was confined. She 
kept her hind legs apart, and the very diminutive young, when brought 
forth, crept among the fur of the mother towards her belly and to- 
wards the opening of the abdominal pouch; whilst she, with her head 
turned towards her tender offspring, seemed to watch its progress, which 
was about as expeditious as that of a snail. After it had made some 
advance, my informant, unconscious of the remarkable ceconomy of 
generation in this class of Quadrupeds, removed the newly born animal 
before it had reached its destination, which must have been the mouth of 
the sac. The parturition took place two days ago. 

I have just now procured two gravid uteri in which the foetuses seem to 
bearrived at, or very near to, the termination of the period of gestation. 
One of them, which is about the size of the smallest young already men- 
tioned as being in the abdominal sac, has protruded through an opening 
inadvertently made in the uterus, and is distinctly seen through its trans- 
parent membranes and the liquor amnii. 

Another Kangaroo was caught three days ago with a young one twice 
the size of the largest I have described, but on going to see it on the 
25th the young w2s dead, lying in the sac unattached to any teat. 

The eyes of these three are covered, or perhaps I ought rather to say, 
the eyelids are united by an opaque whitish membrane. The nostrils, 
however, even of the smallest are very evidently perforated for the pur- 
pose, it would seem, of admitting air to the lungs whilst the mouth is 
closely embracing the teat. To see how closely the sac embraces the 
young, that is sometimes retired deep in its bottom, one would be apt 
to think that even the little air that so small an animal requires, could 
scarcely reach it unless by some peculiar mechanism. 

At a future period I hope to be able to communicate more positive 
information on this subject, and to transmit or bring you something 


Analytical Notices of Books. 241 


worthy of your so useful Society. Unless the Sulphur moves to some 
other part of New Holland, I fear I shall add little to your Australian 
Ornithology. 
Believe me, &c. &e. 
A. CoLLig. 


Art. XXXV. Analytical Notices of Books. 


— 


Untersuchungen ueber die Bildung und Entwickelung des Flusskrebses: 
von HEINRICH RATHKE. Mit 5 Kupfertafeln. Leipzig, 1829. 
Fol. pp. 97. 


Researches on the Formation and Developement of the Crawfish. 


Tue zoologists of this Country have been of late years so accustomed 
to direct their attention almost exclusively to animals in their perfect state, 
that to the greater number of our readers, the analysis of a work devoted 
to their illustration in the earliest stages of their developement will 
in all probability present an altogether novel subject of contemplation. 
It is for this reason especially incumbent on us to put on record 
some account of one of the most valuable contributions to animal physio- 
logy that we have met with for a considerable time. Any analysis ofa work, 
chiefly remarkable for its minute details on the minutest objects, must 
necessarily be very imperfect; but we shall endeavour, as far as possible, 
to select its leading features, so as to give a general, if not a complete, 
idea of its contents. 

While the comparative anatomists of France and England have been 
for the most part content to follow in the beaten track of observation, 
those of Germany have been exploring a new path, in which they 
have already made discoveries of the highest importance, with the promise 
of a much more ample harvest for the future. In common with the philoso- 

Voz, V. Q 


242 Analytical Notices of Books. 


phical botanists of the day, they have become aware that the ovum, both 
before and after impregnation, undergoes a variety of changes hitherto 
quite unsuspected, and capable of throwing a new and valuable light, not 
only on many of the darkest points of physiology, but also on the com- 
plicated chain of natural affinities. They have consequently endeavoured 
to trace the the structure of the egg from its first formation in the ovary, 
through all its phases, to the complete developement of the animal to 
which it is destined to give birth; and thus to lay a firm foundation for 
the determination of the general laws of organic developement. 

Among the most successful of these investigators, we may mention 
Herold and Von Baer, to the former of whom we owe an extensive series 
of observations on the the ova of Spiders, while the latter has devoted his 
attention more particularly to those of Vertebrated Animals. The present 
authour, Dr. Rathke, was stimulated by the work of Herold to follow in 
his footsteps, and to ascertain, by the examination of one of the higher 
order of Crustacea, to what extent its original structure and subsequent 
developement corresponded with the remarkable peculiarities observed in 
the nearly related tribe. For this purpose the common river Crawfish, 
(Astacus fluviatilis, Fab.,) appeared to offer a favourable object, on 
account of the large size of its eggs, the lengthened period of their 
developement, the transparency of their envelope, and the facility of 
procuring them at almost every season. The authour gives the result of 
his observations during the springs and summers of three successive years. 
These observations were not, however, made on the progeny of a single 
Crawfish, but on eggs taken successively from numberless individuals 
brought to the market of Dantzig from the same locality; their continuity 
therefore is not altogether complete. The magnifying instruments used 
were either a simple lens, or one of Frauenhofer’s compound micros- 
copes ; but the latter could not have been frequently necessary, as by far 
the greater number of the accompanying figures are magnified only fif- 
teen times in their diameter. 

The authour divides his work into eight sections. In the first, he gives 
a general description of the sexual organs of the full grown Crawfish, 
which it is unnecessary here to repeat, those parts having been already 
well described and figured by Reesel and Suckow. He then proceeds to give 
an account of the formation of the ova, and the changes which they undergo 


. Rathke, Growth of the Eggs of the Crawfish. 248 


during their continuance in the ovarium and oviducts. The ovum first 
appears in the shape of a small, almost perfectly transparent, vesicle, rather 
lenticular than spherival, consisting of an extremely fine membrane, and 
apparently filled with aclear watery fluid. This vesicle afterwards becomes 
surrounded by a second, and seemingly a still finer one, the proper 
membrane of the vitellus. The first traces of the vitellus itself consist of 
a fluid, interposed between the two vesicles, in the first instance as trans- 
parent as that of the inner coat, but gradually becoming whitish, opake, 
thick, and viscid, and simultaneously exhibiting a number of extremely 
small, snow-white, scattered granules. During this process, the outer 
envelope gradually enlarges, and from lenticular becomes spherical, but 
the inner remains nearly of the same size, and instead of occupying the 
central point of the other, as at the commencement, becomes excentric, 
and places itself almost in contact with the paries on one side, while it is 
at a considerable distance from the other. The ovum thus formed re- 
mains within the parietes of the ovary for somewhat more than half-a- 
year, during which time the constantly increasing fluid of the outer vesicle, 
or in other words, the vitellus, becomes more and more viscid, changes 
in colour successively to Isabella-yellow, orange, and brown, and is at last 
almost entirely converted into a mass of very small granules of various 
sizes, intimately adhering to each other by means of the small quantity 
of viscid fluid that remains. 

But the last and most important change that takes place within the 
ovary, consists in the evanescence of the internal vesicle, and the produc- 
tion of the embryo. The authour has never been able to ascertain what 
becomes of the former; he has remarked it in mature ova in the month of 
November, but has failed to detect itin the ensuing March. He suspects 
therefore, as was previously conjectured by Von Baer with respect to the 
corresponding part in the ova of the higher animals, that the embryo is 
formed from the evolution of its contents. The latter, when it first be- 
comes visible, appears like a light whitish cloud of indeterminate form, 
spread over a small portion of the vitellus, having some thickness in the 
middle, but becoming gradually thinner towards its edges. Up to this 
period of its developement the egg remains enclosed within the walls of 

ee» the ovary, in which it forms for itself a cavity, and to which it is attached 
by means of the mucous coating that surrounds it. As it increases in size, 
Q 2 


244 Analytical Notices of Books. 


it projects inwards the inner lining of the ovary, which becomes gradually 
thinner, until at length it bursts, and the ovum is released from its con- 
finement by a slow and gradual process of expulsion into the cavity of the 
ovary. Thence it is propelled by degrees into the oviduct, where it is 
surrounded by a layer of albuminous matter, inclosed within a double 
coat. 

Passing in silence over the impregnation and expulsion of the ova, and 
their attachment to the undeveloped legs beneath the tail of the mother, 
the authour, in the seccnd section, resumes his observations at the period 
immediately succeeding the latter process, and proceeds at once to describe 
the new laid egg, which consists of the six following parts. 1. The 
V%tellus; which occupies by far the largest portion, is of a brown colour, 
and consists of an aggregate of minute granules varying in diameter from 
torts to;735% ofa line. These granules seem to adhere together by their 
own power of cohesion, without the intervention of any fluid, and are of 
a highly viscid consistence, which may be rendered much firmer for 
examination by maceration in spirit of wine or diluted nitric acid, the 
former giving them the fixity of cheese, the latter exhibiting them in the 
shape of rays passing from the centre to the circumference. 2, The 
Embryo; which shortly after the attachment of the eggs beneath the tail 
of the mother, loses its original form, and spreads itself over the entire 
surface of the vitellus, in the shape of an exceedingly thin layer, irregu- 
larly reticulated, and of a marbled appearance. The authour has not 
been able to observe the passage from its former to its present state, but he 
thinks himself justified in assuming the identity of the two parts, which 
is confirmed by Herold’s researches on the eggs of spiders, where a similar 
change takes place immediately after their expulsion. 3. The Membrane 
of the Vitellus ; which incloses the two former parts, is highly transparent, 
perfectly smooth on both surfaces, and extremely thin, and is not lost, as 
in the chicken, during the developement of the embryo, but remains to be 
thrown off with the other membranes, when the latter quits its shell. 
4. The coriaceous coat ; which surrounds the last, is, like it, very transpa- 
rent, but much thicker, highly elastic, and of an almost coriaceous 
texture ; it is perfectly smooth on the whole of its inner surface, but only 
on one small portion of the outer. 5. Between the two last named coats, in 
the new-laid egg, there exists a cavity of some little extent, occupied by a 


Rathke, Growth of the Eggs of the Crawfish. 245 


transparent watery fluid, which diminishes in quantity asthe embryo ad- 
vances in its growth, and at last vanishes altogether, the two coats coming 
into contact with each other; this the authour considers as Albumen. 
6. The outer coat, by means of which the egg is attached to the processes 
of the tail. This is scarcely half as thick as the coriaceous coat, but on 
account of the inequalities of its surface is much less transparent, and 
adheres to the coriaceous coat in every part, excepting only in that 
smooth portion of the latter, which has just been noticed ; in this place a 
minute cavity is formed between the two, which corresponds with the 
point of attachment between the ovum and the shell of its mother. 

The third section treats of the further developement of the embryo up 
to the period of the appearance of distinct organs, or the changes which 
occur in it during the month of April. The first change that takes place 
is the formation of a considerable number of insulated greyish white spots, 
of an irregularly roundish or elliptical form, over the whole surface of the 
vitellus. These patches, each of which is from four to six times as large 
as the largest globules of the vitellus, are connected together by minute 
filaments of the net work, of which the greater part of the embryo was 
previously composed. By degrees they assume a chalky whiteness, with 
a brown central point and a well marked circumference, gradually di- 
minishing in size and apparently also in number. After a time they 
again separate and the substance of the embryo is dispersed over the 
surface of the vitellus, forming where it is thickest a clouded appearance 
resembling a cirrus, and where it is thinner, appearing, under a strong - 
magnifying power, very finely reticulated, Every thing seems now 
prepared for the re-appearance of a proper embryonal sacculus. The 
scattered substance of the embryo contracts itself towards a certain point 
of the vitellus, leaving the far greater portion of the latter entirely free. 
This point is either actually beneath the attachment of the egg to the shell 
of its mother, or in the immediate neighbourhood, and never on the opposite 
side. As the embryo contracts itself, it mcreases in thickness in the 
middle, and becomes more definite at its edges. In this discoidal form 
its longest diameter is about half the radius of the egg, its colour is 
nearly uniformly white, and its constituent particles appear to be con- 
verted into granules, about equal in size to the largest globules of the 
vitellus, 


246 Analytical Notices of Books. 


_ The embryonal sacculus, from the time of its formation, gradually, but 
slowly, increases in size by the assimilation of the plastic matter of the 
vitellus, and changes its form to that of a more or less irregular ellipsis. 
A depression appears in its centre, usually in the direction of its longest 
diameter, which at first assumes the shape of a small segment of a circle, 
or of a horseshoe, but in the course of a few days increases in length, 
and approximates its two extremities. which at length unite together. 
This depression passes more and more deeply into the substance of the 
embryo, and a corresponding elevation of the latter extends into the 
vitellus, from which it receives a continued supply of plastic matter. 
During its formation the enlargement of the embryo at its edges steadily 
proceeds, the latter remaining, however, thin and transparent, while 
those parts which surround the depression are thicker and opake. After 
a time, the new growth at the edges puts on in two different places a 
clouded appearance, which rapidly increases, extending itself towards the 
entrance of the depression, and assuming an elliptical form. The two 
ellipses gradually approach each other, and at length form by their union 
a broad heart-shaped patch, the narrow end of which is in immediate 
apposition with the thickened portion surrounding the depression. The 
developement of the separate organs now commences. The antenne, 
labrum, mandibles and abdomen, first make their appearance, and nearly 
at the same moment. The last named part takes its origin from the 
depression ; but all the rest are produced from the surrounding parts of 
the embryonal sacculus, or, to speak more accurately, from the clouded 
heart-shaped patch. To avoid circumlocution the authour names the 
opake portion, the central piece of the embryo, distinguishing the depres- 
sion as its posterior, and the clouded patch as its anterior, half; while he 
denominates the transparent circumference, the marginal piece. By de- 
grees the entrance of the depression is enlarged, and its cavity is exposed, 
and at the same time brought more nearly to the level of the other parts. 
There is now seen upon its surface a small umbilicated elevation, the rudi- 
ment of the future abdomen and tail. At the same time there appears 
on the anterior half of the central piece of the embryo, on each side of 
the middle line, a process directed backwards and outwards constituting 
the commencement of the mandible. Two other pairs of similar pro- 
cesses, the rudiments of antenne, had previously become visible still more. 


Rathke, Growth of the Eggs of the Crawfish. 247 


anteriorly; and the labrum had also commenced its growth, in the shape 
of a flattish elevation with a darker margin, occupying the middle space 
between the foremost antenne. No trace of nervous or vascular system 
could be detected during the whole of this period. The embryo, it 
should here be observed, has by this time extended itself over about one 
fourth part of the surface of the vitellus, but its thickness is still incon- 
siderable. 

In the second period of developement, treated of in the fourth section, 
which closes with the appearance of the heart, and occupies a space of 
about a fortnight, from the end of April to the middle of May, the 
increase in the size and number of parts proceeds with much greater 
rapidity. The central piece enlarges itself to such an extent as fully to 
equal one eighth part of the surface of the vitellus, and at the same time 
acquires a considerable thickness; while the marginal piece, still remaining 
extremely thin and perfectly transparent, extends itself over the whole 
remaining part of that organ, and uniting its opposite edges, forms. with 
the central piece, a new and supplementary envelope. The pro- 
duction of the remaining external organs is continued in the same direc- 
tion, namely from before backwards; and the developement of those 
previously produced gradually proceeds. The rudimentary antenne 
increase in length, become detached from the surface nearly to their 
bases, and have their extremities partially bisected by a notch. The 
mandibles also lengthen, and enlarge, but more particularly in their basal 
portion, which continues to be applied and attached to the common sur- 
face, after the separation of the rest. The labrum gradually recedes from 
its position between the anterior antenne, and takes its station between 
the posterior ; and a cavity is formed behind it, communicatiug with the 
commencement of the esophagus, which now becomes partially visible 
on dissection. Of the new parts, the eyes are the first that make their 
appearance. Up to this period the anterior half of the central piece, 
which produces the organs hitherto named, and which must now be 
regarded as the head, forms by far the largest portion ; but the relation in 
this respect is henceforward reversed, and the posterior half enlarges itself 
with much greater rapidity. The umbilicated process of the latter 
becomes lengthened into an apparent tail, which includes, however, both 
tail and abdomen; and the depression in its surface is converted into the 


248 Analytical Notices of Books. 


anus, in which the intestine, now occupying the entire cavity of the pro- 
cess terminates. At the same time the extremity of this caudal process 
is gradually bent forwards beneath the central part of the embryo, until it 
is brought nearly into contact with the labrum. The maxille now begin 
to shew themselves ; first, the three anterior pairs, nearly in contact with 
each other, but at some little distance behind the mandibles; and after- 
wards the fourth and fifth pairs, the former arising from the spot where 
the hinder part of the body is bent upon the fore part, the latter from the 
portion which is bent upwards. In a short time, however, the posterior 
maxille are brought, by a change in the relative position of the parts, into 
the same level with the anterior. As their growth proceeds, the latter 
increase much more slowly than the former, so that at the close of this 
period the fifth pair are four or five times as large as the first, and so on 
in proportion with regard to the intermediate ones. Their extremities, 
as in the antenne and mandibles, separate from the surface of the central 
piece, and gradually become lobed, the two anterior pairs having each 
two lobes, and the three posterior, three. A longitudinal sulcus and six 
transverse ones, the latter corresponding with the several pieces of the 
trophi, now become visible on the surface of the central piece. 

Very shortly after the appearance of the hindermost pair of maxille, 
the five pairs of true legs are produced in regular succession from before 
backwards, on that portion of the tail-like appendage, which is turned 
upwards. Each of these, in its early stage of developement, is exactly 
similar to the hindermost maxille. Soon afterwards there appears on the 
outer side of the base of each, a small process, the rudiment of the 
future branchiz. In their relative proportion, the legs increase inversely 
with respect to the maxille; the anterior being at the close of this period 
about four times as long as the posterior. The true tail also now becomes 
more clearly developed, and the rudiments of its foliaceous appendages 
are visible at its extremity. At the same time six transverse furrows, 
the indications of its future articulations, are seen on its under surface. 

The authour next proceeds to trace, with great minuteness, the forma- 
tion of the internal organs, regarding the lamina of the embryo from 
which the intestines are derived, and which lies in contact with the vitellus, 
as mucous membrane, while he treats the outer lamina from which the 
external organs take their origin, as serous membrane. First appear the 


Rathke, Growth of the Eggs of the Crawfish. 249 


prime viz, commencing on the one hand with the cesophagus, which 
forms a union with the outer cavity of the mouth, and on the other with 
the intestine, connecting itself to its external opening beneath the tail. 
These two portions are soon after placed in continuity by the production 
of the stomach, After these parts the heart comes into existence, formed, 
as the authour believes, not from the internal layer, or mucous mem- 
brane, but from the outer or serous. It appears at first in the shape of a 
small compressed vesicle, seated near the junction of the anterior and 
posterior portions of the body. Several blood vessels are soon afterwards 
seen in its immediate neighbourhood, which may be regarded as prolon- 
gations of its substance; and its pulsation speedily becomes distinguish- 
able. About the same time appear the first traces of the nervous system. 
An elevation extends beneath the middle line of the central piece from 
the esophagus to the tail, with a slight longitudinal impression, and ten 
transverse superficial furrows dividing it into eleven processes, corres- 
ponding with the trophi and the legs, on either side. From these the 
muscles of those parts respectively take their origin. On the middle of this 
elevation is formed the ganglionic cord, consisting at first of eleven pairs of 
minute white spots ; and anterior to these a short and broad process passes 
forwards on either side of the cesophagus. Up to this period all the 
parts of the embryo, with the exception of the heart, blood-vessels, and ex- 
ternal parietes of the back, are formed of a uniform gelatinous transparent 
substance. The latter organs have more of a membranous consistence. 
In the fifth section the authour traces the progress of the embryo 
in its third period of developement, the termination of which is marked 
by the production of the salivary glands, occupying the remaining part of 
May. On this, as wellas on its fourth period, ending with the bursting 
of its envelopes and its escape from the egg, which is performed in the 
course of the succeeding. month, he enters into equally, or perhaps, 
owing to the greater distinctness of the parts, even more minute details 
than with respect to its previous developement. But our limits warn us 
that in spite of all our attempts to state his leading facts in as few words 
as possible, we have already encroached too much; it therefore becomes 
necessary to treat the remainder with the utmost conciseness. It may 
be sufficient then to say, that the whole of the organs developed during 
the foregoing periods continue, in the progress of these, to approach 


250 Analytical Notices of Books. 


more nearly to the form and texture which they assume at their complete 
maturity, those which were before merely rudimentary now taking on 
their proper and distinctive character. Of the new organs that make 
their appearance in the third period the most important are the two livers, 
the brain, and the salivary glands. No new parts of any consequence are 
developed during the fourth period, nor is there any vestige, at its termi- 
nation, of internal sexual organs. 

The seventh section embraces the period between the bursting of the 
embryo from its shell, and the complete maturity of the animal. At the 
commencement of this period all its external organs are fully formed, 
but their outer coating is still extremely soft and flexible. It is not, 
however, necessary for it to proceed immediately in search of food, as it 
carries with it from the shell a portion of the vitellus, on which it can 
subsist until its coat becomes sufficiently hardened to admit of its moving 
from place to place with impunity. The following are the only outward 
changes that occur in it after quitting the shell. The legs increase in 
length more than in thickness ; and the same is the case with the antenne, 
the maxillz, and the spurious legs beneath the tail. These last acquire 
only at a very late period the long bristles which in the female serve for 
the attachment of the eggs. The anterior extremity of the thorax ac- 
quires two lateral spines in addition to the central one, which continues 
to increase in length. The pedicels of the eyes become thicker. The 
branchiz gradually increase in length, as do also, and with great rapidity, 
the little processes by means of which the animal absorbs the oxygen of 
the water. While the remains of the vitellus are being consumed, the body 
and tail gradually increase in length more than in breadth, and the latter 
also acquires a greater thickness. Lastly, the shell becomes firmer, and 
loses by slow degrees its parchment-like appearance by the addition of 
calcareous matter. In the mean time the number of its red points and 
streaks increases, and to these are added small blue spots which are most 
numerous on the upper surface and legs; the transparency of the 
outer coat for some time allowing the colours to be seen through it, pre- 
senting a beautifully variegated appearance. In the interior of the animal 
the changes are more important; but with the exception of the produc- 
tion and developement of the sexual organs, they consist, like those of the 


outer surface, in a gradual adaptation of parts already formed to their 
proper objects, 


Rathke, Growth of the Eggs of the Crawfish. 251 


We must here interrupt our analysis for a moment to notice the obvious 
discrepancy between the facts detailed in the present publication, and the 
theory adyanced by Mr. J. V. Thompson with respect to the metamor- 
phosis of Decapod Crustacea, of which some account is given at p. 248 
of our last volume. The observations of Dr. Rathke prove beyond all 
question that no such metamorphosis takes place in the young of the 
Craw-fish, and thus confirm the doubts which we have there expressed of 
the universality of the fact. We cannot, however, discredit Mr. Thomp- 
son’s statement that he has seen the ova of the Common Crab give birth 
to animals of a form very different indeed from that of their parent; we 
will therefore only observe in conclusion, that if there existed no optical 
delusion or other cause of error in the isolated observation which he has 
given us, the difference of crganization between a Macrourous and a Bra- 
chyourous Decapod is much greater than either analogy or anatomy would 
have led us to suspect. 

The eighth and last section of Dr. Rathke’s Work contains his deduc- 
tions from the previous details, both with reference to the structure of the 
Crawfish itself, and to its developement as compared with that of other 
animals. These observations are distributed under the following heads; 
1, a comparison betweed the trophiand legs of the Crawfish: 2, a com- 
parison between the structure and developement of the Crawfish, and 
that of certain nearly related animals: 3, a comparison between the 
progressive structure of the Crawfish, and the permanent structure of 
other Crustacea: and 4, a comparison between the structure and deve- 
lopement of Vertebrata on the one hand, and of the Crawfish on the other. 

With respect to the first point he regards his observations as furnishing 
a striking confirmation of M. Savigny’s hypothesis (now universally ad- 
mitted) that the maxille and mandibles of Crustacea are analogous to the 
legs, or more properly that the one set of organs are merely modifications 
of the other. The earlier they are examined the more complete is their 
similarity, both in form and origin; and it is only after a certain period of 
their growth that this similarity is lost by the inverse developement of the 
parts, the basal half of the maxille increasing in proportion to the termi- 
nal half of the legs, and vice versa, 

Under the second head the authour compares the results of his own 
observations with the few similar investigations that have been attempted 


252 Analytical Notices of Books. 


by other writers, and points out the coincidences and discrepancies that 
occur between them. Cavolini, Jurine, Prevost and Herold are the only 
authours who have treated of this difficult subject ; the first in a very 
superficial manner, in a memoir on the Generation of Fishes, &c., MM. 
Jurine and Prevost in several valuable papers on the structure and de- 
velopement of different species of Branchiopoda, and M. Herold in his 
laborious work on Spiders. Of the primitive developement of Insects 
we know at present scarcely any thing. From acomparison of his results 
with those of M. Herold, Dr. Rathke concludes that there exists a 
close resemblance between the structure and developement of the Crawfish 
and of Spiders, and consequently a near relation between the types of 
their organization. The most important particular in which they agree is 
in the relative position of the vitellus, which lies in both at the back of 
the embryo, instead of being placed, as in the Vertebrata, in front. A 
remarkable difference between the two is, however, found in the develope- 
ment of the abdomen, which in the Spider is applied from the very com- 
mencement to the surface of the vitellus, while in the Crawfish it makes its 
appearance in the shape of a perfectly free appendage. The same relative 
position of embryo and vitellus, and many minor points of coincidence, 
are met with in Daphnia Pulex according to Jurine, and in Branchipus 
stagnalis according to Prevost. In the latter the abdomen is highly deve- 
loped, and occupies the same position with respect to the embryo as in the 
Spiders. The authour also derives some convincing proofs of the jus- 
tice of M. Savigny’s hypothesis above noticed from the developement of 
the trophi and legs of the Cyclops 4-cornis as described by Jurine. 
Under his third head, the authour’s first object is to prove that the 
Crawfish and its congeners are among the most highly organized of the 
long-tailed Crustacea, each of their external organs being as fully deve- 
loped as the corresponding part in any other macrourous species, and the 
whole of them taken together appearing to occupy a middle station in 
size, as compared to each other, with reference to a similar comparison 
carried through the rest of the tribe. Proofs of this are adduced in 
the forcipated terminations of the legs, the bipartition of the posterior 
antenne, the spurious legs beneath the tail, the laminated appendages of 
the last named organ, and the consistence and completeness of the outer 
covering. In the second place he combats Lamarck’s opinion that the 


Rathke, Growth of the Eggs of the Crawfish. 253 


Brachyourous Crustacea are more highly developed than the Macrourous, 
and maintains that however strongly one or two particulars in the organi- 
zation of the former may argue in favour of this supposition, the weight of 
evidence is decidedly opposed to it. Thus, for example, the trunk of 
the Brachyura retains the same comparative breadth after its complete 
developement as that of the Macroura in the early part of its foetal state; 
the tail of the former is not only less developed as a whole, but also less 
perfect in its parts; the anterior pair of legs alone are furnished with double 
claws ; the antenne are shorter, smaller, and less developed; the bran- 
chiz are less numerous and more simple; the two ventral nervous cords 
do not approach to a union with each other in the posterior half of the 
trunk, but remain at a distance, &c. &c. Lastly he points out analogical 
relations between the Crawfish in its various stages of developement, and 
the lower Crustacea in their permanent state. Thus at an early stage of 
its growth, when its articulations are indistinctly marked, it resembles 
the Squille in this particular, as well as in its legs being apparently de- 
rived from the tail. Its maxille have at one period a considerable likeness 
to those of Monoculus Apus. Its legs and their branchial appendages 
resemble those of certain Branchiopoda. Jt wants the spurious legs, 
which are developed only at a late period, and thus resembles many 
of the lower Crustacea, which never possess them, &c. &c. This part 
of the subject, however, is treated by the authour in too superficial a 
manner, with reference to the importance of the questions which it in- 
volves; and is by no means so happily illustrated as might. have been 
expected.* 


* Since the above paragraph was written, MM. Audouin and Milne Edwards 
have published, in the Annales des Sciences Naturelles for June of the present 
year, a note on the Nervous System of the Crustacea, which fully justifies our 
last observation. Referring to Dr. Rathke’s Work, and connecting his disco- 
veries with their own previous researches into the structure of Crustacea, they 
show that the three successive stages of developement in the nervous system 
of the Crawfish exactly correspond with three apparently distinct types of 
formation observed by them in its permanent condition in other animals of the 
Class. Thus, the double series of ganglions, under the form of which the 
thoracic nerve first makes its appearance in the ovum of the Crawfish, is perfectly 
analogous to its permanent state inthe adult Tulitrus, which occupies a very 


254 Analytical Notices of Books. 


Von Baer’s observations on the ova of Mammalia, Hensand Frogs, 
and the authour’s own researches on those of Blennius viviparus, fur- 
nish one side of his comparative view of the structure and developement 
of Vertebrata and the Crawfish. The first remarkable difference between 
them consists in the diffusion of the embryo over the whole surface of 
the vitellus in the latter, previously to its contraction towards a determinate 
centre; an appearance which has never been observed in the former. 
‘The difference in the form of that body, when it first becomes visible, 
assuming the shape of a carina (so called) in Vertebrata, and that of a 
half ellipse in the Crawfish, appears to be of less importance. The 
anatomical structure of Vertebrata consists primarily of an external or 
serous membrane, an internal or mucous, and a vascular tissue inter- 
posed between them. In the Crawfish the latter appears to be wanting, 
and the vascular parts seem to be immediately derived from the serous 
membrane. Generally speaking, however, the same organs are in both 
cases produced by the same membrane. These observations apply equally 
to the ova of Spiders. On this point Dr. Rathke observes that the want 
of a proper vascular tissue in the embryo of Annulosa is in all probabi- 
lity the reason why these animals have no such parenchymatous intestines 
as the Vertebrata, all their secretory and excretory organs appearing 
only as discrete tubes without parenchymatous envelopes. 

Of the two membranes, the most important in the formation of the 
embryo is the serous, which is developed in a very different manner in 
the Crawfish, and in Vertebrata. We cannot here follow the authour in 
his minute details, but must content ourselves with stating that he adopts 
Von Baer’s type of the embryo in Vertebrata, as consisting of a double 
convolution of the embryonal sacculus proceeding upwards and down- 
wards from a middle line; and opposes to it the type of the embryo of 
the Crawfish, and probably of all Annulosa, as formed of a simple con- 


inferior station in the natural arrangement of Crustacea. At a more advanced 
period the two series of ganglions in the foetal Crawfish approach the medial 
line on either side, become united together, and form a single chain, which 
corresponds exactly with the structure of the same organ in the adult Cymothoe. 
And lastly the whole series of ganglions run together longitudinally, so as to 
form in the adult Crawfish a simple nervous cord, like that of the more highly 
developed animals of the Class. Such comparisons open an ample field of phi- 
losophical consideration, 


Rathke, Growth of the Eggs of the Crawfish. 255 


volution of the sacculus in one direction only. The result of this dis- 
tinction is, that the central parts of the nervous system are in Vertebrata 
external, and in Annulosa internal, to the serous membrane. The 
positions of the ganglionic cord corresponding with the spinal marrow, 
and of the intestinal nerve corresponding with the great sympathetic, are 
completely reversed in these two great divisions of the animal kingdom. 

A similar opposition occurs in the general position and direction of all 
the external organs. Inthe Vertebrata, in Batrachia for instance, both 
extremities, the head and tail, as soon as they become visible, expand over 
the vitellus, and tend to inclose it. In the same manner, the legs and 
arms, and in Birds the wings, embrace the vitellus, which is placed in 
juxtaposition with the abdominal surface of the body; the primitive 
portion of the embryo remaining at the back. In the Crawfish on the 
contrary, the tail tends to become free, while the anterior extremity alone 
is applied to the vitellus, the two ends approaching each other not by 
surrounding the last named organ, but in the contrary direction. The 
limbs too, instead of embracing the vitellus, take the opposite direction 
and surround the outerside of the primitive portion of the embryo. 
Hence it follows that in the Crawfish, and the same is the case in Spiders, 
the inner side of the limbs corresponds with their outer side in Vertebrata ; 
and that, when the Crawfish quits the egg, it turns the primitive part of its 
embryo towards the earth, while the Vertebrata turn their’sin the opposite 
direction. What iscalled the abdominal surface in the former is conse- 
quently analogous to that which is termed dorsal in the latter; and 
Annulosa turn their backs, while Vertebrata turn their bellies, towards 
the surface of the earth. 

Other important points of distinction are found in the structure and 
developement of the head and its parts, and in the disposition of the 
brain and nervous system in general. But we cannot afford space to enter 
further into these particulars. The authour concludes with some general 
deductions, which ate, however, sufficiently obvious not to require 
repetition. Three plates, two of them accompanied by outlines, filled with 
magnified representations of the egg and its contents during the various 
stages of developement, and in various points of view, together with 
their explanation at length, complete the volume. They are executed 
with great care, and afford excellent illustrations of the growth of the 
embryo in all its stages. 


256 Analytical Notices of Books. 


The Transactions of the Linnean Society of London. Volume XVE. 
Part the Second. 


In the present part of the Transactions of the Linnean Society, the 
contents are partly botanical and partly zoological; the former somewhat 
exceeding the latter in extent. The zoological papers are from the pens 
of the Rev. L. Jenyns, Mr. Yarrell and Mr. Jeffreys, and these we shall 
proceed to notice in the order of the subjects to which they are respectively 
devoted. 

** Some Observations on the Common Bat of Pennant: with an 
‘* attempt to prove its identity with the Pipistrelle of French authors: by 
« the Rey. L. Jenyns,”’ first claim our attention. The Common Bat of 
our country, as the authour remarks, has been uniformly referred by British 
writers to the Vesp. murinus of Linneus; but difficult as it would be to 
determine with any thing like certainty the precise species originally 
intended by this denomination, it is yet probable, from the reference 
made by Linnzus to Brisson, that the Bat so designated was larger than 
our Common English species. Such is the one known on the continent 
as the Vesp. murinus, which differs from our Common Bat not merely 
in absolute size, but also in colour and general appearance, in the shape 
of the auricle and its operculum, and in some of its relative dimensions. 
The difference in size is indeed most striking, the length of the body 
in the continental Vesp. murinus being three inches and a half, and the 
extent of wing fifteen inches; while in the Common English Bat 
the length is only one inch and seven lines, and the extent of wing rarely 
exceeds eight inches and a half. 

With the continental species the name of Vesp. murinus may well be 
suffered to rest, rather than with our own Common Bat. ‘The former has 
been repeatedly well described and accurately figured, but the latter, 
originally imperfectly described at a period when the necessity of minute 
investigation was less evident than at present, has since been confused 
and rendered almost unintelligible by the errors of copiers and compilers. 
But by what name should the latter be designated? Arguing from the 
improbability that a species so common here should be unknown on the 
continent, Mr. Jenyns concludes that it can scarcely have escaped the 


Transactions of the Linnean Society. 257 


notice of continental writers; and he finds in the description given by them 
of the Vesp. Pipistrellus, Geoff., so little variation from our Common 
Bat that he is induced to regard them as identical. Under that name and 
with the synonyms of that species in the continental authours, Mr. Jenyns 
accordingly describes our Bat, furnishing the requisite details of measure- 
ments, dentition, form, fur, and colour, with considerable minuteness 
and precision. The dimensions somewhat exceed those given by Dau- 
benton for the Pipistrelle, which might probably have been obtained 
from young individuals; but accord generally with those furnished by 
Geoffroy. In Mr. Jenyns’ view of the subject the Vesp. murinus is con- 
sequently to be excluded from the British Fauna ; its place in which should 
be occupied by the Vesp. Pipistrellus, already introduced into it on the 
authority of a specimen procured from Scotland by Dr. Leach, which 
exhibits nothing like a specific distinction from the Common Bat of 
Pennant. 

In some remarks on the habits of Bats appended to his paper, Mr. Jenyns 
states his belief that each species has its peculiar place of concealment. 
The Noctule, for instance, retreats into hollow trees; the roofs of houses 
are uniformly resorted to by the Long-eared Bat, Plecotus auritus, 
Geoff.; and the Common Bat is found in retirement in crevices of de- 
cayed brickwork, the cracks of old gateways and door frames, or behind 
gutters or pipes. In these situations the latter collect, sometimes in pro- 
digious quantities, for concealment in the day-time, and for shelter during 
their winter slumbers. Complete torpidity does not take place until the 
temperature is very much reduced, (probably below the freezing point) ; 
but when it has supervened, a high temperature is required to awaken 
the animal from its sleep. In November and December this species has 
been seen actively flying when the thermometer has marked 380 ; and has 
not been again met with on the wing till March, although the temperature 
has risen in the mean time considerably above 50°. The Noctule seeks 
its winter retreat at an earlier period than the Common Bat. 

The leading facts embodied in the next paper which we have to men- 
tion, have been already given in the present volume of this Journal. 
It is “ On a new species of Wild Swan taken in England, and hitherto 
* confounded with the Hooper: by W. Yarrell, Esq.’? ‘To our pre- 
vious notice it is only necessary to add, that the distinctions between the 

Von. V. R 


258 Analytical Notices of Books. 


Cygnus ferus, Meyer, and Cygnus Bewichii, Yarrell, are clearly made out, 
especially as regards the structure of the trachea and sternum in the new 
species, which is explained in two plates, the latter of which represents 
these parts in three stages of their progressivedevelopement. In the adult 
state of the new species, the trachea, of equal diameter throughout, 
enters the keel of the sternum, through which it passes to the end, 
where, inclining upwards and outwards, it passes into a cavity formed in 
the body of the bone by the separation of the bony plates, and produ- 
cing a convex protuberance on the inner surface of the sternum. In this 
cavity the trachea assumes a horizontal direction, and makes a considerable 
curve reaching within half an inch of the posterior edge of the sternum. 
It then returns to the keel, along the upper part of which it passes to the 
exterior edge of the bone, over which it is reflected to enter the body of 
the bird and become attached to the lungs. In a less perfect state of 
developement the trachea occupies one side only of the cavity in the 
body of the sternum; and at a still earlier period, it is found in the keel 
alone, not having yet passed into the horizontal portion of the bone, in 
which, however, the projection indicating the cavity is already strongly 
morked. 

In these particulars the new species differs materially from the Wild 
Swan, in which the trachea never assumes a horizontal direction, and does 
not even penetrate within the keel to the extent of one half of the length 
of the sternum. In the comparative length of the bronchi, and of the 
bone of divarication, in the form of the latter, in the uniform calibre 
of the tube of the trachea of the new species, and in other particulars, 
additional differences exist. These are clearly explained by Mr. Yarrell, 
who has also given comparative measurements of both species; and, in 
further illustration of his subject has indicated some differences in habit 
and in voice, the latter agreeing with the variation in the structure of the 
trachea. 

To the organs of voice in Birds Mr. Yarrell has for many years been 
especially attentive, and the result of his enquiries respecting them 
forms the subject of another communication in the present part. In this 
truly valuable paper Mr. Yarrell describes the organ as consisting of four 
parts: the glottis, or superior Jarynx; the tube of the trachea; the in- 
ferior larynx, with its muscles; and the bronchi. These parts are noticed 


Transactions of the Linnean Society. 259 


in succession. The superior larynx communicates with the mouth at the 
root of the tongue, by a long and narrow orifice which is regulated as to 
its extent of opening by two pairs of muscles, one of which is adapted 
to close, and the other to dilate the glottis. By governing the size of the 
aperture, these constitute one of the accessory means by which the sound 
of the voice is regulated. The tube of the ¢rachea varies in length, in 
diameter, and in regularity, and the voice is influenced by each of these 
variations; thus shrill notes are produced by short trachea, low notes by 
larger tubes, &c. Its substance, also has some effect on the voice; broad 
cartilages usually coexisting with monotonous. voices, while narrow rings 
with enlarged membranous spaces allow freedom of motion, and conse- 
quent variety of tone. 

The glottis and the trachea, however, only modify the voice, which is 
truely produced by the inferior larynx. This part varies in form, in 
structure, and in the number of its muscles. Its lower orifice is crossed 
by a bone, which forms the point of divarication whence the bronchi 
pass off to the lungs. The bronchi are composed of incomplete rings, 
the circle being completed by a delicate membrane, the membrana tym- 
paniformis. On the contraction and dilatation of this, and on the power 
of altering the form and length of the bronchi, some of the varieties of 
intonation depend. 

It is principally to the elucidation of the muscles of the inferior 
larynz that Mr. Yarrell’s observations are directed. These he considers 
as the true muscles of voice. In some few birds, including the 
Condor, the King of the Vultures, and the Spoonbill, they are entirely 
wanting ; but they exist generally throughout the class, varying in number 
from one pair to five pairs, A single pair is the number most usually met 
with, being found, with very few exceptions, inall the Rasores, Gralla- 
tores, Natatores, and in some of the Insessores, as well as in the majority 
of the Raptores. They arise from the whole outer surface of the cricoid 
cartilage, and descending along the trachea, surround it at its upper part, 
and afterwards divide and pass downwards in two equal portions attached 
to the tube, which they do not quit till they have arrived at or near the 
bone of divarication, when each passes off to be inserted upon the edge of 
the sternum on its own side. These sterno-tracheal muscles influence 
the length of the trachea as well as that of the bronchi. 

R2 


260 Analytical Notices of Books. 


Two pairs of muscles of voice exist in but few birds, and there is 
little uniformity of structure even in those few which possess them. In 
the Indian Crowned Pigeon, the second pair is formed by a slip from the 
first, passing downwards on each side along the trachea, to be inserted into 
the membrane between the lowest ring of the tube and the first ring of 
the bronchi; its action would be to shorten the portion of the tube, to 
which it is attached, and to produce tension of the membrana tympani- 
formis. Inthe Gannet the second pair is almost similarly inserted on a 
glandular substance affixed to the first bronchial ring. In the’ Wood 
Grouse the principal pair of muscles is detached from the trachea 
throughout its whole length, and is imserted into the os furcatorium ; 
from these pass off, at about the commencement of their lower third, a 
second pair, which becomes attached to the lower portion of the trachea, 
and is afterwards inserted into the sternum in the same situation as the 
true sterno-tracheal muscles. To the other pair the name of furculo- 
tracheal muscles is given. In three of the species of Ducks in which 
there exists an enlargement of the tube of the trachea, there are also two 
pairs of muscles of voice: the first, the usual sterno-tracheal muscles; 
the second, a pair inserted into the os furcatorium, and arising, in the 
Velvet Duck from the bony enlargement; in the Golden-eye, partly from 
the enlargement and partly below it; and in the Red-breasted Merganser, 
about half-way between the bulb and the inferior darynz. 

Three pairs of muscles of voice have hitherto been found only among 
the Psittacide, throughout the whole of which they are uniform in 
situation and shape. The first pair, passing down the sides of the trachea, 
are inserted upon the outside of the second pair; these arise, one on each 
side a little above the bone of divarication, and are inserted upon the 
outer and central portion of the bronchi at the fourth cartilage. The 
third pair arise from the sides of the last ring of the trachea, and are 
inserted upon the whole surface of two crescent-shaped hones attached 
by membrane to the bottom of the tube. The action of the latter is to 
enlarge the aperture; the second pair have the power of contracting it; 
while the first influence the length of the tube. 

Four pairs of muscles of voice have not yet been observed. The most 
complex structure, that in which five pairs exist, is found in all the 
Corvi, Starlings, Thrushes, Larks, Buntings, Finches, Warblers, Swal- 


Transactions of the Linnean Society. 261 


rows, &c. In these the pair of muscles which descend along the trachea, 
divide at a short distance above its end, and send one portion to be 
inserted upon the posterior end of the first bone of the bronchi, and 
another portion to be inserted in front below the extreme point of the last 
bone of the tube. Within the angle formed by the separation of these 
two muscles, a third slender muscle arises, which is inserted upon the 
sternum. The fourth arises near the middle of the bottom of the tube and 
is inserted, near the first, on the extremity of the first half-circular bone. 

The fifth, arising from the same situation as the fourth, is directed down- 
wards and forwards, and is inserted upon the last bony ring of the tube, 
on the cartilaginous projection immediately below it, and on the extreme 
end of the firstbronchial bone. The tensiongiven by these muscles produces 
variation both in the diameter and the length of the bronchial tube; but 
its influence is inferior to that exercised by the apparently less complica- 
cated organ of the Parrots, where the lower insertion of the shortening 
muscle of the bronchi, and the power of altering the size of the aper- 
ture, more than compensate for the smaller number of muscles with which 
these Birds are provided. 

. In “A Synopsis of the Testaceous Pneumonobranchous Mollusca 
« of Great Britain: by J. G. Jeffreys, Esq.,’’ the authour has given a 
complete species, so far as they are yet known, of our native land and 
fresh-water univalve shells and their inhabitants. To the latter he has 
especially attended, and he has, in almost every instance, succeeded in 
observing and briefly describing them. On them too he has chiefly 
founded his larger groups; a correct principle which augurs well for his 
future exertions in the department of nature to which the present paper 
refers. There is something curious in viewing Mr. Jeffreys’ Synopsis, in 
connexion with other papers on the same subject which have appeared 
from time to time in the Linnean Transactions: it shows most forcibly the 
advance of the principle of subdivision so universally adopted by modern 
zoologists. In the excellent Catalogue of British Testacea by Dr. Maton 
and Mr. Rackett, nearly the whole of those univalves which inhabit the 
land and the fresh-water were referred to the single genus Helix, Linn., 
the remaining few were placed in the genera Turbo, Voluta and Patella. 
The same plan was adopted more recently by the Rey. R. Sheppard in his 
list of the species found in the County of Suffolk; but in this an advance 


262 Analytical Notices of Books. 


was made towards the modern views by indicating the genera of Drapar- 
naud and Lamarck as constituting natural sections of the Linnean genera. 
In Mr. Jeffreys’ paper, on the contrary, the modern groups are throughout 
employed as substantive genera; and to these are added two other groups 
which the authour has deemed it right to distinguish generically, making 
in the whole no less than sixteen genera of land and fresh-water Mol- 
lusca, exclusive of the Weritina fluviatilis, inhabiting Great Britain. 
These are, among the Helicide, 1. Succinea, Drap., including two 
species; 2. Vitrina, Drap., four species, one of which is new, anda 
second now first indicated as distinct ; 3. Helix, Auct., including, with 
all its dismemberments, no less than twenty-nine species, among which, 
however, is enumerated, as the Helix acuta, the Carocolla lapicida, 
Lam., the only British type of another genus; 4. Bulimus, Brug., three 
species; 5. CIONELLA, a new genus, which is thus characterized, 
‘* Animal glutinosum : tentacula inferiora brevissima. Testa oblonga 
** seu elongata; anfractu ultimo majore ; apex acutiusculus: columella 
“* subinterrupta; apertura canaliculata, ad basin subeffusa, marginibus 
“* inequalissimis: wmbilicus nullus;’? in it are included three species, 
the Helix lubrica, Mill., the Buccinum Aciculu, Mill., and the Cion. 
elongata, ( Helix octona, (3., Gmel.) ; 6. Clausilia, Drap., seven species; 
7. Pupa, Drap., three species; 8. ALaa, ‘ Animal tentaculis inferio- 
‘* ribus punctiformibus. Testa veré cylindrica: apertura intus denticu- 
*« lis sive lamellis incontinuis munita, marginibus subequalibus ; peristo- 
** mio simplici ;” to this group are referred the Turbo Muscorum, Linn., 
the Turbo sex-dentatus, Mont., the Turbo Offtonensis, Shepp.?, and 
three other species; 9. Vertigo, Miill., including two species. Among 
the Carychiade are, 10. Cyclostoma, Drar , including two species; 11. 
Carychium, Mill., three species, one of which is the Turbo tridens, 
Mont.; 12. Auricula, Drap., of which four speciesare distinguished. The 
Limneade include, 13. Limneus, Drap., ten species, among which, 
however, is placed the Assiminia Grayana, Leach; 14. Physa, Drap., 
two species; 15. Planorbis, Mill., thirteen species; and 16. Ancylus, 
Miill., including two species. 
The total number of species described by Mr. Jeffreys is ninety-five. 


Zoological Proceedings of Societies. 263 


Art. XXXVI. Proceedings of Learned Societies on sub- 
jects connected with Zovlogy. 


LINNEAN SOCIETY. 


Nov. 3, 1829.—A Description of Filaria Forficule, by Mr. Ben). 
Maund, F.L.S., was read. Mr. Maund states that sometimes two or three 
of these worms, each of them measuring not less than two or three inches 
in length, are found in an individual Earwig, filling the whole cavity of the 
abdomen, and sometimes a part of the thorax also. His specimens, one 
of which accompanied the communication, lived two or three hours in 
water, after being removed from the insect, but died immediately in 
atmospheric air. It is unnecessary to go into any further details on this 
subject, the animal in question having been already well described and 
figured by M. Léon Dufour in the thirteenth Volume of the Annales des 
Sciences Naturelles. It is probably indicated under the same name as 
that employed both by M. Dufour and Mr. Maund, by Rudolphi in his 
work on the Entozoa. 

Feb. 2, 1830.—A paper was read, on The Natural History of Petro~ 
phila, a Lepidopterous genus, in its larva state inhabiting rivers, and 
furnished with branchie, by the Rev. Lansdown Guilding, B.A., F.L.S., 
&c. The authour states that the very singular little moth on which he 
establishes his genus occurs in myriads, in its larva state, on the blocks 
of basaltic trap that occupy the bed of the river of St. Vincent’s. Much 
as it differs in its habits from the majority of Lepidoptera, he considers 
one European species as coinciding with it in its economy, and referrible 
perhaps to the same subgenus of Botys ; a genus which, from the variety 
of forms of which it is at present composed, appears to him to call for 
subdivision. He indicates the following as the most remarkable types 
occurring in his own Cabinet: 1, CHLoEPHILa, sp. lineolata, found at 
St. Vincent’s; 2, KampropTERA, sp. fuscescens, rare in St. Vincents; 
and 3, PHAKELLURA, sp. hyalinata (Fabr. Ent. Syst. ij, 2, 213 ?) 
abundant in the Antilles. The Botys stratiotalis (Kirby and Spence, 
IV, 56, 74) is the European species in which Mr, Guilding finds so 


264 Zoological Proceedings of Societies. 


close a resemblance to his Petrophila in many respects, that he is per- 
suaded of their near affinity, although there exists a trifling difference in 
the pupal spiracula, and in the shape of the branchie. The larva of the 
West Indian species, obtaining its food on rocks in the stream, forms silken 
tunnels, under which it moves in safety, without danger of being carried 
off by the current. When at maturity it builds a more compact habita- 
tion, which, together with the metamorphosis of the insect, is minutely 
described, as well as a small Trichopterous insect found in great abun- 
dance in its society, and resembling itin economy. The authour thinks 
it probable that many of the European Botyde found in fenny places, as 
Bot. lemnata, sambucata, &c., approach his Petrophile, while those 
found in hedges and gardens should remain in a separate genus. His 
characters of Pet. fluviatilts are as follows : Pe. argenteo-nivea, fuscescente 
adumbrata, alarum superiorum strigis apicalibus angulatis, punctulis 
duobus intermediis lineisque baseos tribus subcommunibus fuscescentibus: 
alarum inferiorum plaga postica argenteo-iridescente, atro-maculata : ab- 
domine fusco fasciato. Mr. Guilding’s genus appears to us to be nearly, 
if not entirely, identical with M. Latreille’s Hydrocampe. We may ob- 
serve also that the name of Petrophi/la would be inadmissible, having been 
long since applied by Mr. Brown to a New Holland genus of Proteacee, 

Subjoined to the paper is an addition to the Natural History of Xylo- 
copa Teredo, and several other insects which had been the subjects of 
former communications, accompanied by additional drawings, to com- 
plete the description and figures given in Linn. Trans. vol. xv. 

March 16.—A Paper was read, On the remarkable formation of the 
Trachea of the Fyyptian Tantalus, by Joshua Brookes, Esq., F.R.S., 
and L.S. The structure in question, which is unique so far as the trachee 
of birds have yet been investigated, consists of a remarkable flattening 
and consequent dilatation of the lower part of the canal above the 
divarication.of the bronchi. A specimen was exhibited to the meeting. 

April 6.—A further description of the Anatomy of the Mammary 
Organs of the Kangaroo, by J. Morgan, Esq., F.L.S., was read. This 
paper is a sequel to that printed in the last part but one of the Linnean 
Transactions, and abstracted at p. 127 of our last volume. 

After a few remarks on the domestication of this animal as the only 
means of -making those examinations of the interior of the pouch, which 


Linnean Society. 265 


can enable us to ascertain the condition of the young when it first becomes 
attached to the teat, and the natural process by which it is applied to that 
part, the authour described the appearances which he had observed in 
dissecting the mammary organs of a younger animal than any of those 
which he had previously examined. In our notice of Mr. Morgan’s former 
communication upon this subject, we mentioned the anatomical pecu- 
liarities which he had discovered in the immature marsupial animal, 
consisting in an undeveloped state of the two lower teats and in a muscu- 
lar investment of the mammary glands.* From the details of the present 
paper it appears that in the very young animal not one of the four future 
teats are developed, as the two upper as well as the two lower nipples are 
proved to be formed by the eversion and protrusion of follicular canals. 

April 20.—A Paper was read, On Luminous Insects, by Mr. Richard 
Chambers, F.L.S., maintaining, on the testimony of various authorities 
(some selected from books, and some collected from original sources by 
the authour,) that Ignes fatui are luminous insects. This opinion is 
supported by the fact often observed, that they appear to alight on 
various objects, and bound over others. 
~ May 4.—Read, An Examination of M. Virey’s Observations on 
Aéronautic Spiders, published in the Bulletin des Sciences Naturelles, by 
John Blackwall, Esq., F.L.S. 

May 24.—This day, being the Anniversary of the Society, the follow- 
ing Officers and Council were elected for the ensuing year. President: 
Edward, Lord Stanley, M.P. Vice-Presidents: A. B. Lambert, Esq., 
F.R.S.; W. G. Maton, M.D., F.R.S.; E. Forster, Esq., F.R.S.; and 
R. Brown, Esq., F.R.S.—Treasurer : Edward Forster, Esq., F.R.S.— 


* Weare informed by Mr. Morgan, that he has found the compressing mus- 
cle of the mamma, described in the paper to which we allude, not only in the 
Kangaroo, but also in the American Opossums, and in other marsupial animals 
received from Australia; and that his opinion respecting the use of this muscle 
in compressing the mamme against the marsupial bones, as a means of forcing 
nourishment into the mouth of the young, is strengthened by the observations 
he has made, that in proportion to the extent of the mammary organs, will be 
found the length of the marsupial bones which are placed behind them: the 
firm point of resistance against which the glands are pressed by the contraction 
of their muscular coverings being thus proportioned to the size of the mamma 
themselves, 


’ 


266 Linnean Society. 


Secretary, J. E. Bicheno, Esq., F.R.S.—Assistant Secretary, Richard 
Taylor, Esq.—also to fill the five vacancies in the Council, George 
Bentham, Esq.; John, Earl Brownlow, F.R.S.; | Rev. William 
Buckland, D.D., F.R.S.; Charles Stokes, Esq., F.R.S.; William 
Yarrell, Esq. 

June 1.—The commencement of a Paper on the Pausside, a family of 
Coleopterous Insects, by J. O. Westwood, F.L.S., &c.,was read. The 
insects composing this singular family, remarkable especially for the pe- 
culiar structure of their antenne, inhabit the tropical regions of the old 
world, and do not exceed half an inch in length. In the year 1798, a 
paper by Professor Afzelius, upon the same group, was read before the 
Linnean Society, in which that distinguished naturalist indicated no more 
than five species. Since his time several important additions have been 
made by other entomologists; and Mr. Westwood has, in the present 
paper, increased the number of species to twenty-three, exclusive of those 
which had been incorrectly referred to the family by previous writers. 
In addition to the genus Paussus, originally established by Linnzus, he 
admits Hylotorus, Dalm., and Cerapterus, Swed.; and adds three new 
genera of his own formation. The following is his Synopsis of these 
subdivisions : 

Caput (ocellis duobus) ore: icin, 


immersum.....+..- 


Antenne : 
quasi 2-ar 4 Caput (ocellis (Palpi labiales 
ticulate, J Bullis) collo Warticulo skied 2. Paussus. 
instructum. elongato. 
Palpi labiales 
articulis cmt Platyrhopalus. 
libus. 


Antenne quasi 10-articulate ....... . 5. Cerapterus. 
Antenne quasi 6-articulate ....... . 1. Pentaplatarthrus. 


Elytra subquadrata, palpi labiales elongati. 


e| 


lytra subovata, palpi labiales brevissimi.... . 6. Trochoideus. 
1. Pentaplatarthrus, Westw., is stated to be a new and very decided 
genus, founded on a single undescribed species, Pent. paussoides, Westw. 


Zoological Proceedings of Societies. 267 


2. Paussus, Linn., of which twelve species are described, four of them 
new. 3. Hylotorus, Dalm., consists but of asinglespecies, Hyl. Buce- 
phalus,Dalm. 4. Platyrhopalus, Westw., has for its type the Paussus 
denticornis, Don. It contains four species, two of which are new. 5, 
Cerapterus, Swed., is composed of three species, one of which is sup- 
posed to be new. 6. Trochoideus, Westw., is founded on a single 
species, Paussus cruciatus, Dalm., discovered by that authour in a package 
of Copal Gum. Mr. Westwood also mentions the Hispa bihamata, Linn., 
as supposed to belong to this family ; and gives the characters of a new 
genus, which he names Megadeuterus, related to the Telephoride, and 
containing two species, the type being Paussus flavicornis, Fabr. The 
drawings in illustration of this paper comprise fifty-five figures of species 
and their anatomical details, and include representations of all the 
genera, and of the new species described by the authour. 

A paper by John Morgan, Esq., F.L.S., describing some Anatomical 
peculiarities in the Organs of Deglutition in several animals of the 
Order of Rodentia, was also read. In the Capybara, (Hydrocherus 
Capybara), and in some other animals of the Rodent order, the authour 
has observed a singular developement of the velum pendulum palati, to 
which he has assigned functions of a different description from those 
which are attributed to the same organ in any other tribe of animals, 
After noticing the great extent of the grinding surfaces of the molar 
teeth of the Capybara, and the necessity for such an arrangement in the 
masticating organs of an animal living occasionally upon hard vegetable 
substances, and possessing a single stomach, he proceeds to show that the 
complete mastication of the food is not only provided for by the form and 
extent of the teeth, but that it is rendered absolutely indispensable to 
the passage of nutriment from the mouth to the stomach. This necessity 
arises from the peculiar formation of the velum, which occupying the 
whole area of the passage through the fauces, would form a complete 
septum between the mouth and pharynx, but for the existence of a small 
circular aperture in its centre through which the food is allowed to 
pass. The ve/um palati thus enlarged assumes, during the act of swal- 
lowing, from the pressure of the food against its anterior surface, the 
shape of a cone or funnel; and the smaller end or apex of this funnel, 
which is terminated by the central aperture, is thrust backwards into 


268 Scientific Notices. 


the cavity of the pharynx, beyond and above the opening of the glottis, 
to which it thus affords additional protection. A sort of membranous 
strainer is thus produced, through the small aperture of which the 
grosser particles of unmasticated food are prevented from passing. The 
muscles attached to these parts were shewn to consist in a sphincter of 
the funnel shaped membrane, connected with and supported by an 
anterior and posterior muscular column on each side. The two anterior 
columns arising from the fore part of the Os Hyoides, and ascending 
behind and partly through the muscular fibres of the root of the tongue, 
are continued upwards one on each side of the funnel, and are inserted 
into the posterior part of the palatine membrane ; the posterior columns 
are attached above to the palate and descend on either side of the funnel 
to be inserted into the lateral parts of the pharynx. These four mus- 
cular supports of the membranous strainer or funnel shaped velum palati, 
are considered by the authour as analogous to the muscles forming the 
pillars of the fauces in other animals. 

A paper was also read, entitled, “ 4n attempt to introducc a more pre- 
cise distribution of the genus Papilio, by George Milne, Esq., F.L.S. 
The authour proposes a recurrence to the Linnean genus Papilio, and its 
subdivision into eight phalanges; and concludes his paper with some 
remarks upon the innovations made on the Linnean system, chiefly as 
regards Lepidopterous insects. 


Art. XXXVII. Scientific Notices. 


Note on the British Species of Caryophyllia. Stokes. 


In a “ Note” appended to some very interesting ‘* Votes on the 
“ habits of a Caryophyllia from Tor Bay, Devon., by H, T. De la 
« Beche, Esq., F.R.S., &c.” inserted in the Zoological Journal, (Vol. 
IIl., page 481), the Coral referred to by the authour was described by 
Mr. Broderip as a new species, under the name of Caryophyllia Smithit. 
Dr. Fleming has recently, in the Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, 


Scientific Notices. . 269 


characterized as a ‘‘ mistake’’ the statement made by Mr. Broderip, that 
‘< the hard parts of this indigenous species do not appear to have been 
any where described;”’ remarking that he (Dr. Fleming) had himself. 
‘* published (in the second volume of the Wernerian Society’s Memoirs, ) 
a description of the same species, fourteen years previous to 1828”? the 
date of Mr. Broderip’s Note. To this observation Mr. Broderip has replied, 
in the periodical in which it was made by Dr. Fleming, and has exone- 
rated himself from the charge by referring to the memoirs of the Wernerian 
Society, where he finds the Caryophylhia observed by Dr. Fleming de- 
scribed as the Car. Cyathus, Lam. ; under which name, with some variation 
in the orthography, it is again given in Dr. Fleming’s “ British Animals.” 

The Car. Smithii having been shewn by Mr. Broderip, in his original 
note on the subject, to be specifically different from the Car. Cyathus, 
Lam., (Madrepora Cyathus, Ellis and Sol.,) it follows that a ‘‘ mistake’ 
rests with Dr. Fleming, who, if he has (as he states) described ‘‘ the same 
“* species’? with Mr. Broderip, has committed an error by referring 
it to a species from which it is essentially distinct; and, if he has really 
described the Mad. Cyathus (as he twice affirms that he has,) has not 
atany time “ published a description of the same species’’ as that charac- 
terized by Mr. Broderip. 

With Dr. Fleming it remains to explain which of these mistakes has 
been committed by him: if the Car. Smithii has been described by him 
under the name of Car. Cyathus, we yet know of but one indigenous 
species of the genus; if, on the contrary, he is right in regarding 
his discovery as the Car. Cyathus, there are then two species, instead of 
one, to be included in the British Fauna. 


Notice on the Rev. L. Guitpina’s description of Ancylus. By the 
Rev. M. G. BERKELEY. 


At page 535 of the third Volume of the Zoological Journal, is a de- 
scription of the animals of two new species of Ancylus from St. Vincent’s. 
Mr. Guilding remarks in a note: ‘‘ Genus Patelladis analogum, at forté 
“* Lymneadis affine.’’ The true Ancylus is undoubtedly one of the Lym- 
neadea and nearly allied to Physa; but there are some points in the descrip- 


270 Scientific Notices. 


tion of Mr. Guilding’s Ancylus, which make it doubtful whether his shells 
really belong to that family. In the description of the animal he writes 
« Animal unisexuale? Penis? exsertus ad radices tentaculi sinistri. 
“ Branchiarum ramus parvulus prope anum et foramen laterale.’”’ In all 
which points it differs from that of the Ancylus (fluviatilis and lacustris 
e.g.) The species which I have had the best opportunity of examining is 
the first of these.* The animal is hermaphrodite. It has a retractile (not 
exserted) penis, at the base of the left tentaculum. The pulmonary 
cavity, like that of Physa, is on the left side, with a valvular margin, 
in one corner of which is situated the rectum: between this and the foot 
is the orifice of the matrix: the animal breathes air, and is able to swim 
by means of its broad foot. Itagrees with Physa more particularly in 
being a sinistrorsal shell; in the pulmonary cavity being on the left side, 
as also the penis, orifice of matrix, and anus; and in having an auricle or 
pouch at the under side of the base of the tentacula, whereas in Lymnea 
and Aplera this does not exist; though in Planorbis (corneus,) which 
again is a sinistrorsal shell, the auricle is strongly marked. 

Now if what is figured at Tab. Supp. 26. fig 5. b. be really pectinated 
branchie, capable of separating air from water, the animal clearly does 
not belong to the family Lymneade@, which consists of animals coming 
to the surface to breathe air. Indeed, were it not that Mr. Guilding’s 
Ancylus has an exserted penis (if I rightly understand him to mean one 
which is not retractile, as for instance in Lymnea, ) I should (withall due 
deference and respect to his accuracy) be tempted to conceive it possible, 
that, in so small a subject, and under peculiar circumstances of light, 
he may have been deceived, and have taken for a plume of branchie 
the matrix distended with eggs. Fig 5. a. has quite this appearance : and 
in fact Mr. Guilding’s own description favors this view; for his expression 
is “Branchiarum ramus parvulus prope anum et foramen laterale.”’ For 
as he does not seem to have observed the orifice of the matrix, the 
‘¢ foramen laterale’’ must of course mean the pulmonary cavity. Besides, 
I would observe that in Ancylus fluviatilis, the orifice of the matrix is 


* Ibad an opportunity of ascertaining beyond all doubt that the animal is 
hermaphrodite, in September, 1829, at Chedder in Somersetshire. Mr, Lowe 
has also had thesame good fortune in Madeira, 


Scientific Notices. 271 


situated at the apex of a small conical projection. Mr. Guilding’s de- 
scription of the eggs agrees almost exactly with Pfeiffer’s. 

Should future observations confirm those which Mr. Guilding has 
already recorded, his shells will surely constitute a new genus, singular, 
amongst the fresh-water Pectinibranchia, for the patelliform shells ana- 
logous to Calyptrea and Pileopsis amongst the salt-water Pectinibran- 
chia. In such case also, there would bea singular deviation from the 
usual structure in that order, as the cavity of the branchiz will be not 
immediately behind the neck, but lateral. If so, here again will be a 
remarkable analogy of deviation from the usual form in the order Pecti- 
nibranchia, with Cyclostoma, Helicina, &c., singular amongst the 
Pulmonifera for having the frontal margin of the mantle disunited from 
the neck, and therefore exposing the pulmonary vault. 


Notice relating to Mustela flaviqula, Bodd. By the Hon. Carr. SuHore. 


Tue animal is found to my knowledge throughout Kumoun, Gurhwall, 
and part of Sirmoor, provinces in the hills bordering on the Himaleh, 
extending from the river Kalee to beyond the Jumna, a piece of country 
about three hundred miles long by sixty broad. As it is met with in Nepal, 
which is some hundred miles to the south east of the above provinces, 
it would probably be found in all the hill country which lies between 
them, as it is much the same in surface, climate, and productions, both 
animal and vegetable. It chiefly frequents the warm vallies, but it is also 
found on the higher ridges where the climate is perhaps as warm as the 
middle of France. It is as common as, or perhaps rather more so than, 
the Polecat in England. I never heard of its being seen in the plains of 
India. It lives in holes in rocks, or in trees, in climbing which it is ex- 
cessively active. Its food is chiefly birds, rats, mice, hares, and even young 
fawns of the Kakur, (a species of Deer about 18 or 20 inches high with 
eye-teeth like a dog, and whose cry is like the bark of a small dog.) 


272 Scientific Notices. 


During my residence in the hill provinces above mentioned, J have at 
different times shot four of them, and have had two alive, and the bodies 
and skins of perhaps a dozen, brought to me by peasants, (some males, some 
females,) besides seeing several others killed. The animal varies very 
much in colour. In all the upper half of the head, legs, rump, and tail, 
are very dark blackish brown, in some black. The chin and lower jaw are 
pure white ; but the throat is in some, bright yellow; inothers, of an orange 
tinge; in others again light tawny. The rest of the body is tawny with the 
tips of the hairs black; but in some the tawny darkens into brown, and 
even dark brown, while more of the ends than the very tips of the hairs 
are black, so as to make the animal appear almost all black. It would 
not seem to change with the season, for at the same time I have seen 
different specimens fully grown with the colours differing as above men- 
tioned. The enclosed sketch is copied from one made by myself in June, 
1827, from a specimen which I shot on that day. I have seldom, if ever, 
seen one with less black about it, but I have seen them of every shade 
between this and the one sent to the Zoological Society, which is now much 
darker than when first brought to me in September, 1828, when it was 
about four months old. It had been caught when not many days old, and 
was so tame, that it was always kept loose about a well, sporting about the 
windlasses, posts, &c., and playing tricks with the people who came to 
draw water. 

The length of the one from which the sketch is taken, from the tip of 
the nose to the setting on of the tail, was 203 inches. Length of tail 193 
inches. 

The native name of the animal in Gurhwall and Kumoun, is Tootu- 
tale; in Sirmoor, Koseah or Koosiar. 

[The sketch inclosed by Capt. Shoreto Mr. Vigors resembles very nearly 
the figure given in the Zoological Journal, Vol. iv. pl. viii, as the Mustela 
Hardwickii, which is synonymous with Must. flavigula, Bodd. The 
living specimen in the collection of the Zoological Society is so much 
darker, as to induce us to give a second representation of it in a Supple- 
mentary Plate, for the purpose of exhibiting the extremes o colour 
of a very rare and interesting animal.—Ed.] . 


Scientific Notices. 273 


Notice on some new species of Birds. By N. A. Vicors, F'sq. 


I beg to insert the following brief characters of some interesting species 
of birds lately come to my knowledge. I hope to give a more detailed 
description of them, accompanied by figures of the more important species, 
in the next number of this Journal, together with the characters of some 
other species lately added to the collection of the Zoological Society, 
which I have not as yet had leisure to examine with accuracy. The acces- 
sion to our list of the Psittacide is of much value. 


EurysTtomus coLuaris. Rubro-brunneus; genis, corporeque 
subtus purpurascentibus; guld, rectricibusque lateralibus c@ruleis ; 
remigibus, rectricibusque mediis nigris; his versus apicem, illarumque 
pogonus externis azureis; rostro flavo. 

Magnitudo Eurystomi Orientalis. 

Hab. in Africa. In Mus. Soc. Zool. 


TYRANNULUS ALBO-CRISTATUS. Supra plumbeo-griseus; subtus 
flavescens; guld, fasciis duabus alarum, plumisque verticis in medio 
albis. 

Magnitudo Sylvie reguli, Lath. 

Hab. in Brasilia. In Mus. Soc. Zool. 


PYRRHULA CAPISTRATA. Corpore isabellino ; capite supra, caudd, 
alisque nigris; his speculis dwabus albis. 

Longitudo corporis, 32 unc. 

Hab. in Brasilia. In Mus. Soc. Zool. 


PSITTACARA NANA. Viridis; fronte, collo anteriore, pectoreque 
grisescentibus. 

Longitudo 84 unc. 

Hab. in Insula Jamaica. In Vivario Soc. Zool. 


PLatycercus STANLEYU. Supra viridis ; capite supra, corporeque 
inferiore coccineis; genis sulphureis ; remigibus, rectricibusque mediis 


274 Scientific Notices. 


fuscis; humeris, rectricibusque lateralibus azureis. 
Magnitudo Platycerci ewimii. 
Hab. in Australia. 


PLATYCERCUS PILEATUS. Viridis; corpore subtus, tectricibus 
alarum inferioribus, remigibus, rectricumque pogoniis externis azureis ; 
capite supra diluté castaneo-rubro ; guld, genis, collo infra, dorsoque 
imo viridi-flavis; femorum tectricibus crissoque coociness. 

Magnitudo Platycerct Pennantii. 

Habitat in Australia. 


PALHORNIS COLUMBOIDES. Bitorquatus Dorso ; abdomineque imis, 
alis, cauddque supra viridibus ; capite, pectore, dorso abdomineque 
summis plumbescenti-canis; torque collari superiore gracili, guldque 
nigris : torque inferiore latd, fronte, regioneque circumoculari cerules- 
centt viridibus. 

Magnitudo Paleornis Alexandri. 


PALHORNIS INORNATUS. Viridis, subtus pallidior ; rostro nigris- 
ceniz; collo sine torque. 

Magnitudo paullo minor quam Paleornis torquati 

This bird has lived three years in the Menagerie of the Zoological 
Society, during which time it has retained the above characters without 


change. 
i have seen many living specimens agreeing with the above characters 


which are said to have come from Africa. They have hitherto been supposed 
to be the young of Pal. torquatus, but from the length of period, 
during which the individual here described has remained without change, 
I can not but consider the species to be distinct. 


PALZORNIS? ROSACEUS. V?ridis, supra dilutior; jpectore medio, 
femorum tectricibus rectricibusque infra rosaceis. 

Magnitude Pal. Alexandri. 

In Vivario Soc. Zool. 

The above bird is at present in the act of moulting, and its wings and 


Sa he me i 2 


Scientific Notices. 275 


tail are so imperfect as to prevent me from deciding with certainty the 
group to which it belongs. Its bill is more that of the genus Platycercus 
than Palgornis; but a drawing now in my possession, which was said 
to have been taken from the bird when in a perfect state of plumage, 
gives it the tail of Paleornis, On this authority I provisionally place 
it in that group. I have seen a second specimen agreeing with the 
individual described; but I have not been able to ascertain the locality 
of either. [I should not be surprized if they should be found 
eventually to be females of some described species; their plumage being 
of that indistinct character which marks the females of some of the 
species of the two allied groups above mentioned, 


COLUMBA SPILOPTERA. Capite posteriori, dorso, alarumque tec- 
tricibus pallidé brunnescenti-rubris, his guttis albis gracilibus notatis ; 
fronte, corporeque subtus plumbescenti-canis; guld, crissoque albis ; 
remigum. pogoniis internis basi rufis; pedibus flavis. 

Longitudo corporis 5} unc. 

Habitat in Australia, 


Ortyx MonTEezumMz&. Capite posteriore, dorso, alisque brunneis, 
plumis in medio striis rufis ad latera fasciis nigris notatis ; fronte, guld, 
crisso, corporisque lateribus nigris, his albo-guttatis; regione cirewm- 
oculari, strid utrinque sub rictu, alterd utrinque ad frontem circuloque 
a supercilio ad pectus descendente, albis; abdomine medio castaneo. 

Magnitudo Ortygis Californiani. 

Habitat in Mexico. In Museo Soc. Zool. 


OrTyx squaMaTus. Corpore plumbescenti-cano, interscapulio pec- 
toreque dilutioribus, horum plumis circulo gracili brunneo ad apicem 
cinctis; criste occipitalis apice, guld, abdomine medio, crisso, striis- 
que abdominis laterum rufescenti-albis. 

Magnitudo Ortygis Californiani. 

Habitat in Mexico, In Museo Soc. Zool. 


276 Scientific Notices. 


Note on CEstrus, by W. S. MacLeay, Esq. 


Having just seen my paper in the Zoological Journal on the Cstrus 
of Mr. B. Clark, it has struck me that when this gentleman says, that 
« the Qstrus bovis has no aculeus or weapon of infliction in the abdo- 
«« men,” he could only have stated so obvious and well known a fact 
upon a misunderstanding of the following words in the note p. 358 of my 
paper in the Linnean Transactions. ‘* Aristotle could never have seen 
“‘ a female of the modern (Estrus, as appears from his stating that no 
Dipterous insect has its sting placed behind.’’ The veriest Tyro in En- 
tomology must know that what is meant here, is not that Cistrus has a 
real sting like the females of Hymenoptera; but merely that if Aristotle 
had seen the exserted ovipositor of an Cistrus, he like Mouffet must 
from the state of his entomological knowledge have taken it for a sting. 

In awarding the accurate meed of praise to Fischer’s publication on 
Cstrus, I ought to have stated that he like Mr. Clark describes the Pupa 
of CEstrus bovis for the larva. What is supposed to be the full grown 
larva of this insect is often the Pupa. To understand the real form of the 
larve, the young tumours of the hide ought to be examined, and not 
those full grown ones from which the insect is on the point of emerging 
to undergo the remainder of its pupa state on the ground. 


Havana, 
April 7th, 1830. 


THE 


ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. 


July, 1830.—September, 1831. 


Arr. XXXVIIIL. Notice of anew Species of Herring. By 
Wiccram Yarrec, Esq., FL. and Z.8. 


EXAMINATION of considerable quantities of the various sorts of fish 
caught at the mouth of the Thames and Medway, at this season of the 
year, by fishermen engaged in taking sprats, has enabled me to select 
what I believe to be a second and undescribed species of Herring. 

The common Herring, when it visits our coast in summer, is taken 
heavy with roe, which it deposits towards the end of October. It is 
certain that the fishing for them is abandoned about that time, as no pur- 
chasers could be found for the “‘ shotten Herring,’’ and it is also weil known 
that the Herrings having cast their roe retire from the shore to deep 
water. In the last week of February, 1828, I obtained at Brighton a 
few of the young of our common Herring, then from four to five inches 
long. These were caught by fishermen who worked nets with small 
meshes for Atherines. Great numbers of the young of the common Her- 
ring are taken with the sprats; they are called yawlings by many fisher- 
men, aterm probably derived from yearling, but these young Herrings 
differ materially from the Herring which I believe to be new. The 
yearling fish have the elongated form of the adult common Herring. If 
7 inches long, which is about their average length, they are only 1 inch 
and % deep, and are without roe. Having examined them repeatedly 
during the winter months, I am induced to believe they do not mature 
any roe during their first year; and the fact of their remaining in large 
Vou. V. 7 


278 Mr. Yarrell on a new species of Herring. 


shoals at the mouth of the Thames, may be taken in corroboration, 
for had they matured and deposited any roe, they would, like the adult of 
their own species, have experienced the same necessity for retiring to deep 
water. 

The Herring, however, which it is now my object to particularise, is 
at this time, January 31st, heavy with roe, which, from the appearance 
of the fish, will not be deposited till the middle of February. I have 
been told that Dr. Leach has often stated that our coast produced a second 
species of Herring, but Iam not aware that any notice of it has ever 
appeared. In order, however, to identify the name of so distinguished 
a naturalist with a fish of which perhaps he was the first observer, I pro- 
pose the name of Clupea Leachii for this species, and describe it as 
follows. Much deeper in proportion to its length than our common Her- 
rings: the adult fish measuring but 8 inches long, is 1 inch Z deep, and 
has both dorsal and abdominal line much more convex; a common 
Herring of 1 inch Z deep would measure 104 inches in length. The under 
jaw in the new species is provided with three or four prominent teeth 
placed just within the angle formed by the symphysis. The superior 
maxillz have their edges slightly crenated ; the eye is large, and the fish, 
after it has been dead two or three days, exhibits the red appearance about 
the orbits and opercula, so well known to occur both in the common 
Herring and Sprat; the dorsal fin is placed behind the centre of gravity, 
but not so much so as in the common Herring; the scales are smaller 
without any distinct lateral line; the back and sides are deep blue, with 
green reflections, passing into silvery white beneath; and the edge of the 
belly is carinated, but without serration. Besides some slight but con- 
stant differences in the relative number of the fin rays, there is also a 
difference in the number of the vertebre,—thus 


D. P. V. A. Cc. Vertebree. 
Common Herring 17 14 9056 1A 920 56 
Leach’s Herring 18 17 9 16 20 54 


The flesh of the new species also differs from that of the common Her- 
ring in flavour, and is much more mild. 

Of the viscera in this species, the liver is small; the stomach narrow 
and elongated, with its inferior extremity attached tothe membrane investing 


VoLY, PAUL 


iv 

NK 
alt 
Nil 


Zovlvgiral Jom 


Mr. Yarrell on a new species of Herring. 279 


the swim-bladder ; the pyloric appendages 20 in number, from the base 
of which the intestine passes in a straight line to the vent. 

It is even probable that our shores produce a third species of Herring 
much larger than either of the two now named. In Pennant’s British 
Zoology, it is stated under the article Herring, on the authority of an 
experienced fisher, that there is sometimes taken near Yarmouth a Her- 
ring distinguished by a black spot above the nose; and that he once saw 
one that was 21 inches and a half long. He insisted that it was a differ- 
ent species, and varied as much from the common Herring, as that does 
from the Pilchard. A notice, it may be added, appeared i in a Glasgow 
Newspaper of the last week in May, 1831, that “ a Herring had been 
‘© caught in the Tay, which weighed four pounds and one quarter:’” and 
Anderson the historian of Greenland and Iceland, mentions ep seh 
of two feet in length. 

The Herring of the American coast is distinct from either of those 
which visit our shores; it is less in size and very inferior in quality. A 
small quantity are occasionally imported here in a dried state, and from 
examination of these it appears that their average length is about 7 inches; 
the dorsal fin contains 16 rays, the pectoral 19, ventral 10, anal 16, 
caudal 18, and the vertebr are 58. The Herring of the Mediterranean 
appears, by the description of M. Risso, to be also distinct from either 
of the species here enumerated: its branchiostegous rays are said to 
be six in number, its dorsal fin contains 17 rays, pectoral 17, ventral 8, 
anal 18, caudal 18, and it deposits its spawn in summer. 

While on the subject of the species of the genus Clupea I may men- 
tion that I obtained last summer two species of Shads from the Thames, 
the Clup. Alosa of Linneus, and the Clup. fallax of La Céptde, the one 
with teeth, the other without, but externally very similar. Baron Cuvier, 
in the second edition of his Régne Animal, Vol. II., p. 319, has advanced 
the Shads to the rank of a genus, separating them from the Herrings, on 
account of the difference in the form of their intermaxillary bones. 

The Allis of Pennant’s Zoology in the Clup. Alosa of M. Cuvier. 

The Clupea Leachii is figured on Plate XII. 


T2 


280 Rev. R. T. Lowe on the genera 


Art. XXXIX. On the Genera Melampus, Pedipes und 
Truncatella: with Experiments tending to demonstrate 


the real nature of the Respiratory Organs in these Mol- 
lusca. By the Rev. R.T. Lows, B.A. 


Class. GASTEROPODA. 

Order. PECTINIBRANCHIA. 

Fam. Piicace®, (Les Plicacées, Lam., excl. Tornatella.) 

Gen. Mexampus, Wontf.; Les Melampes, Cuv.; Conovulus, 
Lam.; Auricule pars, Ejusd., Syst., et Féruss.; Volute species, Linn., 
Montag., Donov., Turt. 

Tentacula (2 contractilia) annulata, subcylindrica, obtusa, basi dis- 
tincta; oculis sessilibus, paullé supra basis angulum internum positis. 
Caput infra tentacula porrectum, sc. ante eorum basin deorsum spectans ; 
buccis labialibus utrinque magnis, dilatatis, anticé coalitis, depressis, 
horizontalibus, discum latum, bilobum, quasi pedis partem anticam, for- 
mantibus. Os subtus ad emarginationem in medio disci hujusce labialis ; 
simplex (ut in Helice,) sc. maxilla cornea, lunatd, supcriore; inferiore 
nulla. Pes simplex brevis ovalis anticé obtusissimus, vix truncatus ; 
posticé subattenuatus, obtusus. Pallium collare (Je Collier, Feruss.) 
tumidum, siphone nullo ; orificio respirationis vel ani postico ad dextrum 
corporis, ut in Helice. Operculum nullum. 

Testa solida, subconiformis, laevigata, plerumque non sculpta, unicolor, 
vel spiraliter obscuré subfasciata. Spira breviuscula. Columella plicata. 
Labrum simplex, superné integrum, in collumellam desinens, posticé 
vel inferné subsinuatum.* 

Epidermis nulla. 

Animal littorale, amphibium, sed revera marinum, et branchiis spizans. 

The genus Melampus was formed by Denys de Montfort for the recep- 
tion of the Bulimus coniformis of Bruguiére. Lamarck had also once 


* This slight notch corresponds to the situation of the respiratory or anal 
orifice in the mantle, 


Melampus, Pedipes, and Truncatella. 281 


distinguished the same shell, along with several others generically related 
toit, by the name of Conovulus; but he afterwards re-united this genus 
to his 4uricule, placing it amongst the air-breathing Gasteropoda. an 
association in which he has been followed, though not without some 
appearance of hesitation, by the Baron de Feérussac in his valuable and 
masterly Tableau Systematique. Cuvier, however, had long before in 
his Régne Animal, first edition, adopted both De Montfort’s genus and 
name; though he considered the shells included in it* as fluviatile, and 
placed the genus between his Auricules and Actéons /Tornatelle) ,; all 
three being arranged along with Pyramidella at the end of his “‘ Pulmonés 
** aquatiques.’’ Sowerby has also not failed to perceive both the 
characters of the present group, and its true affinities.t 

It is not necessary to enter into the question of priority respecting the 
names Melampus and Conovulus; for the last, being composed of the 
names of two established genera, is totally inadmissible by the common 
rules of nomenclature. But it will be necessary to enter a little at large 
into the reasons which have caused me to dissent in more important 
particulars from the united authorities of a Cuvier, a Lamarck, and a 

‘erussac as to the affinities of the present genus, and the nature of the 
respiratory organs. 

The foregoing generic description is drawn up from two species, both 
apparently new, which I have had abundant opportunities of studying. 
They both occur on the North Coast of Madeira, between high and low 
water mark on the beach, lurking beneath the lowest stratum of large 
rounded stones of which it is composed, at the depth of two or three feet 
below the surface. The singularity of this habitat led me at once to 
suspect the true nature of the animal: and since all efforts at dissection, 
to ascertain the nature of the branchial system, were baffled by the small 
size of the species, I had recourse to a series of experiments, of which 
the following are abstracts as they stand in my notes, 

Experiment 1. 

A number of the animals of Melampus equalis with others of Pedipes 


* Viz. Voluta minuta, Gmel. (Bulimus coniformis, Brug.) Bulimus monilis, 


Brug., and Bul, ovulus, Brug. 
+ See Pyramidella, Sowerb, Gen. J cannot, however, agree with my friend 
Mr. Sowerby inadopting Lamarck’s name, Conovulus. 


282 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, §c. 


afra were kept for some months in a glass of sea-water. They constantly 
affixed themselves to the side of the glass above the water; at first 
indeed to the cover; but as the weather grew hotter, they descended 
lower, fixing themselves in a group to the side, a little above the surface. 
If any fell into the water, they speedily made their way out of it. When 
immersed, a bubble of air was always seen between the edge of the mantle 
and the body of the animal on the right side. No particular attention was 
paid to them, and the water often was not changed for a fortnight or more. 
They all remained quite healthy, though altogether inactive. Yet if the 
cover was left off accidentally at night, most of them were found in the 
morning to have crawled out of the glass to some distance on the table. 
No food was given to them the whole time. 

Experiment 2. 

A repetition of the preceding, for some months, with a fresh set. 
Habits precisely the same. 

Experiment 3. 

Two specimens of Melampus equalis were placed in fresh-water : the 
animals immediately shrunk within the shell, and never came out again 
while they remained in the water. One of them having been immersed 
in it an hour or two, recovered on being again placed in sea-water. The 
other which was left in the fresh-water never crawled again, and was dead 
the next day. 

Experiment 4. 

Numerous specimens of Melampus @qualis, which have lain neglected 
in a tin box among wet sponges since February 6th, I took out to-day, 
(March 10th) alive, and they crawled actively about. All the specimens 
mixed with them of Pedipes afra, (which were also numerous,) and of 
Melampus exiquus are quite dead: but others of Littorina vulgaris, 
(Turbo littoreus, Linn.,) are quite lively. 

: Iixperiment 5. 

Melampus exiguus placed in a glass of sea-water remains generally at 
the bottom: and though sometimes crawling up the sides, never remains 
aboye the surface. Nor when below, has it ever the air-bubble on the 
right side, as in Melampus equalis. 

Experiment 6. 
Another set of Melampus exiguus. They are often seen with an air- 


Experiments on the Respiration of Melampus. 283 


bubble below the surface, like Mel. equalis; but they never come above 

the surface; and though occasionally remaining for some time at the edge 

of the water, they generally keep quite immersed or towards the bottom. 
Experiment 7. 

I have this moment before my eye, a specimen of Melampus exiquus, 
fixed atthe edge of the water, opening and closing a notch or kind of 
orifice between two slight lobes of the mantle (on the right side, between 
the body and outer lip of the shell, near the lower corner of the aperture,) 
and letting occasionally a bubble of air escape. It is in fact exactly 
similar to the respiratory orifice which opens occasionally in a Limnea 
or Helix. The hole is so distinct now, there can be no mistake. There 
is a slight indentation or sinus in the outer lip of the shell corresponding 
to its place in the mantle. It is necessary to observe, that the opening 
and closing of this orifice takes place above the surface of the water; the 
animal having so placed itself along the edge, that the outer lip of the 
shell, together with the edge of the mantle are just out of the water: 
and that the appearance of the whole process (which I have observed for 
a quarter of an hour, the animal in that time frequently opening and 
closing the orifice) is that of its bemg done to admit or exclude air. 

Experiment 8. 

Two specimens of Melampus equalis were inclosed in separate bags of 
fine net, and immersed in the same glass of sea-water. They had each 
on the right side, a considerable way behind the tentacula, (in fact 
between the outer lip of the shells and the body, in the mantle) a large 
air-bubble, apparently standing at the mouth of an orifice;* which as 
the animal crawled about beneath the water, dilated and contracted 
occasionally, but not at regular intervals: sometimes the air-bubble was 
quite drawn in; at others protruded. On touching the animals, and 
forcing them to retreat within the shell, not only this air-bubble, but three 
or four times as much more, issued forth from this orifice, as well as from 


* Adanson, in speaking of Pedipes, says, “ Le manteau, &c. laisse 4 droit 
“ un petit trou rond auquel répond|’anus,” Hist. du Seneg.; Coquill., p. 14, 
Ihave frequently observed this orifice also in Pedipes afra, when taken out of 
the water, and forced to retreat within its shell; occupying the whole space 
between the great tooth or fold, and the lower angle of the aperture. 


284 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melumpus, &c. 


the other side of the body; indeed all round the aperture of the shell. 
After this, there was no longer any appearance of an air-bubble, as the 
animal crawled about. 


In considering the foregoing experiments, it is observable, that the 
argument which might be drawn in support of the union of Melampus 
with the Pulmenea, from the habits, &c. recorded in Nos. 1 and 2, isneu- 
tralized altogether by No. 5. No. 3 is a strong proof on the other side: 
for there is no reason why a truly pulmoniferous animal should be sooner 
drowned in fresh than in sea-water: the fact is, indeed, not so. But it 
is well known that a marine Pectinibranchia does not long survive a 
sudden transition into fresh-water; and that the manner of its death is 
precisely similar to what is related in Experiment 3. In regard to 
No. 4, the supposition that all the species in the box belonged truly to 
the Pectinibranchia, seems to be the one involving fewest difficulties or 
contradictions; indeed none perhaps but what admit of explanation. 
In fact, two of the species, Littorina vulguris and Pedipes afra, um- 
doubtedly belonging to the Pectinibranchia, the survival of one only of 
two species of Melampus is no more strange, on the supposition of their 
being also Pectinibranchia, than is the survival of one only of the two 
former. And at least, the survival of Littorina vulgaris in the same 
box, and consequently under precisely similar circumstances, does 
away with the singularity of Melampus equalis surviving, when deprived 
of its native element, on the supposition of its belonging also to the same 
order. 

No. 8 affords an explanation of the remarkable appearance described 
in No. 7: an appearance which was at first, it must be confessed, rather 
puzzling. This appearance, however, it seems is only caused by the 
attempt to exclude the air, which the animal has accidentally taken into 
the cavity of the shell, as well as amongst the branchie, after having been 
some time out of the water ; as was in fact particularly the case with those 
of No. 8. It is very possible indeed, that the animal, as long as its 

ranchie are moist, can breath atmospheric air, and support life; as do 
certain Crustacea, Carp, Eels, &c. but the above appearance proves no 
more. It does not prove that the animal has not pectinated branchie : 
while the following experiments go very far to prove that it has. 


Experiments on the Respiration of Melampus. 285 


Experiment 9. 

June 1. Two specimens of Melampus equalis, from the same place, 
were inclosed in separate bags, and immersed in the same 
glass of sea-water. 

—— 12. - Both were dead ; the water never having been changed since 
June the 4th, when they were certainly alive. They were also 
alive on either the 6th or 7th, but I cannot speak quite 
positively. 

Experiment 10. 
June 22. Twospecimens of the same inclosed and immersed as above. 
26. Both dead. The water has not been changed. 
Experiment 11. 

June 26. Two specimens of the same inclosed and immersed as before. 

— 29. One dead ; the other sickly. The water was changed.* 

30. The survivor alive. 

July 1. Dead. 


Experiment 12. 

July 19. Two specimens of the same inclosed in bags, and immersed 

in separate glasses of sea-water. 

—— 20. Twenty-four hours after both are alive and healthy ; thirty 
hours after, one is sickly and retracted; the other quite 
healthy. 

—— 21. The last is quite healthy; the other quite retracted, and, I 
think, dead. Water changed for both. 

—— 22. Both quite dead. 

Experiment 13. 

Aug. 10. Two specimens of the same inclosed in separate bags, were 

immersed in the same glass of sea-water. 

N.B. These are the two specimens mentioned in Experiment 8. 
After the air had been expelled in the manner there described, they were 
left covered by the water; no more air-bubbles appeared. 

* The water was changed in this, and in all theexperiments, by pouring in 
gently the fresh, and suffering the contents of the glass to run over its sides till 
the water was completely renewed. Thus, no part of the bags was ever for an 
instant exposed to the air. Care must be taken to pour in the water gently 
lest bubbles of air should be driven into the bags; which should also be well 
soaked previously to the experiment, to expel every particle of the same. 


286 Rev. R.T. Lowe on Melampus, &c. 


Aug. 11, Both alive and well. Water’changed. 
monies 12, Ditto. Ditto. 
wuss 13. Ditto. Ditto. 
—— 14. Both dead. 


The foregoing experiments are set down in the order in which they 
were made ; and it is possible that the former of them may at first lead 
others, as they did myself, to different conclusions from those I am now 
convinced are the true ones. At least, they might have been so arranged, 
as to establish, in the first place, the fact attempted to be proved in the 
mind of the reader, and to enlist first impressions on my side, were vic- 
tory, not truth, the object. Yet, antecedent to all experiment, the fol- 
lowing are'strong arguments that Melampus equalis and exiquus belong 
to the Pectinibranchia. For, 

1, They are found on the sea-beach, between high and low water- 
mark. 

2. Inastate of nature they have the habits, and are found in the 
company, of other undoubted marine Pectinibranchia, viz. Pedipes afra, 
and Truncatella truncatula. 

The positive arguments on the same side, to be deduced from the 
foregoing experiments are, 

1. In confinement, one of the species remains voluntarily beneath 
the: surface ; the other has the habits of other littoral species, decided 
Pectinibranchia, viz. Littorina vulgaris, Pedipes afra, &c. 

2. Melampus equalis lives 3—4 days in apparently a healthy state,. 
immersed in sea-water, without coming in contact with the air.* 

3. But dies in a few hours, immersed in fresh-water.+ 

I have before shown the inconclusiveness of any arguments that can 


* Two large and vigorous specimens of Helix lactea, from Grand Canaria, 
placed in sea-water, immediately retreated deep within their shells, without an 
attempt to extricate themselves, and never protruded themselves again. At 
the end of eight hours they were quite dead. 

+ Two fine and healthy specimens of the same Helix were inclosed in bags 
and immersed in fresh-water. At the end of six hours they were nearly dead, 
and at the end of twenty-four completely so. Other smaller species do not 
usually survive so long. 


Experiments on the Respiration of Melampus. 287 


be drawn from the preceding experiments, on the other side. Yet it 
may not be amiss briefly to recapitulate them, putting against each its 
contradictions, to set the matter in its clearest light. 

The arguments tending to prove Melampus to belong to the Pulmonea 
or air-breathing Mollusca, are, 

1. The habits of Mel. equalis (Experiments 1 and 2.) are not what 
we should imagine to be those of a marine Pectinibranchia, living 
habitually in water. 

Rendered inconclusive by the habits of Littorina vulgaris and other 
littoral Mollusca, decided Pectinibranchia, which are exactly the same. 
And Melampus exiquus has not these habits (Experiments 5, 6.) but re- 
mains at the bottom of the water. 

2. Its surviving for six weeks in a box without water (Experiment 4.) 

But it was in wet sponge; and besides, Littorina vulgaris, im the 
same box, did also survive. At all events, the anomaly is not greater 
than in the case of Truncatella truncatula. See Experiments 16 and 17. 

3. Its not living more than 3—4 days immersed in sea-water. 

Surely 3—4 days are enough, comparing it with the'time that a Helix 
survives (see the two. preceding notes ;) but if not, seven out of eight 
specimens of Pedipes afra (a decided Pectinibranchia) survived no 
longer ; the eighth lived two months immersed ! 

4. Its pectinated branchie are not visible. _ 

But the small size of the species, not to mention’ want of instruments 
and skill in the dissector, sufficiently explains this. 

5. The presence of the bubble of air at the mouth of the orifice in 
the mantle, &c. 

This is caused only by the air accidentally received into the cavity of 
the shell, and amongst the branchi@, when the animal has been some time 
out of the water; and besides, in Melampus exiguus, it is not constant ; 
compare Experiments 6 and 7 with 5. 

The following are the recent species which appear to unite generically 
under Melampus as above defined. 


288 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, &c. 


‘Testa obovata* vel oblonga. 

1. MELAMPus &quaLis, nob. Tab. XIII. f. 1, 2, 3, 4, (5, the shell.) 
Mel. testé obovatd, subventricosd, obtusiusculd, levigatd ; anfractibus 

subequalibus, planis ; spird apertura breviore ; columellé 3-plicatd, 

plicis duabus inferioribus parallelis, equalibus ; labro simplici, (in- 
tus levi.) 

Long. 7%, une.; lat. vix ,4,. Anfractus 7—8. 

a. testd castaned, obscuré subfasciatd. 

p. totd alba. 

Hab. infra lapides, ad littus septentrionale Insule Madere. 

In very numerous and fine specimens I have never seen in any stage 
of growth the slightest approach to the formation of strie within the 
outer lip; or I should have suspected it to be an immature state of 
some species, perhaps of Mel. Ovulum. It answers well to Voluta 3- 
plicata of British authors, except that the aperture is not contracted, 

2. MELAMPUS GRACILIS, nob. 

Mel. testd gracili, angustd, elongato-ovatd, acutd, levigatd ; anfracti- 
bus planis, equaliter crescentibus ; spird productd, exsertd, apertura 
longiore ; columella 3-plicatd plicd medid majore ; labro simplict. 
Long. 1 unc.; lat. 1. Anfr. 74. 

Hab. in rupibus maritimis; ad littus meridionale Madere, prope 


urbem Funchal; v. m. 

I possess only one perfect and one mutilated specimen of this 
shell, and it may very possibly prove only an elongated variety of Mel. 
equalis. But though in young specimens of Mel. equalis the middle tooth 
is also somewhat larger than the others, or more particularly than the 
lower one, yet the ventricose shape, and the proportions of the spire 
and aperture preserve constantly their characters. 

3. MeE.ampus Firmini, nob, 

Mel. “ testd ovato-turgidd, albido-flavd, transversim striatd et pallidé 
fasciatd ; anfractibus planiusculis ; spird brevi, apice fuscescente ; 
columella triplicatd ; 4 lineas longa.’’ Payr. 


* Here and elsewhere by me the shell is placed in its proper and natural 
position in respect to the animal, i. e. with the spire downwards, In the spe- 
cific characters taken from Lamarck, the contrary position is to be understood, 


viz, with the spire upwards. 


Zoolesical Journal ,Vol.V.PLAIM 


Monograph of the genus Melampus. 289 


Auricula Firminii, Payraud., Catal. p. 105, t. 5, f. 9, 10. 

Hab. Corsica. 

This species is indeed very nearly allied to Mel. equalis. Yet in this 
last there is not the slightest trace of “ transverse’? (sc. spiral) striz, 
the whole shell being quite smooth and glossy. It also differs remarkably 
in colour, and isa less slender and proportionally shorter, and more ventri- 
cose shell. But ina case of this sort it is hardly possible to decide with- 
out a comparison of specimens ; and though at present, from the descrip- 
tions, the two appear perfectly distinct, it is possible that such a compa- 
rison may hereafter prove their identity. 

4. MeExampus Ovuum, Schweig. 

Mel. “ testa parvuld, ovato-oblongd, levi, nitiduld, castaneo-fusces- 
cente ; spird exsertiusculd, acutd ; columelld triplicatd ; labro (sim- 
plict acuto) intus costd transversali instructo, substriato.” Lam. 

“© Melampa ovulum, Schweigger, Handb. p. 739.’ Feruss. 

“ Bulimus ovulus, Brug., Dict. No. 71.” Feruss. 

Auricula (Conovulus) Ovula, Feruss., Tabl. Syst. p. 104, No. 21. 

Auricula nitens, Lam., VI., 2, p. 141, No. 13, 

“ Voluta pusilla, Gmel. et Dillw.’’ auct. Féruss. 

‘* Voluta triplicata, Donov. Brit. Shells, IV. t. 138, Montag. and 
“ Dillw.,”? auct. Féruss. Turt. Dict. No. 10. 

Hab. “a la Guadeloupe,” Lam. ‘Les Antilles, particuliérement 
* Ja Guadeloupe, od Bruguiére la dit fluviatile, ce dont nous doutons. 
“* Guernsey, selon Montagu,” (i. e. Voluta triplicata.) Feruss., loc. cit. 
Cuvier, probably after Bruguiére, says generally of his ‘‘ Melampes,’’ 
(including in the genus Bulimus coniformis, monilis and ovulus, Brug.) 
« Elles habitent les rivitres des Antilles.’’ I have very little doubt the 
present species is truly, like the rest, marine, though possibly found at 
the mouths of rivers. 

5. MELAMPUS PATULUS, nob, 

Mel. testé oblique oblongd, obtusé, anfractu basilari maximd, elongata ; 
spird brevi, exsertd, aperturd multd breviore, et vix tertiam partem 
totius longitudinis excedente ; columella 3-plicatd ; plicd superiore 
inconspicud, obsoletd, duabus inferioribus magnis, diveryentibus, 
infimd maximd, prominente ; medid ad superiorem minutam ap- 
proximatd; aperturd subauriformi, patuld, superne obliqué dila- 


290 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, &c. 


taté ; labro stmplici (intus levi plano.) 


Long. 7; unc.; lat. 4. Anfr, 4. 
Hab. Australia. Mecum benevolé communicavit D* G. B. Sowerby. 


Species incerte ; huc forsan referende. 

1, Volnta livida, Linn., Syst. ed. 12. p. 1187. 

“ V. testd coarctatd ovato-cylindricd, spird subelevatd obtusiusculd, 

columelld quinqueplicatd. M.L. U. 591, n. 229.* 

Gualt. test. t. 25, f. B. 

Hab. in Africa. 

Testa livida fasciis transversis, pallidis obsoletis.” Linn., loc. cit. 

2. Auricula Myosotis, Drap. 

** A. testd ovato-conicd (ovato-suboblongd, Drap.) apice acuto, tenui- 

** ter striaté, corneo-fuscescente ; anfractibus convexis ; columella 

“© triplicatd ; labro margine albo, reflexo.”’ Lam. 

Auricula Myosotis, Drap., p. 56, t. 3, f. 16,17. Lam., VE, 2, p. 
140. Feruss., Tabl. Syst. p. 103, No.8. Payr., Catal. p. 104. 

Voluta denticulata, Montag. “ pl. 20, f. 5.” Turt., Dict. No. 2. 

Voluta ringens, Turt., Dict. No. 3. 

Hab. “sur les cétes de la Méditerranée, sur le bois mort et pourri, 
“* dans les lieux humides. Note ; Quelques naturalistes distingués regar- 
*< dent cette espéce comme marine.” Drap.1.c. “ Dans le midi de la 
«« France, prés des cdtes de Ja Méditerranée sur les bois morts et pourris.”’ 
Lam. |]. c. “Les étangs saumatres de la Méditerranée et de l’Océan, 
“© mais sortant de l’eau.’’ Féruss. J. c. “Les bords des eaux saumatres, 
** ou les heux recouverts par la mer dans les momens de tempéte ; sous 
“< les pierres.” Payraud. 1. c. 

There can be little doubt that these two last are the correct habitats of 
the species ; and combining this with the fact of its identity with Voluta 
denticulata of Montagu, the preponderance of evidence is decidedly 
in favour of its belonging to the marine littoral Pectinibranchia.* But 
T have chosen for the present to refer it to the doubtful species of Melam- 
pus, because there seems reason to suspect that the shell is furnished with 


* Pérussac rightly remarks, that it is at least very doubtful whether the 
tentacula are rightly described’ as retractile by Draparnaud. 


oe 


Monograph of the genus Melampus. 291 


an epidermis; a point, which in the absence of specimens, it is impos- 
sible to ascertain from the descriptions within my reach. Risso, indeed, 
positively ascribes one to it, i, e. to his Zuricula Myosotis ; but he also 
does quite erroneously to his Truncatelle, which invalidates his testimony, 
unfortunately, in the present instance. Iam, however, strongly inclined 
to believe that this shell really has an epidermis ; and if so, it will then 
remain to ascertain whether the species agrees in all other points with the 
above generic character of Melampus ; in which case that character 
must be amended in respect to the supposed absence of an epidermis in 
all its species; or, which is perhaps more probable, Auricula Myosotis 
may prove generically distinct from Melampus, as here defined. 

3. Voluta bidentata, Montag., of which Vol. alba of Turton’s Dict. 
No. 4, is the young shell, and possibly one or two other Volute of British 
authors, very probably belong also here ; yet without further evidence, it 
would be rash to decide ; and the following is mentioned only as an 
independent confirmation of their having been, as I believe, properly 
associated with Auricula Myosotis of Drap., and its allies, by the Baron 
de Férussac. In 1824, I met with Voluta alba of Turton’s Dictionary, 
alive, in great abundance, under loose masses of rock and large stones, 
near low water-mark, at Obun, in Argyllshire, half a mile to the south 
of the Custom House. Having neglected at the time to take either draw- 
ing or description, I must be understood to speak with reserve as to this 
point; but I haye the strongest idea that both the animal and its habits 
were very similar to what is above recorded of Melampus. Mel. exiquus 
in particular, with its short, very obtuse, almost clavate tentacula, brought 
the animal of this Voluta alba very forcibly to my recollection. 

** Testa conoidea ; spira brevissima. 

6. MerLaAmpus Exiauus, nob. Tab. XIII. f. 6, 7. 

Mel. testd ovali-turbinatd, subconiformi, nitiduld, strus exilissimis, ob- 
soletis, confertis, spiralibus ornatd ; columella 3-plicatd ; labro 
intis costa, margini paralleld, instructo, levi. 

Long. vix |; unc.; lat. vix ;;. Anfr. 5-6. 

Castaneo-rufescens ; pallidiore subnelulosus. 

Hab, rarior infra lapides ad littus Septentrionale Promontorii Ponta 
Sao Laurengo dicti Insule Madere; und cum Mel, equali, Pedipede 
afra, et Truncatella truncatula. 


292 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, &c. 


7. MELAMPUS CONIFoRMIS, Montf. 

Mel. * testé. turbinatd vel obverse conicd, basi attenuatd, longitudinaliter 

** subrugosd, albidd, fulvo fasciaté ; spird brevissimd ; columella 

** triplicatd ; labro intus dentato et sulcato.”” Lam. 

Mel. coniformis, Montf., Conchyl. Syst. II. p. 319. 

“* Melampa minuta, Schweig., Handb. p. 739.’ Feéruss. 

** Bulla coffea, Linn., Syst. ed. 10, p. 729.”? Feéruss. 

Auricula coniformis, Lam., VI., 2, p.141, No. 12.  Féruss. Tabl. 
Syst. p. 105, No. 23. 

© Conovulus coniformis, Lam., Encycl. Méth. te 459, f. 2, a, b.” 
Lam. and Feruss. 

** Bulimus coniformis, Brug. Dict, No. 72.’ Lam. 

“ Voluta minuta, Gmel., Syst. p.3436. Dillw., Descr. Cat. p. 506.” 
Feruss. 

Voluta coffea, Linn., Syst. ed. 12, p. 1187 ? 

Hab. “en Amérique: fluviatile.’ Brug. ‘ Les cétes de Cayenne, 
‘* et principalement contre le rocher du Connétable, qui est en avant 
** de Ja rade: marin.”? Montf. 

Férussac says, only, that Bruguiére “ believed it fluviatile ;” without 
noticing De Montfort’s positive assertion, ‘* Ce mollusque est marin ;”’ 
and his equally positive and precise habitat. 

8. MELAMPUS MONILE, Schweig. 

Mel. “ testd parvuld, ovato-turbinatd, levi, nitiduld, fulvd, albo tri_ 

“ fasciatd; spird brevi; columella biplicatd; labro intus striato.”” Lam. 

‘© Melampa monile, Schweig., Handb. p. 739.” Feéruss. 

Auricula monile, Lam., VI., 2, p. 141, No. 14. Féruss., Tabl. Syst. 
p 105, No. 22. 

“© Conovulus monile, Goldfuss, Handb. p. 657.” Féruss. 

** Bulimus monile, Brug., Dict. No. 70.’ Lam. 

“ Voluta flava, Gmel., Syst. p. 3436. Dillw., Descr. Cat. p. 506.” 
Féruss. 

«« Voluta, No. 106. Schroter, Einl. L., p. 272.’ Féruss. 

Hab. “ Les Antilles,’ Brug., Lam., Feruss. ‘“ Bruguiére dit qu’on 
** la croit fluviatile.’* Féruss. 


* But probably as erroneously as in the case of the preceding species, ex- 
cept he means at the mouths of rivers. 


Monograph of the genus Melampus. 293 


9. MeELAMPuS BULLA, nob. 

Voluta Bullaoides, “* Montag., pl. 30, f..4.”? Turt., Dict. No. 13. 

Tornatella Bullaoides, Féruss., Tabl. Syst. p. 108, No. 7. 

Species in Museo amici Di, Clarke semel tantim visa ; ideoque cha- 
racterem tentare vix ausim. A Fauna Britannica species omnin6 rejici- 
enda, utpote tantum ‘‘ in Museo Portlandico reperta ;”” nec unquam ab 
aliis Conchilegis in Britannia detecta.  Sectioni forsan priori melius re- 
ferenda. 


Species incertz ; huc forsan spectantes. 

1. Auricula (Conovulus) Fabula, Féruss. Tabl. Syst. p. 105, No, 24. 

“ Hab. L’Isle de France. Museum, No. 303, bis. Trés jolie petite 
coquille qui se rapproche des suivantes par la bordure interne et sail- 
lante, en cdte longitudinale, du bord extérieur de son ouverture.” Fé- 
russ. 1. c. 

2. Auricula Felis, Lam. VI., 2, p. 138, No. 5. 

A. testd ovali, crassiusculd, transversim striata, rufo-fuscescente ; 
“ spire brevissime anfractibus planiusculis ; aperturd medio angus- 
“ tatd ; columelld triplicatd.”’ Lam. 1. c. 

Auricula (Cassidula) Felis, Féruss., Tabl. Syst. p. 105, No. 25. 

“ Bulimus Auris Felis, Brug., Dict. No. 77.” Lam. 

« Voluta Coffea, Dillw., Descr. Cat. p. 505.” Féruss. 

« Voluta Coffea Linnai, Chemnitz, tom. II., p. 43, t. 121, f, 1043, 
1044.” Féruss. 

Hab. “ Cette espéce selon Chemnitz vit dans les mers des Grandes 
« Indes. Ildit qu’on1’a aussi trouvée dans les mers du Sud, pendant les 
* voyages de Cook ; Lister la dit des Barbades. Olivier en a rapporté 
* un exemplaire de la Perse, qui est au Museum.’” Feéruss. 

“ Cette coquille n’est assurément point marine, ce que constatent les 
«© bords bien reflechis de son ouverture ; mais elle est terrestre comme 
« ses congénéres.”” Lam. 

But this strange theoretical doctrine of Lamarck’s is scarcely enough 
to overturn Chemnitz’s positive information, more particularly when the 
general theory itself has long since shared the fate of most others of the 
same writer. 

Vor. V. U 


“a 
“ 


“ 


294 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, &c. 


3?  Auricula Nucleus, Féruss., Tabl. Syst. p- 105, No. 26. 

“© Helix Nucleus, Gmel., Syst. Nat. p. 3651.” 

Martyn, Univers. Conch. tom. II., tab. 68, fig. exter. 

a) Knorr, Vergn. tom. VI., tab. 17, f. 9. 

Hab. Otaiti, Martyn. 

** On ne conndit point les animaux des deux espéces de ce groupe, qui 
ont une forme si remarquable. Tout porte cependant 4 croire qu’elles 
sont du méme genre que celles des groupes précédents.” Féruss. 1. c. 


It is very possible that several species associated with Tornatella, from 
which, however, they are distinguished by the thickness and solidity of 
their shells, together with a certain smoothness of surface, uniformity 
of colour, and habit, may hereafter be found to rank under the present 
genus, e. g. Tornatella nitidula, Lam. 

Auricula Dombeiana, Lam., and Voluta fluviatilis and fluminea, 
Maton, with other truly fluviatile species, will probably be found, when 
their animals are known, either to forma genus of themselves, as sug- 
gested by Sowerby, or at least not to unite generically with the Melam- 
podes. 

It only remains to point out how Melampus is distinguished from the 
several genera with which it is most likely to be confounded. It differs 
from Auricula (taking Aur. Mide, Jude, &c. as typical species of that 
genus,) in being one of the Marine Pectinibranchia ; while in respect to 
those species just mentioned, the evidence at least preponderates in favour 
of their belonging to the Land Pu/monea. Should they also be found here- 
after to have four tentacula, it is possible they may be united to the He- 
lices, as Férussac has already done with Auricula Sileni, auris leporis, 
bovina, and caprella of Lamarck ; in which case the genus 4uricula will 
be left without a single representative, 4ur. minima having been 
long ago by Miller called Carychium, and Aur. Scarabeus, Lam., having 
also been separated by Férussac, under the name of Scarabus, and hav- 
ing, like Carychium, only two tentacula. If they prove to have two 
tentacula, and be really at the same time terrestrial Pulmonea, which is 
perhaps the most probable supposition, the genus Scarabus of Férussac 
may perhaps merge into one with them; for which the name Auricula 
should unquestionably be preserved. And in either case, the name Au- 


Remarks on the genus Melampus. 295 


ricuda as clearly belongs to those shells which were its original typical 
species, as that of Melampus does to the shells here associated under it, 
and must stand or fall with them. Yet it may be said, take away these 
two species, and this genus Melampus is identical with 4uricula, Fé- 
tuss.* Be it so; but on the other hand, be it remembered, that Auri- 
cula Myosotis (at best only a doubtful species) will then be the only spe- 
cies left which was included in the genus 4uricula by its founder, La- 
marck ; and even this, a species perhaps scarcely contemplated by him 
at all in its original formation, as he clearly meant 4ur. Mide and Jude 
to be its typical species ; while Melampus, i. e. Conovulus, Lam., has a 
much more extensive claim over the remaining species. Besides, it is 
the claim of Auricula of Lamarck, he it recollected, not that of Juri- 
cula of Férussac, which is the subject of discussion. The former should 
clearly go along with the shells contemplated by Lamarck; the latter 
must, at present, yield precedence to the prior claim of Melampus of 
Montfort. I say at present; for if (though J think it improbable from 
the presence of an epidermis on the shells, and other circumstances) the 
animals of Aur. Mide and Jude should be found hereafter perfectly iden- 
tical with those of this genus, [shall then be quite willing to allow the 
prior claim of Auricula to the name here adopted. 

It may be farther objected, that there is still a want of evidence to 
prove the coincidence of the generic group above defined with De Mont- 
fort’s Melampus, since its characters are drawn up from two species 
never contemplated by him. Yet, if all reliance on the similarity of 
shells as affording grounds for generic association, be not altogether given 
up, there can be no doubt that his Melampus coniformis belongs to the 
same genus as Mel. exiguus of this paper, and therefore as Mel. equalis. 
It is an additional argument for their generic affinity, that De Montfort 
Says positively, (and in the face too of Bruguiére, who, according to 
Férussac, believed it fluviatile) «Ce Mollusque est marin, il vit sur les 
** cétes de Cayenne, et principalement contre le rocher du Connétable 
** qui est en avant de la rade.’’ Conchyl. Syst. Il., p. 320. 

To return from this digression; any thing indeed but a brief one. 


* M. le Baron de Férussac himself originally distinguished “ les Conovules 
“de M. de Lamarck” (our Meiampodes) from “les vraies Auricules.” See 
Tabl. Syst. des Limagons, p. 14. 


u2 


296 Rey. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, &c. 


The absence of an epidermis is the strongest character ; but besides this, 
the want of decussating striae, and of an expanded outer lip, may also 
serve perhaps to distinguish the shells of the Melampodes from those of the 
true Juricule ; and all the species of the former at present known are 
much smaller shells than these 4uricule. From Tornatedla, the charac- 
ters of the animal abundantly distinguish it ; the absence of an opercu- 
lum, shape of the tentacula, and foot, &c. It is more difficult to speak 
about the shells, till the limits of Tornatella itself be more strictly de- 
fined ; but it does not seem improbable that that name should be confined 
to those shells which, like Torn. fasciata, the typical species, are of a thin 
substance, having a regularly striated surface, and a variety of coloured 
markings, whether bands or spots, in which case, the thick solid substance 
of most of the species, their nearly smooth surface, and simplicity of 
colouring, will distinguish the Melampodes. Their short spire, oval or 
turbinate shape, and lengthened aperture, distinguish these shells from 
Pyramidella, to which, however, they appear to have considerable affinity. 
Yet in our ignorance of the animal of Pyramidella, nothing here, indeed, 
can be positively affirmed. They cannot, however, be confounded with 
Voluta, &c. from wanting altogether a notch at the top of the aperture ; 
and this last particular also excludes from the genus a singular little shell, 
whose animal is yet unknown, namely, Marginella auriculata of Menard 
de la Groye, discovered in the Mediterranean ; though this remark more 
properly belongs to the following genus Pedipes, to which this shell 
is said to be more nearly related. 


Class. GASTEROPODA. 
Order. PECTINIBRANCHIA. 
Fam. PLICACEA. 
Genus. Pepipes, Adans., Féruss.; Tornatelle species, Lam.; 
Helix, Gmel., D:llw.; Bulimus, Brug. 
Tas. XIII. f. 8,9, 10, 11; f. 12 shell (Ped. afra.) 

Omnia ut in Melampode ; preter pedem duplicem, obversé soleefor- 
mem, sc. in duas partes, sulco transversali distinctas, divisum. Pars 
anterior latior quam longa, transversa, antic® rotundata: posterior ma- 
jor, longior quam lata, anticé truncata, posticé subattenuata, obtusa, 
brevis, semiovalis. _Operculum nullum. 


Characters of the genus Pedipes. 297 


Testa solida, ovalis, striis spiralibus sculpta, unicolor. Spira brevis. 
Apertura ringens, superne integra. Epidermis nulla. 

Animal littorale, revera marinum, et branchiis spirans. 

The remarkable shape of the foot, inducing a corresponding pecu- 
liarity in the mode of crawling, (well described by Adanson), is the sole 
external character by which the animal of the present genus is distinguish- 
able from Melampus. Yet this character, combined with those of the 
shell, is surely enough to warrant their separation. Iam indeed inclined 
to believe, that the different modificaticns in shape of the foot, will, in 
many cases, be found to afford valuable aid, to a more natural and 
scientific arrangement of the marine Gasteropoda into genera, than the 
present state of our knowledge permits. 

The genus Pedipes was founded long ago by Adanson; and both its 
animal and shell are admirably and correctly described by him. Yet 
Bruguiére united it with his Bulimi; and Lamarck has confounded it 
with Tornatella. 

The species from which the above description and accompanying draw- 
ings were made, I once considered distinct from Adanson’s species : but a 
careful comparison with his description (his figure is somewhat rude and 
incorrect) has satisfied me of its identity ; the only difference being in 
the number of volutions, which in my specimens are 4 or 42 instead of 
6, and inthe aperture being twice as long, instead of “‘ un peu plus 
“« long que le sommet.”” It occurs mixed with Melampus equalis and 
exiguus, but in far greater profusion, under stones upon the beach, on the 
north side of Pta. Sad Laurenco; the eastern point of Madeira. 

That it truly belongs to the Pectinibranchia has never been doubted, 
and is indeed beyond all question. From a number of experiments, 
conducted simultaneously, and witha similar view to those above recorded 
of Melampus, upon specimens brought from the same spots and found 
under the same stones with Melampodes, I shall only select the following. 

Experiment 14. 
July 19. Two specimens of Pedipes afra inclosed in separate bags, 
and each immersed in a glass of sea-water. 
— 20. Both alive and healthy. 
—— 21. One quite lively, the other sickly and retracted. Water 
changed with both. 


298 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, &c. 


July 22. Sickly one dead and putrid; the other quite healthy. 
24. The surviver quite healthy ; water changed. 


July 27. Ditto ditto. 

30. Ditto ditto. 
August 3. Ditto ditto. 

10. Ditto ditto. 
— 16. Ditto ditto. 
— 26. Ditto ditto. 
— 30. Ditto ditto. 


31. I went from home, leaving it in the care of a friend. 

Sept. 17. Water changed; the animal being alive. A few days after 
this, the water was observed to be cloudy, and the 
animal was found dead and putrid. 

This is quite conclusive; and the animal’s surviving so long as 6, 7, 
and 10 days without even a change of water, leaves not the smallest 
possibility of cavil. Yet this is the last of a series of experiments so. 
similar in every point to Nos, 1, 2,3, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13 of those 
above recorded of the Melampodes, that it is only necessary to substitute 
the word Pedipes for Melampus in them as they stand. Pedipes has 
the same habit of remaining fixed above the surface of the water, and of 
crawling out of the glass if left at liberty to do so; has a precisely 
similar orifice in the mantle on the right side, which it opens when taken 
out of the water; has always the air-bubble at the mouth of this orifice 
when beneath it; and except in one instance (Experiment 14) has always 
died on the third or fourth day of confinement below the surface. Setting 
then aside one instance, there is no stronger reason to prove that Pedipes 
belongs to the Pectinibranchia than that Melampus does. Yet this single 
instance fortunately removes all farther question as to Pedipes: and all 
this serves to corroborate the same decision respecting Melampus. 

Férussac enumerates four speciesof Pedipes; but his third, Ped. Ovulus, 
seems from his short remarks upon it scarcely to belong to the genus; for 
he describes it as smooth and polished, and wanting the internal rib or 
double tooth within the outer lip. In Mr. Sowerby’s rich cabinet, I have 
also seen two species of the genus, both apparently distinct from Ped. afra; 
and these, as well as the rest of Férussac’s species agree in the presence 
of the spiral série, and the rib-like tooth or fold inside the outer lip. 


Characters of the genus Truncatella. 299 


The truncature of its columella excludes also from this genus Margi- 
nella Auricula of Menard de la Groye, (Marg. buccinea, Risso, Hist. Nat. 
IV. p. 232, and also identical according to Férussac with the fossil 
Auricula ringens of Lamarck,) see Féruss. Tabl. Syst. de la Fam. des 
Auricules, p. 109. 


Class, GASTEROPODA. 

Order. PECTINIBRANCHIA. 

Fam. PALUDINIDZ. 

Genus TRUNCATELLA, Risso ; Cyclostomatos species, Drap. et 
Lamarck; Paludine species, Payraud; Turbo, Mont., Turt., &c. 

Tentacula (2 contractilia) cylindrico-conica, brevia, obtusa, basi ! 
distincta, proboscide separata ; oculis sessilibus paullé supra basis angulum 
externum positis. 

Caput proboscidiforme exsertum. Os ad extremitatem proboscidis 
cylindrice, inter tentacula exserte, disciformem, supra emarginatam, 
(sc. bilobam, ob buccas labiales in proboscidem ipsam coadunatas vel 
commutatas. ) 

Pallium collare siphone nullo; orificio ad dextrum corporis, ut in 
Helice, Melampode, Pedipede, &c. 

Pes rotundatus vel ovalis, brevis, minimus, posticus. 

Operculum corneum simplex, i, e. non spirale, ovale, aperturam teste 
omnino claudens.. 

Testa turrita ; adulta cylindrica, decollata vel truncato-obtusa: anfrac- 
tibus distinctis, vel levibus vel transversé costatis. Apertura ovalis, 
brevis ; peritremate continuo. Labrum simplex. Epidermis nulla. 

Animal littorale, amphibium, sed revera marinum et branchiis spirans. 
Ingredienti, discus terminalis proboscidis pro pedis parte antica servit: 
itaque modo feré larvarum Phalenidarum Geometrarum gradibus alternis 
incedit, Testa junior, tereti-acuminata, é pluribus anfractibus quam 
adulta constat: prioribus in plerisque demim (ut in Hel. Bulino decollato ) 
defractis, truncata evadit. ~ 


, 


It is now nearly three years, since the acquisition of a single live (/f 24 
specimen of Cyclostoma truncatulum, Drap., and a long and continued 
observation of its animal, convinced me that it was entitled to rank as a 
distinct genus from any which were then constituted. I had accordingly 


300 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melumpus, &c. 


designated it in my MSS. by the generic name of Erpetometra; derived 

from its peculiar manner of crawling. This appellation I had since 

purposed changing into Truncatella: the very name by which I find the 
self-same species designated by Risso, in his Histoire Nat. &c. de Europe 

Meridionale, In this work, however, the genus rests, like very many 

others of the same writer, on most unsubstantial grounds; the animal 

g__ being entirely neglected. The name therefore being settled by Risso’s 
priority in publication, nothing remains but to supply the last mentioned 
deficiency ; and to indicate the species that will probably be found to 
agree in the above characters. 

The following extracts are made more with the view of confirming the 
marine nature of Melampus, than to settle the question in respect to the 
present genus; whose proper abode does not seem to have been so much 
a subject of doubt. 

Experiment 15. 

April 28, 1827. A single specimen of Cyclostoma truncatulum, 
Drap., found alive on the north coast of Ponta Saé Laurenco, 
under large stones on the beach, a little below high-water 
mark; in company with specimens of Melampus equalis, 
Mel. exiguus, and Pedipes afra. Within the aperture on 
the right of the neck, as the animal is crawling, there is an 
air-bubble, 

Experiment 16. 

June5, Having opened to-day the small tin box in which I had 
deposited on April 30 this same shell, together with a 
number of specimens of Melampus equalis, Mel. exiguus, 
and Pedipes afra fouud with it, on placing them all in a 
glass of sea-water, to my great astonishment the animal of 
this specimen began instantly to protrude itself, and crawled 
actively about the glass. Itdoes not seem to have suffered 
in the least from its long confinement without water. All 
the others are quite dead. <* Is it then a Pulmonia?” MSS. 

The following statement sufficiently negatives this last question. 

Experiment 17. 

June 9, 1827. I inclosed this same specimen in a small lace bag, 

previously soaked to exclude any air-bubbles, and immersed 


Experiments on the Respiration of Truncatella. 301 


it completely with the inclosed animal in a glass of sea-water. 
For a whole fortnight, J attended to it with the greatest care, 
changing the water only twice, and then pouring the fresh 
in so as to renew it without pouring off the old, It is 
therefore quite certain, that for the whole time the animal 
never was for a moment in contact with the atmospheric air, 
It did not appear to be suffering the slightest incon- 
venience. Since that time to the present, Jugust 14, 
1827, it has remained in the bag constantly immersed; 
and though I have not attended so particularly to it 
since the first fortnight, I can be very confident that it 
has never been aboye the surface, since the water has 
always been changed by myself, and in the manner before 
described. Sometimes the water has not been changed 
at all for a whole fortnight; once, not for three weeks ; 
and latterly I have never thought of changing it above 
once in a week or ten days. Since the 9th of June, it has 
had no nourishment but what the water afforded. It has 
been perfectly healthy the whole time ; when the water is 
fresh, crawling up to the upper part of the bag, and remain- 
ing there nearly stationary, with its head and body exserted, 
till the water becomes very stale, when it falls generally to 
the bottom, and retreats within its shell, lying apparently 
(as T have often thought) dead. I can never see any bubble 
of air within the aperture now.—Sept. 17. The water was 
changed by another person; and the next day I found the 
animal out of the bag (which had become quite rotten) and 
lying at the bottom of the water. It is alive; and having 
given it fresh sea-water, it begins to craw] as usual, and is 
apparently as strong as ever. It is now left at liberty in the 
water. About the middle of November (exact day not 
noted), I found it lying at the bottom of the water, dead. 
It had for some time previously (since left at liberty), kept 
itself affixed to a cover placed over the glass, out of the 
water for the most part; as Littorina vulgaris usually does, 
This last experiment proves beyond all farther question that the animal 


302 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, &c. 


is one of the marine Pectinibranchia: and what is equally satisfactory, 
greatly strengthens the same conclusion respecting Melampus. And were 
this conclusion less definitely proved in the present instance than it really is 
by this Experiment 17, it would not be affected by the fact, that the same 
individual was able to exist in atmospheric air, as above related (Experi- 
ment 16), for nearly five weeks. For although this might well happen 
to an aquatic animal shut up in a close box with other aquatic species, 
even when the others did not survive,* still, I apprehend, the converse 
cannot hold; yiz. that an atmospheric air-breathing Molluscous animal 
could exist a fortnight, or even much more than twenty-four hours, 
immersed in sea-water. However, this Truncatella really lived fourteen 
weeks so immersed. 


SPECIERUM CONSPECTUS. 

1. TRUNCATELLA TRUNCATULA, Tas. XIII. f. 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 
(18 testa. var. (3.) 

Trunc. testa subpellucidd, solitiusculd; anfractibus plus minus - 
transverse striatis. 

Long. (in adulta) 2-3 lin.; lat. 1}. Anfr. 4. 

Cyclostoma truncatulum, Drap., p, 40, no. 17. Lam., VI., 2, p. 149. 

Helix subcylindrica, Mont., Test. Brit., p. 393, no. 17. 

a levigata; testd corneo-lutescente, levigatd ; striis obsoletis, vel ad 
suturas tantim conspicuis. 

Truncatella levigata, Risso, Hist. IV., p. 125, no, 300, f. 53. 

Cyclostoma truncatulum v.s Drap., loc. cit. t. 1, f. 31. 

B costulata; testd carnea; anfractibus costulatis, costellis crebris 
equidistantibus flecuosis subobliquis distinctissimis. Tax. XIII. 
f, 13—18. 

Truncatella costulata, Risso, Hist. IV. p. 125, no. 301, f. 57. 

Cyclostoma truncatulum, a & (3, Drap., loc, cit. t. 1, f. 28, 29, 30. 

Testa junior [3. 

Paludina Desnayersii, Payraud., Catal. p. 116, no. 245, t. 5, f, 21, 22. 


* Yet in another similar instance, one of them, Melampus equalis, and the 
undoubtedly aquatic Littorina vulgaris, did, after a confinement of about the 
same length. See Experiment 4, above, 


Species of the genus Truncatella. 303 


Hab. Var. (3 infra lapides in littore septentrionali Insule Madere ; 
v. v.—a et 6 in littore Maris Mediterranee, Draparnaud, Lamarck, et 
Payraudeau, loc. cit.—v. m. e Museo Dni. Sowerby. 

2. TruncaTELLA CLatTuHRus, Nob. 

Trune. testd subpellucidd, solidd, pallidé corneo-lutescente; anfractibus 
costis magnis raris equidistantibus elevatis transversis sculptis, per 
totam teste longitudinem decurrentibus. 

Longit, 2 lin.; lat. 1. Anfr. 4. 
Hab. ————? E Museo amici et cel. G. B. Sowerby. 
3? TRUNCATELLA Montacut, nob. 

Trune. testd tenui angustd, lineari, spird obtusissimd apice abrupta 

quasi truncatd ; suturd distinctissimd, valde coarctatd. 

Long. 12, lin.; lat.2 lin. Anfr. 43. 

Turbo truncatus, Mont., Test. Brit., “ pl. 10, f. 7.” Turt., Dict. no. 65. 
Testa junior? 

Turbo subtruncatus, Mont., * pl. 10, f.1.’’ Turt. Dict. no. 64. 
Hab. in littore Britannico, v. m. 


The young shells in this genus differ so remarkably in form from the 
adult, that they have occasionally been described as distinct species. One 
of the species, (adult), is placed by Lamarck among his Cyclostomata, 
though it is but fair to add as a doubtful species. Yet there can be no 
doubt, if it belong to any of his genera, it should be placed in Paludina; 
whither in fact Payraudeau has properly removed it. Indeed it is to 
Littorina that Truncatella bears the greatest affinity in the structure of 
its animal. Yet the very peculiar modification of this structure, joined 
to the singular habit, mode of crawling, &c. is surely sufficient to 
distinguish them. Added to this, the shells differ in their cylindric decol- 
lated or truncated spire, and transversely striated and sculptured (or at 
jeast with a tendency to be so) volutions. The same characters, with the 
additional one of the absence of lateral membranes on the body of the 
animal, and the want of an epidermis to the shell, distinguish them from 
the true fluviatile Paludine. And the rounded shape of the foot and 
proboscidiform muzzle essentially separate them from Réssoa: in which at 
present imperfectly defined genus, all the species which have come under 


304 Rev. R. T. Lowe on Melampus, &c. 


my observation have an elongated foot, truncated in front, and attenuated 
behind; the head and muzzle not probosciform, and the tentacula long 
and filiform, seated on each side the head or neck much as in Helix. The 
absence of an epidermis, and the plain (not spiral) operculum distinguish 
the shells from the Melanie, to which indeed they have in sculpture, shape 
and outline considerable resemblance: and it is probable, that when the 
animal of this last named genus shall be accurately made known, Trun- 
catella will bear the same relation to it that the marine Littorina does to 
the true fluviatile Paludina. With Cyclostoma, it has no connection 
whatever, except in the way of analogy. 


Funchal, Madeira. 
Nov. 14, 1829. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIIL. 


Fig. 1. Animalof Melampus equalis a. natural size; seen from above. 
2. Ditto seen beneath, as crawling up a glass. 
3. Ditto seen from above. 
4. Ditto seen beneath; shewing the details of the open mouth, 
the upper jaw, &c. 
5. The shell. 
2, 3 and 4 all more or less magnified. 
6. Shell of Melampus exiquus. 
7. Ditto. 
8. Animal of Pedipes afra; natural size. 
9. Ditto seen beneath; shewing the double foot as it appears when 


the animal is in the act of drawing up the posterior por- 
tion to the anterior: the space or hollow between 
these never appears wider than here represented, 
10. Ditto shewing the appearance of the foot when at rest. 
11. Ditto seen above when crawling. 
12. The shell. 
9, 10 and 11 all more or less magnified. 


Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Helicolimax Lamarckii. 305 


13. Animal with shell of Truncatella truncatula, }3.; side view. 
14. Ditto seen beneath as crawling up a glass; taken when the muz- 
zle is exserted. 


15. Ditto ditto. 
16. Ditto ditto, when the foot is extended in the act of drawing up 
the shell. 


17. Ditto seen from above; a portion of the foot is also seen. 
18. The shell. 
13, 14, 15, 16 and 17 all more or less magnified. 


Arr. XL. On the internal structure of Helicolimax 
(Vitrina) Lamarckii. By the Rev. M.J. BerKecry. 


A FULL and minute account of the habits and external characters of 
this interesting animal has already been given in the Zoological Journal 
by my friend Mr. Lowe, who has furnished the specimens upon which 
the following observations were made. But as he has not entered into 
any anatomical details, some further account of the internal structure 
may perhaps not be unacceptable, though, from the small size of most 
of the specimens, that which I have to offer is necessarily imperfect. 

Of course, as I have nothing to add with respect to those characters 
which Mr, Lowe has so accurately given, it would be superfluous to make 
any mere repetition here. I shall therefore proceed at once to the 
anatomy, considering the present notes as a supplement to Mr. Lowe’s 
paper. 

The pulmonary cavity, is so similar to that of Helix, and the different 
organs disposed so nearly in the same way, that it is needless to give any 
figure or description. On the right side as usual is the rectum; on the 
left behind, the pericardium with the heart within, consisting of an 
auricle and ventricle; and itself situated beneath the slime bag. The 
membrane which forms the vault of the cavity, and over which the 


306 Rev. M. J. Berkeley’s Anatomy of 


different vessels which expose the blood to the action of the air, are 
spread, is so extremely transparent that a clear view is obtained of the 
contents of the cavity without making any incision; it has (at least 
in specimens preserved in spirits) a slight degree of rigidity and elasticity, 
like the shell which protects it; and perhaps this circumstance 
compensates in some measure for its extreme thinness. So much is this 
the case, that even when the shell is removed, it is able in general to 
support itself without falling down like the flaccid membrane of Pulmo- 
nifera in general, 

The mass of the mouth is oval, and has the upper lip furnished with 
a horny crescent-shaped plate, which has a single projecting tooth in the 
center as in Limax, and not numerous toothlets as in Helix. 

The mass itself has a flat forked muscular strap shaped like the letter 
Y, attached to it behind, embracing its under-side firmly with the two 
arms, which shortly after become confluent, and the single strap formed 
by this confluence is inserted into the foot behind. By means of this 
muscle the mass is retracted, together with a portion of the skin imme- 
diately surrounding the mouth itself. Above the muscle between its 
arms, the cartilaginous cone of the tongue makes a slight projection. 
The tongue itself which lines the bottom of the cavity of the mass, or 
rather of an organ fixed to it, which performs the function of a lower 
lip, is most beautifully and regularly chequered in parallel, transverse 
and longitudinal lines, formed by most minute subtriangular plates or 
spiculez, whose points are directed backwards exactly as in Helix 
( aspersa, ) 

Immediately above the cone is the commencement of the cesophagus ; 
on each side of which the salivary ducts enter into the mass; and above 
these the upper ganglions of the nervous cord, for the mass is evidently 
formed of two confluent ganglions; each gives off a nerve to the large 
tentaculum on its own side; and above a nerve forked soon after its origin 
proceeding to the upper part of the mass of the mouth. The lower 
ganglion, connected on each side by a cord with the central ganglions is 
large and nearly circular, giving off nerves on all sides, as in Helix. The 
cesophagus, as usual, passes through the circle formed by the junction. 

The cesophagus is soon confounded with the stomach which is a 
membraneous dilatation, consisting of two parts, The salivary glands 


Helicolimax Lamarckii. 307 


which are flat, and but little divided, clothe the upper portion completely, 
so as to divide the lower portion by an accurately defined line. When the 
mass of the mouth is drawn inwards to the fullest extent, the upper 
portion of the stomach is greatly contracted, and enters into the lower 
by a sort of introsusception, much in the same manner as the proboscis 
of Buccinum undatum is retracted. In this state it is represented at 
fig. 2& 3. But when the mass is not so strongly retracted, the upper 
portion becomes in proportion more extended, and only a small -part is 
then inclosed within the lower part of the stomach. Whether or no the 
whole of the upper portion is drawn out when the animal is in its full 
state of extension, as for instance, when it feeds, or whether the intro- 
susception takes place only when it contracts itself, to take refuge within 
its shell, either wholly, or partially under the large expanse of the 
corselet, I am unable to decide, not having a sufficient number of speci- 
mens to examine this point under different circumstances. I have not, 
however, seen any case in which it did not exist in a slight degree, as 
in fig. 4. When it takes place, it is at the expence of the upper portion 
of the stomach, the line defined by the termination of the salivary glands 
being that from which it commences. 

There is no marked distinction between the lower portion of the 
stomach and the duodenum ; but the latter is simply a continuation of the 
former, gradually diminishing in diameter; the intestine suddenly chang- 
ing its course and running back again for a short distance, almost parallel 
with the stomach as in Helix, though with no indication of a cecum ; and 
after two turns, one above, and another below, passing along the outer 
edge of the pulmonary cavity. It is nearly even throughout. The coats 
are not furnished with any remarkable ribs or wrinkles, but that of the 
upper portion is slightly thicker than the rest. 

I was not able to trace accurately the lobes of the liver, except the 
large one, which in conjunction with the ovary fills the spire, and is 
precisely as in Helix, and so as far as I can judge are the others; I 
conceive they pour in the bile at the commencement of the duodenum, 
but I could not demonstrate this point. 

The organs of generation have their orifice behind the right larger 
tentaculum, and both are united in the same animal. From the ovarium 
the oviduct is given off, which after curling more or less from right to 


308 Rev. M. J. Berkeley’s Anatomy of 


left, passes towards the upper part of the great iobe of the testicle into 
the matrix, which is a long sac variously puckered and folded, exactly as 
in Helix; this at the extremity gives off a thread, which enters into a 
strong elliptic muscular body at one end of it, and this again enters by 
a narrow neck, on one side, into the bottom of the pouch in which also 
the male organ has its external orifice. The walls of this last pouch are 
marked with faint transverse furrows. At the same point also as that in 
which the matrix enters into the muscular body, the tube of the “ vessie”’ 
also is mserted. This is short, and the ‘ vessie’’ itself is situated almost 
at the top of the matrix. It is not very clear what is the use of so strong 
a body as that into which these organs enter together, except it have 
some power of causing an inversion of the neck by which itself is inserted 
into the outward pouch. I was unable to ascertain its internal structure, 
as I had but a single specimen in which the organs of generation were in 
a full state of developement. 

The lower portion of the testicle is shaped like an egg cut through its 
major axis; on the flat side at the point where the oviduct enters the 
matrix is a small lobe ; the testicle is continued in a fine line along the 
matrix, and at length at the top of the matrix gives off the vas deferens which 
after twice or thrice passing from right to left, and from left to right 
enters at one side towards the base into the bulbiform penis, which is 
placed at the base of the external pouch, and is continued through this, 
which it perforates by a tube which is adnate with the walls of the pouch 
on one side, in such a manner, that the bottom of the pouch hangs a 
little way down the top of the bulb like a little flap all round, except on 
the side on which the tube is adnate, for there the external surface of the 
pouch and bulb are perfectly continuous ; hence looking at the pouch and 
bulb externally a distinct line is seen about three parts round dividing the 
sac formed by the two, which externally is apparently one, into two portions. 
A correct notion of its structure may be formed from conceiving the 
neck of a Florence flask passing through the bottom of a common wine 
bottle, the neck being applied in its whole length to one side of the 
bottle ; and the hollow base of the bottle resting upon the top of the 
bulb of the flask. The bulb consists of a double coat, the inner being the 
thickest, and (probably by means of the structure of these coats) can reverse 
itself so as to pass through the above mentioned tube, and is drawn back 


Helicolimax Lamarckii. 309 


again at pleasure, by a muscle attached to it behind. It is at the base, 
where the tube of the bulb perforates the external pouch, a little up on 
one side, that the orifice of the tube leading from the muscular organ of 
the matrix is inserted. The structure of the whole will be understood 
without difficulty from the figures. At fig. 8 the penis and the pouch 
through which it passes are laid open, so as to shew their structure 
within. 

It is impossible without having an opportunity of seeing living speci- 
mens to understand exactly the limits of inversion of the different parts; 
nor indeed even in Helix does this point seem to have been much studied, 
from the difficulty of doing it with success. I have merely described the 
structure, such as I was able to observe it in specimens preserved in 
spirits, and therefore probably in almost an unnatural state of contraction. 

It remains that I compare the structure with that of the neighbouring 
genera. Mr. Lowe remarks its near relation with Parmacella. To this 
conclusion J hadarrived, independently, from the consideration principally 
of the anatomy. Indeed, in external characters alone, the resemblance 
is too striking to escape notice, and this will be found confirmed by the 
internal structure. De Férussac has long ago remarked the extreme 
resemblance of Parmacella to some Helicolimaces (Vitrine). 

First then, compared with Helix, we find the pulmonary and nervous* 
systems almost identical. The mass of the mouth, tongue, and its main 
retractor muscle are thesame in both. The tooth alone differs slightly. 
With respect to the stomach, there is in Helix a tendency in this part to 
put on the form of a double stomach, insomuch that some authors have so 
described it; the structure in Helicolimazx is only a step beyond this; 
for there is no great difference in the thickness of the coats of the two 
portions, and indeed when the upper portion is fully drawn out, the 
difference is the least possible. Besides in Helix the salivary glands, 
which are very similar to those of the present animal, end just at the 
point where the slight strangulation of the stomach takes place. Iam of 
course not at liberty to assume the similarity of the liver, or position of 


* I did not observe the ganglions under the origin of the wsophagus which 
exist in Heliw (in Hel. aspersa there are two), but this arose perhaps from my 
attention not being directed particularly to that point. 

Vou. V. x. 


310 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Helicolimax Lamarckii. 


the biliary duct, though I have no doubt that they are the same in the 
two. The general appearance and comparative length of the rest of the 
intestine are nearly the same. 

Again, with respect to the organs of generation we have the ovary, 
oviduct, matrix and “ vessie’’* the same, only the common receptacle of 
the two last is become stronger and more muscular. The testicle and vas 
deferens again are precisely the same. The principal points in which the 
two genera differ, are, that there is no process of the dart as in Helix, 
except better opportunities of investigation should prove that the 
muscular body above mentioned, serves this purpose, in addition to its 
other functions, but even then its position would be widely different; 
there are also no multiplied processes or any appendages; and the body 
of the penis is bulbiform, instead of flagelliform; and its general struc- 
ture is described above somewhat varied. 

With Parmacella it agrees in almost every point, except that it has no 
appendages to the penis ; that it has not the additional ganglion marked 
ds . in Cuvier’s figure of Parmacella, and thatin Parmacella there 
are two distinct muscles for the retraction of the mass of the mouth, 
instead of one. Cuvier has not indeed given any account of the interior 
of the organs of generation, but the outward appearance is so similar 


* In Helix aspersa there is another organ besides the “ vessie,” whose use I 
am unacquainted with, equally as with that of the “‘ vessie” itself. I have not 
been able to examine the Helix Pomatia, from which Cuvier’s dissections are 
taken, and cannot therefore say whether it exists in that alsc, but conclude that 
it does not as he takes no notice of it, nor is there any indication of it in the 
figures: in Heliw aspersa it is so prominent as to strike any one immediately 
who is tracing the course of the tube which leads to the ‘“ vessie.”’? Not only 
is there a tube given off from the point where the matrix enters the common 
cavity, to bear the ‘ vessie”’; but this tube at some distance from its origin is 
forked, andone of the divisions, that of the “ vessie’’ on the right hand, the 
smaller of the two, runs along the side of the matrix opposite to that which 
bears the narrow portion of the testicle, while that on the left, after curling 
about twice or thrice, at length is attached to that portion of the testicle, at 
about the middle of its course, accompanies it almost to the end of the matrix, 
and there ends obtusely, forming (as it were) a sort of cecum to the tube of the 
“¢ vessie.”’ 


Affinities of Helicolimax. 311 


that in the total absence of any evidence to the contrary, we may assume 
the structure to be the same. Again in Parmacella there is a slight 
strangulation of the stomach, but on the whole there is a less perfect 
resemblance as regards the salivary glands, their form, the point to which 
they extend, and indeed in the general course of the intestine than in 
Helix. As the shell of Parmacella is not spiral, of course we must 
expect corresponding differences as regards the lobes of the liver, one of 
which is so strongly affected by any change of form in that point. Heli- 
colimazx is nearer then to Helix as regards the digestive organs; nearer 
to Parmacella as regards the generative. 

With respect to outward structure, Helicolimax is intermediate between 
Helix and Parmacella, but with respect to internal, Helix would be 
intermediate as regards the digestive organs; while Parmacella would 
be intermediate as regards the generative organs. 

Whence this curious result arises, that each in one important point will 
take a middle place. Hence in the same animal two opposite ends are 
carried on, in the simplification of one important function, and the com- 
plication of another. But this takes place not merely by the intervention 
of a single animal but by an interchanged relation. 

lt would have been interesting to have compared the three genera with 
respect to the nervous system, but I have not sufficient data to go upon, 
and it could be only done by examining the three together for the express 
purpose, with the greatest attention, and with every advantage of nume-~ 
rous specimens. 

I do not mean to say that these are the only genera with which Helico- 
limaxz may be compared, but merely that to these it is related most nearly. 

Helicarion would most likely prove to be almost the same in structure. 
Of the genera whose structure is described, it is with these it has the 
nearest affinity. From Testacellus it differs especially, in the far lower 
developement of the retractor muscle of the mouth, which should seem 
to prove that if it be essentially carnivorous, it is so in a different way. 
The stomach in Testacellus is well marked and simple, and the generative 
organs still less complex. It is much more nearly related to Limax, but 
Limaz or rather Arion (for of that alone the anatomy is given in Cuvier’s 
Memoires) is in every respect in which the two differ less complicated, 
both as to outward and inward form, 

x 2, 


312 Rey. M. J. Berkeley’s Anatomy of 


Future observations must show whether amongst the different species 
of Helicolimaces (Vitrine) there are forms requiring separation ; at 
present there seems no sufficient reason to doubt their general agreement. 

I would remark that I have used the word Helicolimax throughout 
merely to keep up an uniformity with Mr. Lowe’s paper, and to avoid the 
possibility of confusion. Vitrina appears by far the most preferable 
name, as it asserts nothing more than the glass-like appearance of the 
shells, whereas Helicolimax would lead us to suppose the shells exactly 
intermediate between the two genera of which the name is compounded, 
which is scarcely strictly true. 


References to the Figures. 


N. B, All are more or less magnified. 
Tas. Supp. XLVIII. 


Fig. 1. Represents the mass of the mouth and intestines, the nervous 
cord having been removed from its situation, above the 
origin of the esophagus. The stomach is in its state of 
contraction. 

m. Mass of mouth. 

n,n. Salivary ducts. 

o. Gisophagus. 

p- Cartilagineous cone of the tongue. 

q- Retractor muscle of mass of the mouth. 

r. Salivary glands, covering upper portion of the stomach. 
s. Lower portion. 

t. Rectum. 

u, Anus. 

Fig. 2. Part of the cesophagus, stomach and duodenum, from which 
the salivary glands have been removed; the upper por- 
tion of the stomach is in its extreme state of contraction, 

o. (Esophagus. 
v. Upper portion of stomach, 
Lower portion. 


Helicolinax Lamarckii. 313 


Fig. 3. The same laid open to shew the introsusception of the upper 


portion. The letters have the same signification. 


Fig. 4. The same view as Fig. 3, of a specimen in which the mass of 


the mouth was exserted, together with the ganglions of 
the nervous cord. 

CEsophagus. 

Lower portion of stomach. 

Right cerebral ganglion. 

Left ditto. 

Great ganglion formed by confluence of two lateral gan- 
glions. 


z.z. Nerves of great tentacula. 
Fig. 5. Tooth from upper part of the mouth. 
Fig. 6. Organs of generation. 


External pouch. 

Penis. 

Retractor muscle. 

Muscular body, into which run the matrix and ‘ vessie.’’ 

Vas deferens, 

Vessie. 

Tubes of ditto and matrix, of which that on the right 
belongs to the matrix. 

Large lobe of testicle. 

Oviduct. 

Large lobe of liver containing the ovary. 

Matrix. 


Fig. 7. Upper part of the same as the last seen from behind. The 


letters have the same signification. 


Fig. 8. The upper part laid open from the same side of Fig. 6, which 


P 


is the upper side with respect to the animal. 
Tube of penis prolonged within the external pouch. 
Tube of vessie. 
Orifice to matrix. 
The other letters as before. 


314 Rey. Dr. Buckland on the Vitality of 


Art. XLI. On the Vitality of Toads enclosed in Stone and 
Wood. By the Rev. W. Buckranp, F.R.S., F.L.S., 
F.G.S8, and Professor of Geology and Mineralogy in the 
University of Oxford. 


In the month of November, 1825, [commenced the following experi- 
ments with a view to explain the frequent discoveries of Toads enclosed 
within blocks of stone and wood, in cavities that are said to have no 
communication with the external air. 

In one large block of coarse oolitic limestone, (the Oxford oolite from 
the quarries of Heddington) twelve circular cells were prepared each 
about one foot deep and five inches in diameter, and having a groove or 
shoulder at its upper margin fitted to receive a circular plate of glass, and 
a circular slate to protect the glass; the margin of this double cover was 
closed round and rendered impenetrable to air and water by a luting of 
soft clay. Twelve smaller cells, each six inches deep and five inches in 
diameter, were made in another block of compact siliceous sandstone, 
viz. the Pennant Grit of the Coal formation near Bristol; these cells also 
were covered with similar plates of glass and slate cemented at the edge 
by clay. The object of the glass covers was to allow the animals to be 
inspected, without disturbing the clay so as to admit external air or insects 
into the cell. The Limestone is so porous that it is easily permeable by 
water, and probably also by air; the sandstone is very compact. 

On the 26th of November, 1825, one live Toad was placed in each of 
the above mentioned twenty-four cells, and the double cover of glass and 
slate placed over each of them and cemented down by the luting of clay; 
the weight of each Toad in grains was ascertained and noted by Dr. Daubeny 
and Mr. Dillwyn at the time of their being placed in the cells; that of 
the smallest was 115 grains, and of the largest 1185 grains. The large 
and small animals were distributed in equal proportion between the lime- 
stone and the sandstone cells. 

These blocks of stone were buried together in my garden beneath three 
feet of earth, and remained unopened until the 10th of December, 1826, 
on which day they were examined. Every ‘Toad in the smaller cells of 


Toads enclosed in Stone and Wood. 315 


the compact sandstone was dead, and the bodies of most of them so much 
decayed, that they must have been dead some months. The greater 
number of those in the larger cells of porous limestone were alive, No. 1, 
whose weight when immured was 924 grains now weighed only 698 
grains. No. 5, whose weight when immured was 1185 grains, now 
weighed 1265 grains. The glass cover over this cell was slightly cracked 
so that minute insects might have entered ; none however were discovered 
in this cell; but in another cell whose glass was broken, and the animal 
within it dead, there was a large assemblage of minute insects, and 
a similar assemblage also on the outside of the glass of a third cell. In 
the cell No. 9, a Toad which when put in weighed 988 grains, had 
increased to 1116 grains, and the glass cover over it was entire, but as 
the luting of the cell within which this Toad had increased in weight was 
not particularly examined, it is probable there was some aperture in it by 
which small insects found admission, No. 11 had decreased from 936 
grains to 652 grains. 

When they were first examined in December, 1826, not only were 
all the small Toads dead, but the larger ones appeared much emaciated, 
with the two exceptions above mentioned ; we have already stated that 
these probably owed their increased weight to the insects which had found 
access to the cells and become their food. 

The death of every individual of every size in the smaller cells of 
compact sandstone appears to have resulted from a deficiency in the 
supply of air in consequence of the smailness of the cells, and the 
impermeable nature of the stone; the larger volume of air originally 
enclosed in the cells of the limestone, and the porous nature of this stone 
itself (permeable as it is slowly by water and probably also by air) seems 
to have favored the duration of life to the animals enclosed in them 
without food. 

It should be noticed that there is a defect in these experiments arising 
from the treatment of the twenty-four Toads before they were enclosed 
in the blocks of stone. They were shut up and burried on the 26th of 
November, but the greater number of them had been caught more than 
two months before that time, and had been imprisoned altogether in a 
cucumber frame placed on common garden earth, where the supply of 
food to so many individuals was probably scanty and their confinement 


316 Rev. Dr. Buckland on the Vitality of 


unnatural, so that they were in an unhealthy and somewhat meagre state 
at the time of their imprisonment. We can therefore scarcely argue 
with certainty from the death of all these individuals within two years, as 
to the duration of life which might have been maintained had they retired 
spontaneously and fallen into the torpor of their natural hybernization 
in good bodily condition. 

The results of our experiments amount to this; all the Toads both 
large and small inclosed in sandstone, and the smal! Toads in the lime- 
stone also, were dead at the end of thirteen months. Before the expiration 
of the second year, all the large ones also were dead ; these were examined 
several times during the second year through the glass covers of the cells, 
but without removing them to admit air; they appeared always awake 
with their eyes open, and never in a state of torpor, their meagreness 
increasing at each interval in which they were examined until at length 
they were found dead; those two also which had gained an accession of 
weight at the end of the first year and were then carefully closed up 
again were emaciated and dead before the expiration of the second year. 

At the same time that these Toads were enclosed in stone, four other 
Toads of middling size were enclosed in three holes cut for this purpose 
on the North side of the trunk of an apple tree ; two being placed in the 
largest cell, and each of the others ina single cell; the cells were nearly 
circular, about five inches deep and three inches in diameter; they were 
carefully closed up with a plug of wood so as to exclude access of insects, 
and apparently were air-tight; when examined at the end of a year, 
every one of the Toads was dead and their bodies were decayed. 

From the fatal result of the experiments made in the small cells cut in 
the apple tree, and the block of compact sandstone, it seems to follow 
that Toads cannot live a year excluded totally from atmospheric air, and 
from the experiments in the larger cells within the block of oolitic lime- 
stone, it seems also probable that they cannot survive two years entirely 
excluded from food ; we may therefore conclude that there is a want of 
sufficiently minute and accurate observation in those so frequently recorded 
cases, where Toads are said to be found alive within blocks of stone and 
wood, in cavities that had no communication whatever with the external 
air. The fact of my two Toads having increased in weight at the end of 
a year, notwithstanding the care that was taken to enclose them perfectly 


Tous enclosed in Stone and Wood. 317 


by a luting of clay, shews how very small an aperture will admit mi- 
nute insects sufficient to maintain life. In the cell No. 5, where the glass 
was slightly cracked, the communication though small was obvious, but, 
in the cell No. 9, where the glass cover remained entire, and where it 
appears certain from the increased weight of the enclosed animal, that 
insects must have found admission, we have an example of these minute 
animals finding their way into a cell, to which great care had been taken 
to prevent any possibility of access. 

Admitting then that Toads are occasionally found in cavities of wood 
and stone with which there is no communication sufficiently large to allow 
the ingress and egress of the animal enclosed in them, we may, I think, 
find a solution of such phenomena in the habits of these reptiles, and of 
the insects which form their food. ‘The first effort of the young Toad, as 
soon as it has left its tad-pole state and emerged from the water, is to seek 
shelter in holes and crevices of rocks and trees. An individual, which, 
when young, may have thus entered a cavity by some very narrow 
aperture would find abundance of food by catching insects, which like 
itself seek shelter within such cavities, and may soon have increased so 
much in bulk as to render it impossible to go out again through the 
narrow aperture at which it entered. A small hole of this kind is very 
likely to be overlooked by common workmen who are the only people 
whose operations on stone and wood disclose cavities in the interior of 
such substances. In the case of Toads, Snakes and Lizards, that 
occasionally issue from stones that are broken in a quarry, or in 
sinking wells, and sometimes even from strata of coal at the bottom 
of a coal mine, the evidence is never perfect to shew that the reptiles 
were entirely enclosed in a solid rock; no examination is ever made 
until the reptile is first discovered by the breaking of the mass in 
which it was contained, and then it is too late to ascertain without carefully 
replacing every fragment (and in no case that IT have seen reported 
has this ever been done) whether or not there was any hole or crevice by 
which the animal may have entered the cavity from which it was extracted. 
Without previous examination it is almost impossible to prove that there 
was no such communication. In the case of rocks near the surface of 
the earth, and in stone quarries, reptiles find ready admission to holes and 
fissures. We havea notorious example of this kind in the Lizard found 


318 Rev. Dr. Buckland on the Vitality of 


in a chalk pit and brought alive to the late Dr. Clarke. In the case also 
of wells and coal pits, a reptile that had fallen down the well or shaft and 
survived its fall would seek its natural retreat in the first hole or crevice 
it could find, and the miner dislodging it from this cavity to which his 
previous attention had not been called, might in ignorance conclude that 
the animal was coeval with the stone from which he had extracted it. 

It remains only to consider the case, (of which I know not any 
authenticated example,) of Toads that have been said to be found in cavities 
within blocks of limestone to which on careful examination, no access 
whatever could be discovered, and where the animal was absolutely and 
entirely closed up withstone. Should any such case ever have existed, it 
is probable that the communication between this cavity and the external 
surface had been closed up by stalactitic incrustation after the animal had 
become too large to make its escape. A similar explanation may be 
offered of the much more probable case of a live Toad being entirely 
surrounded with solid wood. In each case the animal would have con- 
tinued to increase in bulk so long as the smallest aperture remained by 
which air and insects could find admission; it wou!d probably become torpid 
as soon as this aperture was entirely closed by the accumulation of stalactite 
or the growth of wood; but it still remains to be ascertained how long 
this state of torpor may continue under total exclusion from food, and 
from external air: and although the experiments above recorded shew 
that life did not extend two years in the case of any one of the individuals 
which formed the subjects of them, yet, for reasons which have been 
specified, they are not decisive to shew that a state of torpor, or suspended 
animation, may not be endured for a much longer time by Toads that are 
healthy and well fed up to the noment when they are finally cut off from 
food, and from all direct access of atmosperic air. 

The common experiment of burying a Toad in a flower-pot covered 
with a tile, is of no value unless the cover be carefully luted to the pot, 
and the hole at the bottom of the pot also closed, so as to exclude all 
possible access of air, earthworms and insects. I have heard of two or 
three experiments of this kind, in which these precautions have not been 
taken, and in which at the end of a year the Toads have been found alive 
and well. 

Besides the Toads enclosed in stone and wood, four others were placed 


Toads enclosed in Stone and Wood. 319 


each in a small basin of plaster of Paris, four inches deep and five inches 
in diameter having a cover of the same material carefully luted round 
with clay; these were buried at the same time and in the same place 
with the blocks of stone, and on being examined at the same time with 
them in December, 1826, two of the Toads were dead, the other two 
alive but much emaciated. We can only collect from this experiment 
that a thin plate of plaster of Paris is permeable to air in a sufficient 
degree to maintain the life of a Toad for thirteen months. 

In the 19th vol. No. 1, p. 167, of Silliman’s American Journal of 
Science and Arts, David Thomas, Esy. has published some observations 
ou Frogs and Toads in stone and solid earth, enumerating several authentic 
and well attested cases ; these, however, amount tono more than a repe- 
tition of the facts so often stated and admitted to be true, viz. that torpid 
reptiles occur in cavities of stone, and at the depth of many feet in soil 
and earth, but, they state not anything to disprove the possibility of a 
small aperture by which these cavities may have had communication with 
the external surface, and insects | ave been admitted. 

The attention of the discoverer is always directed more to the Toad, 
than to the minutiz of the state of the cavity in which it was contained. 

In the Literary Gazette of March 12, 1831, p. 169, there is a very 
interesting account of the habits of a tame male Toad, that was domesti- 
cated and carefully observed during almost two years by Mr. F. C. 
Husenbeth. During two winters, from November to March, he ate no 
food, though he did not become torpid, but grew thin and moved much 
less than at other times. During the winter of 1828 he gradually lost his 
appetite and gradually recovered it. He was well fed during two 
summers, and after the end of the second winter, on the 29th of March, 
1829, he was found dead. His death was apparently caused by an 
unusually long continuance of severe weather, which seemed to exhaust 
him before his natural appetite returned. He could nct have died from 
starvation, for the day before his death he refused a lively fly. 

Dr. Townson also, in his Tracts on Matural History, (London, 1799,) 
records a series of observations which he made on tame Frogs, and also 
on some Toads; these were directed chiefly to the very absorbent power 
of the skin of these reptiles, and show that they take in and reject liquids, 
through their skin alone, by a rapid process of absorption and evaporation, 


320 Rev. R. T. Lowe’s Descriptions of 


a Frog absorbing sometimes in half an hour as much as half its own 
weight, and in a few hours the whole of its own weight of water, and 
nearly as rapidly giving it off when placed in any position that is warm 
and removed from moisture. Dr. T. contends that as the Frog tribe never 
drink water, this fluid must be supplied by means of absorption through 
the skin. Both Frogs and Toads have a large bladder, which is often 
found full of water: “ whatever this fluid may be, (he says,) it is as pure 
*- as distilled water and equally tasteless; this I assert as well of that of 
«* the Toad which I have often tasted, as that of Frogs.’’ 


Art. XLII, Descriptions of two species of Araneide, 
Natives of Madeira. In ua Letter to the Editor, hy the 
Rev. R. T. Lown, B.A. 


TO THE EDITORS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. 


Gentlemen, 

The accompanying drawings, with notes of the observations from 
which the following characters have been drawn up, were made partly in 
my presence, and came into my possession altogether on the death of Dr. 
Heineken. My separate investigations and enquiries having since gone 
far to satisfy me of the correctness of his views relating to the two 
Araneide which are the subject of this short notice, I feel myself called 
upon to make them public. But farther than having fully proved the 
fidelity of the drawings, and repeatedly confirmed by my own observa- 
tions the correctness of his, I shall be entitled to little more merit than 
that of throwing Dr. Heineken’s notes into a proper form and language 
for publication; while, on the other hand, should the following facts 
prove neither new nor interesting, I must take upon myself the blame for 


Two Spiders from Madeira. - 321 


net having made a better use of the time and opportunities, denied to my 
late friend, which his acuteness would not have failed to improve to the 
utmost. 
I am, Gentlemen, 
Your obedient Servant, 
R. T. Lowe. 
Funchal, Madeira, 
Feb. 16th, 1831. 


Class. ARACHNIDA. 

Ord. |PULMONARIA. 

Fam. ARANEID. 

Trib. INEQUITELA, Latr. 
Gen. Scytopes, Latr. 


Scytodes velutina, Hein, et nob. 

Scyt. velutina; tota sepiolina, immaculata: thorace magno, suborbicu- 
lato; posticé rotundato, elevato; anticé obsoleté sulcato: abdomine sub- 
globoso. Longit. 24, lin. 

Hab. in domibus Madere: Scytode thoracied ipsa rara mult6 rarior. 

Mare nondum capto, foeminam tantim vidi. Pred (Lepismatibus, 
Tineis, fermé) more Scyt.thoracice telam jacit. Species a Scyl. thoracicd 
omnino distinctissima. 


Trib. LATERIGRADA, Latr. 
Gen. LoxoscE Es, [ein. et nob. 
Char. gen. 

Oculi sex, equales, per paria dispositi, parvi, segmentum circulare vel 
lunatum, arcu antico, (sc. anticé convexo), delineantes: lateralibus haud 
tuberculo impositis. Masille labiumque ut in Seytode (thoracica). 
Mandibule robuste, wngue valido (ut in plerisque Araneidis). Pedes 
secundi, deinde primi et quarti «quales, longiores; tertii ceteris 
breviores. 

Oss.—Thorax depressus. Citissimé currit. Quietus pedes omnes 
obliqué in libell4 horizontali extendit, Telam pred nec jacit, nec 
ullam nisi fila quedam struit. In praedam furtim obrepit, haud insiliens. 

Affinitas cum Philodromis, Walck., summa; sed oculis tantdm sex, 


322 Rev. R. T. Lowe’s Descriptions of Two Spiders, §c. 


sicut Scytodes ab affinibus suis, statim distinguitur. Genus a Scytode 
omniné distinctum. In Scytode vera (Scyt. thoracicd, Latr., et Scyt. velu- 
tind, nob.), thorax elevatus: oculi triangulum delineant, lateralibus 
tuberculo impositis: mandibularum unguis minutissimus: tardigrada, 
telam praedz jacit : quieta, pedibus elevatis insistit: pedes quarti, primi 
deinde, tum secundi longiores. 
Species, Loxosceles citigrada, Hein. et nob. 
Tas. Supp. XLVIIL fig. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7,9, 11, 12 et 14. 
Char. spec. idem ac generis.* 

Hab. in domibus Madere ; inter chartas, fossilia, aliaque Museorum, 

&c, degens. Rariss. v. v. et $ et 9. 


Explanation of the Plate. ~ 
Tas. Supp. XLVIII. 


Fig. 1. ¢ Lowosceles citigrada at rest, in natural attitude. 
2. Ditto ditto, at rest, watching for prey. 
3.  ¢ Ditto, taken when dead, to exhibit proportionate length of 
legs. 


4, One of the palpi of ditto, ditto; with the g organ. 

5. Ditto of Scytodes thoracica, Latr., with ditto for comparison. 

6. Lip (languette. Latr.,) and maxille (machoires, Latr.,) of g 
Loxosceles citigrada. 

7. Profile of head of ditto, ditto; (perhaps not quite correct as 
the legs were in the way.) 

8. Dittoof dittoof 9 Scytodes thoracica, Latr. 

9. Eyesof ¢ Lox. citigrada; central pair geminated, and on a 
slight tubercle ; lateral pairs subgeminated, and not on a 
tubercle: all with orbits. 

10. Ditto of g Scyt. thoracica, Latr.; two lateral pairs on tuber- 
cles; central not: all geminated. 

11. One of the palpiof ¢? Loz. citigrada; will answer equally 
for Scyt, thoracica, Latr. 


* The following are the proportions of a ¢ Lowosceles citigrada by accurate 
measurements, 

Thorax 1} line; abdomen about 2 lines; second pair of legs 104 lines; first 
and fourth pair each 2 lines; third pair 7} lines. 


: 
' 
; 


Mr. W. O. Aikin on the Ash-coloured Harrier. 323 


12. Mandibles, (Chelicéres, antenne-pinces, ou serres frontales, 
Latr.), of 2 Low. citigrada. 

13. Dittoof 9 Seyt. thoracica, Latr. 

14. Outline profile of abdomen and thorax of Lox. citigrada. 

15. Ditto ditto of Scyt. thoracica, Latr. 


All except Figs. 1, 2 and 3, more or less magnified. 


Arr. XLII. Note on the Ash-coloured Harrier, (Falco 
cinerarius, Mont.). By W.O Artin, Esq., in a Letter 
tothe Editor. 


TO THE EDITOR OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. 


Sir, 

I have had, during the last month, an opportunity of examining several 
specimens of the ash-coloured Harrier, (Falco cinerarius, ) and as the 
females differ materially from the description published in Selby’s 
Illustrations of British Ornithology, perhaps my remarks may not be 
unacceptable to the readers of your valuable Journal. 

In the description above alluded to, it is stated that “the whole of the 
“* under parts are orange-brown without spot or sireak;’’ I have now 
seen five adult females, none of which have the under parts of a uniform 
colour, on the contrary, every feather for a considerable space on each 
side of the shaft is very much darker than the edges, so as to give the 
appearance of lengthened streaks down the breast, belly and thighs, but 
more particularly on the breast; the irides also of four of these birds 
were of a deep hazel, though certainly arrived at maturity, as one of 
them was brought to me with its mate and nest of young; the other had 
- the irides of a very light yellow, and from its general appearance I should 
judge was a much older bird, as the whole plumage was of a lighter 
colour, 

Montagu, in the Supplement to his Ornithological Dictionary, substitutes 
the description of a young male for that of the mature female, in which 
he states that the under parts are of a uniform colour, so that it is apparent 


324 Mr. W. O. Aikin on the Ash-coloured Harrier. 


ornithologists should not adopt his description throughout. It however 

agrees exactly with two young ones which J have at present alive, excepting 

that the irides of mine are of a deep hazel ; they are about two months old, 
and are kept in a garden with young ones, of about the same age, of 

both the other Harriers; these differ so materially from their companions 
that they could never be mistaken by a person who has once seen them; 
first, their size is so much less, then the deep rust colour which pervades 
their whole plumage and the absence of the ruff of smal! feathers round 

the head at once distinguish them from the common Hen-Harrier. I 

find them much wilder than the others, and the male when disturbed is 

continually uttering a short shrill call while the others are silent unless 
actually laid holdof. They all strike with their talons, not using their bills 
till their feet are secured. 

I had an opportunity of weighing and measuring the birds in my own 
collection, the particulars of which are as follows : 

A male killed 17th June, weighed 92 ounces troy. Length 172 inches, 
Breadth 34 feet. In the crop were five Lizards in fragments, 
the tails only being perfect. 

A female killed 17th June, weighed 103 ounces, troy. Length 184 inches. 
Breadth 3 feet, 64 inches. 

A female killed 19th June, weighed 9} ounces, troy. Length 173 inches. 
Breadth 3 feet, 9 inches. Tail 9} inches. Three of the ova 
were as large as marbles, there were also a great many smaller 
ones. 

A female killed Ist July, weighed 84 ounces, troy. Length 17 inches. 
Breadth 3 feet, 9 inches. Tail 9 inches. 

If these remarks are considered worthy your notice, and the young birds 
live, I shall be happy to furnish you with any other memoranda which 
I consider curious during their change of plumage. 

I remain, Sir, 
Your’s, &c. 
W. O. AlKIN. 


Cambridge, 
23rd July, 1830. 


On €arinaria. 325 


Arr. XLIV. Notice sur la Carinaria et description. Par. 
M. Verany. 


Corps cylindrique allongeé, garnide points saillans, prolongé en arriere 
et garni a sa partie posterieure et inferieure d’une nageoire qui lui sert 
de gouvernail. 

Une nageoire rougeatre munie d’une ventouse est implantée perpendi- 
culairement sur le dos; c’est a l’aidede celle-ci qu’ elle vogue en tout sens, 
Téte qui se contracte dans le corps, munie d’une trompe retractile. Deux 
tentacules longs et coniques placés latéralement a l’insertion de la Téte; 
deux yeux en avant du corps placés a la base des tentacules. Bouche 
garnie d’une machoire se roulant sur elle meme, munie de quatre rangées 
de dents dont les deux internes fixes et petites, les intérieures de deux a 
deux crochues et mobiles. 

Organes de la respiration, coeur, et anus suspendus sous le corps et ren- 
fermés dans une coquille. 

Sexes separés comme dans les Firoles ; les males ont leur organe sexuel 
placé anterieurement dans le cété gauche sous Ja nageoire dorsale, les 
femelles ’ont prés de l’anus. 

Un tube rougeatre renfle 4 son commencement est tout son appareil 
digestif. Dans sa cavite l’on rencontre entre les yeux un ganglion d’ou 
partent plusieurs nerfs, dont six se dirigent et avant et quatre en arriére; 
ceux qui vont en avant se dirigent deux vers la bouche et paraissent faire 
agir la trompe, deux aux tentacules, et aux yeux; de ceux de derréire deux 
yont directement dans le nucleus; les deux autres vont se reunir sous le 
nageoire d’ou ils se ramifient en cinq, dont trois dans la nageoire dorsale 
et deux vers la queue. Malgré toutes les attentions possibles je n’ai pu 
decouvrir 4 quoi ce mollusque utilise la ventouse qu’il a a sa nageoire. 

La Carinaria se nourrit de corps gelatineux et de quelques trés petits 
poissons tels que Atherina nana. J’ai plusieurs fois trouvé dans son 
estomac des restes d’autres Carinaires ; ce qui me prouve que cette espéce 
se detruit mutuellement. 

On la rencontre presque toute l’année sur nos cOtes; assez abondante 
pendant les mois de mai, juin, juillet. Il est trés rare de la trouver avec 
sa coquille entiére. C’est La Holoturiorum secunda species, Rondelet, 
p- 126. De Insectis, &c. Lib. 1. Nice. 

Vou. V. Y 


326 Mr. Westwood’s Remarks on the Thorax of Insects. 


Arr. XLV. Observations upon the Eighteenth Number of 
the Zoological Journal. By J. O. Wrsrwoop, Esq., 
F.L.S., &e. 


TO THE EDITOR OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. 
Sir, 

My attention having been in an especial manner directed by Mr. Mac 
Leay in the last number of this Journal, (p. 178), to the comparative 
structure of the thorax of the genera of Insects, I beg leave to assure you 
that so interesting and important a subject has not been overlooked in the 
course of my entomological investigations. There is, however, a remark- 
able opinion entertained by the French Scavans relative to the typical 
structure of the terminal portion of the Metathorax of the Hymenoptera, 
which, upon being informed that Mr. MacLeay was engaged upon that 
subject, I had hoped would have been subjected to his scrutinizing inves- 
tigation ; I cannot therefore but regret that he was not aware of the opinion 
referred to, otherwise he would doubtless have noticed it. I find the 
following observation in Latreille’s Familles Naturelles, p. 259. “ Le 
“« thorax des Hymenoptéres a abdomen pedicule et celui des Diptéres a 
** une composition particuliére, il est fermé postérieurement par le 
*« prémier segment de l’abdomen, celui que jiai nomme (Mém. du Mus. 
‘< d’Hist. Nat. tom. 7.) mediaire, de sorte que des segments suivants, celut 
“* qui parait étre le premier de cette partie du corps, est réellement le 
« second.’ Such also is the opinion of M, Audouin, as he himself 
recently informed me in Paris; and indeed M. M. Cuvier, Lacépéde, 
and Dumeril in their Report, dated 19th February, 182], upon that 
gentleman’s Researches mention this, as ‘“ une observation curieuve 
‘© de l’auteur”’ p. 11. 

Why does not M. Audouin enlighten the students of comparative 
anatomy, by the publication of his very numerous delineations and 
descriptions relative to the structure of the thorax of the various orders? 

The student should also direct his attention to the anatomical inyesti- 
gations of M. Srauss upon the Cock Chaffer and Hornet. 

Intimately connected with the question of the typical formation of 
the thorax is that relative to the typical number of segments in the 
Annulosa. The examination of the Earwig is sufficient to convince any 


eS oS -- =. 


Mr. Westwood on the Loves of the Spiders. — 327 


one that the decapod theory entertained in the ‘ Hore Entomologice,’’ 
and that of the thorax being composed of five, and the abdomen of seven 
segments is unfounded, and indeed Mr. MacLeay himself in the last 
number of this Journal is induced to explode the idea. The abdomen of 
that insect is in fact composed of nine distinct segments, the last of which 
is furnished, in addition to the caudal pincers, with an exserted anal 
apparatus. The figure given by M. Léon Dufour in the “ Annales des 
*« Sciences Naturelles’’ (April, 1828,) in his admirable researches upon 
these insects, with a view to their establishment as a distinct order, 
unfortunately represents the abdomen with only seven segments, the two 
basal ones being omitted, which might easily lead to a belief that. this 
part of the body is in reality only seven jointed, the two basal joints being 
concealed beneath the wings. 

With regard to the name of the Order comprising the Earwig, it may 
be observed that the term Dermaptera employed by Mr. Kirby, (who first 
on the suggestion of Dr. Leach established the Order), was proposed by 
Retzius the translator of De Geer for the Orthoptera. The former name 
addition to this in confusion, “‘n’exprimant nullement les traits caractéris- 
** tiques de ce nouvel ordre d’insectes, nous lui préférons,’’ says Dufour, 
“* a juste titre celle de Labidoures,”? which Dumeril had long ago pro- 
posed as its Family name in allusion to the caudal pincers. 

In order however to maintain the names of all the orders in the Lin- 
nean phrase derived from the wings, there exists no difficulty in selecting 
that of the very peculiar manner in the folding of these of the Earwig, 
from which circumstance the name Euplekoptera* may not be thought 
inapplicable. 

It is to be regretted that the opinions of M.M. Audouin and MacLeay are 
not unanimous respecting the legitimate analogy of the Collar of the 
Hymenoptera, although both agree as to its being a portion of the prothoraz. 
Mr. Curtis indeed still continues to describe it as the whole of that organ. 


Our lamented fellow labourer Dr. Heineken, in his pleasant manner 
(Zoological Journal, Vol. V. p. 103), has attempted to cast the shadow of 
a doubt over the correctness of my observations relative to the “* Loves 
** of the Spiders’”’ detailed in a former number of this Journal; T have 


* Ev, bene rhéxyw, plico rrepor, ala, 


y 2 


328 Mr. Westwood’s further Remarks on Clinidium, &c. 


consequently been anxious to corroborate my remarks by a renewed 
examination of the same species of Spiders in their webs. I have not, 
however, been fortunate in again obserying the act of impregnation; but 
at one time during the last autumn I perceived no less than six pairs 
engaged on separate webs in preparatory dalliance according to the 
Arachnidan method of courtship. This of itself (although not altogether 
confirmatory of my former observation) is strongly corroborative of its 
correctness ; but as the pleasure resulting from the unlooked for confirma- 
tion of our observations when doubted, ranks next to that arising from 
novel discoveries, I was gratified in meeting with the interesting details 
given by M. Latreille of M. Walckenaer’s observations relative to the 
** accouplement de Theridon benignum” (Encycl. Meth. Vol. 10, p. 624). 
I shall merely extract the following short passage as entirely removing all 
doubt upon the most material fact advanced in my paper, which, however, 
the Reviewer in the ‘‘ Bulletin des Sciences Naturelles’’ has entirely 
overlooked. ‘* Ils restent accouples pendant deux ou trois minutes et 
‘© quelque fois plus long temps.”’ 


In page 218 I have observed that the geographical situation of 
Rhysodes and Clinidium appeared distinct ; such is not, however, the case. 
I have observed in the cabinet of the Baron Dejean six or eight species of 
the former genus, several of which were collected in Brazil by M. La 
Cordaire. Vide Annales des Sciences Naturelles. 

The doubtful situation of Cucujus and Spondylis is shewn by Dumeril 
in his ‘* Considerations Generales’? having placed them between the 
Bostrichide and Trogositide, as “‘ genres anomaux de Tetraméres.”’ 

Consult Mr. MacLeay’s Hore Entomologice, p. 1. Appendix t. on 
the supposed affinity of Trogosita withthe Lucanide. 

I find that in my remarks upon Megagnathus, | had overlooked Sturm’s 
figure of the underside of the head. It is however far from being in his 
happy style. 

The propriety of the generic separation of Trogosita cerulea, enea, &c. 
under the name of Temnoscheila is fully confirmed by the observations 
of M. La Cordaire, in his account of the habits of Brazilian Beetles, 
(Annales des Sciences Naturelles.) The economy being distinct from the 
true Trogosite. 


Mr. Westwood on some Lucanide and Prionide. 329 


The Rey. F. W. Hope has recently received some splendid species of 
my genus Temnoscheila. 


Since my observations upon the relationship between Lucanide and 
Prionide, and the additional note C. were written, I have examined two 
most interesting insects which tend more forcibly to convince me of their 
propriety. 

The first, (intended to be described in the next volume of the Trans- 
actions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society,* is the most magnificent 
of Lucanidous insects, and in the lateral spines of its thorax, and the 
whorl of hairs ornamenting the tip of the extremely long basal jot of 
the antenne, an approach is made to the Capricornes. 

The second,t belonging to J. G. Children, Esq., and tie most splendid 
of Prionideous Insects, is remarkable for the length of its palpi which 
instead of being short and blunt, like those of the Prionide generally, are 
as long’ as those of a Lucanus ; the last joint of the maxillary palpi is 
however flattened at the tip, which is obliquely rounded and papillose. 

I have also had an opportunity of more minutely examining a @ 
specimen of the insect mentioned in note C. p. 237, also belonging to 
J. G. Children, Esq. Its trophi resemble those of some of the female 
Lucanide, such as Pholidotus, Ryssonotus, &c. as well those of 
Parandra, Zoological Journal, Tab. Supp. 47, fig. 7 A. The eyes are 
reniform as in the Prionide, instead of being divided into four distinct 
eyes, two above and two beneath, as in Lucanus. The Tarsi are not 
exactly cylindric, being slightly compressed and the under surface very 
finely cushioned or rather clothed with fine short bristles. Between the 
claws there isa very small coriaceous appendage, but without the additional 
minute pair of claws of the Lucanide. 


* Under the name of Chiasognathus Grantii, Steph., MSS. 
+ Psalidognathus Friendii,G. R. Gray. 
{ Trictenotoma Childreni, G, R. Gray. 


The Grove, Hammersmith, 
25th March, 1831. 


330 Mr. Broderip’s Description of Cyprea Scottit. 


Arr. XLVI. Description of a new Cowry and other 
Testacea, brought to England by the Rev. Archdeacon Scott. 


By W. J. Broperip, Esq., F.RS., F.L.S., &c. V.P.G.S. | 


Cypr@a Scorriu.* 


C. testa ovato-oblonga, subpyriformi, gibba, pallidé ferruginea maculis 
atro-ferrugineis, subtus planulata, fusco-nigricante, intus albida; 
aperture albentis latere sinistro ut plurimum edentulo, antic crenato. 
Mus. Geol. Soc. 

Habitat in freto Sunde juxta Angiam Jave. 

Obs. testa junior albida fusco longitudinaliter strigata, strigis transver- 
sim subinterruptis. 

Long. poll. 33, Lat. 14. 

Shell ovate-oblong, inclining to pear-shaped, gibbous, pale ferrugi- 
nous with blackish spots, rather flattened beneath, where it is of a rich 
dark brown or purple-black. The interior is white and so is the aperture, 
the right side of which is closely but not very deeply toothed, while 
the left is toothless for the greatest part of its length, shewing only a few 
denticules or crenations at its anterior extremity. The posterior notch 
is wide, deep, and reflected, and the lips of its edges are very prominent. 

The Rev. Archdeacon Scott, whose name this species bears, found two 
individuals on the shore near Angia in the Island of Java, and liberally 
presented them, together with the rest of his collection to the Geological 
Society of London. The backs of these shells are so much eroded by 
the action of the atmosphere and of sea-water that only traces of the 
colour remain ; but the under part is in a fair state of preservation and 
the smooth margin of the left side of the aperture is very distinct in both. 
They are adults, and one of them is apparently of advanced age; and, 
notwithstanding their blemished state, the characters still remaining are 
sufficient to mark specific difference. 

Just as this description was going to press, Mr. Turner brought me 
another of these shells in better condition than those belonging to the 
Geological Society, and confirming the characters above given; but the 
outer or enamelled surface is rubbed through, and the interior layer of 


* Cyprea Friendii, Gray, Zool. Miscell. named and published by that author 
after he knew that the shell was here named, described, figured, and ready for 
publication,—Ed. 


Zoolo sie al Journal Vol.V.PI.XIV, 


io > 


a iiabitctaid dans, hesigialinin, 


- ‘ — 


NY \ ' bas 5 


eae, Ries adeoigs ty ns 


jee 7 ‘ 
Yeh ee nat New 
wa ae ‘ih eps 


Trochus Australis.—Turbo lamellosus. ; 331 


colouring is brought into view, shewing the appearance which the shell 

would present in its youth, and before the secretion of the last coat which 

marks the adult state. 

It is hoped that the figures and description here given, may, as the 
locality is known, be the means of drawing the attention of those who 
may have it in their power to procure finer specimens. When a dead 
shell is found on a beach, an accurate search at low water under stones, 
rolled madrepores, &c. or in pools left by the retiring tide is often rewarded 
with the discovery of the living mollusc; and if success should not 
attend such efforts, the dredge will be rarely found to fail. 

Trocnus AUSTRALIS. 

T. testa conica, granulato-annulata, annulis suturam supereminentibus 
maximis, lutea vel subalbida maculis subrubris et violaceis picta ; anfrac- 
tibus planiusculis ; infima facie planiuscula, imperforata ; fance argentea. 
Habitat ad Nove Hollandiz oras occidentales, ad Insulam Buache. 
Long. poll. 1. Lat. 2. 

Mus. Geovl. Soc. 

This elegant Trochus which approaches in shape to T. conulus, while 
ina part of its colouring it reminds the observer of T. annulatus, and has 
somewhat the aspect of T, Zizyphinus, was found on the beach of Garden 
Island, (Isle Buache) by Archdeacon Scott, and was presented by him to 
the Geological Society. 

TURBO LAMELLOSUS. 

T. testa orbiculato-depressa, profundé umbilicata, transversim creberrimé 
Jamellata, grisea, subtus albida; anfractibus carinatis et suturam versus 
profundé canaliculatis; fauce argentea. 

Habitat ad Nove Hollandiz oras occidentales,-ad Insulam Buache. 

Mus. Geol. Soc. nost., &c. 

This shell varies much in its different stages of growth. It approaches 
nearest to Turbo torquatus, but differs from that species in the depth 
and sharpness of its lamella, and the flattened form of the whorls which 
are carinated on their outward edge and deeply and angnlarly channelled 
towards the suture. The young shells are much more flat than those of 
advanced growth, they are dashed with darkish stripes along the upper side 
of the whorl which terminate at the edge of the carina, and are mottled with 
the same colour on the under side. Archdeacon Scott found his specimens 
onthe beach of Garden Island, (Isle Buache;) and on the main land 


332 Capt. P. P. King’s Description of 


opposite, at the bottom of a well eighty feet deep he found in calcareous 
grit two fossil Turbines figured at plate Supp. XLIX, fig. 1, 1, which 
appear to me to be identical with Turbo torquatus. The latter species did 
not occur among the shells in a recent state which the Archdeacon found 
at Garden Island; but we know that it occurs at Port Jackson on the oppo- 
site side of New Holland, and Lamarck gives New Zealand as its locality, 
so that I think it probable that it may be found also in the vicinity of 
Garden Islana. 


Description of Plates. 
PLATE XIV. 
Fig. 1, 2. Cyprea Scottii. 

3. Thesame deprived of the last coat of enamel, and giving 
the appearance of the back of a young shell. The back 
of the specimen is fractured. 

PLATE SUPP. XLIX. 


- 1,1. Fossil Turbo torquatus, 
2,2. Turbo lamellosus, (young,) the lip imperfect. 
3. Trochus Australis. 
VoLuTa. 

1 take this opportunity of stating that a comparison of a great number 
of individuals which have lately been brought to this country, has afforded 
satisfactory proof that Voluta Pacifica and Voluta elongata are identical : 
Voluta elongata, (Swainson,) being only a smooth variety of V. Pacifica 
at an advanced age. 


Arr. XLVII. Description of the Cirrhipeda, Conchifera and 
Mollusca, in a collection formed by the Officers of H.ILS. 
Adventure and Beagle employed between the years 1826 and 
1830 in surveying the Southern Coasts of South America, 
including the Straits of Magalhaens and the Coast of Tierra 
del Fuego. By Captain Puiu P. Kine, #.N., ER.S., 
&c. assisted by W. J. Broverip, Esgq.. F.R.S., &c. 

The testacea, of which the following paper is a descriptive list, were 
principally collected upon the Coast of South America; and upon my 
arrival in England, were submitted to the examination of Mr. George 
Sowerby; who, very obligingly, selected the undescribed species from 


Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 333 


the collection, which had been formed under my superintendance by the 
Officers of H.M.S. Adventure and Beagle, employed under my command 
in surveying the Southern Coast of South America. 

To these gentlemen I am greatly indebted for the unwearied assiduity 
which they at all times displayed, and for the extent of the collection in 
this, as well as in other departments of Natural History. 

_ In the description of the species I have had the benefit of the advice 
and assistance of my friend Mr. Broderip; and to his knowledge of the 
subject, and the attention which he has devoted to my collection, I owe in 
a great measure the paper which I have now the satisfaction of presenting 
to the public through the medium of the Zoological Journal. 

Upon examining my specimens Mr. George Sowerby found that he 
possessed several species not in my collection. These had been obtained 
during the voyage, and had been purchased from some of the crew by 
Mr. Sowerby, who handsomely put his acquisitions into my hands for 
description. I record this act of good feeling towards myself and the 
officers of the expedition in general with the greater satisfaction, because 
the same liberality has not been evinced in another quarter. I have been 
compelled to notice the conduct last alluded to, because, by possibility, 
some of the novelties collected during the voyage may be published before 
this communication (which has been delayed by the many laborious duties 
consequent on such an expedition) issues from the press. 


1. Baxanus Psirvacus. 

Syn. Lepas Psittacus.. Molina, 1., 223. 

B. testd aibido-rosaced, subconicd, elongatd, rudi, longitudinaliter 
creberrimé striata ; radiis (ransversim striatis ; operculo transversim 
profundé sulcato, lineis elevatis creberrime plicatis; valvis posticis 
valde productis, acuminatis. 

Habitat ad oras Concepcionis et insulam Chiloe. Mus. Brit., nost., 
Broderip, §c. 

This cirrhiped which, at Concepcion de Chile, is frequently 
found of a larger size than 54 inches long and 34 in diameter, forms 
a very common and highly esteemed food of the Natives, by whom 
it is called Pico, from the acuminated processes of the two posterior 
opercular valyes. The anterior and posterior opercular valves when 
in contact, present some resemblance to a Parrot’s beak, whence 
Molina’s name. It is also found very abundantly at Valdivia and 


334 Capt. P. P. King’s Description of 


at Calbuco, near the north end of the Island of Chiloe. It occurs in 
large bunches, and presents somewhat of a cactus-like appearance. 
The parent is covered by its progeny, so that large branches are found 
composed of from 50 to 100 distinct individuals, each of which becomes 
in its turn the foundation of another colony. One specimen in the 
possession of my friend W. J. Broderip, Esq., consists of a numerous 
group based on two large. individuals. They are collected by being 
chopped off with a hatchet. At Concepcion, where they are found of 
larger size than to the southward, they are principally procured at the 
Island of Quiriquina, which lies across the entrance of the bay; whence 
they are exported in large quantities to Valparaiso and Santiago de Chile, 
where they are considered as a great delicacy, and indeed with some 
justice, for the flesh equals in richness and delicacy that of the crab, 
which, when boiled and eaten cold, it very much resembles. 


2. Exminius LEAcui1.* 


E, testd albidd, truncata, longitudinaliter striata, radiis creberrimé 
longitudinaliter substriatis ; operculo ad basin transversim striato, 
quadripartito ; long. =; lat. 3; poll. 

Habitat. . In Museo Geo. Sowerby et nost. 


3. SCALPELLUM PAPILLOSUM. 


S. pedunculo creberrimé papilloso ; testa levi valdé compressa ; long. 
omnino +1; +4; peduncvli; lat. -.°;, poll. 
Habitat in mare alto circa oras Patagonicas. Mus. nost., G. Sowerby. 
Taken by a dredge in 40 fathom water, off the coast of South Ame- 


rica, in latitude 441 south, and found adhering to a Terebella. 


4, PuoxLAs CHILOENSIS. MOoLina. 


P. testd elongata posticé ovato-rotundatd, costis posticis dentato-muri- 
catis ; anticé attenuatd striis transversis postice undato-muricatis, 
anticé muticis ; lat, 5; long. 2; poll. 
Habitat ad insulam Chiloei. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod., Stokes. 

Some doubt has been thrown upon the existence of this shell notwith- 
standing the description uf Molina. A species very nearly approaching 


* Elminius Kingii, Gray in Zoo}, Miscell. from a specimen collected during 


the voyage.—Ed. 


Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 335 


it, if not identical, was found at Rio de Janeiro, but as only single valves 
were obtained, and these were in a very imperfect state, I have not 
ventured to characterise it. 

The soft parts of Pholas Chiloensis are considered very delicate by the 
inhabitants of the Island of Chiloe, by whom the animal is called 
** Co-mes.”? They are found in great abundance at low water imbedded 
in the rocks near Sandy Point, at San Carlos de Chiloe. 


5. SOLEN SCALPRUM. 
S. testd lineari subrectd extremitatibus subrotundatis ; cardine biden- 
tato; long. 13; lat. 3143 poll. 
Habitat ad Patagoniz oras Orientales (Sea Bear Bay.) Mus. nosf: 


ar 1994 6. ANATINA ELLIPTICA. 

A. testa ellipticd, subtenut, transversim striatd, anticé sub-truncatd, 
epidermide fusca, tenui; long. 13; lat. 22; poll. 
Habitat ad oras Antarcticas (New South Shetland.) Mus. Brit., nost. 
This shell was found at New South Shetland, by Lieutenant Kendall, 


of His Majesty’s Sloop, Chanticleer, by whom it was presented to me. 


7. MAcTRA EDULIS. 


M. testé subtrigond, tumidd, sublevi, fulvo-squalidd, intus albd, den- 

tibus lateralibus prominentibus ; long. 2; lat. 24; poll. 

Habitat in freto Mage!lanico (Port Famine.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 

This shell was found in great abundance on the flat of sandy mud, 
which fronts the west shore of Port Famine, and proved a valuable 
article of food to the ship’s company, particularly during the winter 
months, when sea-birds and game were not to be procured, and the fish 
had deserted us. I have named it, in allusion to its affording us a 
grateful, as well as seasonable, supply of fresh food. 


8. Erycrna SOLENOIDES. 


E. testd subellipticd, transversim creberrimé substriatd, albidd, epider- 
mide fusco-grised ; long. 1 paulo minus ; lat. 23 poll. 
Habitat in freto Magellanico (sandy mud flats of Port Famine.) Mus. 
Brit., nost., Brod. 


336 Capt. P. P. King’s Description of 


9, TELLINIDES ROSACEA. 


T. testa subtrigond, planulatd, striis concentricis creberrimis ; long. $ ; 
lat. 1,5, 3 poll. 
Habitat ad littora Brasilie (Santos.) Mus. nost. 


10. VENUS INFLATA. 


V. testéd rotundatd, concentricé substriatd, albente, intus albd, lunuld 
obsoletd ; long. 1953; lat. 12; poll. 
Habitat in freto Magellanico (Port Famine.) Mus. nost. 


1l. VENUS ANTIQUA. 


V. testd sub-ovali, convexiusculd, creberrimé cancellatd, sub-fuscd, in- 
tus albidd ; lunuld cordatd ; long. 23; lat. 3; poll. 
Oss. in junioribus, striis transversis concentricis elevatis, acutis. 
Habitat ad littora occidentalia Patagonie (Gulf of Pefias and its vi- 
cinity.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 


12. ARCA ANGULATA. 


A. testd transversd, subcordato-quadratd, intus fusco-violascente ; 
latere antico producto, elevato, undulatim lamellato, postico rotun- 
dato; umbonibus valdé remotis, ared cardinali maximd, striatd ; 
margine hiante ; long. 11; lat. 17; poll. . 

Habitat ad Juan Fernandez. Mus, nost. 

This shell was dredged up from 80 fathoms water in the offing of 
Cumberland Bay, at Juan Fernandez; it was attached to a branch of 
coral. 

The hinge is broad and smooth, with distinct markings ; the gape is 
rather wide, and the anterior part of the shell rises rather elegantly, like 
the stern of some Indian canoes, and in all the specimens but one, 
terminates ina point. The one above described has a rounded form ; 
the bows or front being rather elegantly and finely lamellated in a wavy 
form ; the colour of the hinge is red, and the inside is generally of a 
brownish purple; in some it has a more yellow tinge. 


13: ARCA PECTINOIDES. 


A. testd auriculatd, cordatd, ventricosd, multi-costatd, transversim 
striatd, albd, epidermide rufo nigricante, pilosd ; umbonibus sub- 


Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 337 


approximatis, incurvatis, margine crenulato; long. 1; lat. 12; 
poll. 
Habitat ad Rio de Janeiro. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 


14, NucunA STRIATA. 


N. testéd striaté, subtumidd, crassd, sub-trigond, albd; latere antico 
productiori, sub-rostrato ; long. 3; lat. 2; poll. 
Habitat in mari alto circa oras Patagonicas. Mus. nost. 
Taken by a dredge in 40 fathoms water, 20 miles from the coast of 
South America, in the neighbourhood of Port St. Elena. 


15. MopioLa sinvosa. 


M., testé ventricosd. subovatd, longitudinaliter striaté; intus irides- 
cente, margine sinuoso, epidermide fuscd ; long. 7; ; lat. +4 fere; 
poll. 

Habitat ad littora Brasilie (Santos.) Mus. nost. 


16. PrEcTEN PATAGONICUS. 


P. testé sub-equivalvi, brunned, longitudinaliter creberrimé elevato- 
radiaté ; intus albidd, longitudinaliter sub-radiatd ; long. 24; 
lat. 24 ; poll. 

Oss. auribus ineequalibus. 
Habitat in freto Magellanico passim. Mus. nost. 


17. PECTEN VITREUS. 


P. testé subequivalvi, translucente, longitudinaliter multi-sulcatd ; 
sulcis convexis flavidulis, valud inferiore pallidiori ; long. 1,9;; lat. 
14; poll. 

Oss. Auribus inequalibus. 

Habitat in freto Magellanico (passim.) Mus. nost. 

This shell is found attached to the leaves of the Fucus giganteus, and, 
with other Mollusca, is the food of the Steamer or Race-horse Duck 

(Micropterus brachyptera and M. Patagonica.) 


18. TEREBRATULA FLEXUOSA. 
T. testa rotundato-cordatd, gibbd, sub-fuscd, longitudinaliter creberrimé 


338 Capt. P. P. King’s Description of 


sulcatd; margine valde flecuoso; long. 13; lat. 14 paulo minus; poll. 

Habitat in freto Magellanico (Port Famine.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 

This shell, which was dredged up from deep water in the Bay of Port 
Famine, attached to stones, is nota common shell in the Strait. 


19. TEREBRATULA SOWERBII. - 

T. testé subrotundd, planiusculd, subfuscd, longitudinaliter radiatim 
transversim substriatd, medio superné depressa, infra convexd, sub- 
glabra; margine utrinque crenulato, medio glabro; long. 1,7; ; lat. 
1,7, paulo plus; alt.11; poll. 

Habitat in freto Magellanico. Mus. nost., Geo. Sowerby. 

20. CHITON SETIGER. 

C. testa ovali, anticé subattenuatd ; valvis subdentatis, tenuiter concen- 
tricé striatis, anticd 10-radiatd, posticd levi, parvuld ; areis late~ 
ralibus striis duabus elevatis marginalibus ; ligamento marginali le- 
vigato, setigero; long. 22; lat. 13 ; poll. 

Habitat ad oras insule Tierra del Fuego et in freto Magellanico. Mus. 
Brit., nost., Brod. 

Shell ovate, rather attenuated towards the anterior end, generally of 
a light blue-green colour, variegated with markings of dark slate. Valves 
slightly beaked with minute concentric striz, the lateral compartments 
with two marginal ridges, which in some specimens are granulose, in 
others smooth. The anterior valve has eight, besides two marginal, 
ridges of the same character; the posterior valve is very small and 
smooth. Border coriaceous, and set with bristles produced from three 
rows of tufts or pores. In some of the specimens in my possession the 
bristles are rubbed off. 

The shell is found in all parts of the shores of Tierra del Fuego, par- 
ticularly on its seaward coast, and the western parts of the Strait of 
Magalhaens. 

21. Curron Bowen. 

C. testd oblongo-ovatd, castaneo-rufd ; dorso elevato ; valvis subdenta- 
tis, sublevibus concentricé tenuiter striatis ; areis lateralibus radia- 
tim sulcatis ; ligamento marginali granuloso, nigro ; long. 32; lat. 
14; poll. 

Habitat ad oras insule Tierra del Fuego et in freto Magellanico. Mus. 
Brit., nost., Brod. 


Cirrhipeda, Conchifera,and Mollusca. 339 


Shell oblong-ovate, and generally of a chestnut red, and the granu- 
lose ligament black ; the colour of the younger specimens is more bril- 
liant, and sometimes interspersed with yellow. Middle valves slightly 
toothed, and very delicately lineated, the lines forming an obtuse angle 
in the direction of the axis of the shell; the lateral compartments are 
marked with deeper striz or grooves, radiating from the upper angle to 
the base, which, crossing the transverse markings of the valve, have a 
reticulated appearance : the anterior and posterior valves are radiated with 
fine lines. 

This Chiton was discovered by Mr. Bowen, Surgeon of the Beagle, 
by whom it was presented to me. The specimen was sent home among 
a collection of Natural History, transmitted in the year 1827. 


22. FISSURELLA COARCTATA. 


F. testd ovatd, anticé attenuatd, elevatd; radiis frequentibus elevatis ; 
interne virescenti; foraminis margine externo juxta medium coarc- 
tato, subdentato ; long. 2;5;; lat. 144; alt. 14; poll. 

Habitat ad Portum Praya, Mus. Brit., nost. 


23, HELIX TRANSLUCENS. 


H. testé subglobosd, translucente, levissimée transversim _ striata; 
anfractu basali lined longitudinali. castaned sub-medid ornato; long. 
44; lat. ;; poll. 

Habitat ad Rio de Janeiro. Mus, Brit., nost., Brod. 


24, HELIX PUSIO. 


H. testd rotundo-complanatd, creberrimé striata, translucente, maculis 
castaneo-rufis ornatd; long. 75; lat. 3°; ; poll. 
Habitat ad Juan Fernandez. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 


25. HELICINA SORDIDA, 

H, testé globoso-conoided ; anfractibus rotundatis longitudinaliter stri- 
atis ; operculo castaneo ; long. % paulo plus; lat. »; paulo plus; 
poll, 

Habitat ad Rio de Janeiro. Mus. Brit., nost. 
The colour of this shell is of a dirty yellowish white, with a slight 
tinge of diaphanous violet within the margin of the lip. 


340 Capt. P. P. King’s Description of 


26. PUPA SUBDIAPHANA. 


P. testé cylindraced, albd, subdiaphand, tranversim creberrimé sub- 
striata ; long. 4 paulo minus; lat. ~; paulo minus ; poll. 
Habitat ad Portum Praya. (Cape de Verd Islands.) Mus. Brit., nost. 


27. BuLinus GRAVESII. 


B. testa subventricosd, longitudinaliter subrugosd, sub-albidd, fusco- 
maculata, spird longitudinaliter striatd ; long. 14; lat. +2 paulo 
minus ; poll. 

Habitat ad Valparaiso. Mus. nost. 

I have named the shell after my shipmate and friend, Lieutenant Tho- 
mas Graves, whose zeal assiduity in assisting and increasing my collec- 
tions of Natural History, was as unwearied as the alacrity and ability 
which he displayed in the primary and more important objects of the 
voyage, of which in His Majesty’s Ship, Adventure, he filled the 
appointment of Assistant Surveyor. To Lieutenant Graves I am prin- 
cipally indebted for my land-shells, and I therefore take the opportunity 
of recording the valuable assistance he rendered me during the whole 
period of his serving under my command. 


28. BuLinus GRAVESII, var. 


B. testd subpyramidali, scabrd, albidd, aliquando lineolis raris ; epider- 
mide lutescente ; long. 1,2-; lat. ++ paulo plus, poll. 
Habitat ad Valparaiso. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 
This is certainly a variety of No. 27, Bulinus Gravesii. 


29. BuLINUS DENTATUS. 


B. testd cylindraced, punctatd, sub-diaphand, fusco maculata ; aper- 
turd dentatd, clausiliam mentiente ; long. +2; lat. 5; poll. 
Habitat ad oras Brasilie (St. Catherine’s.) Mus. Brit., nost. 


30. BuLINUS LUTESCENS. 


B. testd obovatd, ventricosd, subscabrd, lutescente; long. 14; lat. 44; 


poll. 
Habitat ad Maldonado (Gorriti.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 


a 


ee el 


Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 341 


31. BULINUS CORRUGATUS. 


B. testé subalbidd, transversim et longitudinaliter rugoso-striatd, maculis 
fuscis, obsoletis; aperturd purpurascente; columella nigricante 
purpured ; long. 1& paulo plus; lat. 13; poll. 

Habitat ad Concepcion. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 

The body-whorl of the older specimens of this shell is rather roughly 
striated or wrinkled, the last but one slightly so, and the remaining whorls 
are quite smooth. The colour is whitish, with purple spots more or less 
obsolete : the old specimens are sometimes of a dull yellowish white. 
A specimen is deposited in the British Museum. 

The young shells of this species are of a whitish brown, with darker 
coloured strie. They are very fragile and semi-transparent. 


32. BULINUS SORDIDUS. 


B. testa pyramidali, transversim striatd, fuscd; anfractu basali ad 
suturam subalbido, lined subcentricd pallidd ; labit vix reflext mar- 
gine albo; long. 1423 lat. % poll. 

Habitat ad Brasiliam (Rio de Janeiro.) Mus. nost. 


33. BuLinus MULTICOLOR.* 


B. testé ovato-pyramidali, longitudinaliter et transversim creberrime 
substriatd, luteo-fuscd maculis albis et purpureo-atris fucatd ; labio 
roseo subrefleco ; columella subalbidd, aperturd intus subatro-pur- 
pured ; long. 1+; ; lat. ~,; poll. 

Habitat ad Brasiliam. Mus, nost., Geo. Sowerby. 


33.* BUuLINUS ROSACEUS. 


B. testé ovato-oblongd, scabriusculd ; apice et anfractibus primis, rosa~ 


* Whilst this sheet was printing, the September number of the Annales des 
Sciences made its appearance in England, containing a description of the above 


_shell by M. Sander Rang accompanied by an excellent figure (Annales des 


Sciences Naturelles, September, 1831, p. 55, pl. 3, f. 1.) It is there named 
Helix multicolor. In my decription I have considered it to be a Bulinus, but 
its specific name has been altered to that given to itby M, Rang. 

VoL. V. Z 


342 Capt. P. P. King’s Description of 


ceis, ceteris viridi-fuscis ; labro albo ; suturis crenulatis seu plica- 

tis ; long. 24; lat. 1; poll. 

Habitat ad oras Americe meridionalis, (Chile.) Mus. Brit., nost., 
Brod., Geo. Sowerby, §c. 

Soon after the return of the expedition, my friend, Mr. Broderip, to 
whose inspection Lieutenant Graves had submitted his collection, observing 
symptoms of life in some of the shells of this species, took means for 
reviving the inhabitants from their dormant state, and succeeled. After 
they had protruded their bodies, they were placed upon some green 
leaves, which they fastened upon and ate greedily. These animals had 
been in this state for seventeen or eighteen months, and five months 
subsequently another was found alive in my collection, so that this last 
had been nearly two years dormant. These shells were all sent to 
Mr. Loddiges’s nursery, where they lived for eight months, when they 
unfortunately all died within a few days of each other. Soon after 
the shells were first deposited at Mr. Loddiges’s, one got away and 
escaped detection for several months, until it was at last discovered in 
a state of hybernation ; it was removed to the place where the others 
were kept, when it died also. The upper surface of the animal when 
in health is variegated with ruddy spots and streaks on an ash coloured 
ground, 


34. PARTULA FLAVESCENS. 
' P. testé subfusiformi, pallide flavd, interdum castaned vel flavo et 
castaneo varid ; long. 41; lat. =; paulo plus ; poll. 
Habitat ad oras Americe meridionalis, (Valparaiso.) Mus. Brit., 
nost., Brod. 
This shell varies in its colour almost as muchas Bulinus citrinus. 


35. AcCHATINA DONELLII. 
Al. testd. subalbidd, transversim substriatd, anfractu basali ventricosd; 
long. 7; paulo plus ; lat. 2; poll. 
Habitat ad Lima. Must. nost. 
36. ACHATINA DIAPHANA. 
A. testa subcylindraced, diaphand, transversem striatd ; long. -°;; lat. 
az; poll. 
Habitat ad insulam Juan Fernandez, in montibus. Mus. Brit., nost., 
Brod. 


Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 343 


37. ACHATINA STRIGATA. 


Al. testé diaphand, subalbidd, creberrimé transversim substriatd, strigis 
longitudinalibus castuneis raris ; anfractu basali subanqulato ; long. 
4% paulo plus ; lat. =°; paulo minus ; poll. 

Habitat in paludibus Brasilie, (Santo Paulo.) Mus. nost. 


38. ACHATINA SORDIDA. 


A. testd subdiaphand, subconicd, anfractu basali ventricoso ; long. 
paulo plus ; lat. 3 paulo plus ; poll. 
Habitat ad Brasiliam, (Rio de Janeiro.) Mus. nost. 


39. ACHATINA SELLOVII. 


A. testd cylindraced transversim striatd subdiaphand; long. 5°; ; lat. 253 
poll. 
Habitat ad Brasiliam, (St. Catherine.) Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 
This shell, which I found at the city of Nossa Sen. de Estero, I have 
dedicated to my friend, Dr. Sellow, whose researches in Natural History 
for several years past in the interior of Brazil, are well known to the 
scientific world. 


40. SUCCINEA FRAGILIS. 


S. testd ovato-acutd, diaphand, ventricosd, transversim striatd, oblique 
subrugosd ; spird brevi; long. ; paulo minus ; lat. ;; poll. 
Habitat ad insulam Juan Fernandez. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 


41. SuccinEA PATULA. 


S. testd diaphand, ovato-rotundatd, ventricosissimd, transversim creber- 
rimé striatd ; spird brevissimd ; aperturd patuld ; long. 4 paulo plus; 
lat. 4 paulo plus; poll. 

Habitat ad insulam Juan Fernandez. 


Marinuta, Nov. Genus. 
Character Genericus. 
Testa ovato-producta, sub-solida; apertura ovata, integra; columella 
bidentata, et basin versus uniplicata ; dentibus magnis sub-remotis conni- 


ventibus, superiore maximo; operculum nullum. 
%2 


344 Capt. P. P. King’s Description of 


42, MAaARINULA PEPITA. 


M. testé. ovato-productd, viridi-fuscd ; anfractibus sub-tumidis ; spird 
brevi; apertura nigricante ; dentibus plicdque albidis ; long. 7; 
lat. 4; ; poll. 

Habitat ad insulam Chiloe. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod., G. Sowerby. 

This animal, which I have thought it necessary to assign to a new 
genus, appears to have for its nearest neighbours the genera Juricula 
and Pedipes. It was found on the wooden piles which support the mole 
in the Bay of San Carlos, in Chiloe, below the wash of the high water. 

The mole stands out into the sea, and there is no fresh water near it, 

save a very little rill which discharges its tiny stream more than fifty 

yards off. 


43. LyMNZA DIAPHANA. 


L. testé turritd, transversim substriatd, anfractibus ventricosis; long 44, 

paulo plus; lat. +; ; poll. 

Habitat ad fretum Magellanicum, (Cape Gregory.) Mus. Brit., nost., 
Brod. 

This shell was found in the fresh-water ponds in the neighbourhood of 
Cape Gregory, which is on the continental side of the eastern end of the 
Strait of Magalhaens. 


44. AmPpuULLARIA CuUMINGII. 


A. testd globosd, transversim striatd, subalbidd, longitudinaliter castaneo- 
lineatd et fasciatd, epidermide virescente ; wmbilico parvo ; lat. 1775 
long 1,9; ; poll. 

Habitat in Sinu Paname, (Island of Saboga, in a small hill-stream.) 

Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 

From Mr. Cuming’s collection. I have named this shell after Mr. 

Cuming, from whom I received it. 


45. NATICA GLOBOSA. 


N. testd globosd, tenui, ventricosissimd, corned vel subalbidd, subtilis- 
simé striatd ; spird brevi; umbilico parvo ; operculo valde tenut ; 
long. +2 paulo plus ; lat. 7 ; poll. 

Habitat ad fretum Magellanicum, (Cape Gregory.) Mus. Brit., nost., 

Brod. 


Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 345 


46. NatTicA CASTANEA. 


N. testd ovato-acutd, castaned, albo-lineatd ; aperturd mediocri ; co- 
lumelld valdé callosd ; wmbilico mediocri; long. 12; lat. $1; poll. 
Habitat ad Brasiliz oras, circa Santos. Mus. nost. 


47. TURBO LUGUBRIS. 


T. testé nigricante, striatd ; aperturd argented ; labri margine nigra, 
subcrenulatd ; operculo valdé lapidoso, albo; long. 24; lat. 22 


Sere; poll. 


Habitat ad Sinum Pefias. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 3, 


48. ODONTIS SUBPLICATA. 


O. testd granuloso-striatd, viridi-fuscd, nigro maculata ; umbilico me- 
diocri ; labri margine sub-plicato ; long. 12; lat. 12 paulo plus ; 
poll. 

Habitat ad Brasiliam (Rio de Janeiro.) Mus. Brit., nost. 


49. LiTTORINA FLAVA. 


L. testd longitudinaliter striata, sub-flavd ; spird brevi ; anfractu ba- 
sali ventricoso ; columelle purpurascentis margine et aperturd sub- 
flavd ; operculo nigricante ; long. ¢ paulo plus ; lat. 7; ; poll. 
Habitat ad Brasiliam, (Rio de Janeiro.) Mus. Brit., nost. 

In young shells there are a few obscure reddish brown streaks cross- 
ing the strie. 
50. LITTORINA PERDIX. 


L. testd striis elevatis balteatd, albidd, fusco-maculatd, strits intersti- 
tialibus minus elevatis, ambabus sub-cancellatis ; aperturd albd, labri 
margine tenui, castaneo-maculatd ; long. +2; lat. {4 ; poll. 
Habitat? Mus. nost. 


51. LivrToRINA STRIATA. 


L. testd ovato-conici, fuscd, striis elevatis scabrd ; spird brevi; an- 
fractu basali tumido ; aperturd nigricante, basin versus strigd luteo- 
albdé ornaté ; labri margine crenulato albo-fulvido ; operculo nigro ; 
long. 4 paulo plus ; lat. 7, fere ; poll. 

Habitat in Mari Atlantico boreali, (Port Praya.) Mus. Brit., nost. 


346 Capt. P. P. King’s Description of 


52. MARGARITA FASCIATA, _D. s. 


M. testa albidd, creberrimé striata, purpureo fasciata, aperturd argented; 
long. +4;; lat. ~; fere; poll. 
Habitat in Mari Pacifico. Mus. nost. 
Portions of the striated surface are elevated into belts, which are of a 
purple colour. 


53. MARGARITA VIOLACEA, 


M. testa sub-ovatd, violaced, spird brevi ; anfractibus tumidis; aperturd 
aridescente ; long. ,7;; lat. 8; fere; poll. 

Habitat ad fretum Magellanicum. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 

Of this shell the Indians make their necklaces ; it is found adhering 
to the leaves of the Fucus giganteus, and is the principal food of the 
Racehorse Duck (Micropterus Patachonicus, nob. in Proceedings of the 
Zoological Society, December 14, 1830, page 15.) 


54. MARGARITA CCERULESCENS. 


M. testd sub-complanatd, ceruled, striatd, albido-lineatd, aperturd irides- 
cente; lat. +3 fere; long. +25; poll. 
Habitat ad fretum Magellanicum, (Cape Gregory.) Mus. Brit., nost., 
Brod. 


55. TuRRITELLA TRICARINATA. 


T. testd turritd, anfractibus tricarinatis ; carinis nodulosis ; long. 13 ; 
lat. °; paulo minus ; poll. 

Habitat ad oras Americe meridionalis (Valparaiso.) Mus. Brit., 
nost., Brod. 

The Carine are nodulous, or twisted like the strands of a rope; 
the twists of the upper carina are in the direction of a water-laid, or 
right-handed rope, and those of the two lower carine@ are in the oppo- 
site direction, or like what is termed a hawser-laid rope. Between these 
nodulous carine are elevated lines, and the base is very strongly striated. 
Found in deep water in the Bay of Valparaiso. Dead shells of this spe- 
cies are occasionally found thrown upon the beach, near the Almendral. 


; 


Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 347 


56. TURRITELLA NODULOSA, 


T. testd elongato-turritd ; anfractibus striatis; striis duabus maximis 

subnodulosis ; long. 1414; lat, 7; fere; poll. 

Habitat? Mus. Brit., nost. 

The two large strie, which are remarkable.for the nodules, are not far 
from the*middle of each whorl, and generally are nearer the upper su- 
ture: of these the lowest is the largest. 


57. MUREX SALEBROSUS, 

M. testd elongato-ovatd, subalbidd, fasciis fuscis, epidermide cinered ; 
spird brevi; anfractibus angulatis, nodulosis ; aperturd oblongd ad 
basin angustd, castaned, intus albd ; labro interne denticulato, den- 
tibus obtusis albis ; columelld rectd, levi; canal brevi ; long. 3775; 
lat. 2; poll. 

Habitat? Mus. nost., Geo. Sowerby. 

This species approaches Murex vitulinus very nearly, the body-whorl 
is very much elongated, and the nodules which mark the angles of the 
whorl are formed of the more elevated parts of what may be termed 
coarse longitudinal plaits. 


58. Murex RHODOCHEILUS. 


M, testé ventricosd, albd, fasciis elevatis striatis ; septemfariam va- 
ricosd, varivibus rosets denticulatis ; aperturd rotundatd, rosed, in- 
tus albidd ; labri margine asperrimé denticulato ; caudd mediocri, 
sub-recurvd ; long. 312; lat. 27;; poll. 

Habitat? Mus. nost. 


59. TrITON RANELLIFORMIS. 


T. testd ovato-fusiformi, subdepressd, albidd fusco fusciatd, costatd ; 
costis granulosis, interstitiis striatis ; aperturd subrotundd, albidd ; 
columelld subrugosd ; labro interne obtuse denticulato ; margine un- 
dulato ; epidermide viridi-fusca, scabrd ; long. 3%; ; lat. 1%; poll. 
Habitat ad Sinum Pefias et oram occidentalem Americ meridionalis, 

Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 

The denticules of the outer lip are ranged in pairs at regular and 
somewhat distant intervals. 


348 Capt. P. P. King’s Description of 


60. TRITON SCABER. 


T. testé ovato-acutd, cancellatd; spird elongata; epidermide fused, 
setosd ; aperturd albd granulosd ; labro interne obtuse denticulato ; 
long. ; lat. ; poll. 

Habitat ad oras Americ meridionalis, (Valparaiso.) Jus. nost. 

The denticules of the inner lip are more elevated than those of the 
last (T. ranelliformis), and are equidistant. It was fished up with the 
anchor in Valparaiso Bay. 


61. MoNocEROS FUSOIDES. 


M. testd ventricosd, spird mediocri, anfractibus bicarinatis; anfractu 
basali lineis elevatis admodum distantibus cincto ; aperturd patuld ; 
dente labiali brevi, lato, obtuso ; canali producto, recto, integro ; 
‘operculo corneo ; long. 23 ; lat. 12; poll. 

Habitat ad oras Americe meridionalis, (Concepcion.) Mus. Brit., 
nost., Brod. 

Approaching Fusus in its elongated and entire canal, while its exterior 
lip has the labial tooth which distinguishes Monoceros. The columella 
is not straight, as in all the other species, but curved, so as to make an 
angle in some specimens at the commencement of the canal, and in all 
it becomes very broad at the point where it is opposite to the tooth. The 
shell is of a reddish colour, ventricose, and girt with elevated lines, 
about a quarter of an inch apart. The spire has only two of these lines 
on each whorl, and has a bicarinated appearance. The aperture is wide, 
the outer lip sinuous, its tooth short, broad, and obtuse, and the opercu- 
lum horny. The shell is seldom found in a perfect state, the beak being 
generally broken off, and the surface is, in all the specimens that I have 
seen, covered with a calcareous encrustation, entirely concealing the 
colours. 


62. BucciINUM MURICIFORME., 


B. testd ovato-fusiformi, cinered ; anfractibus tuwmidis, costellatis, 
costels cancellatis ; aperturd castaneo-nigricante ; lubri margine 
crenulato. Muricem mentiens ; long. 1; lat. 9; poll. 


Habitat ad fretum Magellanicum. Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 
The eggs of this species were found, and are preserved in spirits. 


——— 


2 ———— 


Cirrhipeda, Conchifera, and Mollusca. 349 


63. BuccinuM s@uALIDUM. 


B. testa conico-fusiformi, fused ; anfractu basali ventricoso ; spird 
mediocri ; apertura fuscd, lutescenti, patuld ; long. 142 ; lat. 11; 
poll. 

Habitat? Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 


64. BuccinuM DEFORME. 


B. testé ovata, subponderosd, subalbidd, fasciis duabus fuscis obscuris; 
spird brevi; anfractu basali subdepresso, suturam versus crasso ; 
columelld valde callosd ; long. 1,9; lat. 1 paulo plus ; poll. 

Habitat ad flumen Plata, (Gorriti) Mus. Brit., nost. 

The eggs of this shell contained ina transparent orbicular nidus, the 
size of a turtle’s egg, were found thrown up on the sea-beach of the Island. 
In the month of January they were observed in all stages of growth. A 
series were preserved in spirits, and presented to the College of Surgeons. 


65. CoLUMBELLA MITRIFORMIS, 


C. testd fusiformi, luteo-rufescente, fasciis nigro-castaneis, maculis albis 
tessellatd ; long. 7;; lat. 3-; poll. 
Habitat? Mus. Brit., nost., Brod. 


66. Mitra pusILLa. 


M. testé ovato-acutd, ventricosd, fulvd, creberrime costatd 3 costis 
interstitiisque striatis, basi granulosd ; spird brevi; anfractibus su- 
turam supereminentibus; columella quinque-plicatd ; long. %; lat. ve 
paulo plus; poll. 

Habitat? Mus. nost. 


The denticules of the outer lip are arranged in pairs at regular, and 
somewhat distant, intervals. 


67. Vowura, 
A fragment of a turbinated shell, bearing marks more assignable to 
Voluta than to any other genus, was found on the sea beach in the neigh- 
bourhood of Cape Fairweather on the east coast of Patagonia, in latitude 


514° south, The remains appear to differ from Voluta Ancilla 
and Brasiliana. 


350 Mr. A. H. Haliday’s Descriptions of Dipterous Insects. 


Art. XLVIII. The characters of two new Dipterous Genera, 
with Indications of some generic subdivisions and several un- 
described species of Dolichopide. By A. H. Hattnay, Esq. 


Fam. TIPULIDA. 
Sub Fam. CuLicirorMEs, Meig. 
Sectio **. Proboscis antennis brevior, palpi incurvati. (Meig.) 


ORPHNEPHILA. 

Oculi fronte confluentes: Ocelli 0. 

Antenne brevissime setacee basi globose, utriusque sexus nude. 

Tarsi antici elongatt. 

Ale incumbentes parallele. 

Caput subglobosum, oculis reniformibus fronte confluentibus : Ocelli 0. 
Antenne capite breviores 11-articulate: articulus basalis papilliformis 
subimmersus; 2¢"° maximus globosus; 3tius 4'¥S et S'S arcte connati 
quasi unicum magnum ovatum efficientes; reliqui cylindrici tenues, e 
quibus 6'“* brevis subovatus, et 9°"S paulo brevior quam cxteri. Hypos- 
toma parvum. Os haustello minimo incumbente, labellis magnis: palpi 
curvati antennis parum breviores 5-articulati: articulo primo parvo clavato; 
Qdo et 34° majoribus compressis; 5 breviore. Ale areolis 2 disci 
internis, viz. intermedia et brachiali anteriore: nervura transversa 2dam 
et 3tiam postcostales connectens ultra areolarum apicem estsita: nervure 
radiantes ex iisdem simplices: margo costalis alz haud strictus at ineequa- 
liter sinuatus. Coxe inter se approximate nec elongate. Pedes graciles, 
tibiis ecalcaratis: Tarsi articulo basali longissimo, 4'° brevissimo emargi- 
nato, unguibus simplicibus ; antici elongati metatarso tibiam superante. 
Abdomen brevius cylindricum 8-annulatum; segmento anali magno, in 
mare ventricoso. (Tas. XV, fig. 2—9.) De metamorphosi nil constat. 
1. devia. Tas. XV, fig. 1. 

Long. corp. 2 lin.—Exp. alar. 43 vel minor. 

Caput nigro-fuscum, antennis et oculis nigris, ore fusco-pallido : Thorax 

rufo-castaneus subnitidus; halteres pallidi; Abdomen antice nigro fuscum, 


Species of Rhaphium.—Macherium. 351 


segmento anali rufo-castaneo: Coxe et pedes luteo-pallidi, tarsis apice 
fuscis: Ale dilute cineree nervuris fuscis. 

[Under the shady banks of rivulets in Holywood, also in the county 
Galway, October. ] 

Oss. This genus seems to come near Macropeza (which I suppose to 
have also naked antennz in both sexes); and again to have some relations 
with Ceratopogon. 


Fam. DoLicHorip#.* 


RHAPHIUM. Meig. IV, 32, CXXIV. 
1. macrocerum. Meig. 1V, 29. 3. 
| Both sexes near Holywood in Downshire. ] 
2. caliginosum. Meig. IV, 29. 4.? 
G The male ibid.] 


MACHERIUM. 
Antenne porrecte articulo 3tio subtus exciso supra apice valde elongato 
lineart, stylo terminal breviore biarticulato 
Oculi disjuncti. 
Ale parallele incumbentes. 


Frons lata, femine iatior. Antenne basi approximate, apice divaricate, 
capite longiores ; stylo terminali brevi, articulo 1° minuto ovato, 2e 
setaceo. Os crassum prominens; Haustellum carnosum labro membranaceo 
Janceolato utrinque setula suffulto: Mandibule sub labro extricate 
eoque breviores cultrate disjunct : Maxille lobo lato trigono acuminato 
mandibulis breviore haustelli basin utrinque amplectuntur: Lingua cornea 
rigida subuliformis: Labella pinguia discreta. (Tas. XV, fig. 11, 12.) 
Truncus subcylindricus. Alz parallelz incumbentes nervura 4t4 longitu- 
dinali simplici. Pedes mediocrescoxis haud insignitere longatis. Abdomen 
sub-cylindricum mediocre apice conicum, maris gracilius subtus oblique 


* I have noticed every species in my cabinet, for the purposes of a local list 
and to introduce some generic subdivisions. 


352 Mr. A. H. Haliday’s Descréptions of Dipterous Insects. 


truncatum, Hypopygio minuto abscondito, stylis 2 minimis subulatis vix 

emergentibus. 

1. Maritime. M. aureo-virens, antennis nigris, hypostomate niveo, 
pedibus ferrugineis: /JWas/ tarsis anterioribus elongatis onychiis 
productis. 

Exp. alarum ¢. lin, 5-+: 9. 53-4. 
Long. corp. 3. 23. OC ee. 

Antenne nigre: Os nigro-fuscum : Hypostoma et palpi niveo-sericantes : 
Facies sub antennis glaucescens: Gene splendide-virides barba candida: 
Frons aurato-viridis: Oculi rufo-castanei: Thorax lete virens lineis 2 
dorsi cupreis, aliis obsoletioribus subeyaneis : Metathorax, pleure et coxe 
glauco sericantes: Abdomen presertim in femina magis auratum 
nigro setosum lateribus glauco pubescens : Halteres lutei ; Ale: subhyaline 
radice et alulis dilute ferrugineis nervuris fusco-ferrugineis : Pedes pallide 
ferruginei nigro-pilosi et setosi, tarsis anticis apice posticis totis et tibiarum 
vix summo apice nigris: Tarsi anteriores maris onychiis insignibus ut in 
Diaphoro. ; 

{|g ¢ Taken on the coast near Holywood, in July, 1828.] 


DIAPHORUS. Meig. IV, 32, CXXIV. 
1. flavocinctus. Meig. IV, 32, 1. 
Near Bexley, June.] 


PSILOPUS. Meig. IV, 35, CXXV. 
1. platypterus. Meig. IV, 36, 2. 
Fabr. Syst. Antl. 270, 20. 
[The wings of the male in repose are divaricate; it is fond of resting 
in small troops on the shady side of a gate or paling. ] 


CHRYSOTUS. Meig. IV, 40, CXXVI. 
lesus. Meig. IV, 43, 7. 


— 6. 


5. 


nigripes. 
. femoralis. — 


wnre 


Species of Porphyrops. 353 


4, neglectus. —— 41,1, 
5. copiosus, — 2. 
{| All these occur about Holywood.] 


PORPHYROPS. Meig. IV, 45, CXXVII. 

A. Antennis apice setigeris, (Mas) articulo tertio valde elongato setd 
brevissimd, Metatarso postico basi subtus uncinato. Plectropus, mihi. 
1. pallipes. Meig. IV, 55, 23. 

Fabr. Syst. Antl. 266, 2. 
Varietatem feminz segmento tertio immaculato qualem et ipse vidi 
Meigen pro genuina habuit. 
4| A common and diffused species.] 
var. (. obscure viridi-zneus pedibus ferrugineis, femoribus tibiisque 
posticis apice nigris, abdomine basi maculis Iateralibus flavis, 
alis obscuris. 

Ihave several males of this variety from the west of Ireland, and none 
of var. a. from the same locality. They may probably be distinct species. 
2. pumilus. Meig. [V, 53, 17. 

q A single female near Holywood.] 
3. decoratus. P. obscure viridi-zneus, pedibus ferrugineis, femoribus 
tiblisque posticis apice tarsisque nigris, alis cinereis. 
Long. corp. I. 

Frons chalybea nitida : Facies sub antennis cyanea: Hypostoma candi- 
dum: Coxe antice pedesque ferruginei, femora anteriora nonnunquam 
fusco-lineata. Femina major colore obscuriore, pedibus lutescentibus 
obsoletius infuscatis, a Rhaphio macrocero ? vix nisi antennarum forma 
distinguenda. 

4] Not rare near Holywood in moist meadows among plantations. ] 


B. Antennis apice setigeris, (Mas) Hypostomate angustissimo lineari. 
Perithinus, mihi. 
4. riparius. Meig. IV, 54, 18. 
Feminam Meigen descripsit loco Iaudato. 
Mas. Tarsorum anticorum articulo 2* arcuato, 3ti° et 4'° brevissimis. 
Antennarum articulo 3° Jongiore quam femine, Frons obscure 


354 Mr. A. H. Haliday’s Descriptions of Dipterous Insects. 


viridis: Hypostoma et barba candide: Femora nigra anteriora genubus 

fuscis, postica basi angustius pallida: Tibiz fusco-ferruginee, postice apice 

fuscze: Tarsi anteriores basi ferruginei : Femora antica dense nigro villosa. 

Lamelle sinuate exserte, que forma Meigenio audit “ fils analibus 3 
furcatis.” 

*| Not uncommon on the sea-coast al Holywood: I have femaies also 
from Richmond Park.] 

*Add. Labrum lanceolatum, mandibulis sub eodem brevioribus 
extricatis: Lingua subuliformis longior: Maxille lobo minimo trigono 
intra basin palporum vix detegendo. 

tIn omni specie ex hac familia adesse videntur mandibule discrete 
plerumque cultrate, sed in pluribus (ex. gr. Generibus Dolichopo, Mede- 
tero, &c.) invicem adpresse ideoque auctoribus erroreaccepte. Maxille 
stipes linearis rigidus haustelli lateribus est adnatus et lobus vix nisi in 
Genere Macherio conspicuus. 

5. insulsus. P. obscure viridi-eneus, hypostomate aterrimo, antennis 
pedibusque nigris, tibiis ferrugineis, posticis compressis basi 
pallide flavis apice clavatis atris. (Mas. ) 

Long. corp. 23. 

Color obscurior quam in precedente: Abdomen brevius et pedes 
postici longiores: Frons fere nigra: Hypostoma et barba atre: Femora 
omnia atra, postica latiora, cox antice nigro-yillose: Tarsi antici maris 
simplices apice nigri: Tibie postice longiores sinuato-compresse : 
Lamelle haud exserte. 

4 A single male taken on the coast near Holywood.] 

6. rufipes. Meig. IV, 52, 14. 

@ Several females ibid.] 
7. obscuratus. Meig. IV, 55, 21. 
q A single female ibid.} 


C. Antennarum setd dorsali ante apicem articult tertii insertd. 
Porphyrops. 
8. diaphanus. Meig. IV, 46, 1. 
Fabr, Syst. Antl. 270, 18. 
| Taken near Holywood, but rare.] 
9. fulgens. P. argenteo micans, thorace viridi-aureo, abdominis 


Species of Porphyrops. 359 


basi fasciis interruptis flavo-diaphanis, hypostomate nigro. 
(Mas. ) 
Long. corp. 2 vel 3 lin. 

Antennarumarticulus 3"* brevior quam in precedente: Frons argenteo- 
micans ; Hypostoma et barba nigre: Thorax viridi-aureus argenteo- 
micans: Abdomen argenteum nec ut in precedente nigro-pilosum, seg- 
mentum 1™¥™ basi viride, 2%%™ 34™ et plerumque 4'"™ flavo-diaphana 
linea dorsali et incisuris nigris argenteo micantibus: Coxe et femora nigro- 
fuse anteriora apice pallida: Tibie pallide ferruginee, postice apice 
nigre : Tarsi postici toti, antici apice, concolores. 

Differt a P. diaphano etiam alarum nervo 4*° vix leniter sinuato, 
pedibus gracilioribus et filis analibus vix emergentibus. 

Confer P. argyreum, Meig. IV, 46,2, hypostomate (atque ut credo 
etiam barba) argenteo; etiam Muscam semiargenteam, Donovan et 
Turton, pedibus ferrugineis. 

q Ibid.] 
10. versicolor. Meig. IV, 50, 9. 
q The female, ibid. very rare.] 
11. Jeucocephalus. Meig. IV, 42, 8. 

Segmentum 24"™ macula laterali flavo-pellucida obsoletiore. 

| The female ibid.] 
12. vestitus. Meig. IV, 48, 5. 
§| Two males ibid.] 


D. Antennarum seté dorsali nudd prope basin articuli tertii insertd. 

(Bina Genera?) 
13. annulipes. Meig. IV, 56, 25. 

4{ Common on the coast at Holywood. ] 
14, flavicoxa. Meig. IV, 57, 27. 

4] Near Holywood in moist meadows. ] 
15, flaviventris. Meig. IV, 58, 28. 

q Ibid.] 


MEDETERUS. Meig. IV, 59, CXXVIIL. 
A. Femoribus anticis obclavatis subtus spinulosis, coxvis elongatis 
Antennarum set mediocri vel brevi. 


356 Mr. A. H. Haliday’s Descriptions of Dipterous Insects. 


1. regius. Meig. 1V, 60, 1. 
Fabr. Syst. Antl. 267, 5. 

{ I have seen one female taken on the coast near Belfast, and now in 
the cabinet of Mr. G. C. Hyndman. ] 

2. viridis. Meig. IV, 60, 2. 
| One male taken in Holywood.] 
3. mnotatus. Meig. IV, 62, 6. 
Fabr. Syst. Antl. 269, 10. 

I have met with this species from June to September, in Cheshire, 
Cumberland, and about Holywood. ]} 

4. formosus. M. fusco-zneus, hypostomate aureo, pedibus viridibus 
geniculis testaceis; antennis tarsisque nigris. ( Femina.) 
Long. corp. vix 3. Exp. alar. 64. 

Hypostoma fuscum aureo versicolor : Palpi nigri: Barba candido-sericea : 
Thorax fusco-zneus dorso magis virescens, lineis setigeris splendide 
cupreis: Abdomen viridi-subaureum ad Jatera tesselato-pubescens forma 
tereti fere ut in M. regio: Halteres pallide ferruginei : Ale hyaline radice 


dilute ferruginez nervura transversa sinuata et 4ta longitudinali determi- 


nate flexuosa: Pedes nitidi virides tarsis nigris femoribus auratis summo 
apice et tibiarum basi pallide testaceis. 
One female taken in Cheshire, September, 1828.] 

5. bipunctatus. Meig. IV, 63, 7. 

One female on the coast near Holywood, March, 1829.] 
6. conspersus. M. fusco-eneus, hypostomate aureo, femoribus 

rubineis, alis antice punctis postice lituris fuscis. (Mas. ) 

Long. corp. 12. 

Frons et vertex atri cupreo variantes: Thorax fusco-eneus lineis 2 
nigricantibus, postice ad Jatera rubineo splendens: Abdomen longiuscu- 
lum fusco-cupreum splendore rubineo obductum : Pectus, latera abdominis, 
postscutellum et coxe schistaceo-sericate : Femora rubinea: Tibiz eneo- 
virides : Tarsi nigri: Ale obscure hyaline punctis fusco-ferrugineis serie 
duplici prope costam plerumque gemellatim dispositis et preeterea nebulis 
dilutius fuscis versus marginem posticum: Nervura 4'* subsinuata puncto 
solitario distinctiore: _Hypopygium absconditum. 

q A single male on the coast, Holywood, July 1828.) 
Oss. Sub M. nebuloso, Meig. TV, 9, character specificus augendus 


ee > 


Species of Medeterus. 357 


verbis “ hypostomate albido.”’ 
7. Balticus. Meig. IV, 66, 12. 
{ On the sea coast, Holywood, March —August.] 

Var. (3. alis byalinis immaculatis. 

[Much rarer than the other variety but does not seem to be specifically 
distinct. ] 

8. precor. Meig. IV, 64, 8. 

[I find this species on the sea-coast so early as March: on fine days 
about Midsummer a little before high-tide they may be seen in swarms 
resting lightly on the surface of the waves, and carried on by their advance : 
numbers of them will be found paired in this situation. Ihave met with 
the species also on the banks of the Thames, but always within the range 
of the tide.] 


B. Femoribus muticis, metatarso postico brevi, Hypopygio maris 
occulto, Antennarum setd dorsali longiore. Camptosceles mthi. 
9. Scambus. Meig. IV, 68, 18. 

Fall. Dol. 19, 26. 

Alz ut in sequente subfusce vel nigricantes nec hyaline. Maris 
femora intermedia crassiora subtus ante apicem nigro fasciculata: Tibiz 
nigre pilose, sinuato-compresse et valde dilatate : Metatarsus brevissimus 
articulo 24° elongato sinuato: Femora postica subnuda. 

{{ Sea coast and shady groves, Holywood, and in the county Galway.] 
10. curvipes. Meig. IV, 65, 10. 

Fall. Dol. 20, 27. 

Maris femora intermedia incrassata subtus angulata densius setosa: Tibi 
ferruginee et medium usque crassiores apice sinuato nigro: Metatarsus 
brevissimus articulo 2° longissimo lineari: Femora postica pilosa. 

| With the preceding, but more abundant. ] 
11. Joripes: M. olivaceus, alis fuscanis, pedibus ferrugineis. (Mas ) 
tibiis intermediis flexuosis nigris, metatarso breviore. 
Long. corp. vix 1. 

Maris femora intermedia obclavata subtus serie ciliorum medio inter- 
rupta: Tibi nigre vel tote vel basi ferruginee vix subtilissime pubes- 
centes, setulis rarioribus erectis, medio constricte ; Metatarsus brevis 


Vou. V. AA 


358 Mr. A. H. Haliday’s Descriptions of Dipterous Insects. 


vix crassior; articulo 2° yix 34" squante: Femora postica subnuda. 
Sequenti simillimus. 
q Sea coast, Holywood, March, 1831.] 


12. Prodromus. Meig. IV, 64, 9. 
( Mas.) tibiis intermediis arcuatis intus pectinato-setosis. 
Long. corp. vix 1 lin. 

Alarum color quam in M. Scambo et curvipede fere dilutior: Maris 
femora intermedia obclavata subtus setoso-ciliata: Tibie ferruginee 
arcuate setulis longioribus rigidis: Metatarsus basi subtus angulatus, 
haud abbreviatus ut in antecedentibus: Femora postica subnuda. 

4 Most abundant on the sea-coast at Holywood, appearing a little 
earlier than M. curvipes. 


C. Femoribus muticis, metatarso postico breviore prominulo, Hypo- 
pygto infleco, Thorace ante scutellum deplanato. Tzechobates, mihi. 
13. Jaculus. Meig. IV, 66, 14.? 

Fall. Dol. 5, 7. ; 

4 I captured one specimen (of this species as I think) in a sand pit at 
Erith, but have not preserved it.] 

14. nigricans. Meig. IV, 67, 16. 

[Ihave specimens from Greenwich Park, apparently of this species, 
but so ill preserved that I am not confident. ] 

15. Truncorum. Meig. IV, 67, 15. 
{| Common in sunny gravel pits, Holywood, and in the county Galway. 


D. Femoribus muticis, pedibus gracilibus elongatis, metatarso postico 
longiore. Leptopus, mihi. 
16. tenellus. Meig. IV, 69, 21. 

q In moist meadows, Holywood. ] 
17. ornatus. M. ochraceus, thorace supra et abdominis vitté dorsali 
viridi micantibus. 
Long. corp. 12. 
| Taken in Darent Wood. ] 


— ~~ 


me 


Species of Dolichopus. 359 


DOLICHOPUS. Meig. IV, 74, CXXX. 
* Lamellis adpressis, filis elongatis arcuatis clavatis apice cirrhosis. 
Hypophyllus, mihi. 
1. obscurellus. Fall. Dol. 13, 11. 


{ Both sexes taken under the shady banks of rivulets at Holywood, 
but rare. ] 


** Lamellis concavis hiantibus. Genuini. 
A. Ciliis genarum nigris, Alarum nervo 4to flexuoso, 

2. ungulatus. D. viridi-neus, pedibus rufis, coxis tarsisque nigris, 
hypostomate candido, antennisatris. 

Meig. 1V, 80, 13. 
Linn. Fauna. 1858. 
( Mas.) femoribus pesticis nigro-villosis. 
Long. corp. 3. 
Generally diffused and abundant. ] ‘ 

3. brevipennis. D. obscure eneo-viridis, antennis basi subtus coxis 
anticis pedibusque rufis, tarsis apice posticis totis nigris. (Mas.) 
tarsis anticis elongatis articulis 2 ultimis atris compressis, 4'° 
brevi, 5“ latissimo, femoribus posticis pallido-villosis. 

Meig. IV, 89, 27. 
Long. corp. 3. 
Ale fere ut in D. ungulato. Hypostoma flavo aureum. 
4] Both sexes on the sea-coast near Holywood. | 

4. equestris. D. viridi-zneus, antennis nigris, hypostomate flavo-aureo, 
pedibus ferrugineis, tarsis apice posticis totis nigris, alis intus 
exangulatis. 

( Mas.) femoribus posticis nigro villosis; tarsis anticis gracillimis, 
articulo ultimo compresso atro. 

Long. corp. 24. 

D. ungulato similis at duplo minor ; Coxe antice nigra subtus apice 
ferruginee: Tarsi antici quam in D, brevipennis longiores et graciliores, 
articulo ultimo compresso atro et breviore quam 4°; tarsi anteriores 
basi ferruginei postici toti ut et apex tibiarum nigri: Ale intus exangu- 
late ut in D. acuticorni, 

4] A single male on the sea-coast, Holywood. ] 
AA2 


360 Mr. A. H. Haliday’s Descriptions of Dipterous Insects. 


5. planitarsis. D. obscure eneo-viridis, hypostomate candido, anten- 
nis femoribus anterioribus pedibusque posticis nigris. 
( Mas.) femoribus imberbibus, articulo ultimo tarsorum intermediorum 
clavato atro. 
Meig. IV, 81, 25. 
Fall. Dol. 12, 8. 
Long. corp. 22. 
4] Asingle male near Holywood, 1827.] 
6. campestris. D. fusco-eneus, incisuris abdominis nigtis, pedibus 
nigris, tibiis ferrugineis, alis cinerascentibus, hypostomate griseo, 
Meig. IV, 78, 8. 
Long. corp. 23. 
4] Two females on the sea~coast, Holywood. ] 
Var. 3, obscurior, hypostomate nigro vix sericante. 
Long. corp. vix 2. 
Confer D. fuscipedem infra No. 22 ciliis albis alarum nervo 4° magis 
flexo. 
q Ibid. one female.] 


7. atratus. D. obscure eneus, pedibus nigris, alis latis apice nigri- 
cantibus. 
(Mas. ) femoribus imberbibus, metatarso postico hispido. 


Meig. IV, 76, 3. 
Long. corp. 23. 
4] Taken near Canterbury in May.] 
8. fastuosus. D. viridi-cyaneus, antennis pedibus et incisuris nigris, 
hypostomate candido, alis ad costam infuscatis. 
( Mas.) femoribus imberbibus, alis postice latius excisis. 
Long. corp. 3. . 

Pedes longissimi, metatarsus posticus in ¢ haud hispidus : Ale solito 
ongiores postice fere per totam longitudinem <equaliter angustate : 
Halteres pallidi; Lamelle albide nigro marginate. 

Confer D. cyaneum, Meig. IV, 78, 9, alis in $ rotundatis; etiam D. 
picipedem, Ibid. 76, 4, metatarso postico hispido. 

{| One male near Holywood, 1827.] 


Species of Dolichopus. 361 


B. Ciliis genarum pallidis. 
a. Lamellis maris pallidis. 

9. nitidus. D. eneo-viridis, hypostomate flavo, antennis basi subtus 
rufis, pedibus pallide ferrugineis tarsis nigris, alarum nervo 4°° 
rectangulatim fracto; ( Mas.) femoribus posticis fusco-villosis. 

Fall. Dol. 12. 9. 
Long. corp. 22. 

Coxe antice grisee apice pallide ; villi femorum in ¢ rariores quam 
in D. ungulato. Ale obscure hyaline in $ ¢ similes nisi quod in illo 
adsit lineola parva costalis minus conspicua quam in sequente. 

N.B. D. nitidus, Meig. IV, 80, 12, alia species antennis nigris 
coxis anticis ferrugineis. 

€ Not uncommon on the sea coast, Holywood.] 


10. festivus. D. aureo-viridis, antennis rufis apice nigris, coxis anticis 
et pedibus pallidis, alis latissimis nervo 4° subangulato. 

(Mas) femoribus posticis pallido villosis. 

Long. corp. 3. 

Hypostoma flavescensaut argenteum: Palpi straminei: Coxe pallide 
posteriores basi nigricantes: Tarsi anteriores subgraciles, maris paulo 
longiores metatarso pallido apice nigro, postici toti nigri ut et apex 
tibiarum : Ale utriusque sexus latissime nervo transverso subarcuato, 4 
plus minus subangulato, dilute cineree, maris lineola costali atra. 

D. nitido Fall. similis at colore letiore, &c. distinguendus. 

{ Sea coast, Holywood, rare.] 


11. Diadema. OD. obscure eneus, antennis nigris, hypostomate 
producto argenteo, pedibus fusco-pallidis, alarum nervo 4° rectan- 
gulatim fracto. 

(Mas / alishyalinis, femoribus imberbibus, tarsis anticis subcrassioribus. 

Long. corp. 23. 

Hypostoma super os productum niveo-argenteum, altero situ cum palpis 
stramineum: Thorax zneo et fusco lineatus ad latera cinereus: Abdomen 
cinereo tesselatum linea dorsali et incisuris nigris: Lamelle albe margine 
parcius nigro ciliate : Pedes obscure lutescentes; Coxe basi fusce apice 
pallide anteriores albo sericantes : Femora plerumque fusco tincta: Tarsi 

ri anteriores basi lutescentes, antici crassiusculi breviores quam in D. 


362 Mr. A. H. Haliday's Descriptions of Dipterous Insects. 


nitido, Fallen. Ale maris hyaline angustiores quam in illo, femine 

versus costam cinerez ; margo posticus ad nervum 5tu™ acute incisus. 

A D. nitido, Meig. differre videtur colore obscuriore hypostomate et 
coxis. 

4] Very common on the sea coast at Holywood. } 

12. popularis. D. eneo-viridis, hypostomate flavo, antennis rufis 
apice nigris, coxis anticis pedibusque rufis. 

(Mas) tarsis intermediis articulis 3tie et 4t°¢ brevibus dilatatis ciliatis 
atris, ultimo minuto candido, alis postice sinuatis. 

Fall. Dol. 11, 7. 
Meig. IV, 91, 30. 
Long. corp. 23. 

Tarsi antici apice postici fere toti nigri:  Hypostoma femine albidum : 
Alz obscure hyaline: Femora maris imberbia. 

q Not rare about Holywood.] 

13. pennatus. D. eneo-viridis, hypostomate flavo, antennis nigris basi 
rufis, coxis anticis pedibusque rufis, tibiis posticis apice tarsisque 
nigris. 

(Mas/ tarsis intermediis articulis 24° et 3''° brevibus dilatatis ciliatis 
atris, tibiis posticis crassioribus prope basin intus variolosis, alis postice 
sinuatis. 

Meig. IV, 90, 28. 
Long. corp. 23. 

Alz maris paulo angustiores quam in precedente ; Femora imberbia : 
Hypostoma femine albidum. 

G 3 2 Holywood, 1827.] 

14. wurbanus. D. eneo-viridis, hypostomate candido, antennis rufis 
apice nigris, coxis anticis et pedibus rufis, tarsis nigris. 

( Mas) tarsis intermediis basi rufis articulis 24° 3tio et 4to nigris, ultimo 
albo, alis postice sinuatis. 

Meig. IV, 92, 31. 
Long. corp. 23. 

In meo specimine alee magis colorate quam in precedentibus, femora 

maris imberbia. } 
@ 3 Holywood, 1827.] 
15. pennitarsis. D. eneo-viridis, hypostomate aureo, antennis rufis 


Species of Dolichopus. 363 


apice nigris, coxis anticis et pedibus ferrugineis, tibiis posticis 
apice tarsisque nigris anticis basi pallidis. 

(Mas) metatarso intermedio late pennato atro, alis hyalinis postice 
sinuatis. 

Fall. Dol. 11, 6. 
Meig. IV, 90, 29. 
Long. corp. 2344 

Maris cilia straminea: Femora imberbia: Hypostoma femine argenteum. 

Var. Minor alis brevioribus latioribus postice minus emarginatis. 

Var. pedibus et coxis anticis pallidioribus tarsis anticis vix apice fuscis, 
posticis ad basin et apice tibiarum pallidis. 

Var. metatarso intermedio angustius ciliato. 

4 A common and diffused species. ] 

16. acuticornis. D. eneo-viridis, antennis acutis flavis apice nigris, 
coxis anticis et pedibus pallidis, tarsis posticis nigris, alis intus 
exangulatis. 

(Mas) antennis elongatis, femoribus imberbibus. 

Fall. Dol. 12, 10. 
Meig. IV, 94, 34. 
Long. corp. 2. 
Antenne feminz acute sed vix elongate: Ale hyaline. 
{| g 2 near Holywood, rare] 

17. thalassinus. D. lete viridis, antennis rufis apice nigris, coxis anticis 
pedibusque pallide ferrugineis tarsis nigris, alis latioribus intus 
fere exangulatis. 

(Mas) femoribus imberbibus, hypostomate flavo. 

Long. corp. 2}. 

Tarsi antici graciles simplices metatarso pallido apice nigro, metatarsus 
intermedius vel totus niger vel basi pallidus: Femine hypostoma argen- 
teum et antenne fere tote rufe etiam coxe omnes in illd ferruginee 
posterioribus tantum basi infuscatis: Ale obscure hyaline intus subro- 
tundate nec incise ad neryvum 5™, lineola costalis in ¢ omnino nulla. 

{| Holywood : and Bexley (in Kent).] 

18. trivialis. D. viridi-eneus, hypostomate flavo, antennis basi subtus 
rufis, coxis anticis et pedibus ferrugineis, tarsis nigris ante- 
rioribus basi ferrugineis. 


364 Mr. A. H. Haliday’s Descriptions of Dipterous Insects. 


(Mas) tarsis anticis articulis 24° et 3ti@ subtus concavis, femoribus 
posticis pallido villosis. 

Long. corp. 23. 

Statura et fere color D. wngulati, at abdominis incisure vix nigra : 
Ale paulo latiores obscure hyaline, ¢ lineola costali ut in illo brevissima, 
ad nervum 5t¥™ haud incise ut in D. festivo: Tarsi antici breviores quam 
in precedente: Femora immaculata : Femina antennis tantum apice nigris, 
alis dilute fusco hyalinis, hypostomate albicante. 

q Not uncommon near Holywood. J 

19. inguinatus. D. obscure viridis, hypostomate candido, antennis 
nigris, pedibus luteis, femoribus tibiisque posticis apice tarsisque 
nigris, alis extus ad costam fuscis. 

( Mas.) femoribus imberbibus. 

Long. corp. 24. 

Hypostoma feminz albidum: Lamelle maris lutescentes: Femora 
postica apice summo infuscata: Nervus 4's alarum magis determinate 
flexus quam in precedentibus: Coxe antice cineree in ? apice latius 
lutescentes: Abdominis incisure nigricantes. 

| Common on the sea coast, Holywood.] 

20. Acteus. D. nigro-viridis, antennis nigris, hypostomate candido, 
coxis anticis et pedibus pallide luteis, femoribus tibiisque posticis 
apice tarsisque nigris, alis nigricanti hyalinis immaculatis. 

(Mas) nervisalarum tenuissimis, femoribus imberbibus. 

Long. corp. 2. 

Abdominis incisure nigricantes: Coxe antice, albo sericantes: Lamelle 

@ albide tenuiter nigro-marginate pilis nullis longioribus: Hypostoma g 

candidum, ¢ albidum: Ale extus latiores at vix postice sinuate nervo 

4to determinate flexo, lineola nulla costali: Femora spius immaculata 

in 9. 

@ Sea coast, Holywood, not rare. | 

21. vitripennis. D. obscure eneus, hypostomate candido, antennis 
pedibusque nigris tibiis ferrugineis, alis hyalinis extus latioribus 

(Mas) alis intus subsinuatis, femoribus imberbibus. 

Meig. IV, 78, 7. 
Long. corp 2. 
Thorax cinereo lineatus: Abdomen ad latera cinerascens incisuris 


Species of Dolichopus. 365 


nigris: Tarsi anteriores basi ferruginei: Tibie posticz apice nigre: 

Lamell maris albe nigro marginate. 

Var. viridi-cyaneus nitidus abdomine neo. 

| Common on the sea coast, Holywood.] 

22. fuscipes. D. obscure eneus, hypostomate albo, antennis pedibusque 

nigris tibiis ferrugineis, alis obscuris (femina. ) 
Long. corp. 2}. 

Praecedenti similis sed alee obscuriores nec dilatate : Coxe apice trochan- 
teres genua tibiz tarsi anteriores basi et plaga longitudinalis femorum 
posticorum ferruginei; Tibie postice apice nigre: Mas incognitus. 

| Ibid. two females. ] 

23. clavipes. D. obscure eneus, hypostomate candido, antennis 
pedibusque nigris, tibiis ferrugineis (Mas) posticis ciavatis 
compressis sulcatis vix basi ferrugineis, femoribus albido-villosis, 

Long. corp. vix 2. 

Alz quam in D. vitripenni angustiores nec sinuate subhyaline: Tarsi 
antici quam in illo breviores: Femora postica crassiuscula villis longioribus 
albidis: Coxe ad apicem trochanteres tibie et basis tarsorum anticorum 
ferruginei: Abdomen incisuris vix nigricantibus : Lamelle ¢ albide nigro 
marginate. 

One male, ibid.] 
b. Lamellis maris nigris. 

24. plumipes. D. thorace ferrugineo, abdomine olivaceo, articulis 4 
ultimis tarsorum anticorum brevibus in mare dilatatis nigris, 
antennis nigris basi rufis. 

Meig. IV, 87, 23. 
Fall. Dol. 14, 13. 
Long. corp, 24. 

In meo specimine maris metatarsus anticus niger apice nonnihil 

dilatatus (num diversa? tamen note relique optime conveniunt. ) 
| Holywood, 1827.] 


C. Nervo 4to alarum subrecto; Ciliis genarum nigris rarioribus, 
(Femora g omnibus imberbia.) 


366 Mr. A. H. Haliday’s Descriptions of Dipterous Insects. 


25. cupreus. D. obscure cupreus, hypostomate albo, antennis pedibus- 
que nigris, tibiis ferrugineis, alis fuscanis. 

(Mas) lamellis nigris. 

Meig. IV, 98, 42. 
Fall. Dol. 15, 15. 
Long. corp. 2. 
4 A common and generally diffused species. | 

26. Sarus. D. obscure viridi-cneus, capite albido, pedibus lutescentibus 
tarsis apice nigris, alis cinereis, antennarum seta pubescente. 

(Mas) lineola costali nigra, lamellis fusco-luteis. 

Long. corp. vix 2. 

Antenne nigre: Frons et hypostoma albidee: Thorax absque lineis 
versicoloribus: Halteres pallidi: Ale maris angustiores quam femine, 
lineola costali brevi crassa nervum 1™™ sybcostalem haud attingente : 
Coxe nigro-cineree: Femora antica et apex posticorum supra infuscata : 
Metatarsus posticus brevissimus. 

q A pair near Holywood. ] 

Confer D. celerem, Meig. IV, 84, 18, et vividum, 100, 48. 

27. @rosus. D. obscure eneo-viridis, antennis nigris, pedibus 
ferrugineis coxis nigricantibus, hypostomate (mas) nigro aut 
(femina ) albido. : 

Meig. IV, 98, 43. 
Long. corp. 1—1£. 

Lamelle maris nigre, femora postica supra seepius fusca. 

~ @ Common and generally diffused.] 

28. nigripennis. D. obscure eneus, coxis pedibusque nigris, tibiis 
anterioribus rufescentibus, alis fuscis. 

Meig. IV, 102, 52. 
Fall. Dol. 15, 16. 
Long. corp. 13. 

Lamelle maris nigre. Os rostriforme productum et brevius quam in 
Orthochile nigrocerulea. 

q A rather common and generally diffused species. ] 

* [ have yet another species of this section from the west of Ireland : 
it is larger than D. erosus, with pale lamelle, but [ have not yet suffici~ 
ently investigated its characters. 


Zoological Journal, Vol, Y. PlL.XvV. 


Se ee sc whl rt 


Mr. A. H. Haliday’s Descriptions of Dipterous Insects. 367 


ORTHOCHILE. Meig. IV, 103, CXXXI. 
nigrocerulea. Meig. IV, 103, 1. 
Latr. Gen. Crust., &c. IV, 289. 
Long. corp. 1+. 
q I found both sexes near Bexley in June.] 


References to the Figures. Tas. XV. 


1. Orphnephila devia 2. 
2. Side view of the body. 
3. A wing. 
4. Forefoot. 
5. Hind tarsus. 
6. The head ; the antenne being removed, except the basal joint. 
7. The antenna without the radical joint. 
8and9, Thetrophi. 
10. Hind metatarsus of Plectropus. 
. lland 12. Macherium Maritime. 
(a. antenna. 
e. clypeus. 
b. haustellum. 
| g. labrum. 
d m. mandible. 
| n. maxilla. 
o. Tongue. 
ff. labella. 
Le. Maxillary palpus. 


368 Analytical Notices of Books. 


Art. XLEX. Analytical Notices of Books. 


Nova Acta Physico-Medica Academie Casaree Leopol- 
dino-Caroline Nature Curiosorum. Tomus XIV.— 
Boune 1828. 


IN resuming our analysis of this valuable collection of memoirs, our 
attention i8.again directed in the first instance to a theory “de la cause 
*¢ de P?Hybernation chez les Animaux Dormeurs.’? The paper now 
before us, written by Dr. Pastré, is, however, of a very different character 
from that by Dr. Otto, with which we commenced our notice of the 
previous volume. Instead of proceeding on the basis of anatomical 
facts, it is entirely theorectical in all its parts, and the * physiological 
‘* abstraction’? on which it professes to be founded, is, we are reluctantly 
obliged to confess, too subtle for our comprehension. To avoid miscon- 
ception, we give in the authour’s own terms, the statement of the 
immediate and essential cause of hybernation, contained in his concluding 
paragraph “ The principle of life,’ he says, “is no longer occupied 
‘* with nutrition, or assimilation, or the perception of external objects ; 


a 


‘ it breaks off almost all communication with the moral or instructive 
“* faculty; realizes a sort of asphyxia by means of the power of fixed 
“* situation; and by this means preserves the animal body in all its 
‘© physiological integrity.’’ It may fairly be questioned whether these 
conditions are not rather the symptoms than the cause of a state of 
hybernation, on the modus operandi of which state, (dependent as it is 
universally admitted to be on a peculiar idiosyncrasy), such general 
observations as those contained in the present paper are calculated to 
throw but little light. 

Dr. Rathke’s Essay ‘ Ueber die Entwickelung der Athemwerkzeuge 
“« bei den Vogeln und Saugthieren”’ is, like all the writings of that acute 
anatomist, replete with novel and interesting matter. The gradual 
developement of the respiratory organs in Birds and Quadrupeds is 


——S———— 


Nova Acta Academie Nature Curiosorum. 369 


followed up from their first appearance to their complete evolution; and 
the various gradations of form which they successively assume, at different 
periods and in different animals, are traced with great minuteness, Of 
the facts thus ascertained the most important, as well as the most un- 
expected, is the existence in the higher Classes of Vertebrata, at a very 
early period after the impregnation of the ovum, of organs corresponding 
to the the temporary branchie of the Batrachian Reptiles, and the 
permanent gills of Fishes. The discovery of these organs in the egg of 
the common fowl was first announced by Dr. Rathke in the “ Isis’’ for 
1825; and afterwards extended by him to the embryos of Swine, Horses 
and several ruminating Quadrupeds, and finally to that of the human 
species. Several other comparative anatomists have since turned their 
attention to the same object; and their labours have produced not only 
a positive corroboration of the observations of the original discoverer, 
but also much additional information. The most successful of these 
investigators are M. Huschke, whose papers also appeared in the “ Isis’’; 
and Dr. von Baer, whose memoirs are contained in Meckel’s Archives of 
Physiology, and in the “‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles.”” So much 
in fact has been written on this highly important discovery both previously 
and subsequently to the publication of the paper now before us, that it 
would be impossible to do justice to the subject by a simple abstract of 
its contents; while to enter into a general analysis of all the papers to 
which we have referred would occupy too much of our space. We must 
therefore rest content with having indicated where ample information may 
be found by those who are desirous of entering fully into this curious 
investigation. For the benefit of those who may not have it in their 
power to make these references, but who may be desirous of verifying 
for themselves the leading facts on which the theory is based, it may not 
be superfluous to add, that the period when the branchial apertures on 
the sides of the neck, and the vascular arches to which they lead, are 
most distinctly visible, is, in the egg of the common fowl, about the 
third or fourth day of sitting; in the embryo of the Swine, about three 
weeks after impregnation ; and in the human subject, about the fifth week 
of gestation. 

The next paper, following our usual order of reference, relates to a 
* Schadel-und Kopf-mangel an Embryonen von Schweinen,”’ and contains 


370 Analytical Notices of Books. 


a very curious, although for the present an isolated, observation indicative 
of the early period at which the embryo may exhibit a monstrous forma- 
tion. Among the ova contained in the uterus of a sow, and which from 
their magnitude and degree of development, appeared to have just passed 
the third week of their growth, Dr. Von Baer observed one of much 
smaller size, but which, on being opened, was found to contain two 
diminutive saccul’, having the appearance of hydatids. In one of these 
sacs, the larger of the two, was found an embryo, deficient in the skull ; 
and in the other, which was extremely minute, a second without any 
vestige of head and destitute also of the anterior part of the body. In 
both these embryos, notwithstanding their small size, the developement 
of the abdomen and limbs was such as to evince that they had been 
expelled from the ovary at the same time with the other ova among which 
they were found. The authour thinks it improbable that these embryos 
could ever have attained their full growth; and states his belief that the 
deficiency of skull and head at so early a period can only be accounted 
for by assuming this monstrosity to have its origin in the ovary itself, 
although the want of skull may also frequently be the consequence of 
hydrocephalus. 

In a paper “ Ueber die geheilte Verletzung eines Fossilen Hyznen- 
‘© Schedels,”’ by Samuel Thomas von Scemmering, we have an exposition 
of some of the latest opinions of that great anatomist on the subject of 
fossil bones. The object of the paper is to illustrate the fossil skull of a 
hyzna, remarkable for an extensive fracture of its occipital crest, which 
had entirely healed, although in a very irregular manner. Of this skull 
some account had previously been given both by M. Cuvier and by Dr. 
Buckland, who concurred in opinion that the injury was the result of a 
bite, inflicted, according to M. Cuvier, either by its fellow hyzenas or by 
the lions and tigers, the bones of which found in the same cavern prove 
them to have inhabited the same locality. Dr. Buckland does not admit 
the latter conjecture, and M. Scemmering agrees with him in thinking that 
the bite was received from another hyena. His paper commences with 
an enumeration of the places in which fossil remains of hyenas have 
hitherto been found, and of the figures of them that have been published 
from time to time. He states that fossil skulls of hyenas appear to be 
more rare in Germany than those of bears; and minutely compares one 


Nova Acta Academie Nature Curiosorum. By A! 


figured and described by Collini, in the “* Acta Academiz Theodoro- 
** Palatine’’ for 1784, with a recent skull of the Hyena Crocuta. From 
this comparison he concludes that the recent and fossil species can scarcely 
be distinguished from each other; an inference strengthened by a similar 
comparison of a fossil bear’s skull from Gailenreuth with a recent one 
from Lithuania, and of a portion of the fossil lower jaw of a wolf from the 
same Cayern with a recent lower jaw from Saltzburg. ‘‘ There existed 
** therefore, he says, “‘ in the primitive world, a species of Hyzna, of 
** Bear, and of Wolf, which can with difficulty be distinguished from 
“* living species of those genera.” 

The authour next proceeds to compare the skull which forms the 
immediate subject of his paper with that of Collini, and finds that it 
belongs, as Cuvier had previously remarked, to a distinct species, Hyena 
fossilis or spelea; the distinguishing characters between which and the 
other hyznas, both recent and fossil, are stated to consist in the greater 
shortness of its facial when compared with its cerebral portion, the 
greater prominence of its forehead, and its general colossal stature, Its 
substance is carefully investigated, and it is shewn to have belonged to an 
adult and probably an aged individual. The nature of the wound and 
the mode of its reparation are then considered at length, and illustrated 
by valuable observations with regard to the formation of callus, and the 
other stages of union in the bones both of men and animals. By the 
application of the principles thus obtained to the fossil in question, it is 
shewn, as might indeed have been conjectured a priori, that in the 
primitive world the union of broken bones in the Mammalia was _pro- 
duced in the same manner as at the present day. Then follow the 
authour’s reasons for believing the injury to have resulted from the bite 
of a hyena; and the paper concludes with the expression of a belief 
that the fossil hyzena to which this skull belonged had its primitive abode 
at no great distance from the place where its remains were found after 
some thousands of years; and with a retractation of the early opinion 
of the authour, founded on imperfect data, that the fossil remains found 
in the Gailenreuth cave had been deposited there by the hands of man, 

M, Constantin Gloger’s Memoir ‘ Ueber den Nestbau der Zwergmaus 
&e.’’ contains the description of two very different nests, in each of 


372 Analytical Notices of Books. 


which was found a litter of the young of Mus minutus, Pall. a species 
regarded by the authour as identical with the Mus messorius and Harvest- 
mouse of Shaw and Pennant. The most artificial of these nests, which 
in skilfulness of construction was fully equal to that of most birds, was 
suspended from the summit of three straws of the common reed (Arundo 
Phragmites, L.) and was entirely composed of the panicles and leaves 
of the plants, slit longitudinally and intricately plaited and matted to- 
gether. Its internal cavity was smal] and round, and accessible only by 
a narrow lateral opening. From the peculiarity of its structure, there 
can be little doubt that this curious nest was fabricated by the animal itself, 
and not merely adopted by it; and this conclusion is confirmed by the 
description of a similar nest, also containing young, found in the neigh- 
bourhood of Berlin, by a pupil of Professor Lichtenstein, through whom 
the account of this discovery, inserted at the end of the volume, was 
communicated to the authour. The value of the paper is much enhanced 
by the general observations with which it commences on the stimulus by 
which Birds and Quadrupeds are impelled to construct their habitations; 
and by the comparison which follows of the means possessed by each 
class as a whole, as well as by the individual species composing it, for 
carrying this impulse into effect. 

The “Versuch einer Natiirlichen Eintheilung der Vogel, von Dr. 
« F. A, Ritgen,” isa specimen of the trichotomous system, applied to 
the classification of birds. This arrangement professes to be founded on 
the modifications of the pelvis, coincident with those of its locomotive 
appendages, and with corresponding variations in the functions of these 
parts, so important in determining stations and habits. No details, 
however, are given of the structural characters employed; those which 
depend on the pelvis being expressly reserved for another opportunity. 
The subdivisions appear to be the result of a comparison of structure and 
habits: thus for instance the primary distribution into three series, as they 
are termed, is effected either in conformity with habits, according as the 
abode of the birds is more peculiarly the water, the dry land, or the 
marshes; or with reference to structure, according as the hinder limbs 
serve more the purposes of fins, of hands, or of feet. The following 
tabular view will give an idea of the manner in which the authour follows 


_ ~~ 


Nova Acta Academie Nature Curiosorum. 373 


out his system. It should be observed that to each of his divisions he- 
usually gives two distinguishing names, the one functional and the other 
structural, In order to avoid giving up too much of our space to a mere 
catalogue of hard words, we quote one only, and the former in prefer- 
ence to the latter. 


Series I. HYGRORNITHES. 


Tribe I. HaticoLymst. 
Fam. 1. Orthocolymbi, (Colymbus, L.) 
2. Dyserete, (Alca, L., Uria, Briss.) 
——3. Erete, (Aptenodytes, Forst.) 

Tribe I]. HALIPTENt. 
Fam. 4, Colymbopteni, (Pelecanide, Leach.) 
— 5. Plotopteni, (Laride, Leach.) 
— 6. Colymboploteres, (Mergus, L.) 

Tribe III. PLOTEREs. 
Fam. 7. Tachyploteres, (4nas, Meyer.) 
8. Orthoploteres, (Anser, Meyer.) 
— 9. Baryploteres, (Cygnus, Meyer.) 


¥ 


Series II. XERORNITHES. 


Tribe I. CHOROPTENT. 

Fam. 10. Dromochoropteni, (Otis, L., Charadriade, Leach, Or- 
tygis, Ill.) 

—— 11. Baterochoropteni, ( Tetraonid@, Leach, Phasianide, 
Vig., Cracide, Vig.) 

12. Herpochoropteni, (Columba, L.) 
Tribe II. HyLoprent. 
Sect. I. HyLocHASMOPTENI. 

Fam. 13. Hylochasmopteni, (Caprimulgus, L., Steatornis, Humb., 
Cypselus, Ill., Hirundo, L., Muscicapa, L., Edolius, Cuv., Platy- 
rhynchus, Desm., Trogon, L.) 

Sect, I], HyLocLAsMoPTeEntl. 

Fam. 14. Orthaepyrhynchi, (Fringilla, L., Emberiza, L., Bu- 
phaga, L., Phytotoma, Mol.) 

15. Simaepyrhynchi, (Glaucopis, Gmel., Tanagra, L., 
VoL, V. BB 


374 Analytical Notices of Books. 


Myiothera, Ill., Ampelis, L., Lanius, L., Prionites, lll., Philedon, 
Cuy. 

Fam. 16, Macraepyrhynchi, (Pogonias, L., Corythaix, Ill., Bucco, 
L., Loxia, L., Crotophaga, L., Scythrops, Lath., Musophaga, Isert, 
Buceros, L., Ramphastos, L.) 

Sect. HI. HyLotTrypPsNoprent. 

17. Microrthorhynchi, (Pipra, L., Cinclus, Bechst., Sturnus, 
L., Oriolus, L., Cassicus, Cuy., Turdus, L., Alauda,L., Parus, L., 
Motacilla, L.) 

18. Macrorthorhynchi, (4/cedo, L., Merops, L., Galbula, L., 
Upupa, L., Certhia, L., Trochilus, L:, Sitta, L., Picus, L., Yuna, L., 
Cuculus, L.) 

19, Hypsorthorhynchi, (Coracias, L., Corvus, L., Gracula, L., 
Paradisea, L.) 


Tribe II]. Hypsoprent. 
Fam. 20, Hylypsopteni, (Pszttacus, L.) 
— 2]. Nyctypsopteni, (Strix, L.) 
—— 22. Hemerypsopteni, (Ophiotheres, Vieill., Vulturide, Falco- 
nide.) 
Series III. MYDALORNITHES. 
Tribe I. LimMNoprent. 
Fam. 23. Limnopteni, (Porphyria, Briss., Fulica, L., Gallinula, 
Briss.) 


24. Limnemicolymbi, (Phalaropus, Vieill., Parra, L., 
Channa, Ill., Crex, Bechst., Rallus, L.) 

25. Limnodromi, (Scolopax, L., Vanellus, Briss., Actitis, 
lll., Numenius, Briss., Ereunetes, Ill., Strepsilas, Ill.) 


Tribe I]. PARALIMNOPTENI. 


Fam. 26. Limnobateres, (Platalea, L., Phenicopterus, L., Re- 
curvirostra, L.) 
27. Limnorthopteni, (Cancroma, L., Tantalus, L., Ciconia, 
Briss., Grus, Pall., Ardea, Briss., Scopus, Briss., Eurypyga, Ill., 
Anastomus, Ill.) 
28. Paralimnodromi, (Glareola, Gmel., Chionis, Forst., Ce- 
reopsis, Lath., Psophia, L., Palamedea, L., Dicholophus, Ul.) 


Nova Acta Academie Nature Curiosorum. 375 


Tribe III. PEpINORNITHES. 


Fam. 29. Ochteraptenodytes, (Didus, L.) 
30. Choraptenodytes, (Casuarius, Briss. Rhea, Briss.) 
31. Ammaptenodytes, (Struthio, L.) 

As we are not supplied with either the facts or the reasoning on which 
this ‘ Natural distribution of Birds’ is founded, it would be absurd to 
enter into a discussion of its merits. It certainly affords evidence of 
some ingenuity, if only in the construction of the Greek compounds with 
which, in common with many German systems of the present day, it 
abounds. Indeed it might almost be said, with reference to the classifi- 
cation before us, that in its present state, and until it shall have received 
further elucidation, it consists of little else but these new terms, many 
of which, to say the least, are sufficiently cramp. We have already 
[Zool. Journ. IV. 255] had occasion to refer to the extreme to which 
this propensity is carried on the part of our authour, and we shall find 
it, if possible, still more strongly marked in a paper on the arrange- 
ment of the Amphibia, also contained in the present volume. From 
the composition of such terms, however high-sounding they may be, 
there accrues little credit to a writer, and less advantage to science. 
How much more usefully would the learned authour have been employed 
in more minutely following up the observations on the distribution of the 
different families and genera over the surface of the earth, with reference 
chiefly to station and physical geography, which form the conclusion of 
his paper. The subject lightly touched upon in these concluding pages 
well deserves a profound investigation. 

An Essay, “* Ueber den Fabricischen Beutel der Végel,’’ by Dr. A. 
A. Berthold, is an attempt to determine the function of the organ known 
as the Bursa Fabricii, in Birds. The authour first passes in review the 
opinions held upon this subject by different writers: viz. by Fabricius 
ab Aquapendente, its discoverer, who conjectures that it serves in the 


female as a reservoir for the male semen; by Perrault, who compares 
to the anal saceuli and glands of certain Carnivorous Quadrupeds; by 
Schneider, who somewhat fantastically imagines that it receives and 
matures the eggs; and by Blumenbach, who attributes to it no definite 
function, but assumes that it properly belongs to the male, and is only 


BB 2 


376 Analytical Notices of Books. 


rudimental in the female. After controverting all these different views, 
the authour states his own opinion, that the Bursa Fabricii is the Urmary 
Bladder of Birds. His reasoning is grounded on the situation of the 
organ, and its embouchure in the cloaca; on the frequent occurrence of 
urine within it; on its being furnished with a muscular coat; and on its 
great development in the foetal state, compared with the gradual diminu- 
tion which it undergoes in the older birds. It seems probable, however, 
that in positively affirming this organ to be itself the urinary bladder, the 
authour has somewhat overstated his own opinion, which may, perhaps, 
be more accurately collected from the foilowing passage, with which he 
concludes his paper :—‘¢ The cloaca of Birds,”” he says, ‘ is a Urinary 
‘* Bladder, into which the rectum opens; on its anterior side the allan- 
tois passes off, in the fetus, in the shape of a small process. But the 
Bursa Fabricii is also a subdivision of the cloaca, and consequently 
a subdivision of the urinary bladder, which, like the al/antozs, plays an 
‘* important part during the state of fetus. The bursa bears the same 
- elation to the entire cloaca, as one of the cornua uteri does to the 
‘< entire uderus. In the same light must we consider the bladders of 
“* Amphibia and Fishes, which contain partly urine, and partly peculiar 
** secretions. For this reason, I regard the bursa not as an anal gland, 
not as a receptacle of the eggs, not as an organ performing an in- 
‘* definite function in the one sex, and merely rudimental in the other, 
‘« but as a subdivison of the urinary bladder of birds, separated from the 
cloaca, serving in the foetal state especially as a respiratory organ, but 
‘* remaining to an after period of life, and contaiming urine like all 
‘* other urinary bladders.” 
A second Memoir by M. Constantin Gloger, “zur Naturgeschichte 
des Weissbindigen Kreuzschnabels,’’ contains a minute account of the 
characters, habits and mode of life of the Lozxia tenioptera, Glog., 
with conjectures as to its original country. This species, single specimens 
of which have been occasionally met with in Sweden and various parts 
cf Germany, occurred in considerable numbers in Silesia and Thuringia 
in the autumn of 1826, Although the arguments advanced by the 
authour in his text tend to prove that its migration took place from Asia 
rather than America, there can be little doubt, as he himself confesses in 
a note, that the bird is identical with an American species, Loxia 


“ee 


“ee 


Nova Acta Academie Nature Curiosorum. 877 


-leucoptera, Gmel. or more properly L. falcirostra, Lath. It is also the 
Crucirostra bifasciata of Brehm’s ‘* Ornis.”’ 
We haye now arrived at Dr. Ritgen’s “ Versuch einer natiirlichen 
'  eintheilung der Amphibien,”’ in which the Amphibia (including the 
- Reptilia) are subjected to a similar process of subdivision with the Birds; 
and apparently also on principles nearly similar, the presence or absence 
and modifications of the external limbs, serving as the basis of the 
classification. We had intended here also'to have given a tabular view 
of the arrangement, but the length to which it would: extend, the: little 
-advantage to be derived from sucha view unaccompanied by any of the 
details on which it is founded, and our dislike to ‘fill our pages unneces- 
sarily with such words (if words they can be called) as 4tryptodontopho- 
lidophides and Bdalsipodobatrachi; induce us to: forbear such ’‘an 
infliction on the patience of our readers. The arrangement of Birds 
already given must therefore serve as a specimen of the authour’s mode 
-of systematizing. He seems, it is true, somewhat more at home in the 
“present branch of his subject, but we doubt ‘much whether he has 
succeeded better in developing the * Natural distribution ;’’ which, it is 
still necessary to repeat, and perhaps ever will be so, can never be attained 
by the study of isolated characters, however important the organs from 
which they are derived. 
Prince Maximilian of Wied’s Memoir “Ueber den Quetz Paleo des 
** Seba,” contains a minute description of the animal which’ he now 
regards as the Uromastyx cyclurus, Merr., a species hitherto resting 
solely on the figure and description given by Seba. The authour also 
gives new distinctive characters of the nearly related genera Uromastyx 
and Tropidurus, a species of which latter discovered by himselfin Brazil, 
Trop. torquatus, he had formerly considered identical with the Quetz 
‘Paleo of Seba. The true Quetz Paleo was found by Dr. Boie on opening 
the body of aspecimen of the Coluber Lichtensteinti, Max., contained 
in a collection of Amphibia transmitted to Leyden from South Brazil. 
This paper is succeded by one communicated by Fr. Boie “ Ueber 
« eine noch nicht beschriebene Art von Cordylus, Gron.,’? containing 
the description of a second species of the genus Cordylus, Daud. It is 
founded on a single specimen in the Leyden Museum, — by the 
authour and his brother Cord. cataphractus. 


378 Analytical Notices of Books. 


A third Herpetological Memoir derived from the investigation of the 
treasures contained in the magnificent collection of the Leyden Museum, 
is entitled, ‘‘ Untersuchung der Speicheldriisen bei den Schlangen.’’ Its 
chief purpose is to make known an important fact in the economy of 
certain snakes, in regard to which much uncertainty existed, their bite 
having sometimes been found fatal, while at others itis perfectly harmless. 
This anomaly is clearly accounted for by an observation first made by 
Prof, Reinwardt on the Dipsas dendrophila of Java, afterwards extended 
by Dr. Boie to other species of Dipsas and Homalopsis, and still further 
confirmed in several other genera by M. Schlegel, the authour of the 
present paper. All these snakes have teeth nearly similar in character to 
those of the genus Coluber, excepting that the last on either side of the 
upper jaw is longer than the rest, and has adeep sulcus on its anterior 
surface, the base of which corresponds, as in the true poisonous fangs, 
with the termination of the excretory duct of a poison-secreting gland. 
As the sulcate poison-teeth stand much farther back within the’ mouth 
than the fangs of Vipers, Rattle-snakes, &c. it is obvious that the danger 
resulting from the bite of the snakes that possess them is contingent on 
the extent to which the mouth is opened in the act of biting, or in other 
words on the participation or non-participation of the hinder teeth in the 
infliction of the wound. There exists a direct transition from the snakes 
in question to the true poisonous snakes by the intervention of Flaps, 
Naja, Bungarus and Trimeresurus, in which the anterior portion of the 
upper jaw is gradually shortened, the imperforate anterior teeth become 
fewer in number, and the elongated posterior tooth is perforated as in the 
Vipers, but has in addition an anterior fissure communicating with the 
whole length of the cavity. These modifications are well represented in 
a plate accompanying this important memoir. 

The only Ichthyological paper in the present volume is the commence- 
ment of a ‘ Vergleichende Betrachtung des starren Geriistes welches das 
‘* Fortpflanzungsgerathe tragt und umgiebt,”’ by Dr. Ritgen. In this first 
section of his proposed comparative osteology of the pelvis and its 
auxiliary bones and cartilages, the authour confines himself, with the 
exception of a few general observations, to the description of these 
organs as they exist in Fishes, the lowest animals in which they can be 
clearly demonstrated, unless we consider as the commencement of a pelvis 


eS ———— swe ™™ 


v2q7 * eo" 


Nova Acta Academie Nature Curiosorum. 379 


the rudimental bones found in some Cephalopodous Mollusca. The 
details of the modifications observed in different fishes, which constitute 
the principal value of this paper, will not admit of a satisfactory analysis; 
we can therefore only indicate them as containing much interesting 
information for the comparative anatomist. They are partly original and 
partly selected from the works of previous writers on the Osteology of 
Fishes. ~ 

- Two species of 4uricula, Lam., found in turning over the plants collec- 
ted by him in the Island of O-Wahu, constitute the ‘Species Novas 
“* Conchyliorum Terrestrium, (quas) ex Insulis, Sandwich dictis, attulit 
** Adelbertus de Chamisso.’’ They are here described and figured as the 
Auricule O-waihiensis and sinistrorsa; and an indication is also given 
of a third, of which only a fragment was observed. 

. Dr. Otto’s ‘ Beschreibung einiger neuen, in den Jahren 1818 und 
“« 1819, in Mittellandischen Meere gefundener Crustaceen,’’ contains 
detailed. descriptions, accompanied by coloured figures, of nine new 
species of Crustacea from the Mediterranean Sea, These are referrible 
to the genera Portunus, Inachus, Alpheus (2 species), Callianassa, 
Praniza, Cymothoa and Caligus (2 species). The localities in which 
they were found are Nice and the Bay of Naples. 

The Memoir “ Ueber die Daphnia sima und ihren Blutkreislauf,” by 
Dr. Gruithuisen, is a valuable contribution to the anatomy of this singular 
genus. [In young individuals of Daphnia sima the valves are so transparent 
as to allow of the circulation of the blood being traced through the entire 
body with little difficulty ; and this circumstance has enabled the authour 
to givean outline of its course on the plate which accompanies his memoir. 
The following is the summary with which he concludes his more detailed 
account.  ** The veins descending from the arms, and ascending from 
“* the cheliferous tail and from the valves, pour the blood into the venous 
“* heart: the venous heart empties itself through a foramen into the 
** arterial heart; from which the great mass of blood is sent upwards to 
“ the arms, to the head and to the mantle, and downwards to the tail, 
** whence it returns by the veins, &c.’’. Both the arterial and venous 
hearts are stated to consist of sac-like muscular membranes, capable of 
quick and powerful contraction, especially the former, in which the 
vivacity of the pulsations has been noticed by several writers. Only 


380 Analytical Notices of Books. 


those vessels which proceed from the heart appear, it is said, to possess 
proper coats, the capillary canals in which the blood becomes yenous 
offering no trace of a proper vascular membrane. It may be added that 
the two systems seem, both from the description and figure, to pass 
immediately into each other. 

We may also notice in this place, although properly belonging to 
another subdivision, the paper which follows by the same author, ** Ueber. 
“< die Wais diaphana und Nais diastropha mit dem Nerven-und Blut- 
“© system derselben.”? It forms an interesting addition to the little 
knowledge which we preyiously possessed respecting these minute and 
paradoxical Annelida. Dr. Gruithuisen states that he has never observed 
in the aides any other mode of propagation than that by., subdivision ;. 
and thus confirms the observations made by Trembley and Roesel, and if 
we recollect rightly by . Miller also, that they are capable of artificial 
multiplication by cutting their bodies transversely into distinct portions, 
which had been doubted on the authority of Bosc and others. The 
nervous system is in Nais diaphana (wkich is synonymous with WVais 
vermicularis, Auct.) more developed than the apparently simple structure 
of its other organs would have led us to expect ; in Wais diastropha, a 
new species, itis apparently much less complicated. . The author assures 
us that the effect of this difference is strongly marked in the different 
degrees of sensibility and volition evinced by the two species.. For the 
details of the nervous system, as well as of the vascular, we must refer 
to the paper itself. : 

The Dissertation “‘ Ueber ein eigenthiimliches, den Vervus Swinpiehician 
** analoges, Nervensystem der Eingeweide bei den Insecten,”’ by Dr. 
Johannes Miiller, contains a further development of the analogy between 
the nervus recurrens of insects and the nervus sympatheticus of higher 
animals, .The anatomy of this, which he regards as the proper intestinal 
neryous system of insects, had already been given by the authour from a 
species of Phasma in a previous yolume of these. Transactions. In the 
present it is extended to numerous other Orthoptera, as well as to insects 
of most of.the remaining orders. From these observations Dr, Miiller 
is clearly of opinion that the identity of the nervus recurrens with the 
ganglionic system, as it is called in Vertebrata, is clearly made out, and 
that there can be no doubt of its representing the nervus sympatheticus 


Hewitson’s British Oology. 381 


and not the nervus vagus of the higher classes. The details, which are 
of great interest to the entomological anatomist, must be sought in the 
paper and its accompanying plates. 

In the single Helminthological paper, “ Filarie et Monostomi 
** speciem novam in Balena rostrata repertam deseribit Dr. F. C. H. 
** Creplin.”” Of these two new species of internal parasites, the former, 
named by the authour Filaria erassicauda, was found in considerable 
numbers in the corpora cavernosa penis of the species of Whale indicated, 
and partially dependent into the cavity of the urethra, It appears to be 
the first entozoon discovered in such a situation in any animal. The 
other, Monostomum plicatum, Crepl., occurred on the inner surface of 
the small intestines, and of the esophagus; it was also rather abundant. 

The last paper in the present volume which, as zoologists, we have 
occasion to notice, gives the result of some “* Untersuchungen tiber den 
‘* Bau einiger Polypen des Mittellandischen Meeres,”’ by M. W. Rapp. 
The Polypi on which the observations in question were made were the 
Veretillum Cynomorium, Cuv., and Tubularia solitaria, Rapp, a species 
which the authour believes to be new. Much interesting information 
with regard to the habits of these singular creatures, and some new views © 
with respect to portions of their anatomical structure, give value to this 
contribution. Both species are figured, and the large size of the aggre- 
gated polypes in the one case, and of the solitary individual in the other, 
affords an excellent opportunity for observing both their conformation and 
mode of life. They were observed by the authour on the coast of 
Languedoc. 


British Oology, being Illustrations of the Eggs of British 
Birds, with figures of each species. By W. C. Hewrrson 
of Newcastle. 1831. Nos. 1. to 6. 


Part of a very interesting, but hitherto much neglected, branch of 
Nature’s productions is here illustrated ina manner highly creditable to 
the talents of the authour, who combines in himself the rare advantages 
of being an excellent artist as well as an ornithologist. Six numbers 


382 Scientific Notices. 


of this valuable addition to the works devoted to the Natural History of 
our own country have appeared, containing 59 representations of the 
eggs of 40 species. 

‘The outlines of the various forms are accurate, the markings charac- 
teristic, the shading and colouring delicate and true to nature, and 
several of the subjects already represented are of great rarity. Each 
number of this work, in addition to its four plates, contains several 
pages of letter-press descriptive of the situation of the nests, the materials 
of which they are composed, the number of eggs, &c. These and 
various other particulars, obtained in most instances by the personal 
observations of the authour, promise to add much to our knowledge on this 
very interesting and important part of the Natural History of our Native 
Birds, 

W..Y, 


Art. L. Scientific Notices. 


Appendix to the Notice of the Herring. 


The fishermen of Portree in the Isle of Sky told my friend Mr. Atkinson 
on his visit to St. Kilda during the summer of the past year that in 
one of the Lochs of Inverness-shire they formerly caught a species of her- 
ring twice the size of the common herring, and though this large sort were 
not numerous, they always took a few every season during their fishing. 

The small transatlantic herring referred to, I learn from Mr. Ord, is 
called by the Americans the Nova Scotia herring, and is considered a 
better fish than the common herring of America, and a distinct species. 

W. Y. 


ce ttt 


| a ee ail 


° ee 


Scientific Notices. | 383 


TO THE EDITOR OF THE ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. 
Sir, 

Finding in your last number for the current year, page 251, an allusion 
to my discovery of the Metamorphosis in the Decapodvus Crustacea, by 
which I perceive that a degree of scepticism still exists, not only as to 
the facts upon which it is based, but also as to the universality of metamor- 
phosis in this tribe of animals, J have now to state what will I trust convince 
you that if any delusion exists or source of error, it must rather attach 
to M. Rathke than to me; not having seen his work I judge only from 
the analysis with which you have favoured us in your interesting and 
valuable Journal. 

First then, in regard to the Brachyura I have ascertained the newly 
hatched animal to be a Zoe in the following Genera, viz. 1. Cancer. 
2. Carcinus. 3, Portunus.. 4. Eryphia. 5. Gegarcinus. 6. Thel- 
phusa? 7. Pinnotheres. 8. Inachus. . 

The Macrourous genera which I have actually ascertained to be likewise 
subject to metamorphosis, are 1. Pagurus. 2. Porcellana. 3. Galathea. 
4, Crangon. 5. Palemon. 6. Homarus. 7. Astacus! These embrace 
all our most familiar native genera of the Decapoda. With regard to 
Astacus however it will be necessary to be more particular. This genus 
embraces but two species, the A. marinus or Lobster, and the A. fluviatilis 
or River Crawfish; now with regard tothe marine species or Lobster I can 
aver that it does actually undergo a metamorphosis, but less in degree 
than any other of the above enumerated genera, and consisting in a change 
from a cheliferous Schizopode to a Decapode; in its first stage being what 
I would call a modified Zoe with a frontal spine, spatulate tail, and 
wanting subabdominal fins, in short such an animal as would never be 
considered what it really is, were it not obtained by hatching the spawn 
of the Lobster. 

Are we then to consider the fresh water species of Astacus or Craw-fish 
as an exception ? or is there not reason (from the above detail) to suspect 
that this peculiarity may have escaped the notice of M. Rathke? If 
however it should be found otherwise, it can only be regarded as one 
solitary exception to the generality of metamorphosis, and will render 


384 Scientific Notices. 


it necessary to consider these two animals for the future as the types of 
two distinct genera. 

The accompanying rough sketch of the cheliferous member of the 
larva of the Lobster, ['l'ab. XV. f. 13] in which ais the claw, } the outer 
division of the limb or future flagrum, and c the rudimentary branchia, 
will enable naturalists that may have access to the work of Rathke, to 
institute such a comparison as may probably enable them to decide, 
whether there are any grounds for suspecting that a similar structure 
prevails in that of the River Crawfish. 

Iam, Sir, 
Yours, &c. 
Cork, Dec. 16, 1830. Jno. V. THOMPSON. 


Note on Procellaria Anginho, Hein., and Proc. Bulverii, Selby and 
Jard. 


Procellaria Anjinho described by the late Dr. Heineken in Brewster’s 
Journal, and proposed with some doubt as a new species, proves, according 
to the remark of the Rev. L. Jenyns, to be altogether identical with the 
Sooty Petrel.of Latham’s Synopsis, the Procellaria fuliginosa of Gmelin 
and Latham’s Index, Procellaria Bulverti of Selby and Jardine’s 
Illustrations of Ornithology cannot be considered as differing from the 
same species in any thing but age. Young birds of P. fuliginosa have 
the plumage rather fuller and ‘consequently appear rather larger; their 
tail is either perfectly even or has the middle feathers elongated. But if 
a large assortment of individuals be examined, several constantly occur 
upon which it is impossible to decide whether they belong to the latter 
or to the forked-tail sort, the transitions or variations in this character 
are so gradual and inconspicuous, and are moreover unaccompanied by 
any regular corresponding differences of size or plumage. In no other 
essential point does Proc. Bulverii appear to differ from Proc. Anjinho, 
and both must hereafter merge into synonyms of Proc. fuliginosa, 
Gmel. 

Madera. R. T. Lowe. 


THE 


ZOOLOGICAL JOURNAL. 


1832—1834. 


Art. LI. Remarks on the nature of the Respiratory Organs 
in certain littoral Mollusca of Madera. By the Rev. R. T. 
Lowe, 4. M. 


In reperusing, after a considerable interval, my paper in the 19th 
number of the Zoological Journal, (page 280,) in which I detailed a 
series of experiments, instituted with a view to ascertain something of 
the nature of the respiratory organs in Melampus, Pedipes, and Trun- 
catella ; it has struck me that I have been too hasty in regarding some of 
my conclusions as positively or finally established: or rather, perhaps, 
in not sufficiently explaining, or defining, the actual extent to which 
my resulting speculations might safely, and legitimately, be admitted. 

It is very certain, from the fact of these Mollusca surviving total im- 
mersion for so long a period as they did, in water, that a remarkable 
difference in their powers, in respect to an ability for enduring complete 
deprivation of atmospherick air, from those of our land Pulmonifera 
in general, may be safely considered as established,* Now from this 


* It is essential to remark that I do not consider this position invalidated by 
the following quotations from the observant Miiller, or others of a similar 
character, Speaking of his Helix pellucida (Vitrina, Drap.) he observes, 
“ Limacem in aqua perire affirmat Clariss. Geoffroi; hoe sese nobis, etiamsi 
* periculam in pluribus fecerimus, minus probavit; in aquam enim immissi, 
* fundum statim petierunt, ac totum corpus e testi protulerunt; tentacula 

Von. V. cc 


386 Rev. R. T. Lowe on the Respiratory Organs 


difference of function or power in the animal, it seemed most natural 
and simple, at that time, to infer the probability of some corresponding 


tamen in aqua, quod pluribus terrestrium commune, non exseruerunt; hoc 
“ situ immobiles, mortuos quidem simulant; at intra paucas horas partim 
aqua exeunt, et observatori minus cauto perduntur; omnes vero, si ex 
aqua, immo post elapsum duodecim horarum spatium, tollantur, mox ten- 
“* tacula porrigunt, incedunt, ac brevi sese testa condunt.” Mull. Verm. Hist. 
p.17. 

Of his Hel. obscura (Bulimus obscurus, Drap.) he remarks, “ Aque immer- 
“sus non perit, sed ripam petit.” Id.,Ibid. p. 103. Speaking of Hel. lubrica 
( Bulimus, Drap.), he again professes to contravene Geoffroy’s correct state- 
ment: ‘* Aquis immersus non perit, licet Clariss, Geoffroi contrarium affirmat. 


«< 


a 


Primo quidem experimento limacem periisse suspicabar ; corpus enim ewtra 
“ testam quasi exanimatum tentaculis in ipso corpore conditis herebat, dum mihi 
“ simul in mentem venit effatum nominati autoris de Cochlea sua VIII, eam 
nempe in aqua perire, atque hoc modo necari et e testa elici; brevi tamen 
sese vivum circumnavigando probavit. Cogebam enim in interiora test se 
“ recipere, ac testam aque reddidi; confestim egrediebatur, et fato tranquillus 
“ post intervallum trivm horarum ripe tandem appulit, ac sicco gavisus, ten- 
tacula promsit, et pro more incessit.” Id., Ibid. pp. 104, 105. 
At p. 99, heremarks of his Hel. succinea (Succinea putris, Auct.) ‘ Auctores 
hunc cognomine amphibium dixere, minus vero accuraté: maximam enim 
vite partem in sicco vivit, et in aqua non perire pluribus commune est, 
“« varietatemque Hel. nemoralis in rivo plures dies degere vidi.’”’ Id. Ibid. p. 99. 
Here he rightly considers the animal of which he speaks as terrestrial; but I 
make the quotation for the sake of the general remark, and the particular fact of 
the Hel. nemoralis ; both again alluded to in the following passage of his Pre- 
face or Introduction, 

“ Helicem succineam auctores amphibium dixere, quum ei soli proprium in 
“ aqua zqué ac in terra vivere crederetur: at hoc pluribus terrestrium com- 
“ mune est ; multos enim aque immissos non suffocari, quosdam sese, ut au- 
“ fugiant, aque sponte tradere ; ideoque locum aquis clausum, quem cochle- 
“ ariis instituendis Varro indicat, non satis tutum; varietatemque H. nemora- 
“ lis, quod singularissimum puto, fundo rivi tota estate vivere, observationi- 
“ bus didici.” Id., Pref. “‘ Testacea,’’ p. xi. 

The words are printed in Italicks which show the insufficiency of these obser- 
vations themselves to warrant the general conclusion he has drawn, “ in aqua 
“ non perire pluribus commune est,” at p. 99, andagain in the last quotation 


a” 
a 


s 
a 


a 
a 


~~ 
a 


~ 
~ 


of certain littoral Mollusca. 387 


variation in the form, structure, or nature of the breathing organs them- 
selves ; instead of looking for such difference elsewhere, And reasoning 
analogically from the fact, that various branchiferous animals not only of 
the Mollusca, but of much higher orders, such as Crustacea, various Fishes, 
&e., survive, as long as their branchie only are kept moist, a total 
deprivation of the fluid in which they habitually live immersed: while, 
on the other hand, no well-established instances seemed recorded, of an 
animal, with respiratory organs formed originally to derive oxygen im- 
mediately from the atmospherick air, having the power of accommodat- 
ing the same organs to the extraction of this vital principle from watert : 
it seemed more reasonable to consider, on the ground of my experi 
ments, the above mentioned Mollusca to belong to the former of these 
classes, than to regard them as indicating the existence of a new group 
of animals possessed of the Jatter anomalous, and altogether unexampled, 
characteristick. 

Iam, however, perfectly aware of the danger in natural science of 
carrying too far the argument from analogy, or of indulging too freely 
in processes of generalization. I am sensible too of a deficiency in the 
chain of facts ; and one that in most other countries I might have my- 
self very easily supplied. I wish therefore at once to notice and account 
for its omission. The point is this; my experiments prove indeed, that 


from the Preface. As tothe observation on Hel. nemoralis recorded in these 
two last quotations, not to dwellupon the discrepancy or inaccuracy in the 
accounts themselves of “ plures dies” and “ totd zstate,” (for it can scarcely 
be doubted that both statements refer to one and the same fact), no reliance can 
be placed in a matter of such nicety on an observation which leaves it doubtful 
whether an animal “in fundo rivi’’ or “in rivo,” might not have frequent 
opportunities of obtaining a supply of atmospherick air, though not actually 
seen by Miiller himself in the act of doing so, 

* See inter alia, Mull, Verm, pp. 153, 160. 

+ The converse of this, it is well known, is in some sense exemplified in the 
Batrachia (amongst others); in the passage of the common Frog from the Tadpole 
to the perfect state. But, in this case, itis not by the accommodation or modi- 
fication of the old organ, but by the use ofa distinct, coexistent, hitherto unem- 
ployed one, that the animal at last breathes air, instead of water. 

co 2 


388 Rev. R. T. Lowe on the Respiratory Organs 


while our land Pulmonifera cannot long survive a total immersion in 
water, certain amphibious littoral Mollusca, the nature of whose respira- 
tory organs is in question, can do so: and hence that the powers of 
these animals are certainly, those of the breathing organs are probably, 
and therefore the structure of the latter also probably, dissimilar. But 
it is not allowable to infer from this, with anything more than conjectural 
force, that the breathing organs of the latter are in structure so different 
from those of the land Mollusca, as is involved in the supposition that 
they are pectinated, till I have also proved, by similarly conducted ex- 
periments, that the fluviatile Pulmonifera will, no more than those of 
the land, survive a total immersion, for an equal length of time with my 
Pedipedes and Truncatelle, in the fluid they inhabit. And even then, 
that they are precisely so different as to be actually pectinated, will per- 
haps after all require little short of anatomical demonstration : for it is 
possible, that this difference of power may be the result of some dif- 
ference of organization, or of some apparatus of compensation, existing 
elsewhere than in the respiratory organs; analogous to that which the 
Seal possesses in the large venous sinus of the liver; or to that which the 
foetus exhibits in the foramen ovale, among Mammalia: the breathing 
organs themselves remaining the same. The question as to the fluviatile 
Pulmonifera, however, isa point most easily determined* by any one 
who can procure live Limnee or Physe, &c.; whilst here it is imprac- 
ticable, or at least difficult, there being only one or perhaps two minute 
new species of Limnea, and those of extreme rarity, besides Ancylus 
fluviatilis, in the island. I must therefore content myself with com- 
mending this simple experiment to some of my conchological friends at 
home, which will serve as a very fair sort of experimentum crucis to 
my former trials in Madera. If the result satisfactorily determine the 


* Miiller at p. 128 of the Hist. Verm. has an observation on his Buccinum 
auricula (Linnea auricularia, Auct. rec.) much in point, tending as far as it 
goes to confirm what I cannot help suspecting may prove to be the fact ; namely 
that these fluviatile Pu/monifera will really be found capable of supporting life 
when totally immersed. But still, like his other experiments, it is too defi- 
cient in detail and precision to establish the matter in question. 


of certain littoral Mollusca. 389 


inconclusiveness of those experiments for proving the respiratory organs 
of Melampus, Pedipes, &c. to be pectinated, by showing that the 
animals of Limnea, with respiratory organs well known not to be so, 
are equally capable of supporting life under similar circumstances, it 
will establish at least the fact, that a class of animals exists, which, 
with respiratory organs originally formed for breathing atmospherick 
air, have yet the power either of accommodating these very same 
organs, (not of developing or employing different ones, as certain Rep- 
tilia do in the converse case*), to the abstraction of oxygen from 
water, or alse, perliaps, even of supporting life solely by the action of 
the water on the integuments or mantle: by, in short, asort of conver-= 
sion of the whole exposed surface of the body into a breathing apparatus, 
without employing the aerial breathing organs at all. It must indeed be 
admitted, that in animals like these, in which the influence of oxygen 
on the blood is tending fast to its minimum, it is not difficult to imagine 
that the system of the animal functions may with much greater theo- 
retical plausibility be conceived capable of accommodating itself to such 
a change, than in higher races of animals and types of organization : in 
which the oxygenous fluid exercises a much more powerful influence, 
and playsa far more important part in the conditions of vitality. 

The solution of this problem is equally interesting in a geological 
point of view as in others. It will tend to demonstrate the right or wrong 
collocation of many fossil shells; a question of so much consequence in 
the discrimination of various strata. It will go to prove whether certain 
genera which have been heretofore referred to the land or fresh-water 
Pulmonifera do or do not belong to the marine or at least littoral Pecti- 
nibranchiata, J am therefore proportionately interested in its right 
determination ; and no farther anxious for the verification of my former 
inferences, than as far as regards the establishment of the truth, They 
will stand, at all events, as useful starting points for the researches of 
others : and the conclusions there drawn (some of them certainly too 
positively) will also, if proved erroneous, serve to display the necessity of 
extreme caution in all inductive reasoning to Naturalists in general, 


* Sce Note +, page 387, 


390 Rev. R. T. Lowe on the Respiratory Organs, &c. 


My object in these additional remarks is not at present entirely to re- 
nounce all my former inferences; but only to guard other enquirers, by 
explaining more clearly and distinctly the exact extent, to which, in the 
present state of the matter, those conclusions may be safely and legiti- 
mately received. 

I have been led to reconsider and thus to recapitulate this matter, 
from some anatomical observations, made by my friend the Reverend 
M, J. Berkeley, on the nature, or structure, of the respiratory organs in 
Voluta denticulata, Mont. These he is inclined to consider of the same 
nature as those of the Limneide. Iam not in any way disposed to 
impugn the correctness of these observations; nor to shelfer myself be- 
hind considerations of the difficulty of obtaining by the scalpel correct 
ideas in objects so minute and difficult of examination as these. To the 
authour of the investigation of the anatomy of Cyclostoma, in this Journal, 
apart from all private sources of the fullest confidence in his skill and 
ability, the most implicit dependence may be paid, in points such as 
these; however baffling they may have proved to the researches of my- 
self and others, conducted on the same plan. But granting the complete 
establishment of the fact, by any means of investigation, viz. that the re- 
spiratory organs of Vol, denticulata, Mont. are not branchial, 1. e. pec- 
tinated ; I am not therefore authorized to conclude finally, though I may 
be led to suspect, that those of Pedipes, Truncatella and Melampus are 
also not so. In my former paper, I have myself introduced this shell, 
not without considerable hesitation on other grounds, into association 
with my Melampodes, in the absence of all accurate knowledge of the 
animal as to the point in question. I cannot therefore at present admit 
this instance to be of sufficient weight to invalidate peremptorily all the 
inferences in question; though it is certainly well worth consideration, 
and a most interesting discovery in itself. 


i eh 
Madera, March 20th, 1833. 


ee ee editbnad 


¥ } 
. att Tn eS viene ttt Sais ) 


Zoological Jowrnal Vol.V PL. XVI. 


<< 


Pc auLvacundbaaNersonnpAneyer”™” 
ean ; , 
aah 
ean et Sh cded 
Pee osetia oamaeares ees 


-_———— 


4 


Mr. Bell on a new Genus of Amphishenide. 391 


Arr. Lif. Description of anew Genus of Reptilia of the 
family of Amphisbenide. By Tuomas Bett, Esq., F. R. 
ds i.y GC 


Fam, AMPHISBENIDE. (Amphisbenoidea, Fitzinger.) 
Genus ANnops, nobis. 

Cuar. Gen. Pedes nulli. Annuli thoracici completi. Rostrum por- 
rectum, scutello arcuato, compresso tectum. Oculi sub scutellis laten- 
tes. Linea lateralis depressa. Cauda breviuscula, obtusa. Port 
pre-anales nulli, 

Anops KINGII. 
Corpore supra fusco, infra albido. 
: Tas. xvi, fig. 1. 
Habitat in America Australi. 
Exstat in Museo nostro. 


Tis interesting little animal forms one of the numerous additions 
made, by the indefatigable researches of Capt. King, to the Natural His- 
tory of that part of South America, which formed the subject of his late 
important survey. 

As in the rest of the Amphisbenide, the body is long, slender, and 
cylindrical; becoming however rather smaller towards the tail, which 
terminates obtusely. Thescal’ hich are arranged in complete rings 
around the body, are all quadrangular, and generally equilateral, ex- 
cepting those near the lateral line, and on the tail, which are longer 
than they are broad. The lateral line is slightly depressed, forming a 
small channel, more distinct than in Amphisbena, though less so than 
in Chirotes, and extending nearly the whole length of the body on each 
side. There is not, externally, any appearance either of anterior or of 
posterior members. The head is covered laterally with about eight or 
nine pairs of small flat scutella, and is protected above and in front, bya 
singleone, which isarched and compressed so as to forma sharp edge, 
and projects considerably beyond the lower jaw. ‘The eyes are so com- 
pletely hidden under a pair of the small plates which cover the sides of 


392 Mr. Bell on a new Genus of Amphishenide. 


the head, that their existence is only indicated by a slight shade of colour 
seen through the horny plate. The ears, as in the other genera of the 
family, are entirely hidden. The anus is transverse, and forms the seg- 
ment of a circle; the anterior border being furnished with three pairs of 
plates, of which the outer pair is rounded, the others quadrangular; while 
the posterior edge has four pairs, the middle pair of which are large and 
square, the others narrow and somewhat fan-shaped. There are no 


pores anterior to the anus, as in Amphisbena. 
In. Lin, 


Sta TERN 6s oe yee eos ne a 

Length ofthehead ... . 3. . a 

the'tal.g hee) ek ee 

Diameter of thebody . . . . 4 
The propriety of applying a distinct generic appellation to this new 
species of a singular and interesting family, will, I think, appear from the 
consideration of the characters which I have given in the foregoing 
description. Whilst the general form, the structure and arrangement of 
the scales, the concealed ears and eyes, and the short obtuse tail, point 
out at once its close relation to the other genera of the Amphisbenide, 
there are several characters, and those not unimportant, in which it dif- 
fers from all the genera at present included in that family. Thus by the 
absence of any external rudiments of members, and the entire conceal- 
ment of the eyes, it is distinguished from Chirotes, to which it is allied 
by the depressed lateral line, and by the absence of pre-anal pores. 
From Amphisbena it differs in the absence of pores and in the more 
depressed lateral line; and it wants the broadly shielded thorax of Le- 
posternon. From all it is strikingly different in the form of the rostrum 
and of the singular compressed frontal plate, which considerably resem- 

bles that which characterizes the genus Typhlops> 

Whether we may consider this peculiarity as constituting an approxi- 
mation to the last named genus, it would perhaps be presumptuous to 
decide; but the same peculiar structure would indicate a corresponding 
similarity in their habits ; and I cannot doubt that the hard sharpened 
and prominent horn which terminates this part, is intended to facilitate 
the entrance of the animal into masses of closely entangled herbage and 


Mr. Bell on a new Genus of Scincide, 393 


brushwood, or even under the surface of the ground, where it would 
force a passage in the pursuit of insects and worms, on which all these 
animals probably feed. 

The arrangement of the scales in the Amphisbenide generally, is 
calculated to afford in an equal degree the power of progression and retro- 
gression; as they are in no case imbricated, but placed side by side, 
with the posterior as well as the anterior and lateral margins closely con- 
nected with the skin. They are the only Reptilia which can with strict 
propriety be termed double marcheurs. 


Art. LILI. Description of a new Genus of Reptilia of the 
family Scincide. By Tauomas Bett, Esg., F. R. § L. S., 
&c. 


Fam. Scincip& (Scincoidea, Fitzinger.) 
Genus LERISTA. 

Car. GEN. Caput scutatum. Palpebre nulle. Aures sub cute laten- 
tes. Corpus gracile; squame leves, equales. Pedes quatuor; anteri- 
ores exigui, brevissimi, didactyli; postertores longiores, tridactyli. 
Anus simplex, semicircularis. Port preanales et femorales nulli. 


LERISTA LINEATA. 


#neo-viridescens, subtus pallidior; lineis binis dorsalibus, et binis 
lateralibus, nigris. 
TAB. xvi, fig. 2. 
Habitat in Australia. 
Mus. nost, 


Tne specimen on which I have thought it necessary to found this 
genus, was presented to me by my friend John Dalrymple, Esq., with 


394 Mr. Bell on a new Genus of Scincide. 


several other new species of Reptilia, which he had received from the 
Swan River. 

The head of this little animal is rather pointed, the upper jaw project- 
ing a little beyond the under; the teeth are minute, simple, and 
numerous; the nostrils nearly round; the eyes, covered by a transparent 
cuticular plate, are destitute of eyelids, and surrounded by a circle of 
minute scales; the ears, as in the nguide, are wholly concealed by the 
scaly integument. The body is slender, continuous from the head, and of 
nearly the same size to the commencement of the tail ; it is covered by 
semicircular scales, which are perfectly smooth, and have entire margins. 
The fore legs are very distant from the hinder, extremely small, and fur- 
nished with but two minute toes, of which the inner is the longer; the 
hinder legs are about twice the length of the anterior, and have three 
toes, of which the outer is the longest, and the inner the shortest. The 
tail is as long as the head and body, slender and tapering. The anus is 
simple and protected by two large polished scales. There are neither 
femoral nor pre-anal pores, The general colour is a light metallic 
green, paler beneath; the head is spotted with blackish brown, and there 
are a pair of narrow black dorsal lines extending from the neck to the 
eud of the tail, and a pair of broader lateral ones, of the same colour. 

In. Lin. 
Torl lene Pye 2 eee 
Lengthofthehead . * . 3 


Rody 1 V8. oRe6 
—————— tal. . . . 1 9 
2 

ol 


fore foot . . 
hinder foot. 
Diameter of the body . . 2 

The foregoing description will at once shew that whilst this little animal 
agrees with the rest of the family of Scineide in all its general characters 
of form and structure, and in the arrangement of its scales, it possesses 
some very interesting peculiarities which at once «distinguish it from 
every other genus. It agrees with the genera Gymnophthalmus (Mer~ 
rem), and 4blepharis (Fitzinger) in the absence of eyelids; but it differs 
from both of these in the number of toes; the former having 4—5, the 


—_— 


Mr. Bell on a new Genus of Scincide. 395 


latter 5—5, whilst Lerista has 2—3. This trivial distinction, had it 
stood alone, would scarcely have warranted me in giving to this animal 
a new generic name, but would rather have called for a revision of the 
characters of the two genera above named. The absence of external 
ears, however, constitutes a character of no inconsiderable importance, 
and, when combined with those above mentioned, and with the more 
elongated and auguiform structure of the body, bears me out in consider- 
ing it as a distinct genus. 

Its affinity to Mr. Gray’s genus Saiphos is probably very close, as it 
agrees with it in the concealment of the ears by the integument, and in 
the absence of femoral pores, and approaches it in the comparatively 
elongated body and small limbs. From this genus however it differs not 
only in the number of the toes, but in the absence of eyelids, 

I have thought it necessary to enter into this rather lengthened detail 
of the affinities and distinctions of this animal as compared with its con- 
geners, not only to shew its actual relation to them, but also to exonerate 
me from the charge of needlessly multiplying genera; a fault which at- 
taches to the Naturalists of the present day, almost as strongly as the 
contrary error formerly did to the strict Linnzans. It has always ap- 
peared to me, that a legitimate reason for the construction of a generic 
character, and a fair claim to generic rank, exist, when we find sucha 
peculiarity of structure as evinces any marked difference in the habits of 
the animal, from those most nearly related to it; and such I believe to 
be the case in the structure of the organs of hearing and of vision in the 
genus Lerista. 


396 Mr. Brightwell on the Food of Corethra. 


Art. LIV. On the Food and Habits of certain Insects. 
By T. Baieutwe ct, Esg., F. L. 8S. 


Sustentatio larvarum, imprimis rapind viventium, sepius singularis. 
PABRICIUS. 


I, Reaumur has investigated and described the metamorphoses of 
the Corethra plumicornis,* a little Gnat of the family of the Tipulide, 
but this distinguished Naturalist was unable to determine the food of the 
larve ; he conjectured that they devoured the invisible animalcula, 
teeming around them in the stagnant waters which they inhabit. 

Reaumur found the darva in July and August in water. He describes 
its body as transparent, almost cylindrical, largest at its anterior part ; 
the head has in front a double hook (crochet). In the anterior part are 
two reniform little bodies, and two others of the same kind, but smaller, 
towards the anus. The last segment of the body has underneath an oval 
fin (nageoire) in the form of a leaf, and the anus is furnished with two 
fleshy horns. The nympha is furnished with two little horns on the 
head and two elliptical nageoires at the anus. It remains in this state 
only ten or twelve days. ‘To this may be added that the viscera appear 
to consist of a simple alimentary canal, largest in the centre of the body 
where the food remains during digestion. The body of the animal con- 
sists of innumerable crystalline fibres, woven together like net work. 
It is more rigid than its appearance seems to indicate, and it retains this 
rigidity to a remarkable degree after death. 

Accident made me acquainted, a few years since, with the fact that 
these little animals devour, with astonishing rapacity, the Water Flea 
(Monoculus Pulex, Linn., Daphnia Pulex, Miller) and that they are 
an instrument, in the hand of Providence, for preventing their excessive 


* Corethra culiciformis, De Geer, VI. 372. t. XXIII. f.4—12. Cor. plumi- 
cornis, Reaumur, Vol. V. 40, Tab. VI. f.4—15. Tipula chrystallina, De Geer, 
149.202 Itis doubtful whether it be De Geer’s insect: the respiratory horn 
is wanting in our species. Cor. plumicornis, Meigen, Dipt. Eur. Vol. I. 15. 1. 
Corethra lateralis, Latr, and Panz, 


Zoological Journal VoLY,P1.XIX, 


Mr. Brightwell on Filarie and Insects. 397 


increase, an increase which has been sometimes so great in stagnant 
waters, as to change them into the appearance of blood, and make them 
like a thick mass of living water. 

The Daphnie are about the size of a pin’s head, and half a dozen 
Tipulidan larve will clear a bottle well stocked with them ina few 
hours. They seize their prey with the rapacity of a Pike, grasping it 
with the two anterior jaws or hooks (as Reaumur calls them) and gorging 
it alive. The larger Daphnia, filled with ova, often struggle a long 
time in the jaws of their adversary, who can only swallow them by 
degrees. These darve will live several days without food, but die after 
that time, although the water be daily changed. Once, being unable to 

‘procure any Daphnie, I cut some roasted mutton into small particles, 
and on putting a few into the bottle in which I kept the darve, most of 
them struck at, and two actually gorged, this substantial diet. One of 
these I kept for some days in a small glass tube, watching it carefully 
until the mutton had digested. From the transparency of the animal 
this process might distinctly be perceived ; the food dissolving into an 
opaque fluid, was gradually absorbed by the surrounding vessels, until 
the body was tinged with a greenish color. This animal continued in a 
highly vigorous state for two days without any other food, when it 
changed first into the nympha state, then into a fine specimen of the 
perfect insect. 

A bad figure of this larva is given by Reaumur; we have given a 
more accurate one, Plate XIX., fig. 1, in which a. is the animal of the 
natural size and b, highly magnified. In the latter the parts as described 
by Reaumur will be readily traced. 


II, Most Naturalists are aware of the fact that intestinal worms are 
found in the bodies of various insects, and particularly in those of several 
species of the Carabide inhabiting moist situations. I have found them 
most abundantly in the bodies of the Harpalus or Molops madidus, a 
very common insect of this family. These worms, which are identical 
with, or allied to, the Gordius aquaticus, Linn, (Filaria of modern 
authors), are a most formidable foe to these insects, devouring the 


398 Mr. Brightwell on Filarie@ and Insects. 


whole of their viscera and ultimately destroying their victim. The abdo- 
men of the beetles thus infested often presents so swollen an appearance, 
that a diligent observer may readily recognize them. Two, or even 
three of these worms, from one to three inches long each, are occasion- 
ally found in the body of one insect, and when developed, it appears 
almost impossible that they could be coiled in so small a space as that 
from which they have emerged. 

I have kept many of the worms taken from the Carabide in water, 
but they have uniformly died after some weeks, having during that 
time maintained a constant vibratory motion. After a tempestuous tor- 
rent of rain, which fell on a hot day in the latter end of July, my childrea 
brought me two of these worms, found in my garden upon the dripping 
leaves of an Arbutus tree. One of them was about two, the other about 
three inches long. They were both ina very vigorous state, and I im- 
mediately placed them upon some wet earth, in a garden-pot, with a 
glass over them and proceeded to search for a specimen of the Molops 
madidus that I might introduce it to the Gordiz and see what would fol- 
low. Having speedily found one of these insects I put it under the 
glass, and in less than five minutes the beetle attacked one of the worms, 
cut it in pieces with its jaws, and very quickly devoured it, pushing with 
its palpi the wriggling pieces of worm into its mouth, The Molops 
entirely devoured both the worms in about ten minutes. I kept this 
Molops, feeding it with flies and other insects for some days, when it 
died. On dissecting it Icould not discover any traces of the worms it 
had devoured. 

About the same time another worm of this kind was found, after a 
heavy rain, in the garden of a friend, which was presented to me. ‘This 
worm is of an amber colour and transparent, and when examined under 
the microscope its annulose structure is very distinct, the whole body 
being transversely striated. The intestinal canal appears filled with little 
well defined globular bodies of a dark colour, presenting the appearance 
of ova. This worm tapers towards the head, which is slightly tinged 
with a crimson hue; the orifice of the mouth can under a Jens be dis- 
tinctly perceived. The ova (if such they are) commence where the 
tapering off to the mouth ceases, and are continued to the anus, which 


Mr. Brightwell on Filarie and Insects. 399 


is blunter than the head, and of the same colour as the rest of the body. 
The oviform bodies lie in conglomerated little masses in the middle part 
of the canal, but in the other parts assume nearly the form of a string of 
beads. On subjecting a small section of this to a high power in a com- 
pound microscope, the little globules appeared depressed in the centre, 
and darkest on one side. 

It is natural to enquire how these worms find access to the bodies of 
insects coated in mail of such proof as the Carabide are encased in. 
It seems evident they cannot enter by the mouth, as the Carabide 
greedily cut up and devour them. Do they not (after the manner of the 
Gordius Medinensis) penetrate and lodge themselyes in the bodies of 
the Carabide upon their first emerging from the pupa into the imago 
state? At this time we know the bodies of the Carabide are so soft as 
to be easily penetrated, and that they remain some time in this state con- 
cealed in situations where these worms are not unlikely to be found. 

Mr. Jeffreys, in his valuable Synopsis of the Testaceous Pneumo- 
nobranchous Mollusca of Great Britain, in the last part of the “ Trans- 
“< actions of the Linnean Society,”’ has stated some facts, which appear 
to render this opinion probable, and the same Naturalist has also sus- 
pected that the Gordii are the food of the insectivorous Water Beetles, 
He says, “ All the mhabitants of this genus (Limneus) may be truly 
** termed amphibious, since the nature of their food frequently obliges 
them to seek it on wet and marshy ground, During the spring they 
are greatly infested by a minute slender species of Gordius which, in 
« number from two to ten, attach themselves to the interior of the mantle 
“ near its connection with the neck of the animal. This troublesome 
‘* parasite does not seem to be stationary, since I have not unfrequently 
‘* observed it to change its place and take up perhaps more commo- 
« dious quarters in another shell. It probably constitutes part of the 
** food of the smaller Dytiscide, After I had put two sorts (the Dyt, 
* trifidus and Dyt. crassicornis/ into the glass vessel where the Limnei 
“« were kept I could not detect any signs of the Gordii: though in other 
* cases | have known them to survive, even after their guardians had 
* begun to putrify.”’ 


” 


« 


“ 


‘ 


400 Mr. Templeton on certain Spiders. 


Art. LV. On the Spiders of the Genus Dysdera, Latr. 
with the Description of a new allied Genus. By Rosrrt 
Temp.eton, Esg. In a Letter to the Editor. 


Sir, 

My attention having been directed for some months past to the Spiders 
in my immediate neighbourhood, an attentive examination of their 
generic characters became necessary. The following paper, which is 
the result of my enquiries so far as relates to the genus Dysdera of La- 
treille and an allied one, of which at present I have met with only one 
species, will I hope prove not devoid of interest to your readers. 

Iam, &c. 
Rost. TEMPLETON, 
Corr. Memb. Belfast Natural History Society. 
To N. A. Vicors, Esq. 


ARANEADA, Leach. 
DyspeEra *, Latr., Walcken., Leach. 


Eyes 6, arranged in the circumference of a circle, the anterior 
largest. 


Div. 1. DysprEra. 
Mandibles + porrect, about half the length of the thorax, internally 
truncated obliquely from a little beyond the base, posterior edge sur- 


* That there exists a necessity for an attentive examination of the various 
genera of the true Araneide, and indeed I might say of the Arachnida gene- 
rally, will be at once recognized when I state that Ihave a considerable num- 
ber of Spiders that will go into no genus as at present established, and that the 
genus Epéira, as the characters are given in that deservedly popular work, 
Samouelle’s ‘ Entomologist’s Useful Companion,” will not admit the typical 
species Ep, Diadema with guadrata, alsine, and a host of others, 

+ In examining the jaws of Spiders the various parts must be detached from 
the head of the animal, since from the transparency and minuteness of different 
parts, their exact form cannot be determined; besides the errors likely to arise 


Dysdera.— Harpactes. 401 


mounted by a row of teeth (4 in number), a cavity towards the apex to 
receive the claw which is very long and strong. 

Mazille anteriorly triangular, contracted in the middle and very much 
dilated posteriorly where the palpi are attached; labial edge nearly 
straight. 

Lip elongate, gradually narrowing to the apex, which is truncated 
and grooved, the sides posteriorly slightly curved out to receive the 
maxille. 

Palpus with the 2nd joint much curved, the last short in the male, 
and with the fecundating appendage oval, 

Eyes, the anterior distant, so as to give the appearance of a horseshoe, 
and not much larger than the other pairs. 

Legs, the 4th pair longest. 

Dysdera erythrina, Auct. 
Dysdera? parvula, Dufour. 


Div. 2. HarpactrsEs. 


Mandibles somewhat vertical, small, elongate, abruptly truncated at 
the apical extremity, with 2 or 3 minute teeth; the claw very short. 

Mazille elongate; the sides parallel, rounded at the extremity, trun- 
cated obliquely internally, a little dilated externally to receive the palpi. 

Lip elongate, rectangular, slightly contracted at the apex and dilated 
at the base. 

Palpus with the 2nd joint not much curved, the last moderately long, 
and the fecundating organ somewhat cylindric. 


from want of sufficient light and the foreshortening. If the drawing of the 
jaws of the last species described in this paper which was taken with the parts 
in situ, were placed side by side with the correct representation in the accom- 
panying drawing, no one could conceive that they belonged to the same 
species. Iam inclined to think that Walckenaer’s division Triangularilabre of 
the genus Theridium, has been formed by a mistake of this kind, the triangular 
anterior lip being plainly seen and the minute fine Jine which marks the edge 
of the posterior being not at all discernible, unless after dissection, in a great 
many species, 
Vou. V. DD 


402 Mr. Templeton on certain Spiders. 


Eyes, the anterior pair approximate, leaving no open space, and much 
larger than the other pairs. 

Dysdera Latreillit ?, Blackw. 
Dysdera —————, mihi. 

Being by no means an advocate for the unnecessary establishment of 
new genera, I have merely removed these Spiders into separate divisions, 
the differences being too striking to admit of their being associated to- 
gether, though in habit and form they bear a strong analogy. As I am 
not certain that my species is that described by Dufour or by Blackwall 
I am undetermined as to which division their specimens may beiong. 1 
have however given adrawing and description of mine, so that those 
who may have opportunities of meeting with the Dysd. parvula of Du- 
four and the Dysd. Latreil/ii of Mr. Blackwall may be enabled to 
combine the synonyms, if they all belong to the same species. Dufour’s 
description is “* Thorax smooth, depressed, livid black ; mandibles, palpi 
‘* and feet testaceous rufous; abdomen griseous, hispid,’? which might 
apply to mine; but in his drawing the mandibles are represented of 
half the length of the thorax, and the eyes differ from mine slightly in 
position and magnitude : how far these differences may have arisen from 
hasty examination I am unable to determine, but if the drawing be cor- 
rect, it unquestionably refers to another species. 

In the examination of Spiders a source of inaccuracy arises, which 
requires to be pointed out, and which has perhaps led to the slight dif- 
ference between Mr. Blackwall’s description and that given below. If 
the Spider be examined in the air, the silky hairs lie over each other so 
as to prevent the abdominal macule being at all or clearly distinguish- 
able, and to obviate this, I have uniformly placed the species I sketch 
under water between two plates of glass separated by rings of card, thus 
each hair assumes its natural position and the macule are easily seen. 


Dysdera Templetoni*. 
Dysdera Latreillit ?, Blackw. 


~ Mr: Templeton having omitted to affix a trivial name to this species, the 
Editor has supplied the deficiency by applying to it that of its able observer. 


Dysdera Templetoni. é 403 


Female, 

Cephalothorax oval, broadest posteriorly, 6-angular, the angles well 
marked; castaneous black, shining, eyes silvery white occupying the 
middle third of ihe forehead; beneath pale slaty brown becoming darker 
at the roots of the coxe. 

Abdomen cylindrical, widest alittle behind the middle, one-half longer 
than the thorax, pale brown with innumerable dark brown macule 
scattered over the whole excepting the upper third of the middle line 
and a narrow crescentic portion along the apex; spinnerets not project- 
ing: beneath the lateral portions covered with macule, which not 
encroaching on the middle third leave a pale yellowish brown space 
extending from the spiracles to the spinnerets ; with close attention we 
may on this space in some specimens observe obsolete macula towards 
the anterior part. 

Palpi pale greenish brown, the last joint darker. 

Legs nearly of equal length, the 3d pair being a little shorter than the 
rest, very pale brown. The femur with a diffused green annulus; the 
2d joint of the tibia with the basal half greenish brown; legs densely 
covered with fine hairs, and the last joint of the tibia and the Ist of the 
tarsus with fine black spines; claws black. 

Male. 

The male differs in having the abdomen grayish yellow with scattered 
dark hairs, more copious at the sides and posteriorly, the maculi with 
a light centre, not found at the anterior part, and so arranged as to 
leave a fine, pale, unoccupied medial line: beneath it has on each side 
three large dark macule in a row, parallel to that of the opposite side. 

Legs yellow, with the base of all the joints and the femur brown. 

Spinnerets projecting. 

This little Spider, which I have been acquainted with for two or three 
years, runs with great rapidity, and may be procured in considerable 
abundance by separating the close ivy from fir trees, and striking it sud- 
denly on a table on which a large sheet of paper or a napkin is placed : 
the little animals are then forcibly detached from the minute recesses in 

Vou. V. DD 2 


404 Mr. Templeton on certain Spiders. 


which they secrete themselves and can easily be picked up with a 
moistened camel’s hair pencil. They are best killed and preserved by 
immersing them in spirits. 


Oonops. 


Mandibles elongate, truncated obliquely, forming a groove to receive 
the claw; no teeth; claw short. 

Mazille approaching, elongate, narrowed at the apex and obliquely 
truncated internally ; base slightly dilated to receive the palpi. 

Lip elongate subtriangular, rounded at the apex. 

Palpus in the female gradually enlarging to the last joint which is 
conical, and surmounted by a minute conical joint; hairy, all the hairs 
serrated. In the male, the last joint short, and the fecundating appendage 
pyriform with a long bristle terminating it. 

Eyes oval, the larger pair placed side by side, touching nearly their 
whole length; the lateral pairs placed obliquely on their outer side. 

Legs 4th pair longest. 


Oonops pulcher. 


Cephalothorax triangular, oval, pale reddish brown, pinkish, or occa- 
sionally pale greenish brown, translucent, smooth; eyes bluish, sur- 
rounded by black elevated rings ; in the greater number of specimens 
3 rows of scattered strong black hairs pass down the back, one in the 
middle line and one on each side of it, these end about two thirds of the 
way down by diverging irregularly towards the legs: beneath pale pinkish, 
very thickly covered with black hair : hook of the mandible castaneous, 
jaws covered with scattered black hairs. 

Abdomen oval, broadest a little behind the middle, anteriorly mount- 
ing upon the corselet, coccineous, covered with strong black, or occasional 
pale, hairs, particularly anteriorly: beneath concolorous, with often a 
dark fascia running from the stigmata to the spinnerets ; spinnerets rather 
long, projecting a little beyond the apex of the abdomen. 

Legs vitreous, densely covered with fine hairs; the last joint of the 


Oonops pulcher. 405 


tibia and 1st of the tarsus with a double row of strong and lengthy spines ; 
the posterior legs with a few additional, smaller, irregularly placed. 

This beautiful little Spider, which is with me exceedingly common, is 
to be found in the same situations as the last: it passes the winter in the 
centre of little cocoons which it weaves in the interstices of the ivy. 
When first detached from the cocoons they are a little stupid, but soon 
recover and begin to run about. They seem in their movements to com- 
bine the peculiarities of different families of Spiders, at one time run- 
ning forwards, then, when interrupted in their progress, taking a little 
jump to the right or left with inconceivable swiftness and starting off in 
some other direction. Ihave never seen them catching their prey by 
leaping on it, but have no doubt of their capability, if the destined fly be 
properly situated to admit of it, and Iam inclined to think that this is 
their mode of seizure, as they do not seem inclined to weave nets; a few 
irregular threads being the only product of their labour when I have ccn- 
fined them. 

They seem to possess a power which, from Mr. Blackwall’s obser- 
vations, must be very rare among Spiders; I allude to their being 
enabled to walk upon glass. I have taken every precaution in ascer- 
taining this, so as to avoid every doubt which could arise. I took them 
up on the point ofa brush and placed them on a plate of glass and then 
set them off running in an opposite direction to that by which I placed 
them there, so that no previously formed thread could assist them. I 
also applied a high magnifier, and though the glass plate was held 
towards opaque and luminous objects and with the light falling in every 
possible direction, I could detect no thread; 1 observed however that the 
whole of the last joint of the tarsus was closely adpressed to the glass, 
and that it walked with great deliberation ; when disturbed immediately 
forming a thread asit dropped. How they manage this I cannot say, as 
they have no provision such as we find on the feet of flies to enable them 
to effect it. The claws are figured in the drawing, and between them I 
detected on one foot a little transparent body on a peduncle exactly like 
what we observe on the feet of the genus Ciro. Perhaps this may be 


the part of the foot in which the power resides, It requires future 
investigation, 


406 Mr. Templeton on certain Spiders. 


The necessity of separating this genus from the preceding, to which it 
is very closely allied, can admit of no doubt. In the first place, its form 
is exceedingly dissimilar, as will be apparent from a comparison of their 
profiles, that of Dysdera being very elongate and cylindric, this short 
and globose as in Theridion or Epéira, and the peduncle very far along its 
inferior surface. The cephalothorax is also in this nearly rhomboidal, 
the opposite sides being very nearly parallel, and the angle by which the 
anterior recedes being very acute, while Dysdera is far from presenting 
such a form, and the anterior superior angle is nearly a right one. The 
eyes here also differ from those of every other genus, the large ones in the 
centre and the lateral pairs being all oval*: not however perfectly regular, 
the inner edges of the larger being nearly straight and their breadth being 
diminished disproportionately anteriorly ; the lateral ones are much more 
nearly perfectly oval but they differ slightly anteriorly. In the palpi the 
greatest discrepancy occurs, andI know of no other genus in which the 
hairs are serrated. The parts of the mouth are also unlike Dysdera. 

When the Spider is examined alive its blood + is perfectly transparent, 


* Though these eyes assume this singular form, to suit perhaps the economy 
of the animal, it is obvious that the surface must be part of the same solid of 
revolution, else distinct vision would not be practicable: this is a curious 
circumstance, and leads to the enquiry of how the surface becomes modified in 
the compound eyes of Lamia, Saperda, &c. 

+ I know no more beautiful and interesting object, than the circulation of 
the blood in the Spider presents under the microscope. It is much more dis- 
tinctly seen in Clubiona atrox than in any other species I have yet examined, 
from the circumstance that the particles or globules of the blood are very 
opaque and therefore more distinctly observable. Tosee the motion in the legs 
the age of the specimen matters not, but if the entire circulation be the subject 
of investigation it is better to take the young, the central dorsal macula alone 
being then distinctly marked. The mode I pursue, and which I recommend 
for the adoption of others, consists in placing the Spider under water between 
two plates of glass with a ring or twoof card interposed of sufficient thickness 
to prevent its being much compressed: the animal is thus prevented from strug- 
gling, and as sufficient air remains in and about the pulmonary sacs to afford 
an adequate supply of oxygen to it, it does not seem to suffer from the confine- 
ment in water. By throwing the light of the reflector up, the circulation of 


Circulation in Spiders. 407 


no dark globules occurring as in most others. 


the blood is now distinctly perceptible. The heart, as was long ago pointed 
out, occupies the superior anterior portion of the abdomen, the blood passing in 
laterally at the posterior part; it contracts 63 or 54 times in a minute, the 
muscular apparatus dragging it forwards and compressing it at the same time. 
When it expands some of the blood seems to regurgitate, but the greater mass 
is driven forwards through a small vessel into the cephalothorax. This vessel 
enlarges and presents every appearance of an auxiliary heart, as attached to it 
on each side is a cartilaginous clavicle-shaped body which is fixed anteriorly 
and moved by lateral muscles posteriorly, and which separating and again 
approximating drive forward the fluid. These cartilages are considerably 
separated anteriorly, but the posterior extremity is merely separated by the 
“vessel, and is parallel to its fellow of the opposite side. The vessel in passing 
forward from the thoracic heart? immediately divides, a branch passing to each 
side of the vomeriform process of the skeleton which is found beneath the cen- 
tral thoracic point, and which gives attachment to certain muscles of the coxe ; 
it then reaches to a point about midway to the apex of the cephalothorax and 
divides intoa lash of branches, oneof which joins its fellow of the opposite side 
and runs down the centre of the forehead, its course being marked by a groove on 
the skeleton internally, giving branches to the eyes; another branch goesdown 
the centre of the mandible or rather nearer to its outer side; and one to each of 
the legs, palpus, jaw, &c.: that going to the posterior legs runs nearly directly 
backwards. Intracing it down the leg we findit nearly in the middle line; it 
terminates a little from the claw by opening directly and at right angles into 
the vein which is of much larger size and generally lies on one side of the 
artery in the tarsus, getting under it however at the joints; the vein being 
larger, and subdividing and againjoining, the blood moves in it much slower than 
in the artery and apparently often stagnates until the vis a tergo produced by 
the accumulation behind drivesit on. If analogy be of much importance, this 
settles the physiological discussion relative to an active power in the capillaries, 
none being here at al! distinguishable. The blood from the several parts, viz. 
legs, mandibles, &c. collects in a lateral thoracic vein, the openings being at 
rightangles. This vein then passes into the abdomen atthe sides of the pedicle, 
a curious valvular structure, which J first saw Jast May in Lycosa saccata, being 
placed here; it is fixed in the middle line and has its outward extremity free, 
being of a crescentic form, and past it the current runs, a liltle eddy occuring 
behind it as it recovers its position. The stream then goes directly tothe pul- 
monary sacs and thence returns to the heart. 

In Clubiona the globules are elliptical and very long, with adark speck about 


408 


Mr. Templeton on certain Spiders. 


Explanation of the Figures. 
PraTE XVII. 
Dysdera H. Templetoni, female. 


——= tale. 


Seen in profile. 

Anterior superior part enlarged to shew the position of the eyes. 

The eyes seen from before. 

seen from above. 

The mandibles from behind, with 2 teeth on the nearer edges 
of the cavity for receiving the claw, and one on the farther. 

The maxilla and posterior lip; the inner labial edges of the 
jaws are membranous and pass behind the lip, the jaw 
becoming suddenly, not gradually, incrassate. 

The palpus of the female. 

Oonops pulcher, female, 

Profile. 

Eyes seen from above. 

in front. 
Mandibles. 
Parts of the mouth. 


Male palpus. 
A hair from the palpus of the female to shew its serrated 


structure. 

Tip of the hind leg, to shew the appendicial joints and the 
claws, with the little pellucid body between on its 
peduncle, 


the position of each focus ; they are not numerous, being in the pedal arteries 
about two or three times their own length asunder, one only passing at once 
through the tube: in the veins however they lie closer together, 

I remember last year seeing what I thought was the motion of a fluid in the 
legs of Ciro alatus. If this observation was correct, accurate examination may 
make this a test of the position of these minute tribes: it lies open to future 


investigation. 


Dr. Bancroft on Jamaican Fishes, &c. 409 


Art. LVI. Account of several Fishes and other Animals of 
Jamaica. By E.N. Bancrort, M.D. In a Letter to 
the Editor. 


Kingston, Jamaica, 24th July, 1830. 
Dear Sir, 

I HAVE not been able to acknowledge sooner the favour of your letter 
of the 17th of last November. I was indeed partly induced to delay my 
answer from the expectation you had therein held out to me of a farther 
communication with such portions of the Zoological Journal as relate to 
the objects I sent to you twelve months ago; but these I have not yet 
had the satisfaction of receiving. 

This letter will, I believe, be forwarded by the packet, which is to sail 
on the 3d of next month; and in it I shall give you some account of the 
contents of several packages which I proposed to send you by the ship 
New Prospect, that will sail for London at the end of this month. The 
first package to be mentioned is a cask with compressed sides (as it may 
to you be termed) called a breaker, a form which I preferred on account 
of one of the Fishes to be sent in it, a Cephalopterus hitherto, I believe, 
unknown. 

I have to regret that this specimen in particular, and some others of 
the Fishes, are not quite in their natural colours. I had directed the 
first to be put into strong brine, and this it seems was done by a servant 
in a large copper boiler, there being no other vessel at hand to contain 
a fish of its size and shape, and the brine was occasionally renewed to 
prevent putrefaction; but I had the mortification to find very lately, when 
I had the fish taken out to be put into the breaker, that some portion of 
its surface had acquired a green colour from the copper, an alteration I 
had not been previously informed of, It appears that the servants were 
able to remove some part of the green colour; but I was afraid of their 
injuring the skin if they continued to rub it; and although J hesitated for 
some time about sending this specimen, yet I thought it best to send it in 


410 Dr. Bancroft on Jamaican Fishes, &c. 


the end, because it appears to be a rare fish here: for no other has [ 
believe been caught since that one. It is highly probable that the green 
colour may be entirely removed; but evenif this should not be effected, 
there remained enough of the original purplish colour on the fish’s back 
to show what it formerly was at the time I putit into the breaker. In 
case however that the original colour should have suffered any change 
from the action of the spirit in the cask, I venture to send inclosed one 
or two attempts of mine at a figure of the fish. They were meant solely 
as memoranda for my own private use, and were made hastily during 
uneasy moments; and their defective execution would have deterred me 
from submitting them to the severe scrutiny of Zoologists, had not the 
hope that their fidelity as to colouring and as to shape and dimensions 
might palliate their defects, at length overcome my objections. This 
specimen appeared to me, when taken out of the brine, to have shrunk ; 
it originally measured 17 inches from the apex of the frontal flappers, or 
fins, to that of the ventral fins, and 28 inches in extreme breadth across 
the wings ; the tail being 21 inches long. About twelve months ago 
another of the same species, a male, was sent to me; but I had been 
called out of town for three or four days, and when I returned home the 
fish was so putrid as to be useless. Its dimensions however were rather 
larger ; its length, measured as above, was 32 inches, its extreme breadth 
44 inches, and its tail 27 inches. This individual had the male ap- 
pendages, as Colonel Montagu has called them, arising on the interior 
edge of the ventral fins, very distinct; I have reason to consider it as an 
adult. 

Though I have taken notes of the characters of this Fish, yet I abstain 
from sending them, as they would be useless to Mr. Bennett, who I hope 
will continue his favour to me and mine, and take this and the other 
Fishes now sent under his own protection. He will observe in it one 
deviation that is perhaps unique in the Ray tribe, and will therefore serve 
as a marked specific character, in the position of its spiracles. There 
are clearly none on the dorsal surface, whence I was led to suppose them 
wanting, asin some Sharks; at last however I discovered them in a 
groove immediately under the anterior edge of the base of the pectoral 


Cephalopterus hypostomus.—Echeneis lunata. 411 


fin, at only half an inch behind the eye. I would submit also to Mr. Ben- 
nett’s notice the substitute for teeth with which the edges of both lips.are 
provided, in the form of a ‘* pave” of flattened semi-transparent oblong 
hexagonal bony substances. Several Rays have a structure somewhat 
similar, but Ihave never yet seen that any authour has adverted to it, 
although it is assuredly deserving of attention, as well for its suitableness 
to the animal’s wants, as for its regularity and beauty *. 

The next object to be mentioned is an Echeneis, which it seems to me 
cannot with propriety be considered as Ech. Naucrates, and, if not, must 
be regarded as a new species undescribed. Of this J send two specimens, 
the intestines of one of which I was obliged to have taken out, on ac- 
count of the degree of putrescence they came into before I had finished 
the notes and sketch I took of it. This individual was a male, and mea- 
sured 325 inches from the apex of its inferior jaw to the tip of the upper 
portion of the caudal fin. The other was an inch and a half longer, but 
from the flabbiness and light colour, and mottled appearance of the skin, 
I supposed it to be an old one or else in a sickly state, and therefore a less 
perfect specimen of the proper colour of the species than the shorter one; 
especially as one or two others in a very healthy state that I have seen 
were exactly of the same dark hue with the latter. My chief reasons for 
considering it as a distinct species from Ech. Naucrates are that the 
Naturalists, whose works I have been able to consult, agree in assigning 
the following characters to 


* The several Fishes forwarded by Dr. Bancroft were exhibited at the 
Meeting of the Committee of Science and Correspondence of the Zoological 
Society on September 27, 1831. Of this exhibition a notice was published in 
the “‘ Proceedings” of the Committee (Part J, p. 134), together with characters 
of the new species, 

That of the Cephalopterus is as follows: 


CEPHALOPTERUS Hypostomus, Ceph. levis; ore infero; pinnarum pec- 
toralium margine antico declivi recto ; spiraculis in fossa sub basi anticd 


pinnarum pectoralinm positis. 


Tas, Super. L, 


412 Dr. Bancroft on Jamaican Fishes, &c. 


Ech, Naucrates, while in our Species they are 
as stated below. 
1. Body green; beneath the lateral 1. Body without the slightest 
line white. tinge of green, but of a full 
black on the upper and more 
anterior portion of the back, 
andof adark grey over the 
rest of the body, with a 
lighter grey stripe from near 
the eye to near the vent. 
2. All the fins except the caudal 2, All the fins of a dark grey 
yellow, and edged with violet. passing into a black at the 
anterior and outer portions. 
3. Lateral line white. 3. Lateral line consisting of very 
small black points. 
4, Iris golden yellow. 4, Iris a pure white. 
5. Tail fin entire. Shaw adds 5. Tail fin forked. 
that it is ovate. 


6. Skin naked. 6. Skin scaly. 

7. 24 bars on the disk. 7. 22 to 25 bars on the disk. 

8. In the figures of Shaw and _ 8. Pectoral fins very acute at the 
Bloch the pectoral fins are tip. 


rounded at the tip. 

I had at first included in the above enumeration a difference as to the 
dorsal fin, which is always described as being single in Ech. Naucrates, 
and which J found double in the first two or three individuals of our 
Echeneis thatI saw: but in the last specimen I met with, the larger one 
now sent, it was likewise single; nor have I seen fishes enough to 
authorise me to say whether the fin be generally single or double. 

I have just stated the skin in our species to be scaly, and I beg to call 
Mr. Bennett’s attention to a peculiarity in the scales that I have never 
noticed before, either in authours or in nature. The scales appear to be 
of two sorts; one of them is larger, rhomboid, reticulatély disposed, and 
dark coloured, forming as it were the ground scales; the other much 


owrmal Vol. VoPLXV UL 


Z oolovivnl J 


i 


Echenets lunata. 413 


smaller, sub-ovate, light coloured, sometimes single, more commonly 
disposed in small imbricated patches over the large rhomboid scales, the 
whole of those upon any one of the latter scales seldom covering a larger 
space than would be equal to half its area. 

It may be presumed that Dr. Patrick Browne had never seen this spe- 
cies, from his character of ‘* pinnis posterioribus albo marginatis ;’’ 
which can scarcely apply to Ech. Naucrates, unless the specimen he had 
seen had had the original tinge of the margin of the fin obliterated by 
time or by being kept in spirits. Nor does he or any other authour cite 
Echeneis Remora as existing in these seas; yet I have a specimen of it 
which I myself took from the gills of a Xiphias, of which I shall per- 
haps say something by and bye. 

The same motives that lead me to send you my drawings of the small 
Cephalopterus, induce me to-inclose my figure of the above Echeneis.* 

But whatever satisfaction this fish, if it shall prove to bea non- 
descript, may from its novelty afford to Mr. Bennett, there is one organ 
common to the genus, from the investigation of which I cannot but be- 
lieve that he will derive yet greater pleasure. I allude to the structure 
and functions of the disk on the head, which have been hitherto very 
imperfectly noticed, although they well merit careful examination, and 
will afford a new illustration of the adaptation of means to ends with 
which the works of the Creator are so replete. It seems to me passing 
strange that an organ, which obviously performs so important an office 
in the ceconomy of the fishes of this genus, should have been so long 
ignored, and so generally slurred over by Naturalists with even Linnzus 
at their head; for surely his character of it, ‘‘ Caput supra planum 
** marginatum, transversé sulcato-serratum,”’ will be found to deserve no 


* This Echeneis is characterized in the “ Proceedings” of the Committee of 
Science and Correspondence of the Zoological Society, as the 


ECHENEIS LUNATA, Ech. corpore elongato, squamoso ; disci striis 22—25; 
pinnd caudali lunaté ; pectoralibus aoutis. 
D. 30 vel 32, A, 30 vel 33, C. 16, P. 21. V.6, 


Tas, XVIII. 


414 Dr. Bancroft on Jamaican Fishes, &c. 


better epithet than the latter, when its peculiar structure shall have been 
explained. Neither does the great Cuvier appear to have studied it 
(probably from the want of a good specimen) as is evident from the 
doubt he entertains as to its modus operandi; ‘le poisson se fixe aux 
“< differents corps, soit en faisant le vide entre les lames transversales, soit 
‘* en accrochant les épines de leur bords.’’ Bosc is the only one who 
has expressed a just notion on this subject; ‘* je reste persuadé que c’est 
“< en faisant le vide que ]’Echeneis se fixe,’’ (Deterville’s Dict. d’Hist. 
Nat. t. 10, p. 46.) but he has left us nearly as much in the dark as to the 
anatomy of the part as his predecessors. Yet the whole of its conform- 
ation is most curious. After dissecting such a portion of it as exhibited 
its structure, I made sketches of the various bony and cartilaginous pieces 
and of the several sets of muscles that act between them, and drew up 
some account of its structure. But having afterwards succeeded in 
getting a second specimen of the fish, I have determined to send it to 
Mr. Bennett’s (and, if necessary, to Mr. Yarrell’s) charge, and to request 
them to undertake a labour for which they are far better qualified: and 
although I have since obtained a third specimen (which, with the first, is 
sent in the breaker) yet] have put into the cask with these a spare disk, 
which I partly dissected, that it might not be necessary to mutilate either 
of those specimens by removing its disk for the purpose of anatomical 
examination. The organ will be found nearly as complicated as the 
spine and the ribs in vertebrated animals, and there is some similarity in 
the play of the parts on each other so far as relates to the dorsal surface ; 
yet the whole mechanism is singularly different, (one single transverse 
piece for instance supplying the place of one pair of ribs and of the body 
of the vertebra belonging to it,) and at the same time beautifully simple 
and efficient. The outer border of the disk would of itself suffice for 
mere adhesion to the surface on which it is applied, when a perpendicu- 
lar force is exerted to pull it off, as in the case of the wet leather suckers 
that boys play with: but it offers no resistance, as I have found on trial 
repeatedly, to a force parallel to the surface, which causes the disk to 
slide over it in all directions. The mechanism of the amine, however, 
within the disk effectually supplies that deficiency. In their state of 


Echeneis lunata. 415 


repose these lamine ave inclined obliquely backwards, the posterior 
emerging from behind the anterior, and they lie in such close contact 
that there can scarcely be any void between them: but when the fish, 
after having attached itself by its disk requires to take the firmest hold 
of an object, it draws the lamine, by means of the muscular apparatus of 
the organ, into a direction nearly perpendicular to the surface of attach- 
ment, and retains them in that position by the triple series of teeth on 
the edge of each lamina, the spaces naturally existing between the 
lamine to the depth of about the fifth of an inch being at the same 
instant extended to their greatest capacity, and each contributing to 
form aconsiderable vacuum. So long therefore as this combined action 
is kept up, the disk remains immoveable. 

That the spare disk in the cask may be as little incomplete as possi- 
ble, I inclose for Mr. Bennett three of the bones I had removed from it, 
one answering to the spinous process of a vertebra and the others form- 
ing two of the above moveable damine. 

Before I conclude with this genus, I may notice a couple of errors that 
authours have fallen into concerning their motions. M. Risso, for example, 
describes them as lazy and slow; yet all admit that they contrive to fix 
themselves to fishes of great velocity, and in these seas they are very 
often found upon Sharks: how could they reach these, how could they 
detach themselves from their ‘* conducteurs’”’ to catch their feces (on 
which Bose asserts that they feed), and come up with them again, unless 
they were enabled to move with great speed? Some of our oldest fish- 
ermen here tell me that, although the Echeneis swims at a moderate rate 
when lounging, or going round their canoes in search of food, it will 
pursue its prey with great quickness; and to me the lengthened-conical 
form of its body, and the length and size of its dorsal, anal, and caudal 
fins, appear to be well adapted for great speed. 

Another error, as I deem it, is that the Echeneid@ swim resupinately ; 
yet prima facie, this seems improbable, and no fisherman here has ever 
observed them swimming in that position. 

There is a small Vurse in the cask, of which I sent you a specimen 
last year. I have since then detected the spiracles; they were very 


416 Dr. Bancroft on Jamaican Fishes, &c. 


small, and just behind the eyes. We must therefore consider the fish as 
a young Squalus cirratus (Scyllium of Cuvier). The adults of this spe- 
cies are sometimes found here of the length of 14 or 15 feet. They 
have generally 10 rows of teeth; not a common character with Sharks. 

If Mr. Bennett should have the opportunity, I hope he will forgive my 
recommending to his study the forms of the teeth, and the number of 
series, in the different sub-genera and even species of the Squalide. I 
suspect that each will be found to have its peculiarities, so that the indi- 
vidual might be determined by the teeth alone, and perhaps by a single 
tooth. 

I have also put into the cask a specimen of our Sea-eel, although it 
seems to be only the Conger vulgaris *, and another, if I recollect right, 
of a Scorpena : but the note [had taken of the latter is mislaid, and I 
therefore abstain from saying more about it. 

Three specimens of our Yellow Snake will be found in the breaker, 
which I beg to recommend to the attention of Mr. Bell, as this species 
(of Boa) has never been properly described. Sloane’s account of 
its head and body being ‘‘ of a dark brown colour, with some yellow 
‘* streaks here and there,” and of ‘ the belly being all yellow,” is very 
far from correct; and his figure of it is ridiculous, nay disgraceful. 
Dr. P. Browne’s is less objectionable, and it notices the claws near the 
anus; yet it is not in strict accordance with truth, the Snake being 


* The Sea-eel communicated by Dr. Bancroft is perhaps identical with the 
Savanne of Martinique (Murena Savanna, Cuv.) a fish of which no distinguish- 
ing mark has yet been published, except that derived from the forward position 
of the commencement of the dorsal fin. 

Dr. Bancroft’s fish is characterized in the ‘“‘ Proceedings’’ of the Committee 
of Science and Correspondence of the Zoological Society as the 

ConcGER SAVANNA? Cong. pinné dorsali ante basin pinnarum pectoralium 
ineipiente: dentibus anterioribus conicis ; lateralibus pluri-seriatis, seriet 
medie majoribus, parallelopidedis, cuneatis, serierum externarum interna- 
rumque minoribus granulatis rotundatisque, omnibus confertis ; vomerinis 
mediis majoribus triangularibus, subrecurvis, compressis, lateralibus 


rotundato-granulatis. 


Snakes of Jamaica. 417 


neither “ lutea’? (which, among Naturalists, signifies a golden- 
yellow, of which hue I have never seen a single scale in this species) 
nor “* maculis nigris notata,” for the spots are strictly not of a black, 
but of a dark blue colour. Oneof them (withthe more obtuse tail) I 
received alive, injured from bruises, but not lacerated; and from the 
great size of its abdomen, it seemed to be large with young. It was put 
into spirits withina very short time after it died; yet when I removed it 
into the cask, I was greatly disappointed at finding its abdomen in a most 
flaccid state. [nevertheless send it, (with two other specimens, much 
damaged about the head,) because certain parts or organs, being yet per- 
fect, may prove useful, especially the head, the tail, and the claws near 
the vent. These last are well defined and will, I hope, claim notice 
from Mr. Bell. I say this, because, although the claws in question are a 
remarkable character in the Boa tribe, they have never been well 
figured, so far as Iknow. The best of the attempts I am acquainted with 
is in Abel’s plate of ‘ the great Snake of Java,”’ p. 46 of his Voyage to 
China; but let his figure only be compared with the part in my speci- 
men, and its imperfections will strike you. A correct representation 
therefore of this character seems to bea desideratum, at least in English 
works of Natural History ; nor in the account of Professor Mayer’s in- 
vestigation of this particular structure among the ** phenopoda’’ of the 
Serpent race, given at p. 253, vol. I[l. of the Zoological Journal, is any 
mention made of figures to illustrate his descriptions. 

There isa peculiarity moreover of our Yellow Snake which is deserv- 
ing of attention: its pupil, during life, is linear and vertical. I have had 
several opportunities of observing the eye of this species, and, in one 
individual, I was able to watch it by day and by candle-light, for not less 
than six or seven weeks. The only variation I ever perceived from its 
usual form of a very narrow vertical line was upon one or two occasions 
(in the Snake first mentioned of the above three) when the length of the 
line was somewhat shortened, and its extremities slightly dilated, giving 
to the pupil a distant resemblance to an hour glass much lengthened out. 
As [have not seen any work or figure which alludes to any such form of 
the pupil among the Ophidia, (with the exception of Abyssinian Bruce’s 

Vou, V. RE 


418 Dr. Bancroft on Jamaican Fishes, &c. 


plate of the Cerastes, in which however the pupil is not linear, but ellip- 
tical, and acnte at both ends, exactly as in Cats,) T regard this form as 
curious and interesting, and I accordingly inclose for Mr. Bell a slight 
sketch I made of it at the time, of the natural size, and witha note as to 
the colours of the iris, that he may clearl y understand my meaning, if he 
should be induced, as I trust he will be, to give a coloured representation 
of the Snake. One of the three specimens was in its brightest hues when 
brought to me, for it appeared to have cast its skin just before, and it 
was really a showy and handsome Serpent; and as I have no reason to an- 
ticipate, from what I have seen as to this, or to other Yellow Snakes 
which I have kept in spirits for several months, that its colours will have 
materially suffered before it reaches you, it would therefore be the 
best type to select for a coloured figure. In favour of this Snake, whose 
cause I am willing as you see to plead, I may add that every scale on its 
back and sides, from the snout to the tail, (the abdominal and caudal 
scuta of course excepted) reflected that changeable lustre which the 
French call chatoyant ; the light-brownish ones giving off a similar golden 
splendour, passing off into a vivid green, or light blue, with the blue 
scales; while these presented a rich Mazarine blue passing from the 
brightest to the fullest and darkest gradations according to the positions 
in which they are viewed. 

In addition to the yellow, I have sent a small greyish Snake, a Coluber, 
which I presume to be undescribed. Sloane mentions a ‘‘ Serpens major 
** cinereus, of alight grey colour ;’’ but as he applies the same epithet of 
major to the “‘ Serpens subflavus,’’ our Yellow Snake, which he states 
truly to be 7 or 8 feet long, it is difficult to suppose that his Grey Snake 
means the small species now sent. His whole description is comprised in 
the above few words: andas Brown makes no allusion to such a Snake, it 
seems clear that he never saw one. Of this species I have lately received 
a live specimen, a little larger than that in the cask, and I found its 
pupil perfectly circular and black ; the iris on its inner border was of a 
bright golden hue; but towards the middle, and on its outer circum- 
ference, it was set with minute brown dots which gave to it the appearance 
of a brownish outer ring. 


Loligo. 419 


I omitted to state, in regard to the specimen of the Yellow Snake 
which had recently shed its skin, that it hasa much smaller proportion of 
the dark blue scales on the middle and posterior portions of its body than 
any others I have met with. Mr. Bell may perhaps ascertain whether 
this variation be accidental, or whether it should be ascribed to a differ- 
ence of age or of sex. I shall also mention, on the authority of some 
planters of credit, that a number of Yellow Snakes, as 10 or 12, are 
not unfrequently met with in the woody parts of the Island with their tails 
twisted together, but the rest of their bodies free. This chiefly occurs 
about April and May, at their breeding season as is supposed: when 
thus surprised, they will raise their tails and hiss, and it takes them some 
time before they c?n unwind themselves and separate; so that any active 
person armed might then easily decapitate or destroy them. It seems 
not improbable that the sight of similarly convoluted Snakes gave rise to 
the old fable of the Lernean Hydra; and the feat of Hercules may have 
been merely that of a man, who, meeting with such a knot of Serpents, 
had the wit to assail them in their entangled state. 

In the cask there is another sample of our Black Snake, which is some 
inches longer than the individual sent to you last year: pupil round, and 
with the iris deep black and shining. 

I now come to the Afollusea class; and along with a second sample of 
the Loligo forwarded last year, which has been put up entire, with its 
ink bladder undisturbed, and which I believe to be the species alluded to 
by Pere Nicholson at p. 344 of his Histoire Naturelle de St. Domingue, 
you will find in the cask a large specimen that claims, I think, to be a 
new species, and distinct from Loligo sagittata, My reason for this is, 
that all the figures I have seen of the wings of the latter agree with 
Lamarck’s character, ‘le bord supérieur’? (antérieur would have been 
better) ‘* de ces ailes est perpendiculaire a l’axe du corps, et ne s’insére 
** pas de biais, comme dans Je Calmar commun.’’ Animaux sans vert., 
t. 7, p. 663. Now in the present species the anterior border is far from 
being perpendicular, and as far from being rhomboid; it is strictly cor- 
date*. Iregret that its viscera had been taken out previously to my | 


® I have just seen No. 1 of Guérin’s Iconographie of Cuvier'’s Régne Animal, 
Vou. V. EE 2 


420 Dr. Bancroft on Jamaican Fishes, &c. 


receiving it from the neighbourhsod of Old Harbour where it was caught; 
but [ shall endeavour to get a perfect specimen, and in the mean time I 
trust this individual will be thought worth having, for it seems to sur- 
pass the * taille gigantesque’’ of the specimen mentioned by Lamarck in 
the Paris Museum, its extreme length (in its present shrivelled state) 
froth the tip of the pedunculated arms to that of the tail being 28 inches ; 
and its mouth, at least, affording a fine example of the parrot-beak of the 
Sepiaria. I hope that, if either Mr. Broderip or Mr. G. B. Sowerby 
will take this Loligo in charge, he will pardon my liberty in begging 
him to have the patience to look well at the cotyledons on the different 
arms, at their alternating positions, and at the varying forms of the den- 
tated rings within them; for, although the rings are more or less set 
with teeth, either all round or on two opposite sides, yet those on one 
side are often very different from those on the other, three or five being 
frequently much larger than the opposite or the intermediate ones, and 
differing besides by their shapes, directions, and inclinations, each diversity 
nevertheless being evidently the best adapted for the action of its cotyle- 
don in its respective situation. I nowhere find any mention of these 
peculiarities of structure, minutiz of this sort, however admirable for 
their contrivance, having been unaccountably overlooked or contemmed. 
I suspect that the greatest possible differences would, on investigation, 
be found to exist among the Sepiaria partly as to the form of their 
cotyledons, and partly as to the structure and action of their cartilaginous 
rings. But whither am I going, and to whom do I presume to suggest 
enquiries ? 

Another Molluscum is also sent in the cask, an Aplysia: but * quan- 
** tum mutatus ab illo,”? as I saw it for a very short time before it died. 
Death produces a woeful alteration in the appearance of this tribe of 
animals; for the body and members are all so shrunk up, especially 
when preserved in spirits, that no one can form any just notion of the 
real structure or habits of the individual, from the mere inspection of a 
specimen in this state. Every little seeming wart or papilla now on its 


and fig. 5, of pl. lof Mollusques represents Loligo Brongniartii, which has some 
likeness to that I send. 


Mollusca.—Birds. 421 


surface was in lifea tentaculum more or less branched, semitransparent, 
agreeably coloured, varying from half to one inch in length, each arm of 
which used to stretch itself out in all directions, the different stems on 
the head, neck, and body alternately contracting or expanding, while the 
dorsal sack was constantly opening and shutting its edges, and the sin- 
gular apparatus within in perpetual and curiously varying activity. 
These animals die shortly after being taken out of the sea; and although 
some of them have been brought up to me without delay in sea water, 
I have never had the time, even if I had possessed the ability, to draw 
their figure. Nor is there any artist here, that I know of, who is atall 
capable of doing justice to subjects of this description, of which there are 
here many hundreds probably of the most interesting kind. I must not 
omit to mention that this 4plysia, though apparently dead, afforded a 
liquor which, applied to linen, soon changed it to a good purple hue. 
You are now informed of the contents of the breaker. Another pack- 
age, a deal box, has also been sent to your address, which contains some 
bottles well secured from breakage, and other things. Among these I 
am glad to say there are some specimens in your favourite department of 
Ornithology, though I regret that they are not in the state in which I 
should have desired to send them. But I prefer much to receive them in 
an imperfect condition to being wholly without them, knowing that even 
in such a state they may still afford very useful information to an able 
Naturalist. The first I shall notice of these is a splendid species, to the 
characters of which I can find no parallel in any books I have, It was 
killed some time ago in Manchester, and appears to be extremely rare in 
the interior of the Island. The person who killed it has since died, and 
my endeayours to find out any particulars about the bird, and especially 
of the areola round the eye, and of the iris, have been fruitless. The 
horizontally produced upper mandible, the variety and brilliancy of its 
colours, and the contrast of the alar specula to its other hues will recom- 
mend this indiyidval to your attention, 2dly. There is a variety ,of 
Phatton ethereus, (3, with this peculiarity, that, it has but a single long 
feather in the tail, and that each of the tail feathers has its. shaft: black. 
That these are not accidental variations will be clear from their equally 


422 Dr. Bancroft on Jamaican Fishes, &c. 


existing in the two individuals J forward; the better of which in some 
respects had its upper mandible injured by the shot which killed it. 
3dly. An Hematopus, which does not quite agree with the characters 
of the only three species I find described, viz. Hem. ostralequs, palliatus, 
and niger. 4thly. A Sitta, perhaps new, killed with the Hematopus at 
Cape Gracias a Dios. The PAazton and the Sterna were shot at sea on 
the voyage thence. There is alsoa green Humming-bird, ill preserved, 
with its nest and eggs. 

In a chip box within the above are a variety of Insects, mostly taken 
in my house or garden; among them are a male and a female Curculio 
finely marked with alternate stripes of black and metallic green, and a 
very handsome species of Stygia, (Lamarck, Anim. sans vert.) probably a 
nondescript. Its larvee (of which two are sent ina phial) were marked with 
alternate bands of a brick-red colour and of black; they lived on the 
quinate leaves of a noble Ipomza with large corollas of the brightest 
crimson, and descended from these, when disturbed, by a fine thread; 
their bite caused an acute burning pain. In the same phial with 
these will be found several Spiders, two of which are black and were 
marked with red spots, though the red colour has since wholly disap- 
peared by the action of the spirit. The upper of these two, with three 
spots (formerly red) along the middle of the dorsal surface, and also a 
vase-shaped spot on the abdomen (the colour I ought to have said was of 
a bright crimson in all those spots) is what Brown has coarsely called 
the Red-arsed Spider, and is believed by all people here to be highly 
venomous, its bite affecting the system with severe general pains for 
months. It is chiefly found among timber and planks that have been 
undisturbed for a time, and hence carpenters are stated to be often bitten 
by them. Ihave sought for exact information on this head, but have 
not yet been able to procure any evidence of the fact that is positive. 
Sloane alludes to this Spider at p. 198 of vol. 2, No. 29, but as he had 
only seen one in spirits, he was not aware of its having been spotted with 
red. The lower of the black Spiders, to which the four ovaria in the 
same phial belong, is perhaps of the same species with the former, but T 
have not had the time to examine it minutely, and as yet only know that 


Snakes and Lizards of Jamaica. 423 


it wents the dorsal spots. They are both females; the first mentioned 
one appears to be a Drassus, Walckenaer and Latreille. There is also in 
that phial a third Spider, very minute, resplendent with silver dots. 

In a large bottle, together with 1. the olivaceous-brown Snake of this 
Island, I send, 2. a snake from Cape Gracias a Dios, in which the dorsal 
scalesare generally pied, the anterior portion being more or less white, 
and the posterior black; and 3. another Snake from Carthagena, called 
there by some name answering to our term of ‘ Barber’s pole,” though 
I cannot guess why. Its black scales however are yet more curiously 
marked towards their base by a yellowish subeliiptical spot along the 
middle with a white line diverging from it on each side; and 4thly. a 
specimen of what they here term * the double-headed Snake,”? which is 
perhaps what Shaw has called Anguis Jamaicensis (Gen. Zoology, 
v. 3, p. 488.), ‘A. subargenteo-fuscescens,”’? although in this indivi- 
dual I can discern no silvery hue, and but a very faint resemblance to 
his figure of it: still less does it correspend with Dr. Pat. Browne’s de- 
scription and figure of Anguis lumbricalis. Tome it appears to fall 
under Schneider’s sub-genus Typhlops, and its form, its caudal aculeus, 
and some other peculiarities render it interesting, especially as the 
notions concerning the Angues (Linn.) have been loose and erroneous. 
It is a pretty creature, and will, I hope, deserve to be figured. Besides 
these Ophidians I send some number of different Saurian Reptiles, of 
which I will here only notice the three largest, viz. 1. Ameiva vulgaris, 
of which Shaw has given but an indifferent figure. I never sawa live 
one except at a distance in the bushes, else I would describe its hues, 
which are handsome, and cannot well be understood from a specimen 
in spirits. 2. A noble looking animal caught in the parish of Man- 
chester, about the centre of Jamaica, and there cailed the green Lizard; 
and 3dly. another with a broad black stripe extending from the eye to 
the hind leg and bordered on each side with a narrow whitish stripe: 
this is supposed to assist the Snakes as an indicator of prey, and has 
thence obtained the name of the Snake's Waiting-boy. There are many 
other Lizards, of various sub-genera, some of them very diminutive; and 
of the whole I helieve that the first mentioned is the only one that has been 


424 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Dentaliwn subulatum, 


made known. I therefore hope Mr. Bell will find occupation with them, 
and perhaps a treat. Some of the above J never had leisure to examine ; 
but of several of the smaller ones I took memoranda while alive; and 
from these I might have been tempted to introduce some extracts, but 
that I have at last opened my eyes to the length to which this letter has 
already been protracted; and I will not therefore trifle longer with your 
patience farther than to say that there are in the other bottles a variety 
of our domestic Spiders, and of Insects, many among which may also be 
new. 


I have the honour to be, dear Sir, 
Your’s very sincerely, 
E. N. Bancrorr. 


Art. LVI. Observations upon the Dentalium subulatum 
of Deshayes. By the Rev. M.J. Berkeruy, A.M. 


Durine the summer of 1830 extensive soundings were made by 
Captain A. Vidal, R. N. on the N. W. coast of Ireland on the great bank 
running parallel with the coast, in search of Aitkin’s Rock. A few of 
the specimens of sand, gravel, &c. from different parts of the bank baving 
been kindly placed in my hands, I found amongst them several indi- 
viduals of a Dentalium new to our coasts. These, on comparison with 
Madeira specimens from Mr. Lowe, and others in Mr. G. B. Sowerby’s 
collection, proved to be the Denialium subulatum of Deshayes, (Anat. & 
Monogr. du genre Dentale, p. 53); the only points of difference being a 
paler hue, and an almost total absence of the constriction near the orifice, 
The former difference is exactly such as might be expected from their 
occurring in a higher latitude, and the latter is clearly so variable, as not 
to throw any suspicion on the specific identity of the several specimens. 
They occurred in fine sand, at various distances from the coast, in 
lat. 55°, at great depths, from 60 to 120 fathoms, As I was not sure 


the type of the Genus Ditrupa. 425 


that any were alive when taken, it became a matter of interest if possible 
to procure further information establishing the claim of the species to a 
place in the list of our marine animals: and [ was the more anxious, as an 
examination of Mr. Lowe’s specimens had convinced me that it was not a 
Dentalium, but formed a new genus among the Annelida. Accordingly, 
when in the following summer the survey of the bank was resumed, I 
requested Captain Vidal to preserve for me in spirits whatever animals he 
should procure alive in sounding ; and if possible specimens of the Den- 
talium. This he very kindly undertook and noted the depth at which each 
specimen was taken. The Dentaliwm did not occur at any less depth than 
633 fathoms, and twice (on one occasion off St. Kilda) it occurred at 
171 * fathoms. Nothing could be concluded as to habit from the man- 
ner in which the shells were imbedded in the tallow, but this was of the 
less consequence as from information received from Mr, Lowe it appears 
that they are found in great numbeis together, in masses of a conglome- 
rate (if it may be so called) of mud and various marine substances, the 
broader end only appearing above the surface. From the amazing dif- 
ference in the diameter, it should seem that the narrow or posterior end 
is gradually absorbed in the course of growth. ‘The animals of the 
Madeira and British specimens, as was supposed, proved perfectly 
identical. 

It will clearly appear from the description and accompanying figure 
that notwithstanding the resemblance of the shell to that of true Den- 
talia, it is most nearly allied to Serpulw ; but evidently distinct in having 
an unattached shell (for there is no evidence to lead to a suspicion that it 
is attached, even in infancy), and more especially in possessing a poste- 
rior as well as anterior aperture. I have therefore no hesitation in 
proposing anew genus Ditrupa (cc and rpury foramen) for the recep- 
tion of this and such other species now included in Dentalium, as shall 
be found to possess an animal similarly organized. One at least is so 
circumstanced, Denta/ium Gadus, Mont. ( Dent.coarctatum, Lam.), of the 


* A specimen of Crania personata was taken at the immense depth of 
255 fathoms, 


426 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Ditrupa and Filogranda. 


animal of which indeed I have seen only a single specimen ; but this was 
enough to prove it most clearly congeneric with Dentalium subulatum, 
though from the complete evaporation of the spirit in which it was pre- 
served and the circumstance of the surface of the operculum being over- 
grown with Ceramium repens and another minute Alg@, I was not able 
to understand its strueture sufficiently to give a figure. I at first thought 
that there were some appendages to the operculum: nor from the 
extreme minuteness could I ascertain so certainly the nature of a third 
substance, in.addition to the two .4/ye¢ above mentioned, as to pronounce 
decidedly upon the point with such scanty materials. It is highly pro- 
bable that the other minute British Dentalia will prove to possess an 
animal of like structure, though possibly even in that case it would be 
requisite to place them in a distinct genus. 

The characters of the genus 

DITRUPA 
are as follows. 

Shell free, tubular, open at both ends. 

Operculum fixed to a conical pedicellated cartilaginous body, thin, 
testaceous, concentrically striate. 

Branchie 22 in two sets, not rolled up spirally, flat, broadest at the 
base, feathered with a single row of cilia. 

Mantle rounded behind, slightly crisped, denticulated in front, strongly 
puckered on either side. 

Fascicles of bristles 6 on each side. 

I take this opportunity of referring to the two Serpule described in 
Vol. 3, p. 229. Since the account there given was published I have 
dredged several specimens of Serpula Arundo*, and find my former 
observations confirmed. It belongs to the genus Sabella as characterised 


* Serpula Arundo, Turton, Serp. tubularia, Mont. The latter name being 
the original ought to be retained, and the species named Sabella tubularia. 
Serpula tubularia, Turt. is quite a different species, and the same with Serp. 
vermicularis, Lam., excluding var. b, I am obliged to Dr. Johnston for calling 
my attention to this point in Loudon’s Magazine of Natural History, vol. 7, 
p. 126, 


Rev.M.J. Berkeley on Assiminia& Polutadenticulata. 427 


by Cuvier, being one of the rare instances in which a calcareous tube 
occurs in that genus. 

For the other, Serpu/a Filograna, I beg leave to propose a new genus 
which will be characterised by the nature of its opercula and number of 
branchiz, and may be called Filograna ; in which case, Turton’s specific 
name implexa will be very appropriate. 


FILOGRANA, nob. 
Shell very slender, filiform, gregarious. 
Branchie 8, filiform, of which two bear an infundibuliform obliquely 
truncate operculum. 
Mantle rectangular. 
Fascicles of bristles 7 on each side. 


Reference to the Figures. 
PLATE XIX. GOR eT 
Fig. 2.  Ditrupa subulata. mT vein hho 
a. The animal. 
b. One of the branchie. 
e. A portion of the anterior part of the mantle. 
d. Operculum, 


Arr, LVII[. Description of the Animals of Voluta denti- 
culata, Mont. and Assiminia Grayana, Leach. By 
the Rev. M. J. Burkecey, A. M. 

Voluta denticulata, Mont. (Carychium Myosotis, Michaud, Compl. de ' 
’Histoire de Draparn.) and Assiminia Grayana, Leach, abound under 
stones in the salt marshes by the Thames at Gravesend. Having an 
opportunity of examining both in a living state in the summer of 1832, 


428 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Voluta denticulata. 


I was surprised to find manifest indications that both were pulmonife- 
rous, which were confirmed on a minute inspection of the internal 
structure, as far as perhaps could be expected in such small animals. I 
was enabled in the former to trace distinctly the course of the vessels, and 
was decidedly of opinion that the lungs were constructed for the breath- 
ing of air unmixed with water. In the other case I was not so successful, 
though the utmost pains were taken: but as the animal is only half the 
size the difficulty was much increased. JI am enabled however to assert 
that I could detect nothing like branchie; and, what is more to the 
point, that the vault of the cavity of respiration was traversed by a mul- 
titude of minute vessels all tending one way towards a large vessel running 
down in the direction of the heart; which is exactly the structure in 
_ pulmoniferous Mollusca. This perhaps will be esteemed as decisive 
_when the external characters of the animal are taken into consideration. 
VoLUTA DENTICULATA, Mont. 

Foot obovate-oblong, pale ochraceous with shades of cinereous, obtuse 
in front, more or less obtuse behind, not evidently composed of two 
lamin. 

Tentacula highly contractile, filiform, obtuse, cinereous, slightly 
annulated, darker at the tip; eyes at the internal base. 

Muzzle porrected, not truly proboscidiform, lip large, notched in 
front asin Limnea, cinereous: the central portion faintly annulated ; 
on each side near the margin there is a round raised spot. Mouth fur- 
nished with a small tooth above. 

Mantle closed all round, with the exception of a perforation at the 
point of juncture of the outer lip and spire for the admission of air. 

Feces cylindrical (as in Limnea). 

Operculum none. 

If the mantle be carefully opened, and the vault of the cavity of 
respiration examined with a lens under water, the pulmonary veins are 
seen very distinctly running from all sides into one large vein, which runs 
close to the sac of viscosity and carries the blood directly into the heart. 
The sac of viscosity is very large, and without minute inspection might 
be taken for branchie : a comparison with that organ in Lymn@ide veri- 


exe met 


Assiminia Grayana. 429 


fies the conclusions formed trom a careful examination. 

I speak with greater caution on the point in deference to Mr. Lowe’s 
experiments on an animal evidently congeneric: and I do not advert to 
them as in the present Number some observations are made upon them, 
in consequence of a communication which was transmitted to him on the 
subject. 

On seeing the animal [ was immediately struck wiih its resemblance to 
that of Physa or rather Aplera. On mentioning this to Mr. G. B. 
Sowerby, he informed me that he has some fluviatile Limneide from 
South America which tend to confirm my suspicion. On the whole, I 
think that there can be little doubt that it is most nearly allied to 4piexa; 
and, as it appears to me, an object of some interest as connecting the 


Limneide with Carychium, Auricula, &c. ee 


ASSIMINIA GRAYANA. 

Foot broadly obovate, obtuse, composed evidently of two distinct 
lamine, the lower projecting beyond the upper, and separated from it 
by an accurately defined line; above fuscous, beneath olivaceous shaded 
with cinereous. 

Tentacula very short and obtuse, fuscous, eyes at their tips. 

Muzzle porrected, not truly proboscidiform, deeply notched in front, 
fuscous, strongly annulated ; the edge of the lip paler: on each side is 
a groove running backwards from the base of the tentacula. 

Mantle open behind. 

Feces elliptical (as in Cyclostoma). 

Operculum corneous, ovate, spirally striated. 

The most remarkable circumstance in this animal is the position of 
the eyes, at the tip of the tentacula, as in Helix and its allies, and not at 
the base. It would appear asif there were in reality no tentacula and 
only the tubercle common to many Mollusca at the base of the tentacula, 
a little more developed than usual. The shell is so like that of some 
species of Rissoa that it is quite surprising that in Dr. Fleming’s British 
Animals and Mr. Jeffrey’s paper in the Linnean Transactions it should 
be placed in or close to the genus Limnea. Dr. Leach seems to have 
formed his conclusions from an actual inspection of the animal, and con- 


430 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Rissoa subumbilicata. 


sequently made a distinct genus for its reception. In many points the 
animal resembles very much that of Cyclustoma, and is perhaps a step 
nearer than that and Helicina, which have the mantle open behind, to the 
Pectinifera. Its nearest ally however amongst the pectiniferous Mol- 
 lasca I should conceive not to be Rissoa. That an opportunity of com- 
paring the animals may be afforded, it may not be improper to subjoin 
a description of the Pissoa subumbilicata made at the same time. This 
species I have always found in brackish water amongst Conferve, Rup- 
pia, Zannichellia, &c. 
RIsSOA SUBUMBILICATA. 

Foot truncate in front, not grooved along the anterior margin, oblong, 
obtuse, the sides hollowed out ; not composed of two distinct lamine. 

Tentacula long, filiform, eyes on tubercles at their external base. 

Muzzle proboscidiform, smooth, lip scarcely any. 

Operculum corneous, spirally striate. 

Feces elliptic. 

Placed in water it swims on the surface by means of its foot. 

There are two peculiarities in this species not general in Rissoa, the 
hollowing out of the side of the foot and the absence of a short filiform 
appendage on each side of the posterior end of the foot above. 


Reference to Figures. 
Prats XIX. 400 fA. 297 
Fig, 3. Voluta denticulata. 
a, a, a. Shell with the animal in different positions. 
b, b. Different forms assumed by the foot. 
c. Pulmonary veins and sac of viscosity. 
d. Sac of viscosity opened to show that it is not a plume of 
branchiz. 
4. Assiminia Grayana. 
a, a. 
b, b. 
c. Is intended to show how the lower lamina of the foot pro- 
jects beyond the upper. 
5. Rissoa subumbilicata. 


' As in the last. 


Rev. M. J. Berkeley & Mr. Hoffman on Cerithium.431 


Arr. LIX. 4 description of the anatomical structure of Ce- 
rithium Telescopium, Brug. By the Rev.M.J.BurKerrey, 
4.M., and G. YW. Horrman, Esq. 


THE genus Cerithium is placed by Lamarck at the beginning of the 
first section Canaliferes of bis Trachelipodes Zoophages, immediately 
after Turritella, which closes the section Trachelipodes Phytiphages. 
The characters of the animal are evidently taken from Adanson, who 
informs us that one of the species lives in the sand amongst grass and 
mangroves, feeding on ‘ scolopendres’”’ and other small marine worms. 

Cuvier places it immediately before Murex, after Purpura, Cassis 
and Yerebra. This would imply a structure of the parts of the mouth 
adapted for boring shells, according to the known habits of Murex and 
certain allied genera. But a single glance at Adanson’s figure is suffi- 
cient for conviction that the animal is much more nearly allied to 
the Trochoides; and that Lamarck judged rightly according to the 
evidence before him in placing it on the confines of his two great classes. 
And this is corroborated by the little additional information in the Manuel 
des Mollusques of M. Sander Rang, who describes the mouth as toothless 
but furnished with a small tongue. 

In this state of information with regard to the habits and organization of 
the genus Cerithium, it was most gratifying to receivea living specimen of 
Cerithium Telescopium from Mr. G. B. Sowerby, as a prospect was 
offered of coming to some satisfactory decision as to the proper situation 
of the genus; though the species is one, which is not so nearly related 
as some others to the individual whose animal is figured by Adanson, 
and is indeed made a subgenus of Trochus after De Férussac by Sander 
Rang. 

Though placed in f-esh sea water, the utmost care being taken to 
renew it frequently, and all kind of marine substances which could be 
procured supplied for food, it refused all nourishment, contenting itself 
with simply walking over them, and in so doing touching them with its 
proboscis. It was exceedingly shy, so that with great difficulty 
a drawing was obtained of the animal exserted. As it declined all nou- 


432. Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr, Hoffman 


rishment, it was thought advisable after a few days to kill it by immer- 
sion in spirits, lest it should be unfit for dissection. Various engagements 
precluded the possibility of examining it for some weeks, and as partial 
decomposition had taken place, we almost despaired of success. Most 
fortunately we were able to procure through the kindness of Dr. Sibbald 
another specimen, brought from Ceylon, and thus were enabled to verify 
the observations made upon it. This however was by no meats in so 
perfect a state as to supply all the information desired, and therefore if 
future opportunities of comparing the present account with abundant 
good specimens should prove us in any particulars incorrect, due allow- 
ance must be made. Our observations it will be seen establish completely 
the correctness of Lamarck’s views. 

Foot broadly obovate, subtriangular: sometimes when adhering to 
the side of the glass nearly round, thick; small for the size of the shell, 
without any groove in the anterior margin; above between umber and 
olivaceous, with a few brown freckles and wrinkles, not furnished with 
any fringe or cilia; below pale umber, cinereous. 

Tentacula thickest at the base, then suddenly contracted and there 
bearing the eyes externally ; the upper part much attenuated. The left 
tentaculum much longer than the right with a constriction in the middle 
of the attenuated portion. 

Muzzle proboscidiform, contractile, as long as the foot, flat below, 
convex above and wrinkled transversely, of a deep olivaceous tint, and 
presenting very much the appearance of a common Leech; slightly 
notched in front; immediately below the notch is the aperture of the 
mouth, There isno crest or appendage to the lip. 

Mantle with a very small canal ; just within the outer edge furnished 
with small triangular teeth. 

Operculum horny, round, convex within, depressed externally, spirally 
striate, the margin thin, transparent, ragged. 

The spirits in which the animal was preserved were of a dark verdigris. 

When removed from the shell it was found to consist of nearly 62 volu- 
tions; the first of which was very obtuse, and with the second green; 
the three following dark green. } 


an 


Anatomy of Cerithium Telescopium. 433 


Through the mantle are readily traced the rectum, matrix, sac of vis- 
cosity, stomach and liver. On opening this along the left side, the 
branchiz, rectum and matrix are seen in situ. 

The organ of respiration consists of a long single row of triangular 
plates, which are less and less elevated as they are more distant from the 
margin, and are at last little more than parallel wrinkles. The vessel 
which carries the arterial blood to the heart is distinctly traceable on the 
left side, running down to the heart which as usual lies close to the sac of 
viscosity; the auricle is small and curved; the ventricle much firmer 
and obovate. This gives off two large vessels and a smaller one, of 
which one supplies the liver, but before it reaches it gives off a large 
vessel above the rectum: the various ramifications in the liver are well 
marked; some of them are represented in fig. 3. The second vessel 
given off from the ventricle runs parallel with the heart and pulmonary 
artery to supply the anterior parts of the animal. The third passes 
immediately above a particular organ (m. fig. 5.) to be mentioned pre- 
sently. We were notable to trace returning vessels. 

The parts of the mouth are very small; the tongue very short, fur- 
nished as usual with regularly disposed reflexed teeth ; the salivary ducts” 
enter on each side above the point of insertion of the tongue, and after 
running down on either side of the esophagus, suddenly turn back ; and 
there the glands are seen curling from side to side, and at length united 
together just below the apex of the tongue. A single short flat ligament 
is attached to the mass of the mouth behind, and inserted into the foot 
beneath the cesophagus, 

The esophagus is very long, runs. backwards to the stomach in sathe 
direction of the volution, and enters into it laterally at the further end. 
The stomach is of a very curious and complicated srructure. It is 
divided by valvular processes into three portions, which are not however 
distinctly marked externally. » 

The first of these occupies rather more than the upper half of the 
whole stomach. It is into this, immediately above the constriction, that 
the esophagus enters obliquely between two plates. Of these the 
external one runs down to theapex of the stomach ; the inner runs only 

Vou, V, FF 


434 Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. Hoffman 


third of that distance and is not so thick. The whole of this and the 
upper half of the second sac is divided into two by a thick crest-like 
fold. On each side of this, at the point where the cesophagus enters, the 
stomach is constricted, and on the exterior side is a valvular projection 
taking a spiral direction inwards. 

In this upper portion of the stomach beyond the valve is a small rib 
running at first parallel with the crest, and when arrived at the apex turning 
round and again running parallel with the crest, thus forming a small loop 
within which are little concentric ridges, like the lines at the tips of the 
fingers; but these gradually become fainter, and the portion of the wall 
within the loop is thickened until it becomes confluent with the valve: 
the valve itself runs parallel with the loop for more than half of its 
length. Between the crest and this the coat is nearly smooth or very 
slightly wrinkled transversely; but on the other side of the loop near the 
constriction are some narrow thick parallel folds at right angles to the 
loop, beyond which again are some narrower more oblique folds. 

The second sac is very small; the coat marked with a continuation of 
the same series of transverse wrinkles. To the portion of the crest in 
this sac is applied lengthwise a thin transparent plate marked with 
transverse lines, and dotted between them, which has a ridge with small 
teeth which project horizontally. We could not detect the mode of 
attachment, but supposed that it was free along the denticulated margin 
and fixed below. We found it however simply applied close to the 
crest, without any attachment. Our attention was drawn to it in conse- 
quence of the little teeth which make this portion of the crest appear as 
though it had adenticulated margin. Beyond the point where the crest 
terminates is a small ccecum, from which there is a communication round 
the crest with the passage down which the food passes in its entrance from 
the cesophagus. Beyond this is a valvular projection as before, but 
thicker than that in the first, the office of which seems to be to cut off at 
pleasure the communication down the channel just mentioned. Possibly 
something analogous to rumination may be carried on. 

The third sac is still smaller; its walls are not marked with any 
remarkable ruge, but internally there is a thick projection which seems a 


Anatomy of Cerithium Telescopium. 435 


continuation of that in the second sac. The valve of the pylorus is very 
imperfect. 

From thence leads the duodenum, marked for a short distance with a 
continuation of the last mentioned projection, and then for its whole 
length with strong oblique lines: it follows the direction of the spiral till 
it reaches the heart, when it turns round and runs parallel with its former 
course, passing at length between the branchie and matrix till it ends 
near the margin of the mantle. The latter portion, which constitutes the 
rectum, is much and frequently constricted almost to the extremity. 

The liver occupies the whole of the upper volutions. The structure 
of it is quite different from that of other Mollusca, as far as we can 
discover; and indeed from any represented in Miiller’s Anatomy of 
Glands. It resembles more the common structure of kidneys. _ In order 
to make this plainer it will be better to trace the course backward from 
the stomach. The bile is poured in at an orifice between the small 
crest-like process described above as close to the orifice of the esophagus, 
and the large crest which divides the first sac into two. The biliary duct 
follows the course of the volutions and at short intervals communicates 
with small cysts perforated with the orifices of innumerable tubes radiating 
from a thin pale substance interposed between them and the external 
glandular portion of the liver. The glandular portion is pale olive, the 
intermediate substance white, and the tubes yellow brown, A vertical 
section of the liver presents a very interesting object. 

Both the animals examined possessed a matrix, oviduct and ovaries. 
With regard to the male organs of generation we are possessed of no 
information. The ovaries are situated immediately above the duodenum. 
Aslender thread proceeding from these by a straight course to a matrix, and 
entering it somewhat obliquely, is the oviduct. The matrix is very large 
and complicated, close to, and parallel with the rectum. It consists of 
three strong folds which fit over a thick longitudinal wrinkled rib so closely 
that it appears like a simple sac and requires a minute inspection to 
ascertain the real structure, Between this and the first fold are numerous 
little transverse indentations which appear externally like striae. These 
doubtless form so many little bags for the reception of the eggs, Between 

Von. V. FF 2 


436 Rev. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. Hoffman 


the first and second fold are a number of wrinkles... The matrix 
terminates close to the anus. 

Besides the organs above mentioned, there is a cylindrical body 
consisting of a rather firm transparent jelly, disposed apparently in 
layers, parallel to the rectum, and running along the duodenum as far as 
the pylorus. Of this no excretory tube could be satisfactorily traced, 
but it was supposed that it must secrete something necessary for the eggs. 

The brain consists of four ganglions. The two upper ganglions are 
close together, as also are the two lower ones. The right upper ganglion 
sends off on its own side two principal nerves beneath the cesophagus, 
and one above it to the left. The left upper ganglion sends off two 
behind; and in front both send off to the parts about the mouth several 
nerves, of which the hindermost are forked at their origin from the 
ganglions. The two lower ganglions supply the tentacula, and from 
their lower part numerous branches penetrate the foot. 

From the whole of the preceding account it is evident that we have 
before us an animal allied very nearly indeed to Trochus, Its external 
appearance is precisely that of Turritel/a, with the exception that in 
Turritella there is a membrane on the right side of the foot. The 
digestive organs are very like those of the Trochus dissected by Cuvier. 
The stomach would indicate that its food is either vegetable, or if animal, 
from its complicated structure, and the thickness of its coat in parts, 
something most probably of a crustaceous nature ; and the very small 
powers of the mouth, ill fitted for constant gnawing, make it highly 
probable that its habits may be exactly those of Adanson’s species. 
However this may be, there can be little doubt that they are most nearly 
allied. The small Cerithiwm reticulatum of our coasts in external 
structure is just the same, possessing appendages neither to the foot nor 
mouth, 


Zoological Jowrnal Vol. V, PIXXX, 


Zo ological Journal Vol.V.P1LXX1. 


Fig. 1. 


Anatomy of Cerithium Telescopium. 


437 


Explanation f the Figures. 
Puates XX & XXI. 


Cerithium Telescopium, Brug. 


Animal in its natural position as seen from above and 


beneath. 


2. Animal taken from the shell. 


av 


eS oe 


Operculum. 
Foot. 
Muzzle. 
Rectum. 
Matrix. 
Stomach, 
Liver. 
Organ (use unknown) belonging to the parts of gene- 
ration. 
Sac of viscosity and ovaries. 


Cavity of respiration laid open. 


RSF rR Sa We ae oa 


Operculum. 
Foot. 

Muzzle. 
Rectum. 
Matrix. 
Branchie. 
Liver. 

Vessel carrying blood from the branchiz to the heart. 
Pericardium. 
Ventricle. 
Auricle. 

Sac of viscosity. 


Cavity of the abdomen laid open. 


a. 
b. 
d, 


Portion of the coat of the abdomen turned back. 
Head, 
Rectum, 


438 


10. 


Li 


Rey. M. J. Berkeley and Mr. Hoffman 


e. Matrix. 

f- Stomach. ’ 
g- Liver. 

t. Duodenum. 

o. Q#sophagus. 


m. Accessory organ of generation. 

7. Branchie. 

a. Ventricle. 

f. Auricle. 

ry. A portion of the ventricle cut off. 

o. Large artery to the anterior. 

x. Large artery to the liver. 

Plate from the interior of the stomach. 

Vertical longitudinal section of a portion of the liver. 

a. External coat consisting of granules, globular in the 
circumference, within more oblong. 

6. Athinapparently homogenous layer interposed between 
these and the tubes 

c. carrying clown the secreted bile into the biliary duct. 

d. Biliary duct divided longitudinally with its cyst. 

Vertical transverse section. 

A small portion of ditto. 

Letters as in fig. 7. 

Stomach laid open. 


o. Cisophagus. 
k. Orifice of ditto. 
a. Accessory organ of generation. 
d. Duodenum. 
g- Liver. 
a. Large crest. 
6. Situation of toothed plate, (fig. 6.) 
y- Second sac, the dark part above its coecum. 
é. Third sac. 
Matrix. 


42. 


13. 


14, 


Anatomy of Cerithium Telescopium. 439 


a. Operculum. 

-b. Foot. 

ce. Muzzle. 

d. Mantle. 

e. Wrinkled rib over which the three folds of the matrix 
vieoht: 

f. Oviduct. 

t. Neck of matrix. 

a. 3. -y. The three folds, 

Ovaries exposed in situ. 

g- Liver. 

Jf. Stomach. 

s. Integument. 

7. Ovaries, 

t. Matrix. 

o. Oviduct. 

m. Mass of mouth. 

r. Wall to ditto. 

a. Left upper cerebral ganglion 


B, Right ditto. 


ue: 
he 


0. 


t. 
m 
8. 
d, 
0. 
x, 


6. & Nerves from lower part of right ganglion, 
n. Ditto from left. 

CEsophagus. 

Tongue. 

Mass of mouth. 

Salivary glands, 

Salivary ducts, 

Orifice of ditto. 

(Esophagus, 


440 Mr. Westwood’s characters of 


Art. LX. Insectorum Arachnoidumque novorum Decades 
duo. Auctore J.O. Wesrwoop, F.L.S. &c. 


CoLEopTERA (PENTAMERA). Familia dubia. 
Cures, Latr. 
Cup. concolor, Westw. 

Sub-albido-luridus ; capite ineequali concolore ; elytris 6-punctato- 
striatis, interstitiis lituris quibusdam longitudinalibus brevibus obscuris 
notatis, fascias tres valdé obliquas et interruptas formantibus, quarum 
fasciarum intermedia latior est, et pone medium elytrorum posita. An- 
tenne subdepresse nec cylindricz. 

Long. corp. lin. 5. ; 

Habitat in America boreali, “* New Harmony,” etiam in America 
meridionali, Valparaiso ?? 

In Mus. Soc. Nat. Hist. Belfast, Dom. Hope, et nostr. 
HyMENOPTERA (ABERRANTIA, Westw.). Fam. Siricide. 
ORYSSUS, Latr. 

Or. Sayii, Westw. 

2. Niger ; capite thoraceque punctatis ; abdomine subtilits punctato ; 
vertice, ad regionem ocellorum, tuberculato ; facie lineis duabus minutis 
abbreviatis albis inter oculos ad marginem inferiorem; labro albido; 
antennis nigris, apice articuli 3tii articulisque 4to et 5to supra albo-notatis ; 
pedibus nigris, apice femorum lineolaque supera tibiali albis; alis 
dimidio basali hyalinis, dimidio apicali fuscis et ad costam obscuriori- 
bus, macula parva substigmaticali apiceque ipso hyalinis, stigmate nigro. 

Long. corp. @ lin. 73. Exp. alar. lin. 11, 

Habitat in America boreali, «‘ New Harmony.” 

In Mus. nostr. Dom. G. B. Sowerby communicavit. 

Note. In the Encyclopédie Méthodique, Vol. 8, p. 561, a second 
species of this remarkable genus was added by Latreille under the name 
of Or. unicolor, of which both sexes had been captured in the Bois de Bou- 
logne, near Paris. Its characters very much resemble those of the species 
above described, except that Or. wnicolor is only half the size of Or. co- 
ronatus, whereas my new species is somewhat larger than that insect. 


undescribed Insects and Spiders. 441 


Hymenoptera (NormA.iA, Westw.) Fam. Crabronide. 
CHEILOPOGONUS,* Westw. 

Genus Cerceridem cum Philantho arcté conjungens. Antenne subdis- 
tantes (spatio illas ad originem separante spatium inter illas et oculos equan- 
te), thorace evidenter multo breviores, g sensim incrassate, articulo 3tio 
longiore subcylindrico, ultimo obliqué truncato; mandibule interne 
inermes ; oculi intern? incisione minuta. Areola submarginalis 2da an- 
ticé sessilis, posticé haud completa, (Fig. 4a.) Caput magnum, facies fere 
rotundata, clypeo anticé paullo producto et dentibus 3 minutissimis ob- 
tusis in medio armato, ad latera pilis longissimis rigidis obliquis mandi- 
bulas obtegentibus vestito. Abdomen subovale rugos® punctatum, seg~ 
mentis subcoarctatis, 1mo subnodiformi, ultimo (g) dentibus 2 parvis 
terminato, (Fig. 4b). Pedes spinis fossoriis muniti. 

Sp. 1. Cheil. punctiger, Westw. 

Niger nitidus, valdé rugoso-punctatus (presertim abdomine); anten- 
narum articulo 1mo ad apicem, facie maculis 4 quadraté positis, vertice 
maculis 2 minutis, lineisque 2 pone oculos, collari fascia postica, scutelli 
mesothoracici et metathoracici fascia transversa, abdominis segmento 
2do laté ad basin, segmentis 3tio, 4to et 5to fascia apicali, scapulisque 
flavis; pedibus flavis, femoribus basi obscuris; alis fulvescentibus, anticé 
versus apicem obscurioribus. 

Long. corp. lin. 4.. Expans. alar. lin. 7. 

Tas. XXII. Fig. 4. a and b. 

Habitat in America boreali, ** New Harmony.’’ 

ln Mus. Soc. Hist. Nat. Belfast. 


OrTHOPTERA, Fam. Mantide.+ 
METALLYTICUS,t Westw. 
Corpus oblongo-ovatum, depressum, metallicolor, Prothorax lati- 


* Xeidog labrum, et rwywy barba, 

+ Thecharacters separating Empusafrom Mantisand Phyllium from Phasma 
are surely not of sufficient importance to raise these several genera to the rank 
of families as has been recently proposed in the Entomological Magazine. 

t MeradAdeurtxoc, metallicus, 


442 -Mr. Westwood’s characters of 


tudine vix longior, (quartam partem longitudinis abdominis vix quans,) 
lateribus fere rectis, absque dilatatione laterali, anticé haud angustatus. 
Oculi maximi rotundati. Caput muticum, vertice plano. © Pedes an- 
ticl maximi; femoribus brevibus crassissimis; femora 4 postica sim- 
plicia, quam in Mantide crassiora. Abdomen versus apicem acuminatum, 
apice ejus tegminibus alisque perfectis haud obtecto. Antenne sim- 
plices. 

Nora. Generi Mantidi (uta Servilleo restricto) affinis. Differt pro- 
thoracis brevitate, abdominis apice detecto, coloreque metallico. 

Sp. 1. Met. splendidus, Westw. 

Viridis nitidissimus; tegminibus cupreo-nitentibus; femoribus anticis 
macula centrali fulva. 

Variat colore purpureo, femoribus 4 posticis antieé subfulvis. 

Tas. XXII. Fig. 1.. 

Long. corp. lin. 14, Expans. tegminum lin, 22, 

Habitat in Malabaria. 

In Mus. nostr. 


ORTHOPTERA. Fam. Phasmide.* 
ASCHIPHASMA,}+ Westw. 

Corpus longum subcylindricum, alatum, tegminibus obsoletis. Caput 
fere quadratum angulis rotundatis, supra leve, haud tuberculatum. 
Oculi magni subfrontales. Ocelli nulli. Antenne corporis toti fere 
longitudine, frontales. Prothorax quadratus mesothoracis longitudinem 
fere equans, tuberculis duobus parvisanticis. Mesothorax paullo longior 
quam lJatus. Tegmina omnino obsoleta. Alz magne abdominis fere 
longitudine, semicirculares. Pedes et abdomen simplicia subcylindrica. 

Sp. 1. Asch. annulipes, Westw. 
2 Sordidé viridis; capite prothorace et mesothorace lineis notulisque 


* Although numerous instances occur in which the mesothoracic organs of 
flight are alone developed, this is the only insect in which I have hitherto noticed 
the metathoracic ones alone to exist. In all the specimens which I have seen 
the same structure prevails. 

+ A privativum, et occracpa tegmen, 


Zoological Journal Vol-V.P1.XXI. 


undescribed Insects and Spiders. 443 


quibusdam aliis pallidioribus signatis ; femoribus tibiisque viridibus basi 
et pone apicem laté albido annulatis, tarsis albidis articulorum apicibus 
obscuris ; antennis fuscescentibus basi pallidioribus; abdomine sub- 
fusco; alis fuscescentibus immaculatis nisi costa iata (tegmen refe- 
rente) viridi, maculis numerosissimis parvis (interdum confluentibus) 
nigris undique notati. 

Long. corp. lin. 23. Exp. alar. lin. 3}. 

Habitat in Java. 

In Mus. nostr. 


OrtHopTERA. Fam. Gryllide, Leach. 


(Locustarie*, Latr. Locustina, McL. Gryllus Tettigoniz, Linn.) 
STRONGYLODERUS,t+ Westw. 

Thorax maximus, convexus, fere rotundatus, diametro transversali 
longitudinem tertia parte superante, lateribus serratis, disco tuberculis 
parvis instructo, Caput transversum, thorace immersum, vix dimidii 
thoracis latitudine; inter antennas dente parvo acuto canaliculato 
armatum ; facie lata. Antenne tenues (in specimine nostro unico muti- 
lato, tota parte superstite longitudinem corporis insecti equante), Abdo- 
men vix thorace longius, convexum, basi latum, sensim attenuatum. 
Pedes longitudine mediocres, validi, dentati, presertim postici. 
Tibiz antice basi subocellate. Tarsi 4-articulati, breves, articulo 3tio 
bilobo. Prosternum haud dentatum, 

The singular insect upon which I have established this genus is in an 
apparently imperfect state, very minute rudiments of tegmina alone being 
visible, and the metathoracic segment being destitute of any appearance 
of wings. Whether however it may not belong to M. Serville’s subapterous 
section must be decided by the examination of other specimens; my 
insect is a g, and its size, nearly an inch long, is noticeable as bearing 
upon the question of its perfection, The form of the thorax (or rather 


- 
* Nomen Locusta pro Locustis voracibus in Bibliis sacris (Locusta migra- 
toria, &c.) commemoratis retineri debet. 
ErpofyvAsw rotundo, depy collum. 


444 Mr. Westwood’s characters of 


prothoracic shield) being similar in the imperfect states of this order to 

that of the imago has induced me to characterize it as a group, without 

hesitation, from the almost anomalous form of that part of the body. 
Sp. 1. Strong. serraticollis, Westw. 

Fulvus; thoracis discosub-testaceo; antennis fusco annulatis; abdominis 
segmentis 4-7 in medio obscurioribus; tuberculis discoidalibus thoracis 
nigris, thoraceque utrinque punctulis numerosis eleyatis. 

Long. corp. lin. 10. Thoracis latit. lin. 6. 

Tas. XXII. Fig. 2. 

Habitat in Malabaria. 

In Mus. nostr. 


OrTHOPTERA, Fam. Locustide*, Leach. 
(Gryllus Locusta, Linn. Acridia, Latr. Acridina, McL.) 
TRIPETALOCERA,} Westw. 

Tetrict (Acrydio) affinis. Antenne corporis dimidii longitudine, 
crasse, difformes, articulo lmo brevi, 2do brevissimo, 3tio longo 
lato supra plano subtus lamina tenui horizontali instructo, incisionibus 
4 marginalibus quasi articulos indicantibus, articulo 4to multo breviore 
subtus laminato, ut in precedenti, articulo 5to majore apice latiore, 
etiam similiter laminato, articulo 6to minutissimo, ovato-conico. (TAB. 
XXIL. Fig. 3.) Oculivald® prominentes. Caput inter antennas spina 
bifida armatum. _Prothorax corpus totum obtegens rigono-lanceolatus, 
inter pedes 4 anticos utrinque uni-spinosus, dorsoque in medio trigono- 
elevato. 

Sp. 1. Trip. ferruginea, Westw. 

Fusco-ferruginea, obscura, rugoso-punctata; prothorace versus 
apicem lineis duabus lateralibus elevatis angulosis ; oculis pallidis. 

Long. corp. lin. 63. 


* TI follow Linnzus and Leach in giving to the family of the Grasshoppers 
with short anteane the name of Locusta, including also those whose ravages 


are so well known. 
+ Tpetc tres, wézvaXor folium, et Kepag cornu, 


undescribed Insects and Spiders. 445 


Habitat in Malabaria. 

In Mus. nostr. 

HETEROPTERA (GEocoRISA). Fam. Pentatomide. 
DEROPLOA,* Westw. 

Scutellere affinis. Corpus ovatum, depressum. Antenne breves 
5-articulate, articulo 1mo minutissimo, 2do paullo longiore, 3tio 
reliquis longiore, ultimo paullo crassiore. Thorax lateribus posticis 
utrinque in spinam magnam obtusam elevatam anticé porrectam productis. 
Scutellum magnum ovatum depressum inerme, abdomen fere obtegens. 

Sp. 1. Der. parva, Westw. 

Castanea punctatissima ; thorace anticé, scutelli linea gracili dorsali 
interruptaé, maculisque quibusdam minutis flavis; pedibus fusco-rufis, 
tibiis annulatis. 

Long. corp. lin. 2. Latit. thoracis lin. 12. 

Tas. XXII. Fig. 6. 

Habitat in Novi Hollandia. 

In Mus. nost., &c. 

Nora. Congenerica ? Cimex Desfontainii, Fab., Coq. t. 10, f. 5, 
e Barbaria. 


(PENTATOMA, Latr.) 
Pentatoma verrucosa, Westw. 

Rufo-testacea, fusco variegata, punctata, subrotundata; thoracis late- 
ribus posticis utrinque uni-spinosis; dorso lineis quibusdam elevatis 
obliquis ; scutellum tuberculis duobus magnis rufis rotundatis basalibus, 
alterisque duobus parvis lateralibus, postic® angustatum, et ad apicem 
abdominis productum, parte posticd concava, lateribus elevatis; heme- 
lytrorum corium rufum, nigro-punctatum, membranaque apicali ultra 
abdomen longé producté; abdominis latera detecta serrata; antenne 
thorace longiores articulis 2do et 3tio longitudine equalibus, etiam 4to et 
5to, qui precedentibus duobus paullo longiores sunt ; femora subtus uni- 
spinosa, antica crassiora, tibie 2 antice dilatate, 4 postice simplices 


* Acpn collum, et omAov arma, 


446 Mr. Westwood’s characters of 


rufe, annulo albo. 
Long. corp. (hemelytris inclusis) lin. 5. 
Tas. XXII. Fig. 7. 
Habitat in Malabaria. 
In Mus. nost. 


HETEROPTERA. Fam. Lygeide. 
Prartrypius*, Westw. 

Megymenum, Guer., habitu quodammodo simulans. Corpus oblongo- 
ovatum, subdepressum. Antenne sub capitis marginibus inserte, vix 
thoracis longitudine, 4-articulate, articulo l1mo brevi, 2do magno 
dilatato elongato-ovato, depresso, 3tio minori, ultimo vix magni- 
tudine articuli primi, acuminato. Caput planum lateribus elevatis 
posticé in collum contractum: oculis magnis; ocellis duobus. Rostrum 
4-articulatum, ad basin pedum intermediorum extensum, articulo secundo 
longiore, Thorax transverso-quadratus, anticé utrinque, pone oculos, 
uni-spinosus, lateribus dilatatis, irregulariter serratis ; scutellum vix abdo- 
minis dimidii longitudine, posticé subcordatum. Hemelytra abdo- 
minis margines serratos haud obtegentia, membrana apicali magna 
nervosa. 

The Edessa brevicornis of Fabricius is referrible to this genus, and 
may be considered as its type. In the species above described the 
intermediate as well as the anterior femora are toothed beneath. The 
genus comprises several distinct species, all of which appear to be 
inhabitants of the South-eastern parts of Asia. 

Sp. 1. Plat. subpurpurascens, Westw. 

Capite, thorace, scutello, corioque hemelytrorum fusco-purpureis, 
membrana apicali fulvescente, hac obscuré nervosa; antennis pedibusque 
nigris. Corpus subtus purpureum. 

Long. corp. lin. 73. Latit. abdominis lin, 4. 

Tas. XXII. Fig. 8. 

Habitat in Java. 

In Mus. nost., &c. 


* TlXarve planus. 


undescribed Insects and Spiders. 447 


HETEROPTERA. Fam. Reduviide. 
OPISTOPLATYS,+ Westw. 

Reduvio affinis. Corpus pyriforme depressum, abdomine plano. 
Caput parvum, porrectum, tuberculo utrinque ante oculos, in quod 
insident antenne (in specimine nostro mutilate) articulis duobus basalibus 
zequé longis, pilosis, articulo basali crassiore capite paullo longiore. 
Rostrum thoracis longitudine. Thorax capite latior presertim in parte 
postica, in lobos duos ad latera rotundatos sutura transversa divisus. 
Abdomen anticé thoracis latitudine, postic? multo latius, sapra concavum, 
lateribus paullo elevatis, hemelytris haud obtectis, posticé emarginatum. 
Hemelytrorum corium parvum longitudiuale, membrana apicali maxima, 
Pedes sat longi, graciles; tarsis 3-articulatis articulo 1mo brevi. 

Sp. 1. Op. Australasie, Westw. 

Fuscus, pilosus, hemelytrorum membrana apicali nigra. 

Long. corp. lin. 63. Latit. abdominis lin. 25. 

Tas. XXII. Fig. 9. 
Habitat in Nova Hollandia. 
In Mus, uost. 


DipreRA (NEMocERA). Fam. Tipulide. 
Subfam. Terricole, Latr. 
GYNOPLISTES,* Westw. 

Ctenophore affinis. Rostrum (vel clypeus) capite brevius. Antenne 
capite multo longiores, in utroque sexu supra pectinate g 18, 9 17, 
articulate. Abdomen 9? depressum latum, apice acuminato, oviductu 
exserto acuto. Alarum nervi ut in Ctenophord flaveolatd dispositi. 

Insecta Australasia indigena. 

Sectio prima. Antenne ¢ graciles, singulo articulorum 3—17 ramum 
longum gracilem superné emittente. 

Sp. 1. Gyn. nervosa, Westw. 
é Fusco-nigra; abdomine subrufescente, margine postico segmen- 


* "Omer retro, et rXarve planus. 
+ vv») mulier, et orAcorne armatus. 


448 Mr. Westwood’s characters of 


torum pallido, apice (ano) obscuriore; alis pallidé fuscis, nervis, 
macula parva antica centrali alteraque pone medium obliqua nigris ; 
pedibus fuscis, femoribus basi pallidis. 

Long. corp. g lin. 6. Expans. alar. lin. 11. 

Tas. XXII. Fig. 10. 11. 

Habitat in Australasia. 

Tn Mus. nost. 

Sectio secunda. Corpus minus gracile. Antenne ¢ paulio crassiores 
singulo articulorum 3—14 ramum supra emittente. Articulo 15mo 
supra acuté producto, reliquis simplicibus (Tab. XXII. Fig. 12.) Antenne 
@ articulis 3—11 ramum breviorem emittente, articulo 12mo 
sequentibus crassiori, articulo 17mo. 16mo. longiore, ovato.’ (Tas. 
XXII. Fig. 13.) 

Sp. 2. Gyn. variegata, Westw. 

Nigra; abdomine (nisi apice), alarum, femorum, tibiarumque basi 
fulvis; alis pallidis, apice fasciisque tribus transversis nigris marginem 
posticum haud attingentibus, anticé et in medio; ale lineis duabus 
nigris longitudinalibus, una costali, altera centrali conjunctis. 

Long. corp. ¢@. lin. 43. 9, (oviductu incluso) lin. 53. Expans. 
alarum ¢ lin. 7. @ Jin. 1]. 

Tas. XXII. Fig. 12. Antenna g. Fig. 13. Antenna 9. 

Habitat in Australasia. , 

In Mus. nost. 

Pritocywa,* Westw. 

Tipule affinis. Rostrum capiti equé longum. Antenne ¢ 13-arti- 
culate, articulo 3tio ramum unicum e basi emittente; articulis 4 ad 9 ramos 
duos longos e basi, alterumque e medio paullo breviorem emittentibus ; 
10mo longo, ramis duobus basalibus alteroque brevi fere apicali; 11 ad 13 
brevibus simplicibus: ¢ 14-articulate, thoracis vix longitudine, 
graciles, articulo lmo crasso, 3tio ad apicem infra producto, singulo 
articulorum 4 ad 10 ramos duos ad basin emittente, ramo externo quam 
articulum ipsum paullo longiore, interno breviore, articulis 4 terminalibus 


* JIrtXoy penna, et yuyn mulier, 


El ——y—E————— 


undescribed Insects and Spiders. 449 


simplicibus, (Tab. XXII. Fig. 15. antenna 2). Ale (Fig 14.) cellula 
discoidea subapicali 7-angulata nervis fere ut in Limnobid bisulcatd 
Schum., dispositis. (Vide Schill. Beitr, t. 1. Dipt. f. 3. A.) 

Sp. 1. Ptil. marginalis, Westw. 

Fusca; capite, antennarum basi, thorace posticé, preserlim in 3, 
segmentorum abdominalium lateribus, femoribusque (nisi apice) fulvis; 
alis ad costam dimidiato-fuscis maculis duabus parvis ante medium 
alterisque duabus apicalibus pallidis, nervis (nisi-internis) fusco-nubilis, 

Long. corp. .lin. 113. Exp. alar. lin. 183, Mas paullo minor. 

Tas. XXII. Fig. 14, 15. 9 

Habitat in Australasia. 

In Mus. nost. ¢ @. 

OZocERA,* Westw. 

Limnobie affinis. Alarum nervi ut in Gynopliste nervosd (fig. 10) 
dispositi. Antenne thorace longiores, 32-articulate; articulis 3tio ad 
31mum inclusisramulum longissimum gracilem pilosum e basi emittentibus 
(Fig. 5). Oculi ¢ maximi interné lunati subtus fere conniventes. 
Palpi perbreves, 3-articulati, articulo 1mo minuto, 2do majore subovato, 
3tio paullo majore spatuliformi. Thorax ovato-rotundatus. Abdomen 
é longum cylindricum, unguibus duobus terminatum. 

The insect forming this genus exceeds all the other pectinated Tipulide 
in the great number of the ramose joints of the antenne. 

Sp. 1. Oz. interrupta, Westw. 

Pallidé ochracea, thorace subobscuriore; oculis nigris; antennarum 
ramulis pallidé fuscis; alis pallidis nervis subfuscis, linea gracili interrupta 
cinerea per areolam elongatam subcostalem (cum asterisco notatd in 
Fig. 10.) currente. 

Long. corp. lin. 10. Expans. alar. lin. 16. 

Tas. XXII. Fig. 5. Antenna. 

Habitat in Australasia, apud * Swan River.” 

In Mus, Dom. Hope. 


* Ofog ramus, et kepag cornu. 
Vou, V. GG 


450 Mr. Westwood’s characters of 


Hemicreina,* Westw. 

Tipule affinis. Rostrum capiti equé longum. Palpi articulo ultimo 
precedente quadruplo longiore, annulatissimo. Antenne ¢ graciles, 
13-articulate, thoracis longitudine, singulo articulorum 4-9 ramum 
subtusemittente, articulum longitudine equante ; articulis 10-13 longi- 
oribus, simplicibus, gracillimis. (Tas. XXII. Fig. 17.) Ale areola 
discoidea, subapicali, 6-angulata, postic? nervos 4 simplices emittente. 
(Fig. 16.) Abdomen ¢ elongatum, clavatum. Pedes omnes (presertim 
tarsi) longissimi. . 

Sp. 1. Hem. gracilis, Westw. 

$ Fusco-ochracea; oculis nigris; rostro subfulvo ; thorace subvittato; 
alis pallidé fuscescentibus, nervis obscurioribus ; abdomine segmentis 
duobus apicalibus nigris, ano fulvescenti ; pedibus unicoloribus, subfuscis. 

Long. corp. ¢ lin: 10. Expans. alar. lin. 16. 

Tas. XXII. Fig. 16. 17. 

Habitat in Brasilia. 

In Mus, nost. 

Nora 1. Congenerica est, at species minor, pedibusque forsan 
brevioribus, Tipula pectinata, Wied., ‘‘ochracea, thorace vittato, antennis 
‘* pectinatis, alis flavidis.”? Long. corp. ¢ 8 lin. ‘ Beine lang, 
“* ochrebraun, gegen die spitze hin allmahlig gesattiger”. De affini- 
tatibus hujus insecti cel. Wiedemannus observat ‘‘ Die art stehet 
‘* zwischen mehreren gattungen mitten inne; in den viergliederigen 
“ tastern steht sie bei den Limnobiis, in dem kammférmigen fihlern 
** yom vierten bis zum neunten gliede sind sechs lang stark abwarts 
“< gerichtete der wurzel jedes gliedes eingefugte zahne dem Ctenophoris, 
‘ in der fuhlergliederzahl der Richtung und dem aderyerlaufe dem 
“* Tipulis am niachsten.’? Aussereur. Zweifl. Ins. Vol. 1, p. 47. 

Nota 2. A speciebus ceteris (vere Tipulideis) longipedalibus 
ab auctoribus descriptis, species nostra differt: scil. Limnobia longimana, 
Fab., tarsorum anticorum apicem album habet ; Tipula longipes, Fab., 
pedes albo annulatos apicibusalbis ; Tipula breviventris, Wied., tibias 


a 


* Hue semi, et krévtoy pecten, 


—_——- 


undescribed Insects and Spiders. 451 


basi albas possidet; Polymera hirticornis, Wied., Fab. (Chironomus) 
antennis 28-articulatis verticillatis gaudet. Leptotarsus Macquartii, 
Guer., Voy. Cog. Ins. pl, 20, fig. 1., abdomen fulvum nigro maculatum 
antennasque (e figura) 10-articulatas simplices habet. Dolichopeza* 


sylvicola, Curt., antennis 12-articulatis cellulaque discoidali subapicali 
nulla gaudet. 


MeEGISTOCERA, Wied. 
Meq. dimidiata, Westw. 

Ochracea; ano obscuro; antennis longissimis fuscis basi fulvis; femoribus 
tibiisque ad apicem obscuris; alis hyalinis costa lata luteo-fuscanti ; 
abdomine abbreviato; ¢ antennis brevibus 13-articulatis. 

Expans. alarum, lin. 16. 

Habitat in Australasia. 

In Mus, nost. 

Ctenophora leta, Fab. 

Heec species, Indiam orientalem habitans, sectionem peculiarem in 
genere Ctenophord constituit. In specimine Fabriciano caput deest. 
Specimen maris in manibus teneo, a Dom. Sykes in India captum; quod 
antennas valdé plumosas exhibet, singulo articulo exceptis articulis basa- 
libus apicalique ramos 4 scil. 2 utriusque lateris emittente, omnes longi- 
tudine zquales. 


LepipopTEeRA. (NoctTurna.) Fam. Pyralide. 
ACRONOLEPIA,t Westw. 

Antenne fere ad apicem squamoso-dilatate ut in genere nostro Desmia 
at non geniculate, apiceque ipso simplici, (Tan. XXII. fig. 18.) Palpi 
capite vix longiores apice attenuati. Proboscis (maxille) longa. 
Corpus mediocre, abdomine ultra marginem posticum ala~im inferiorum 
haud protenso, Coxe antic valdé elongate, femora atuca brevissima. 


* Hoe geaus acel. Curtisio propositum est anno 1825. Meigeniusin tomo 6to 


operis ejus, 1830, tab. 65, insectum idem figuravit sub u>mine “ Leptina” atin 
descriptione sua Dolichopezam appellavit, absque ullA notd operi Curtisii 
referente, 

+ ‘Axpévov summa pars, et Acree squama, 


VoL. V. GG 2 


452 Mr. Westwood’s characters of 


Ale posticee subrotundate. 

The remarkable structure of the antenne distinguishes the insect 

composing this genus from every other with which I am acquainted, 
Sp. 1. Aer. quadricolor, Westw. 

Nigro-fuscus ; alis superioribus fuscis, plag& parva basali purpurea, 
macula parva sulphurea rotundata marginis interni terminatis; alis 
inferioribus fulvis, limbo externo fusco. 

Expans. alarum lin. 11. 

Habitat in Brasilia. 

In Mus. nost. 

Ordo ? Fam. Coccide. 
Monoputeza Leach, MSS. Latr. Régne An. Edit. 2da. vol. 5, p. 233. 

Antenne $ corpore longiores, graciles, submoniliformes, 26-arti- 
culate, verticillato-pilose. Oculi magni, laterales, rotundati, compositi. 
Abdomen ovale, planum, segmentis 5 ultimis ramum pilosum utrinque 
emittentibus. 


Mon. Leachii, Westw. 
Piceo-nigra; abdomine prothoraceque fusco-carneis ; scutello albido; 
alis fusco-nigris, lineis duabus longitudinalibus gracillimis albis. 
Long. corp. (absque ramis abdominalibus) lin. 33. Long. rami ultimi 
lin. 1. Long. antenn. lin.4. Expans. alarum lin, 8. 
Habitat in Javé, Malabaria. 
In Mus. nost. 


ARACHNIDA. PuLMONARIA. DIMEROSOMATA. 
Fam. Epeiride. 
PxHoRoNncipiA,* Westw. 

Epeiris cancriformibus affinis. Cephalothorax fere semiglobosus 
levis, anticé in tuberculum magnum productus, in quo insident oculi, 
scil., tres utrinque in margine tuberculi, alterique duo majores verticales. 
Abdomen magnum basi truncatum, cephalothoracis latitudine; posticé 
rotundato-dilatatum, depresso-concavum, maculis irregularibus spira- 


* opoc ferens, et oykoc tumor. 


ee oe 


undescribed Insects and Spiders. 453 


culiformibus obtectum, lateribus spinis 3 longissimis acutis utrinque 
armatis, anoque inferé producto obtuso. Pedum 1 et 4 paria longiora, 
tune par 2dum, tunc 3um. 
Sp. 1. Phor. aculeata, Westw. 

Picea nitida; abdominis disco rufescente, marginibus spinisque nigris 
maculis duabus basalibus marginalibus utrinque albis ; apice palporum 
$ subfulvo. 

Long. corp. lin. 2. 

Tas, XXII, Fig. 19. 
Habitat in Malabaria. 
In Mus, nost. 


ARACHNIDA. ADELARTHROSOMATA. Westw. 
Fam. Phalangiide. 
TROGULUS, Latr. 
Trog. Templetonii, Westw. 

Trogulo bicarinato, Latr., major, et pro magnitudine paullo aneustior, 
etiam colore albidiore; femoribus anticis ad basin interné dilatatis et ir- 
regulariter obtusé dentatis ; tarsis anticis apice articuli 1mi haud externé 
producto ; palpis filiformibus mandibulis paullo brevioribus, 5-articulati, 
articulo Imo brevissimo, 2do 4toque longitudine qualibus longis, 
3tio quam Imum vix longiore, 5to quam 4tuth paullo breviore. 

Long. corp. lin. 6. 

Habitat in Valparaiso, 

In Mus, Soc. Hist. Nat. Belfast. 

In honorem Dom. Roberti Templetonii Arachnologi Hibernici peri- 
tissimi hane speciem nominavi. 


454 Mr. Westwood on a peculiarity of the Ear-wig. 


Art. LXJ. Ona remarkable sexual peculiarity exhibited by 
the Ear-wig, (Forficula auricularia, Linn.) By J.O. West- 
woop, Esq., F.L.S., &c. 


Sir, 

May I be allowed space for a remark or two in explanation of an 
observation of mine contained in the last Number of this Journal which 
may have had somewhat of the appearance of an act of injustice towards 
the celebrated French entomologist M. Leon Dufour. 

In noticing the erroneous nature of the decapod annulose theory, I 
instanced the Ear-wig as a proof of the hexapod structure of insects, 
that species having the abdomen composed of nine distinct segments, 
adding that M. Dufour had unfortunately represented the abdomen with 
only seven segments, (Ann. Sc. Nat. 13, pl. 19, f. 2 A.) the two basal 
ones being omitted. 

Being anxious a short time since to ascertain the situation of the 
spiracles along the body of an insect in which all the thirteen segments 
were fully developed in the perfect state, (in the hopes of discovering a 
clue to the solution of the remarkable question raised by the French 
entomologists relative to the structure of the Hymenopterous thorax, 
also noticed in my observations contained in the last Number of this 
Journal), I caught some Ear-wigs, in each of which I was not a little 
surprized to find that only seven abdominal segments existed ; fearful that 
I had erred in my previous remarks I immediately re-examined my dis- 
sections in which nine distinct abdominal segments were clearly observ- 
able. On again looking at my live Ear-wigs they all proved to be 
females, whiist my dissected specimens were males. Here then we have 
the remarkable fact unnoticed by Latreille, Dufour, &c. that the male Ear- 
wig has two more abdvuminal segments than the female, and hence the 
correctness both of M. Dufour’s figure, (at least if taken froma female, 
which however by no means appears from his “‘ Explication des planches,’’) 
as well as of my own observations. 

This circumstance is not a little interesting in reference to the develope- 


Mr. Westwood on a peculiurity of the Ear-wig. 455 


ment or loss of certain segments of the 4nnulosa in the larva and perfect 
states, and one which from the great abundance of the insect in ‘question 
may, by a careful examination of its structure in the different periods 
of its life, be advantageously employed in settling the doubts at present 
existing upon the subject. The abdomen in many instances is composed 
of one more joint in the male than in the female insects, (as in the 
normal Hymenoptera, &c.) where the former have seven, and the latter six 
segments; but in Dytiscus the reverse takes place, the female having 
eight, and the male only seven. In the Ear-wig however there is this 
peculiarity, viz. that in the perfect state of one sex (the male,) the 
abdomen is developed to the greatest possible extent, as to the number 
of its segments, and that two of these segments are lost in the opposite 
or female sex: the terminal segment in both being moreover perfectly 
alike, leading to the supposition that the lost segments are basal and not 
apical onesas has been generally supposed, such obsolete apical segments 
having been considered as employed in the construction of the ovipositor. 


I am, Sir, 
Your very obedient Servant, 


J. O. WEsTWoop. 
The Grove, Hammersmith. 


October 22nd, 1833, 


456 Mr. G. B. Sowerby on Pentatrematites 


Art. LXII. On Pentatrematites orbicularis, acuta, and 
pentangularis. By G. B. Sowrersy, F.L.S., &c. 


In two former papers* I have described what I suppose to constitute 
eight distinct species of Pentatrematites. Three others having since been 
discovered by Mr. Gilbertson, he was induced by the expressed wish of 
some friends to science, to forward descriptions of and observations on 
them for publication in this Journal. By some unaccountable accident 
his paper has been mislaid, and it becomes necessary, in order to 
complete the subject as fully as possible, that JI should here add the 
characters of these three species. And I beg permission to subjoin a 
note or two which I find accompanying the drawings with which my 
brother will illustrate this and the last-cited paper. 

The first of these notes is as follows, ‘‘ the ambulacra are composed 
“© of two rows of bones placed in two furrows by the sides of an angular 
** ridge, and so articulated as to leave a pore between each; these bones 
** often fall off: the pores continue into the edge of the furrows.” 

The other note is ‘* there were two specimens of P. elliptica showing 
** pores for respiration in the ambulacra; these pores are connected with 
‘* passages that lead to what are called the ovaries.” 


: PENTATREMATITES ORBICULARIS. 
P, globosa, feré circularis. Scapulares mediocres, usque ad dimidium 
attingentes, emarginationis interscapularis angulo obtusissimo. 
Interscapulares majores. Ambulacra linearia, angusta, ad basin 


prominula. 
Tas, SuprL, XXXIII, fig. 5. 


PENTATREMATITES ACUTA. 
P, pyriformis, pentagonalis, superné lata, infra attenuata, Ambulacra 


brevia, lata, angulis superné conspicuis. 


* Vol. II, p. 313, and Vol. IV., p. 89. 


Mr. G. B. Sowerby on Pentatrematites. 457 


Taz. Surry. XXXII, fig. 6. 
a. Small bones or arms in the Ambulacra. 
b. Ridges to which the bones a are affixed. 
c. The ridges removed, leaving a striated surface. 


PENTATREMATITES PENTANGULARIS. 
P. oblonga, superné latior, quinquangularis, ambulacris brevibus, angulis 
obtusis. 

Syn. Platycrinites pentangularis, Miller, (the arms being imaginary 
in his figure). 

Tas. Supru. XXXII, fig. 7. 

I regret that it is not in my power, owing to the length of time that has 
elapsed since the descriptions of former species were drawn up, to point 
out more in detail the distinguishing characters of these species ; I cannot 
however doubt that by careful attention to the plate and the characters 
above described, every difficulty will be removed. 


References to Tas. SuppL. XXXIII. 
Fig. 1. Pentatrematites angulata. Zool. Journ., vol. IV., p. 89. 
a. Lateral view. 
b. Base. 
2. Pentatrematites inflata, two views taken from different spe- 
cimens. Zool. Journ., vol. IV., p. 90. 
3.  Pentatrematites oblonga. Zool. Journ., vol. 1V., p. 90. 
4. Pentatrematites oblonga, var. 
5. Pentatrematites orbicularis. 
a. Lateral view. g 
b. Apex, 
6. Pentatrematites acuta, two views, 
7. Pentatrematites pentangularis. 


458 Mr. W. H. Benson’s Conchological Notices. 


Art. LXIII. Conchological Notices ; chiefly relating to the 
Land and Fresh-water Shells of the Gangetic Provinces 
of Hindoostan. By W. H. Benson, Esq., of the 
Bengal Civil Service. 


Genus Nanina, Gray.* 

Testa heliciformis, umbilicata, peritremate acuto non reflexo. 

Animal cits repens. Corpus reticulosum, elongatum. Pallium 
amplum, foramine communi magno perforatum, peritrema amplexans ; 
processibus duobus transversé rugosis (quasi articulatis) omni latere 
mobilibus instructum; unico prope teste aperture angulum superiorem 
exoriente, altero apud peripheriam teste. Osanticum inter tentacula 
inferiora hians; labia ‘radiato-plicata. Tentacula superiora elongata, 
punctum percipiens tumore oblongo situm gerentia. Penis pregrandis, 
antrum cervicis elongatum latere dextro et prope tentacula situm. Solea 
complanata, pedis lateribus equans. Cauda tentaculata; tentaculum 
sub-retractile, glandula ad basin posita humorem viscidum (animale 
attrectato) exsudante. 

This animal appears to be intermediate between the genera Stenopus 
of Guilding and Helicolimax of De Férussac. To the former it is allied 
by its tentaculated and pervious posterior extremity. In the form of its 
shell it resembles Stenopus, while the mantle reverted over the lip of 
the shell, and its lubricating processes, shew an approach on the other 
side to Helicolimax. It differs from Stenopus in having its sole the whole 
breadth of the foot, while it again resembles it, and thereby differs from 
Helicolimax, in having very long superior tentacula. Like Stenopus the 
animal in moist weather is rarely retracted within the shell, the foot 


* The peculiar form of the animal of this genus had long since induced me 
to regard it as constituting a distinct group, to which I had, in my MSS., 
assigned the name of Tanychlamys. On submitting specimens, however, to the 
Zoological Society at one of its late Meetings, I find that I have been anticipated 
by Mr. Gray, who had just previously proposed for it the name which I haye 
adopted above. 


Nanina. 459 


swelling so much that if it is suddenly thrown into boiling water, the 
attempt to return into the shell invariably causes a fracture of the aper- 
ture. Drought, however, effects its retraction gradually, and it then 
covers itself with a whitish false operculum, similar to those of other 
Helices. The shell itself differs in nothing but superior size from the 
common little Helix lucida of Europe. ‘The animal is dark brownish 
with the exception of the sole and the posterior extremity, which are 
livid. The colour of the animal seen through the polished diaphanous 
rown shell'has a very rich appearance, 

Besides the narrow edge of the mantle which is reflected over the 
sharp edge of the aperture forming a fold on the outer surface, two 
processes are projected over the shell; one of them is thrown off at the 
upper angle of the aperture, near the foramen commune, the other at 
the periphery; both are extensible, corrugated, and flexible in every 
direction, the upper one reaching, when extended, beyond the apex of 
the sheli. They are continually in motion and exude a liquor which 
lubricates the shell; supplying, apparently, that fine gloss which is 
observable in all recentspecimens. There is an orifice under the posterior 
caudiform appendage in the form of an isosceles triangle with the apex 
downwards, whence a thick greenish juice exudes when the animal is 
handled or irritated, the caudal appendage being turned up and protruded 
towards the exciting object. This appendage much resembles the anal 
horn of the Sphyna caterpillars, One of the largest specimens which 
I have seen was much injured by being repeatedly dropped by a gentleman 
who discovered it crawling on a rock, and who was deterred by the 
threatening appearance of the tail, which he imagined might contain a 
sting, and with which it endeavoured to reach his finger when seized. 
The motions of the animal are quick as compared with those of its 
congeners, and like Helicolimaz it only crawls the faster when disturbed, 
instead of retracting its tentacula. It carries the shell horizontally or 
nearly so, while in Helix the axis of the shells forms a very large angle 
with the horizon, 

It deposited much excrement in long curled rolls which were brown 
when the animal was newly captured, but when fed on the leaves of an 


460 Mr. W.H. Benson’s Conchological Notices. 


Argyreia and of an Ipomea (on which it banqueted voraciously, and 
which it could not have met with in its natural haunts,) it became 
greenish. When the excrement is emitted the head is withdrawn into 
the shell, the orifice in the mantle being exposed, whence the excre- 
ment falls over the foot, and the animal coming out immediately, it is 
passed by the action of the muscles under the sole to the posterior ex- 
tremity, where it is finally quitted. 

The corrugations of the upper part of the foot are parallel to each 
other and elegantly disposed; near the base they are discontinued, and are 
bounded by an impressed line and a ridge parallel with the edge of the 
sole. The motion of the heart is distinctly visible in the pericardium 
while the animal is crawling. The antrum penis is situated nearer to 
the head than in Stenopus cruentatus, forming an equilateral triangle 
with the bases of the upper and lower tentacula on the right side of the 
neck: the generative organ is retort-shaped and hyaline. The animal is 
hermaphrodite and may be found in reciprocal copulation like the snail. 
The pulmonary cavity occupies about half the last whorl when the ani- 
mal is in motion, and the ramifying vessels of its coat are visible through 
the shell; beyond it lies what appears tu be the liver, of a dark brown 
colour, lengthened out towards the spire. ‘The tumid part of the supe- 
rior tentacula is elongate, not globular, as in Helix aspersa, &c. 

Though the dead specimens of the shell are not unfrequent in uncul- 
tivated places of the Gangetic plain, from Calcutta to Cawnpore, I 
sought in vain during six years for live specimens until I discovered six 
congregated together on the prone face of a projecting rock on the summit 
of the great pile of Syenitic boulders at Banda in Bundelkhund, where 
they were protected by a screen of verdure which secured a damp atmo- 
sphere within. This was in the rainy season, and the animals were alert 
and copulating. Isubsequently received a specimen from the Hill Fort 
of Callinger, and I afterwards discovered a collection of them laid up in 
their dry-season quarters, and protected by their false opercula, in the 
crevices of ruinous masonry in the old fort at Rigmahal on the Ganges. 

In 1832 I brought to England specimens of these snails, some of 
which continued alive from December 1831, when I took them, until 


ye 


Helix interrupta.—Himalayana. 461 


the summer of 1833, when the last of them died. 


HELIx INTERRUPTA, Bens. 


Hel. testd sinistrorsd, orbiculato-convexd, infra tumidd, umbilicatd, ad 
peripheriam obtuse angulatd, longitudinaliter confertissimé 
striatd, suprd striis interruptis fasciis transversalibus dispositis ; 
spird apice obtusd ; peristomate tenui acuto. 

Hab. in rupibus umbrosis Sicrigali et prope Gangis ostiorum fluvium 

Jellinghy dictam. 


This shell has been thought to belong to the species called Helix Hi- 
malayana by Mr. Lea (Hel. levipes?), but appears to me to be very 
different when compared with the following characters of a specimen of 
the latter in my possession. 


Hewurx Himatayana, Lea. 


Hel. testé. sinistrorsd, orbiculato-convexd, longitudinaliter rugosd, su- 
pra interstittis rugarum corrugatis, infrd transverse rugosulis, 
tumidd, nmbilicatd: fulvd fasciis plurimis castaneis, majore infra 
peripheriam ; peripherid subangulatd ; labro reflexo, albo. 

The spire is less exserted in this species than in Hel. interrupta, the 
peculiar sculpture of which forms the best distinctive character. 

The angulated periphery in Hel. interrupta shews an approach to 
Carocolla, the animal of which, I conclude from the silence of ob- 
servers, differs in nothing from that of Helix; whereas that of Hel. 
interrupta differs most materially, the excrements being voided from an 
opening in the terminal and posterior part of the foot instead of from 
the foramen commune ! 

The following is a description of the animal taken while I had the liye 
specimens in my possession. 

Tentacula duo superiora elongata capitulis tumidis oculiferis (puncta 
percipientia gerentibus), duo inferiora capitulis parvis tumidis, Pes 
elongatus, compressus, marginatus, supra granulatus, apertura terminali 
anum et membrum carnosum mucorem emittentem continente, 


462 Mr. W. H. Benson’s Conchological Notices. 


PTEROCYCLOS BILABIATUS, Bens. 

In the first number of the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Calcutta 
(January, 1832,) I described under the name of Pterocyclos a genus 
allied to Cyclostoma, and remarkable on account of the outer lip of the 
shell being separated at its upper part from the body of the penultimate 
volution, outside of which it rises vertically, somewhat in the shape of 
a wing. 

Since my arrival in England I have satisfied myself by the inspection 
of Mr. G. B. Sowerby’s specimens, that his Cyclostoma bilabiatum is the 
same shell at a more advanced period of growth; when, in addition to 
the notch and over-hanging wing at the upper part of the aperture, the 
peristome becomes thickened and sinuated. Mr. Sowerby’s specimens 
were from Salem in the Madras Presidency ; mine were met with at 
Sicrigully, a pass between the hills and the River Ganges, in Bahar. 

I am indebted to Mr. Sowerby for a specimen of Cyclostoma Petiveria- 
num, Gray, and for the observation that it exhibits an approach to 
Pterocyclos in the crude formation of a wing at the upper part of the right 


lip. 


CycLosToma INVoLvuLus, Gray, MS. 


I found this beautiful species alive on the rocks of Sicrigully, and 
among loose brick rubbish and under felled timber, in the fort of Raj- 
mahal in Bahar on the 16th December, 1830. I also procured dead 
shells from the rocks of Patharghata. It appears to be very plentiful in 
all these situations. I never met with it to the westward, either in the 
plains or among the rocks or hills of the Vindhyan ranges which border 
those plains to the southward. I have seen a worn specimen in a collec- 
tion of shells made 22 or 23 years ago in Ceylon. 

The young shell being destitute of the thickened and continuous 
peristome, as well as of the rich orange colour which adorns that part, 
might, if met with destitute of an inhabitant, be easily mistaken for a 
Helix. The peristome when first reflected is also free from the orange 
colour, which it does not acquire until thickened and fully grown. 

In its exterior anatomy the animal differs from that of Cyc, elegans, 


Assmminia fasciata. 463 


as described by the Rev. Mr. Berkeley in the Zoological Journal, only 
in the following particulars. The foot has an oblong-ovate disk some- 
what pointed behind, instead of an oval one pointed before and behind. 
The summits of the tentacula are not inflated, and are translucent instead 
of being opaque. The edge of the mantle is even, not crenulated. 
Lastly the operculum is horny, not testaceous, and consists of many 
volutions instead of three, differing inthe manner of construction from that 
of Cyc, elegans as much as that of Littorina does from the operculum 
of Trochus. 

Like the cognate genus Helicina the animal uses its tentacula alter- 
lately to examine its path by means of the sense of touch. 

The colour of the animal is livid, with some dark olive shades. The 
tentacula are blackish-olive with the exception of the translucent 
summits, 


ASSIMINIA FASCIATA, Bens.* 
Ass. testd ovato-conicd, arcté umbilicatd ; rubro, albo, glaucoque 
utplurimum fasciatd. 

On December 25th, 1832, I discovered on the steps of a Ghaut or 
landing place, opposise to Barrackpore, hundreds of specimens of a 
living shell, which I, at the time, supposed to be a new genus, but 
which I have since ascertained to belong to Dr. Leach’s genus Assiminia. 
The specimens adhered to the steps between high and low water mark, 
within the influence of the tides, and subject to the influx of brackish 
water in the dry season, the brackishness being only overcome by the 
strength of the freshes in the rainy season. 

_ Shell ovate-conical, narrowly umbilicated, differing from Paludina 
in having a closely adhering columellar plate interposed between the 
two lips of the aperture, and in having a spiral operculum (like Melania / 
instead of a concentric lamellar one. Aperture entire, oblong-oval, 
angular at the upper part. ae 

Animal. Head with only two short, thick, subcylindrical tentacula, 
with the percipient points placed at their summits. Snout like that of 
Paludina, transversely corrugated, and bilobed, or rather emarginate 


* Turbo Francesii, Gray, in Wood’s Suppl. 


464 Mr. W.H. Benson’s Conchological Notices. 


at the centre of the extremity, the lobes rounded. Mantle free, and 

branchial cavity open. Foot with a spiral horny operculum angular at 
the upper part. 

~~ ‘The specimens varied infinitely in colour, and were for the most part 

banded with red, white, and glaucous. 

I met with a few specimens on the Ghauts at Calcutta, sixteen miles 
lower down the river. 

I preserved specimens alive in a glass replenished occasionally with 
fresh or sea water, until April, 1833, when we had passed St. Helena. 
The strong ones crawled out of the water, and adhered to the glass above 
the margin of the liquid, 


Genus Novacutina, Bens. 

I was much pleased during a recent visit to Dublin, at meeting with 
a second species of the genus Wovaculina, founded by me in the Glean- 
ings in Science of Calcutta, (No. 14, for February, 1830,) on a single 
species Wov. Gangetica, met with in the several rivers of the Gangetic 
tract, and especially interesting as a Solenaceons genus inhabiting fresh 
water. The species in question I procured from Mr. Glennon of Suffolk 
Street, who informed me that it had been recently brought from Indiana, 
U.S. In its generic character it agrees with the Asiatic shell to which 
it is superior in size. It differs specifically in the following instances. 

The posterior or syphonal and ligamental side is the shorter, and the 
teeth are situated on the longer side of the shell; while in the Asiatic 
species the syphonal and ligamental side is the longer, and the teeth are 
on the shorter side. The callus which borders the ligamental canal is 
also much thicker, comparatively, in the American species, having to 
support a very strong ligament. My specimen has two teeth in each 
valve, and the syphonal scar is equally long with that of Wov. Gangetica. 
The remains of the epidermis on the edge of the shell shew that, in this 
species also, it projects beyond the basal and cardinal edges. 


Genus ScapHuLA, Bens, 
My first specimens were found in the rainy reason of 1826 in the bed 


Cerithium Telescopium. 465 


of the Jumna at Humeerpore in Bundelkhund, being left in the mud on 
the subsidence of that river. The first which was procured was very 
small, and was the most recent specimen met with, the valves being 
connected by the ligament, and traces of the epidermis being visible. 


Repeated searches failed to procure me more recent specimens, or any 


other than a single valve of a larger size. 

In 1830, I procured several single valves from the sandy bed of the 
river Cane, under the fort of Bhooraghur, near Banda, Southern Divi- 
sion of Bundelkhund. 

The form of the shell, its lozenge-shaped ligamental scar, and the 
position and order of its teeth shew its place to be among the Arcacee: 
while the oblique production of the teeth on the posterior side down the 
inner surface of the cardinal lamina, the separation of the teeth into two 
sets by the interposition of an edentate portion of the cardinal lamina, 
and the freedom of the shell from ribs, with the exception of the ridges 
which occur at the angle of the shell, will suffice to distinguish our shell 
from the genus Arca, which will still comprehend marine shells only. 

The term Scaphula, while it expresses its diminutive size in com- 
parison with some of the gigantic species of Arca, will serve to point 
out its affinity to that genus, and may perhaps be adopted to distinguish 
the genus should a better one not have been already proposed. 


Cerituium TELEscopium, Brug. 

Tue possibility of importing from other countries, and especially 
from the warmer latitudes, the animals which construct the innumerable 
testaceous productions that adorn our cabinets and museums, the accu- 
rate knowledge of which is so necessary to enable the conchologist 
rightly to arrange this beautiful department of nature, must be an in- 
teresting subject to every naturalist, and will render no apology neces- 
sary for the following notices extracted from my Journal. Their 
publicity may incite others who may have opportunities of trying the 
experiment to follow the example. 

January, 1832. Observed near the banks of the canal leading from 

Vou. V. HH 


466 Mr. W.H. Benson’s Conchological Notices. 


the eastern suburb of Calcutta to the Salt Lake at Balliaghat, heaps of 
a Cardita with longitudinal ribs, of a large and thick Cyrena, and of 
Cerithium Telescopium, exposed to the heat of the sun for the purpose of 
effecting the death and decay of the included animals previously to the 
reduction of the shells into lime. 

Early in the month I took specimens of them, and leaving them for 
a night in fresh water I was surprised to find two Cerithia alive. I kept 
them during a fortnight in fresh water, and on the 22nd January carried 
them, packed up in cotton, on board a vessel bound for England. After 
we had been several days at sea, I placed them ina large open glass 
with salt water, in which they appeared unusually lively. I kept them 
thus, changing the water at intervals, until the 29th May, when we 
reached the English Channel ; I then packed them up, as before, ina 
box, and carried them from Portsmouth to Cornwall, and thence to 
Dublin, which I did not reach until the 14th June; here they again got 
fresh supplies of sea water at intervals. One of them died during a 
temporary absence between the 30th June and 7th July, and on the 11th 
July the survivor was again committed to its prison and was taken to 
Cornwall, and thence to London, where it was delivered alive to Mr. 
G. B. Sowerby, on the 23rd July. 

This animal had thus travelled during a period of six months over a 
vast extent of the surface of the globe, and had for a considerable portion 
of that time been unavoidably deprived of its native element. 

It is this individual which has been dissected by the Rev. M. J. Berkeley 
and Mr. Hoffman, whose account of its anatomy is given at page 431 of 
the present Number. 


i ee 


Dr. Rengger’s Mammalia of Paraguay. 467 


Arr. LXIV. Analytical Notices of Books. 


Naturgeschichie der Stugethiere von Paraguay, §c. The Natural 
History of the Mammalia of Paraguay. By Dr. J. R. RENGGER. 
Basel, 1830. 8vo. pp. xvi, and 394. 


Tuts work may be regarded as a commentary and a supplement to that 
of D’Azara, whose deficiencies as a naturalist the authour points out 
in his preface, at the same time that he gives him his due praise for zeal, 
perseverance, and accuracy of observation. It was during a residence of 
six years in Paraguay, the difficulty of access to, or rather of return 
from, which has of late years thrown such an air of mystery over every 
thing connected with it, that Dr. Rengger collected the materials of the 
present publication. His usual place of abode was Asuncion, the me- 
tropolis of the country ; but some months of every year were passed by 
him in visiting its Jess populous or wholly uninhabited districts, with the 
view of making himself acquainted with its natural history. In this 
pursuit he received considerable assistance from the companion of his 
journey Dr. Longchamp, and from Dr. Parlet, an Englishman who 
died in the neighbourhood of Asuncion, in the year 1824, His col- 
lections appear to have been very considerable, but the suspicions of Dr. 
Francia, the Dictator of Paraguay, rendered it impossible to transmit 
them to Europe, and the greater part consequently went to decay. 
When he at length received from the caprice of the Dictator permission 
to depart, only two hours were allowed to him for preparation, and he 
was consequently unable to bring away with him more than a small part 
of what still remained ; the rest was confided to some trusty friends, but 
no tidings of them have since been obtained. His materials for a His- 
tory of the Quadrupeds of Paraguay consist of descriptions taken on the 
spot from both living and dead individuals, frequently repeated in 
order to secure their accuracy; of written notes of their manners both at 
large and in captivity; of anatomical observations and drawings; and of 

Vo. V. HH 2 


468 Analytical Notices of Books. 


the entire skeletons and skulls which he was enabled to bring with him 
to Europe. 

From these materials he has produced a very interesting volume, not 
merely to the scientific reader, but also to the world at large ; adding 
as it does to very minute descriptions, and valuable discussions on the 
synonymy of the species, extensive details of their habits and modes of 
life, derived chiefly from personal observation. In this latter part of 
his subject, which renders his book as amusing as it is instructive, he 
frequently corrects his predecessor D’Azara, who appears to have 
relied more on accounts furnished by natives than is either safe or 
prudent. 

The volume commences with the physical description of the native 
inhabitants of Paraguay, which the authour limits to the kind of penin- 
sula formed by the rivers Paraguay and Parana, from their union as far 
North as 21° S. lat. Within this tract of country he has met with 68 
species of Mammalia, which we shall proceed to enumerate, making a 
few observations on those which seem to require elucidation, Only 
three species of Monkeys are noticed: viz. 1. Mycetes Caraya, Desm. ; 
2. Cebus Azare, Rengg.; and 3. Myctipithecus trivirgatus: the Caraya, 
Cay, and Mirikina of the natives. The first and last are now well 
known species; the second is meant to include all the varieties, as the 
authour considers them, of the Paraguayan species of Cebus. In corro- 
boration of this opinion he describes numerous individuals varying 
greatly in the nature and intensity of their colouring, even in the same 
family ; thus affording strong grounds of suspicion that the number of 
species in this genus has been greatly and unnecessarily augmented by 
the adoption of slight differences of colour as a sufficient ground of 
separation. The Chetroptera observed are more numerous: they are 
4. Phyllostoma superciliatum, Wied; 5. Phyll. lineatum, Geoff.; 6. 
Phyll. infundibuliforme, Rengg. : 7. Phyll. Lilium, Geoff. ; 8. Glosso- 
phaga villosa, Rengg.; 9. Vespertilio villosissima, Geoff.; 10. Vesp. 
nigricans, Wied; 11. Molossus laticaudatus, Geoff.; 12. Mol. 
cecus, Rengg.; 13. Mol. crassicaudatus, Geoff.; 14. Mol. casta- 
neus, Geoff.; 15. Noctilio dorsatus, Wied; and 16. Woct. ruber, 


Dr. Rengger’s Mammalia of Paraguay. 469 


Rengg. Of these No. 6 is stated to bear a close resemblance to D’ Azara’s 
Chauve-souris troisiéme, admitted into scientific catalogues under the 
name of Phyllostoma rotundum. It differs, however, according to the 
authour, from the description of the latter given by D’ Azara, in the form 
of the nasal membrane; although on a comparison of the two descrip- 
tions we do not clearly perceive in what the difference actually consists. 
Unfortunately neither D’Azara nor Dr. Rengger furnish us with specific 
characters ; and we can consequently do little more with the new species 
established by the writer now before us than refer to his descriptions, in the 
attempt to abstract which we might lose sight of the most essential cha- 
racters. His Glossophaga villosa appears to have remained hitherto 
unnoticed; but his Molossus ce@cus is identical with the Chauve-souris 
neuvieme of D’ Azara, and his Woctilio ruber is the Chauve-souris onzieme 
of the same authour, removed from Vespertilio, in which it had hither- 
to been mistakenly placed, to Woctilio of which it has all the characters. 

The Plantigrade Carnivora observed by Dr. Rengger in Paraguay 
are the following: 17. Nasua socialis, Wied, (Cuati of the natives) ; 
18, Was. solitaria, Wied, (Cuati mondé) ; 19. Procyon cancrivorus, 
Geoff., (Aguarapope); 20. Gulo Barbarus, Desm.; and 21. Gulo 
vittatus, Desm., (both called Yaguape). With the exception of the 
Otter of the country, all the Digitigrada belong to the genera Canis 
and Felis, The Otter is distinguished from the Lutra Brasiliensis, Ray, 
under the name of 22. L. Paranensis, Rengg. The differences are 
stated to consist in the want, (in the latter species), of the white or 
yellowish longitudinal stripes on the under part of the neck, and of the 
reddish yellow spot on the breast, which are characteristic of the former, 
It has besides only four, instead of five, cheek teeth on each side of the upper 
jaw; and seems never to attain the large size of full grown specimens of 
the Brasilian species, no individual seen by the authour having mea- 
sured more than four feet in total length. It is added, on the authority 
of D’Azara, that the tip of the tail in full grown females is white, The 
Wolf, 23. Canis jubatus, Desm., (Aguaraguazu and Yagua pyta) ; 
the Fox, 24. Can, Azare, s. Brasiliensis, Wied, (Aguarachay) ; and 
25. the different varieties of the Can, domesticus, s. familiaris, L. 


470 Analytical Notices of Books. 


are all the canine animals noticed. The authour fully agrees with Prince 
Maximilian that the Fox is distinct from the Can. cinereo-argentatus of 
North America. Six species of Cats, besides the domestic, form a for- 
midable list of purely predaceous quadrupeds. They are 26. Felis Onca, 
L., (Yaguar) ; 27. Fel. concolor, L., (Guazuara); 28. Fel. Pardalis, 
L., (Chibiguazu); 29. Fel. macrowra, Wied, of which Dr. Rengger 
saw onlya mutilated specimen; 30. Fel. Yaguarondi, Desm., (Eyra- 
hu); 31. Fel. Eyra, Desm., (Eyra-pyta) ; and 32. Fel. Catus domes~ 
ticus. L. No, 30. appears to be considered by our authour as peculiar 
to Paraguay, and as having been hitherto described by D’Azara only : 
we presume therefore that he excludes from this species the larger indi- 
viduals from Surinam and Essequibo, which have been ascribed to it by 
M. Temminck and other writers. Both it and No. 31, which had cer- 
tainly remained unnoticed except by D’Azara, are very fully described. 

The Marsupialia comprehend only three species; a circumstance 
calculated to excite some surprise when we recollect that D’Azara 
deseribes twice that number. But it must be observed that the latter 
authour embraced in his work a much more extensive tract of country ; 
and this may also account for the absence from the present publication of 
several other animals described by him. The species in question, all 
designated by the native name of Micuré, are: 33. Didelphis Azare, 
Temm.; 34. Did. lanigera, Desm.; and 35. Did. crasstcaudata, Desm. 
There is much interesting information, which we regret that we have not 
space to analyze, relative to the mode of reproduction of these singular 
animals. 

Of Rodentia we have thirteen species, of which four belong to the 
genus Mus, These are: 36. Mus Anguya, Desm.; 37. Mus rufus, 
Desm. ; 38. Mus callosus, Rengg.; and 39. Mus longitarsus, Rengg. 
The two latter are described as new. No. 38 is said to be in appear- 
ance hke a young Mus Rattus; but the bristles surrounding the mouth 
are much shorter, being scarcely six lines in length; the ears are oval, 
nine lines in height and six in breadth; the tail does not run out into a 
point, but ends abruptly, and is curved downwards; the claw of the 
rudimental thumb is perfectly flat; and there exist on the soles of the 


Dr. Rengger’s Mummalia of Paraguay. 471 


anterior feet one pair, and on those of the posterior two pairs, of col- 
lateral, hard, elevated calli, which give name to the species. The Mus 
ongitar'sus, on the other hand, might at first sight be confounded with the 
Mus Musculus; but it differs in having the bristles that surround the 
mouth longer, that is to say, measuring nearly an inch in length; in the 
length of its tail compared to that of its body being as 1°22 to 1, 
while in the latter it is only as 1:08; and in the hinder feet being 
much longer, their whole length being 14 lines, of which the tarsz 
constitute 9. The Old Continent pests with which these two species are 
compared have also found their way to Paraguay, having been intro- 
duced by Spanish vessels ; they are now completely naturalized and 
extend their depredations to the plantations as well as the houses, but 
do not go far beyond the settlements of man, as the authour never met 
with them in unfrequented districts, or the isolated dwellings of the in- 
terior. Two species of Echimys are enumerated, viz. 40. Ech. spi- 
nosus, Desm., and 41. Ech. longicaudatus, Rengg. The latter, a single 
individual of which was taken in the northern part of the country, differs * 
but little from the preceding species, except in the length of its tail, 
which exceeds that of the body, while in Ech. spinosus it scarcely mea- 
sures half as much. The variation in colour between the two is by no 
means striking. There is little that requires particular notice in the 
remaining Rodentia; they consist of 42. Myopotamus Bonariensis, 
Comm., (Quiniya); 43. Sphingurus spinosus, F. Cuv., (Cuty) ; 44. Lepus 
Brasiliensis, L., (Tapiti) ; 45. Caelogenus Paca, (but one species, the 
Pay); 46. Chloromys Acuti, F. Cuv., (Acuti); 47. Hydrocherus 
Capybara, Erxl., (Capiygua) ; and 48. Cavia Aperea, Gmel. With 
respect to the latter Dr, Rengger maintains that it is specifically distinct 
from the domesticated Guinea-pig, and gives many excellent reasons 
for his opinion, taken from important differences in structure, economy, 
and habits—differences so remarkable that it is difficult to believe that they 
could have arisen solely from domestication in a distant country. 

The Edentata consist of five species of Armadillo, and two Ant- 
eaters, as follows: 49. Dasypus 6-cinatus, L., (Tatu-poyu); 50. Das. 
gymnurus, Illig., (Tatu-ay); 51. Das. 9-cinctus, L., (Tatu-hu) ; 52. 


472 Analytical Notices of Books. 


Das. hybridus, Desm.; 53. Das. giganteus, Desm.; 54. Myrmeco- 
phaga jubata, L., (Yurumi); and 55. Myrm. tridactyla, L., (Ca- 
guaré). The Pachydermata are six in nnmber: 56. Tapir America- 
nus, Gmel., (Mborevi) ; 57. Dicotyles labiatus, F. Cuy., (Tagnicati, 
which signifies white-jaw) ; 58. Dic. torquatus, F. Cuv., (Taytetu) ; 
59. Sus Scrofa, L.; 60. Equus Caballus L.; and 61. Equus Asinus. 
Under the head of the Horse, the authour gives many interesting parti- 
culars relative to the half wild race, which has extended itself so won- 
derfully over the plains of this and the neighbouring parts of South 
America. Seven Ruminantia complete the catalogue: they are: 62. 
Cervus paludosus, Desm., (Guazu-pucu) ; 63. Cerv. campestris, F. 
Cuv., (Guazu-y) ; 64. Cerv. rufus, F. Cuv., (Guazu-pyta); 65. 
Cerv. simplicicornis, Illig., (Guazu-vira); 66. Bos Taurus, L.; 67. 
Capra Aigagrus, L.; and 68. Ovis Aries, L. 

The volume is concluded by three Essays: on the Geographical Dis- 
tribution of Quadrupeds in South America; on the phosphorescence of 
the eyes in certain species of Mammalia ; and on the mode of measur- 
ing Quadrupeds. All these subjects are treated with considerable 
ability, and much scientific information; but we regret that we cannot 
afford space for their analysis. They add much to the value of this 
interesting work, 


Nova Acta Physico-medica Academie Cesaree Leopoldino-Caroline 
Nature Curiosorum. Tomus xv.—Vratislavie et Bonne, 1831. 


THE opening paper of the volume, by Gcethe, is chiefly interesting 
at the present day as affording a fresh instance of the ardour with which. 
that great man entered, in early life, on the study of natural history, 
and of the philosophical spirit in which his investigations were con- 
ducted. It consists of an essay ‘* Ueber den Zwischenkiefer des 
Menschen und Thiere,” written and prepared for the press in 1786, 
and of various supplemental additions relating to the circumstances under 
which it was composed, and to the state of the distinguished authour’s 
opinions on various points connected with his subject, at that early 
period. From the whole of these communications it is evident that the 


Nova Acta Academie Nature Curiosorum. 473 


doctrine of unity of composition, since so strenuously inculcated by many 
of his countrymen, and adopted by a large and increasing school in 
France and England, was maintained by Geethe long before the close of 
the last century, not merely as a bold and speculative hypothesis, but as 
a theory resting on the detailed investigation of facts. Among these 
one of the most obvious, which forms the basis of the Memoir before us, 
was the existence in man, as well as in other Mammalia, of inter- 
maxillary bones, capable of ready demonstration, although at that time 


~ denied by the almost universal voice of human anatomists. The plates 


which accompany the Memoir exhibit a comparative view of these bones 
in the roebuck, the ox, the camel, the horse, the babyrussa, the lion, 
the polar bear, the wolf, the walruss, a monkey, and man; and prove 
how attentively and how successfully the youthful philosopher had studied 
the limited materials within his reach, It is unnecessary to enter into the 
details of a question on which no difference of opinion can any longer exist; 
but it may not be uninteresting to observe, in addition, that so early as 
the year 1791 Goethe appears to have arrived at the conclusion that the 
bones of the head were reducible to six vertebre, and that consequently 
the long agitated question as to the right of priority in this hypothesis is 
completely set at rest. } 

Dr. Barkow’s paper ‘ Ueber angebornen Mangel des Unterkiefers bei 
‘* Saugethieren,”’ is an interesting addition to the history of monstrosity 
in the “higher animals. It offers a detailed account of the external 
appearances and internal anatomy in two cases of congenital absence of 
the lower jaw in lambs, and compares these with the particulars of 
similar cases furnished by previous writers. The modifications in various 
parts of the structure of the animals coincident with this mal-formation 
are carefully described; and figures of the head, and of the separate 
parts, in different aspects, give a clear idea of the peculiarities observed. 
For the details of these, which are stated with great minuteness, the 
paper itself must be consulted, 

Dr. Rosenthal’s contributions ‘* zur Anatomie der Seehunde’’ are 
interesting as the last labour of an excellent observer, whose anatomical 
researches, especially as regards the structure of fishes, are deserving of 


474 Analytical Notices of Books. 


the highest praise. In this anatomy of the Seal, it was hardly to. be 
expected that he could add much of absolute novelty to what was 
previously known; but either the confirmation or the correction of the 
accredited statements by so practised an anatomist cannot be regarded 
with indifference. There is nothing, however, in the paper so strikingly 
new. as to call for particular observation here. In common with most 
recent anatomists Dr. Rosenthal regards the closure of the foramen ovale 
and of the ductus arteriosus as the normal structure in these animals, 
and their occasional perviousness as an exception to the general rule. 
Figures of the heart, liver, mesenteric glands, lacteals, and female 
organs, accompany the paper. 

Baron von Ockskay describes the “* Mus pratensis’’ as a new species, 
inhabiting such situations only as are indicated by its trivial name, in the 
western parts of Hungary. He gives its specific character as follows; 
“© M. caudé lungitudine corporis ; auriculis rotundatis, pilosis, vellere 
“ parim prominulis ; palmis tetradactylis cum pollice ungulato ; dorso 
“ ferrugineo, abdomine albo ;’’ and states that its body measures 23 
inches in length, and 1 inch and 2 lines in height. According to the 
authour it is the most agile and vivacious of the genus, but exceedingly 
savage even in captivity ; its ferocity being such that the female destroys 
and devours her young, and the male his mate. They live on the seeds 
and roots of grass and other herbaceous plants, and build their nests, 
among the herbage on the surface of the ground, of fragments of decayed 
grass. The female produces five or six young several times in the year. 

Some  Fernere Untersuchungen iiber Blutlauf in Kerfen,’” by Dr. 
Carus of Dresden, add much to the authour’s previous discoveries with 
regard to the circulation of the blood in insects. As he has himself given 
a summary of the results of his observations on this most important 
subject, we cannot do better than translate that portion of his paper; 
observing that the conclusions which he regards as satisfactorily made out 
are designated by an asterisk, while those not so distinguished must be 
considered as more or less hypothetical. 

«© *1, The blood flows in the dorsal vessel from the abdomen to- 
wards the head. 


Nova Acta Academie Nature Curiosorum. 475 


«< *2. The dorsal vessel pulsates most strongly at its abdominal 
extremity; and although as a whole it corresponds to the idea of a heart, 
yet its lower portion (frequently much expanded) is that which more 
especially coincides with this idea. 

«¢ *3. In the course of the dorsal vessel there are no special enlarge- 
ments, nor any lateral ramifications of blood-vessels demonstrated either 
by anatomy or by the microscope.t 

«« *4, The dorsal vessel is therefore truly a heart, that is to say, a 
central organ accelerating and regulating the circulation, and receiving 
and expelling the blood by means of primary vessels, but not itself 
ramifying immediately and from its sides into smaller vessels. 

«© *5, The dorsal vessel receives the systemic blood at its abdomi- 
nal extremity through venous apertures, and expels it at its termination 
near the head. This is proved partly by microscopic observations, in 
which the injection and expulsion (the latter, for example, in the head 
of Lampyris) may be immediately seen, and partly by anatomical ob- 
servations of the subdivision of the dorsal vessel at both extremities, as 
noticed by Mayer, Miiller, and Schultz. 

** 6. The circulation of the blood in other parts of the body takes 
place partly without vessels in free streams, and partly in vessels. I re- 
regard this law, for the present, as hypothetical, because although it is 
certain that the blood, in the wings for example, circulates through 
vessels, it is not positively ascertained that in those parts of the body 
in which the microscope detects streams of blood, but recognizes no 
vascular parietes, the latter are actually wanting. 

** *7, As the current of the blood within the dorsal vessel is directed 
forwards towards the head, so without that vessel it is directed back- 
wards towards the abdominal extremity. 

«* §. This circulation is probably only the further developement 
of a simple constant circular current, at first destitute of parietes, which 


+ In a note on this passage, Dr. Carus refers to the Jateral apertures in the 
dorsal vessel, for the imbibition of the blood, (described by M, Straus-Durck- 
heim, but not detected by Herold, Marcel de Serres, Meckel, Miiller, or himself), 
which he seems unwilling to admit without further proof, 


476 Analytical Notices of Books. 


in the primary state of the insect (that is to say in the embryo within the 
egg) passes upwards towards the dorsal, and downwards towards the 
ventral surface ; and may be regarded as analogous to the circulation in 
the separate joints of Chara. 

** 9. The developement or further evolution of this simple current 
probably takes place in such a manner that, continuing in opposite 
directions, the upper remains simple but has more dense canals, while 
the lower subdivides into several currents, which remain for the most 
part uncircumscribed by definite parietes. 

«© *10. The currents of blood in all the external parts of insects are 
directed from the head downwards, and it is therefore observed that in 
the antenne, upper joints of the legs, wings, &c., the current of 
blood through these parts, whether simple or branched, commences on 
the side directed towards the head, and flows back on the side directed 
towards the abdominal extremity ; an observation from which alone, 
but more especially when taken in connection with the absence of lateral 
branches in the dorsal vessel (as demonstrated by anatomy), it results, 
that they are all lateral arcuations outward and ramifications of the late- 
rally retrogade currents. In transparent larve we perceive moreover, 
with perfect distinctness, that the currents passing through the branchie 
and upper joints of the legs, are merely outward arcuations of the late- 
ral descending streams. 

‘© *11, The form of the globules of the blood in insects is very 
variable: they are larger or smaller, and sometimes appear to be entirely 
wanting. But as they are the only means by which the current is ren- 
dered visible under the microscope, it may be admitted that currents 
sometimes exist where, under the microscope, none are to be seen. 

«© *12, The currents of the blood in insects may occtr at different 
periods of time in very different degrees of extension in one and the 
same individual; with respect to which it needs only to be observed that 
the more external they are, the more readily do they admit of suspen- 


+ This circumstance is illustrated by a diagram of the entire circulation ac- 
cording to the views of the learned authour. 


Nova Acta Academie Nature Curiosorum. 477 


sion without interrupting the principal circulation. Thus we see the 
circulation of the wings going on in more or in fewer vessels; thus the 
currents in the antenne and joints of the legs pass to a greater or less 
extent along those organs; and thus a certain degree of desiccation may 
take place in some perfect insects, by means of which the entire flow of 
blood is restricted within the circle in which it probably takes its origin, 
until at length even this vanishes, and death supervenes after a few 
successive oscillations of the heart.’’ 

Of three papers in systematic Entomology contained in the volume, 
the first, by Dr. J. L. T. F. Zincken Sommer, is entitled “ Beitrag zur 
Insekten-Fauna von Java, Erste Abtheilung,’”’ and forms the commence- 
ment of a series of memoirs on the insects of Java, founded partly on 
materials contained in the authour’s own collection, and partly on others 
- submitted to his examination by Dr. Blume, and an unnamed correspon- 
dent. He seems to have been altogether unaware, although the date of 
the publication is in 1831, thata work on the same subject was in pro- 
gress in this country, of which two numbers, containing a portion of 
the Papilionide, made their appearance in 1828 and 1829. Jt is con- 
sequently a somewhat singular coincidence that, in this first section, the 
genera of Papilionide selected for illustration (the arrangement adopted 
being that of Fabricius’s inedited “ Systema Glossatorum’’) almost 
exactly correspond with those which still remain unpublished in Dr. 
Horsfield’s valuable work. In adhering to the Fabrician mode of ar- 
rangement, the authour has had the advantage of possessing a copy of 
the first seven sheets (all that had been printed, when the insolvency of 
the bookseller put a stop to the further progress of the impression) of 
the “Systema Glossatorum,”’ which a lucky chance, as he informs us, 
put it in his power to obtain. It does not appear whether it would be 
possible to obtain other copies of this long-lost treasure, of the existence 
of which we had previously no information; but the manuscript of the 
remaining portion seems to be regarded as irrecoverable. The seven 
sheets which Dr. Zincken possesses, contain descriptions of the species 
of Urania, Amathusia, Papilio, Zelima, Morpho, Cethosia, Castnia, 
Euplea, Apatura, Limenites, and Cynthia, and of the first seven of 
the genus Vanessa, He candidly acknowledges the manifold imper- 


478 Analytical Notices of Books. 


fections of the Fabrician arrangement as compared with the present state 
of entomological science, but refrains from making any alterations, his 
object being merely, as he states, to describe a certain number of insects 
as natives of a particular country. To this object his paper is strictly 
limited: he describes thirty-two species belonging to the genera 
Amathusia, Papilio, Zelima, Morpho, Cethosia, Euplea, and 
Apatura, of which nine are regarded as new to science. The far 
greater number belong to Papilio and Euplea, fourteen being referred 
to the former genus, and nine to the latter. Three plates are filled with 
good figures of the new species, and of some of those which had been 
previously described. Among them we find one to two apparently 
identical with species figured, but not yet described, in Dr. Horsfield’s 
© Lepidoptera Javanica.” 

The second systematic paper in this department of zoology is a 
‘¢ Monographia generis Midarum, a C, R. G. Wiedemann,”’ and offers 
a very full and complete illustration of a genus of dipterous insects not 
more remarkable for the peculiarities of its structure than for the rapidity 
with which its numbers have been swelled by recent accessions. In the 
year 1820, the learned authour described, in Meigen’s excellent work 
on European Diptera, a second species in addition to the solitary indi- 
vidual left by Latreille under the Fabrician denomination. In the 
following year he added, in the first part of his “* Diptera Exotica’’ five 
other species; and their number was increased to twelve, on the 
publication of his ‘* Ausser-Europiische Zweifliigelige Insekten,” in 
1828. The present Monograph contains characters, descriptions, and 
figures of no fewer than twenty-three, and is preceded by a critical 
dissertation on the origin and orthography of the generic name; on the 
history of the genus, with a critical examination of the characters assigned 
to it by successive systematists; and on the habits attributed to its 
species by Olivier, but neglected by subsequent writers. The figures, 
which occupy three plates, are well executed, and are accompanied, as 
regards some of the smaller species, with enlarged representations of 
the wings, legs, and antenne. For the accuracy of the descriptions the 
well-known character of the authour is a sufficient guarantee. 


Nova Acta Academie Nature Curiosorum. 479 


The last communication which offers a particular interest to the 
entomologist, relates to the “ Ixodes ophtophilus, eme neue Zecken-art, 
‘* auf einer Schlange gefunden und beschrieben von Dr. Johannes 
«< Miiller.”” It contains a full description, accompanied by figures, of 
a new tick, found imbedded in the skin of the nose of a species of 
Dipsas, and closely resembling the figure given by Seba of a similar 
parasite observed by him insinuated between the scales of an American 
snake. That other reptiles are equally infested with parasitic ticks, 
apparently belonging to the same genus, Ixodes, is manifest from 
HBermann’s having found similar specimens on the Testudo Greca, Spar- 
mann on an African species of Tortoise, Pallas on Crocodiles and Iguanas, 
and Fabricius on animals of the last named genus. Dr. Miller 
compares his species with the descriptions given by each of these authours, 
and points out the differences by which they are distinguished from it, 
and from each other. His generic character of the group is slightly 
modified from that given by Latreille. Incidentally he mentions that, of 
sixty colubrine snakes examined by him among the duplicates of the 
Bonn Museum, five specimens (belonging to four different species) were 
furnished with the grooved posterior teeth described by Schlegal, in his 
paper on that subject, published in the previous volume of the Transactions 
of the Academy, and noticed at page 378 of our present volume. 

Only one other paper connected with recent zoology remains to be 
noticed; it is from the pen of Dr. Tilesius, and is entitled <* Beitrage 
zur Naturgeschichte der Medusen.” The present section is limited to 
some general observations on the structure and relations of the Meduse 
in general, to an indication of the principles which influence their natural 
distribution into families, and to a detailed description of several species 
of Cassiopea ; but the learned authour proposes to follow up his subject 
by a series of papers treating of each of the other groups in succession. 
He considers them as the representatives of a large class of marine 
animals, to which he applies the common term, borrowed from Forskihl, 
of “ Animalia siphonizantia,” their predominating character consisting 
in the inhalation and expulsion of the water in which they live, by a 
more or less powerful, more or less regular, and more or less complete 


480 Analytical Notices of Books. 


alternation of expansion and contraction. In the more typical among 
these siphonizing animals the functions of nutrition and respiration are 
combined, their functions in general being much simplified, and per- 
formed. by the most simple organs, “ These organs,’’ le says, ‘ are 
tubular muscles, which are very sensitive, irritable and contractile, 
serving at once for nerves, vessels and intestines, They have hitherto 
been regarded by anatomists and zoologists as vessels: but the 
fluid contained within them flows backwards as well as forwards, and 
they effect in the Salpe and Medusa, a regular succession of contractions 
and expansions, closely resembling the systole and diastole of the brain, 
heart and lungs in the higher warm-blooded animals. The greater 
number of these animals have only one mouth, and all of them but a 
single stomach. Their digestive process consists merely in the absorption 
of their prey, and they require in consequence neither liver nor gall- 
bladder, neither proper intestine nor anus ; but their respiration appears 
to predominate over all their other functions, which are performed solely 
by means of the respiratory organs. By means of this action they 
progress in the sea; by its means they secrete their fluids; by its means 
they suck in their prey; by its means they assimilate the inhaled fluid ; 
by its means they expel their young; and even the embryos thus expelled 
are in the first instance developed by means of the commencing respiratory 
action in themselves. By the same means they excrete a luminous gas or 
nocturnal light, and by a redoubled exertion of this action they change 
their colour by day,”? It may here be added, that the authour appears to 
regard the aggregated Tunicata, such as Pyrosoma, Monophora of Bory de 
St. Vincent, Noctiluca and Telephorus, as the young fry of the simple 
species; but on this and many other points he is somewhat obscure. 
The observations of M. Chamisso, and more particularly those of MM. 
Audouinand Milne Edwards, shew that we have still much to learn before a 
definitive opinion can be formed with regard to the history of the Tunicata. 

There is little novelty in the authour’s principles of classification, as 
regards the subdivision of the family of Meduse ; his sections being 
almost wholly founded on those of Peron, and consequently too well 
known to require explanation. The species of Cassiopea described and 


Sera ALY eee ee 


Nova Acta Academia Nature Curiosorum. 48] 


figured are Cass. Andromeda, (Medusa Andromeda, Forsk.), Cass. rhizos- 
tomoidea, (Cassiopée Borlase, Pér.,) Cass. frondosa, Pall., and Cass. 
Canariensis, a new species discovered by the authour at Teneriffe, and 
especially remarkable for a circle of eight smaller arms placed within 
the larger, and supported at the extremity of a second and smaller 
pedicel. This duplication of the arms he compares with a parallel 
structure in aspecies of Loligo, also found by himself in the Chinese 
seas, which he figures on the same plate under the name of Loligo 
corolliflora. In illustration of this last he refers to a second species 
exhibiting a similar structure described and figured by M. Lesueur in the 
“ Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,” under the 
name of Loligo Pealii, in which the internal armlets are much smaller, 
scarcely projecting beyond the fold from whence they take their origin. 
The descriptions are given with great minuteness; and the figures are 
well executed, shewing the species in various aspects, and occasionally 
with some detail. 

Of the papers in Fossil Zoology, in which the present volume is un- 
usually rich, the first is entitled ‘* Beschreibung einer neuen Art der 
Gattung Pterodactylus, Cuv., Ornithocephalus, Sem., von Georg Grafen 
zu Munster." This new species of Pterodactylus was discovered by 
Count Munster in the collection of Dr. Schnitzlein at Monheim, who 
received it from Meulenhard, near Daiting, in the district of Monheim, 
where it was found in the same quarry and in the same stratum as the 
well-known Crocodilus priscus, Sem. On the surface of the block there 
were visible only the vertebral column, the right scapula, some of the 
ribs, and a portion of the right femur and of the humerus; the con- 


' tiguous blocks containing the cranium and bones of the foot and hand 


having been lost by the ignorance of the quarrier. The specimen hay~ 
ing been consigned to Count Munster, he immediately set about dissect- 
ing the remaining portions of the skeleton, which he found a work of 
considerable difficulty on account of the hardness and firm consistence 
of the stone. He succeeded, however, at length in freeing them from 
their envelope with little injury, and was fully rewarded for his pains 
by the discovery that his specimen, instead of belonging as he at first 
Vou. V. I 


482 Analytical Notices of Books. 


suspected to the Pterodactylus longirostris, formed the type of a new 
species. After describing the peculiar characters of the calcareous schist 
in which they are found, the authour proceeds to examine in detail the 
characteristics of each of the remaining bones of the skeleton, as far as 
he was able to examine them, and institutes a comparison, (the result 
of which is given in a tabular form,) between their measurements, and 
those of the bones of Pter. longirostris. From the latter the new 
species, which is the Pter. medius, Munst., differs more especially 
in the following characters: ‘1, the much greater breadth of the 
lower jaw in proportion to its length; 2, the sudden narrowing 
of the lower jaw at its anterior extremity, while in Pter. longirostris it 
becomes broader; 3, the greater length and strength of the teeth, in 
comparison with the lower jaw; 4, the much shorter neck, and the 
very different shape of the cervical vertebre; 5, the greater length of 
the vertebral column, in comparison with the nearly equal length of the 
lower jaw; 6, the greater breadth and strength of the four or five first 
ribs in comparison with those which succeed them ; 7, the smaller tail ; 
8, the extraordinary size of the sternum; 9, the comparatively greater 
length of the tibia as regards the femur; 10, the very different pro- 
portion of almost all the joints with regard to the lower jaw; 11, the 
existence of the fibula and the radius, of which in the other two 
species (according to Scemmering and Cuvier) no vestige is apparent.” 
The authour admits therefore three very distinct species, Pter. longi- 
rostris, Pter. brevirostris, Pter. medius; and regards the Pter. grandis, 
Cuv., first made known by Scemmering in the Transactions of the 
Munich Academy, and the other bones of a Pterodactylus described by 
Spix in the same collection, as not specifically distinct from the first 
named, from which they only differ in size, a circumstance probably 
dependent on the respective ages of the different individuals. All these 
species are found in the calcareous slate of Solenhofen, Eichstadt, 
Kelheim, and Monheim, sorich in remarkable organic remains as to 
have already furnished the authour with no fewer than sixteen fossil 
species. 
Dr. Goldfuss’s ‘* Beitrage zur kenttniss verschiedener Reptilien der 


Nova Acta Academia Nature Curiosorum. 483 


“* Vorwelt”” are collected under two heads, according to the strata in 
which the various fossil reptiles of which they treat have been discovered. 
The first head comprises the reptiles of the lithographic schist, and 
opens with a review of the history of the genus treated of in the 
preceding paper, to which it adds another species, the Pterodactylus cras- 
sirostris, Goldf., noticing at the same time the Pter. macronyz, Buckl., 
from the blue lias of Lyme, which was apparently unknown to Count 
Munster. The new species is from the lithographic stone of Solenhofen, 
and is established on a nearly perfect skeleton, wanting little else besides 
the hinder extremities and the contiguous parts of the pelvis. A very 
careful and detailed description is given of its several bones, which are 
compared with those of the other species of the genus, and the analogies 
of the more doubtful among them with the bones of other animals, 
discussed and ascertained. The description concludes with a tabular 
view of the dimensions of the several parts in the four German species, 
the result of which is stated to be that their greatest variation occurs in 
he relative length of the skull, of the neck, and of the metacarpus. 
The discrepancies between the different species in these and other less 
important points are then pointed out, and the authour concludes by 
some general remarks on the peculiarities of the skeleton in this extra- 
ordinary genus, and on the indications with regard to its station in nature, 
its habits, and its mode of existence, which are affurded to us by its 
remains. Into this investigation our space will not permit us to enter ; 
but we may observe that the authour seems to consider the animals in 
question as preserving, in all the more essential characters of their 
skeleton, the true reptile type, but deviating, in the less important 
organs, towards that of birds on the one hand, and of bats on the other. 
Their habits he seems inclined to regard as having been very similar to 
those of the bats of modern days, and hints at the large Libellule tound 
in the same lithographic schist, as having formed a part of their means 
of subsistence. He enters particularly into the question of the kind of 
covering with which their bodies were clothed, and from various circum- 
stances, which he details at length, comes to the conclusion that his 
“« Pter. crassirostris was not covered, like reptiles, with scales and shields, 
Vor. V, 112 


484 Analytical Notices of Books. 


but with a pelt of soft hairs, almost an inch in length, and perhaps in 
many parts even with feathers; and that a similar covering is consequently 
to be presumed in its congeners also.” The plates which accompany 
this part of the memoir represent the new species in its matrix, and 

_Testored in its wanting parts by a comparison chiefly with Pter. longiros- 

‘tris. An adumbration is aJso given of the animal hovering over its 
supposed haunts; and outlines of the Pter. longirostris and Pter. brevi~ 
rostris serve aS points of comparison and illustration, 

In connection with the foregoing new species of Pterodactylus, Dr. 
Goldfuss next proceeds to describe a cranium in the collection of Count 
Munster, from the lithographic stone of Monheim, to which he assigns 
the name of Ornithocephalus (Ptcrodactylus) Munstert. The outline 
of this skull resembles that of a Heron, and still more that of the Uria 
Troile: but the traces of six teeth, perfectly similar to those of Pter. 
erassirostris, Goldf., lying almost in contact with it, lead to the 
conjecture that it was furnished with teeth. This hypothesis gains 
additional strength on comparing the outline of the skulls of Péter. crasst- 
rostris and Pier. brevirostris, seen from above, with that of the skull in 
question ; and the authour commends the block in which the specimen 
is found to the closer examination of its possessor, asa means of confirm- 
ing or of contradicting his opinion, which is expressed in the name 
given to the species. 

A third new fossil reptile, also from the lithographic stone of Monheim, 
is the Lacerta neptunia, Goldf. The skeleton figured and described is 
nearly perfect, very few of its parts being lost; it measures in total 
length three inches and five lines (Parisian measure), and resembles in most 
particulars the skeleton of the common Lacerta agilis; from which it 
differs chiefly in the smaller number of its dorsal and lumbar vertebre, 
in its few but larger teeth, in its broader ribs, and in its smaller size. 

The other principal head into which this important paper is subdivided 
comprehends the authour’s notes on the fossil reptiles of the schistose 
braunkohl or papierkohl, of the neighbourhood of Bonn, so rich in 
impressions of dicotyledonous leaves as to have been regarded as entirely 
composed of a mass of such leaves pressed together, and belonging 


Nova Acta Academia Nature Curiosorum. 485 


perhaps to the stems which are abundantly met with in the deeper seated 
strata of the same braunkohl formation. As these leaves chiefly belong 
to trees inhabiting humid situations, it is not surprising that they should 
be accompanied by remains of marsh and water animals, and of such 
insects as live either in the water or on trees. A large collection of such* 
remains has within these few years been formed in the Bonn museum: 
some have been already made known; and the remainder of the present 
paper contains descriptions of the reptiles of the extensive series thus 
collected. The insects, we are informed, belong chiefly to the genera 
Lucanus, Meloé, Dytiscus, Buprestis, Cantharis, Cerambyx, Paran- 
dra, Belostoma, Cercopis, Locusta, Anthrax and Tabanus. A small 
erab has been noticed by Dr. Bronn, and there are also three remark- 
able Branchiopodous Crustacea, the largest of which exceeds an inch 
in diameter. The impressions of Fishes appear to belong to two distinct 
species, the smaller of which has been published by Dr. Bronn under 
the name of Cyprinus carbonarius ; the second, which is twice as large, 
is rarely found asa perfect impression, but more commonly, although 
still rare, as a mutilated skeleton. 

The first of the fossil reptiles from this curious formation is the Rana 
diluviana, Goldf., bones of which are rarely found in good preservation, 
but their impressions are frequently so perfect as to give a clear indication 
of the form of the entire skeleton. It is considerably larger than the 
common green frog of the vicinity, (Rana esculenta), and is distin- 
guished from it, at the first glance, by the shortness of its body in 
proportion to the length of its head; the body of the green frog being 
almost 23 times, while that of the fossil species scarcely exceeds 14 times, 
aslong asthe head. Other differences between the skeletons of the two 
animals are pointed out, and that of the fossil is deseribed in detail with 
occasional references to the structure of other existing species, with which 
it is also compared, It is remarkable that the Rana diluviana occurs not 
only in various stages of its growth asa perfect animal, but also in its 
process of transformation, in the tailed and tadpole state. In this latter 
state it is also described and figured. 

A second Batrachian reptile is the Salamandra Ogygia, Goldf., found 


486 Analytical Notices ‘of Books. 


in the same state as the frog, and measuring two inches and seven or 
eight lines inlength. Its skeleton is compared with that of the common 
Salamander, from which it differs in various particulars. ‘* The greater 
breadth of its head distinguishes it from the Water Salamanders; and 
from all the known species of Land Salamanders it differs in the structure 
of its skull, and in the very backward position of its orbits, by which 
it approaches the frogs on one side and the Proteus on the other.” 
Along with this Salamander occurs the Triton Woachicus, Goldf., a small 
species referred to that genus on account of its narrow oval skull, and 
measuring somewhat more than two inches in total length. It differs 
from the living species of its genus in the structure of its skull, the 
peculiarities of which are described and figured. 

Lastly the author figures an impression representing two fragments of 
a spirally rolled snake-like body, to which he gives the name of Ophis 
dubius, doubting whether they belong to a snake ora serpentiform fish, 
It is a curious specimen and well deserves the attention of fossil zoologists. 

The “ Beitrage zur Petrefactenkunde”’ of Dr. Von Meyer is also a 
miscellaneous paper on fossil remains of considerable extent and high 
importance. It is divided into four sections, the first of which contains 
<* a description of the Orthoceratites striolatus, with remarks on the 
structure and occurrence of certain polythalamous fossil Cephalopoda ; 
and a description of Calymene equalis.” This part of the memoir 
commences with a detailed examination of the structure of Orthoceratites 
and of the other fossil Cephalopods, and especially the Belemnites, to 
which they are related. In the course of his examination several new 
facts are brought to light; and additional means of regulating the 
arrangement of the shells, and of determining the station and characters 
of the animals by which they were formed, are furnished to the zoologist, 
The new species described is from the orawwacke schist of Herborn; its 
characters are given with great minuteness, and figured in two plates 
with much detail. A general essay on the strata in which Orthoceratites 
have hitherto been found, and on the species peculiar to each, together 
with some notices of other fossil shells occurring in the same localities, 
forms the subject of the succeeding chapter, and is continued in an 


i 
4 
7 


Nova Acta Academie Nature Curiosorum. 487 


appendix. The Calymene? equalis is from the same locality: it most 
nearly resembles the Calymene concinna, Dalm., and, like it, approaches 
very closely to the genus Asaphus. It is figured in the accompanying 
plate. 

The second section of the memoir is devoted to an essay ‘“* On the 
Mastodon Arvernensis of Eppelsheim.”” Of this species, which was 
unknown to Cuvier, and first described by MM. Croizet and Jobert, 
portions, consisting of the left half of the upper jaw and some isolated 
molar teeth, exist in the Museum of the Grand Duke of Hesse Darm- 
stadt. They were found at Eppelsheim, near Alzei, in the Grand 
Duchy; and are more worthy of notice as they fill up some deficiencies 
in the account of the skeleton which the first describers were compelled, 
from the incompleteness of their materials, to leave open to subsequent 
investigation. The whole of the materials are described at length, and 
the differences existing between them and the corresponding parts of 
Mast. maximus and angustidens are carefully noted. It appears that, 
in addition to the Auvergnian and Hessian habitats, the species is found 
in the Jura formation at Salmandingen and on the Heuberg; and also 
at Friedrichsgemiind in Bavaria, In the last named locality it occurs in 
a heliciferous limestone in company with remains of Mastodon angus- 
tidens, Paleotherium Aurelianense, Rhinoceros incisivus, Cheropota- 
mus Semmeringii, a Lophiodon, a small carnivorous animal, a Cervus, 
Tortoises, and other terrestrial quadrupeds; with regard to which, and 
to the tertiary formation in which tbey are found, Dr. Meyer states that 
he is preparing a separate memoir. The plate represents the Eppelsheim 
fragment of the upper jaw. 

“ The genus Aptychus,’’ Mey., (which is synonymous with Trigonel- 
lites, Park., Tellinites, Schloth., Icthyosiagones, Bourd., and Lepadites, 
Germ..,) is the subject of the following section. These paradoxical fossils, 
although known and figured so early as the time of Scheuchzer, and 
examined and described by many subsequent oryctologists, have hitherto, 
according to our authour, been completely misapprehended, as regards 
their affinities and classification. To the hypothesis that they are the 
remains of bivalve shells, which at first sight they closely resemble, he 


488 Analytical Notices of Books. 


objects that when the two halves, into which they are subdivided, are 
-brought into contact they meet only at three points of their margin; 
that there is no trace of muscular impressions on their surface; and that 
their hinge, or point of connection between the valves, is of a totally 
different character from that of any known bivalve. On treating the 
fossil with diluted muriatic acid, its calcareous portion was dissolved, 
and the skeleton which remained was found to be porous and cellular, 
and forcibly called to mind the structure of the internal sheil of Sepia. 
*¢ Tts structure,”’ the authour observes, ‘‘is altogether peculiar, and may 
perhaps be explained by saying that as in Sepia /amelle of horn, so in this 
case cells of horn, are filled with a calcareous substance.’’ This curious 
mode of formation is described with much detail in the paper, to which 
we must refer for many valuable observations on this and other points. 
But the discovery of evident traces of the soft parts of the animal leads 
to considerations of still higher importance, ‘ The structure of the 
shell” according to our authour, ‘* speaks not only of a molluscous 
animal in general, but also indicates with certainty a naked mollusk, 
the shell being internal. We can only further enquire whether this 
naked mollusk belongs to the Gasteropoda or the Acephala? For 
answering this question we possess again no other materials than the 
shell. As we have seen, it is formed, in its characteristic parts, like an 
imperfect bivalve, and J believe therefore that the animal cannot be 
referred to the true Acephala. As regards the determination of the 
anterior and posterior sides, and the position of the head, I must refer 
to an unfinished work of mine, treating of the metamorphosis of the 
shells of Mollusca, in which I shall also develope my views with respect 
to the normal position of the shell. We have thus the type of a 
molluscous animal, such as none has yet been found. May not this be 
regarded as improbable or somewhat far-fetched. But this view has offered 
itself to me after a careful treatment and examination of its parts. Itdoes 
not contradict the time when the animal existed as a living furm. Were 
Nautilus and Spirula not extant in our living creation, what should we 
say of Ammonites and Belemnites? Aptychus lived along with these. 
How shall we comprehend Ornithocephalus or Pterodactylus within the 


EE —— ee 
- 


a. a 


Nova Acta Academie Nature Curiosorum. 489 


limits of our system of living animals? and where shall we arrange the 
Lizards and the Crocodiles which in truth are neither Lizards nor Croco- ~ 
diles? Withsuch animals /ptychus also lived. It is evident from this 
how rich is the calcareous schist of Solenhofen in types new, but by no 
means improbable, whicl may happily enlarge the boundaries of our 
system.”’ Dr. Meyer rejects as altogether untenable Germar’s hypo-~ 
thesis that these shells belonged toa fossil Lepas, and that of Bourdes 
that they were the jaws of a fish; and combats at considerable length 
the opinion of Dr. Riippel, who regards them as the opercula of a shell 
in outer form resembling an Ammonite. To the animal of this shell, in 
the aperture of which crushed specimens are not unfrequently found, 
Dr. Meyer rather suspects them to have served as food. The character 
of the strata in which they are found is treated of at some length ; and 
an appendix adds two new forms to those previously described in the 
paper itself. Three plates are occupied with the figures and details of 
these several forms. 

The fourth and last section comprehends the descriptions of several 
*« New Fossil Reptiles of the Saurian Order ;”” an order in which the 
authour states that he has met with so much that is peculiar that he 
believes himself to be in a condition to give a new systematic arrangement, 
which will be the subject of his next paper. The present is limited to 
notices of certain new species of the Order, forming the types of three 
new genera. The first of these he describes under the name of Racheo- 
saurus gracilis: it is founded ona considerable portion of the vertebrae, 
ribs, pelvis, and hinder extremity of a skeleton, in the collection of 
Dr. Schnitzlein at Monheim, imbedded in a block of calcareous schist 
brought from Daiting near Solenhofen, the well-known locality o. 
Scemmering’s Crocodilus priscus and of so many other remarkable 
organic remains. The second, Plewrosaurus Goldfussii, Mey., is 
founded on nearly similar portions of a skeleton, also from the calcareous 
schist of Daiting, in the collection of Count Munster; it is described 
at much less length than the preceding specimen, and is not (as is the 
case with the Racheosaurus) figured either wholly or in detail. The third 
genus is established on a specimen in the Royal Museum at Dresden, 


490 Analytical Notices of Books. 


first described by Eilenburg in 1755, and confounded in more recent 
times with the 4olodon (Crocodilus priscus, Seem.) to which it was 
referred by Cuvier in the last edition of his ‘ Ossemens Fossiles.”? It 
has since been characterized and partially figured by Dr. Jager, under 
the name of Crocodilus Bollensis; the specimen having been found in 
the lias at Boll in the kingdom of Wiirtemberg. The authour points out 
the «lifferences in its several extant parts which distinguish the skeleton of 
this animal from that of olodon, and gives it, on account of the 
extraordinary length of the bodies of its vertebre, the generic name of 
Macrospondylus. We concludes his paper by the description of some 
portions of a skeleton of the Pterodactylus macronyx of Dr. Buckland, 
found in the lias at Banz in company with an almost perfect skeleton of 
a large Saurian with a long muzzle, and with the bones of atortoise. The 
remains of the Pterodactylus are figured in the accompanying plate, 
The last paper which falls under our cognizance is entitled ‘* Testudo 
antiqua, eine in Siisswasser-Gypse von Hohenhéwen untergegangene 
Art; beschrieben von Dr. Heinr. G. Bronn.’’ It contains a full des- 
cription of a new species of fossil Tortoise from the fresh-water Gypsum 
of Hohenhéwen, made from numerous specimens that came under the 
authour’s observation in various collections. The remains are compared 
with Testudo Greca and Test. tabulata, and with the fossil species 
hitherto observed ; and are finally characterized as follows: Test. antiqua, 
“* testd lato-ovatd, antice gibbd et medio margine incisa ; squamarum 
vertebralium areis convexiusculis, muticis, obsoleté radiatim striatis, 
medio punctatis ; squamis marginalibus 24 (222), emparibus antica et 
postica e duabus connatis ortis; sterno anticé subconvexo-truncato.”’ 


ee ee 


Mr. Bennett on the Chinchillide. 49] 


Art. LXV. Notice of some recent Publications on the 
Chinchilide. By E. T. Brennerr, Esg., F.L.S., 
Sec. Z.S. 


In June 1832, I brought under the notice of the Zoological Society 
an animal then living at the Gardens in the Regent’s Park, and forming 
the type of a new genus, nearly related to Chinchilla, which I proposed 
to call Lagotis Cuviert. The death of the specimen, in the spring of 
1833, enabled me to complete its characters, which were laid before 
the Society at its first Meeting in May of that year (together with a revision 
of the interesting little family of Rodentia of which it forms a part), and 
published immediately afterwards in the Society’s ‘* Proceedings,’’ and 
in the course of August in its *‘ Transactions,” In this paper I regarded 
the family of Chinchillide as consisting of three genera, Lagotis, Chin- 
chilla, and Lagostomus, each composed of a single known species; 
with the addition of the Callomys aureus of M. Isidore Geoffroy St. 
Hilaire, an animal of somewhat doubtful position, characterized only 
from the inspection of imperfect and mutilated skins. 

In the moath of March, 1833, Dr. F. J. F. Meyen, a naturalist 
previously distinguished for his researches in vegetable anatomy, trans- 
mitted to the Imperial Academy Nature Curiosorum, the second part 
of a series of zoological observations made during a voyage round the 
world, containing a revision of the same family, for which he adopts 
from Wiegmann the name of Lagostomi, and to which he refers six 
genera, viz. Pedetes, Lagostomus, Eriomys, Chinchilla, Galex, and 
Lagidium: of Lagostomus he enumerates three distinct species. From 
these views, (which were published towards the end of 1833 in the 
“ Nova Acta Academie Cesaree Nature Curiosorum,” tom. 16, pars 
post., p. 574), my own appear to differ so widely that it may be requisite 
to offer some explanation of the little coincidence that is to be found 
between our several papers. For this purpose I shall follow the order 
observed in Dr. Meyen’s Memoir, remarking on the discrepancies as I 
proceed. 


492 Mr. Bennett on the Chinchillide. 


As regards the South African genus, Pedetes, Ill. (or Helamys of 
M. F. Cuvier) I can by no means concur with the German zoolosists who 
have proposed to associate it with the South American family of Chin- 
_ chillide, although, as I have already stated in my paper in the Zoological 
Society’s “ Transactions’’ p. 62, ‘¢ it seems in many of its characters to 
approach Lagostomus.”? I am still uncertain as to its true position, 
which I continue to think we are not yet furnished with sufficient 
materials to determine ; but I am convinced that its relation to the Chim- 
chillide is not one of near affinity. ‘* The differences in the relative 
proportion of the limbs, in the elongated claws of its anterior extremities, 
in the character of its fur, and above all in the structure of its teeth, 
forbid,”’ as I have there stated, ‘ a close approximation.” 

The genus Lagidiwm of Dr. Meyen is synonymous with my Lagotis ; 
and the species named by him Lagidium Peruanum appears to be iden- 
tical with Lagotis Cuviert. The ascertainment of its habitat on the 
elevated plateaux of Peru, confirms the accuracy of my decision, unas- 
sisted by any evidence as to locality, regarding its identity with the 
Viscacha of Peruvian travellers. Of its habits, as witnessed by himself 
in its native country, Dr. Meyen gives some interesting particulars. He 
states that it is most abundant just below the limits of perpetual snow, 
and does not form those extensive subterranean excavations so well 
known as the work of the Viscacha of Buenos Ayres; it was moreover 
invariably found among the rocks, and never on the level ground. On 
several occasions it was shot during the day, but was seen most frequently 
at sunset, being excessively abundant, although pursued with avidity on 
account of the good flavour of its flesh, which, however, is not so 
tender as that of the hare. The fabrication of stuffs from its wool, so 
general in the time of the Incas, has now entirely ceased; and such 
stuffs are only to be met with among the rarities found in the tombs of 
the ancient inhabitants. Dr. Meyen further adds that the skins of these 
Viscachas are brought to us through Buenos Ayres as an article of 
commerce, but are not so highly prized as those of the Chinchilla. He 
gives a figure of the animal, and good representations of its skull and 
teeth, 


nr 


Mr. Bennett on the Chinchillida. 493 


Of Lagostomus, as I have before observed, Dr. Meyen enumerates 
three species. The two first of these represent the animals respectively 
figured by the late Mr. Brookes and by M. Lesson under the name of 
Lagostomus trichodactylus, which he considers as distinct on account of 
the differences observable between the two figures. These consist in the 
small and curved claws of the hinder foot in the former, contrasted with the 
large size and nearly straight direction of the same organs in the latter ; in 
the habit; and in the shape of the tail. The misapprehension is undoubtedly 
very excusable; but it may serve to shew how dangerous it is to rely on 
figures only in the discrimination of species. As regards the first pre~ 
sumed distinction, I have already observed (p. 57 of my paper) that 
‘‘ in this particular the figures given by Mr. Brookes are defective, as 
exhibiting the claws far smaller and more curved than is natural.” A 
reference to the descriptions of M. F. Cuvier and M. de Blainville, both 
taken from Mr. Brookes’s specimen while living, will confirm the. 
accuracy of this observation; the latter in particular (Desm. Mammal. 
No. 508) describing the middle toe of the hinder foot as furnished with 
avery strong claw. On the second point, the habit, it need only be 
observed that both figures were taken from stuffed skins by artists who 
had never seen the living animal ; and who could consequently give only 
their own conjectural ideas of its natural appearance when in a living 
state. On the third, it may be observed that some obscurity is to be 
feared, M. de Blainville having described the animal while living as having 
its tail truncate and mutilated, and Mr. Brookes’s skin and skeleton 
being both provided with perfect tails. I may add that a fine skin now 
in the possession of the Zoological Society agrees in all essential particu~ 
lars with the animal figured by M. Lesson, and as far as my recollection 
goes, with that which formerly formed part of Mr. Brookes’s Museum. 
The figure given by the latter should only be considered correct in so far 
as it is borne out by the descriptions of MM. F’. Cuvier and de Blainville, 
which should be referred to in connexion with it. 

The third species of Lagostomus enumerated by Dr. Meyen is the 
Eriomys Chinchilla of Dr. Lichtenstein, figured and described in that 


494 Mr. Bennett on the Chinchillide. 


learned zoologist’s ‘* Darstellung neuer oder wenig bekannter Sauge- 
thiere;”? a work unknown to me at the period when my paper was 
published. The figure there given so closely resembles the true Chinchilla 
lanigera in all its prominent features, that I should not have hesitated to 
refer it to that animal, had it not been accompanied by separate repre- 
sentations of the feet, which offer only four toes on the anterior and 
three on the posterior extremities; and had not the almost proverbial 
accuracy of the distinguished authour rendered it difficult to doubt the 
correctness of his observations in the text, referring with scrupulous 
particularity to this very point. As a synonym, however, Dr. Meyen 
quotes the Callomys laniaer of M.M. Isid. Geoffroy St. Hilaire and 
D’Orbigny fils; and in this case there can be little doubt that those 
excellent zoologists overlooked the small and almost rudimental inner toe 
both of the fore and hind feet; the identity of this animal with the 
Chinchilla lanigera of Dr. Rousseau being unquestioned by the Parisian 
zoologists, who have ample opportunities of comparing them, and M. 
Geoffroy himself having subsequently admitted the generic distinction 
of the Chinchilla (his Callomys laniger) from his genus Callomys 
(the true Lagostomus.) 

The Chinchilla of Mr. Gray, which forms the fourth genus enumerated 
by Dr. Meyen as belonging to this family, is beyond all question the . 
only Chinchilla yet noticed by English zoologists, and consequently 
identical with that figured in Mr. Griffith’s edition of Cuvier’s ‘‘ Animal 
Kingdom,”’ as well as with the Chinchilla of my paper; and I see no 
reason for doubting that the Eriomys of M. Vander Heeven, the fifth 
genus enumerated in Dr. Meyen’s list, is founded on the same species : 
there is nothing in the character that is not strictly applicable to it. 

His sixth genus, Galex, is established on a skull found at the entrance 
of a burrow belonging in all probability to a yet undescribed species of 
the family of Chinchillide ; asthe characters of the animal inhabiting 
the burrow, which was seen only at a distance, appear closely to re- 
semble those of a true Chinchilla. The skull and teeth, however, 
according to the figures given by our authour, belong to a very different 
family, that of the Caviide ; with none of the known genera of which 


On Bulinus Hemastoma. 495 


do they altogether agree, although they approach most nearly to 
Kerodon. 

I may add that the Dendrobius Degus of Dr. Meyen, described and 
figured in the same Paper, is my Octodon Cumingjii, the characters of 
which were laid before the Committee of Science and Correspondence of 
the Zoological Society in March 1832, and shortly afterwards pub- 
lished in its ‘ Proceedings,” part 2, p. 46, & seqq. Mbolina’s 
description of his Sciwrus Degus differed so greatly from the animals 
from which mine was taken, and which are still (September, 1834) 
living in the Society’s Gardens, that I hesitated to quote that name as a 
synonym; and [ am not quite sure whether Dr. Meyen states of his own 
knowledge, or on Molina’s authority, that his animal is called Degus 
by the natives of Chili. If the former, the synonym can be of course 
no longer doubtful. 


Art. LXVI. Scientific Notices. 


Note relative to Bulinus hemastomus, p. 101 of this 5th vol. 


The occurrence of an egg of Bulinus ovalis, brought from Rio de 
Janeiro by my friend Thomas Miller, Esq. R. N., which I showed to 
Mr. Broderip as a novelty, led him to suggest to me that the eggs men- 
tioned at p. 101 of this volume were laid by that species, which, however, 
is there called Bulinus hemastomus. There can be no doubt of the specific 
identity of the two individuals, and I know not how to account for the 
mistake in nomenclature thus detected. Certain it is that the Bul. 
hamastomus bas never been brought to Europe from Rio, nor has Bul. 
ovalis ever reached England from any other Country. The representa- 


496 On Mus messorius. 


tions given in Tas. Supp. XVI, bis, f. 3, 4, were not taken from the 
eggs laid in the stove at the Garden of the Horticultural Society, but from 
those of Bul. Hemastoma* from St. Vincents. The Museum of the 
Zoological Society, where the eggs mentioned at p. 101., and the shell 
of the parent were deposited, has been searched, but the specimens 
are unfortunately mislaid. : 

G. B. Sowersy. 


Notice on Mus messorius, Shaw, Less long-tailed Field Mouse of 
Pennant. By W. J. Broperip, Esq., F.R.S., §e. 


Neither Mr. White nor the other authours who notice this small species 
appear to have observed that their tails are slightly prehensile. I had a 
pair in a dormouse’s cage, and have frequently seen them coil the end of 
their tails round the bars, especially when they were clambering along 
the sides or on the top of it. They became very familiar, soon recognized 
their friends, and would lie down or rear themselves up, to be tickled 
with a straw or a pen; an operation which they evidently enjoyed much. 


Note on the “ russet-pated Chough’’ of Shakspeare. 


In reply to Dr. Heineken’s enquiry (page 200) as to the bird meant 
by this appellation, it may be suggested that the correct reading is 
probably russet-patted, a hybrid, and consequently a barbarous phrase, 
but one which may be regarded as a not unapt version of red-legged. 

E. T. B. 


* This is the correct termination. 


sheet. 0 


nae 


ee 


INDEX TO VOL. V. 


*,* The new genera and species described in this Volume, together with 
the genera and species newly characterized, are distinguished by the Italic 


character. 
———< es — 

PAGE PAGE 
Acanthopleura, a new genus of Amblypodia Narana .......... 107 
SUID, « » -lofals oe 8 acl «dats Sugriva .......... 107 
Achatina diaphana.,....+...++. 342 Vivarna...... sididen WOT 
Donetlags. ste >< ts <3 <i 342 Ameiva vulgaris............. - 423 

DIE ODER avi \aiajowssine.s'shu 343 Amphibia, Notice of Dr. Ritgen’s 

SOrAidA ..4202006..22 343 Paper on the Natural Arrange- 
SWIG se scsiaas as 343 ment of ....... em otelviaere 377 

Aconthea, a new genus of Lepi- Amphisa, a new genus ‘of Tor- 
dopterous Tiisectsl ...5) ./. eis ow OD PLICHA Es FS b arete be, oo bith «=, e1a02 113 
its metamorphosis ..... 66 pechinatas.:3247)).5¢ nas 113 
Aconthea Alankara ...... J-a¢ (06 Walkerana.......... 113 
APGturind wu. 0+ «-. 68 Ampullaria Cumingii ........ 344 

Cocytina .....++++.+. 67 Amydetes, Mr. Westwood’s cha- 

Lubentina ........ ao te racters ofthe genus,and descrip- 
Acronolepia, a new genus of Le- tions of two species.......... 62 
pidopterous Insects ......... 451 apicalis ...... eceeeee 63 
quadricolor ...... 452 RUZOT SS, vo v.28 Aono ole 64 

Aderus, a new genus of Coleop- Anatina, Mr. s. Stutchbury on 
Perous Insects .... ..0.0.<.0f4 depicts Dd five new species of.......... 95 
ROTELD .ichola) 310s Haid alae 58 Anatina brevis ........+.000. 99 
Aeronautic Spiders, Notice of CHOSSD a win che rath xs . 100 
Mr. Blackwall’s Examination GLADHCE, teiveidsicone -» 330 
of M. Virey’s Observations on, 265 CLONGAIA .2.cscccsees 100 
Arkin, W. O., Esq., Note on the QUEUE Ai. aActetes deh « ote -. 100 
ash-coloured Warrier, Falco Pandoriformis...... sponge 

cinerarius, Mont. .......+«+ 323 Ancylus, Mr, Berkeley’s Note 

Allen and Pepys, Messrs. Notice on Mr, Guilding’s description 
of their Paper on the Respira- Of Res de naitdacee a le vies dioieteie! OO 
tion of Birds ......... «eee 129 Ancylus fluviatilis ......... «ee 270 
Amblypodia, a new subgenus of JAGUBINIG 5 Sy'pppoe's OF -» 270 
Papilionide ........ +ee+e++ 106 Anguis Jamaicensis .......... 423 
Apidanus ......... 107 lumbricalis .......... 423 

Contaurus ........ 107 Anisocerus, a genus of Coleopte- 


Longinus ... 106 


seenee 


POUR INSADIS . 6 ede wrwe dele avees 


498 Index to 


PAGE 
Anolius, note on a species of, from 


PAMAICH) <./0j0'0.nmejein evi els wie 85 
Anops, a new genus of Amphis- 

AUS eigseaas sodas snecs 391 

OTOP DM S8R84 36650 OGRDE 391 


Antelope, on a new speciesof.. 2 


Anthias formosus .......... 84, 89 
Anthicus oculatus ............ 60 
PYZMLUS.. eer rcesas 60 
Antilope personata .........- 2 
Aplysia, Dr. Bancroft on, and 
species of, from Jamaica.... 420 
Aptychus, Dr. Meyer on the 
GONE! Soa 506 DdUAS eo IOouC 487 
Araneida, Mr. ‘Lowe s description 
of two new species of, natives 
Of Madeira See ss. c). ev em ee 320 
ARCO GNYULOALA.  wicws wel cleceees 336 
Pechinozwdes L2. 3. (~s5 « 336 
Arctomys Bobac, Notes of its Ana- 
ose GoneedonsocaG SHeisinse 17 
Empetra ..+......... 205 
Arvicola riparius............-. 203 
Gapperi ..3 200052008 204 
Noveboracensis ...... 204 
Aschiphasma, a new genus of 
Orthopterous Insects ........ 442 
annulipes .eeo-+-+-- 442 
Assiminia fasciata .......++. 463 
Assiminia Grayana, Mr. Berk- 
ley’s Description of its Animal 429 
Astacus fluviatilis ............ 241 
Audouin, and Milne Edwards, 
Notice of their Observations on 
the Nervous System of the 
Wrmslaceay =.)-//etias cheeis't ete! sr6 253 
Auricula, Observations on the 
POMUBW aie) ope ctelateynlelole) ose /alelete!= 294 
Dombeiana.......... 294 
Babulare wie sie mies -/<:s 293 
Belig)s cove cavaetelsrs 21 293 
Myosotis.......0.0- 290 
INT GIeig tiene steltheleiaretaic ; 294 
Owaihiensis ........ 379 
TINGENS, 06-6 secreeiene 299 
SIMISCLOTSA, sKiateane <lale © 379 
Babyrusa, observed in Bourou, 
one of the Moluccas ........ 117 
Baer, Dr. Von, Notice of his 
Memoirs on the temporary 
branchiz of the embryo of the 
higher classes of vertebrated 
AMIMBIB?: pict cieicieso ote Mester caret 369 
Analysisof his Paper on 
an instance of the deficiency of 
both skull and‘head in the em- 
bryo of aswine .........-.- 369 


Balena rostrata, on two new 


Vol. V. 


PAGE 
species of Intestinal Worms, 
found inthe). cen ace eee 381 

Balanus Psittacus.........+¢ 333 
Bancrort, E. N., M.D., Re- 
marks on some Animals sent 
irom Jamaica .. te ooo eels 80 
Account of several 
Fishes and other Animals of 
Jame vcatn cis\e.s teiescteeite nae 409 
Barkow, Notice of his Paper on 
the congenital deficiency of the 
lower jaw in quadrupeds .... 473 
Bat, common, of Pennant, Analy- 
2 of Mr.Jenyns’s Observations 
Riiaieiaie lets cetrie ciclersiae olteate 256 
Bath yore Canensis nce ss sete 122 
Hottentottus ....... 122 
Lind Wigii jon 5's) wiriene 122 
Bet, Tuomas, sq. Description 
of a new genus of Reptilia, of 
the family of Amphisbenide.. 391 
Description of a new genus 
. of Reptilia, of the family of 
SGinerd eisciers cistern 393 
Belone Caribea .......... 84, 8&8 
Bennett, E,T., Esq., Notes on 
the Fishes from Jamaica, re- 
ferred to in Dr. Bancroft’s 
PAPEL | orc Caieroe miele victel elasieye 86 
Notice of some recent 
Publications on the Chinchil- 
Ticles fers.cc cit geletel-ictetete els aor 491, 
Benson, W.H., Esq. Concholo- 
gical Notices; chiefly relating 
to the Land and Fresh-water 
Shells of the Gangetic Pro- 
vinces of Hindoostan........ 458 
BERKLEY, Rey. M.G., Notice on 
the Rev. L. Guilding’s descrip- 
tion Of Aneylus!iitet./etctelante 269 


On the internal struc- 
ture of Helicolimax (Vitrina) 
Lamarckii........« semitiiekaere 305 

Observations upon the 
Dentalium subulatum of Des- 
hayes ....22-.-cseeessecce 
Description of the ani- 

mals of Voluta denticulata, 
Mont. and Assiminia Grayana, 
Mealy acto wie ave sivls/clele lene oie 
And Horrman, G. H. 
Esq., Description of the Ana- 
tomical Structure of Cerithium 
Telescopium, Brug. .......-. 431 
Berthold, Dr. Analysis of his 
Memoir on the Bursa Fabricii 
of Birds 
Birds, Mr. Yarrell on the organs 
OF, VOICE ANNs. niarciate 130, 131, 258 


427 


ee 


Index to Vol. V. 


PAGE 


Birds, Mr. Vigors Notice on 
some new species of........ 
Analysis of Dr. Ritgen’s 
Paper on the Natural Arrange- 
ment of 
Nidification of 
Respiration of........ 
Brackwatt, Joun, Esq., Ex- 
tracts from a Zoological Jour- 
nal, kept by, at Crumpsall Hall 
near Manchester .......... 
On the Manner in 
which the Geometric Spiders 
construct their nets 
On a newly described 
species of Swan ..2/....-.... 
Notice of his Exami- 
nation of Mr. Virey’s Observa- 
tions on Aeronautic Spiders .. 
Blaps, Dr. Heineken’s Observa- 
vations on several species of .. 
CEE ipa cance dhOOsGe 
Ratlitlerdie sctcccists ome siee 
PAOVIMSAGD s\s/e's sniasiclos ole 
Hn OE a obi ceoche OAD OS 
BUMUINIB 25% chs'0it ab, cioteleiore 
Boie, Dr. Fr. Analysis of his Me- 
moir on a new species of Cor- 
dylus ..... Sbont oceans oobo8 
Booru, Mr. W. B., Notice of the 
Habits of Bulinus hemasto- 


ee ay 


see eae 


see ween 


BOs) PaAUyUss ss cole es 3 Deda tetersyste 
Branchiz, Dr. Rathke’s disco- 
very of the existence of tempo- 
rary, in the early stage of the 
ovum in birds and quadrupeds, 
Bricutwert, T., Esq., on the 
food and habits of certain In- 
SEM R ofaliaicin Divo ave rede veh ic 
Broverir, W.J.,Esq., Description 
of two new species of Buccinum 
from the English and Irish 
CT ace Fay fae aA Peete 
and Sowursy, G. B. 
Observations on new or interest- 
ing Mollusca contained, for the 
most part, in the Museum of 
the Zoological Society ...... 
Description of a new 

Cowry, and other ‘Testacea, 
brought to England by the Rev. 
Archdeacon Scott .......... 
Note on Mus messorius 

and Kino, Capt P. P. 

R.N. Description of the Cir- 
ripeda,Conchifera & Mollusca, 
in a collection formed by the 
Officers of H. M. 8, Adventure 


273 


10 


181 
189 


265 
199 


41 


46 


330 
496 


499 


PAGE 


and Beagle, employed between 
the years 1826 and 1830, in 
surveying the Southern coast 
of South America, including 
tne Straits of Magallaens, and 
the Coast of Tierra del Fuego 
Brown, Notice of his Paper on 
Testudo antiqua ............ 
Brontes! flavipes 5.0... 60s. « 
aLenIs tet ate seen nice 
Brookg,'H, J., Esq., on Concho- 
logy, regarded as a distinct 
branch of Science’ 2... 20... 
Brookes, J., Esq., Notice of his 
Paper onthe remarkable forma- 
tion of the trachea in the Egyp- 

A taney Pantalasy se «sess oreayelelels 
Buccinum, Mr. Broderip’s De- 
scription of two new species of, 


332 


207 


264 


from the Englishand IrishSeas 44 

Buccinum acuminatum, ....... 44 

GESOTINE eos oinwaleletevaid 349 

USU OVINE Be eta)e a ole a eebo 

Muriciforme ........ 348 

squalidum :....++04 349 
Bucxranp, Rev. W., D.D.., On 
the vitality of Toads enclosed 

in stone and wood .......... 314 
Bulinus hemastomus, Mr. Booth’s 

Notice of the Habits of ...... 101 
Mr. G. B. Sowerby’s 

Note relative tothe ........ 495 

Bulinus bilabiatus ............ 49 

CONTFOTIEST Sect ccste 281 

COTTUGALUS, .'.\. 06 5100010 341 

DENLATUS << s ciao, cl vkine © 340 

GROVES a vlacicveasece e-- 340 

WUBESCETIS\ = «vias 0 ofec cls 340 

TONES, © oo 0 mecistecarts LoD 

MULUECOLOT ... sce vase en . 34) 

OUGIES Riel sintecybie tie! sae - 495 

OQUUUDS. creisiste re ties'ewiators 281 

POSACPUSL iuctale Glaatciere 341 

BOYES) vereusialcinca evar ote 341 


Bunting, Yellow, Nidification of 12 


Bursa Fabricii, Analysis of Dr. 


Berthold’s Memoir on the .... 
Callomys laniger.............. 
Calymene equalis ............ 


Camptosceles, a new generic sub- 
division of Dolichopidous in- 
SOC a vacutcsies beivis caraatan 

Canada, Upper, Dr. Gapper’s Ob- 
servations on the Quadrupeds 
found in the District of between 
York and Luke Simcoe ...... 

Canis familiaris, var, Mexicanus, 
Notes of its Anatomy ........ 


375 


494 
486 


357 


500 Index to 
PAGE 

Canis antarcticus ............ 116 
AgGTE pio seies Seas <- 469 
Bragvisnsise |. so aclee ee. 469 
MOMESHCUS) 4 peste akc 469 
TAMUDIIS. sistals > a mye pase ciel 469 

UD ATS 0 oiajcst oot pahie 409 
Lupus griseus.......... 203 
Vulpes argentatus ...... 203 

TULVUS> ocista« stow ah 203 

Capra Aigagrus .............. 472 


Capromys, Mr. Mac Leay’s addi- 


tional Notes on the genus .... 179 
IGUYTIETT oy sip’ igs els 180 
prehensilis ........ 180 
Carinaria, Notice de M. Verany 
sur le, et description ........ 325 
Carus, Notice of his paper on the 
circulation of the blood in In- 
BOCES. on. as 0p sp wine Ge as\eln ais 
Caryophyllia, Note on the British 
SPECIES ION Sain pielatincae ieee 268 
Caryophillia Cyathus.......... 269 
Smitha seeps ses 268 
Cassiopea Andromeda ........ 481 
Canariensis.......... 481 
EROUGOHR Hy tectee teats 481 
Rhizostomoidea ...... 481 
Pastor Biber. .< ici. «10s 15; sirieioia° 293 
Catagenus, a new genus of Cole- 
opterous Insects ............ 221 
CaviavAneres: <5. sje caine. 471 
Cebus Apella, Notes of its Ana- 
is 3h Anscombe So dsaccdas 15 
FA ATER) <a cteleaiinie eels oi sie 468 
Cephalopterus hypostomus . 409 
Cephalopterus Manta, Dr. Ban- 
croft’s further observationson 80 
Cerambyx pygmeus .......... 60 
Cerapterus ...... sisisinairincl 200, 26% 
Cerascopus, anew genus of He- 
ANT HLCTA wale! ofatcinio ee iriaielelsie lr > 36 
MATyiNnatus ....++-- 36 
Ceratitis citriperda, Dr. Heine- 
ken’s observations on........ 198 
Cercopithecus Diana, Notes of its 
PLALOUAY sae ia ciselolciaisietsieis mee 


Cerithium Telescopium, Messrs. 

Berkeley andH offman’s descrip- 
tion of its Anatomical structure 431 

Mr. Benson on the trans- 

port of living specimens of, 


from India to England ...... 465 
Cermatia, Dr. Heineken on.... 41 
i A SE ee 41 
WN Lh iets in ein celles 42 

Cervus campestris ............ 472 
Len Cnrus< sis/eraei< 8 eciaseive 207 
PAMNGOSISS wis nis wizs'cig/a)¥ ass 472 

RUMOS: dns acjcgin opie hs alae 472 
simplicicornis .......... 472 


Vol. V. 


PAGE 
Chambers, R, Esq. Notice of his 
Paper on luminous Insects, 131, 265 
Chamisso, A. Von, Notice of his 
Paper on two new species of 
land-shells, from the Sandwich 
PehanGs.2.} se AR ASE sen 
Cheilopogonus, a new genus of 


Hymenopterous Insects ...... 44] 
punctiger........ AAl 
Cheirogaleus Commersonii..... ached 
Chelyusoma, a new genus of Tu- 
TLICAbA), lose veiniats opabjn afelests etaleiee reo 
Mac Leayanum ...... 46 
Chiasognathus Grantii ........ 329 
Chinchilla lanigera............ 494 


Chinchillide, Mr. Bennett’s No- 
tice of some recent Publications 
OD PHC. irs asippian on eine peel 

Bowenii 
SEUGCT as vickieinia <inigig eet 

Chitonellus, a genus of Chitonide 

Chitonid@, Mr. Lansdown Guild- 
ing’s Observations on the .... 

Characters of the Ani- 

Synopsis of the genera 
Olieie a se,< isles sess ie dees 

Habits and economy ‘of 

Confusion of species of 

Mode of capturing, 

killing, and preserving ...... 3] 

Structure of the mouth 

BT THO te viele) elas plolaisiel Sale eia tas 

Chlamydosaurus Kingii Se idaoke 

Chloromys Acuti 

Chrysotus copiosus .....+.++++- 

femoralis ......... 
LeetUS):< <\5)2)o10;> ~lelep «leis 


nigripes ...... erevee BUS 
Cimex Desfontainii............ 445 
Circulation of Daphnia sima, 
Analysis of Dr. Gruithusen’s 
Paper on the 
Circulation of the Blood in In- 
sects, Notice of Dr. Carus’s 
Paper on the 20+ 00+ +++ eins 
Circulation of the Blood in Spi- 
ders, Mr. Templeton, on the .. 
Cirrhipeda, Capt. King and Mr, 
Broderip’s Description of.... 
Clark, Mr. Bracy, Mr. Mac Leay 
on the CGistrus of......... sere 
Cleidotherus, a new genus of 
Testaceous Mollusca 
Chamoides 
Clinidium, a new genus of Coleop- 
terous Insects, Charactersof .. 6 
Guildingii 


379 


eee eee mewn 


406 
332 


eee eee 


Index to 


PAGE 
Clinidium, Mr, Westwood on the 
affinities of the genus ....215, 328 
Clisiocampa, a new genus of Le- 


pidopterous Insects.......... 113 
Castrensis\..i..... 113 
Gratemievas si". « 113 
Neustria.........35% 113 
processionea ...... 113 

ROR DEAE IOND. yi gin mieipinisejeis si= 6° 279 
Teplice Moticdie a evletalg' scales 279 
ILCHAR Feces: o\cbsteweve'e o'er 278 

Ceelogenus Paca.............. 471 


Cor.re, A., Esq., on some parti- 
culars connected with the Na- 
tural History of the Kangaroo 

Colour, Mr. Lay on the Muta- 
tions of, in Sepia and Cory- 
SOIT eiaia's «swe elem ied Piavsleree 

Coluber Lichtensteinii ........ 377 

Columba spiloptera 

Columbellia Mitriformis........ 

Conchifera, Capt. King ana Mr. 
Broderip’s Description of .... 

Conchological Notices, Mr. Ben- 
son’s, chiefly relating to the 
land and fresh-water Shells of 
the Gangetic Provinces of Hin- 
doostan 

Conchology, Mr. Brooke on, re- 
garded as a distinct branch of 


238 


seen we nwe 


302 


ae 


SCICUCE ans she <> earis arr Aus 
Conger Savanna? .......2..6. 416 
Conus cylindraceus .......... 51 

INLEXTUPtUS ».-6 wsien'= nicnee 51 
BOGE: va siviveties «10 « 50 
Cordylus, Analysis of Dr. Fr. 

Boie’s Memoiron a new mp onic 

eee citis va ie doa Brith 

cataphractus sles dia reiole 


Corethra plumicornis, on the food 
and habits of itslarva........ 
Corypheaa, on the mutations of 
colour in 
Cowry, Mr. Broderip’s descrip- 
tion of a new, and other Tes- 
SAGGN cede rcacccas. cs sabe 
Crayfish, Analysis of Mr, Rath- 
ke’s Researches on the forma- 
tion and development of ..... 
Creplin, Dr. F. C, H., Analysis 
of his Paper on two new species 
of Intestinal Worms, found in 
the Balena rostrata ......... 
Cricetus myoides ....+..+. ore 
Crocodilus Bollensis .......... 
Crucirostra bifasciata 
Crustacea, Nervous System of the, 
Notice of M M, Audouin, and 
Milne Edwards's Note on .... 


396 
141 


241 


381 
204 
490 
377 


253 


Vol. V. 501 


PAGE 
Crustacea found in the Mediterra- 
nean Sea, Notice of Dr. Otto’s 


Description of several new .. 379 
Cryptoconchus, a genus of Chi- 
TOMI 5 2< =).'s%s: ofeinisysin ties meleiced 28 
Ctenophora leta.............. 451. 
Ctenostoma, Mr. Westwood’s 
Observations on the genus, and 
its species ........ Bon aeaeon 53 
bifasciatum ........ Ab 
Formicarium........ 55 
Ichneumoneum....54, 55 
TUGOSUM ..0000. Scop w Bo 
trinotatum ...+.+. 5A 
Cucujus, a genus of Coleopterous 
Insectssj15 2. <t atellee . 220, 328 
bimaculatus .......... 227 
bipustulatus ,.......... 227 
CLAVITIES| peian'essiedeseii- COR 
depressus.... 225, 226, 233 
Dermestoides ..,.226, 227 
TNOUUIG S.A. wretaasle te cs 227 
PICCUS fee nelialisicis Baer i 
sanguinolentus ,...... 225 
TUPUS «00's 0.02,0 sala yeiaieeecele 
CESTACEUS oo clolsisrctelcas . 227 
unifasciatus ...... 228, 230 
Cupes concolor ..... oye clekaceiae 440 
Cuscus albus ..% «0000 aAcrenie 121 
chrysocephalus ...+..+. 120 
MACLUTUS 1405 SARA eC 121 
TOCUTATUS  s ciplaisieielstaisieiete 120 
Cyclostoma bilabiatum ......... 462 
Involvulus.......... 462 
PErGia Dassece nish vis oe 50 
Petiveriannm ...... 462 
GTC eisiet ante 50 
truncatulum.... 299, 302 
Cygnus Bewickii, .... 133,189, 258 
SOTUS wea ana ge 33, 258 
Cyprea Friend... 5... 2.00000 0 330 
FS COPUTacctera slalelaeists(etocaate 330 
Cyprinus carbonarius .......... 485 
Cytherea planulata ............ 48 
Daphnia sima, Analysis of Dr. 
Gruithuisen’s Memoir on the 
circulation in .......+.. a OE a 
Dasypus giganteus........ seee 472 
TYWADUTUG os s/acigiyan ren MAL 
HyDNOUSiss aivinsy ¢niais. o's 472 
Oi ET GEMM a aceie pints 10 W's, 471 
GaGITiGHUS! sininasainiais <:0 oe 471 
Dasyurus Maugei .......... as ike 


Davins, Mr. J. H., onthe Instinct 
of Lepidupterous Insects ..... 142 

Secanodons Crustacea, Mr, Thomp- 
son’s Note on the Metamor- 
DNOSOS OL ENG: » vmaiiasiye ss 6 i 


502 Index to Vol. V. 


PAGE 
Deglutition, Notice of Mr. Mor- 
gan’s Paper on the Organs of, 
in several animals of the Order 


Rodentia’ 2... sce vsesccse 267 

Delphinus albigena .........-. 123 

TIS 1 CGO OIL 123 

CTUCIZEr . 20-56 es '-< 123 

leucophelus ........ 124 

leucorhamphus .... 123 

mE wena shoeade 123 

Malayanus.......... 124 

maculatus ¢-.....-.. 124 

ININUMNUS) - stele seve si 124 

RerOItil pe rtelare stare (eisai 123 

superciliosus .......- 123 

Dendrobius Degus ..........-- 495 
Dendrophagus, a genus of Cole- 

opterous Insects.........-+-+- 224 


crenatus.... 224, 236 
Denialium subulatum, Mr. Ber- 
keley’s Observations upon.... 424 
forms a new genus 


among the Annelida ........ 425 
Dentalium filosum ......++++-+ 48 
Dermaptera, Application of the 

TIGL telat clea cteinieserske')s9\e16 327 


Deroploa, anew genus of Hete- 
ropterous Insects ......-.---- 449 
PATVA we eseerervceaee 445 
Diabasis heterodon.......-...-. 90 
obliquatus.:....---... 90 


Diaphorus flavocinctus ........ 352 
Didelphis Azare ......-+++--- 470 
hihitwAgwocoos 121, 238 
crassicaudata ........ 470 
lanigera ..........-- 470 
Dicotyles labiatus .......--..- 472 
torquatus..........-- 472 
Dipterous Genera, Mr. Halliday’s 
characters of two new........ 350 
Dipus Sagitta, Notes of its Ana- 
Duy PEs oddad pboboSbosy seo 16 
Ditrupa, a new genus of Anne- 
Lie SS ackcta sg OnC oh wososHc 426 
SUBULALA .. 02 eseeeee - 427 
Dolichopeza sylvicola .......... 451 
Dolichopide, Mr. Halliday’s Indi- 
cations of some generic subdi- 
visions, and several undescribed 
BPECIEs/OL nas o> cc =/ssele< isles 350 
Dolichopus Actenis .......+++- 364 
ACUTACOTMIS vs 205 = «'e 363 
PE OSUS aeietaie ele ae sities 366 
GUUS saae eos ss sc . 360 
brevipennis ......+-+. 359 
campestris ..-.%.>. 360 
Geter ere rite ett 366 
ClLOUIPES «02 ow eens (BOD 
CUPTEUS/o% sietstel oes - 366 


PAGE 
Dolichopus"cyaneus ..+....++++- 360 
Diadema ......++++ 361 


equestris ...seseeee04 399 
FAStUOSUS .oeeeee0e+, 360 


FESTLUUS wate ete = sas 361 
UPeLBCRPES! ole eye ata 360, 365 
INQUINALUS 1. +2220 0 ee 364 
NIGTIPENNIS «2... 020% 366 
TUAUGUS?. «5 2 sale eee 361 
obscurellus .......- 359 
PORNAUES “ano oeeieely aie 362 
Pennitarsis ss... 362 
PlANILATSIS... oes vat 360 
plumtipes” ~~. =e eet 365 
popularis . 362 
SQrusS ...25- sels oye wie 366 
thalassinuS ......-. 363 
ETEULETES s «cme atoll datavele 363 
UNGUIALUS «6+. eee es 359 
UPD DITUUS). = oe ale ee etnias 362 
vitripenniS ........ 364 
Dysdera, a genus of Spiders .. 400 
CHYTRTING ons © cesses 400 
Latreillia?. 2. . 2 ete = 402 
Templetont ........ 402 


Ear-wigs, Mr. Westwood on a 
remarkable sexual peculiarity 


exhibited by the............ 454 
Echeneis, Dr. Bancroft on the 

sucking disk of ............ 413 
On the motions of, in 

SWIMMING S's eet a e's elelelniats ote 415 

Echeneis lunata ......+++-+05. 411 

INaucratess. ay emtisies 411 

FREMMONA hes osteo lala 413 


Echidna Hystrix, Manners of a 
living specimen of .......... 118 
Echimys longicaudatus ........ 471 


SpiNOSUS ......+----e 471 
Edessa brevicornis............ 446 
Elminius Kingii ........ PES iy = 334° 

E@GERI).. x's tie cle wae 334 


Emberiza calcarata ............ 104 
Entomological Notices, Dr. Hei- 


MEKEU’S + a2 wie evaiwele\e, «s/o, 0 shelebele 191 
Equus AsinuS «.-++-+-s+++ee+++- 472 
Gaballins Be .2/.'e's\istetetarepare 472 
Eriomys Chinchilla ........... 493 
Erycina Solenoides ...-+..-+--- 335 
Esox Brasiliensis ....-..... 84, 89 
Euglenes, a new genus of Coleop- 
terous Insects ...+.e0+++- ee 59 
oculatuS ..cecccreree 60 
pygMeus ....+++----. 60 


Euplekoptera, proposed as a sub- 
stitute for the name Dermap- 
tera 2... clue ols olo.o olslataiyeintrerey, 
Eurystomus collaris «.seee++++ 273 


a 


Index to 


PAGE 
Falco cinerarius ........-++..- 323 
Falcon, mode of seizing its prey 13 
Felis Canadensis ............ 203 
Catus domesticus ........- 470 
EGUEBION sa biele ceteein's +t e;0l 470 
Byra --. cece essere eens 470 
AILACEOTIED 0 =\6/0)aFale oxoy’ si aaiia\e 470 
GLEE RA ns ee eee 118 
INCH ar aa visisclcicies ofan cio 470 
aa aIsT Secs sa east garded 470 
Yaguarondi ............ 470 
Fiber zibethicus.............. 203 
Fieldfares, Roosting of ........ 12 
Filaria crassicauda .......... 381 
Filaria Forficule, Notice of Mr. 
Maund’s Description of. .... 263 
Filograna, a new genus of Anne- 
HTC oie Six) 5 sta.s oha\Siers aim pet eeatne 427 


Fishes, Analysis of Dr. Ritgen’s 
Memoir on the Osteology of the 


ESE GAR Alles aie s(oj ous state, scabt aivialole 378 
Fishes from Jamaica, Mr. Ben- 
ELIS INOLCA ON 5 s/cte/ers/s,e:etle 86 
Fishes of Jamaica, Dr. Bancroft’s 
account of several .......... 409 
Fissurella coarctata .......... 339 
Flycatchers, Spotted, Nidifica- 
BIO TLE OLS ctoja'clos «4 Sha sapoe coe ll 
Forficula auricularia .......... 454 
Fossil Animals, Notice of Dr, 
Von Meyer’s Paperon...... 486 
Fringilla butyracea .......... 70 
Fringilla Canaria, Dr. Heine- 
ken’s Observations on..... 2a tO 


Fringilla Petronia, Dr. Heine- 
ken’s Observations on its habits 79 


Galex, a genus of the family Ca- 
MGs e's 2 6 «nid a cioteidn oles 494 
Garrer, ODr., Observations on 
the Quadrupeds found in the 
District of Upper Canada, 
extending between York and 
Lake Simcoe, with the view of 
illustrating their Geographical 
Distribution, as well as of de- 
scribing some species hitherto 
RINNE BO tas t's 0 6s as hn ah oe 201 
Geographical Distribution of the 
Quadrupeds found in the Dis- 
trict of Upper Canada, be- 
tween York and Lake Simcoe 201 
Geometric Spiders, Mr. Black- 
wall on the manner in which 
they construct their nets .... 181 
Gloger, Constantine, Analysis of 
his Memoir on the Nidification 
of the Mus minutus ,......,. 371 


Vol. V. 503 


PAGE 
Analysis of 
his Paper on the Natural His- 
tory of the Loxia tenioptera.. 376 
Glossophaga villosa.........--- 468 
Geethe, Notice of his Paper on 
the intermaxillary bones of 
Men and Animals .......... 472 
Goldfuss, Notice of his Paper on 
various fussil Reptiles........ 482 
Goutp, Mr. J., on the occurrence 
of a new British Warbler .... 102 
Grant, J. G., M.D., Post mortem 
Examination of a Female 
Orang Outang....-.e....06 91 
Gruithuisen, Dr. Analysis of 
his Paper on the circulation of 
Daphnia sima ........-...-. 379 
Analysis of 
his Paper on two species of 
Nais, and on their nervous and 
sanguineous systems ........ 380 
Guitpine, Rev. L., Observa- 
tions on the Chitonide ...... 25 
Notice of 
his Paper on the Natural His- 
tory of Petrophila, a Lepidop- 
terous genus in its larva state 
inhabiting rivers, and furnished 
with branchiz.........220.. 263 
Galo Barbarig) (eisiejae <s'e sineiaie 409 
VILEAEMS: fa ate i0,0''s\e (ein ste.> lal AOD 
Gynoplistes, a new genus of Dip- 
terous Insects ......00.2.-2. 447 
NEFUOSG! | « ojs0\0 o'slele 447, 
DATICGALA .+eeee0e04 448 
Hematopus, n. sp.? from Jamaica 422 
Hemulon elegans .........+.- 90 
Haxtipay, A. H,, Esq., Charac- 
ters of two new Dipterous 
Genera, with indications of 
some generic subdivisions, and 
several undescribed species of 
Dolichopide .........+++++ 350 
Harrier, Ash-coloured, Mr. Aikin’s 
Note on the......... ccesives Gao 
Harvest Mouse, Nidification of 
THC ninio,01n, cq an.ne stbatactel Olas ae + Eien 
Hegeter Webbianus ....+..+.. 40 
SUPIAUUShi ccc cae ston SL 
Heineken, C., M.D., Descrip- 
tions of a new genus of Hemip- 
tera, and of a_ species of 
TLOROLON io. «is's stawiveie.s scewasen oo 
On Cermatia...... 41 
Observations on the 
Fringilla Canaria, Sylvia Atri- 
capilla, & other birdsof Madeira 70 
Katomological Notices 191 


504 Index to 
PAGE 
Helicina sordida ...seeereens 339 


Helicolimax (Vitrina) Lamarekii 
Mr. Berkeley on the internal 
structure of .........- sou e"d0D 
Helix, Muller’s Observations on 
the power of several species of, 
retaining life under water .... 385 
Helix aspersa «.+se+eeeee eee 0360 
Himalayand ....ee-++-00 461 
INTETTUPLA oe seeesesecces 461 
Pomatia «+: cesesececcee SLM 
PUSIO We eee ecewees cess 339 
UPAASLUCENS 40 reece eveeee 
Hemicteina a new genus of Dip- 
terous Insects .....seeseeeees 450 
GTACUIS ..0ee.veaces 400 
PECLINAEA oe ..eeeee. 400 
Hemipeplus, a genus of Coleop- 
terous Insects ..... 
Hemirhamphus apicalis....... . 
erythrorhynchus 
marginatus .... 89 
Herring, Mr. Yarrell’s Notice of 
a new species of Setslesie) 2A 
Appendix to Mr. Yar- 
rell’s Notice of the......... - 382 
Hewitson’s British Oology, No- 
tice of, Nos. 1—6 .......... 381 
Hispa biamata ....... veteeewe 207 
HorrMay,G, H., Esq.,and Berk- 
ELEY, Rev. M. J., Description 
of the Anatomical Structure of 
Cerithium Telescopium, Brug. 431 
Hocserton, T.H., Esq., and W. 
YarreELt, Esq., Notes on the 
internal appearance of several 
animals examined after death 
in the Collection of the Zoolo- 
gical Society ..c..seeseeeeee 
Horsrigetp, T., M. D., Descrip- 
tions of several Oriental Lepi- 


setae 


14 


dopterous Insects ...... weicet* OD 
Analysis of his Cata- 

logue of the Lepidopterous In- 

Sects af Java cusesvevcsecee) 104 


Humming-bird, on the Breeding 
Of a SPeCles Ofc casacenvicien~ce 1 
Huschke, Notice of his Papers on 
the temporary branchie of the 
embryo of the higher classes of 
Vertebrated Animals .......+ 369 
Hyena, Analysis of Dr. Van Sem- 
mering’s Paper on the fossil 
skull of a, which had sus- 
tainedan injury during life,and 
undergone the curative process 370 
EL ypne fossilis® s/. wide. va. cord 
Apeleeay ete Oee sve ee os SUL 


Vol. V. 


PAGE 
Hybernation in Animals, Analy- 
sis of Dr. Pastre’s Memoir on 
the cause Of ......eee+ ee ee+- 368 
Hydrocherus Capybara .. 267, 471 
Hylobates agilis, Notes of its Ana- 
tOMY .--ercerccecesssececce 14 
Hylobates agilis ........... eee 137 
albimana .....+++e. 135 
Rafflesil. ..066.c.0000 135 
Hylotorus bucephalus ......... 267 
Hypophyllus, a new generic subdi- 
vision of Dolichopidous Insects 359 
Hypsiprymnus White ........ 118 
Hystrix cristata, Notes of its Ana- 
tomy ..... dad i orete HO abe delete 18 


Insects, Lepidopterous, on the 
Instinct of «66¢siei' iaistes bela 
Insects, Mr. MacLeay’s Expla- 
nationof the Comparative Ana- 
tomy of the Thorax in Winged 
Insects, their sensibility to pain 
Insects, Luminous, Notice of Mr. 
Chambers’s Paper on.....-.. 
Insects, Mr. Brightwell on the 
food and habits of certain .. 
Insects of Jamaica, Dr. Bancroft 
ONsSOME« v0.4 6.508 45 5 wa bie ale 
Insects of Java, Notice of Dr. 
Zincken Sommer’s Paper on 
ELE reroioleleedio'stclcvcnse sac ocisie 
Insects, Circulation of the Blood 
IN Fas sbin awe a dede 
Insects, Fossil, of the braunkall 
of the Neighbourhood of Bonn 
Intermaxillary bones, Notice of 
Geethe’s Paper on the ....... 
Ips monilis -....sseseeeeesees 
Tsocerus carinatus ..eeseeeeeee 
Isodon pilorides .....0...-.00e 
Ixodes, Notice of Dr. Mauller’s 
Paper on a new species of.. 
Ixodes ophiophilus 


142 
145 
195 
265 
396 
422 


477 
474 
485 


472 
236 
222 
180 


479 
479 
Jackdaws, Nidification of ...... Il 
Jamaica, Dr. Bancroft’s Re- 
marks on some Animals sent 
FLOR 255.008 
Jamaica, Dr. Bancroft’s Account 
of several Fishes and other 
Arivials! Gf oicic.c « « coe ec ues 
Jamaica, Fishes from, Mr, Ben- 
nett’s Notes On..sscseeeeeee 
Java, Notice of Dr. Zincken Som- 
mer’s Paper on the Insects of 477 
Jaw, lower, Notice of Dr. Bar- 
kow’s Paper on the Congene- 
tal Deficiency of the ........ 473 


80 


ey 


86 


a — ~ — es 


Index to Vol. V. 505 


PAGE 
Jeffreys, J. G., Esq., Analysis of 
his Synopsis of the Testaceous 
Pneumonobranchous Mollusca 

of Great Britain.....02...<. 261 
Jenyns, Rev. L., Analysis of his 
Observations on the Common 
Pat of Pennant; with an at- 
tempt to proveits identity with 
the Pipistrelle of French Au- 

BHOUTS 5.0 cere cccceaieccece 200 


Kangaroo, Mr. Collie on some 
particulars connected with the 
Natural History of the...... 238 

Kangaroo, Notice of Mr. Morgan’s 
further description of the Ana- 
tomy of the Mammary Organs 
BPR sos nxt aainiele.e «alo cisisinin ap oO 

Kangurus bicolor .......+.... 121 

Brupll seccacisrecice 121 
Oualabatus ... 118, 121 

Kine, Capt. P. P., R.N., and 
Broperip, W. J., Esq., Des- 
eription of the Cirripeda, 
Conchifera and Mollusca, in a 
Collection formed by the Offi- 
cers of H1.M.SS.Adventure and 
Beugle, employed between the 
years 1826 and 1830 in survey- 
ing the Southern Coasts of 
South America, including the 
Straits of Magalhaens and the 
Coast of Tierra del Fuego.... 332 

Kirsy, Rev. W., Characters of 
Clinidium. a new genus of 
Insects in the order Coleoptera, 
witha description of Clinsdium 
SERUGROPTL v5 ss'e's anagem ce, 0 


Lacerta Neptunia ....+e+ee+++ 484 
OCELIBIA\. spe occsnesegs, LOO 
Lagidium Peruanum.......... 492 
Lagostomus trichodactylus .... 493 
MGZOUS CUVICTI »00+00ccnee enn 402 
Lampyris plumicornis ........ 64 
Lay, Mr. I. T., on the Mutations 
of Colour in Sepia and Cory- 
PDBNA 6 oo oecs ves cores cmse 141 
Leadbeater, Mr., Exhibition of 
several undescribed species of 
RMULACIOM, sige cenddt sop ae ilol 
Leech, Dr, Bancroft’s Note on a 
new species of, from Jamaica 86 
Lepas Psittacus ....ceseseesse 908 
Lepidopterous Insects, Oriental, 
Dr. Horsfield’s Descriptions of 
Several .ecccccveccseccccves 65 
Lepidopterous Insects, Mr, J. H. 


PAGE 
Davies on the Instinct of .... 142 
Leptopus, anew generic subdi- 
vision of Dolichopidous In- 
SECtSipis = oct ny + pa eials sie eiapiee S00 
Leptotarsus Macquartii........ 451 
Lepus Americanus............ 207 
Brasiliensis 0.2/0 sels me Ah 
Magellanicus ..+e..e++. 122 
Lepus variabilis, Notes of its 
Anatomy .-cscccvcescesenne 18 
Lerista, anew genus of Scinci- 
dR. cee esac sccesie dasipciee a S98 
DNCMEG sie leleioois nei dao 
Lesson, M., Notice of an Article 
by, in the “ Bulletin des 
Sciences Naturelles”........ 134 
Limnobia longimana.......... 450 
Linnean Society, Analysis of the 
Transactions of, Vol. XVI, 
Part 2 wncccassceverssecjece (0G 
Littorina flava ......0esee004 345 
EV OID vieialsleleisic sislaiciae O40 
SETIALA oeoeveccessens 340 
WUl PAIS: 5 a clea wmisinjelmni cee 
Loligo, Note onaspecies of, from 
JAMAICA: caciecereoesasecagis OL 
Loligo, Dr. Bancroft on a new 
SPECIES Of? --ccccccccscceee 419 
Loligo corolliflora ..eseeeeeees 481 
CALM ee aiceisia's sie aaa ape 
LoweE, Rev. R. T., on the-genera 
Melampus, Pedipes and Trun- 
catella; with Experiments 
tending to demonstrate the real 
nature of the Respiratory Or- 
gans in these Mollusca ...... 280 
Description of 
two new species of Araneide, 
Natives of Madeira ........ 320 
Note on Pro- 
cellaria Anginho, Hein., and 
Proc, Bulverii, Selb. and 
SGI... 0 sipieiene eiyrirs Pryce 384 
Remarks on 
the Nature of the Respiratory 
Organs in certain littoral Mol- 
lusca of Madeira............ 385 
Notice of his 
projected “ Prodromus Faune 
et Flore Maderensis”.......+ 143 
Loxia falcirostra..scccsceseves 377 
lencopterti,sssjociccenese saute 
tenioptera ...ecesceses 370 
Lowosceles, a new genus of Ara- 
NEIGH ccvccesiccroncsessen Gal 
Citigradd ..sseeeee4 322 
Lowura, a new genus of Papilio- 
WAG piece seedsqnernanys ye 40% 


. 


506 


PAGE 
Lorura Atymnus............ 108 
Pitste er, cv ctnvistersinteeticnl OS 


Luminous Insects, Notice of Mr. 
Chambers’ Paper on.... 131, 265 
Lutra Canadensis ... sree BUG 
Paranensis ..seeerereee 469 


LLRGTS TIL Ar aeRO RE bi Be -.- 106 
Lycosa, Observations on a Fe- 
RRIEe. pe ferns cl miaratan era's Sere 
Lymnea diaphana ....... ieee ae 
Lyon, Capt., R.N., on the 


breeding of a species of Hum- 


MSATENS = DIC were ea eieiviaels cis f-'e g iee 
Lytta Boleti ..... wcccesccece 08 
nigricollis.......+.- sees 60 


Macherium, a new genus of 
Dolichopodous Insects ,..... 351 
Maritime ...... 352 
MacLeay, W. S., Esq., on the 
Cistrus of Mr. Bracy Clark .. 
Expla- 
nation of the Comparative 
Anatomy of the Thorax in 
Winged Insects, witha Review 
of the present state of the 
Nomenclature of its parts.... 
Additi- 
onal Notes on the genus Ca- 
promys of Desmarest 


18 


Note on 

Gstrus oe vecccasecccccs 
Macrospondylus Bolleusis...... 
MEU Ere AS tclen loin eiots) 6ig)u\a)s/4.»/= 
Madeira, Mr. Lowe’s Descrip- 
tions of two new species of 
Araneide, Natives wt 
Madrepora Cyathus .......... 269 
Margarita cerulescens .......- 346 
Fasciata .-+-recess- 346 
violaced.....sveeee- 346 


Marginella auriculata...... 296, 299 
BUCCIMICA niece atss be 299 

Marinula, a new genus of Mol- 
TUSCA.. 6. ceccccccccsccesere G40 
EDIE nes 5.0.0 ele ecctere 344 

Martins, House, Nidification 
Oferta. sein alcisiheslcisiveb etl ait 


Mastodon Arvernensis AR ARES "487 
Maund, Mr., Notice of his Des- 
eription of Filaria Forficule.. 
Maximilian of Wied, Prince, 
Analysis of his Memoir on the 
Quatz Paleo of Seba ........ 
Medeterus Balticus .. 
bipunctatus....... 

CONSPETSUS seseses 


263 


a Gebel! hs 


Index to Vol. V. 


PAGE 
Medeterus curvipes .....++4-. 397 


FOrMOSUS wseseeeeee BOO 
JACULUS occ cise coremssne 
loripes cos cnc csan «- S07 
nebulosus .....++. 306 
Nigricans.....-+++-+ 308 
MIOCACUS S's {saa lo aia 356 
OTNALUS oe eencceaces GUO 
PIeCOX” jaw cosa Ur, 
Prodromus ...- ..- 358 
TEBIUS) icicle eis =i 358 
SCambUS "... cc eisipte mie 357 
tenellus ..2.sces.- d00 
Truncorum........ 358 


Viridis ..eeee--02-- 306 
Meditterranean Sea, Notice of Dr. 
Otto’s Description of new 

Crustacea found in the ...... 379 
Notice of M. 
Rapp’s Observations on the 
Structure of some Polypi found 

10 the... csc cencceneseensaun 
Medusz, Notice of Dr. Tilesius’s 

Paper on the. ......-.....-+ 479 

Megadeuterus, a new genus of 

Telephoride .....seccceese 

Megagnathus, a genus of Coleop- 

terous Insects......... «. 2oU, 

Megistocera dimidiata 

Melampus, Mr. Lowe on the 

PONUS secccccecceanece vaina 

Melampus equalis.... 281, 288, 

SBI ies dial wavelet caters 

Coniformis +... 

CXIZUUS .++e00-4 282, 

BUTT. siece nie uimls oes 

ZTACILIS weeceeeeceee 

monile 

Ovulum 

CI a wat ecets vie eines 
Melia, a new genus of Pyralide, 


267 


328 
BSR HOG e121! 
280 
300 
293 
292 
291 
283 
288 
292 
289 
289 
113 
113 
203 
205 


Mephitis Americana .... 
Meriones Labradorius 
Metailyticus, a new genus of 
Orthopterous Insects........ 441 
SplendiduSesseese. 442 
Metamorphosis of Decapodous 
Crustacea, Mr. Thompson’s 
Note on the...... asso ciaain's = DOS 
Meyen, Dr., Notice of his Obser- 
vations on the Chinchillide.. 
Meyer, Notice of his Paper on 
Fossil Animals 
Midas, Notice of Weidmann’ s 
Monee of the genus .... 478 
Milne, G., Esq., Notice of his 


eee wees 


491 
486 


ee 


Index to 


PAGE 
Attempt to introduce a more 
precise distribution of the ge- 
MEP E ADO. <samicisesiaeve cee SOG 
MMR ra pusilla, oe. ccc ues ncieese, 849 


Modiolasinuosa .........-.++: 337 
Mollusca, mode of killing and 
RESERV N Ot ai oi ars, 5)njaofe\ «4,050 32 


Mollusca, Mr. S. “Stutchbury on 
two new genera of Testaceous 95 
Mollusca, Analysis of Mr, Jef- 
freys’ Synopsis of the Testa- 
ceous Pneumonobranchous, of 
SARCAPSETITAIN oc .0 c1nia'0 eiove azejsie) EOL 
Mollusca, Mr. Lowe on the Res- 
piratory Organs of certain .. 280 
Mollusca, Capt. King and Mr. 
Broderip’s Description of.... 332 
Mollusca, Mr. Lowe on the na- 
ture of the Respiratory Organs 
in certain littoral .......... 385 
Molops madidus, on the Entozoa 
AEUADICMIES Jpicislaieisisie oa eisio's en, OOL4 
Molossus cecus ........+---+- 468 
CastameuS ....-+e.- 468 
crassicaudatus ...... 468 
laticaudatus ........ 468 
Monoceros Fusoides...........- 348 
Monophleba,a genus of Coccidous 
MUBEDIS oie aie'n’slnin sas soveccces 402 
ERED nesses) AOS 
Monostomum plicatum.......... 381 
Morgan, J., Esq., Notice of his 
further description of the Ana- 
tomy of the Mammary Organs 
of the Kangaroo........ e+e- 264 
Notice of his Paper on 
the Organs of Deglutition in 
several Animals of the Order 
Of Rodentia... oscesereceess, 207 
Miller, Dr. J., Analysis of bis 
Memoir ona peculiar system 
of intestinal Nerves in Insects, 
analogous to the Nervus sym- 
patheticus .....+esseeeeeee 380 
Notice of his Paper ona 
new species of Ixodes ...... 479 
Munster, Count, Notice of his 
Paper on a new species of 
Pterodactylus......scccccee 481 
Murex thodocheilus ...ee+e.+- 347 
salebrosus ...ceeeeeee+ 247 
Mus messorius, Noteson.. 372, 446 
Mus minutus, Analysis of M. 
Gloger’s Memoir on the Nidi- 
Neation of the, ..010.4 csissias 371 
Mus pratensis, Notice of Baron 
von Ockskay’s Paper onthe,, 474 


Vol. V. 507 


PAGE 
Mus Angouya..sesssseseseres 470 
Callosus’ ee sic c demde ssp samavO 
decumanus .....eeeeeeeee 204 
longitarsusS ..+.essee+see0 470 
Musculus ..-.seeee. 204, 471 
Rattus). . 5 amiss anes amen ra 
TULEIS is 5's aegis are epee taisea EO 
Mustela flavigula, Capt. Shore’s 
Notice relating to .....seee5 270 
Mustela Canadensis ....+-+++¢ 203 
Hardwickii ........-- 272 
Martes ...scccccesere 200 
Mycetes Caraya ...-+eeesseeee 468 
Myochama, anew genus of tes- 


taceous Mollusca ....+..-+s 96 
Anomioides .s..+.+2 97 
Myopotamus Bonariensis ...... 471 
Myrina Jafra ...eeeeeseeeeee . 107 


Ravindra |S \selens cle be WOE 
Myrmecophaga jubata ........ 472 
tridactyla .... 472 


Nais, Analysis of Dr. Gruithui- 
sen’s Memoir on the nervous 
and sanguineous systems of 
two species Of ....-2+++e+++- 380 
Nais diaphana .............. 380 
diastropha .............. 380 
Nanina, a genus of Shells .... 458 
Nasalis recurvuS......s.s2.e2- 139 
Nasua socialis......sesee+see- 469 
BOMTAVIA-) <a caeiniels ellen OM 
Natica castanea ...... eccoe-.- 3405 
Glohosa se-seveeseseee 344 
Natural Arrangement of Birds 
and Amphibia, Analysis of 
Dr. Ritgen’s Paper on the 372, 377 
Nerves in Insects, Analysis of 
Dr. Miiller’s Paper on a pecu- 
liar system of, analogous to 
the Nervus sympatheticus .. 380 
Nervous system of the Crustacea, 
Notice of MM. Audouin and 
Milne Edwards’ Note on «+++. 253 
Nidification of Birds.......... 10 
Rooks ++++.... 10 
Jackdaws...... Il 
Spotted Fly- 
CALCHENS so ke asic eise enue v'seannie Ld 
Chimney Swal- 
LOWS) an noes cdnivrvcace 
Redbreasts.. coeo ll 
House Swallows 11 
House Martins 11, 12 
YellowBuntings 12 
a Humming bird 1 
theHarvestmouse 371 


508 


PAGE 
Nocthora trivirgata .......... 140 
Noctilio dorsatus ............ 468 
EUDEF ceiceuwnicscqcss« 400 
Notoride, Mr. Westwood’s Ob- 
servations upon the, with 
characters of two new British 
genera, separated therein.... 57 
Notoxus melanocephalus ....59, 60 
Novaculina Gangetica ........ 464 
DEALS ITT 1 a Sea 


Ockskay, Baron Von, Notice of 

his Paper on the Mus pratensis 474 
Octodon Cumingii............ 495 
Odontis subplicata .... 345 
Cistrus, Mr. MacLeay’s Note on 276 
Cstrus of Mr. Bracy Clark, Mr. 

MacLeay on'the .......0..++.. 
Oonops, a new genus of Spiders 404 


WICKET Boe aay cialalel> «-e. 404 
Operculum of Molluscous Ani- 
mals, mode of ascertaining its 

existence where doubtful.. 33, 34 

Observations onits use.... 34 
Its value in generic charac- 

BEES A fefeterelcieistelefelstelsiatarersis acai 34 
(O09 BTA OER SESE SS GOS 486 
Opistoplatys, a new genus of 

Heteropterous Insects ...... 447 

Australasiz...... 447 
Orang Outang, female, Dr. J. E. 
Grant’s Post Mortem Exami- 
BUGAP TONS OL pect w/re io, ase\ oka hem, cteie ‘ater 91 


Organsof Voice in Birds, Analysis 
of Mr. Yarrell’s Paper onthe 258 
Ornithorhynchus paradoxus .. 118 

Orphnephila, a new genus of Ti- 
pulidous Insects............ 350 
devia -...eccees 300 
Orthoceratites striolatus ++-++- 486 
Orthochile nigroccerulea.. 366, 367 
Ortyx Montezume,......++22. 275 


squamatus ......2. 275 
Oryssus Sayit ....cccccsecssee 440 
WNiIColor’. ., Gee'an<is - 440 
Otaria molossina .......-.-000+ 119 


Otto, Dr., Notice of his Descrip- 

tion of new Crustacea, found 
in the Mediterranean Sea.... 379 
Ovarian saceuli, Dr. Bancroft’s 
Note on a series Of ....+.-0- 
CO VIRMATICS at's «/cpapietne aiatareyeie 
Ozocera, a new genus of Dip- 
CexOuS INSECES . o.c\n cc vs00ee~ 449 
interruptGe...eeeees 449 


Index to Vol. V. 


PAGE 

Palezornis Columboides........ 274 
INOTNAENS) sc. so kane 274 

2? rosaceus ........ 274 

Pandora brevis'’.. Js cteaseestae 99 


Papilio, Notice of Mr. Milne’s 
Attempt to introduce a more 


precise Distribution of the 
SCNVUS! te clolstaicinis ie )aini soy etalietahe 268 
Papilio Cocyta ..... sia s(sisyoi5/8 67 
WEBCO TING costs os iciemiennee 66 
Papilionide, Dr.  Horsfield’ 
Character Ob ie. e)s.c;- plea 105 


Parandra, a genus of Coleop- 
terous Insects, its history.... 
Parmacella, comparison of the 
internal structure of, with that 
of Helicolimax 
Partula flavescens 
Passandra, a genus of Coleop- 


231 


TELOUS, UMSECESS cissictsreisteis eters 223 
Vittata: «> <isecie aeons 224 

Pastré, Dr., Analysis of his 

Memoir on the cause of Hyber- 
Hation intahimals: «pte ee a evee 368 
Patas a bandeau blanc ........ 114 

Pausside, Notice of Mr. West- 
wood’s Paper on the ........ 266 
Paussus flavicornis............ 267 
Pecien Patayonicus ...+...... 337 
BILTONG Han ore evap ercienetena ate 337 
Pedipes, Mr. Lowe on the genus 280 
RedipersAtida nieve sie stern e 281, 297 


Pelvis, Analysis of Dr. Ritgen’s 
Memoir on the Osteology of 
the’,“imt Pishas:c 2... .:<,steice sears 

Pentaplatarth7us, anew genus of 
BauiSsidee ing a ctricrew vets sheets ators 

Paussoides.... 

Pentatoma verrucosa ......+4.. 

Pentatrematites, Mr. Sowerby 
on three new species of...... 

Pentatrematites acuta.... 456 

angulata ...... 457 
inflata’ ........ 457 
oblonga........ 457 
orbicularis...... 456 
pentangularis .. 457 

Penthophera, a British genus .. 113 

Perdix Coturnix, Dr. Heineken’s 
Observations on ........6... 

Perithinus, a new generic sub- 
division of Dolichopidous 
UNSCCESIE 5: c.0 aleie's,<eiese aelaieeiane 

Petrel, Sooty 

Petrophila, Notice of Mr. Lans- 
down Guilding’s Natural His- 


378 


78 


353 
384 


Index to 


PAGE 
tory of the’ genus ......./06 263 
Phedra, a new genus of Papilio- 


MNES 2 ade ec teeth ese eee 108 
ATIBWIATISS see cette << soe 108 
tervicola ss OF SE 2. 108 


Phaéton ethéreus, Dr. Bancroft 
on a variety of, from Ja- 


BILANG eae ain’ aes efate stesso cs 421 
Phakellopleura, a new genus of 
Chitoniae 2 Boek 28 


Phalena salicis, Instinctsof.... 142 
neustria, Instincts of.. 143 


Phalangista cavifrons...... Ves 121 

maculata ...... 117, 120 

Quoy ieee cess 121 

Wupria™ ss CE wees 171 

Pholas Chiloensis ............ 334 
Phoroncidia, a new genus of 

Araehnida .:..)..6.0 Saece! 20m 

aculeata .......... 453 

Phyllostoma infundibuliforme.. 468 

AVE. cictes ceis 468 

lineatum ........ 468 


superciliatum .... 468 
Pipistrelle, its identity with the 
Common Bat of Pennant main- 


mained: ss22552228 5. be SBA CIS 256 
Pithecops, a new sub-genus of 
Papilionide.......... seepee LOO 
BASIS Stee wae tt 105 
Damon f256\47.. 25 . 106 
Hylan .assst eee -. 105 
Lysimon ...... soe» 106 
eheretee 3s... 106 
Planorbis corneus ............ 270 
Platycercus pileatus .......... 274 
Stanleyir.,)./3%% 3% 273 
Platydius, a new genus of He- 
teropterous Insects.......... 446 
brevicornis ........ 446 


subpurpurascens .... 446 
Platyrhophalus, a new genus of 
CG Ea ae sire 266 
denticornis .... 267 
Platyrhynchus Molossinus ...... 119 
Plecotusauritus............ «» 257 
Plecotus barbastellus, the second 
instance of its occurrence in 
England ls A 131 
Plectrophanes Lapponica, occur- 
rence of a third British speci- 
MENOf.sv.aeesitesvees 103, 132 
Plectropus, a new generic subdi- 
vision of Dolichopidous In- 


sects...., viedissetwctetsiee OBO 
Pleurosaurus Goldfussii ..... » 489 
Ploiaria, characters of an Insect 

nearly related to..........+. 36 


Vol. V. 509 
PAGE 

Polymera hirticornis......... . 451 
Polyommatus «.++ssseeeesee- 106 
Akasa ........-. 106 

Argiolus ....... . 106 

PRELOU WA repel letel= e's 106 

Paspa ..ceeseees 106 


Polypi, Notice of M. Rapp’s 
Observations on tke Structure 
of some, found in the Medit- 


terranean Sea ......... Pee eaeL 

Pontia Thyrtasa. host wer cares 69 

Porphyrops annulipes ........ 355 

argyreus ...... eee 355 

decoratus ....+.... - 353 

diaphanus ........ 354 

fuloens INT shells nicrete 354 

AMAVICOXS 22.6 2's t 355 

flaviventris........ 355 

INSUISUB sss cleleleemale's 354 

leucocephalus...... 355 

obscuratus ........ 354 

pallipes? Joi silat. 353 

PUMITAS? Aree) e 353 

TUEPATIUS oe seccveve 353 

PUA Pes! -\Carale cr oe - 354 

versicolor ........ 355 

VEStIEUS 75.2% 255%). «+ B00 

Prionus coriarius ............ 233 

Procellaria Anginho ......... - 384 

Bulverii i<.tt/.e0 0's 384 

fuliginosa ........ 384 

. Jamaicensis .... 80, 81 
Procerus, anew species of, from 

North America ....... Spice od 

Procyon cancrivorus........ -. 469 

EQt or’: +2), stator ole detente 202 


Psalidognathus Friendii ....., 329 
Psilopus platypterus......+00< 352 
Psittacara nana .......... sees 273 
Psittacide, Notice of Mr. Lead- 
beater’s exhibition of several 
undescribed species of ..... . 181 
Pterocyclos bilabiatus ........ 462 
Pterodactylus, Notice of Count 
Munster’s Description ofa new 
epecies Off ss ak iasicei haven 481 
Pterodactylus brevirostris .... 482 
crassirostris .... 483 
grandis ........ 482 


longirostris -- 482 
macronyx.. 483, 490 
Median, Heed 482 
Munsteri........ 484 


Pteromys volucella .......... 207 
Pteropus edulis .............. 117 
Keraudreni.......... 117 
Ptilogyna, a new genus of Dip- 
LOTOUSTISECESs ievitisvne sh se 418 


510 


PAGE 

Ptilogyna marginalis ........ 449 
Pupa subdiaphana .,........-- 340 
Putorius Erminea ............ 202 
VWaeoy S36 coo dooroeAr 202 

VULSATIS Wereielelntere'e seis 202 
Pyrrhula capistrata .......... 273 


Quadrupeds, Dr. Gapper’s Ob- 
servations on the, found in 
the district of Upper Canada, 
between York and Lake Simcoe 

Quetz Paleo of Seba, Analysis 
of Prince Maximilian of Wied’s 
Memoir on the 


201 


eee eeeee 


Racheosaurus gracilis 
Raja Sloanii, Dr. Bancroft’s Notes 


CU eiase es wiatelaeveetelelora teeta acres 83 
Rana diluviana ......-- 006 wie 485 
ESCULEHEM Micerits (olbietetersielste 485 


Rapp, W., Notice of his Memoir 
on the structure of the Polypi 
of the Mediterranean Sea.... 

Rathke, Analysis of his Memoir 
on the formation and develop- 
ment of the Crayfish 

Notice of his Essay on 
the development of the Respi- 
ratory Organs in Birds and 
Mammalia 

Rengger’sMammaliaofParaguay, 
Analysis of 

Reptiles, Notice of Dr, Goldfuss’s 
paper on various fossil ...... 

Reptilia, Mr, Bell on two new 


381 


241 


368 


ee ay 


467 


er 


482 


genera of .....--.s200-- 391, 393 
Respiration of Birds, Messrs. 
Allen and Pepys on the...... 129 


Respiratory Organs of Birds and 
Mammalia, Analysis of Dr. 
Rathke’s Essay on the develop- 
ment of the 

Respiratory Organs, Mr. Lowe 
on the Nature of the, in 
certain littoral Mollusca of 
Madeira ...cecescececscece 

REVIEWS OF Books. 

Horsfield’s Descriptive Catalogue 
of the Lepidopterous Insects, 
contained in the Museum of the 
Honourable East India Com- 
pany, parts I.andII......... 

Curtis’s British Entomology, 
VO]. Vi cccccccens 

Curtis’s Guide to an Arrange- 
ment of British Insects...... 114 


368 


385 


104 
110 


Index to Vol. V. 


PAGB 

Geoffroy St. Hilaireand Frederic 
Cuvier, Histoire Naturelle des 
Mammifeéres, livr. 59. ...e6. 
Lesson & Garnot, Voyage au- 
tour du Monde, partie Zoolo- 
Pique, livr. 112... 00008 
Stephens’s Systematic Catalogue 
of British Insects ........6. 
Rathke, Untersuchungen iiber 
die Bildung undEntwickelung 
des Fluss Krebses ......e00 
Linnean Society of London, 
Transactions of, vol. xvi, part 
Academia Cesarea Nature Curio- 
sorum, Nova Acta Physico- 
Medica, tom. xiv. .ss...csas 
TOME SNe Teicie'e wlelnie vj isa sees 
Hewitson’s British Oology .... 
Rengger’s Naturgeschichte der 
Saugethiere von Paraguay .. 


114 


115 
124 


241 


256 


368 
472 
381 


467 


Rhaphium caliginosum........ 351 
macrocerum,....... 351 
Rhysodes...... Mekcoe= 328 
Rhysodes Europeus ....---+++ 236 
exaratus.. 215 

Rissoa umbilicata, Mr. Berkeley’s 
description of its animal .... 
Ritgen, Dr., Analysis of his Essay 
on the Natural Arrangement 
OfPBITdS ieee cisyeleViglis Selvin picts 
and of Amphibia... 377 

Analysis of his Memoir 

on the Osteology of the pelvis 
in Fishes ..cccsscccvccscsces 
Rooks, Nidification of ......+. 
Roosting of Fieldfares .....+++ 
Rosenthal, Notice of his Paper 
on the Anatomy of theSeal .. 
Russet-pated Choughs, Query 
(OD iis ahi sraloie efeivielo(a(b) evelarohne oes 


seen eeee 


eoeere rene 


430 


Sabclla Arundo ......e-er sees 
Salamandra Ogygia «..s+++00- 
Salivary Glands of Snakes, Ana~- 
lysis of M. Schlegel’s Memoir 
ON the, so. cccccccncccccces 
Sandwich Islands, Notice of M. 
von Chamisso’s Description of 
two new species of land-shells 
from!the) 5. ....cih eee eciennnene 
Saurian Reptiles of Jamaica, 
Dr. Bancroft onsome........ 423 
Saurus, Dr. Bancroft’s Note on 
a species of, from Jamaica 84, 89 
Scalops Canadensis .......++- 202 


378 


——— 


Index to Fol. V. 


PAGE 


Scalpellum papillosum ........ 
Scaphula, Mr. Benson on the 
“EIT ita Saetic MAS OSHaAn 
Schlegel, M., Analysis of his 
Memoir on the salivary glands 
DP SMAKES soja ateraiels ions sc.e. lee 
MCRURNS SCRUM: Uasieciesce cscs : 
ferrugineus ....ss.ee6 
Hudsonius........ 

leucotis 

Lysteri 
magnicaudatus ........ 


aeee 


maximus, Notes of its 
Anatomy .. ececcccccecesves 
TAPED" Catia nies season sinis 
Prevostii ..cc-.ceccecs 
Ratilestit..c..22+ces' oe 


Seolopax rusticola, Dr. Heine- 
ken’s cbservations on its per- 
manence in Madeira 

Scolopendra coleoptrata ...... 

Scott, Rev. Archdeacon, Mr. 
Broderip’s Description of a 
New Cowry, and other Testa- 
cea, brought to England by 

Scutigera Araneoides........-. 

coleoptratas+eees-+- 
IONBIPES ccc csacncce 

Scyllarus Occidentalis .... 

Scylliumcirratum .. 

Scytodes velutina 

Seal, Notice of Dr. Rosenthal’s 
Contribution to the Anatomy 
OE ATE 3g tes) adie = 9/s 6's» wikia, cates 


Tet ca:prat = ettaaee pana’ p cine 
Berumia. Arindo'- i. sajssias es 
Filograna ..ce..cereee 
COUUIATIR: a cacegay cer 
vermicularis ....cceeee 
Serranus Ouatalibi ........ 84, 
Shard-borne Bectle, Noteon .. 
Snore, Hon. Capt., Notice re- 
lating to Mustela flavigula .. 
IG LAT ssa 0 a0 0 Danae seein 
ROOD dae vp = 0 0. 09.0 88 eae 
Sitta, n.sp.? from Jamaica.... 
Snails, Vitality of ........ee00- 
Snakes, Dr. Bancroft’s Observa- 
tions on several species of, 
from ‘Jamaica lccassvacsevscs 
Dr. Bancroft on the 

yellow and other, of Jamaica 
of South America, Dr. 
Bancroft on some.......+---- 
Analysis of M. Schlegel’s 
Memoir on the Salivary Glands 
OO wseees 


Cee ee 


334 
464 


378 
495 
115 
206 
206 
205 
207 


18 
206 
140 
141 


77 
42 


330 


Siig es, 


378 


511 


PAGE 


Societies, LEARNED; THEIR 
ZOOLOGICAL PROCEEDINGS. 
Linnean Society ... 
Zoological Club of ditto ...... 
Royal Society .. ees. ..eese sees 
Scemmering, Dr. Von, Analysis 
of his Memoir on the Fossil 
Skull of a Hyena, which had 
sustained an injury during 
life, and undergone the cura- 
tiVe PrOCESS ....secececerees 
Solen scalprum.......-++ evcces 
Sommer, Dr. Zincken, Notice 
of his paper on the Insects of 
Jawa eA tots nleteietseas sislels aeiviain 
Sorex Fosteri ......eesee0.--- 
Talpoides .......- eves. 

South America, Capt. King and 
Mr. Broderip’s Description of 


Cirripeda, Conchifera, and 
Mollusea, collected on the 
Southern Coasts of .........- 


Sowernsy, G. B., and BrRopERIP, 
W. J. Esq., Observations on 
new or interesting Mollusca, 
coutained, for the most part 
in the Museum of the Zoo- 
logical Society..... 

On Pentatrema- 
tites orbicularis, acuta, and 
pentangularis ......-.. Siastate 

Speranza, a new genus of Pha- 
lenide....... sta eiels/# urate) aterer 

limbaria .. 

Sphingurus spinosus ...... es ne 

Sphinx Convolvuli, Instincts of 

Spiders, Geometrical; Mr, Black- 
wall on the mauner which 
they construct their nets .... 

their treatment of their 
eggs and YOUNG «eseeeeeeens 
their ferocity as regards 
each other, after the consum- 
mation of their loves ....... 
Aeronautic, Notice of 
Mr. Blackwall’s Examination 
of M. Virey’s Observations on 
Mr. Westwood’s Addi- 
tional Note on the Loves of the 
Mr. Templeton on the 
genus Dysdera, Latr.,with the 
description of a new allied 
genus 

Spiders, Mr. Templeton on the 
circulation of the bloodin 

Spiders of Jamaica, Dr, Bancroft 
on some .. 


vee 020 10,263 


131 


470 
335 


477 
201 


- 202 


332 


46 


456 
113 
113 
471 
142 
181 


192 


193 


265 


327 


400 


. 406 


422 


512°° Index to 
PAGE 
Spondylis ...........- abies Bae 


Spondylis Buprestoides ...... 233 

Squalus cirratus .....-....87, 416 
punctatus .........- AES 
TI FRNA ccc o.s,siepierOrhpee 

Stokes, C., Esq., Observations 


upon Volvox globator .....- 51 
Strongyloderus, a new genus of 
Orthopterous Insects ........ 443 


serraticollis .... 444 

Stutcusury, Mr. 8., on two 
new genera of Testaceous Mole 
lusca and five new species of 
the Genus Anatina, lately dis- 
covered at Port Jackson, New 


South Wales ......... 95 
Stygia, n.sp.?2 ..-...eeeeeees 422 
Stylops, Mr. Curtis’ characters of 111 

Dalat. cise ne ciats'sveieis’= 112 
Succinea fragilis...ssereeresss 343 
patula ....+- eis (etnies pee 343 

Sus Papuensis....++++++++++5° 122 
Serofa | ihc. decicia ieee e == AT 2 


Swallows, Chimney, Nidification 
Oley ape ie les <laic ier dua ieeTabe ie wjnietnis of 
House, Nidification of 
Swan, Notice of Mr. Yarrell’s 
Account of the trachea and 
sternum of a new Species of 
Swan, killed in England.... 132 
Swan, Mr. Blackwall on a newly 
described species of ......-- 189 
Swan, Analysis of Mr. Yarrell’s 
Paper ona new speciesof Wild, 
takenin England .. .. 207 
Sylviaatricapilla, Dr, Heineken’s 
Observations ona male variety 
of, inhabiting Madeira 
Sylvia Tithys, a British spe- 
CLES. om\eci= sieteratatel Bites samakOo, los 
Syntomium, anew genus of Sta- 
phytinide 


110 


ed 


Techobates, a new generic sub- 
division of Dolichopidous In- 
SECtA. tuples s wotelew oein sme is 358 

Tantalus, Notice of Mr. Brookes’ 
Paper on the remarkable for- 


mation of the trachea in the 
Egyptian ....+seseeeeeerees 264 
Tapir Americanus .....--- wotoom LOS 
Tellinvides rosaced ...+++++++ san B00 
Temnoscheila, a new genus of 
Coleopterous Insects .......- 231 
HCA. is. Neerc 231, 328 
coerulea .... 231, 328 
virescens ......-- 231 


Tempteton, R., Esq., on the 


Fol, F. 


PAGE 
Spiders of the genus Dysdera, 


Latr., with the description 
of a new allied genus........ 400 
Terebratula flexuosa ....... ES / 
Sowerbii ......... - 338 

Testudo antiqua, Notice of Dr. 
Brown’s paper on ......++.. 490 
PWT EE Got aaa soe dda yo ec 106 

Tuomeson, Mr. J. V., Note on 

the Metamorphosis of the 
Decapodous Crustacea ...... 383 


Thorax, Mr. Macleay’s Explana- 
tion of the Comparative Ana- 
tomy of the,in winged Insects 145 

of Hymenopterous and 


Dipterous Insects .......... 326 
Tilesius, Notice of his paper on 
the Meduse ....... shale Miptelaty - 479 
Tipula breviventris secccess 400 
LONE IPERS” eres atye rel see 400 
PECHllatab ome etoasinia aa iaeae 459 
Toads, Dr. Buckland on the 
vitality of, enclosed in stone 


ANG! WOO asta e alaicre'simnlnia anton 314 
Toruatella nitidula .......... -. 294 
Trictenotoma Childreni ...... 329 
Trigonia, referred to the Cardi- 

CO iis ain winjoistele Oetige hho Lh 
Tripetalocera, a new genus of 

Orthopterous Insects ,....... 444 

Jferruginea ..++.. 444 

Triton Nuvachicus....... seecs et 400 
Ranelliformis ......... 347 
SCADEL wcteferleys. oa ahem ee Gao 


Trochoideus, a new genus of 
Pausside Jordin ZOO) 20M 
cruciatus ........ 267 
Trochus Australis ......+.+e.. 331 
TOL OSiLAS velo stews wciclasn shel ale is 328 
a genus of Coleopterous 
ITISCCtS-< 5 avs Oeics sain mrataante 230 
PLEA ge wnele w'e'eis alelste 230 
Caraboides .:c0.. sis. « 230 
MenTaleaie mine siete sian 231 
Mauritanica ........ 231 
VITCSCEDS ee «. 2. oo sean, Con 
Trogulus Templetonii.....--+++ 453 
Tropidurus torquatus .....-.. 377 
Truncatella, Mr. Lowe on the 
PENUBY scjesepeielere siseviesings -.. 280 
Truncatella Clathrus ....... «+» 303 
Montagui....++++++ 303 


truncatula 287, 299, 302 
Tubularia solitaria, its structure 


and alirt Sees c tsuie ase aloes Mere 381 
Turbo lamellosus ......+..++.00: 331 
lugubris .....--+.+0+eee- 345 
torquatus, fossil .......- 332 


— 


Index to Vol. FP. 513 


PAGE 

Turritella nodulosa ..+sse0e-- 347 
tricarinald ....+.00 246 
Tyrannulus albocristatus .... 273 


Uleiota, a genus of Coleopterous 
IMS€CtS .cscceecsccessceee 220 
flavipes.......000225, 236 
Uromastyx cyclurus.......e.e. 377 
Ursus Americanus ........+. 202 


Venus antiqud eesececeeseees 336 
decoratd sssecvoececses 49 
INfldta ocesccvcesreccee 330 

VeERANY, M., Notice sur le Cari- 

naria et Description......+. 325 

Veretillum Cynomorium, its 

structure and habits........ 381 
Vermiform stirpsof Papilionide, 
the families composing it.... 105 
Vespertilio Bonariensis..«+++«+ 118 
MUTrINUS ....--04-- 256 
Nigricans seessese 468 
Pipistrellus ...... 256 
pruinosus 4..-.+++5 201 
Subulatus ...+.+++ 201 
villosissima ....+. 468 
Vicors, N.A., Esq., Notice on 
some new species of Birds .. 273 
and HorsFietn,T.,M.D., 
Notice respecting some species 
of Mammalia referred to by, 
in the XIlIth No. of this 
Journal eee eee eseesesese 134 
Vitality of Snails....2.--0+++ 342 
Vitality of Toads enclosed in 
Stone and Wood, Dr. Buck- 
Tandon the ...sscosccsces S14 
Vitrina Lamarckii, Mr. Berkeley 
on its internal structure .... 305 
Voice in Birds, Analysis of Mr. 
Yarrell’s paper on the Organs 
ee ee ocvweceel30, 131, 258 
Volutadenticulata,Observations 
on thenature ofitsRespiratory 
OrganS wcccccccseccscccece 390 
Voluta denticulata, Mr. Berke- 
ley’s description of its animal 427 
Voluta bidentata ....eseeeeee 291 
elongata ..sccosscsee SIL 
flammea .eccececccee 294 
fluviatilis ....eeeeeeee 294 
livida sceccecesscevee 290 
Pacificasecccccsdccves 3Sa 
Volvox Globator, Mr. Stokes’ 
Observations upon ,....-.. 41 


Warbler, Mr. Gould on the 
occurrence of a new British, , 201 


PAGE 
WEsTWOOD, J. O., Esq., Obser- 
vations upon the genus of 
Coleopterous Insects, Ctenos- 
toma of Klug, and its species 53 
Observations upon 
the Notoxide, a family of 
Coleopterous Insects, with cha- 
racters of two new British 
genera, separated therein.... 57 
Characters of the ge- 
nus of Coleopterous Insects, 
Amydetes of Hoffmansegg, be- 
longing to the family Lampy- 
ride, and description of two 
BPECIEB ices cisisinss/scamamlaciea,, OF 
On the affinities of 
the genus Clinidium of Kirby 213 
Notice of his Paper 
on the Pausside, a family of 
Coleopterous Insects ........ 266 
Observations upon 
the Eighteenth Number of the 
Zoological Journal........+. 326 
Insectorum Arach- 
noidumque Novorum Decades 
AUG aig e:aysioinie:cigidlpiole\ era's iaseieiga) ALO 
Onaremarkable sex- 
ual peculiarity exhibited by 
the Ear-wig (Forficula auricu- 
Jaria, LIDN,)  jceesiecscecees 454 
Wiedemann, Notice of his Mono- 
graph of the genus Midas,... 478 
Woop, Henry, Esq., Onanew 
species of Antelope.......... 2 
Worms, Intestinal, Analysis of 
Dr. Creplin’s paper on two new 
species of, found in the Balena 
TOStTAtA ervscccsecionnscces GOL 


Xylocopa Teredo, Mr. L. Guild- 
ing’s addition to the Natural 
History Of .cceqeersere bac SO 


YARRELL, W. Esq., Notice of a 
new species of Herring...... 277 
Appendix to his No- 
tice of the Herring.......... 382 
Notice of his paper on 
the Organs of Voice in Birds 
130, 131 
Notice of hisaccountof ‘ 
the trachea and sternum of a 
new species of Swan, killedin 
England: cy cies «sipanaiee eo 132 
Analysis of his paper 
“on anew species of Wild Swan 
‘taken/in England ....+eee+« 257 


CORRIGENDUM. 


As the animal on which Mr. Berkeley's observations upon Dentalium 
Gadus of Mont. were founded proves on a reference to Mr, Lowe’s 
Manuscripts to have been taken froma very young specimen of Dentalium 
subulatum of Deshayes, though hastily labelled «* Dentalium Gadus,” Mr. 
Berkeley feels it incumbent upon him to state the error into which he has ~ 
unavoidably fallen. 


be 


PS HEE 
et